Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/|
UdvenltyofVlrg^
Libraries
1
\
/ . ,
fri £ ;. ^ - ,
M? ^
V' -.
*'"Sf
^t
o-
c.>7
4?\^
fi^>
en
^z-
i~
"J^^-
>v
♦•.
K •
|«-«a-«rfir^^-4^m ^T%«^ir<-*^^-| vrSS'^'Hr^-A-'fel^sc- 1 m;^^\g:
M * * ^ 1 ^l" ^ ' "^ S '< ' > T" »< yy ^yy j
JL
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
WITH SANSKRIT SYNONYMS
BY
8ARAT CHANDRA DAS, Rai Bahadur, CLE.,
AVTBOn OF '*A JOVRKET TO LHASA AND
CENTRAL T1PET."
"^tSns^ mih €Hteb snbnr t|e orders tf t^e ^afrentment t( l^engsl
BT
GRAHAM SANDBERa, B.A.,
CBATLklV, H. M. I9DIAV 8BBTIC1; ATTTHOX OV " X HJLND-BOOK OF COLbOqiTlAL
TIBBTIV." "XAinTAL OF THB. SIKKIM-BHUTIA LAVOVAOB," " XILABAtPA,
TIBBTAK POST AND ICTSTXC," ETC., BTO., ETC.,
AVD
A. WILLIAM HEYDE,
OVX OF THB BBTtSOBS OF TBB TIBBTAV VBW TB8TAHBNT, 1C0BAVIA5 MISSIOKABT OV THB
TtBBTAir FBONTIBR.
CALCITTTA:
FUBIISH D BY THE BENGAL SBCBETABIAT BOOK DEPOT.
190S.
BL-TI6ET
PL
3U37
.ES
• /
PREFACE.
I.
Alex. Csoka db EOfiOs, the pioneer student ot Tibetan, in the
preface of his Tibetan-EnglisL-IHotionary, pnUiahed in 1884| wrote
ai follows : —
''When there shaH be more interest taken for Baddhiam (whidi
has much in oonunon with the spirit of tme Christianity) and for
f^fffnaing Christian and Enfopepn knowledge thronghoat the most
eastern parts of Asia, the Tibetan Dictionary may be much im«
proredi enlscrged, and illostrated by the addition of Sanskrit terms.*'
The result of his inrestigationsi to speak in Csoma^s own words, was
Hiat the literature of Tibet is entirely of Indian origin. The im-
ueuM Tolnmes on different branches of scienoei etc., being exact
or faithful translations from Sanskrit works, taken from Bengal, Magadha,
Gangetic or Central India, Kashmir, and Nepal, commencing from the
seventh century after Christ. And that many of these works hare been
translated (mostly from Tibetan) into the Mongol, Manchui and tbe
Chinese languages ; so that by this means the Tibetan language became
in Chinese Tartary the language of the learned as the Latin in Europe.
In the year 1889 I brought these opinions of that original inrestiga*
tor to the notice of Sir Alfred Croft, K.O.I.S., the then Director of Publio
Instruction in Bengal, and explained to himthenecessity of compiling
a Tibetan-E!ngliah Dictionary on the lines indicated by Csoma da KdrOs
for the use of Tibetan students and particularly to assbt European
sdiolars in the thorough exploration of the yast literature of Tibetf
which, besides indigenous works, comprises almost all the Buddhist
religious works of India, including the great collections of the Edkgffwr
and the Tan^ur. Shortly before this Sir Alfred Croft had recdved a
communication from the late Right Hon'ble Professor F. Max Miilier on
the desirabOity of translating into English a Sanskrit-Tibetan work
on Buddhist terminology, which was looked for with interest, because
it was expected to throw light on many obscure points of Buddhist-
Sanskrit literature. The philosophical terms of that literature, many
n
oi whioh were of extremely donbtfnl meaning, had been translated
with literal accuracy into Tibetan in early times, and it was antiei*
pated that an analysis of the zneaning of these terms would elucidate
that of the original Sanskrit words, of which thdy were the equiyalent
renderings. Being impressed with the importance of the proposed work,
Sir Alfred Croft, in a memorandum addressed to Qoyernment, wrote
as follows':—
'^BabuSarat Chandra Das has brought with him four dictionaries
of the classical Tibetan; *one of these being a well-known Tibetan-
Sanskrit Dictionary, compiled from a large nttmber of named Tibetan
as weU as standard Sanskrit works, and dating from the 13th century
A,D., and another being a Sanskrit-T ibetan Dictionary, which explains
the Tantrik portion of the Buddhist Scriptures. The external arrange-
ment of, the dictionary will be as follows:— The Tibetan words will
be placed first in alphabetical order; next their accepted Sanskrit
equiyalents; next the English rendering of the Tibetan terms; then
will follow what is to ba a special and valuable feature of the new
dictionary. The meaning of each technical term is to be illustrated
by extracts, with exact references from Sanskrit-Buddhist and Tibetan
works. Further, it is proposed that Babu Sarat Chandra Das should
include in the dictionary words of modem Tibetan which were not
known to Csoma or Jftschke. The materials which he has amassed
during his two journeys to and residence in Tibet give him excep-
tional facilities for making the work complete.''
These recommendations having received the sanction of Government
in June 1889, I was placed on special duty in connection with the
compilation of the proposed dictionary. In 1899, when the work of
compilation was brought to a close, the Hon'ble Mr. C. W. Bolton, c.8.i.,
then Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal, entrusted the revision
of the work to the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Bevd. William Heyde,
and deputed Professor Satis Chandra Acharya, m.a«, who had made Buddhist
Sanskrit and Pali works his special study, to co-operate Mrith me. My
respectful thanks are, therefore, due to Sir Alfred Croft for the keen
interest he took in my Tibetan studies and for his kind help at the inception
of the work, and to Mr. Bolton for securing the services of the two
Tibetan scholars — ^the Bevd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde
^f or its successful completion. I also record my obligations to Sir John
vn
Edgar, kx.i.e«, formerly Chief Secretary to the Qo vemment of Bengal ; to
Dr. Emil Schlagintweit of Bavariai and to the Hon'ble W. W, Bockhillf
Author of Th$ Zand of LamM for encouragement, ani^taneei and advice
during the prosecution of my researches. Great is the debt of gratitude
which I owe to the Revd. G. Sandberg for various acts of kindness.
Without his scholarly and efficient .aid this work would hardly have assumed
its present shape, as he has given a scientific finish to the work which
it was not in my power to do.
II.
In studying the origin and growth of Tibetan literature and the
landnuirks in the history of that language, Jaschke, the compiler of the
second Tibetan-English Dictionary (published in 1883), noticed only two
periods of literary activity, Qad that critical student of Tibetan be^i
in possession of works of modem literature, which datee from the
establishment of the Dalai Lama's sovereignty over whole Tibet in the
beginning of the 18th century A.D., he would certainly have modified
his remarks on the subject. Neither he nor Csoma de K5r{5s had any
means or opportunities of studying either the current literature of every*
day business or the refined, idiomatic literature of* Tibet itself, which
is quite distinct from the Indian literature that was translated or
imported into the language. They do not seem to have ever during
the course of their study of Tibetan come across works on drama,
fiction, correspondence, etc. . It is, therefore, no wonder that the compiler
of file later dictionary should assign only two periods to the history
of tha literature of Hbet, entirely ignoring the third, which is indeed
not the least important of the three.
The first period, to describe it in the language of JSschke, is
the Period of Translations, which, however, might also be entitled the
C9assical Period, for the sanctity of the religious message conferred
a correq[K)nding reputation and tradition of excellence upon the
form in which it was conveyed. This period begins in the second
half of the seventh century A.D,, when Thon^mi Scmbhofa (the
good Bhota or Tibetan), the minister of King Srongtsan Gampo,
returned to Tibet after studying the Sanskrit language under an
eminent Brahman teacher of Magadha. ^'His invention of the Tibetan
alphabet gave two-fold impulse: for several centuries the wisdom of
w «
VUl
India ami the ingenuity of Tibel laboured in. uniaon and with the
greatest industry and ei thnaiasm at the work of translation. Tbe
tribute due to real genius must be accorded to these early pioneers
of Tibetan, grammar. They had to grapple with infinite wealth and
refinement of Sanskrit; they had to save the independence of their
own tongue, while they strore to subject it to the rule of scientific
principles, and it is most remarkable how they managed to prodnce
translations at once literal and faithful to the spirit of the original.*^
Tbe Classical Period may be divided into three stages. The first
or the earliest stage terminated with the downfall of the first histor-
ical monarchy, when King Langdarma fell by the hand of an
aasassin. The second stage commenced with the introduction of tbe
system of chronology, called the Vrihaspati cycle of 60 years, in
Tibet by an Indian Buddhist called Chandra Nath and Chilu Pandit
of Tibet in 1025 A.D. This was the age of Milaraspa and Atisa,
whose illustrious disciple, Brom-ton Gyalwai Jungn^, laid the founda-
tion of the first Buddhist Hierarchy in Tibet and established the
great monastery of Rwadeng, with a library of Sanskrit works. Jaschke's
second period evidently corresponds with this stage, when ^^ Tibetan
authors began to indulge * in composition of their own" and wrote
on historical and legendary subjects. The third stage began with
the conquest of Tibet by the Tartar Conqueror, Chingis Khan, in
1205 A.D., when Pandit S'ak^a S'ri of Kashmir had returned to Tibet
after witnessing the plunder and destruction of the great Buddhist
monasteries of Odantapuri and Vikrama S^Ua in Magadha, and the conquest
of Bengal and Behar by the Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji in
1203 A.D. In this last stage flourished the grand hierarchy of Sakya,
which obtained supreme influence over Tibet and the country, which was
then diyided into 13 provinces, called Thikor Chusum, as a gift from
the immediate successors of Chingis Khan. Among the most noted
writers of the time were Sakva Pandit Kungah Qyal-tshan, Dogon
Phag-pa, the spiritual tutor of Emperor Khubli Khan, and Shongton
Lotsawa, who translated the Eavyadar6a of Dandi and Kshemendra's
AvudSna Kalpalata in metrical Tibetan. With the opening of the 15th
century Buton-Riuchen DUb introduced a new era in the literature of
Tibet, and Buddhism received fresh impulse under the rule of the
Phagmodu chiefs, ^vhen Tibetan scholars took largely to the study of
IX
Chinese literature under the auspices of the Ming Emporors of Ghina«
During this period| called the age of Da-nying (old orthography), the great
indigenous literature of Tibet arose* A host of leaiued LotsSwas and
scholars like Tsongkbapai Buton, Gjralwa Ngapa, Lama TarSnatha,
Desri Bangye Oyatsho, Sumpa Khampo, and others flourished* This
was the age of the Gelug-pa, or the Yellow Cap School of Buddhism,
founded by Tsongkhapa with Qahdau as its head*quarters.
The third period begins with the first quarter of the 1 8th centaryi
when Chinese suaserainty over Tibet was fully established and the
last of the Tartar kiugs of the dynasty of Gushi Khan was killed
by a General of the Jungar Tartars — an incident which transferred
the soTereigbty of Tibet to the Dalai Lama» who was till then a mere
bierarch of the Gelug-pa Church. It is within this period that
Tibet has enjoyed unprecedented peace under the benign sway of
the holy Bodhisattvasi and .its language has become the linffua
frmea of Higher Asia.
Ikasa TXUI9 J>AMnmu9B9
Jnh 1909,
}
SARAT CHANDRA DAS.
REVISORS' PREFACE.
When in December 1899 the Chief Seoretaiy to the QoTemment of
Bengal handed oyer to ns for revision the Tibetan Dioiioncry upon which
Satat Chandra Das had laboured for some dosen yean, we fooud at our
diqxxaal a work embracing a maai of new and important collections on
{he language, the valne of which was marred by two prominent ^diaracter-
ifltics'— jSrt^y the material had been put together in somewhat heteroge-
neous fashion, hardly systematic enough for a dictionary ; seamdfyj the
Tast amount of original matter had been throughout gready interlarded
with lengthy excerpts from Jiischke's Dictionary, not always separaUe from
the new infonnation, and this imparted a second-hand appearance to large
portions of the work, which was, in reality, by no means deserved.
Moveover, in this way, no atten^pt had been made to improve upon
JSschke's definitions of many of the commoner Buddhist philosopldca]
tenns or to incorporate the later results of European scholarship in these
mstanoes. On the other hand, one was very often gratified to find, in the
case of the more diflicult philosophical terminology, that the learned
Bengali had gone to original and Uttle-ezplored sources of native inf orma-
tioD, snoh as Tsongkhapa's Lam^rim Chhenmo^ and, by extracts from the
same, furnished valuable and novel particulars under those heads.
Accordingly, the task which the Kevisort set themselves ww directed
mainly to counteracting the errors of judgment above indicated. Such a
task proved one of a more laborious character than might be at first
imagined ; and the fact that the work of amendment and addition has
taken them npwards of two years of incessant toil sufficiently evidences
its difficulty.
Fir$i^ has come the business of selection and excision. The religion
and philosophy of Tibetan books are properly confined to the Bon cult
and to Buddhism. There had been, however, a tendency here to draw
in all manner of Hindu thought and mythology, because one or two works
tpttislatfld into Tibetan from the Sanskrit dealt with tiiese matters. Tliis
«
tendency it seemed right to curb except in those instances, not at all
infrequent, where the Vedic and Puranic Hinduism, in some measure, was
bound np with, or bore upon, or explained, Buddhist belief or popular practice.
xu
repehfaon of other«ru» properly-mtrodaced hrfonnation. 8ec<mdh,, oi
taA has been one of gubrtitution. Many articles have had to be freshly
^tt^ « at least reHJompiled. In place <rf the innumerable exoerpte
from Jaschke, already referred to, we have had to examine and to treat A
novo the grammar and general usage of a large nnmber of the commoner
noun, adjectives and verbs, notably the verbs. To iUustrate these
new artides, we have had to substitute for Jilschke's examples a fe«e
number of original quotations from Tibetan authors as well as a oert4
number of made-up sentences put together to exhibit . various phrases
of ordinary employment. In othw articles, also, where Sarat Chandra Das
had not thought It necessary to do more than repeat Csoma's or JSschke's
lUustnitive sentences, we have looked oat fresh example, to replace them.
Of stiU greater importance was it in the case of certain doctrinal terms
and phrases of Buddhism to undertake re-definition and to connote and
assimilate modem discussion and research on the subject. Among those
^J^'T' r^' r*!^""'' ^'^'^^'''^ *4.*^iW«. BuT while
r^emng to these substitations and others o< a like nature, we do
^tltf .rT- T. T'^ ^"^ ^^"^^ ^^^ "P««* that, in the
TT- L ^^T^ ^"^^"^ *^' ^« ^^^ ^^ fr«q«e»«y -"Prised
and mstructed by the descriptions and explanations^ reconditVidea.
and terms which Sarat Chandra Da. has himself succeeded in collecting
W vmous nahve authorities. Such information would have sufficed tf
^fj^°*~f'«'^«» confused it by the sudden and inconsequent linking
on of Jdschke's remarks without curteihnent and without any connotetion
of them to that which he had himself just set out. Thirdly, in the way of
direct addition to the original work, there have been certain moderate sup.
plementary contributions. Jaschke had dealt very fully with the Westeni
colloquial, and we have sought to introduce a number of the colloquial
words and phiases belonging to the Cential and Eastern speech. Other
addons have been short paragraphs on the mythological pantheon of
Tibet and Mongolia, together with an attempt to give exact information
on soological and geographical pointe.
It may be considered by some that there is a certain lack of reierence
to known authorities in support of many of the statemento set forth in
remembered
XIU
language so little explored as the Tibetan (or which, indeed, in one narrow
groove — ^that of the Kahgyur translations from Sanskrit — ^has, in some sense,
been over-explored), the diffioolty is to find adequate authorities for the
real and more current uses of words and phrases. The stilted verbiage
of the Kahgyur is often mere Sanskrit idiom literally reudered into
Tibetan, but it gives no idea of the elastic style to be found In the innumer*
able indigenous productions of native Tibetan writers. Sarat Chandra
Das has held familiar intercourse with modem men of learning in Tibet
itaelf — ^the professors at Tashi-lhunpo, Daipung, Samyo, Mindolliogi and
other important monastic institutions. Much, therefore, has been gleaned
by him which, though absolutely reliable, cannot be given on any stated
authority, but must be accepted as information obtained at first hand and
now presented for the first time. This frank acceptance should also be
extended to much with which the Revisers have been able to supplement
the Auihor'fr original work. Both of them have been located for lengthy
periods where Tibetan is the language of the people of the place, and have
been in constant communication with men from Lhasa and all parts
of Tibet. Under such circumstances, '^ authorities " cannof of course
be quoted.
In dealing with philosophical terms, and in general with the forms to
be met with both in the old classical works and in modern treatises, it
will certainly b^ found, however, that our examples are constantly
supported by exact references. These have been takeo from writings
of cJl kinds. Hitherto European scholars seem to have thought of .the
literature of Tibet as one consisting wholly of Sanskritic translation and as
limited to the contents of the Kahgyur and Tangyur. The Author and
the Revisofs have endeavoured, by widening the sources of their quota-
tions, to show how extensive a field is covered by medissval and modem
Tibetan writers. Geography, history, biography, political government,
accounts, astrc^gy, are aU represented It may be remarked, for example
that the official biographies of the successive Dalai Lamas alone fill some
32 volumes. Nevertheless, although these scarce memoirs are included
in Sarat Chandra Das's library, we are sorry to point out . that none of
his examples appear to have been taken therefrom.
Knowing, however, how scanty u the range of Tibetan works avail-
able to the majority of students, we have not failed to quote largely in
our examples from the Kahgyur and Tangyur collections. We may
\
rav
note on tint point that a suggestion hu been forwarded to ns that, in
qnoting from the former, special le&rmces should be givOT to Mcma.
Fecr^s TaU$ tiri$ dm lDmdf9wr. But we are afraid that the scope for
quotation would be narrowed if our references to the Katgymr were con-
fined to Uons. Peer's VBry Hmited extracts poblished in lithograph form oyer
30 yean ago. As to the Index dm Kamijnr^ which was issaed in the pub-
iieations of the Musde Guimet 20 yearp back, it is yident io orerj-
Tibetan stodent that this Index was only a reeiamf4 of Csoma Ko Imi's
mudi clearer and fullw analyns of the Kahggmr printed 68 years
ago in the pages of the AsiaUe Seeeareies. We fear, indeed, that rd-
aaee on such works as these would raih» expose as to diarges of n<m-
acq n ai nt a nc p wiHi more recent results of European investigation in the
present field. Althoi^ woridng in India, we may observe, however,
that we have done our best to keqp pace with what European Orien-
talists have written on our subject ; but assistance has been mainly derived
from the many memoirs compiled by Russian and German scholars,
and we would specially recommend to notice the collectious in ibis
field made by Prince Ukhtomski and the very recent publications of
Dr. Albert Griinwedel, Dr* A. Conrady, and Professor Hutiu The
analyses of the TangyuTy issued by Professor Huth during the last
three or four years, are particularly noteworthy. To return, however,
to the above-mentioned su^eetion, we may say that not only would
the scope be too restricted, but also there is no necessity, under
present conditions, to refer to any mere collection of extracts. Nearly
every capital city in Europe now has obtained possession of com-
plete copies of the Kahgyur volumes, and in two or three libraries
the 220 volumes of the Tangymr may be also consulted. In St.
Petersburg are three full sets of the Kahgyur and two sets of the
Tangymr; in Paris is a set of the Kahgyur ; in one ox other of the
great German libraries both the Tibetan encyclopoedia may be seen;
in England, while curiously enough the British Museum library
owns only a small drawer-f ul of loose Tibetan book-leaves, the
India Office Lilmtry can boast a perfect series of both Kahgyur and
Tangyur; and, lastly, in the Vatican Propaganda Library is preserved
Oratio della Pcnna's incomplete collection of Kahgyur volumes.
A word as to the Sanskrit equivalents following each Tibetan term.
Sanskrit scholars will perhaps consider these equivalents rather
XT
unBjsfiematioally enumerated. They havei neyerUieleii) with regard to
the majority of them, thi« particular Talue:— they were selected
l^ natire Iikdian Hcholars of medi»yai and later days in collaboration
with Tibetan lotsawM or translators, as the apjpropriate Sanskrit
^nonyms of the respeotive Tibetan words. They have been taken
chiefly from one celebrated Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, and supple-
mented by a well-known Calcutta pandit and professor, Satis
CSiandra Acharya Vidgabkmam^ who has also considerable acquain-
tance with literary Tibetan. The same learned professor has also,
in nnmerooB instances, appended a literal English rendering of the Sanskrit
terms. These renderings hare been placed within square brackets with
the initial S outside the brackets, and he alone is responsible for such
translations.
The system of transliteration followed is that adopted finally at the
Vienna Congress of Orientalists ; and this system ib obsenred in the case
of an Tibetan and Sanskrit words intended to be literally transliterated
and printed in italics. Howeyer, when a Tibetan or Sanskrit proper
name occurs in Roman characters, not as a transliteration, but in the
English explanation of a word, or in any English sentence as an integml
part of such explanation or sentence, the name is spelled according to the
conyentional English fashion and, in the case of Sanskrit terms or names,
as in Sir Monier Williams's Dictionary.
A considemble number of Tibetan \yords at the head of paragraphs
will be found in larger type. This indicates either that the word is the
root of all related terms, or that it is the most common word of the series
and thus ostensibly that from which the others haye been deriyed. Two
different arbitrary signs will be found prefixed to mapy words. The Author,
it seems, has marked such words as he considers archaic or gone out of
present use with a 9wa$iika (if )| and those words deemed by him to haye
been imported into Tibetan from the Sanskrit, whether directly or by
deriyation, he has distinguished by a double-headed dagger {^).
In conclusion, the Reyisors would point out that although they haye
been giyen, and haye generaUy taken, the greatest freedom in correcting
or rejecting the matter set forth in this work, and for that reason
cannot jusUy shift responsibility for the accuracy or non-accuracy of
that which is herein written, neyertheless they haye generally not reyersed
xvi
the Tiewi and stAtemeoiti of the Author wherever these have aeem'ed
to them reaaonaUe or ftirlj tenabloi and to be the result of deliberately-
formed opinion. They ha^e felt| eren when differing personally from
the AuthoTi that this Diotionary was Sarat Chandra Dai^s— not their
own
We must not omit to mention that, by the agency of the Chief
Secretary to OoTemmenti certain brief comments on yarious portions of
the Diotionary were receiTed from Professor Bendall^ and we hare to thank
him for his kind suggestions.
QBAHAH SANDBEBG.
A. WILLIAM HEYDE.
n$U$ Mmat$09. i
ALPHABETICAL PLAN OF THE TIBETAN LANGUAGE,
^FOi (ya»^ nga).
The five vowels:
The four vowel aigiis tliat are attached to the haaio letter *< are called gi^
i, dentin and iMfrp :
>3
The thirty ooafH)uantB :
«l'«l'q«| ^'i'^-qii «^'1•^^^|
pa, phoj Ad, ma. isa^ isha, dm^ wa. ^ m^ ka, ga.
ra^ laj fa, aa, ha, a.
Tlie Dktionaiy order of the Tihttan letten,
with iheir Indo-Bomanio e^valents and their pronoiiciatkm
ezemplifled by EngUah words :
1| k inkill^seek. S«(»eA)in poith.
P U „ ink-horn. ScA(acAA)„ ohnreh-hilL
^ y »f r^f go> dog * > H jetf jwap.
C<(=fiy)„ sing, king. ^ « (=«) „ singe.
« « w
XVlU
5
\
in inter (in Ireland).
^
«A
in fihone or a in leisure
9
tk
99 niit*hpokt
1
s
,1 aiore or ^ in as.
s
i
II dice (more like th in
thtt). 'J.
*
91 hour, honour.
^
»
^ nci^ nut.
tti
y
„ yard, year.
q
•
P
If pAl«««-
3^
r
f> ray, rope. ,
4
1*
91 uphill.
«i
/
„ last, large.
qa
, or 19 „ Itadli bo7i bard.
if
(=•*;
1 „ sharp.
n
m
ly mani map.
if
<
,1 same, soon.
t
U
,1 partB.
^
h
„ half, happy.
i
i%k
91 (^« aspirated).
vr
a
„ far.
i
di
^ gnaxda.
QJ ir „ waft, wave.
In all the aboye twenty nine letters the last letter ^ is inherent, therefore the
Tibetan Ghnonmazians have included it as a basis both for yowels and consonants. The
letter ^ (i) called {^V^') the little a is generally joined to the basio-yowel of a letter to
make its pronunciation long. Wben it is subjoined to the letter m the compound so
formed becomes equivalent to the Sanskrit ^ d and is pronounced as a in tar, &qri or
father. When it is subjoined to the vowel d the compound bo formed resembles the
Sanskrit % and is pronounced like i in police and so on.
The Sanskrit Alphabet and their Tibetan equivalents:
The vowels:
w^icii ^^wwi ^^^^i ^'ift'^^i
wi^:^'%( ^•'^'^'Cl ^'f'^'^ a^'W'Wwj
a, i, t, I. w, ft, r, ri. f, fi, e, e. o, ou, am, alt.
The ooDflouMitB :
^'^ir^vi ^«w«^i zz^^^s ?fw^^Ti
ni'P'qi'^'K'l i-^'^'^'^l ^'P'^'^^I 5'5'i^'^;«j
ha^ khay ga^ gha^ Ha. Ua^ tska, ifea, dska. na . ^a, tha, 4^^ dha, na, ta^ tha^ da^ dha^ tut.
^ T« 1 iii in ^ i[ w wi ir^^^i ^i
pa, fka, ba, bka, ma. fa, ra, la^ wa. fa, fd, ta, ha. if*.
The oonsopant aigni repnaentmg tbs latten *■, tnd ^:
% ("r^9"Pi y^^^ff) and (^'*IT< f-a-Uig).
^'^'^ (kf-fV fax).
Tha aiz inyairted TiboUn latten ropmtnting fli* Saiukrit lettcn.
w^^fc r^^^^ft ^^^^^ «^^^^ ^^^^J ^^^P^w*
Th« ax Mpintei, m., letten haviog ^ tabjoinad to fhen,
W W H «i V 91
The oompoiindi formed with (he four vowel signs of s t», e and called fr»-|fti — ^the
angle ', «Aa6f-ikyif — ^Oiehook , t^ll-ic» the ^standing' stroke ^and
puMv *the hams over the nose'^, which are joined to the
oonsonants indnifing the basio Yowel %
^'^'^''fl *; *»^» *»» *»• P'B'^^'Fl **S **^» ***t **<>•
%'^^%^t\ ri, <m, oe, CO. 2^*|*2*I| oM, «»w, ch^, cko.
XX
|*^*d*2f| «, H it, Jo. ^'^'IJ'^l «», »w, <*». »»
^'^'Wl •*** •**^ •*** •** ^T^'^f «■' ««.««.»*•
V^'V^I K M K K ^n^^i *s If", »«, f
H-^'^l-ifl ^ p^ ,., fo. ^^'^n^J^ % «H -. -•
\\\^\ *H *«H *•» *•• 42l^^3JI| ., «,«,•.
tiia tow risplA kMn «» ^ «> 9:
dif««dt iraft tkiil cl a^f of tiM
The «i|^ ooM p o ua di d irhUtk Am prommciitum tcmbiUm that of the Seodcrt
earebnii «^ v, v g e p we ut e i in Tihetui Ij the iarvted letten ^ ', ^, : —
^ kra(fa). ^ Ire (j^). ^ J>r»(fa) ^ kkrm (f»»).
•rOWr^"! (to-«*y six).
The ax hiae eoaeoneati to whu^^ the letter ■> / ia eabioi
VOf gh^ ihf r<>i I<S| nk (da).
In the OQmpoandb flie H'^ i.«., liado are aiknt ezoept in | wUolLis
pranonnoed as if ; the letten not pronoanoed are underlined.
The mm» with n subjoined
t^s pAs ^N, rA(, ^ s/« (<Ai).
«i'|^'c|^sr4i^^ (nmnnt tt/^ sizteen).
The azteea letten irith («15) U. ^ wbUb. ie • eomar of the letter n w
•objoiaed to them :
j '•< I ^ k i 4 A A \ A A A \ * \^
mWOr^ MiMf f^iM| MfO| lll0e| flMly CNP0| rUMi tiet ftl y MIMi Mfftfi nP0| MMly f'^^ MMf AlM*
Vi^'q^-^lvSl {n^sc twelve).
The twelve heeio oonaonenti with ^ r on their heed, i$^ ^ eamoaiiting then :
rfcfy ryo, t^o, c^i r&i, r^e, rib^ riM, rfo, rmis tiM, rAa.
(the sapenoiibed letter being generally silent ii rep teee nt ed by an nsd«liaed r)
••
«r«ilfqi'l| {lth9o tea). |
The t«Di bMio eoiuonaatt with Ota letter *■ / aann<nmtiiig tiiem :
the sapenoribed IM&t where oilent is refffeeenied by an undetlmed /.
VJI^f-qj-^J^rl (w-S^^ eleven).
The elewn boaio ooofloiUKaiB with the letter « « rarmonntiiig fhem :
9ka, §ga^ §ta^ §lia, §ta, fda^ pia^ ipa, ^ ima^ tisa.
the sapexBGiibed letter whibh is not pronoimoed ib repreeented by an underlined ^
f9^Q^^f {figan-ySg five).
The five letten which, whw prefixed to initial or boao letters to form a word, are
seldom in Tibet Proper pronoimced and are represented by xinderlined italios:
09 A fit 9s )•
lvc^i||-q5-Sj(^V%ten).
The ten letten which when affixed to initial letten to form a
word are yery Bofily pronoimoed : —
^^Sq|*q3*q|^^ {diog^Uhig eleven).
The eleven letters which are reduplicated (to form the preterite) when joined
with a terminal o :
go^ ^0, (A>| nOi io, ffM), io^ ro^ A>» ^t to.
• ••
xxm
The mnaoL pnitpnatiaM ng&iijruig to or «t,
««, ni| r«| iIk, Ml All in.
c^^orrr^ (^^ fite).
The fot/bpomAyB pwtioles to dgmty poMtiium:
Tlie iaatnuMBtai pwtid«: —
irifA%^'flrq'|ir«i^''»r^(te-^l|) I
&e bano (1^'^^) ^ and its compoaad* widi the letter h ^. preflzedt
JOfffK] **«*• BFff\ ¥^ mn] **^- «WPI| **^-
cnj^ll ikug. trijfm\ ft*««^- «|[^| •••w*. q^j ww.
qjtl »***• qui **«• qipil »^' tnpm] Vir0bt.
q>!)sm| »*«•»»• q^l^l »ra^ q^l **"' ''Jl **^*
qin^fj timi. q^i ftkrm. q^ffj ftir»i. q^«| **«»<#.
^I'^l Jitpj. q)^| hito. q«| jf*tt. q«:9l) Sf»J«<^
w
rriv
«
thebaaii
1 « and its oompoands mth the letter ^ prefixed,
^SfK]
ioa^.
^^^] ioagi' qSR«l|
fr»^». qs^^i
bea^.
qsqVf
icabf.
qs^l J^«r. qsQii
i«rf. qs«(|
ieat
q^l
toil.
q^^l J«vi«. qlK'i
M. q^i
ieug.
HS\
ieu4.
q^«| icum. q^i
}«. qT<PW|
(0OMI.
^tm]
ico9.
q^Qlj 6<?o/. c^i^i
(iM;^
tho baaio 9 and its comporuldB irith the letter ^ prefixed,
qsajl fa^tm. qsai{ ktui. ei^qpi( ^^f- qwi| ^«^
itagf.
•
q^K'l
fttaH.
q^qi
(fo6.
^m\
»<<V1».
i^u.
^5^1
^U9.
^5SI
$<tttf.
^yi
^Hi.
i^u/.
^y^'l
aun.
q^I
i<«i.
^^I
irim.
$r^>
^^I
iflan.
^^1
*!<«».
^!
Ufo.
iUoi
^I
llUar.
qjr^i
m>t.
qfWj
Ulamt'
q-lfq-ql^-^l
the basio ^ and its oomponnds with the letter ^ prefixed,
z^\
ittag.
q^Jjl itxm.
q^l ^«i*.
q^l
itttti.
^^\
}^*al.
qf^l iMr.
q^qpij it"*0S'
^SI
itfi4.
*^^f
JlUun.
tig9m\ itsumt.
qlaWf *<*»»».
qt|
btto.
^t^\]
it$og.
q^C| itio*-
q^Sl' *^-
qt^l
(taw.
^tt.^^\
ilts(»(lt.
^i^\ if^'
q|-| ^«.
T'
ir<wi.
'^\
ictte.
q^Tajl iittoH.
q^JW) ^«HNf-
NO
the bttio ^ and its omapoundi mih the letter * pceAzed, /'
q|| W- t^^\ iniH- tj^] iM^* cqfC'i ft^^-
qgpfll Jr^«. q^^i «»»«#• q^«( »«»*». c^i ftyra.
qa^i hviwtf. w| ftr^yim- q^| hyjw- q^| Itmnm.
qj'3|| ifMw/. qA^i kn^. sfi^| h0f^- qKI iw^'
q|^| »«i«#. 1^1 ftcM. qu| tiyriM. qK<l| iw^^i.
qMlj iignm. Z^| }vr*4. q^| ttyret*. q|^pf| ftlT^.
WW( ftfV'w'l-
gAP OB THE STOPS.
•4EK pnmoanoed JuA in Imiiak and Amdo hut in Ttuig lad CmMl ISbet ii
fNuaaaetAi Slldy
^tf^*'^ or "^"^ nigle ptorptadiaaliritNlEe I m ^ Oommft.
)V'<t^ dooUe ibrake H « (.) fnU itop.
'W'^ fofONfold t/bttlkB P need at fhe end ot » ehaptevor Motion.
S^l point, dot eepiiinting ^jOnblee.
iS^f "^ stroke \rftk dote on its top j or f ootnasMntid itop.
u
ABBREVIATIONS OF NAMES.
A Ati^a^tnmUhar^^'^m'^'^Vf^y
A. K. Avadinn Kalpdati*
A. JR. Aaiatio Besearohes.
A. S. Afta Siliaaiki B. T. Society.
A. g. Anoraddha-QatakA B. T. Society.
Abki. Abhidha mmattha-sapgaho.
Ar, Arabic
B. grub Baninn fmb^kai «^'tfT*«^l
B, Ifam Bon Nam shag.
B.T.8. Buddhist Text Society.
Bai. Baltiatan.
Bebu Beku4mm $tofhpo 9%'9N*i'^'Q|
Beng Bengali language.
Bkar. Bharata, dialogae, ed. by Dr. A. Schiefner.
Bk&t Bhotan, proTinoe.
Bcdki. Bodhioharya^tara, B. T. Society.
Bxh B(m^hoi9^^^\
Budk. Bnddhiam.
Bum M'^QN-«e.' ^biMM-liiifii «A«<.
Bum. I. Bnznoof, Introdaotion aa Baddhism Indian.
Bum. II. Bumoof, LotuB de la bonne loi.
(7. Central Tibet.
Cd9 Cdnakya {TtA-na-ka) t^-^l
CkO'WaH Lama Choi-izaH g9u4'bbtim.
Ckoi^ Choi-rgyal iftoO'pa Tf^y^ffK^l
Oi Gsoma de Korosi's Tibetan English Dictionaiy
Ouum. Cunningham General, Ladak and tlie sorroanding country.
ge or g. dai geH'ob ido^-bu ^flr^vf^'i]
g.gya. ^^^-roft Jr^ya-^ •^^r^jti f
g. lam gam-bha-hbi latn-yig -^fm^mA^ |
g^ ger-gyime-M ^ifrfe'l
ga. giia^^\
Dw.A .IMTy&Yadftna.
2). fel. DwaHt-fel me^hH Y^w^ktf^]
D. jB Dul-wa Rmpo'Chef a Bon religious work.
Dran Dtan^pa fer ^#J«jr^S<iK^MI
Bag Bag-byei gMUiodbi me^oi "\«l*9V<pw*Wa' |
• • •
XXVlll
Deb DA4/ier iHm-po ^'^MJl^^^l
Dag ...DesgodinB, LaMission du Tibet de 1855-1870.
Dh. DharmaBangnha (Max Muller).
Dham. DhammapadOy B, Text Society's edition.
Do or Dam Mdihmai ^'9^' ]
Dwm SdsanhgM f jfyflf-Jfflrf ^«'8^ J^ '^ISI
Dufife Du^ikhar^gyi ye^ykyi feftw also Duf-bgrel ye-k.
DuiMo. ^^^^-xDH^khor ti^A.
D^g Qdug9-4kar ^^S'^i
Ds/. Vdo idsaH'ftltm an ancient ooUeotion of Legends of Baddka.
Eo. -S-wmftwi
(?. Ban ]^yal^ab9 hm-g^ ibyuH-gnas yi'^w^'^^i%'^i^''^9^^ I
O. kab l^gyaUpo ftJkflJ^Aail j^ 5 «j'T^^«^- I
O, 8ndg Bevd. Graham Sandberg, b.a., i^.b.
Qyal, Sgyal ifMian tttemobi g»u^9.
Oyal. 8. SgyO-rabt g$al-wabi me-M fai '^w^wq? »> S5*; |
Qly ....Rgyal'rabif a history of the kings of Tibet quoted by Jaschke.
Oram Ghranunar or native gframmatical works.
Cfrub. Orub^hab fel^gyi frs-M |qw<^-?|^-8'^fc- f
g^^ ffmifA-f^Vf^t^kfiOi^hin^^rgy^*^' '
Oya^eher Oya-eher y^oUpa^ Tib. version of the LalUvidara Ed. by Foucaux.
Qfy^ l^yaUwa Tshai^-iby<i^9 rgya-mtshohi mgul-glu,
hmr^hreH j^i'j'^'lRl^v^-^'iF'HIS'iI^^g^^' by Nagaijuna.
Qshon QshoMWihi fitful n^yur ^^^'4^'*^^ ^^"^ !
Qpf^ Qythihog-pabi rnam^thar -R^^^^-^^t^ I
jj^y Bevd. A. W. Heyde of the Moravian Mission.
Hind. Hindi language.
jffook* Sir Joseph Hooker's Himalayan journals.
jii^ Abbe Hue and Gabet's Tibet.
jgbronk Bhrom^^on^^ rnam^tJiar «^§»f|^^ yi w^^jK^nj^na^w^^i
glntm. Yunh4fhen-mo V^^^'^\
/. Zai. Dpag-^m Ijan^wfi s^qw f«i w i
j5 Jaohke's Tibetan-English Dictionary.
ji^^..Z. Sjig^ften lugt-kyi isian^icoi ^^T^aiOT^i *>««>*•' I
2r. d. fika^gyur iguto «»'p'^l'^'*'^l
jf! rfif Ska^^gyurhdui-tca'V^'^y^'^V^'^l
X. dm 9ka^J>db§ idun^ldan^gyi tnam^thar qT^wq^^^S^a^^^!
K.g P*aJ-i[/yMrr^yurfqT'^|«^'JSI
y, to ^M-*Jfywr#fem^w^#«iT'^l»^A^^*l*l
K.my 9kai-^yur myai^idas 'Vfjp:^%'^^i^''<Sm
K. phal §kah tgyur phul-p(hche 'rr^^^V^'^'^'h
•
•SIP. Earan*-paBduik«, B. T. Socuty.
K. tkmi. «r KtHML PmUm AM tML
Kikt. T. KtiMhakn of TMBitiM.
Xh. KhaiB, aMUm pMt ol Tibet
JOa. «F'4i-WN^« 4fM«A iyro-maiU Mb^
Xhrit. imh^Am wtkrii^ Km*H%ft*^l*^^i
■SSfy. Koppca, di« religifln des Bnddh*.
JRm Koiunrar, fvovqw* oader Brituh proteotion.
^Ifrim. Mjigt-bfi kth«i-nm »3i^iK^S^\
L. r. LiOiteTiitmL
LmbL JjuftSmOn-BittiLt B. T. Society.
Idmhrm. Bf «^ timb Ltm-gpi rim-f gR%^ *iw}- Wq t
Lam.ii. X«iiMlMM«**<^i<'?'^l
IM. Litm.
U. Ok. XedU Qfti-nift, % hirtoiy of TOiet, Ed. by Dr. R Soblagiaiimt.
Lmm Xcwr. .Lexicoa or Lanoom, mtiTe TOwtaui dkitionMiw.
Uk. Umm.
X*. ter. Z*«-«4*' ikw-ekag ffAy^'9^\
lM.i»^ £*«44« ftt«MAa« f^\«r<r'«^' I
£if .Xi^' fwvkiM %'^'PK- a TibeUa ^oMftry.
£«. ItiofHWiti |l»-|fty«4| IN-aA'I'l^vi (XmmVm).
JM. fJMHldb/ fMt4«|6iMi K'^«r^fl^-^V^-»r]^-l(ir^B-tt-^R«5irTq Ijtk
vonuiie.
£. Im^ ^Imi^ ftfti4-<iM |3(t[-«^^|
iiMl. ynHm-gitigrtitir^^T'*^
M. V. jr«M VfutptMt.
jr. ffM. MUMpmrnkM Vritti B. T. Sooiefy.
Jr. WOh. Sir. Mooier T^Diam'a SradEtit-Englidi Diotioguiy.
JGi. Ma-tott bd-iitam «r<Mr«(-«fi| Tibetan Apooalypae.
M.p^. J&ryyM#*<'t5t
jr«A«. ^ .lCahipariaabiba.8atU, Pali Text Sodety.
JTciy. ». MahiTadm.
Jr— I. .trM'^k^ Xmnt tdhMl ^.
J&dL JMioal iraria of Tibet
JCl ,..Jn9fvMtM-«yM««iiyi
JO. ^IQanqpa'a •QMi" tviw I^im* boadred tbouaaad aoogs.
MO, id, m-h mt-ftiki v»»m4kmr ^evnttc^'m^ Mila't aatdUograpby.
Wt^tia JfiHI-AMi iH4Hpr»# *^'^'^'^*'|S {^'P*9)
Momg Mongolian.
JUg. ....JIm^^^Mf^tntl4''|'i*^%i^^ra»^cll•m<nk.
Jggrin Jfgrm-sion ikhteabi rtog%^£jo4 ^'l^K'^X^^^ f
tgur .....JB^Ia rohpaki ilMl^'ilmm S)'«r^«*qt'«3^'^ii
MtoH Jjfian^aoil wl^Oi-P^ tna-rgtm ^'^fSf^' ^ Vy( I 9k Lhasa
Uook-print work in 80 lesTea compiled by ^ag Wajig Jigten
WaagdiAg Tagpai Dorje (^TS«^^-^t^S«»^-8T5^*^*) fcom
Sakya PaQflUieii'a Tehig-gter, Tibetan trandation of Amazkon
and otber lezioons.
Mi9han 4r««A»i-«ii#*«*V^I
mro Na-ro oAoMnv ^:"FS'**nff 1'*SM V*^'^'^* S*'^ I
JTor NarJhaii gm$4l§^^'^''n^\
tag D«W-yt>«a^wronST^^ftr«^l
Org ...Original texts.
Oi^g, m Original manuaoriptB.
Pag ««osfi4!^ *KV-wm *»Ari^'« ^^
Pth Pai-ma ihaH-^yig ^^^M\
Pur Porrang.
^ idthriH ^m^agit^^'V^V^}
JUo-phrei -JWhC^ phre^-tca.
Rd9a Bgom-ehen daH rdsa^sig^gi rnam4har I'i'Hvrl^'rV'^^f
Rgifan fyjfan^pi iatan ico9 f^'S'«'W*9*« I
ije^nam. SJe rin^ eheH rnam^thar It^^^l^'^ifr^}
^am Snam-ifai ^i-rgym ^«Mis^J^I
SiM^ Jg^w^jrywrf^yi
Risa. ti Pftn-wa fim hgreUpa gUyka, ^n^'^f^'^^'^^^ I
Btsa^shuH Man-iag tgy^-l^ rUio^abi 08Ati« »^'^|SiT«j5^aF- f
nui. ^sH^y%i9tai^fi09t'^Wi^^'^\
Bisii. Btsk'gfhiphyogf'isgrigft'^^'^f^^V^:
8 Sanakrit terms from Tibetaa-Sanskrit Lexioonsof Tibet expisined
by Satis Chandra Aoharya, m.a.
S.del Otum^grel 'W^'^^]
8,g flf*arf-jryw#, a medical work.
S. Lex Sanskrit lexicon.
8.pkreil Lig§4fa4 fser-iphrei *^^^^*3^ f
S.kar. ^iom-yoi ikar-ohag ^fi»r^^ST^'^\
8.bfn Sambhalai lam-yig.
S.leg Sa^a hgt^i ^I'^V^l
8.0 Qser^io^ dam-pa ^'^SS^'^)
8,p Snvarva-prablift, B. T. Society.
Sama Samftdhiraya-sutra, B. T. Sodety.
Siim,^ 8dmkhya4aitva Kaunmdi.
8an9 Sanskrit or Sanskii.
i
ZXZl
Sck Prof. li. J* Sehmidt, Tibetiaoh-Detttiohes Worterbaoh. tad
Tibetisohe gramnmtik.
8ekr Dr. A. Sohiefner.
SM. Dr. E. SoUagintwttt, Boddhism in Tibet.
SeUr Sebioter, editor of tlie flnt Tibetan Diotioii«y.
&r. Omr^fiMeM,^^*^'}
8k0i. i^n^ ita4^gfu4 mi^^\S\
SM. "Fi ShaUes.
SikL Sikkim.
SUu. 8i4uti$im'tiagi^^'n^9^(!*S%mV^^^^^
9mim.g Smtm^g^ or fK'V^'lS^i
^mm fider'iif$9mm^49dit§(fhen'mo^'S^t^^M*\
atag. P<tf W ^M I^T^ * yooabnltfy of mTstic Sanakft terms.
SSam. &mn tag m$M ^"^^^1
gSM. ghi-ekin tSMUkig'^tkeg^hog i|iiWlKKV^H8|H*t«ir»*if
Skd. Sbk Rer. O. Swidberg's Head-book of Tibetan.
8og flbf-j<«ii ^*^ V I
Sorig. 990^ ckoh^gui ^^[*vn^K ^
8pgo4. Spfoi-P^amfsV^l
»go 9pg^44M IVH^!
g^g^ ^ftan-hggur ^'*|^' ooUeetion of oonunentaries.
&M. SokliintI.T7uluL
Amrf BmaAgama SWam f •«T*'1*I
T0m.d. 99hm4ggur^iifdo 'm^V^'^'^l
rm.fAv ^9tan tggur §iay$.
2Ji Tiri N&tha's fyga-gmr ek0§4h^^ hiftory of Che riie of Baddhisni.
Tkeg. I»*^-ik?*o^ fMtoarf H'^T^^SI
j%g^^ Ifcwwto ^Aei-pro/ «A«i-me ^'^•^Wf*r^'*|
Thgy, Thaxgyaai sdentiflo treatiaee.
Tib For Tibetan.
2V^, Tziglot a ooUeotion of Buddhist termi bj.Pfof. ICiaajreff.
n. or TrnH QUtd ^' Tmaig fromte.
T$.tak. 9tmm^mQiai4Ml^V*^f^'^'\
IMg. TMg^ggM^'hF'V^^
ft The pronnoe of W Ofmh Central Tibet.
F. O. Vajn-^kedikA.
rm.kar FflW«rya rffew-po^i-^-^*^*!
r0L^ .'''I'^'ft'*' or (ri»#-rf«ry lAm^).
VAudUku ViBuddhimaggo B. T. Society.
W. or W. Tib Wertem Tibet:
• •
Wm. ftoL W. W«Mi]]«v, Bar Buddlaniiii.
Wih. Wikon's Qimm m u t ,
Wh. :..Wa&4Mig1bMlii; a dmriptimioE Tibet, EdL bj EliqprotL
Ym^t$l. r«M«ir»fwrf«ri'«-^^-tel
r«<4i: .wi^\ Oi miiMm oa.
Tit. THJsgimm ml^^^fV^i
Tig. 8w»*rfW'<*rt«S''^^*»
Tig. h. Tig-igBmr rm m g O ng ^TVVr^^i
Tm. Tm-gUm 9^bo4^f^^^^[^\
Z. -ZrfrtBtar «^WV^I
Zam. 9tdat^ ttiam-4fio§ 2k'ma4og «V^«fS-^*^'*^flf {Dog.yig).
9§, aad *** prefixed to aome words indioate them as (^^ ttt^ tn^ belonging to tbe
older orihogTftpby.
f tad t pcefized to some words indioate their Indian or Sanskrit origin.
* woids nUBked with asterisks were sent bj Dr. Albert Ghrfinwedel for being inoor-
poortated in this Dietionairy. Thej were ooDeeted hj Dr. A. Sohiefner.
GRAMMATICAL ABBREVIATIONS.
abbr.
abbicvkiedi abbreviaiioBS.
genit.
gemtiTa caaei
ibftr.
abatneticMi; tbttract.
gram.
grammar.
aoQ.
aeoordiagto.
ibid.
ibidcoit in tiie aame place.
aoeuii
aeenaatiTe aaaei
id.
idem* the aamdw
Mt.
aoiiT9» aetirel J.
ia.
id eat» tbal ia. *
mm
adjoetiTe.
imp
impatatire mood.
•dr.
airavb* adTtxbially.
impera.
inperaonalt imperaonally.
aritb.
asitbaetio.
incorr*
inooRc^ inacReotiy.
b.
booka.
inl
infiniiiTe mood.
0.
oui» witb«
inii.
initio^ at the beginning of a longer
e^
oonatrsiter earn, eonainad witL
inat.
inalead. [articla.
tAMU
conatmed witb die aceuiatiTev ate.
inatr.
JnatrwmantatJTe caae^
tL
ooofer* oompara*
intcrj.
interjeotien.
eb.
ebapter.
intarr.
intenogatiTo, intenegatiTe^.
eog.
eogiiate» related in origou
intera.
intranaitiTe.
ed.orcolloq
. eoUoquial, eoOoquially*
i.0.
inataadoL
eoQeol.
eollectiret aoUaatiTelx.
in.
irragnlariy, inegnlar.
0OBL
commonly.
laag.
laagnage.
OOBIp.
eompoiudf oompoimda.
lit
UtefaDy, alao Uteialnre.
MOJ.
eoojimotioiu
long.
longitude.
eontr.
oontraoted.
maaa
maacnliae gender.
Oder.
correaty ooneetlj*
m^d.
medical worka. [imget artiale .
oomL
conalatiTor eoirelatirely.
mad.
medao^ abont Ibe middle cC a
dat
datxToctae.
mctapb.
metqphoneal, metapbotioally.
dfliBon.
demonatrativa.
met. or metoa. aMtonjrmicaly matonymiaally.
denr.
dcriratiTe.
myat«
myatieal or myaticaily.
dub.
dttbiaua.
n.
namei
B.
eaat.
N.E.
nortb-eaal»
••fr
exempli gratia, lor iDataaoe.
neat
neater gender.
eleg.
elegant, elegantly.
••/•
ni fallor, it I am not miataken»
elswb.
daewbire.
n.p.
noon proper.
empbat
emphaiicaly empbaileaJly.
U.W.
nortb-wcat*
erroDCdUf erroncoiiialy.
nnm.
nnmeiaL
esp.
eapceially.'
oba.
obaolete.
eqpir.
aqniraleut.
opp»
aaoppoaedio.
eaph.
eapbomiatioa], eupbemlitieally.
dig.
for orig'mal work.
ex.
escampla.
ortbog*
ortbograpby*
eipL
explain* ezplainatUma.
P-
9^^
CKtr.
extrinMH towarda tiia end of a
para.
paragrapb.
fan.
fonlnine gender. [loDger article.
partie.
participlei
fi|.
flguntiTe, fignratirely.
paaa.
paaaire^ paniTely.
H
ireqnontly.
paat
paattonae.
fat
fatnre tenac.
perb.
periupa.
gea.
goacTal, generally.
pen.
peraooi peraonaL
1*
XXZIV
pt
pi
pleon
prafect tMto^
plural xMuabov.
pleonaatfti plooaittiotlly.
p. n.
pop.
proper HMM.
poetioallj.
popalir lingoift*
pott. p.
pottp.
prep,
prtt* ptotf
pottoftire pvoaoniu
pottpoiituNb
prepoiitioii*
pretent tente^ protoritt*
prob.
probftbty.
pron*
prop*
PfOT,
reL
pronoun,
properly.
proTineialitiii, proTiaeiaL
qood Tide» wbioh too.
relAtira.
retp.
tbtU
retpeotful, reepeottiilly.
tabttantiTe.
6.E.
tottth-ettt.
nm.
tunilas in maaningi nmiltrij.
ting.
aingnUr nnmbor.
tl^OTf
f or w or |K
tjfjub* nuitt.
qrmbolieal nnatiiaL
.Sya. or qrnon. tjaonyBunit.
termin.
teminatiTo oaae.
tropb
tropiaaUy.
trt.
trantiliTo.
y.
Tide, aee.
Tb.
verb.
rb. ft.
Terb aotiya.
Tb.nt
Ycrb nentar.
TUlg.
Tii1gar» low axpreatioo.
mlgo.
in common lifob
W.
watt.
ir.e.
without ezplaaattcn.
TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
1) Jr« iho fbii Irttar of tha Tibetta
alphiibety e o CTiipm d in f in loaiid to the
Btmkzit « or fb§ Bnglith K Of tibia
btter wo xood: ^1)*rv^<i^f^ kthnt
ihi it oallod tho root'' At ilio flxrt letter
it hM Uio Moie of ** the iMgiiming " :
^W^flt^h^midof^ jmie from the begin-
ning. Again, it oaa ngnify **poirer'':
Ae-flM^ though nnpleoaent to hear, I haTe
no power not to laj it; frif^-^A^ ma
0iMtf lM-me4 powexleM not to give; "r^V*
Y^ Mi Ifre te-eMtf poweilMi not to go,
u$^ eannot avoid going. ^ ha hai.almoet
the tame iNDie in ^Vnr^^hm^'wn ha rii
jfcjf«tf mUphtm ^aMmm ta (£o. 8S)^ no re-
fonroe amala at death. This letter teems
to hftTO other metephoffioal meanings; thnt
we read : >T^ W^^^'<r^ ha $k$§ hya-^oa
hdoi-pa pm (JT g. r 179) ''ka, to to be
called, is detixe/'
1| I: L when nted in
nnmben ha ngniflet one or flrtt 2. in
modtn ISbetan asan affix to msny words
it denotes: the, all the, the. yerj. ^^^
§hab^ha has the same meaning as fWf
fMHff, on 4 otrtain oooasion ; \^ de^ia
that tesy ; ^Vnf'tiHbi the two. 8. in a
large nnmber of words we tilnd ^ oooQRing
as the seoond ^QaUe. Li some of these it
has been added apparentlj as adiflerenti-
atiye partiole; and in ilie ooUoq. we often
find it annexed to the older monoqrllabio
iorm without explainable reason.
^ It: indeed; siUEely: i^'^'iTVT*'
litr yistf i^rsM-cfo ihr toil (Pag* JIfi) later
rigain he indeed xeooUeoted (the separa-
tton).
^ ka foor; T^ fta-v<i a pillar.
ifP haJfha I. the A-B-0, or alphabet.
2. • feather: T^lS«rtrF^-|¥ ^Mi^kai
la ha^hka ni %gnhho (JT. g. ^ 916) in
ihe seoret language ha^hha signifies a
feather.
^r^ haMa^ a beginner of the
alphabet ; a child.
■^y ha4ko, also "Tr^V ha-kkah% tho, an
alphabetioal register ; an index.
trVf Ka-ihog lit. *'cn the top of "^ ''; n. of
a celebrated Buddhist monastery in Eliam
belonging to the f^lUA^ma School, the Head
Lama of which it beUeyed always to be an
incarnation of hit predecettor and hddt
the title of T^^TdH-lfUl The hiU on
2
^
whuih tbu atoiiMtery wm bailt is Mid to
have rMMttbled the Irtterlihr. «|-4^«i|m-
f 0) Oa the bank of the Di-ohn (^li-j-Mii),
ncMur Pom-pOy is tbe monastery called
EathOg.
«if^s| jir».i/a(^ =5 "T^-ypi ka-nai dog^pa
pure from the beginning. According to
the S'Mlrma School of Buddhism it means
f^'^^ iM-pa-Hiff ifiknf^a) emptiness, or
the Toid ; that which is pore from the
beginning: iF9T^T««»H|S'S'|^*'^*^
•«*) I ( Yig. H) that which is not com-
pounded, being eyolved of itself, is piure
from the beginning.
^"^ ka^ide m^n 1. the four letters in
the first group of the Tibetan alphabet,
namely, TF^'^'f 2. in astronomy eon-
aeoutive numbers: « t^VT^^^'^^'l
(FdMtf/. Ji6) the order of flguxes in the
(spdiao sign of the) crocodile is con-
secutiye.
^ ka^pa the first Tolume of a work or
a series of works ; a Tolume or anything
else marked with the letter ^ ka.
^^ kth^pej also expressed TP*'^* ^
kha^ 4pe^ an A-B-0 book ; a primer.
<n*K ka^phre^ {ka4htng)^\^ kdti the
series of consonants in the Tibetan
alphabet.
sr^ kchmei helpless, powerless.
1 mV'* Att-ffmotf sum*^ Ut. ^Hhe thirty
(letters of the Tibetan alphabet) below the
letter %*'
s^|^N ifca-r^sem an acrostic; a inetrioal
eompodtion in which the initial letters
of eaah line form a continuous word or
sentence.
2 'TTr f
^t ihi-/t ordinarily written for the
Tibetan Sanskrt word \% C«| + « *).
X t^ kA^U^^^!^' ka-phrei the series of
letters gen. beginning with ^ fai, !>., the
consonants of the Tibetan language : ^'^
Ot»J^S yi.ge d^li kd'li pin ** letters are of
the i^ series, i.^., rowels, and of the **!
series, t.e., consonants'' {Situ. 3).
\ H'fJ I : ka^ka wm 1. the crow. 2.
the cry of the crow : T'T'^'''5'X^'|V'*f«r J
( Vai. kar.) "if a crow caws, wealth will be
found.''
^*1| II: excrement (nursery word);
in W, <«|'>^'9^'l kthka to4*ctf«i French fmrt
C0ea (Ji.).
^ np)*^ ka^kan^i frrfM^ 1. a small
coin of Andent India ((7«.) : TT^Wt^'^'
^ I *' ka^ka^ni of the value of twenty shells
(^iTfvVs)." 2. m^v the fourth part of a
jvof^r. 3. the quarter of a mdna. 4. the
seed of Abru% preca^onu%^ used as a weight
in medicine. 6. the shell of C$prma
fnoneta^ used as money.
ij* ^'HfV kthkm^0iil the euoumber is
so called in Kunawa? (Ji.)*
X ^^ ^nnrf^ n. at a fabulous snoivy
mountain situated to the north of a xiTer
called PaA*t», where a medicinal plant
called TVawtfya grows (A Lmn. 86).
^ Tj'^'lj Jra-*MM' 1. n. of a
literary work« 2. n. of a female Buddhist
deity: fr»riwt-*'ir^''irt''P'l^l (D. 9C)
" (taught) the rites condoning the goddess
JSTakim to the saint ICal-bye TduiA^pa."
1 1|*^|f Ku'ku^^ n« of a riTir
TTf^l
8
'Tm
of a flaiit Vied in medioio*, T$rmntdia
gi^H-^mr the •<£rait of the tree ol litUo
poifon'* (i^tf^.)*
t 'T^^'^ Jra-ilw-r/-»« «#ft» n. of
a tree which grew on Ordhiakftta, or
the Ynltnie-pjak HiU of Magadha
f ipi| ibi-Jto applied in fiikkisn for ^
^-m kthhoJa.
;^ 'TpV]*^ hhko-la miftm 1. oaxdamom,
the fruit of (7a00NA«« Indieut; a plant with
a berry, the inner part of which oonebti
of eeeds with a wax-like aromatic rob-
etanoe. 2. ^ifla^Vi W^ Saocharum mu^fOf
bat is varionaly described as a fmit need
in medicine; a poisonous tree-drng; also
8s^l^« the castor-oil plant.
Syn. fc'va^' tuhaA tnaH ; I'a-sl^n s/n-f^n
g^hot^fiu ; I'A'S'vi nla^tva^i bge^ma ( M^on,) .
W^ faHm(al80 ^'^k€H:ha) «w articles^
goods, eflects, propertj, fumitroe:
>i|'«t'KV^9^'^^'S^'^ I the king who follows
after properly; 'iw ^«i^§Vii property
oanses satisfaction.
Syn. Wi^ 9py<f4'^\ ^'•^ yo^^i
1)*5^ Korean n. of a place in Tibet
{Deb. n US).
11*^ ifc0-et colloq. ^t kortfi 1. a kind
of coarse white cotton doth largely im-
ported into Tibet from Nepal and nsed
for making prayer-flags. A piece of kcHii
is genecally four to six yards long and a
foot and-»>half broad. 2. akindof mndin;
a Tery fine cotton oloth imported from
Benares : T^^^'^^'^'P^'^M for each piece
ef ka-d eight boshels of barley.
yI'|wmi Jk«-M ikyem^roi fine cotton
cloth* or mudin, so called from its roaem
blance to the ropeiior quality of Tibetan
paper called ikpemi ; |^'Ml'|'X^wlf l-liTMii
(A kar. 179) different sorts of cotton
cloth, muslin, Ac., brought from Upper
Tibet; fV |««i an inferior kind of hhd
doth.
J n\'%'^ kd^U ^(^ n, of a flower
(K.mg.^tO). «f^ is idmtieal wifli «f
and w^, a plant with an esculent root
(Arum cdocoiia) cultiTated for food.
tI kthki lometimes used for ^%.
'T|*f^| Ka-loog an abbr. of the names
of two cdebrated translators of the Kah-
gyur: ^•^"VW^t^ £mm ih^l^rt^en
and fT^'l^r*^ ^ii»^ rt^^o^Qi^iAaa of
JfOog^ro*
^*a kthehnio^^'* kthca.
'TI'S*^ kthpha-ta a habitation, a hut
{Sehtr),
^*$^ koF^kug so, like that, accord-
ingly; TW^'^ ka^hug fMfao/ means
^'V^'8^ dn-l^ar-iytftf, do like that, do accord-
ingly: w*^«>'|-S:»»VVTtT**^l "if -Aim
is disinclined let (him) not do like that*'
(A. H).
'Vf^ ka4a in mystic language a term
for mother (JT. g* ^ 916).
X T^^n **-<<'-*<* !• »• of a tree. ^^
^1 if an eye-medicine be made from
kiUakansA honey^all e je-disesses may be
remoTcd (8* l4m. SS). 9. «Mr the
dealing nut-plant, ^yaftiietjM<a<eniifi. A
seed of this plant when rubbed on the
inside of a water jsr produces a predpiti^
tion of the earthy paxtides of water.
^^*XnT[ ia4tHna*ka n. of a kind of
biid (K. ko. ^ $).
t ^^^ -C»-«a-»Wf also T5 Ka-tpa n.
of a plaoo in Andeiit India, probably the
ooantiy of the Qcdae; aoooiding to O:
Boythia; n. of a distriot in Tibet;
X "Tf '«r^'l(Y4^ Zo-to-ya-fM mg^n lit
K&tyftjana with a hnmp on hie ahonldere ;
one of tlie eiz heretioal teMhen who
dii^pnted with Buddha.
ermmm the ton of E&ty&yanI; n. of a
Bhikfu (Buddhist monk) (J^i^r. 5).
X <T^'8'< Ka44bi btMHo «mnmVt wht
the goddett Umi ; aiao the mother of the
Bhikfu K&tyftjana. •
; TS^'Q Ka-tyaii iu «mnnr lit the
ion of E&tya. It it said that the flunily
name of E&ty4yana was given beoause
the patriaioh of the tribe took the
TOWS of an asoetio from the sage Nada
(jr. d. S ItY).
t 'T?'^ **'^^^ ^* ^* * ftower
(K.d.rlt).
^•^ Jfc«4*^ir=H«H retu miff a table
of figures made of lines orossing eaoh
other and forming squares.
^*9^ ii^«-/«MsW rat ootton doth
{fiag. f).
t T^9 ibr^om-ftAa deambed as |t
a^« ^»^- {jr. d. * i6S), n. of an inseot
+ If J*^ *a-to.rfl=Hc g^kaH a bssm,
bowl; mwtKT (also T?^ kthfo^a) the
Tibetan form of the Hindi word kafard*
+ ^'^'t| Kd^^^ki ^mit a generic
name for mountain; n. of a mountaixi
\ 'ff^^fll J&-f«-W-/a emftw n. of a
dty in Anoient Bind (8. Lam. 8S); lit. a
piUar of grass.
1|*^*2f ^ JEo^ Bo^ Indian n. for
the town of Paro in Bhutan (Ikam.).
1 'If ^^ JBS^iu-ka n. of a fabulous oity
which IS desoribed to have been fifty
pojana in ciroumf erenoe.
^9^ ka^kthfti in Eunawar a sort of
peach (Ji.).
^^^ Ka^thi^t Chinese minister
who founded the monastery of Hi kwan-
99$ {Tig.i6).
T^ ka^the v. T^ ka^wa.
1 ^'S'^'^ ka-^khru-ka m^ic^ (prob.
Vf^lV a bird nestling on khad^ra trees)
n. of a kind of bird (K.ko. ^ i).
':\,^P[S^'^ ka-dam-pa Vfsv, fii^ir 1. n.
of a tree; ^^w**?^ in(^ jn the Aw-
i^fivnia flower ; the tree Naueha ladamba^
a tree with orange-coloured fragrant
blossoms. 2. »»«UVi v^KIP^tVr^*^' f
(J0a^.) n. of a species of bird of a deep
blue colour and also that or a tree. 8. a
kind of grass*
^^q-e^ ha^whpa em$ cloud, t. |r<>
lprfi»-fM (JMofi.).
t 'T^^ ka-dthka^n^ also T^e ka^
dd'pa 1. n. of a fruit. 2. n. of a bud
(JT. d. '^ *0).
J If /^ ka^dO'lM iwmi n. of a fruit
(r: <f. n tog) ; pr^b. «flii flie fruit of Ihe
tree JFfons rsUgiam.
tT^^'l *«-««•*«»• 'W* gold; a
pedantic qmonym for ^ fair (Mttm.).
TTT^I
Tfr^l
t T^'T W vm^ n. of an Iiidiui
paodit who Tinted Tibet (</. JSM.)-
+ '!|'afi ibi-9«-<«a (pfob. W^) lit.
sprouting; generic mane for a tree; tlie
pUnt Ahrm preeahrim ; ^-^T^^fTV^ I
the flowers of the ka'na4ia tree (JT. g*
ntST).
1 11'^'*'^ ktunU'fuMM WW^ n. of
a tiee (JT. A « 4««) ; «^ «» pl»t
CaMmeliiia Bengatenm.
^^ ka-na^ya n. of a kind of
weapon; a short lanee attached by astring
to the arm* by which it osn be drawn back
after having been thrown at an object ;
^irsi«H-a-^Uq- V«ir T* V*^ «•* V' \ in
flie hands, a sword, a lance and a large
snow {K. g. ^ JlS).
fr^ ;&-«Wfai also T^«^ '•f^
n. of a celebrated JWwffte (Tartar) king
who ruled over PalhaTa, Kashmir and
Jalaodham (the proTinces of the Fanjab
sttdEabal) inandenttimesi he embraced
Buddhism and is said to haye hdd the
last great Bnddhist Oouncil for the com-
pilation of the Mah&yftna Tripitaka in
the first oentory B.C.
1f4|3^ Xthgium n. of a prorinee ol
Tibet north-east of Kong-po; ^Sl^^i te
Ifk Mm ' p a a natiTe of K^-gnam.
y« a kind of qwar or lance. WV and
w>i^ vnr are synonymous terms.
t IfCrOl ka-pdJa mmm the skoll; the
f oidiead. In lib. Bndh. k^ta or
tapmli signifies either Ihe dmll or a
drinking cap made of the hnman skull.
1 Hf^ I : JTopi n. of the langnageihai
was anciently spoken in the coimtry of
KapisUn; n. of a coimtry.^ The Bon
Btgal*rMi§ (a history of the kings of
Tibet), according to the Bon historians,
was asierted to have been written in Kapi,
the language of the gods, in which the
ancient Bon scriptores were mostly
written* It is also stated that the Bon
books were translated into the language
of the Persians or T^^'ik people, from
which again the Tibetans translated them
into the language of Shafi Sh4fi in
Norihem Tibet.
J^5n:l urftw gum, resm {Ji.)i
the redn eztraoted from a medicinal
plant called fi^JM (/tmijMf commmmi).
The root is gathered in autumn cr
spring and being thoronghly cleansed, is
cut into i^eoes and beaten into pulp. The
juice is squeexed out with a dean cotton
rag, and bdng poured into a clean
dry earthen pot is subjected to a gentle
heat As soon as it begins to thidken it
is stirred with a spoon till it gains the
condsteni^ of resin. 2. the hog-plum,
Sp^tMM magmiferm ; a tree; PiniqMfm
iomeni^9mi the mane-fig tm; Bimi
inpseiarui. Also a wood^apple tree.
8. n« of a yellow cipiment.
4 l||'ch||'^ U-fi kthiihm n. of a medi«
dnal plant (JT g. « 61) ; «A«^ the plant
Mu0um prurUui.
t »T* S *»:i»-rf««B^* »a-jrf.
4 1[!^^ Etfpi^M flf^ n. of a king
of Southern India who Ured in Buddha's
time and considered, himself the greatest
monardi of the worid. His ranity was
exposed by the Great Teaoher, who eon-
Turted him to Buddhism and ultimatdy
raided him to the pcdtion of an ArM
it fj'^l-ai-^-^ «]^ ^ n. of a
Br&hmanioal sage whose hermitage was
at the mouth of the Ghmges {8, Lam.).
-^ 'H'Scq ka^piA^ia irfii^ n. of a
Yery delioioiw fruit (JT. rf. «« »0).
i ^'^'S ka-J^n-da-ka irPw^ n. of
a kind of bird.
1]*^'^ Ka-pti'ta n. of a plaoe in
Anoient India where, in aooordanoe with
the oone of a holy sage, adnltery and
incest were punished with the burning of
the houto in wbioh such crimes were
committed {D^am.). •
'fj^H^ k(4'pe4 a gourd; a sort of
medicinal fruit (Lejt.).
nf^ ka-pha a tree.
^f^ I : JTa-tra n* of the mother of
Bromton, the founder of the Buddhist
hierarchy of Tibet {fihrom. r S7).
^'^ II:=s*^«' g^ugjpa ^, mm a
pillar, oolumni stake, support ; also tri-
dent ; Til ht^'tke the neck of a pillar or
column; nf^ka-ikei the shaft; ^^^
ka-fffiig^ma a small house or temple hay-
ing but one piDfr ; ^^^ kdhchen the prin-
cipal pillar, ayerylarge pUlar ; Tf^ ka-rten
the base of a pillar ; ^^^ ka-^Ug^ the
pedestal of a pillar; T^^ kagdan the
base or pedestal on which a pillar stands ;
^ii;« Ami-v>*^€ * colonnade, a number
of^ pillars ; T^^"'^*^ a grooved pillar ;
iirq-^I^T^'i^'^ 'HIT: (lit. the town
of houses built with pillars and king-posts)
one of the thirty-siz holy places of the
Buddhists; ^^'Qprcr^ ka^wa bum^pa^ean
one ol the pillaxs of the great Jokhang
temple at Lhasa, with the npper part of
T«1I
its capital in the shape of a water-pot;
T^l^irst^f ^^ ka^wa ^n^^<hcan the pillar
that had a serpent-shaped capital^ T^
^^'V'«| ka-tca fik-lo-ean the pillar which
had designs of leayes of trees round its
capital; 'T*''^'*'f'<^ *«-wi •eH-^o-^ean
the pillar with a lion's head on its capital.
These were the names given to the four
principal pillars of the Jokhang temple
of Buddha at Lhasa, built by King Sron-
htsan figam-po about 640 A.D., after
the model of the pillars in the palace of
the Emperor T'ai-tsung, called Eyfi lun
tin, the palace of the golden dragon.
wIt^ gnam'-gyi ka-wa ^ \m\nm m the
pillar of heaven; ^'^^ Ba^yi ka-wa
fjiwr the pillar of earth ; A"*!*^*! m«-j^t-
ka-wa ^ff^r^nr the pillar of fire; V^
T^ chu^pt ka^ioa wnm the pillar
of water, — these are the fabulous and
metaphorical pillars mentioned' in the
astrological works of Tibet. ^'"^^
gyu'hi kO'Wa a pillar of turquoise, or
one that is studded with turquoises
(Lha.knr. IS).
^j^'M Ka khoUma n. of a hiatorioal
pillar in the grand temple of Buddha
at Lhasa, inside of which the earliest
known HS. of Tibet, called q^*l«iii*>i|-
|^'*<l, and said to be the will of King
Srofi-btsan ggam-po, was alleged to have
been found in the middle of the eleventh
century A D.
^'*<^ ka-i^go the capital of a pillar.
'H'^ ia-owssT^**^ Aw-iTd-can lit. with
a pillar or pillars ; a house. Li the sense
of being the supports or upholders of tho
school of Marpa, the Ta$i!trik sage of
Tibet, his four disciples were called T^
^ ka-can bshi *'the four pillars of his
school." They reoeiTed lus ika^^ oommia-
sioB, regarding Bttddhiim, *nd were also
called 4«p'qqvq^ «< the four oommianoned
onee." The following were the four
dieoiples: ¥t<«*1('^ Ckoi-^rdor of J^og;
*rJ-iHf^^-l(i MMttr^icdH f<fo-o> of
Ihi; and ft-iTMi-a Jft-Ai ra^pa.
T^l^"!^^^ ka-ifeiy tgo-Qfiig 1. n Bjnall
hoQfle with but one pillar and one door,
gen. a email prison-honee. 2. A mode of
capital puniBbment 10 laid to be called io
when the eolprit ie fattened to a pillar in
a dungeon until he diea of hunger ^/d,) •
'T^ ku*^fhm the ornamental ailk
fringea and embroidered banginge made
in Tariona myihioel dealgna for deooratiog
the oapitala of pillara.
^cqaa-n fipfm a atoong well-flniahed
pillar.
l^'f^'^fS >«HM^* ibpar^M a eor-
aioe; the ornamental projeottona, Ac.,
whioh aurmount a pillar i the deooratiTe
pieoaa whioh are attabhed to a pillar.
^mm h i i M tH w H i a bouae with manj
piUiis*
^^ hiHuit ttie iquare apaoe (of about
twelre feet) eoeloied bj four pillaxe i«
eallad a Immlgi the area or endloeure
of a colonnade ia meaauied hj the hhmig.
Tl* Aa-c*i# the top of a pillar*
^t JuHi^ CT^I* kthp0t^9$) the
upper part or capital d a pillar.
^ni iii-f«Aii miliiv capital of a
wooden pUars a piece of timber in the
ahape of a bow tied on a piller to hold
up the aeain beam (Xee.).
Y*«*^ the extremity of a pillar which
projecta oyer the oapital (orchitraTe)
the coyer of a pillar, perhapa the ahacua.
^Tf^ ni : a partioular faculty acquired
by a myatio prooeea in which the appetitea
— hunger y thirati Ac.«— are anppxeaaed.
Thia ia one of the aiz praoticae of the
Buddhiat Tantrik$ who practice ifogM
(meditatifo concentration).
^f^ IT : ^^imi a large Tcin or artery
in the abdomen ; a Teaael in the aide of
the breaat containing rital air (miPIT^,
auppoaed to be brought into action in
aboTc myatic prooeaa.
t ^^'^ ^^^^^ ^"^^ n. of a tree,
the elephant or wood-apple, JbraaM
Xkfktintum {8. Lmn. 88). •
J ff^'yAI i^H'ta^h 1. n. of a tree
(JT. d. « JIfHj. 2. probaUy vRrdvbcBflom,
atorax.
^^3| JCi-6ti-fo,deaoribedaeVA-|r»
H%^'» a* of a Qandk^na BAja^-Mnee
of the ceUatial muaidaDa (JT, tpy. ^ U99).
If ^ ha^i$4 or «'a ki^m^ gourd. In
the dictriot of Pf4-ma ^*otf in Tibeti Juat
north of Aaaam, the gourd ia called rriii
e-iiwi : «? J^-^^lv^^ipf^w^f^ | the gourd
fruit enrce fever and diarrhcda : ^T^'^^'
burnt or baked gourd eaten with nudaaaea
eoree Uoody dianrhcaa (JT, g. « UT).
I ^^Kihhd n. of aeily in Ancient
T7dyi]iai<.#«i in VJ^IP 17*rpyan yul jra*
bably the modem Kabul.
;|; ^^f^ Ku-ifhha n. of a F^nce of
Ancient Kabul {fi. Lm^ 17).
T*r*l
8
iflc-Trail
;^'Vf^S Kohmm^cha or ^W* JCmnn*
Uha VTiraT n. of aBMved place in AiMua
where there is a itono-eat Bymbol of Kili»
the Hindu goddeat.
IfTlj^ ibr.iiki4a the lotne (J^ojf.)*
:j; If cN*^ bhma4ii mt^ a kind of
medieinal plant: T«*r^|*^«w^^-
^•^^ I ** if the root of ka-mm-td be plaeed
on the top of the head, ileep ariMe"
(K. g. « 50).
[^IfW^ kama-ru 1. Eiaarupa in
Anem. 2. elabaeter {Beh.) ; ICT»^«» frfo
kd^ma^ruifa marUe.
tlfV^ ihMM-Af im«l* the water-
lily, lotna K^hmlmm, 3. a rirer. 8.s
Vii*4iWjfroff MMtf aoonaiilting or reflect-
ing mind {fiag.). The woid Kamala is
Taxioody naed hj the Tibetana, and the
f oUowing fynonyma of it (both i^mbolio
and metaphoxic) are enumerated in the
work {fiag) : —
Byn. if'^^^Virahi fi^ata aoft tones;
lir^i^r S^ a branching tree ; |F«f ^a*'
gM-poki mgoi'bum the teata of an ele*
phant ; t<r«r^'^*^ vwtll^ n. of a Buddha ;
a^l'Q (tden-mra^wa one who apealoi the
truth; 9fr9f^ nam^igAhak the §kji X^*«
#ior.6f# a gem ; f«'§^*«^'«' §nai^bi^ 0<if-
;hi the aecond luminary, the moon ; v^'
6<i-gM a bull; ^•jMwi 4ar-(fjfii|rf«*flmf
the middle aone or boundary : S'^'O ijfa
i^ai^pa swan ; f^'aK.* |frr0ii-cAa4 beer made
cf honey; v^«A«<*« iwai-poki gaal a
lamp, that which deara the eight ; ^% ma-^
he a buffalo ; A'M*^ m^mo^ gh$ a woman's
iong; '^^'^ i^n^paH rto a riding
horte ; fl^W yul^pkran a small country ;
^yif^ ri^dkag§ a deer ; vMP«'«i /«< i9hag§'
pu a collected mind; ^** f-^/i-p^ «A«
predoua thing; ^'M|'^*yi rumh^k^i
ri-pkrw$ a smaller peak of the mountain
Sumeni;^^lftVI-rfo a chariot ;4|I^F^
ga^-ggi kka^og flie colour of gold.
:|; If Xror^QI anivAv a celebrated
Buddhist pUlosopher of the ancient
moDcatery of Tikrafnayfla in Magadlia,
who intaroduoed the Togaedrga If ahiyina
School of Buddhism into Tibet, aftw
defeating in co n trov e rsy a Chineee
hoshang who wished to- conTert ibe
Tibetans to the doctrine of the *'do-
nothing^ school during the reign el King
|^a-|('q<i| Kkrufotl kMm t^n about
the middle of the 8th century A.D.
^*1*^ ka-ma-li a Tery sharp sword
(D. R.) graaping in his nine hands nine
lotus-halted
Hj-^'Ql'ir'M ka-mu^ tdo.tgyo4 n.
of a sortof alabaster or steatite found in
Oentml Tibet {J&.).
T^^S'^ ihi^ia tki4-€ag msty and
crooked : i^ VT<^'W^'^¥W I ** the
steel ribs of the coat of mail which are
rusty and bent '' (Jiii^.).
X ^^^^ 'nw^Wr tt. d a kind of
bird (K. ko. ^ «.).
f l^^^l'^ ka^tM'litMK (prob. wftt-
ftrfHar)sf*ff^')'^ dress made of a
hea? enly stuff, m., the finest kind of silk
which is used for presentation at an
interview, or when making sn application
for any favour, Ac. ; n. of a very fine
doth or linen made of KAcilindi (Lem.).
1 Iffc'lf^ KihUaH-ka-h n. of m
Bhikfwfi (Buddhiat nun) (JT. d. i i«).
j^ If ^^^ KBhUi-li-bati the Kachili
^1 on tke Boitbera bank of tbo riT«
Bohite thore is the Kaohili loiMt and a
l4€pal6M stsonghdld (JDmim. 91).
IfS^^ te-r<Mhfo*Ai the lee
(Schtr.).
'VftTf te-fteni a ^eoiea cl irild oeii;
it difien from pH^t^ or ISbetm oats
and is eonaideied npcrior to buokwheat,
but iufarior to iribeat.
If ^"^ KthUhat n. of a plaee attnated
to the eMt of Lhaaa; VrfvmihT^rf
PK*| the moaaetery hnowA ae Ka-tahal
Lha-khaA of ICalFgio in Upper (Oen-
tral Tib>^.).
If X«^l^*f A^tM^ «Am^ the
tLda of a Buddhiat work on the geoealogy
of the SjsgB of Tibet ( Q^. & t8) .
:( n|*^*^*^ inmA^ deMibed as
(Dmm.) "^n. of an Indian Oibtfy/intoated
on Oie high hiU (of Gayi Oanri)."
'IP^ I: te-M idk sugar: T^'V
^iH'^i^^'dS'^ I haTingtaken sngar and
anenio in equal parts, if beer nude firom
thevootof (^hht^tMa be drank, the grayel
of file bladder will be qeeted; <T^*VT^'
^ hnrm 4 k m^ §m ug blown sogsr^ ^'
VfJ^VlFT^^'*'! • kind of brown
erjrtsOiaed tnade and honey; ^*9t
9<f* As-m iog4of loaf sogar, soger in
Inmpa; IF'H^ A^el-sio bhra sngar
from Sg^fal^mo Batj situated on the oon-
fines of Tibet and Ohina; |^'i<1'^ bge-ma
Ao-ns powdered sugar, or granulated sugar;
^f^H^fel-JuM^jwky oandy (JT. gf. s ^).
9 "fl^-ft^l
Hf^ II: tent-pole; 'T^'Vt'S *«-»»
t^UfhP^ ^ tent-pole with a groored bulb
on top used in some countries; ^|t
*S'« I or -T^ -^-^Asw I ft tent-pole without
a grooTed bulb on top.
^if?hv a medieinal fruit or beny ; n. of
the tree Pcmgnmia jgUAra and Verkenna
Bcatudem. 'T^**A<^•|^ \ kara§im pro-
duoes natural* warmth (in the stomach).
Syn- V^'|« ruU9e4 gkftv, «^S^-
mar^gyi gai ; fSiS'^^ ritoi bf^i^ma ; ^spr
t$kigi dfug-pa ; ^quiw f «d.ma lu§^lcib§
{MAo9i.).
1 'JpV^ ka*ta-da n. of a bird, the ory
of whidi is like the sound of a drum.
It is described in Buddhist books as like
fire in colour, snd as located in the abodes
of the Auura {E d. ^ IS).
'H'^'^^l kthra-na-jui a kind of fine
Chineee satin {Jig). ^^'Tl^'V^ww-l^sr
«v^Vi iR-^^luv^srgsr*! the kinds of
. satin (called) tefweofsf and dssf/sf, de.,
are distinguished by their odour and the
shape of <he figures on thenoL'
Chinese satin: ^•^wwn*^-sr^-ir%'r^TV'
^^*iwtn aprons are mostly madeof iisfa.
ff^i^ kth^nHitHl in the mystic
language of the ^dkim of Tibetathe food
of pigs (£ g. P it).
'j^^f^H^ ka-rcM^n or T^'^T*^ te-iw
tri^ra n^^ 1. a fragrant oleander,
Nertwn adorum ; a species of tesie; a
pftrtioolftr magical formula or spell for
reoovering a missile of mystio properties
alter its discharge. [The name karawa is
also applied to the daphne plant, from the
bark of which Tibetan paper is made. The
creeper called the white karatira mbbed
with the blood of the rook-lisard and the
medicine mtitha rubbed with BhriHgirdja^
when oonbined, make an ointment which
cures venereal eruptions on the skin of the
penis (JT. g. « Ji9) .] 2. a sword or scimitar.
Syn. ^^'Jis Bo-sor rga4\ ^*^'^^ <o-«or
lag-pa \ ^^S'Wi'd'^^^ g^ ^iag$ tne-tog
ean\ ^iJV^'i bvgyo4 gjfe§; ^U^Q gtum^o
kind of bird {K.ko.^9).
sugar {Sman. 991).
$ '^'^^'S'^ Jbi-ran da-wa vrmv.
X T^^V I ' ka-ran^ Vf^^orv I. a
sort of wild duck; T^'ff^S'fT*'' Vrt'*'*^* I
karanda is the name of a sweet-voiced
bird. 2. ^KV* also ft^v, in Sans, a
basket or covered box of bamboo wicker*
work used for keeping books in ; a basket
for flowers; »iV*»»'9T«'^V«> ^KM< i^ ^ qi
n. of tk Buddhist work (K. d. ^i7B)^
t ^^'^ U: €ii, TOir white.
X 'fJAI An-f aj, abhr. of KofOsabi w|,
the Benares muslin which used to be in
great demand in Tibet. In the sacred
books of Tibet the gods are generally
dressed in fine Benares muslin. ^T^ir^v
nvfr^'^'I'^l for imitation Benares
muslin the price per piece is two^rtf of
barley.
10 'T^m
the daughter of Xatyayaaa ; TTm&.
^If^ Aw-ni 1. a wedge (Jd.). 2. white
{l^ag. S).
'ff^ ka-re, probably ^K ga^e. The use
of the latter is very common in Eastom
Tibet. In Sikkim they say "l*^ ia-^^, what P
which P V<r^'T§VT^S'T* Upfisaka, in
what do you delight ? {A. 94).
nfl'^ Ka'la4a in mysticism T"IT3|*
^^^^-J^-a* I Ka-la^ta is described as a
man of lovely appearance {K. g. <( 816),
X ^^^ Ka.la.piH^a ^.^ a
sparrow ; a singing bird with a sweet voice.
According to Lex. the Indian cuckoo.
Syn S^^i^-^«p| rgyal gmH yaf^iag;
I'T^^SW rjef hgro mkhan ; f ^r***?***! ^an.
paki f^^can; ^^^IK r«a.fcra*i J««rf; f-O:
%v^'W\lfiV^' fgo-Haii duf naf ^kad pnrak^
iftPoSi (Vdon.).
X 'T^g JE».&.4fi vvrpv u. of a king.
^5TiryiHr-«i|qa-^^.Sqt^-^5«-q at that
time (there Uved) a king named Kalaputra,
fierce and wrathful {IT. my. n{ gog^^
the black lord of death who eats the dead;
n. of a Mga.
X 'T^'i fHW pitcher, jar; a large
waterpot.
If^ ka-iag in W. mud; earth and
water used instead of mortar; also other
similar compounds (Jd.).
a species of bird, probably the JBAUU.
1. ft iomi. 2. aa indiTidual : T*^'V^^* V>^*
^'l^'¥i I haTing arrived at the town of
TTalandata : ^'^'T'^'V1^'S'''^'f'('<i*
«»*1^8^'W f then appeared ZaA-jin the
long-lived, son of TTalandaTra (JT. rf. «.
ft« 1. a flowering plant; also the flower
Tiaed in ya>Sa-.«icrifioial fire (Z: g.SSS).
2. baloiiging to ^Pnr, an animal stmok
with a poisoned arrow; tobaooo.
1 Ij'^JI'^fj ka^lafn4ca, described as V^
^T^', n. of a plaoe in Ancient India
{Iham. Uh
J ^a»m Jte-Aim^ iwit the pot-herb
Oamohoiua rep$mj Mewupemmm eahmba ;
a mediflinal plant: ^«W4ft'>f'irM|-i(7«nr
^^9| the leaf of Ealamha when eaten
improves health* (IT. g. « ^).
X ^^ ka-ld-pa nvnr 1. an aggie-
gate of many aooomplishnfents; an
aooomolation of excellent and wonderful
properties in one place or thing (£«rv.).
2. the Buddhist Utopia; the capital of
fabolons kingdom of S'ambhala.
io^t an abbreviation of flie word
ka-pa^ a sknll {Lexx.).
J^lj'^'^n haJiJca L described as
d-l^*r«riij5-ngrt5«^- 1 the fruit of the
MiyiMai flower-plant; a bod of that flower
(4fAMi.). 2. prob. ^ifnnrCy a plant bearing
a nut which is used as a f ebrifuge, grey
Bondae.
+ If ^Jr«l| Ka4i*^a or T*"^-^ JTo^iVI.
ka wf^ 1. one of the thirty-siz Buddhist
sacred places said to be situated at a
distance of 60 yo^fana S. E. of Oayi^-ako
11
ir^^'n^ I
/!f^
the birOi-place of Yiswantaxa {Dit^^.
S9). 2. a bird, a native of an idaad or
maritime province of India boidering on
the Indian Ocean (JT. d. ^ IS).
1f^ *a-fe or T** kM> saddle
doth {Ja.).
a species of grass (JT. d. % 92); y«
Baceharum tpaufaneum.
i^^'^I: k0-fi4sa the finest Benaies
muslin; cotton doth of the finest teitoie
formerly manufsotoxed in Benaraa ; ^%
^'"S* ^nrf^vtw Benarai muslin whieh
in ancient times was of great rapnie. It
ifi said that even the gods longed to wear
clothes made of this material. Acoocding
to O: ka-fi4Ba means a kind of flax as
weU as linen doth; T^^ilpMi^t^^fll white
Benares linen; «r^'»|5-^g-fii the oO cf
htfOM grain, pfob. linseed oiL
t T^'^ H: of Kidii (Benares) ; an
inhabitant of Benares.
Tn^* ka-fi ka phra-mo fine flax;
Benares muslin.
'T^ ka-fi^, abfar. of T^'^'i, cotton
doth.
1^ Tn^ iTo^pi-ni n. of a plaoe or
idand in the Indian ocean (JT. dL \S19) :
li^^ one of the nine divisions of Jambu-
dilpa.
'TpH' ka^M the oolloq. form of the
expression ^f^y^^ ikak gtt^, a deflnite
order or dear message. Accoiding tp
Id. kata and koBo are mutilated forms
of «^'Mpi ika^ ifisai^ meaning in Ld.
"yes, sir ; very well, sir ; at your service/'
&^' W%*^ ** n. of a city of Ancient India*'
(Dtatn. tS).
/si Q. (^ an Indian Pandit (Yig, 30).
^
^^mi'?'*^ JTo*.*!* fi-pa n. of an
mdian Buddhist sage (JT. dun. 59).
^lflj''?I Kffk<hla witm a secret
abode of the Ddkinl (K. g. '^ SST).
IN kag or ^^ kag^ma mischief, haim,
danger {Lex.) ; Tl or ^1 or m implies some
accident or injury; Tl'l^'"'^''^^'*'''*'^^
ha4-ky%9 laUt fleeing from harm; TT^'
«n^«'a(<r^9'q f going from a place which has
not Kuited one owing to bad Inck or^any
accident ; also to ran away from a place
from fear, adv. ^^ suddenly {8oh.).
a
|1p|'T|'q kag-ka^a WTW n. of
species of bird living on the Yulture-peak
Hill near Qayft {K. ko. 1 «).
X ^^^ kaiiJc%^ ^1^9 iillM 1. crane.
2. in Tibet a bird that feeds on dead
bodies and is therefore called ^'t dmr^bya
the bird of the cemetery.
+ '!p'f|'^ kaA-ka^a M!W^ 1. n. of a
flower described as growing on the Yul-
tufe-peak Hill of Qaya (K. kb. <i| 4).
2. prob* liV^^ the plant Alangium hexa^
petalunu
Hp'^CTJK' EdiUdaH-kiH prop. n. of a
terrific deity, a Pdimi. When the monas-
tery of Sam-ye was built, the image of
KfUi-^dai^kik was placed on the first floor
of the principal temple (O^al. 8. 87).
^ TjC'S^^K^ Kai'tsha-railga a place
in Ancient Bengal, called Gaur in the
Indian language and Gha^broA in the
ooUoq. of Tibet {8. Lam).
12 W^'V^\
n|^ ka4 in Ld. sometimes used infdaad
of the affix ^ ka^ e.g.^ '^^ giihka^^
fc'^ im1Uka4; also ^^^ fifiam-kad (/flu).
Tj^ I : kan (see F^ k/uMia) the side or
bank: l45'«i^-V^^'A-^iflr^sir«i | on the
further bank of the river 8rirehu there
being a country of brigands {A.H).
1|3j 11: also spelt ^^ tkan^ to csase
absolutely from :V^»^n'f^SS'^»W "now
give up anger and passion" ; ^^'^ cease
to tell anybody. Here the word ^
kan is an emphatical prohibition (Bon.).
1|^ ni: 1. m^ the palate; III pad'
kan phlegm ; lit the plywer of the palate.
2. ^lTi:« that seises or takes away
by force. 3. Wi a thorn; an illness; a
disease (Lex.). 4. n. of the pulse felt
with the middle finger called kan-ma.
i^^^an^m4M wfim district in
the east of India (JT. d. ^ S67).
t ''R'S'^y ^ Oi*- ^ daughter of
the hunchback) viiVfns, also written
^'5*V Kar-nyaki yul^ a city in Ancient
India, the capital of which was Kinya-
kubja, the modem Kanouj {K. du. S
ISl).
1[^*1 kan^ma the middle finger.
f 1|^*^ Kim^writ n. of a province,
and also that of a city of Buddhist fame
in Southern India (2)ii9-y». S9).
wild Eubus ; n. of a plant, 8olamtmjafui'
m; also the fruit of this plant; a drug
useful in stoppiug fever ; a tlioniy stick.
ip-fll
la
'^\
iibmi l^wvi tOer-ma mw; fvll-%^
■m; I^ fte/ iy«tf (Jf^M.).
»
'ip'*^ iai^ ahoe ; lealiMr Aicm ol
Hindu ittdum uaed by die irMUliier
Tibetuis (c/a.).
la ia^ma mm^m orane.
^ ^'^*Q| kamhi.ta% kind of tree
growing on iLe Ynltnre-peak Hill near
Gaya (JT. i^. ^ 5} ; prob. the plant
Grnmm AnmryUacee.
\^yH. Kam^ho^d%a «if|ii 1. a
country in the north-weet of India ( VaL
M.)> written Kampo-rtBt (Jd.) ; n. of a
faboloos city Mid to bave eontained an
area of a bundled pofana {8. Ltm.).
2. modem Cambodia, anciently called
Champa,
^9'V^ Kam^bO'dsi^ka n. of the oonn-
try, also of the people, as well aa of
artudea that oome from it {K. dm. ^ l^S).
1)^ katu water-melon (JSok.).
^'7* Katu^ n. of a Chinese
ministfir {Yig. 2Ji).
1|^ iar, also kar^kar, great pain; sof-
fering (Led.); •l^'^'fT^'^ I Hiing pain
^f:^mMn tar Mf-jMrsfSl^'^v'^ iwrf tug
igti-pa {^ag.)f irritation or pain in siek-
neis; ezaoerbalion.
t 't^*^ ihirla.fo or HY «#*, the eon*
stellation of ''Oanoer." It is xepnsested
Vy the frog («r«) in Tibet
^^^M ri bed as 'JM'^I'WI, a yellow gem or
preekras stone (JST. d. m ggS).
'IP^*}^ kar^^^sym loan ; in polite Ian*
gQ«ge T. If ^ym \ja.).
1f^*4S '^^ ^n^ msmbers of the
line of the Kttrma^pa hiemoliy; also an
abbreyiation of the expression JTarMi-
^'W| kar^iAag (also written VF^^)
a register ; list ; index.
1 'TfV^'^ kaT'^m^'ka ^rf^lVf ifl^hw n.
of aAower of the shape of an ear-ring (K.
g. ^ i); the flower of the tree Pierotper^
mum aoeti/oUum and of Coma /Uuh.
borax {§man. iSi).
t ^^ karmJta in mystio langoage^t
Va drUrbu, a bell {K. g. T «7).
«4i commission, senriee; action; work;
that which is produced from action;
^'9fn Kmrma-pa (in Nepal called «NN()
n. of a Tdntrik school of Bnddhism.
The bead of that school in Tibet holds
the title of igya^oa Karma-pa. The
f oUoweiB of the school are generally
designated by the name of J Tsra i s pa .
^'MV^ JTanaa-^MHMi the second head
of this sect, named Pakfi or Bakfi,
'T^VI
WM iiiTiisd to Obina by tbe Emperor
KubUdEhaa. Theih]zdohi«f,oaUedJEar-
MM J2«4-ftyiitf nforA^^<« invitad to Pekiiig
by fhe Emperor Temnr Toakwanu The
tottrtb Karma Sol paH tdcrje was a
friend of ilie last monaxoh of thQ Mongol
dynasty. The fifth Karma De iMn
gf$g§-pa was invitod to Ohina in the reign
of the IBng Emperor Tunglo (IM. •* 10).
vpr^l'^' Karma iftan ikyail the last
of the 9de*ba QUalUpa or mlers of Tsang
and whom the Mongol Chief Chi-shi
Khan orertiirew (Xo4. ^ 16).
^'H^Kar-^na ha-dttra wi^^m n. of an
Indian pandit who worked in Tibet for
Buddhism {J. ZoL).
^^ tar^tmug or 1^|^«i ka^a-
imug-pa brown sogar or treade (Jig-).
^•^^ kar^U^ (also written ST^^%
meaning white ware) pon)elain; ohina-
woare ; a bhina oup.
Ifj^^r^TI kar-lail'Wa to stand up ;
to rise suddenly (/a.)-
1 'fl\'*f^^ kar-fa'pa-ni Wl^i^m 1.
a coin in Ancient India, or a weight
of varying value; a tola or one rupee
weight of gold ;ihe value of two Tibet eho :
^iT^^VM I «»<MMi Ifia eogf md-^aJcay
^9pfa:PiJir^V^f^ de-rnam§ ieu-drug kar^
ioifa-^y ^•^^1'^V* \ de iM ni gaer-
ttaH-io (liag.) five manu make a mOfaka^
sixteen mdfoka make a kar-fO'fka^ and
four of these make a gold ^wn (i.e^ half a
tola ot gold). 2. ^«W»^1(T«^-^ the
♦• value of 1,600 (WiwiM." 3. mfqwaooin
or weight of different valuesssiorsa : if
of gold, weighing sixteen mosa^ which are
variously oahnodated; if of silver, in value
equal to 16 jHUfa of comriee^ f>., 1,280
cowrioi^ commonly termed a itfAan ; if of
copper, it weighs 80 raktika^ or tlio same
as of gold, about 176 grains.
Ij^'-^qtl *tfr-ftt6| (abbr. ox ^T^-^rl*
•Q^v dkar-yoUgyi fub^) tiie cover of a
ohina toa-cup, generally made of iron,
brass or silver: T^'^W^i'l'^ kar-fub^-la
bre-ieu {Sieii.) *'for the cover of a tea-cap
made of silver (the price is) 10 bre"
fK'W kar-sa n. of a kind of brick-
tea ; also called f ^'t Ifan-jc (g^.-een tea) or
(c.*t*Q'^ IjaH'ja pa-ri; also the tea that
comes from the Chinese district of Jai :
K^'^iil by the Jang route (come) both
Kana and Bod-thing (teas), now well
known as J«ng-ja {Jig. iS).
Tps'^'^l jBTar-Sb^, an abbr. of JKir-«a-
pa and Sog^po^ followers of the Karma-
pa sect and the Mongolians.
cv
n|^*i|p KarU tga^ n. of a place in
Tibet.
1 1|3 kaipa for «JS|'^«i hikal-pa ^m, an
age ; a mythical period of time.
+ ^Tpij kd'ka ^FT^ a crow.
Hj'P^ kd^kki'la (mystic) door; en-
trance {K. g. P i8).
nrO.t ka^^i^'^i kwa-tei a shirt; a
Chinese jacket (<8(8A.). In Chinese
t T]§ i*^ Ka4ga bu-mo described
as ^F^^'Sl^'^'^'i'''' V* I the goddess Uma,
wife of Dwafi dphyug (4filoi*.).
'Ij'^'lj JUl-te-te fish {SeUr.).
f 1f«r^ kd^pa^K nmm Knman ikuB;
eup made of akull : %4*4*^'p'«^*|«'9'i*
^'^'Wl {A. 181) hmng made the
■Over piecee greeut (ho) pat tkem hi the
■knU-oup.
i^^^^ Ei^be^ri in%^ the river
GauTery in Mysore, a river Boid to be half
a pifana faroad and 300 yojaiw long. On
ilie hanks of thiariver are flower gaxdena
J ^^ hd^m^ka 1. «TfwT, alBO as
ff^piT, a qpeoies of bamboo which when
bent by the wind is said to emit fire
(iT. d. ^ 287)» 2. 9f^irr a plant bearing
aredandUack seed used as a weight,
Af^nu preeatwiuB ; or anoflier plant bear-
ing a pungent seed, Nigella Indiea.
X ^^^ fal-n-itf 'BTft^T aphorism;
pnrely Sonskrt yet largely need in
Tibetan works (<'*T^'1 7) ;=*^*^^*8«^
a S&ira or Udana in veriie.
J ^^"^ Kd-^la^ko a country beyond
the sea into which the Indus flows and
where the finest coral grows (probably
a marine province or island in the Persian
QnH) (K. d. * 980).
;^frrq|*^CmC ^^la §iU>^tm» deep
bfaie-black colonr (5M.)-
^'^ JTd-fa mm 1. a city in Ancient
India which was twenty ffojana in ana
(& Lam). 2. a sort of grass, Sataharum
^.H] ktea or ^ kpe Oh! 'S^IH*^
kmaki grog^^ Oh friend I
15 %q|
np^ kta^pe an eielamatton need in
ealling some one, generally a snbordiBate.
fP itJla this word in ito agfitfe signifl-
cation is qmbolioof the sonroe of all
Dhmrmm (matter and phenomena), and
demonslfatee that they are sabjeot to
eternal ekeage.
t jl'«l •! kH'ira pd-^fa %wm (Sckr.)
ft daify proteoting the fields; in Bndk a
goaidaaa of the province of a Boddha^s
wocL
fff ^* nnmeral for thirty-one.
a hortative utterance In
the invocation of spirits : ^^ W^'^\si^ |
** Hafl, 0, ye gods! to-day is warm ! "
^i^ ki^ka* 1. wild leek (&A.). 2-
described as v^S^^lk- n. of a demi-god,
a Ndga, It is inaiupioions to do any
work of merit when Eikafi comes near.
T| ^ ki^tu a hook; the vowel sign •;
which resembles a hook in shape.
^^ ^rffruA a mystical invocation
signifying "Lord": ^J"^'^"J{irwHjr^5 1
*^ Lord, be appeased by this prostrate
(devotee)/' It is a mystic charm to poro-
pitiatethejBofi^fie deity, called (^gg^m
Mi-mgon rggal-iH> {D.S.).
J ^^''''I J^^ta^ta fkn 1. aiUtassa
or eaanibsl demon (K. d. c 199). 2. a
worm or insect {0$.).
nfH^ U4fiir a shrill shont ; a savage
howl.
'Ipl ki^ a volnme, &o., marked with
the letter K
•<l-«ll
16
fffn Aj-flM attmding to Bchr. m cor-
nqpttmet {he OhiaMe ivoord iUJii» a lyre
Willi Mf«ll ifanilgB. (JPJ^TMMVi <tf ^<s-
mm. OdeMm, 18Ji8,p. 906.)
|Mi to ikUe (i/a.).
t^l^1^ ij-f«-«a (myitie) s flower
t %^^ U-rUhw mm, ««K ft kmd
ol popper, P^ tMm ; ^^"•^YT***'^
loots of white tfrfai tne and xoots of white
UriJum (an vaed in medioiM).
1 ^['^^''ir^ MUsan ft«C ft iemmt
1^-^ Mlfii-i» l^tanr ft kind of
flowor; the tiee BitUa Frtmdom ; ft tree
hearing pnity flowers.
t %rQ UM-tlMi ft pretty bat hitter
fruit, enaneoiuly for %>rq-^ kwhpaJsa.
t %rtni| kim-paJM ^mm ft fruit, Ca-
emrbOaoemn plant, TrMouMrfAet paknata;
^•frf^l Ri^s-«r«i^-ft-V«i'«^! (2r. rf. ^
StS^ men entertain deaiee whioh are
trannent and deoeptiTe like the Kimpaka
fruit and Uke flah that eftt bait on a
hook.
^ ^|jnT^ km-pa-h or ^^m kim-ba^
la ftmv ft mnaieal instnimant; a oymbal
(0«.).
^1^ ki-ku tewm a spedes of small
red garlio ; aoo. to some oaixot.
^ «/ slowly =*T^^fe: -i-iH^'
Mi-^'l^ilqi fsrossing a mountain pass (he)
slowly (D.E.).
J ^QJ'^^ JRfaJrfto ftrafm 1. an
epithet of B'iTft. 2. a town in Anoient
India. 8. a BdkfaM King {K. g. •( 625).
4. an onomatopoetio for sounds or ones
(Jo.).
Jll'^'lJTH JB-ri ia-ka ftsrnrw the
eoontry of fiie Sapto Eosi in Nepal inha-
hated by the Eirftt tribes and called
Eirante ; n. of a diatriot in S^'Vl' Sub-
Himilftyft (Dm-yv. 59).
3|^-OT'cr«ir<**) the leaf of the tree Aehyran^
ihm a9p&ra used in inoantetionsy in medi-
oine^ in washing linen, and in saorifioes
(4IMofi.)«
^ I: ihi 1. for the numeral 61.
2. (mystio) a fairy or ddkiM (K. g. r,
179) ; S'4 kihpa, the Gist (volume).
'H n : a cry, moan ; S'| ku-^gra
clamour, noise ; S*l'^'^'9^*4 a general ory ;
the Yooif orations of many people together ;
31'^^'^' I the noise of general oonversation :
then, when they anrived at the bank of
Sog chu, there was ihe sound of chattering
in a house {A. 8i),
Ida^u an enigma^ a riddle, a punling
question.
S'S'i^ ku-ku tgrogi lit that cries
kukui^^'^n bpa-gag a grey species of
duck (JMoti.).
teacher or trainer of dogs; n. of an
Indian Buddhist sage who was also called
Kukuripa (W^**) (JS^. *<«. *«)•
'UTT
5'^'5'i'^ Jr»i-»iir4« jMNM fin-
^f^s^'Vif^'rwi n. ol • bill in Ifagadha
(Ommn. 1Y).
1JT| jrii-fe/enonecniily for 5*^ Oi»-j^,
part of the province of Ng^ri in Tibet
Tr« ku'Co ^tWTwm, mwi, m^ noite,
dMnonr; 5-*T«*^^T«r^ |»i^«^ci^-^^-
^T%^I when an old dog barka, go elae-
where witiiont explanation (& kg.). ^
%'9H noisy, olamoroua; iTwrf^rffl to
ipeahin aloud Toioe (nueaning nothing) ;
to bawl out; jt'^^f*! to Kawl, to cry
out, to make a loud noiae; I'Tl** a
greet noiae or tumult^ an uproar.
ir^ Ku-^or, alio 1'^, n. of a plaoe
ia Tibet.
%'^'tiu''deA'te: See ante 9 iw.
theheavenly hreeie {M*oh.).
tm^*^ JTiHHi-fo fWlW 1. the aMMIf
or Himilaytoi fheaaant; alao, a bird with
beautiful eyea whioh liTea in the fabu-
loua mount Sumem, 2. the oldeet eon
of Aa'oka.
»
^ra iu-wa or |'4 fibMM (in Objneee.
kua) ^Wl, jpn a gourd; the bottle
pmi^ I^ffenarid vulgarii. In thePema^
koi difltriot this £ruit ia oalled P'Vi a-bum^
ijB.^ nature'a bottle. A bottle made of a
dried gourd is alio oalled %^ kvMoa.
Syn. V^-^^fi manhpar tgyal\ tfe'E'^
fdM-ftu nH; V*r*^ *tf.f«w-«m; r|w§s
fcft'A^ Jhf-tMii< fxiifff a float made of
long-dried gourde.
17 ve\\
aleo wnw, the wateiwlily ; alw^ the jujube
plant, JRfKPAiM J^fuh^^ and tiie fruit of
that plant.
f 7^ A-iira vH ^Kurera, the
god Of riohes, the chief of the Noijin
known also aa Naga Kuw^rm and i^v'Vrll
^mm4ko § Ayt-te, the son of F e ^ jpiweef e .
According to iome Tibetea writerii JTnami
ia one of the eight keepers of the horsss
of Vaifrawnfg, [JTakro, or in later
Sanskrit Kuoera^ originally the name of
the chief of the eril beinge of darkneiB
bearing the epithet Feiifrweiva ; aftsnrards
the god of inches and treesures, and is
regent of the northsn quarter of the
world, which ia henoe celled JTalsfw*
gi^fta^ik. Euberaiathe son of Fiffrate
by UanfOj the chief of the TUkfe end a
frienc* of Budra.] (JT. With.).
Tjg:«C^ Ku^bfi m0M$ a Bon
deity who resembles the HcKMAettte
Jampal; the god of learning and wisdom
among the Northern Buddhists (J9 Jt.).
wwv^ leaf-gold (from Ohina brought
1^ way of Oqrion); it ia described in
{]tU^)x ««T¥r»|*^»«^ gold es-
ported from Lsnki (Andent Oeylon).
X "JPiS *««»«^ fW <*» waterwmy
which opens at the appearance of the
moon; said to be JVyeipAMi $9cuknta;
l'«S'*>sTVS*^ffr*i a bush or cluster
of water-lilies.
Syn. VW^T«irff«-fa#»»r^5 r*%
Oa-waHiri; ^*« m-moi; vV(^ ^Mipwi;
ikat^\ W^"^^^ 9kMea§ iga^i t^ miax
^ll iO'^grog; ^'^ 9a^9tob§i m^M^m^.
9ishan4no fttW (4Mr4.).
•5-^1
t a WtlT« ktMnud grogi as ArK iril^ner
or 1'^ zhhM moonbeBSiiB (M^on.).
BUD (JplDn.).
^«Aii/ (JVifiofi.).
tke friend of the watei^lily ;.ihe moon.
hhal.
4f>i I a medicinal plant of the lilj tpedee
(JIfilofi.),
t %%S*^ hm-mui-Uhal a cluster of water-
lilies.
;j; 1J^. A^tf-tf^M fn 1. a tree; lit that
which grows on the earth. 2. the planet
Mare.
^Hh Kuii a devil or demon in
Chinese demonology. In Chinese Kuei.
T1^^^^ hu^i^n a class of evil spirits
{Grub.), In Chinese Kuepshen^ ^'devils
and godfl.^'
^^^^* kuii^tsa^ a Chineoe work on
divination {Qrub. ^ 6).
^p^ Icurya sediment of nrine from
which Tibetan physioians diagnose
disease {Med.).
t '51^'^ ifcw-rfl-ra f^ = BT*^-^ n. of a
bad; an oeprej (If^on.),
t ir^'*'^ *t«.ra.*fl-*a fraw or f^iRT
the crimson amaranth; a pmrple or jellow
Barkria; the Uossom of the amaranth or
Barleria.
+ TJ^K'^ hu^a^-ga f^lP the deer;
also fl^Mpi 9i[og^hagt an insect (f . d. m
m).
18 Tj;^\
X ^^ -Sfi-rti f^ a city in Ancient
India near Delhi one y^aiM in area; also
a province {8. Zam. tO).
female Bnddhist deity Msodated with
Envera, the god of wealth; is goddev
of might and power; she is also o:iIled
U[^^ {JTidifd). The flnt sovereign
Dalai Lama is said to have ncqnired great
power by propitiating this deity.
1. |K^fV^ lead. 2. a fragrant grasSy
Of/perm nifh(ndm%\ the bad of a flower.
3. a ruby; cinnabar.
num^lugf the breed of sheep in the sob-
Himilayan conntries (Jffon.).
TJ^ ku^rs or 5'^' *w.re« w^, whiT,
iNfT^ TT^ sport, diversion, jest, horse-
play; %'^'iS^ to jest; 5l'^5^ for the
purpose of amnsement or fun ; ^'^^'Rwcn*
^'ST'^I %fwiir^ ^rfir: not liking, die-
gosted with, amnsements.
(goblin) that lived only on lotus flowers
and lotns-honey, and redded in the
fabnlons island of Batnamo {K. d. ^ 980).
1 ^^^'5 *^***-^ ^^^^ *^® country
inhabited by an aboriginal race' of people
(Du^ye.).
t^?^ irii.Ai-/a f or S1>^ JTtf-nii-ii.
'tr^? Ku'lu4a a place situated in
the south-east of Kashmir, now called
Ny<in-ti by Tibetans, by Hindus Xuln
(9. Lam. 19).
t ^^ ^^ ^' ^^' ** ^ bscrad
grass used in certain religious eeremonies
both by Brahmans and Buddhists^
T-T^l
19
Pot offnomiroidei, » gtMS with long ttalki
and mmmona pointed lMV«e: ^"•1"«'»'|'"'
firyurjvq^tSI the gnu* ^f* ensoxM
laogenty and inoteMM tbe ifatengtli of
fliebo^. 9: n. of a city (XI du. P IM).
K5r^i« i<M idul g^i *«sVjS «i«W
(Itewro) 1. Ktu'iaJMgM*. one of the
thirtj-dz MoredplMet of tbfl BnddUsts,
nbere Qantama Buddha ii aaid to hare
breaihed his laat. 2. n. of CbakraTartt
Bija (Soprama Bnlar of the TJnivenw) ;
^•4|iifa Ku-fa 9hm-fo Wfcpi n. of a
OhakxsTarti Bija.
W-fC9k tH-fOHM n. of a flower; also
ipr^ 1 whence did 70a Iring that ftin-po'*
dan^ter oalled Knaaoa flower (JTiroM.
Ul).
gari wluflh i« wiA to poseeaa the property
of enrnog infeotiooB ^aeaMt and flagoe.
^y, boluMBi.
U f««t„ a Btiddhitt sage; the tide
of a BnfldhiBt mfflak or prieet who
has aoqniized spiritod knowledge and is
more dwrouithan learned: V"«^TV5'
^%.)^^l {Yig). Generally there are
„nong l)oth Br«hni«ns and Buddhists
fboae called PanOita and KnjaU. The
«
title of Pan^ia is applied to one who is
versed in iatelleotaal Boienoe. Thow who
are called JTv-fo-A' have attained a high
spiritoaldeTolopiinent hy ahetraction from
material or intelleotiial enjoyments. In
eome irorks it is called Ki^^^K.
'IT'^ ku*fu a kind of lime ; a kind of
fruit; an apple (/d.); a<l'^' *w^ fT* an
apple tree; a-«-H^^*<T^e^^'
w(wim\ the fruit of A-fv cures griping
and acute pains in the intestines.
t IT^InI ^^^^^ ^ * corrupt form of
kind of l^e floweri t. "A^ tkit.
Syn. \v%'^V^ dut'kyinW'iog; 80^'^
bya^khtftti fflfa; ^IPfi^lH «M-tey !»»>
finafi; »-fT> itie-<oy s*; V^'^^ g^Van
t IT-^*^ hhf^-^ya vtn a kind
of lotus flower (JT. d. ^ 5W); a gene-
ric name for water-lily or lotos.
l^r"'^ XiMo-fw fn an Indian
pandnh who t«wohed Buddhism in Tibet
(J.ZM.).
n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (JT. dm.
IS).
ikt«m saffron. 2. a flower (^jwa#i. ^**).
t U^^ £«-««-'« A Buddhist exorcist;
a Naljor or Buddhist, fogi who carries
a s m^n hand-drum (called daniaru which
is generally made of a human skull) and a
ihig^.bone trumpet in his handstand pro-
fesses power of exorcising evil spiriti;
%W^1S^ Eu^tit^luki fpuoi'pa the praotioe
of the Shaman or Baddhist ezoroistB ; S'T
«t*r^-«^-^'X| {A. 90) wbm praotinng
the rites of a JTti-Mf-Af escorart.
1' VV^ kfi'iU'lU'pa is a word of TatUrik
mysticinii, its proper Tibetan equivalent
being ^ts^ g^^o^-P^ the art of esmsiffln.
The myvtio Ta/nitrik ritee of the JhadhauU^
called ApodhMpa in Tibet, exist in
lodia.
IT^fC* Ku^ie-fchoi n. of a fort and
also that of a distriot in P^ Kham§
{8. kar.).
ITQ^ ku t^wo the shrill ejaonlation
8W0j J190, &o., made at the time of sacsrifloe
to the earthly gods, demi-gods and spirits
by priests, 4o., in Tibet: f^'W*^'
^iw8<r*Tjq-cwrflir^^'y#i the celestial
troops in inoonoeiTable nnmberp surround-
ing fiiem gave yent to (nro-frnrc.
flT^ ku-^ TfTf the ory of the Indian
cudcoo ; I'^'^WIf^ VT^^ ^^^^ cuckoo,
t.0.,^the bird that cries ^kookoo'; aco. to
Os, a kind of ring dove.
20
T^l
If ^* kU'hraH sheep and goats : ^^
elk-irV^I (flr. S0n.) amoi^ the
followers of 0|ienrab the Bon-po of the
ifyu and jBira|-|M) sects sacrifice sheep and
goats, bufEaloes, dso, mules, camels, Ac.
Tpl hug crooked; a hook; %nn gri-
kug (the kukri)^ a curved knife ; short sabre ; '
f^'On haghkug an iron hook; 9'Si ia-
kug a fish-hook.
3l^^'S\*> kug-kug bp^-pa to bend,
curve, clinch (a nail) (Jd,),
Vn^ kug-kug altogether crooked ; %^
ff^ kug-pa-Hii t(tiKkeijiWB (C«.).
ipf ^ kug-rt9e cuekoo in W {Ja.).
^^^ JCW4-te-fNi possibly tiie pro*
vince of Konkan in Western India. (&
Lam. SS).
t^F^^ ibtf<-*»wa f^ safiron.
Tibetan ^"^ is evidently a corruption
of the Sanskrt word.
;|;T]^'6'^ Kui^ta-^a ^ITT a fabulous
silver mountain situated beyond the great
sea and at a distance of 2,000 ynffana to
the south of tfima lefam, where the sun
never sets. It is full of precious stones,
such as lapis lasuU, sapphire, &c., and on
the sides of this mountain there grows a
species of tree producing a race of men
who live only one day; they ire bom
at dawn, they begin to walk after day-
break, in the morning they are youths,
towards evening they grow old, and at
sunset they die {K. d. ^ 976.).
1J^ han qft, ^, fifftnr, wt all,
entire, the whole; |'^A^'9'!W^I from
all pores of the hair; \^^n^ all those;
^I^S^ all the others; 9^'siiw«^ all, eveiy
one included ; S^'S'Viiw^ in the heering of
all; A-ffH^IT^ir^l aU these flowers
should be strewn about; l^^^^seeh
by everybody; V^I^'^'W or ^rq^i^ time
without interruption; at all times; colloq.
S^'^ kun-la means *^ everywhere." ,
Syn. «m-«s ihamt-eai all; f^^ im-
tAog^ various Idnds; sr^^ rnWuf without
leaving anything behind; ^Vk jsai-par
exhaustively; 9^^^ ihag-mef/ without
remainder: %v^ iui^mei/ nothing left
(ff^on.).
%9{^ kun^kyUy same as Vi^ kun-
gyi dkyilf in the midst of all; in the middle
of all ; at the centre.
mat$ lit diit iriiioh bindb all ; wkerjf
wonl oofxupho&y gen6rai 0QRU|ifaiMB| un*
Sm" luii-ftArMwi (faffi^^) or 1^'^V
kw m im tbnm nf^itk dttvmi about^ qporead
OT0f»
IVl inM-ftyv, mno M VQ^ ten-Ill ikff$
or If^ iiwi49-|ft|i« wqfv, ^«m, «M,
^iidv, glows emrpAy&t% : ^(■^'V'^'rr
Sff'Qff ilow0n glow ttfvf jrivher6 in 11111111107
titne*
honti mind (fUhm.)*
Vf'^ ten-fijifo-iMi or mf^ ten-lii
lijKMMi Mil, Hfiw, ^it^t to beoome
p€iutant;to thoioligU j regiet : l^^^'Vi'
«<^ir«f I hiB mind wm filled with Ngret
d*jandni|^
V!fh teM.itfo# HpMM, mored';
ngitfttioiL
irl^l^- Kut^gob gM iL of a
monaatory in Tibet.
V^ kun^kkeb§ ^arwviw, <hi«| any
aorer ; die aU-enoompaaaing oover, tbe aky .
m^i: iiMi-JUyai s^*r^ nam 4iMa#
^vwilj <ita^ that whiok enoempaam ill
thinga ; die Toil apaoa, tiie aky, tbe ioar
qoaztemof beaten.
fTB^nzsHfTdS Sphtog4^e4 ^ft be
tiiat takea away miaeiy; tbe all-penradbig
eneioy; tbe anatober; tbe lord of deatL
ffl[^ kui^ikhor V. %s^m.'^'n tun-
taa^ ikkarJo^ a ohann in the name of the
Dbyani Bnddba oalled Samanta Bbadnu
yryrvxrX kun^kkyab ^l-m^^'f^
nam^'iiikhai tbe sky ; n. of a goddeaa
{Tig. k. 16).
V^^ hm^tkhfomi iit^:wniw a wan*
derer; a beggart a mendioant wbo goea
to erery door for aUia.
31
5^-H'flf
caiiglAgm-pawim^hi tbeAll-faiowing;
tbe Fhyaknan; an epithet of Bnddba and
alio of tbe bigbeat order of JMSkMoMMi.
IT'^Vr^^ him-fBkhffm him-pig§
omniaoient and all-aeeing, relaning to the
attribotea of a Bnddba or BoikimMm.
31'rHl^i'^'*^ JSTm-iiUfwi V(A-Am a
religiona teaoher of the .{UMI-ma School
wbo founded a aeot. of bia own oalled
Kun iffcib lugi.
M-mr tbe Tibetan bieraroh of 8th§kfa^
wbo, at tbe reqneat of Khu^hgf^ the Ohiet
of Horoben, ftrat abaped tbe Mongolian
alphabet
gSen w«kw mt^n an epithet of Oantama
Bnddba {rig.li.8S).
1^'^^Sdr ^ Am-fiiUywi ikfig-gf^
n. of a lama who waa given the religioob
title of Kun-ffkhifmiiy tbe all-knowing.
agitated; anzions: 1*'^ Ai^'Vr^§T* '
tbe waTea of tbe aea were agitated:
W^P* AwM-MAfM/irf^wr Uander; ittu-
aion ; Jao adj. all^deluaiTe ; all-wandering.
Vi*iw Jmn-gyi fiMot the end or ter-
mination of all (merite) : ^w^ryi'S'fm'
m;V: \ l|^*4K'im'^^|i|-q^*^ I the end of
aooomnlation is expenditnre ; tbe end of
rising ia fall (JT. d. n 8SQ).
V!%'^^ kuf^gyi-gnoi the baaia or abode
of all (miseriea) : ^'li"'*>'>ipi'|T VI'IVS'
W«l tbe gtonnda of nuiery aie diaeaae,
old age, and death (Ey d. 1 555).
5<iT ^ kim-gj/i, rUa^^a^ the root of
eveiylbing; wiadom, diTine knowledge.
Thi« aeen or uaaeen talent hu.^ jPrq^na
^P'^vq^s-qi
22
(absolute knowledge) for ita basiB, i^., fhe
root of all things is wisdom (prqfU)
(g. no.).
Vi^^'^^'^ kuti^gpii ikuT'UHi he who is
respected by all ; a Learned man, v. 'fm'^
^hafhjM (Ififaii.).
l^'S^'S^'B^ kun-gyis phyag-hya^ to
whom all paid homage: ^•f'<'W8''OTg^'
^^' I ^g-tten kun-gyif phyag-byas pi^, to
whoifi the world has bowed (JT. d. ^ IIS).
Vi'V^ kun-grub^tl^'^^ »bhwa dgt/hpa
or«fT|'^C^' §kni'nla tha-enuH the month of
Ootober {S^.).
Z^^K Kufi-gMy same as 1^*^*1^' JTun-
}ids giiHy the place or grove of aU happi-
ness; one of the four royal monasteries
of Lhasa, this one being situated in the
western suburbs.
Vs^^ hin-4gah ^fl^^t ^Ht^ amuse-
ment; great merriment or joy.
Wiakan'ipai'ifM^po mmm^^ the name of
Saskya Pandita («'|'<9'')-
fif^'^-q Eu9^4goh ^i'po n. of a
celebrated lama of Tibet {L(A. ^ It).
^9f^^'^M, Kuf^gab Nor a lake in
Mongolia (LoH. ' 91) \ probably the
Gonga*nor (l^lake). In Mongol nor
asa lake.
Vk rin-ptheke n. of a precious article or
gem (JT. d. ^ tH).
■' l*rW* Kun-igai-io ni^m the per-
sonal atteitdant and cousin of Buddha.
qif^i^*^/^ Kun'4gt»h'kbar n. of the
Bon ol Kuf^igai ^UH^po^ one of the
chiefs of Sa-fkya who visited India to
study Buddhism <£o4. ^).
%^S^%^^ Kun^iga^ hdmn-pa a
mountain in TJttara Kuru, the fabulous
continent of the nortb (JT. d. ^ 318).
ku-^u coriander (^an. JSfiS).
4goib ^Ttm a grove; any pleasore-grove
containing groups of trees, flower beds,
artificial lakes, garden houses, shady vealks,
&c., often surrounded by a wall or fenoe.
yi'^^'^'X JtutHigaii 4wan-^no an
address of courtesy for f |"'S'^1P> ladies
of the class of Lhacham — her graoe or
ladyship: ^•'^^•W'*fl*¥»^*«*|«tf^'^l
" at the (feet) of her charming ladyship "
{Jig.k.Jfi).
W9^^ JtuM-Qiyyo^ ^ntir speed ; also
as adv. speedily, at fuU speed.
^^A^ kun^hg^bi^^^f^ nam-'^Mat
irftWTir the sky; that which coven all;
the all-covering.
9^*^^ kun-bgog that which hinders
physical or moral growth.
V^V i: Jhm-|frro,v. ^^T^ tum-w^kkai,
the sky (Jf^m.).
%^'^% n ; snake, v. ^ fbrul a serpent
{MHon.).
^if^lf'MS kun^kgro tha4 ^vriitw to be
assiduous: iw»w?i*r"iw^'^f ■''■''^ assi-
duous in the manner of performance.
S<ii'<^!f^'i'«i kuf^bgroki «ro/s:W Aim a
road, passage (Ji^on.).
yf ^H Kur^cit^ I'^nftm 1. that pains,
ties or entangles all at all times. 2. ^^^
the God of Love; also for IW^^^ ihfii-^
ctili: l^fe^i'^^VW^-V^lWi^*! bv
the fetters of misery the mind ii ahrays
fastened down.
^•q»l|
33
^•^fl
quifibed; suppreiMd, fully put down. 2
the Ttt&qutther or killer of all; the lord
of death. 3. xu of a squ of a Brahxnai;! of
njjayaai (A kg.).
ITf *¥!•-€*•* ^'^ fehrab all-perfeo-
tion; wisdom; divine knowledge {E. d. %
'0) ; Vl¥^ ^if^ni he that has oompre-
hended OTerything.
«^s^v|-4^'< {U*Mi'), "^immm^ the
r#frfrft doctrine of Eilaohakra.
*rH^ hkn^g f or ^TVQf «i^^^ I
vctf, <ViC bringing together; putting in
hazmoo^ with all.
tTH^V'9 ten- ViH7 jpAa-Sa the messen-
ger of harmony, that which harmonises or
Tfirf fM erexything agreeable, henoe»T^
Jbi-ra. sugar.
1. Indra, the subduer of all; that by
irhioh everything oan be subdued or
controlled. 2. Yoga or the oontemplatiTe
oonoentration of the mind.
fi(<iMr«l^ kun^kfom w^kog the ohiet
aU-subduing (elixir) ; W^fV^lS^^'^^f
^ir4t«Mrsih|l ii «i excellent preparation
of merouzyy which subdues all evil spirits
and diseases.
^^^r Kuf^iUA^TOrandtha. {Td.t8.)
^*ni leun-tu unto all;in all; everywhere ;
in every direction: »fTt^-<Ti^tt'^1«l
flowers were strewn everywhere, above
and bdow: fc.fc%-^-lW^ll^' articles
of merchandise were spread in every place,
insi^ and outside (the house). When
used in idferenoe to time, V( kun4u
ngnifles : continually or pfurpetually ; du§
kim4u same flis V^J^*^ *l tgtf^t^u or
yrw«, at all times, always.
IW^^ ibf n-^ ftiftytf^ producing evexy
where, all-producing, m., imagination :
^^v«'f^4si*^^*Q-^|M imagination is all-
productife (JT. d. P 36).
l^-Q^^sai kun-tu MAyonif wandering
everywhere: t^^ Vr^^l^'V^flW I in the
fearful world, m., in the unhappy states
of existence, he wanders abo^t (JT. tf. '
169).
%^'V^^ kun^ ikArugi signifies ^'
^4r^1^|k*^ convulsed ; also convulsive,
subject to agitation and shaking {M^ion.).
rggon m^iog or f^'S'^l^ (autumn flower),
lit the fully developed or blown ; n. of
a species of daiqr which blossoms in
autumn (jKHcii.).
WS"^*' hin-tu go^woi frjir well-
known ; well-understood ; celebrated.
gffHt'Walfi g,M a fabulous continent situa-
ted 5,000 yijfmM beyond the Western
Ocean of ( JamftiMlp|pa) India, where there
are lions that fly in space : seine of the
wild i^ni^*^* of that continent are said to
live a thousand years (JT. d. ^ 980).
^Ji'Q*^^sra kuf^tu-hg^^P^ ft^«tc he
that provides lor the world, the All-
Provider ; Pifoyidence.
VrQ*^^'^ kun^tu kgye4'pa irfififiifii
to be diffused ; that which goes in every
direction: |CQ'V^*V'^ spiritual emana-
tions; envop: 'C^Kl^Ta^^ rays of
light went in every direction.
^jnrfv L lit. going everywhera 2.
as met. wind j a bird.« 3. n. of a
spirit.
!!R-y 5^1-q^t^^ I
24
fr8'S*>*"i^'9^*'> kun-tu TffVdS-por hyed-pa
gf^mcvfir to fully f iread ; to make plen-
tiful eyerywhere ; to inake eopionB.
l^'Q*^!^^ kun-tuiigribf ''clipeed; dark-
iMflB:>v^cfq5<\l^1!l^Qqiiwiq>(| the lays
of the 0im and moon nvere eolipsed.
a^'ff^T** kun-tu-ioug-pa or Sf^W*'
kun-icuff^ to pat in ; to employ, engage :
{^'^^'^^Q'^n I put this Teasel (or pot) to all
fnv anxiety; yearning, clinging to:
"^^S*^^"'*»«'aW*1'> I the mind remains
attached to its orooked desires.
iiHal'ioa misery, sofEerings. *
ITC^T*''!' kun-tu Hug-pa |^ofc=«i»r
^9;^ lam-'iden-pa the truth about the way
to Nirvdi^ %^.j out of misery.
m'H'fdS kun-tu tjug byei^'^'i^^^'t^
kun ibyui-dca sin.
l^'HTS"* kun^tu ijug-bral fiiftn free-
dom from stti, or ^^^ Inog^pa, entire
stoppage of suffering.
Note. — ^The above four expressions are
used in the higher spiritual terminology
relating to B(4hi8atha (JT. ko. 1 SS6).
gu9 (Ml Idan-pa faith and reverenoe ; also
possessed of faith, respect, etc.
Syn. 5^^ guhpa; %^^ gu^ldan; %m'
IdaH; ^l^'5'*»w ge%g4u mw; *iq mo^
pa; *^'^ mo^-Idan; SSn^ dai-ldan; SS'
MW«^ dad^hagi'Can ; ^V*r«^ dai-pa^ean;
W9S'*' phpag-byei-pa; ^'<i'8S she-sa byei
V8'^^^ kun-tu Idhor ^^^^A strewn
OTer, scattered, diffused^ dispersed: ^^'
%'V^V\fi^ I flowers were scattered over
cTery place.
^^'Q*^^ kun-tu dor fim perfect aban-
donment: V''''^'''?lT5'Vl all faults
should be entirely thrown out.
S^'S'*^'^ kun^tu ider^vfa ^Mm%M
general happiness, prosperity; beatitndi^
(^yorf).
5l^'5'^^'Q Kun-tu hdref-pa n. of a river
in the fabulous continent of GodAniya
(JSr. d. ^ SSI).
kun-^ gna^ f^irfw, iwfir
stability; the all-abiding residence, that
which remains at all times or everywliere.
S^'y^^"^ kun^tu trdui-tcu the burning
rays of the sun; extremely painful; all-
piercing.
5l^'8''!^\*^*l'^'*' kun-tu gnod^par gy^r-
pa 4i«i'fM^ to do mischief everywhere.
S^'S'K^'^ kun^tu tnoA'Wa %Hm\Hm
1. the sun ; n. of a Buddha. 2. all-
illumined, all-enlightened.
9^1^ kun^tu fpyad , an usual duty,
habitual work; as«a vb. to practise : ^^
V^^S'IM psMise righteousness or reli-
giotls acts at all times.
3^*Q'iS'^ ifctff>-^tf fpyod-pa free or
unbridled behaviour: described as S***)^'
%Si^ the Brldmia^ical conduct (4fXo».).
S^'Q*q« kun^tu (prfff ^n^rfiRr dressed
i|i every way; adorning the body with
precious ornaments.
;iai'5'|k«i kun4u |6yor-ica=^»wi«Sa^vq
giving up everything {^ffon.).
^^'Q'^'f^ kun^tu mig-ldan (b't with
eyes everywhere), described as ^^'8^'f^'^',
n. of a fabulous tree on which grow glit-
tering gems ; also a plant or tree in full
bloom ; '^^•««i«^y'S^y»i'%S*V'-^^-9^'r *^
!KT^"« I
35
f^ 9'V<'<t^'<i^'K I thk (land of tvee) it
generally to be f oand in the laoade of godi,
demi-godBi and in the oontment of Uttaia
Knm {K. A ^ 16).
yrQ'iTMi kut^u tfMfti the aUnitnnning,
all-olnoiiiing ; darlmeiw of mind ; igno-
ranoe: 1T8*«"* «ar*»w»*^*'^, »'*'•
Mi|-K^ 1^ lA 9^«*S'«tf^ I O, best of friends
wbo guidetti me in precepts, morals, ze-
BcmroeB^ the weapons f or yanqnishing the
all-obaoaiing enemy I
ifdak miTW the all-stupefying fasoina-
ticn ; n. of oiie of the anows of Oupid.
yi^Qi^lS^ai Kum4u tdmrn-^^ ^VVtWV
Vf^ling to aU or eveocything; n. of a
goddess.
lit. good to all imd everywhere and at all
tJTMMMi ; iL of the first DAjriti i BodhUattta^
the equivalent of Bamanta Bhadra; the
Kkammga^Aitm of the Montis. 2« in the
BSit^ma sect, n. of the first or Adi Buddha.
yrQ'qu^'lf Kun4u butHnrnQ wv^nnfr
1« is a female figured in oonn ection with
the ioiegcing BodhUativti. 2. a kind of
flower growing on the Sxmiera Moimtain
{K. my. 1 90).
Vifi^'^ jLkf»4ii gwigz he who sees
aU things and everywhere by his divine
eye d knowledge; n. of a Bnddha, also
that of ihe BoikkaUta Avalokitesvara.
1^%^*%^ hun4u k^r-tmr «K1W a great
BOiae or uproar heard everywhere; the
rattling of ihnnder ; also the noise of wind
or rain.
(JKKoii.) n. of a tree with min^ sap.
yn'^S kun4u M vnvism folly en-
li^itened; 'r^'^*' w km-yeig-pa the
elefwth stage of Bodhimfttva perfection.
lI'QWQ'^Ti kun^tu rab-iu ikkru^
lit. very muoh agitated ; n. of the six des*
oriptions of earthquake (JT. d. •> SB9).
VfV^V^^ kun-tu ralhtu tgul lit,
moving slid Bhaking very greatly ; n. of
a form of earthquake.
t^'Q'WQ-lirlsi kun4u rab4u sAMt-eA^m
1 41 Mn lit roaring aU about; n. of a
kind of earthquake.
ITV^A'Q'%^'%'^ kun^iu ralhiu kur-^r
loud and fearful rattling or roaring; n.
of one of the six forms of earthquake in
whioh sound oomes out-of the sea and the
mountains.
9^'Q'WQm« kun^u rab-tu gyof lit.
everywhere all shaken very mnoh ; i^. of
nnivenal earthquake in which tho moon-
tains and the ooeans are moved prof omidly.
WV^^ i: kut^4u rig WT^^Vf^^^V
^^ all-knowing ; omniscient; n. of a
deity.
S'tCM ii:sJ|«'W fn^rdb wisdom
(K.d.mg6).
V^V^F^ kun-tu g$al %lft^m, ^inn,
^VTHTV, the sky ; dear inside and otttside ;
very dear, ludd, illnminated.
STQ'^fF' kut^u gsui a flower mention-
ed in the Kohgynr {K. ntg. *i| 90).
1^&*^ kun4H gso to heal everyone or
repair everything; the healer of aU.
^^'^tO" kun^gtum W91^ lit. very fierce;
^NMi'^4|« ima^i-rigi n. of lowest caste in
India.
95^^ kun^Vui M^^M n. of a religions
work which is fnll of extracts taken from
different sacred books (4f^on.).
^IT^l kun-tiogj same as Vrf^ tfktm*
rtog ftiw, ♦iPW, n'^iTt, fancy, illusory
asBOoiations.
^l^'^^ kun-ir^B tvft<«vw ideas and
assooiations.
nii ^Irvf winrmni one of the three aigns,
chaiaoteristica or lakfai^^ y. *i*(^ f^hhan
3IS«|1 kufh-irtan 'n^^ 1. aapport. 2.
negligence.
31T^ kun^iten ^rnram relianoe; r^
signation ; serrioe or adoration.
fabulong fresh- water lake in the land of
the Lha-tiM-ffin or Awra, situated at the
eentre of their chief city Bhnbhra Mdlik&.
It is said to be five yojana on each side.
When the Lha fight with the Lha^ma-yin
the signs of victory or defeat are said to
be reflected on its surface.
'^^''^''^'^ kun-daH J*Aoii^po quarrelling
with all ; W^5'««'«^'5l^'S^'«^i«^'««-5^ | a
person whose lips are black quarrels
with everybody {Tan. d. 917).
SC«3^'q harmoniousy concordant; agreeing
or in harmony with all.
?l^X^ kun^n m^fw* the puWicweal,
general interest^ cause of all.
iidoTn^a all taken together.
511^^ kun^gduH ^rf^, "^Wff that
afflicts all ; the all-burning one; Cupid.
31^^^ Kuf^idag finmfir, ft^pp the
Iiord of All. «^H?^'5iTqv«l the Soul of the
World ; the Supreme Lord of the World.
%^^' kun-irdud 1. an oppressor ; a
tyrant : H^' J^v8*«|W«' j'^q'm'V!'*»'31*^'S'
% In astronomical calculations the six-
teenth conjunction is called Kun^duA.
^9fr\if^^^\
Vi^^ kuf^hdar ^iffj^ the pulse that
always beats = f^ffw r^«i iv^wut n. of
the central artery.
Sr^ V Kun-idrin the Supreme Leader ;
he who leauA all into the way of dsliver-
anoe ; epithet of Bnddha.
%^'^ kun^noi, same as %^K^m kun-lat
iRm or iPFmii from every place or direc-
tion ; round about ; wholly, thorooghly :
Jp|iiMw5i^^yqvui|k I in every direction
it was surrounded by railings; ST'pr^^S'q?
to wish from the bottom of the heart.
Vi^'^^'^ kun~na9 ikng^-pa entirely
darkened :«^%«hV5i^-^v^|^ rain^ouds
have darkened all quarters.
produced or grown everywhere (like grass).
S^'^^'Wi^ kun^nai kkkum inp;=
^^'%^ gur-ffum nA&Km {V^on.).
a residence that is closed on every side, a
sanctum ; residence of a queen ; a convent
{mon.).
Syn. <^f^*'|»i ikhar-tpahi khyim ; I'lv
can; ^T****^*^ dag-pabt ndha^-^n\ mfr:
^m (^fl-gnas.
'HfS'^^'^^ kun-naf hgro ^yfV commu-
nion.
to laugh out {M^on,).
the '* 8&tra on the door or entrance from
all quarters," i.e,^ of free entrance
(JT. ko. p 887).
5l^'^i^|qq^'9'5 kun-naB Bgrilhfar bye4
^l^K^fii to over-shadow all round, to
put into shade in all directions.
^SfmM made very miseirable ; pained, dia-
UMsed; 5Pi'ipr^'&vrtK«i| entirely free
frommiflerjr {Sbum, "^ 839).
Yery hauglity ; arrogant.
^^^-q^^iQ kun-na% kiagi-pa 'TOfvf,
4«il fastened or tied up on all sides.
oollected from everywhere ; extracted or
taken from every work.
venerated by everybody or everywhere :
^11 c.^^*^«r^ii'HiiA^\H| to reverence in
every manner with body, speech, and
heart.
^jf4(«r|n^-q kuH^nat idaH-ica Jf^^fmrm,
n^ivm raised from every place; set up
well; got-np: Jl^^^Wf^'^^^ the
enemies rose np in all directions.
VT^I^S'^ kun^uai fdui-pa IRfTVn: col-
leoted from every place ; brought together
from every place.
* af ^**^^'^ tun-no^ §na^'tca = J«r q xgyai-
wa the aU-illnminator {8chr.).
Bpmng from everywhere.
peifeotly painted, described, delineated,
referred to.
^af^Q^n kunf4M9 ilaUt taken from
every place.
^9^9fiir^m, kun-nof ibar ^n«inm, vmrfini
inflamed ; ablaae : frf^pr^^^'M^^ fire
broke ont in every direction.
tr^l^-q kun-nai ^hyor-wa «d«m to
combine; combination ; IH'OT'^^'I^'^ to
componnd or mix np meuidnes.
27 'IHl^ I
built tq[» everywhere ; piled up; erected.
•j^'^wlhf Jbin-ffOf i^9et illuminated ;
very beautiful: |'**»wM'^S-5lir¥''»*« f the
signs or charms of the moon are exquisitely
fine ; A'^'t|'y4p|-)«-^4|'d)4i'sir«' jjc^'^fw-
ST^'^ I (the garden) from it» collection of
flowerawos lovely and pleasant (If^ofi.).
=SCM-|*»i 4paJ^gtfi lo-nui n. of a tree the
leaves of which are sweet.
Syn. *«w^^fo-»ki iiiiHar\ *«Qk h-ma
W^irqli^q kun-nas bnod-pa all-forgiv-
ing ; very patient {K. d. ^ 68) .
wn entirely besieged, shut up entirely,
smrounded on all sides.
5^ Vr^^« kun^mi gye^^ wsm^ irinii-
irfrf^ thoroughly ; very exoited : •»«•
^jf-^v-^^trq t the mmd agitated (not
being fixed on any subject).
5^'f^Aq^'q kim^^nafl *fclr^fffl=\»A-?C^U
ni^mabi bod-ttfr all-iUpniaiflia^ niys; the
rays of the sun (JjfUoH.).
itafi aU-abstracted : ^R^; ^i'^l^'S'S'^^^'
B^^q f one who has left off all the concerns
of this world ; he who has renounced all
worldly matters, ' acts and concerns ; an
epithet of Buddha.
a^iMi^ei kun-ipaH^ ehet^po ssjflr^
the all-renouncer ; an ascetic ; a hermit :
before the feet of the Arch Benouncer who
in one life has attained tc Buddhahood.
that which is to be practised at all times.
2. customary or habitual work ; habit.
^i^-^^Tai-q(
28
^«|-q*S|
ablaok or fallen Br&hman; bad habits,
yicious ifiotB or profeBsioiiB.
If^X grog f ma a sweetheart, mistreeB
^a^|N>sJ|'4 %la^a the moon {Tig.
t. 16).
^^^ kunJH}r all-xenonnoer : ^^^^'X^'
rmg^r^'yi'V^ I he cart off relation^
wealth, properties, realm and all (JT d.
•• 8SS).
Vi^'f^ i^n-h^ rgy^t-po l. fW
1^*^ iilo^nan ^paH-fM a medioinal vege-
table growing in the grass in Tibet. 2. in
the terminology of the Nying-ma seot,
the %»<« (mind) is called hun-byei rgyalpo^
the ohief agent, the prinoe of all
doings.
H"^' ti»n-**yw<f=f^'S^' «iic^ all-
growing; misery; sin.
%^1^ kun-fbpor libertinism (see ^'fj[%
kut^u^ru).
^ifH^-'m''^^'^^ hm-mot dti-itaH
i8hofhpa'Can=\^^ dri-^htm-po sweet
perfume. ^
Syn. ^is'^^ bdod-paa-dri ; f'^iS ina^
tMnp4>g€d; ^^^ Had-ina^ ; ^'%W riH-du
kkpab; ^T^'^'t^ leg^-par ihul (4f4on.).
%9(S^m kun-tfnoiii ^S^ error ; the aU-
blundering {A. K. 7£).
^^^ kun-bdwn IRIK, ^PHT the all-oon-
taining; thatwhioh holds everyihing in
iiaeU. ^
^i^-lfq-^^ar^ kun-rdiob iden-pa *lfif«W
conditional or dependent truth ; aeo ' to
Wa9. subjectiYe truth.
bftBis ; the mind (4rft>n.) ; W^^'S«-*«-'^'»-«»
i fj . i.'ki Eiir
of
self; literally the primary cause of all
things, the basis of all; the soul, ^rit:
(fi-^^ ^^gsM is a pfailosophioal term for
9(f%ffKi, soul, which is considered to be the
basis of virtue, sin, worldly or spiritoal
existence, &c."
flower of the plant called ^^-«Aiir, which
gives blue tint to water (JfHan.).
^^'if)qp« kun-gwigi =5T«rfl|f s^p^ who sees
all; the All-seeing One ; that is oogniaant
of all (LolL^ie).
^ijmnc.- f tfn-^sa^ liH^nini (heaU-good;
epithet of Buddha; a Bon sage and
teacher.
^iCqbi^*^i^-l( Kun-k^aA hkhor-h a metri-
cal arrangement in several squares
resembling a chess-board and sometimes
forming an acrostic*
\^' Kun-Jiuail gUfl n. of a place of
pilgrimage in Tibet (Deb. ^ JtS)'
^j^qK'i;9r4^ Kun-i^A rnam^gum the
three good ones ; the Suj^reme Deity of
the Bon religion in Tibet who is explain-
ed as having three manifestations: (1)
^T*^'W*^' ftrenrtr ^n»rti4nf the imper-
sonal Gk)d or Supreme Being, * IK*'*^'''
j^'ctf, who from etemityhas been free and
all-perfect; (2) ^^'^TIT^^' I the personal
God 4N«i V^'S'^^'4^* I as manifest in
the form of a sentient being (like Shenrab) ;
(3) f ir^'^r^cA'^'rw^ I the deity represented
in symbol, #.#., form; ^ii«'|irsii'^«^'V'^*
Vi^'fT^^'^l representations in painting,
flg^ures in relief oi casts.
the all-endiuing ; ft figurative name for
the earth.
dhist sect with a fofw monarteriee boider-
ing cmTiumin.
1^^ Kim^ii^^Afkr ali-knowing; n.
Off a god ; a leartied man.
VA^^^^ iungpi ikur-wa (JMoii.)-
^n^ kun-la m^ to every one^ to all ;
to ercsywhere*
Idan-^mt she who giTW Ueeiizigt to all:
^^'9^%^'*'fr«A'^' a name of the god-
dan TTmi, the wife of Mahee^wam ( Jf^on.).
Wt^HpiTs^'W fAi-Mwil {$man, 107) a
blight yellow pigment prepared from the
urine or hile of a oow, or vomited in the
ahape of MndisIiB by that animal ; hesoar
stone.
V"rH^ AttH-Ai iiug efficient; able to
enter into anything: ^T*''i^*^f«'«ni^"«'
H^f the intelleot being onltored becomes
efficient in oompoong.
VT'i''^ ibttWa ^ happiness to all.
V^'^i^ kun-la phan useful or good to
aU.
S^^^lfS hun-la l^kro4 beneficial ; agr ee
able to all : ^w»«^S*flK^^^w^lSf "oow
Gutter being the best of butter is agreoable
to aU/'
^troYii'a JbtiM-fa (^<.^i-jmi injuring all,
all-hurting, hurtful, obnoxious.
l^M kmn-la reg wirant meddling,
moddleeome, touching everything.
from every place or thing ; from all ; than
alL
5W^wr^lj^i< kun-^ itu9^ wmm, w%m^
aeleoted or compiled from every book ; n.
of a book.
29 Tj^\^ I
V^^ k%in ffffjMi vAw all-knoinng ;
knowing all, omniaoieni.
a religious man who, being under moral
discipline, has reduced his desires and
requirements ; lit. ** an all-knowing tax*
gatherer.*'
^4*4^-4 kun kfa4'pa wi^asm well
explained; preaching all the religions,
one that preaches everywhere.
^i^'HiMi kun-^mm^ tfw^ to be conscious
or cognijutnt of all things ; to think at all
times.
1^9^' kun-iM «9«fT^, Hfmw a gene*
ral rising; rising from every direction or
place ; = ••«r^^ $etn9^i9kgei Witm^
conception ; idea ; the notion of athing ; a
thought; S^frs^*l|^«**« flie nrind
which gives rise to thoughts of sins or
merits, virtue or vice.
^^jflf c^'l^^Q Jhin-f/M eAefi-jM> Qomprises the
three •^^-gkm ekag$'9daH'frmo^ lust,
anger and ignorance.
^^i^ftFy kun^9o4 ^n^^ alUHUing, that
which kills everybody or thing; the lord
of death.
the sky ; that Is fully dear, illuminated.
2. s\m fic-ma, the sun, thrall-clearer.
1 1P\^ kun-ia fH : from where ? one
from an unknown place ; also interroga-
tively, come frt>m where P It is used in
myetie language (JT. g. T t9).
>P'5'>^ *tiii-^ii-ri# the union of the
two sexes, copulation (used only in mystic
language) {k. g. ^ 216).
X ^^^^ Attn-/Ailra ^ffi^ n. of a
Dird: 5l^-»«^'<«w'5«-* w5'^*Va"^'*'««T*l'V''
•^^^•^A<m§\T^ {K. g. « ssy
^•M
80
^T'HI
1W^ ihm-<b ««f 1. nuBtake; Uunder,
ilkwion (£«p.). 3, ftwftVT^ f^ the
Uue jnnminiiin, Joifninum muUiflorum or
ifhil^hu quiokfiilYer {Stnan. 79).
TR'^'^ kun-du'ra ^n^> 1^ sweets
smelling troe ; a kind of inoense ; the resin
of Bo%UfcUia thur\f^a ; gum olibanum (Jf.
With.).
Syn. jfe'SS'*' tkya^byei-pa; H'Vi'S mu-
Tjaj'^'*?! *M«.rf«-fa=V9«A*w-6aa oat
^TK'^C Awnwfo^ ^TVT^ onion.
TOTP hum-pa orooked ; shriyelled ; V^
<i^ hum-pa-iiii oontraotion ; ^^ ;i«( Ac^m-
A'^iiffi very oontraoted.
^«rQ Jtui9t-po eringing; one io a oon-
traoted posture; 5l»rtl^ kum-por cring-
ingly; oontraotedly.
g3n. an earthen jar ; a veesel for water.
iprS^ tfim-W-ra fwi?K n. of a
nn-po (demi-god or demon).
^^ kur-U to hasten; l^t«*^<
kwr-U bUti'blf^ to start or go off on any
business; (in oolloq. langaage) to start on
an enrand or mission early in the morning
witliont baTing even a cup of tea.
TWIp^ JRrfJkar^ also l•r^T *wWA»r,
n. of a plaoe in Tsang; a kind of shield
mannlaotared in Ku^kar: %m^W¥^'
'ir^i
«*B^-^«wispi the shield mannfaotured at
KuUkar is of superior quality (on acoount
of its superior metal) ; l^'"i''l^'8^"'l'^ff«rtJTf
as to the Kut4kar shield it oostsflve 9A0
for the best.
n\ he nameral for 01 ; he^pa the 9hA
(volume).
^^ he-ha in the dialect of Sphan^yul
for 1'*^ %hya^hay a magpie.
'^^f^^''^ Ke'hd^p%-no%w^m a coun-
try west of Jambudvipa of romantic
Boenery, said to be filled with gardena,
dales, fountains, cascades, eto.^ and inter-
sected with streams, and inhabited by a
race of Tcry handsome men who eat red
rice (JT. d. ^ 179).
he-hib^-igra the cry of the
peacock {8ehtr.).
t^ M*^ fe-*«-rw 4WR or inlfR a
wliite precious stone.
^*4C he-rgyuH a charm of the Bon
deity called (^eft-^ai mi fp^on tgyai^\
ko-ta-ha from %ir« 1. a gem
which has the property of purifying water;
its Tibetan name is |F^'I^ or |'^'i% the
purifier. 2. a great mountain situated
norih of the great forest plain beyond the
north bank of the riyer Sita. Its peaks
are described as Tery grand in appearance.
It contains mines of gold and silyer, and
round its peaks are lour fabulous lakes
which at all seasons remain filled with
lotuses and lilies. T&e ruler of this
country in ancient times was Vaifrmmna^
whose army consisted of amaaons of
great beauty and yalour {B. Lam).
X^^'^
^•9-^1
31
Eedaia (i^K) ; part of the Himalaya
t ^5 ^^^ ^* * fabtdous pUmet in
Bnhmaineal as well w in Tibetan astro-
logj. In Tibet the name K^4u is gene-
raUy applied to oometSi oalled also ^'^r«%^^^
(lit. the long smoke-tailed). 2. a fiery
meteor ; a shooting star; the descending
node. 3. n. of a demon.
if^*^ JTe-fM^j-iu n. of a sage of
the time of Gbutama the Buddha (JT.
^. ^ 64).
^^^ Ke-hyei Eftrtika, the god of
war {Sehtr).
n|*^*Q Ke-Tt^e^tM n. of a Bon teaoher:
a^tj-^-^l-q-^^-^w ij)eh. ^ 6) the B&mpo
priests invited Ke^fise.
^dS^pi Ke-tsheffi^Ifdga; the qnar-
ter where it resides dnring a certain astro-
l<^:ioal period is considered inanspioious.
^j| Keiu 1. a tribe in Tibet ( Fat. kar.
160). 2. i2^V*r« in olaseioal Tibetan a
kind of garlic. 3. a oavemy deo, h6llow
place (Os.).
^^'^ -Ke4«-r^w, also ^'t Aj^-r^w, a
jacket made in the Ghinese fashion ; in
Ohineee kwa-tw.
^^*a&:* Keiu4$hafl (in Chinese £* V
if^ang^ ^a teeasory; a store-house ^^ n.
of a sacred rock-cavern.
^f^^ Eetu^ n. of a female deity of
fearful mien.
^^'^ SHu^^ Tilwtaa and Hon-
golitaname ior Ookm. In CBnneae KaoE
^^*^ k^^b ^'^'% customary 'seal
(Id.).
^^''^ kehu^'Pi (from i«|i^)
celestial robes; robes worn by the gods
(jr. my. ^ 7).
'Tp'l ke^ya wickedness: m'^JI''*'
^^Q^T^'^Vt^ the root of wickednMs
of a bad heart (t.^., envy) having sprang
forth (/. ZaU.).
X ^t^''! -Si-y^-rtf-ihi %|5« 1. a
kind of grass used in ancient tones in
making garments for a Bkikfi$ {K. dm.
1 S88). 2. n. of a Qandkarva.
n]*^ Kb'TU 1. n. of a place and
monastery in the district of Son in
Yar-lung (Jl^M. »7). 2. Wfm $tm^
ma a species of peas : t'^^'^^^'^fta'^l^
^Wf^»r^**V»r«v^VI after casting
water in oblation^ he conducted (him)
inside the house and served him with a
cupful of pea-soup {Deh. ^ 86).
^•^ Ke-re, Y. Ji'^ kye^ri.
^'«J Zi-fa ^i«-5irH%*^' f n, of a
tribal dan {Tig.).
^11 ke^la4sa=:^'% iga-^kya ginger
(Sman. i67).
yrCi'^r %wns the king of mountains
i.e.f Kailasa in the Himalayas.
^1 ^ Ee4any prob. corruption of '^^^|^^
follower of Tsongkhapa (Hue^ vol. II).
^9) Ke4e n. of a fabulous place or
country : ^♦fr-T*^ V the country of
cannibals, Ee-le (2). £.)•
^•^ Jb-fa %w hair; mane; •^'^^-T
^ letters which are surmounted with
^••g:'ni
33
^"^f
doobk e sign oalled tprtfrt-te or Bign
called naro. BigBS for long aooentaatioii
are alio called ifca-fa.
*^ -l*^ ki-ftM^ %W maae (flcAr.).
+ '?|''^*'H Ke-fU'ka a plant, perlinpa
Aru>n eokcaria^ with edible roots; also
:|: ^'P^ JT^-w-rn %^^ 1. the hair ;
the mane of the lion. 2. the hairy fila-
ment of the lotos ; a celestial flower ;
saffron.
^vP\ to^sawas lar-chai danger;
aoddent, t. ^ kag.
^^^ Keg-ma^"^^ kag-^na {Lex.).
^JK'^i" -Sr<?<.rtt| nrwiw skeleton.
i T^'9^ JBRwf-ftt-ifca an evergreen
tree, i.e., of the «olonr of the parrot
i^ag. 3). This is evidently a corruptiou
of T%liV.
^^'n] Ker-ko a cymbal; a musical
instrument : «HS«^*^'i'^''\«^fi«^'5 ^^
(carrying with him) a hand-dram, a
cymbal, a pipe (flute) (JT. g. ^2).
^I^'S^ ik^r-^ytj suddenly (&'A.)-
^I^Tq jffer-irato raise ; to liffeup;-W«'
ifM^li'^'Q I to point the fingers towards
heaven.
^'m^m ker-Ja^i ^^fmf sudden fy stood
up: ^^*aic.«^«| *^ suddenly standing erect
and still (like a tree ") (iVa^. 5).
^|^*^7V^ ker hh 9gur metaph. for
horse, shbep and yak: ^|'^*r|^-^»i-
Jaj^'Ufril^'j^* J'^nq | the tax (in kind, t.^.,
one in a hundred) on horse and yak
from among the three kinds of cattle
(^«i.).
Tt'^l'^Wf
Ket'fnag poesiUy indicates
the Ealmuk Tartaxs.
^ff^'^'I Eoi-ta^ka n. of a mytholo-
gical demon.
^^*^ Kai ne-pa %$ir a rishi or sage ;
alsopatronymicof B&vana (K.d.p-lSd).
JRi^o gaUt'Can the huge snowy mountain
on the north shore of the Manaaarowara
hvke called Gang Ti-se by the Tibetans
and Kailftsa by the Indians.
n] I: ko num. 121; ^'^ ko-pa the
volume marked with the letter 'If Ao, or the
121st volume.
n] II: ^ an expletive meaning:
same, the same, very^ as in ^^ kdi^ko^
the same ; as ^^'^ ^'-nt, this very: V^^'
^^•^'Xii'q^I 'iliese same cla8S7fication8 " ;
\^ de4:ozs\'% dc^ni that very.
'<| III: aU, whole; quite, entirely,
altogether {8chir.).
nj'^ ko'tca 1. hide, leather — that
derived from yaks, buffaloes and horses as
distinguished from pag^-^pa the skins of
sheep, goats, foxes, &c. 2. colloq. for
ko-gru a hide-boat.
^W ko-khug a leather purse ; a little
leathern money-bag.
^%^ ko-khrol (ko^hof) a sieve made of
hide-stripe or strings to dean peas, barley
grain, Ac., of gravel, &c. : ^^'fi'iwii^-^*!'
*^'Q^ ( (S^m.) for a hide-sieve for sift-
ing peas and barley (1.0., price for).
^'9 ko^gru (ko-du) a hide-boat a boat
made of the entire hide of a pak ; a skin
coracle.
^''^ ko-itum hide-packing. This is
said to be a criminal punishment in
Central Tibet, Tarymg in severity, e.jr.,
••^'''^'^•' wKen the oulprifB handi are
cut ofEy the stumps sewed up in leather
and the poor wretch thrown as a beggar
upon public charity, &o. (/a.).
Y^ ho^hag strap ; thong.
^'9^ ho4hu4 a kind of tea, probably so
oall^ on account of being sold packed
in hide cases ; an inferior tea : )k'%'t"^*^'
«**^5V«*I (»»V. 7U) "to the cost of
pressed brick-tea.''
YS*ni ibo-ZAuMi packed up in hide;
^•^K.-^j- Hs*-4l*«'^ a leather
package containing 80 ounces of gold:
^•S'^'5*w'^^B(l^'^l' having sto-
len a bag containing gold, (we) concealed it
in a mamiot's (%'4 a marmot) hole.
^^M^ kth-tthagi a small instrument of
leather to weave lace with ((7«.)*
Y^W ko^gdan^ pronouncrfl kom-gdati,
tkin-rug or seat; a piece of leather put
UDder the saddle {Seh.): |'^v^'^vr^|ciw
^V^^ for each tanned skin-rug or
leather folding used for cushions (three
fa^ka) (^tV.)-
^'mfi. Ao-ipiAi^ an arrow bound with
hide : fl^'^^'iS^, the hide arrow used in
the north (of Tibet).
Hf^'-io-jiM a vessel or basin made of
hide to keep or cleanse oil or lime-wash :
si>-Hlr*V|^^'^ (5««.) for each
hide vessel for holding ta^ti (such and
such a price)
^'V^ kO'fpagf hide ; also tanned skin ;
^'H^^'^^ w4kn| hide or leather mate-
rial or stuff included in the fourteen
materials prescribed for dothiog to be
used by Buddhist monks.
^hPF*n ko-^gi iftkkansifl^f^
Iham^kkan w4Nk worker in hide and
Isatlkw; a shoe-maker.
83 f r«'^« I
^1^ k(hv^ (h(hpm) glue: YI^KT^
^^ for each stick or cake of glue
iSUii.).
^ Mkm' ko'pkotf guitar (gen. made of
thin beliy-skin of a cow) (JLd.); it is
tuned in three-fourths (/a.),
^^^ ko-phor a cup made oif leMher
and pamted to look like a wooden cup ;
^^^ ko^g%koi a basin made of hide.
^''t'sr^ hh'fcm fijlJWifi a tanner; the
steersman of a hide boat
^wtiK^r^ kihwa itmei^ifikktm a tanner.
^'vgn JTo-fftf irag fS'f^'l VH^^*'
n. of a district in Upper Tibet: %'Wf^'
%^'^'vgn'^ then he visited JTo-m brag
in ^toi^lui (Lka. Jbi». *S).
If'SW ko-iuh9 an entire ddn : ^Qi^i'^*
ii>VW »r»i?^s|f|.i-^ ^ entire skin of
a sheep holds three %kar*Sag measure of
good butter ( jUfiV. 7Jt).
^*^^ ko-tiugi an awl; a threc'^ded
needle for sewing leather {8eh.).
^•^« *a-*Jo itch scab ; <f«-W«l ioabby.
In Sikkim a measure for rice or barley
made of hide.
^'n« k(Hirag§ a hide aUed with
butter ; the whole package is so oalled«
1j^ ko-Ukal pieces of leather or hide :
'lf-*i^i^Hi^s«l^-5'^-i5-^«^ for €«ch skin
of butter and honey, &o., with hide
wrapping (Rtstu),
fw ko-rhn fftum§ packed in a
fresh skin: *'^'f^'8«'^3W*»^V'*'^'^
like a man packed in a fresh skin, or any*
thing packed or fastened with raw hide
which becomes shrivelled iHlien the <tkfii
dries and illness is induced.
6
^\
34
m
H[*V> hhntl • rotten bide.
4|'«f kihla a grab wbioh breeds in bides ;
akmdof bide-inoih; ^••r«iT»^it-^'^»-^
S|ifi('^«|irf^ I the Kola motb, someUung
lilre a speoies of yermin in flesh {S^mi.).
^'-^^ ko-ftmrpa (X«r.) one dressed in
skin or having a skin for his nnder-
olothing/y* ^'^ kom-po
^fj^l] Kihka a place in Bengal where
in ancient times many TanMk adepts
lived {S. Lcm.).
1 "Ij'lf Si 1^ KthkOfKJM ^ftmfkm a
Bhikm of the Buddha's time who sided
Deradatta {K. d. i «^7).
SMciA wildmonntainons country
Bengal in the Ohakma and Hamsa-
Tati countries which are east and south*
east of Haribbadra (Manipar) {8. Lam.)n
J'fj'^fll KihlMa fftftwr the Indian
enckoo, in books described as a bird that
sings sweetly (JBT. du. P 99).
-j: '(j^^^BI *a-*i lakfa n. of a tree
'(f'f] Ko'ko (variously spelt ^'% kon
•to, ^^ koi'ko ^^^kohiko) 1. *▼ the
bhin;al8o occasionally the throat or the
neck: l|'ip^MF'««»^'^*^^''' *<> «^
the chin iM) [«» ^''^- ^^^*^'«
chinless, or one with a small chin: ^ifr'
a« iwttf with a slighfly perceptible
chin; 1-ir«<1''l'f9 W^^*? * ^^^ **^
that of a pig; pig-faced (no chin) **be.
neath the chin/' ^«'^<T« 1^ or
f^pr the lower part of the chin. 2. a
Tibetan of mixed breedi ue.^ born of ^
Ohioese father and a Tibetan mother.
9^[^9p9i KoJco iha^^ma a country
in or near Oeylon (/a.).
'fj'nj Kokya r^m pure {Lescx.).
^'Vs Ko'krai {k<hteh) 1. f^'S'^'HS
Iham^yi akra4 the worn out leather of old
shoes and boots; 2. also a leather-
shoe (t/a.).
^if io-^kt^^ toJko»^h'*».neok: ^'^'
'^^'^ ko-iko ikbjF|=s*i|^«r^^^ • wnit-iw
bdeg9 raise the neck (Jfag. ^).
n. of a place in Tibet {Tig.).
fj' J3f If ko^nan-iie, also ^1^* ic^SW.
<s0 or ^'^'Y* ko-ht^tm^ the kernel of
the pine-apple ((7«.) ; more particularly the
edible seed of the i^TaoM-pine growing in
the valley of the Sutlej ; it is also called
Vr9^'< §kan^mm^ti$ in Kunawar {Ja.).
^*^3j hhtansstn f^krag blood in
mystic language (JT. g. ^ 916).
^'^'^ k(htam^ ^H^*^' n- of
mountain (JT. dun^ 17).
one of the 41 materials of dothing permia-
sible to Buddhist men d icants ; a kind of
grass formerly used in making dothea
(K.du.^388).
1f'9*rfs| ko-tam-bkag same as above.
M'9'^ *c-^fvi.|><i €rtPf, W^f in vnlg.
Nepalese JSTocAf, a kind of millet largely
used in Sil^kim for making ffUfi^abeer; it
is mentioned ii^ K. d.^ SS3. A species
of grain eaten by the poor; PaaptOum
BcrobieukUum.
krog applied to a thoughtless, childish
man {K. d. ^369).
ff'^ ko'iha %1i^ fw A kM of leprosy
(/a.).
a
^^S9Pi kthihal cinden, ashes; ^-mr^
9^'^ ko4kal'du hyu% jm to be reduced to
gywr-fa soattGirod about aahos.
tree growing in the mountain called
R^^ Eoldla Parvata (if. d. ^ »U).
fl'^O ko^paH'Uc a sort of tea
(SdUr.) ; uBually called (7<r|niM6 (JSeldr.).
^tf^ Kthbi-^ihra tftftwK the
tree of paradiite on which grows the Pdri^'
jdta flower; aleo atree the flower of which
is pretty and of sweet soent| probably
BatMma varugaia (JT. my. ^i(fi\ ^''
^^S^ «m^K« an abode of the gods
(K.dH.SBlO).
^*2f JTo-io prop. n. of a country
{Vai. kar.).
^Sn^ Ko-brag-pa prop, a sect of Tan-
Mk Buddhists; also its founder: ^'9T^
'P^'S^yfS'^'^Sn'S'fr^ (J- ZaU)
^^oi-nmm tgy^^^^ of K<hbrag
brought Yibhuti Ohandra from Bal-po
(Nepal) to Ding-ri and later on founded
the monastery of Eo-brag in Upper Ifyafl.
n^*Sl ko-ma a bird (Fflt. |il.).
^*lf ko-Ue r^'Q ja irggt^pa the
Chinese name for the bribk-tea used by
the common people of Tibet. It is called
Ja ktgyo4-iP^ the eighth or the inferior
q[aality of tea (^9. kar. 80).
nl^t^fj^ kihiffagt is meant to express
the Toice of a raren (/a.).
jlj'^^jr Kihra^ *lTW prop, a
oouniryy said to be in the fabulous
33 ^1% (
Western Continent of Oodlaiya (JT. d. ^
SSI).
^ Ij'^'fl MTiM^la ifKf ibe desoen-
dants of Kuru; their party; n. of a
country in the east (JT. d. ^ 967).
m] A Jto-r# or ^'^ ko^ru cup for drink*
uig; ^"^ fAMwr wooden cap which
every Tibetan carries with him in the
pocket of his great coat next to his bosom;
<^'^ fit'kar a drinking glass.
fH'nt'Ufi ko-laki kdab^W^'^'^*^ gkH-
po^iphpi M plantain leaf {Jlkm.).
n)*2^* I: k(hMi annoyance; dissatis*
faction ; the jealousy of demi-gods or cl
mga, &c. : ^'feV'^'W^T^IV^ f "pray
do not out of dissatisfaction be jealous of
me." In saying grace at meal time the
Gh>ds are exhorted by the lamas not to be
spiteful^ jealous or angry, Ac.: I'V*r^
|H^*l|-«s;R'fiM'^'lii^^^1i^pr^s|i^'«i^'iNi\ii^ I the
Lord (Atis a) not being ac t uated by any
spite did not express any dissatisfaction,
&c. {A. 68).
'Vi'QiC* n: is a dubious word (Bcktr.) ;
^*fc*4 hhM'^M to hate, envy; but in a
passage in Jfil., where the connection
admits of no doubt, io-M igdmi^ must
be taken vdisdain {Ja.). In Amdo ^'iia'
Jiro-iMs dispute, fight.
t '^^'^^ Xa-(a-Ai<ti|«T myfldoal riter
east of JanJradylpa (JT. d. ^t67).
i^^^Ko^lA 4t(ll« a certain king
of birds (K.my.^18).
X^y^ JToi^iiys WH%W the son
of XJpiyamatI; in Tib. wrffn n. of a
Kuni or sage; n. of a grammarian; a
patronymic of the poet Jayadera.
f-^ftl 86
«^« JTolif-fMfi-M ^«W"?^9 the oity of
flowers; n. of an aaoient oitj eitua^
on the Gangee in 'the lower part of the
Doaby in the Tioinitj of Slurrah; aoo. to
iO!f|f. S Yateapattana.
J fj'^ K(hfi4ui, also written ^4'Vl
Kihtu^ka ^ifkw. 1 an epithet of
ladra ; n. of a drag. 2. n. of the FaH^
Bobtt^; n. of a teacher; an owl; a
patronymio of Via T&niitra, who was the
grandflon of Kua ika ; n, of a riv^ir, riyer
Koai (jr. rf. "^ M7).
Syn. ^T* nthg^h ; rrp» ^ V« §brul
mm^[km n. of a Qrdvaka attendant of
the Buddha (K. my. *q ffiS).
+ '(^'Vfll JTo-ao-Ai *rtW, *»wr n. of
a part of Anoient Oudh which in the Biui-
dha's time was ruled by King Fraeenajit.
'(j^pi I: hog-pa 1. a cover; ^T^
kog-fog the paper-oorer of a letter ; an
envelope {Tig. k. t): ^^^•r^TFJ^'
^^the cover or envelope (of a letter)
should be neat and dean. K'^i ja^kog a
hidecaae in which tea is packed is usually
called ja-ho ; ^^^ mar-hog a skin of
butter: «^1^T^^«K*'*'V'^ • {8. leg.)
''like a stone in water or package of
butter.'* ^I'f^ fanr4cog shell, rind; \^^^
phyi-yi-hog exterior shell ; bark. 2. the
name ^^'^ hog-pa is applied to an old
man after the age of 85 (jUsa «Ati4.).
fJQI 4 n : 1. vb., tp splinter off, vo
ohip; ^^^^'^ ^^ ™^ suddenly and run
away (/a.). 2. ^^'^^^ hog-pa ga^a to
peel, pare ofl.
^^1*? ibjh^ mm a net: aoc to
(Itag) wV^n^-^^*8V|Mit« 1 "a net
or snaace to catch birds or wild animals.**
fjC* I: ioif, also ^^^t: hot-hot, etmoKwrn;
excavated ; crooked ; bent; warped, ^^t^'
^^* sa hoi^hoU undulating ground ; ^^'^'^
hoU-pa^Hii concavity.
^IC' II : ^^'B JBhI:|w, also frt $M-
tuinKtil !• cop; crucible. 2. the country
of ravines, n. of a province of Tibet
lying to the south-east of libasa and
east of Tse-thang. ^^*^«i JBM-^ym
fkini the three divisions of fM-yw/; also
n. of a kingdom in Anoient India which
was ruled by King BusarmA. ^^%S Kv€*
9ke4 a kind of sash or waist-band of fine
wool manufactured in Kotl^poi •If^'^V
hot-^uH a kind of spear manufactured
iuKbi'po {Jig. St) ; ^^'V^' ho^-paH planks
brought from KoH-po {S. har. 179) ; ^^V
hoU-v^l an ape from KoH'-po ; the name
of an individual who made a donation to
aid in repairingthe monastery of Samjo.
ilf^dT jfeofi.{^s# a kit^d of armour or weapon
manufactured in jBTo^-pc*
♦If^'W hotrkun ijfl^ n. p. {Qohr.).
'ffc^ k^kktu (M^) . kind of
yellow Mtin : ^f^-^^-g-^^A^i"^ (& kar.
180) a piece or xoU of yollow satin for a
go'wn.
^njt Eoi-jo, in OhineM Eimg-okih «
prinoeH; ihe Tibetan name of the daog^
ter of Emperor Tai-teong, who wae manied
to King ^roi'itOH Sif«m-po, JWV^iS'
«w->lfs.-I JToihfo, from Ohina ; the OiineN
^*^ JM»te a tmall oap-thaped
htum or eopp«r oil-lmTner ; '^'^^ iff^M-
tot ma oSBring bowl, a oup lor offering
puM waitr to «bj divinity ; ^^•^«^' inajr-
koi ink-fltend, genorally for bkok ink;
«i*i*^ i0Mal*koil iok-itand for red ink
or ▼ermilion; jT*"^ ilugi^ka* oarting
moidd, oraoiUe ; ^^ g^er-ko^ a gold
oup or oil-bumer plaoed before Tibetan
deities ; 9*^^' b^e-koA bowl of sand.
^rM iM-MO iHk a oaye ; a ditok.
1|^ Eb4 boiled: a^%V»1vgN*f
)i|-q«*I'V'^4i ja 4e ko^nai ka-ra bram^po
tta tyM-jMi JO'WO igifti {A. 95) tbe tea
baying been boiled (prepared) and giren
witk ftvo lompe pf eagar, the Jo^wo was
grmtifled.
^Vja^TI k<m-pa^ elflo oalled ^^i^l*
hm^lM ^^f^^9 ihe^name of a plant that
grows in solitary plaoeS| generally in the
olefts of roeks. This medioine, kan^pm
fefr-ftjTtff* is used in Tibet for stopping
hemorrhage.
'VprffS) k^kob, same as ^F^t kab^kob,
the noise or soond prodaoed from thp
stretohing of hides.
IfSTQ kfHh^pa io Ian (skin).
^'^ k^m^fdM a seat made of tan*
nedskin.
^Q kom'po skin whieh has been made
soft and jpliable by tanning ; leatker.
ifjar^'JtjK'f K^m^i ko^'jo the
p r inoo s s Eom, the youngest daughter of
Wen Okong, the fifth Emperor of the
Tang dynasty. Ske was married to King
Me Agtshom {J. 2M.).
3TI|
nJT ko9\ same as €^ ikar. L is used
ss a ^Ki^ or auxiliary partiole used in
the manner of an sflfix, as in fS*^*^
ito(/^karf whioh signifies a doth that
surrounds or ooTors the upper part of one's
body; 'henoe MS'^ tici-U a kind of kalf
jaoket worn by ckildren and also by lama
danoers; |S'^^ Vai^kor the ciroular dot
put over tke kead of certain letters to
signify the letter « Mtf. 3. anything that
hss been eut out by tke hand or a latke,
such as ^'^^ fiH^kor a wooden eup ; r^^
ftbo-ibor an earthen eup or vesiel turned
out S. n. of a plaee ; ^'^^ V*" JBr-a^-rw-
|M n. of a graat lama who was a native
of the plaoe oalled Kor. (Drft. ^ 11).
^^ kor also ooours in ^'^ tkmn4cor^
Vr^^ fcn-itor, ^S^^bo4-kar,^^^pa44car,
^'^^ gdub-kar^ Ao.
^^•^f*^ ikor-iof coiled: s^T^-^Wii-^f^fll^'
g«1 '*a string was wound round tke
(exorcist's) dagger ( Fat. Mi. 89).
q]^*Q9^ jbor-^so lit. of round make ; a
kind of shield of round skape {9^iL).
^ a oolloq. form of ^^
pa^ a bad road {Jfion.).
^^"^ kol^, V. ^^1 bgol-M « ^'^
^V^ ko^ko ^ tke okin. This
word is also applied to tke throat and
even to the wind- pipe.
^*Q| JT^fa (also oalled f«0 petty;
n. of a petty state in Tibet, the chief town
of whioh is %^^'^^' (lit the lion-faoe)»
where tke Tsang-po, it is said, enters a
rocky chasm in the mountains.
T^\
a 39
%
i\
^^WS^ KyoHM n. of a large fort in
Tibet {^Dsatn. SS).
3*"! *yay or 3^'OT kyag-kyag 1.
throwing olsBtaoleB in the way of another's
work out e. q>ite. 2. thiok; run into
clots ; a^l'^t^VS jfog-pa m4 thickness (C«.)»
hyog -^m .KPaxy^d.] crooked; not straight.
^C' I : kffaH, also 9^'V^ kyaik-kyaH or
3^'Q kyaH'po^ L straight; right; yery.
straight {Os,). 2. slender as a stick
{Jd.).
^^ U: ^^rf^ ^ 1. and; and also;
though; although; too; yet more; used
instead of A^' da4 enclitioally after the
letters T^**''^. In composition the word
9^' is placed between the subject and
the j^edicate, fop example : — »*nucs*i-
«r%iii|TSi;'qK- he was beautiful and his
ndnd was also good. In the sense of
'^ though " 3^' follows the first or contrast-
ed verb :— ^V*»»ifti-3K^'^^'«S'5l "though
his face was handsome yet his body was
crooked/* R^-l[»ifti'^cKv3^-^1} | this being
handsome also sheds lustre. 2. since^
since that ; then, therefore ; likewise ;
whereas.
Wi'^K hyaH-kyoU indolent, lajsy, idle
(/a.).
5^'^ kyar-poy also 8^'3^ kyav'kyar^
flat, not globular {d.),
S^'S^ *yar-*yor still feeble as a
oonvalescent after disease (Jd.).
^^ I: kyai, resp. «^«i'3«< s/iahkyat, a
joke ,* also a comic or jocular look : ^^^
•,m'9^'\9ds^\ {A, 173) once having a
jocular smile on his face.
^ U:9lMor 9^ kyal'kyal.wmatimn
written as ^'^ tkyal^rkyal^ long and flat
not globular. Described in {^ag.) '^^'t'
f<«»'MnH|^»;*'^^l like straw, hollow
and devoid of meaning; worthless.
3^ kyal^ka %ftr, nww joke, jest,
tricks : 3^'<«|^'^ hyal-kabi iihig %1%^^,
I^^M^'lUii f:t%e4'moti Uhig pk;^ word.
8^'^ kyj^pa vain, idle talk, nonsense.
^^}^^^ kyahkyaf poor; ilUoondi-
tioned. j
3 ^ X* This syllable is primarily an
inflecting affix attached ito nouns^ adj.,
participles, 8fo.^ indicanujig the genitiTe
case. This affix talces ftne form S only
after the final letters ^ ^, or *, and is
varied to S where the word to which it
is attached ends in either ^ x, ^, or \ and
to ^ where the preceding final is ^ oar
^', or simply to ^ if the final happens to
be a vowel. Ex. : ^VS of Tibet, TilJ^etan;
W8 of the way ; V^'% of the north ; '^H^'SK
at the time of goi][ig. Sometimee, more-
over, it is elided altogether, as in ^VtlS
Tibetan language. 2. It is annexed to
verbal roots (with» the same variations of
form) after the manner of a continuative
particle and imparting the genmdisl sense,
but by some modem writers used as a
finite verb. Gerundially it generally im-
plies an antithesis which may be ex-
pressed in English by ** though " followed
by "yet : Q*v?ffl|'9^r8-**fw'q'*s'«pr5«.-
<MP'^ though the girl called to him, yet
he went on the straight way without tam-
ing his head. As affix to a finite verb it
is frequent in the writings of Padma
Jungnas and Milaraspa, and is also uaed
in the O. colloquiaL Attached to the
verbal root it may also carry the sense of
5**l 39
S'qiK*%^H|*fc* M fv M he resMmbered
this roftd^ h* followed the oz, 8. I oon-
neotang tlie Mxiliaxy ymh with fhe mhtl
root f oniift a muehFiiMd premit teuM :
1«^^ I am lying down. Bat h«o flio
final Yowd doee not often take the nmple
* (^> ^*9t fl^^ i* teeing; still we haTO
inbodkaf^^^^ le eating food. [Jf.^.--
The nee with the inttnmental f onp )«
will oome nndar that artide.]
^j^k^M the elbow.
JjJ J^pHiM n. of a medidnal plant,
OemHmm i ^mmbe m . The white speoiee of
thia plant called If S'l^'Q i^-h^ ikar^fQ
k in xepnte for Ulionaneoe. The Une
eaUed i%*|<rX kfi^lfi^ ithn^^o heals swell-
ing in the throat or glands (Med.).
^^aj i^j.ftira a chill; a feeling of
cold (8ch.).
^yrt 4ihiUkm qnicksilTer (fidnda. 118).
3^ kfi-»9i4^wn,%w,tJ m% ^m
L iateij., the soond of weeping, lanenta*
tionjanezpressionof grietisoirow or loss;
Alaal Ahl t'VS'*^''* h^kmiwtfMtm vffT
^n espressing deep sorrow or lamenta-
lioB. 3.0110 of die eight cold hallsof the
Snddhist pnrgatcrj.
3^o^ kifig-ti9$ nnbomt hriok
^p KyU n. of a people Inring in the
eaetcfAsU {Tig. 8).
^riKV* ifc^'4 tsr-rlaH a tiolent
wind Witt hail: aee. to /<. also fviyw-sir,
onomafcnpoetie word ; a blowing wind.
3^ kyin a Terbal termination used
alternatively with |^ ^yi^and ^H 9*^ *nd
after a vowel; ^ yia denoting a partie.
pres. like the English 'tii^': r^^'l^'«>
proceed on your way singing ! With ^
yo4 or ^ ^^fwy it forms a periphrastieal
present tense: ifr*t»f^^^'fc*^ ^vMn-lam
^debi-kyin yo4 he is praying (jnst now)
(Ja.). Most probably the common present
form in kyi^ gi^ Ac., is an excised form ef
this nse, e.g.^ ^^^^\^ is condng ; f S ^ is
looking.
3^ ikyt>,also 1^')^ kyir'kyiTf round;
droular; a disk ; a ronnd thing; 1^'^
kyir^wih'iUd roundness.
$9 kyii by, with; the sign of the
instmmentsl case, used after the letters
\ ^ or <i, and generally indicating the
personal sabjeet of the aotion. It is called
the l^'^^t'l byti^ poU §gra (the term of
the doer). Gerundially ky%i is annexed
to a verbal root to render danses which in
l^gl^*^ would be introduced with ^by,''
"from," Ac., e.^., w|^i»iHcrH^iJvaiis-i^
from the sword having pierced the liver,
he was slain. Of course the prep. ^* from
mightbe omitted here. Again our ^Ibecause
is often an appropriate opening to danses
terminated in |« ; S^ d;o. : ^>^'V4r|«f «"
f<na the demon coming, he turned aside ;
or, because the demon came, he, &c.
^ kyu ^n|W a hook; |^*g tcagi-^
kyu iron hook; an angle; a fishing hook;
ipsi*9 ikabhkyu (m,, the foot-hook), a
mark fixed at the foot of a letter to
signii^ the vowel 'u^ and written as
^^^^ kyurJ^yur twittering; the ccj*
of a small bird : W^Ta^f^f ^ (yf*a
coga kywr4fyur §grog the swallow twitters.
*f
f>
31
^ Ay9 %» ^: the vocative sign; 0!
Holla \^ kue i^ oalled '^^'<A-| hoi-pa^
^gtHi or interjection — the word oi invoca-
tion or calling : 3' j"'^'^*^ I great Kiug !
3'H'^'9<iS'»i O lotua-gem (Chenraisi).
^'5 -^y^-*y^> *^ written S for
abbreviation ; conveys the same meaning
aa ^.
• B'^'l Kye-^tdo-rje % ^ii n. of a texrifio
TaiUrik deity.
^*^ kye^ga n. for the magpie.
^*&|C*Q Kyt'phai-^ n. of an idol of
the Njing-ma sect, consistisg, like most
of the popular idols in Tibet, of an
enchanted stick or log decked with rags,
but much dreaded and said to be identical
with Pe^kar Oyalpo («7a.).
^9\ kye-ma ^ wir (interj.) Alas! An
expression of surprise with sorrow, also of
xoiaery; %'^^'^ kye'-ma-ma-la ^rrt^<r but
oh I an interjection expressive of desire
for compassion or fatigue: )«i«i'ii'Bc^'Q'
^^ kye-ma tna^la gjafirpo bdi alas this
elephant! (A. K. 1-36).
^A kye^ra or ^'^ *e-r^, also 3"^ kyer^
upright, erect; 5'^*^ kye^e-tca or S"^*^
kyt-re-iii the act of standi'ig erect.
^L^kye-hu4 (interj.) ^,TT ^ Alas !
Woe! Ah! What misery! An expression
of grief or pain ; i'Y kye-ho What oh !
Holla! iT'!|'^'S\«»^'*^l *y6-^o and *tca-ytf
are exclamatory words.
W^ ky(hwa ^^ a pointed iron-hook ;
a large pin to pierce with.
i^'a^C kyo-raH, v. 5'^ kyo^^fca
*0 TSI
\^ kyog, also J^Ji ^«, arookad,
bent, winding, curved: *^'*J^'5^VI
having turned his head (sideways), ^w't^
lam-kyog a winding or surpentine road; a
lig-sag.
5T*5 Kyog-po ^n crooked; 5^tK
kyog-por crookedly, not straight: ^■^^'
8^«; ^««»^qJipi-?-5iifc (J>ag, ISS) the
wild animals (hat conceal themsdves
bending their necks ran away.
^C 1: kyoHorJSF-'i^ kyoH-^kyalL 1. fcv
hoUow ; cavity; the hollow of a dish or
tray; cognate to ^^' koH. 2. obstinate;
unmanageable {Jd,). 8. hard, as in
«'$^*Q, hard water; evidentiy a oolloq.
form of C^c^'Q.
^^^11: or $^'S Ji^o^itt a small shovel,
scraper; $^'P kyoA-kha quarrel {Bch.).
n|<3Q kyom flexible but without elas-
ticity ; flabby, loose, lax.
S«i'<i kyom-pa soft and tough ; Sn'i'Vi
kyom-^pa'-nii pliaocy ; toughness.
^T^l ^kymn-kyom of irregular
shape^ not rectilinear {Jd.).
^^ kyor or J^' J^ kyav'^tyar weak,
feeble, unfortified (Os.).
^^ kyol or 1^%^ *yo«ya/s=i^ kyor.
IJ Kra {fa) for vfl, ff «*S* kra^bUugi
established a Dharmas'&l& {A. 61).
T]'*I'-^^'P- kra^ma far^ n. of a kind
of precious stone : "^rs-w-^'^r^**^^'^'
«(Vqi|'«i-^1^^'^'<l ($^«tV. ^1) ^ l^ovwo
built of ruby made lofty with a dome of
krama farsa.
Tpl krag tfa^)=9i *rfl^, ngnUying
rock.
#1
ap-fcl
41
M\
^jtr^ krai't0 ifang^) standing ; V^
^n or IF'^'^^ an upright postore ; IF'
f^ kraH^doi-pa to stand.
l|C*ap* jSrtill-iNi« (imjP-NaMp) a gallery
xonnd a home; a oOTwed passage; eri*
dmtly an inoorreot fonn of f^'^'.
r^^ krU-wa ifang-wi)^ prob. wiongly
ivrittan for ^'^'9\'^, to make straight.
11^'ap^ kroi-ikhor (^-tAor) /a ring
used in the exAise of ardhery as a butt
for arrows; a maik ; a target.
long nanow laatber to mend shoes with ;
see. to (%. a long nanow pieoe of leather
to fssten the sole to the npper leather of a
shoe or boot.
ing for the feet of the lower dasses
of people; a leathern half-boot ; HS'f^
hvi-lkoH a patch for shoe.
TJ3J'J| krafh-ma (fan-ma), oolloq. for W»«
sran^maj peas.
Tjq^ krab-krab r^a6.^a*)='^(pe
danoing or stamping of the feet : ^'^W
jgo-gq-^'^gq-q (his) legs and arms moved as
in danoiiig. Aooordiiir to Jfag. ip'ip
is equivalent to ^'^y flat.
ipi kram ijfam) cabbage ; Hf's^"; sweet
or fresh cabbage; 1F|^ f^f'om §kyt»f cab-
bage-piotkle ; cabbage soaked in vinegar.
\ ^'^\^\ ^*^*-*«-"«-*« wrw a- of a
monastery in ancient Behar which was also
kaown by the names of Samudra G-opta
and Koanmapori (A. 60).
l^'^'Orp* kri^M to-ffi WPtW h
small lisaid.^ There is an aeoonnt of this
animal being once offered as a bnmt sacri-
fice to the gods (JT. d. ^ »«).
:{ tJ*5 Kri.kri ftrfis, w^ n. of a Bud-
dhist king of Benares who is said to have
pationiied Buddha Eis'yapa. In the
Chinese vwsion of tiie Yimala-klrti-nir-
des'a sfttra, he is called Krpin, the kind
and meroifol.
^*P kri-kAa {fi'-^kha) the magpie; the
white>bieasted magpie ; coUoq. called Jbyo-
fa in Tibet.
I'q-^t-^^ Kri-wa BkaH^gtM n. of a
phce in Tibet (J. Za4.).
^Ain-ini {ii-^Cj^V^b^gag 1. the
grey dock (JKlfeii.). 2. vflr a worm.
%^ kriya fiiv; Il^r^'^l^ the
ritualistic part of Sambhawa mysticism: -
^•|sAiiH-^^-9S|W>i§V«'Ml (A. U)
the kryd man-tra having been performed
by the six-armed deity.
^•3^ tP\ fri'fcii'ba»ro n. of an indi-
'vidual who did some service to Atis^a
during his journey to Tibet through Nepal
{A. U»).
^^ krig-krig {fig4ig)^^'^ to
beat or press with the hand or feet ; to
make the sound tig'4^g»
ipf^ krig-gi (fHMn) straight : W
)'«!\^'^*|if'i|'QK'i^ii| the iron arrow when
quite straight being good (D Jt.)-
Iif-asprl^q krig-^gi nmi-pa t^'^w
%^ |fiiJKq'MrT^fW*Sa I not customary
or purposelessly ; for nothing : JT^'i**
^<rf|sra^sr*S'*8r^V| Mongol tribes
without adb^w^ng to custom would always
be making prayers (D. feLlO).
7
%^''V\ 42
^*^' brMrkaH (fiU'ta^) a weapon
like the apear; a forked spear: 't^^'^'
|o^-^V«***"'«*^^ 1 (to the ooet of) a
spear and lanoe with saw-like teeth
glne or paste made of floor.
^^^ kriH^^iai (fvi-ne') the oolio.
^'f Kmna ^m n. of soulptor ;^ an
image-maker daring Atis'a's time aboat
1000 AJ). (A. Itl).
^p-IB*^^ jrrif-9«-<^'^a wmmK the
spotted antelope ( Ja.) ; a Idnd of blabk
aatdope wliioh is said to possess the heart
ol a IMkitahfM, Theskin of this animal
is nsed by Hindus and Buddhists alike
to sit upon; the Tibetan lamas attach
much sanetitj to this antelope and its
flkin.
Wm hr^kru (fu^u) (JF.) wind-pipe
f^l^ir a kind of yellow ohints resembling
satin of great Talue, formerly highly
prised in India and Tibet. It is called
rig§ the mlgar, or the lowest dass of peo-
ple in the mystical language (K. g. P t8).
/ti^l^h^can) n. of a country (filled with the
ory of storks or oranes) said to hare been
Tisited by the Buddha {K. du. r 308).
C*9V KruH4haA the chief Chinese
his class {Tig. k. S8). Probably an error
for Chtmg fang^ a title borne by certain
high officials in China.
^*l'^ kn^m^pa (iwn-pa) broken in the
edge or side or nibbled, but not entirely
broken to pieces.
']nn^ EruniB (fum) meat: in polito
language it is called ^9ai*|iMi (sof^um)^
the meat that is offered to a respected
person. ^
^'y^ Kre^nag (fe-iiag) n.. of a place
in XQuim.
fi
t
minister who was resident in Tibet when
Abb^ Hue visited Lhasa ; an ottoial of
IJ'Sj^lj krag-nag (fe^nag) the spout of a
kettle {8ch.).
^^ krt'pa ife-pa) the forehead ; also
a oolloq. spelling for SP^'^i ^pral^pa^ the
forehead.
'S M Kre-io {f&-o) n. of a place in
Kham.
a fierce woman ; an amazon {M^on,).
^S'T^ ^og-kiog {fog^og) a kind of
sound produced by the grindlDg of hard or
brittle objects together : fslft'^TMS "loy-
^0^ is a sound " (i^^fl^.) ; iog4og is an ono-
matopoetic word meaning a grating sound.
n^K' h^ (M) erect ; standing : «w#s'
}«.' I the body erectly stood.
n^C^^R krati-kroU {t<mg4ang) stand-
ing; posing still and erect: t^^^
«« while the two pupils were looking on, the
deity was able to appear erect as if in
life.'' When used of persons, it means
also standing on one's knees; knseling
in an upright position (J3.}.
^t* krat^rt^ {Miff4u) D. of a kind
of round writixig anoiently UMd in Ohina :
^•^*- J-Ji-^^ Jiri^<i«r'iffe-<*<r^i5q«i I the
dbaiacteni of that time were oixenlar letters
called To4g^t%e. The word ^'l* h^-rt^n
seems to be a ooiraptiaii of the Ohineee
Umg^^ien^wpp&t cash. Tibetans say f^'V'
qjaw^q *'a hmidied cash."
^^ krwhkrtm {fon-pm) in IT. hang-
iDg; dangling.
31'^ Va-rUt mnsl?: ir^ this is an
iooorreot spelling of the woi^ Wt' tla4iti.
SRT **•**> *% im. '^"i ^^
1. abarbiiiaD: l'|^Tf 9'^W'f I i(|r^*i«tf
0fe-0/o du4 kgro Vu (Zdm. g) ''Alas, the
Mleoohai fhe beasts, and the Ndga I" 2.
any Kusalman ef India, a Hwi-hwi or
Hwi'tse in Gh|m.^8. a nation without
laws ; a barbaxopi), nnci?iliied race.
rfP V<^liMcha'^»m ^^i copper
«MiMs w V! ihe bar-
baxianB {8ehr). '
iT^r Va^Vobikfia ^^m a IfnsaU
man's moiMih; as r^ibAo-eA^ ^'awidenurath-
man/' f>., a Mnsalman of Kashmir.
*rl^'^ ftfa->«>»« cAoi Win4 iJSckr.)
''religion on the lips."
Ti^'H? Va^Voii tig^tm several bitter
roots growing in the snb-Him&layan
regions; one Is also oalled Mrl'^'9 Chf^
tkma ekeretta (JTiMr*).
WWP^ Va^klobi voi^ffn"^ garUc
VfwHk n. of a Tmrufka (Tartar) Bang;
lit growth of ihe Tamna or the MIecehai
43 ^^\
Wi^'t^ ila^kloU hje^brog irc« flftv a
tribe of Turufka ; a Tartar.
- SPr^ ihft^ot' wVirnr, iPr
clamour, noise: n'Y'^'t^'^ less noisy:
^^^'•^•^•J^«* S^ I "having made a row
about."
UPfQ ihff-pa 1. ^twiw study, reading;
f^'q$*j|VV^ I mai^irf a teaching profes-
sor, a teacher : n'<A'D|«i'9^'^s.ii'rspi'q t
"has completed his vow of study " {A. K.
SO)^ ▼. f'^'Q Iflog-pa to read, peruse;
n« Uag8 i9fnr, is pret. of f^'o. 2.
^mvit to incarnate : |^*f *^ ^^aiOHl^l
waiting for or expectant of one's advent
or incarnation; in A^\/^. ^nirv*l^«l "one
who finds fault virith"; JPPi*7l^=Sn*'
i^lS not incarnated or obtained an incar-
nated state : f^-«»^V^f^«»'^S«f W*^^'^ f
"there cannot be transmigration from one
to another state of emptiness." (This is
in reference to the eighteen states of
jSflnyaM.)
1^ Vaff9y V. ft bloff.
1. "the word Va4 means above or up-
ward" (Jfti^.) ; ■S«i'^|''i*^ revolving
ronnd oveAead(^. 166). 2. irf%Y,«r«w
head; brain ; it is also written as t^'^
i^'^ same as ^'X, a dot or <^her placed
on the top or head of a letter to denote
the abbreviation of the letter •! ma, which
is commonly used in writing and occa-
sionally in printing. 8. first; fS'^pi from
the first : ^»TV^*^'^' JC5*^f ^••T^swi'
^VS'V*'^^'^ as to lion's cubs, thefar daws
axe prominent from the first.
I^'l IM f9f^ m€mbrane covering the
brain ; pia maUr ; l^fi'f 4 the bloody
marrowiu the bones {8ohr.) ; ^'ftlaf §go
the fontanel in the infant ccaniam (Sehr.).
T\V^' Va4 ekiOL the oerebellmn ; T\^ifl^
Vai ffshwH the fspoAl marrow; |^''■|^•
tM gffer painfal priokiiig sensation in the
; fS'-^^v or ms the thin ooTerin|(
of the
*
1^'V ih4'tho the top leogth of a
Tihetan tent, t .«., the distanoe between
it« two poles.
VS ^^ Vai'don lit. sigaifies the meaning
of the text or the original work, but is
gen. nsed as a term for the Sanskrit
names or expressions whioh head almost
all the religioin hooks of Tibet. The
work 4f Am. makes |^ synonymous with
y^'fv the amplifioation of the ooriginal
text.
|^*Q ilaif^pa nt[fk what is uppermost;
VS'** Vinhma ^nf% priority, begisning,
top.
tS'^^^N«'«i ila4^ hgw^pa lit. whose
fanuna haye beoome eonfounded ; to stun;
to surprise; to eonlound; to OYerthrow
in argument.
IS'^tf JF^#-ftso the making of the outer
side of anything: fS'*yi'^f|«W'V*^^'
'^'ftl Vtt4 h^ flmg iker tkabi daA i'tun^bar
bpa this outer ooyering and the flannel
within must be made to fit in their sLse
{Tig.fg).
jgSj'lf Van^ka wmim oensure, blame ,
yi'^'ft'^ltai'q Jflan^M mi iishol-wa one not
seeking brawls: <W«ifV*^*^«»'«J«WT
^Iffli'q*!^ easting imputations against
another is oalled ilan^ka i^BhoUvoa ; f^
u^S^^'^^Vi^^ al^ fomenting a dis-
pute is oalled Van-ka ; J^-^'^^hf^j-j^-
^qiiii q ; w^TWivf^ one who seeks brawls;
V(^^'^ or aHTK** or WT^^'W**' or 8^'W
to censure, blame.
31
3P^ Jflan-pa, 1. revenge ; wrong aveng-
ed ; to wreak veDgeanoe for : S'^^*%v'^Y
q«l -Ulii q-^i^qm-^^qS^^ (io. 9) the orow
revenges itself upon the owl by what is
oalled flesh-revenge.
»
3|V9 Jp^ft^iya part to be mended
or to be patched.
3|Sr^ ilam-pa wmmm a thick blanket ;
also Apagri or turban used by Tibetans
when travelling: lw^«»«i'si^«is5|5"N^|-^-
^'f^' (K. cfa. ^lil) Vam the term for a
long piece of doth which is tied round the
head.
gj'Tq J^ki^wa^^^M'^ itgyiH^'pa or
9'q|i^ii*q bya (fffiatff-jia flr^pnr, yawning;
to yawn.
31^ Va9 V^, ^n copious, abundant;
an equivalent of ""< ya«, beyond, apart,
as in ^9wri, «i^;jF V^kak Va% or «w
^^ (^m^). In this case W^ may be taken
to mean ^' without,' and is an equivalent
of the Sanskrit ^.
^9\ JclM^ma or t^^'vi t^, ibe
margin of a river or lake.
31 I : V^ 'rnr n. of a kind of flower
{K. my. "H 90)-
jH EC: Tnr, ii^rtr, Tfl^i fi^^l !• the
Indian Naga^ that is, a demi-god having the
human head and the body of a serpent,
which is generally supposed to live in
fountains, rivers, and lakes. The Lu are
also believed to be the guardian of great
treasures under-ground ; they are able to
cause rain and certain' maladies, and
beoome dangerous when angiy. ^. a
serpent or any snake in general.
waii uiohgar the drama of NAginanda;
diimfttio tnitiM by Hiodew
I'F^' Vu^kkaH the nsidonoe of the Zi4
or Mrpent gods. A« imaginaTy palace
mppoeed to exist at the bottom of the lea
or of some lake where the Ndga reside:
iT^tV^l^I'^"^!^^? (•/*>.) iaw
the palace of the Lh and their gio?e with
delight
fF'^n^Q^'^ ihhgfaA nag-po ba^ru
emxsfrt^ the cmb which is called by
Ghe Tihetuis '^bQU-homed black Im'*
{tglmtm. IJUi)
* ff^ tbhttp^l mnm {8ekr.).
fftfoH imra»i|«MiV-^m n. of a certain
m§g SiffM or a serpent demi-god called
file WUto Brotector el Conch iShelis : ryr
^t^*y^-^-^*ie«i^sis.lnn • the Im
nder caUed white S'anUiapAla and 8'an«
Uiadhaxm Bahu Pivi, the deity with many
and others {Rim. U).
inftute ; the king of the snakes described
in Hindti mythology (4Mcii.) ; one of the
eight r^^ tkt-ckem^ great Lu.
I*fr^flprf Va-rg^l rig§4ta the five
daases among the Naga S^d or Lh kings
restdingin the fabulous worldof thesnakss.
I'l^ gh-^grub (LihM) mrn^ the
expounder of the Madhyamika school of
Buddhist philosophy.
f K^ Vu^^en icgu^ the eight chiefs
ci the La orNaga are sM'^ni ^nm
^^'fS 9^t^9 irt^-
ira^B ic/M A^iv-JH> vwv tli« oIm of
Lu ot Ndga called Takfako.
1'^ Vu-^thebt the coming forth of the
Jtif in smmner from their retreats. This
time is fixed in Tibetan ahnanacs for wor-
shipping them: M^« ti^-^r<«^*^«fl'>^'
net the coming upwards of the Lu isom
their retreats in summer is called |')q«
rf^ hlit-idog-ik^ retiring of the Lu
to their abodes in the nether regions
is called f |^ Vu4(iog, which time is
generally calcukted by the Tibetan aitro-
logecs to fall in December.
r««^*iS ilu mikar bge4 tw«rnr the
chief patriarch of the Ifdga; also mwrens,
which is a name of the Garu4a bird.
tM^^'^^fht. 1. n. of an indolent poison.
2. n. of H Tcry venomous snake (^eidi.
350).
W'\^^ ilu dug^ean poisonous snakes.
^'tn^ rgg^^H^ fUN^^^M lit. that which
destroys poison or kills 2^ demonss|*^
musk {ffman. 3SS).
r«VX'l V^idu4 rdor-je n. of a medici.
nal plant which is believed to have the
property of healing all sorts of diseases
caused by Xa or malignant ^irits.
r«^^ Vu^u4 prob. Coda99€pm$ ^vaU
(jI) also l^^^^a J^t gnc^pa cures all
kinds of arthritis and rheumatism (TT,).
|'|asi J^§did§ wnnmi the peaks or
flanks of a mountain where snakes reside.
1'^ ilu-nai mvrftir, fvftir the disease
caused by the Xa or leprosy.
1-wi
46
f 'W |Ai-94tfl wnnpr tihft abode of
*|'V^ V»^od «mnir« one of the
diicqples of Nigiijtma {Sohr.).
*f V^ i/n-iyel iwnrftf% ea epitiiet of
Nigixjtum a&d alio that of one of his
disciples.
|'^-^|i|*V i^fl^/!«-0rJ r^j^AfX) .a
Buddha ruling over the Lu^ nsoallj depict-
ed irith 4 attendant JMkumUra {QriA.
109).
|'S*> JpN-^tiw n. of a section of the
ffgiwM diyision of the monastery of YW
ff^V^I"^ llpal-bla»i Sbroi^Hii (Dai-
pong nettr Lhasa): Vf^-^8FJF'r|'*^*"
pMi*4i|fy^*sfi^i^-«iii*ip|*^««l theOomang
sections of Daipnng Monastery are the
Hordongi Sam-lo and Lnbnm ; n. of a
treatise on a hundred thousand Ndga.
|*ii9Si'||*V t/tf-^ftttift Mro-to 1. n. of a
religious work among the Bw^po, 2. B'Q
iktfhio means '^ mottled.'* There ^re also
|n|(si-i7i|^« t/M-titim ikmr^^ %^V^'^'^
Vu'bl^m naff-po. 4^«-^m, originally a
hooded snake, eobm di capelh ; Ihe mytiio-
logical sense, however, is only understood
in Tibet, where every child knows and
believes in £11 or Nigas, Ac, cobras being
unknown.
of a lama of Tibet
I'M tbhmo a female serpent; also a
serpent demoneso*
|H'l *|^-|*l(*ei| JflH'4no mthiig m^shO'
can n. of medicinal plant used for wounds
or sores. Its flowers are of garnet colour;
when they are plucked there ooaes out a
milkish sap which is said to possess
heaUng power \Smn.960).
%fS V^immn n* of a medicioe.
f*!!^ Vti-fputgi the body or likeness
of a snake; also a £m in the body of a
snake; anything with the body or in
the g^uise of a snake*
ft'HS Vu^ diai the langusge of (he
Ndga; according to some Tibetan authors
this is the Nftgari Isnguage of India which
they identify with the Prftkrit. Aooord-
iug to the earliest hietorians of Tibet jfi'
US VuH %ka4i t>., the Ndga bhdfd^ was
the knguage af the Chinese: J'W^^fW
«S*« Sgga-'fMg'pn iUi-Ia^ cha4-pai^ t'T^T
l^'^'^l^ the Chinese having originated
from the serpent demi-gods, speak the
Ndga krtOj the language of the 1m. X'W
f '9 fUlga kfta is distinguished from the
Sanskrit language which is called J>eva
bhdsa^ the lang^ge of the gods. I(dga-
hjrta means corrupt language and San^-
kria meaus refined language.
^^^^'^VuhigroHi'khger^^X^t^^^ iftif-
imV the mythological city of the Ndga
in the nether world ruled by King S'esa.
j^'^^t«i JFA44' kjig-tten sfpvwtv the
nether world or region inhabited by the
Im or Ndga.
I^'V^'^" fh^bi ditg-ieatn n. of a fabu*
lous sea which lies beyond a great sandy
desert. The Zu chieftain Stobt'llan {Bala*
tin) resides there and excites dissensions
among living bAngs (JT. d. ^ SSS).
^^viC^ itnti gOett^ka the hood or
neck of m^Ndganx of a serpent.
•fir\ fMi^de «inrt«r {8ehr.) n. of the
eelebrated Buddhist sage who answered
the interrogations of King Menander
(of Milinda Fannha) ; one of the eij
Buddhist saints of the northern school.
l^'sptVe jpAi^i gnod-jm or ftTl V^
ikgofif plague ; a disease of unknown
. •
maladiet saiqpoted to be originated from
the malignity of the serpent demi-gode.
S**j*' */«** §itrul -aiw a olaflfl of yery
Tenomona eziakee.
3*^*^ V^ki yi-ge mw ^rtr aoo. to Cs.
the Chinese oharaoter ; aco. to some authors
the *Nagari oharaoter.
•i*'»^^ Vui ifH^gien HTWflnr
(&*r.) n. of a Baddhist saint
f^fS V^tfi ffkad ^mm^f the language
of the Ndga: *5*'i^liS'V«*Jl«i-fSV
^fF«'^^«^«l itis said «hat (he)nnder.
stood (it) when related in thefianskrit or
in the langoage of the Ifdftr.
A. of a leafy oieepng plant (MUon.).
^\ hh^tfi tce^m\wt,^ lit the snake's
tongue; n. of a plant used in medicine.
Syn. fmm^^ §ii(h$a4§ »kri^»;
!h'5'* me-tog pAra-ffk) (4(Mcm.).
r^^^ Vi^yi ^trsw-si^ the earth
r^^ tlH^ nmvt lit the snake-
tree ; vHnf the tree of golden barL
Syn. Vi's^ Imn^'Han; |«i'a'«tf §kye$4m
Img^a; *^'^jft $ei'ge §kroi; |^*1^
tiiti me4og; ^wfirmKn ge-wrmar^; r|i
The names of some spedes of trees
ealled ndga vjrk^ are the following: —
*SfT^^**« Uha4-iian ^dalh ma; *''9^'t
me-iog rtte; ^'^ «i-«nf<; I^'smM Jp/u^t
fUMm; ^^|q iog-le igrib; H^^^X^^
47
1^1
^■''S'l mH ds^^n^bu^ka ^gj^mmm, liie plant
Pbcamiia $padia (4Wwi.)^ *"
I'^'^fP Vu fff$4 gf$Hm the names of
tl«e medicines, via., Hli| iiNg^n,
¥rfliAa/-#wvandi^-^ byail^tiog iSmm.
460).
J^' Vui a valley ; rlrer ; tf^' M«4<s«
1^ a river in general ; W|^' mffi^thd
a river passing through wooded traets; the
name f: Vui is seldom applied to small
streams or rivulets.
f^*|1 iht^rgyuu a stream, dbrrent;
1^- J^-r liks the flow of a river.
|^'¥l tM igog a kind of garlic
growing wild on the margins of rivers iir
Tibet : |^T^'«iirS)'ai'^l*f(sr%'|w | wild
garlic cures leprous sores and dries up the
fluids in swelL'ngs (Med.).
V^n Vii^-rta (in ^'fm mg^rim the
art of divination) sy;^ tM^tta.
1^4"^ Vuiiiphyugi cattle living in the
lower table-Unds oi Tibet. This term is
also applied to the yaks which are kept
in the lower i^ains of Tibet: I'^'J^'il*
H^'^t^f^M^ VuH^pkyugi so.0«tf yan^
gyi ko-wa rer ''ior (f\e., the price of) each
hide of cattle of two t^eth," (i^., above
two years old) {^siL).
I^'^nq 4 Vui hbab-pa the rushing of a
hill torrent; the flowing of a river.
I^'*i t/N4*iiMi a river.
{^'^ VH*-t9kag a yak of the vaUey ;
^'^ ri4$hag a hill yak— a yak belonging
to the higher elevations and hill-tops of
Tibet iSim.).
1^'^ JfM-fod n. of a place in the
uplands of ^9l^ {JXgiO) situated to the
north-east of Lhasa (Xo4. » 1»).
l^\
48
■1^*^ iluH^i a kind of plant growing
on^the margin* of rivers in Tibet, and
iftid to be efiBoadouB when applied to Borea :
|«^m VuH-igog garlio of the yalley.
nC4| I: tMi tliifl term is applied
to we astrobgioal restlts arrived at by
oomputing one's age in referenoe to that
of one's parents by consulting their
lioroeoopes. It oooors in the Vaidurya
Xarpo in expressions such as ^'Wy^, ••y I
nCV n: cultivated lands; a field:
I w^l Jfail|.«» S*y^ grow on cultivated
^/tfUl t8kat^4na aU fields belong^ to
J[fkat»tda*§.
+ 80^^ giuthpa, p*- «•«» *^«*i-iw»
1. to cover the body with omamente {Jd.) ;
to put on lujrariously (Ob.) : ^'^^'Sl^-
^mr M fta fM dag^hi hgt grub-pabi «««-
khsbn rob ibrHL iha-ma gfium-du ibsbi (/ig.) .
2. to set up (a tenant). 3. n. of a tribe
in Tibet {Vai. kHr. 160).
one of the 28 Buddhist sages mentioned
in the !£• v.
l«i'y;'4P ^Af| bgai^hub mnwtfw, Ndga
Sodhi^ one of the chief disoples of N&g&r-
juna. His essence is supposed to have
been embodied in the late Eusho Seng-
ohen of Tashi-lhiinpc.
^M ihi a rack for clothes, clothes-
horse.
"Jftip htog-jHi to read, imp. Jh*^^^
|S|sr4 V^gi-P^ 0^ "^f^ iil^9j fnt. m t^
or «IW 6>foi)^, «W««^* Wag^par-hya ^^'
%\ ilog-par-byei is reading; J^'«i^9V««
tlog-iXir hyei^pa the act of reading, the
causing to be read; ¥tS hlog-bya any-
thing to be read; ^h'ft'HT'' V^^ -«* ^^'
pa to begin or cause one to read; Ji'Q'Q
thg-pa po Gt 1^'*^ Vog-iBikhan a reader :
^'% Vog-grta a reading school, a school
for reading; ^2l*«^^iih«i ^-cha aoffs
ilog-pa reading books, &c. ^'^^^ i%-
bdon to read aloud ; ih V Vog-bytiii m-
fimx well-read, accomplished in reading,
a scholar ; ft O'^^'ft "Jfo^-f^ ^«« S%-iw
to read again.
ft'V^ J^hg'thob n.fof a BodJimiiiwi
{K. ho. « 5^)
•
*§K' V<^ I: or itq t/(><.^« ^m^
extent ; mass, bulk, bodj ; depth, abyss.
Also a wave or any imdulating thing : |^'
^cq««'q irTWW with opening or revertiug
folds or coils as in a conch shell.
^C II: this word either alone or
in oombination with ^^^ yadf is generally
used to express the idea of vastness, in-
finitude or immensity. It also signifies
*^ space" as a definite expanse, being in
a measure synonymous with ^S^i dbyi^tt :
Ifi'^'l'c.'uic^ the immensity or profound-
ness of Dharma; ^^'^^ W^wru the
expanse of matter ^r infinitude of pheno-
mena; ••w^'S'J*'' the depth or ampli-
tude o^^ the mind : l(l'^« sq^<^i|(|W
Bf^T^K^'ya I this spiritual being of
Dorje chang developes in the wide bound-
less sphere of the jgpods into that jewel of
the heavens which comprises the five illu-
sive bodies of Dorje Naljor {Ifiro. 1).
aJC in centre or middle ;a£<s«
dbu9 or S5^ ifkyil as in V^If *a» jFtoH or
ir¥^ rba-tMl the eddy or whirlpool caused
by * fia or ^ tfte^ the wavee ; V^'^^'
4fmk^tH or V^' rba-tM is also naed to
signify rfta-r/a(|, a wave, billow.
^'^ AM-Uor a whirlpool or eddy
(Jfifen.).
+ ^C' IV : it'^l^«» >M-if» gtfur^jpa
has the meaning of V^'!j;i^'<i, under
one's subjeotion or power ; is equivalent
to ^?9lw fully comprehended; over*
powered. It is also used to signify per-
feotion in mystio arts, as Jasdtke renders
it ^a soaring into mystio perfeotion.''
The work ^T^ explains it in the fol-
lowing manner : ^Tfrv^wr^n-q-awa.-
n^l «4t is also applied (to mean) what-
ever has azriTsd at complete perfection or
become concentrated into one/'
IfM tMUken n. of a celebrated
lama of Tibet who was also called ¥^^'
M >foH<'0 a division of the Buddhist
writings of the •ifM V^^ class, the
introduotion of which is attribqted to
Lo49ar0 Yaira-tMna. <K')'Vr^^'«iirK^'
f^q-l^-V^*f^'rii*%mr^-^-|^^^*sHri;^
'^ ''in this country of Tibet (in boob)
known is the great JTaa-^ ^bv^
jM, there are the 8$m§ section, the
£o4 section, and the Man-dag section"
fe^w^ Ip/M-ffMi 4h^l h of great capa-
mty. 2. f[fr the cavity of the abdomen.
f^9 IfMtim iftsr, same as ^1[^«'«i
ff^^*^EM%rag n. of a place in Tibet;
^^^'I'P the ferry at f^hH-rag
(Ttg.).
^*Q V<m^ to mend, to paidi shoee,
Ac ; Sho'Q acobUer, mender of dioea.
P ibfs in mystic language Che tenn
signifies an evil spirit.
||l*^ ifayo, pronounced in Tibetan U
i**«, wi ptihtm pulmantiiti ; but aeoovdU
ing to the Tibetan patiiology JT^Wt^
denotes a biliout di s s ae e, piob. black Jana-
dice (Jd.). The symptoms ol the dissaee
ife-y«, as deseribid in the medical woriks
of Tibet, are as foDows: m^'^rfv^rl^*
*^i•r^%»WH«|W^a• ''iheUekaT.
ing permeated the body, itehing is set
up, the skin becomsa greenidipblaok in
cobur, the hair and the e y ebrow s fiJH oA ,
loM of sfarength, shrivelled fleshy and bbsk
spots on the naOs, will be produced ^
{Med.).
P'lg*^ tta-^^hfu a kind of predous
stone resembling crystal; it is very revs
in Tibet: pc^^Vvr^^^'^W-^lir
iirH^-^-^'ft-^i^ as to K|Bsiua» that
crystal and the genuine itaA^dl stone do
not occur in Tibet etospt singly (!%.)•
^'Tfll^Q Jfai^HMi comtipation ; cbs-
tmoted bowels.
4*^^ Oktm I: m% ace. to JUg.
the paiato, the root ol the mouUi; «r^
the upper part d the palate ,v«r^l^
tiie lower part of the paiato ; ^fW'^ deft
paiato ; ^<W'S*^'^ vimi^ the palatal
letters; ^'W'^ ^mp^itm an absceei
in the paiato; ^m^ n7 dieeaee of the
^fj^II: is sometimes used in the place
of 5S gg^^i stoep or iq» hill; W^>^'*
s
4kan gnar-po a steep deditity ; preoipiee
(jfiag. 6). \
^^i^ J)kah, ^l^n 4ka^tea or 'W^
ifkai^oWf^mitK h hard, dl£aoiilt; used
as adj, ^'ST'«' hard to understand ; wy
^T'4 Texy hard or JUffioolt. 2. pains,
exertions, snfferisgs ; ST'^ ^'Q^'V^'Q
^«^9m gain without pain or exertion ;
i^i^'qA^'q without hardship or difBoulty',
^VV^I^^ diffloult of aooess ; f^^S^'^ vruh
ikai'iea hard to aooomplish or to petf eot ;
fig. to propitiate; ^^'ST'^ hard to ex-
press or describe ;!|V^n^'* diflkult to find ;
SWA hard work, or hard to do ; ^fl^'A^s
fS^ difioultj; VT'd^'^ flt«K« one
who aooompliBhes a diffionlt or havd task.
S'^'^ ihd^hgrel irf^NT lit. difficul-
ties explained; a oonunentary; explana-
tion of difficulties ( Ja.) : H^Tf WA'^h'
<n9'qjpi'<i meaiiings of terms which are
diffi<mlt to understand are explained in a
commentary (j^ojr. 6).
^T'AS ika^^ mnm ten asoetioa}
hardships; a Buddhist scholar who has
acquired such great proficiency in sacred
literature as to he aUe to interpret the
meanings of a term in ten different ways.
^n^'JA i: ikak-thuh n^m; also tnvw,
irfiC) fWy mrfwr, asceticism, also penance ;
an ascetic, one who is able to stand hard-
ships or priTations: ^T'5^ V>I'*"A-^' h
iiArsrs|Vf*S^'yq'q'^* I ^^Qn'siiii'AS'q'l I
A^sf5»i'^V*'*^**'|l "that an ascetic's
body should be &t, that a pretty woman
should sleep by herself, and that a hero
should be without woundHMazs — ^these
three are thinirs the ndnd does not credif
•PP"!
^n^'SA n: a name for the first month of
the Tibetan calendar (Sinu).
the residence^of an ascetic; a hermitage.
^P^'%^ I (lit. the ascetie's enemy) a name
of the god of lore (4f*wi.).
moi§^ *iniq{V, H^w one who undergoes
asceticism; a hermit; one who haying
renounced the worldly life has retired to
solitude ; an epithet of the Hindu deity
Mahes Tara.
fiyn. V^lf^ ipaA-fpof \ 5<S«piMwii;\l-
S^'V^JS'^ ikat-tkuh tpyoi'pa the
practices of an ascetic or hermit; V^'f^
drai^titoi a rishi (4f4on.) ; VP'SA'^'^S'a to
embrace the life of an anchorite; VP'fA*
*^-«=5^;|»i BaflFron {§man. 861) ; VT
JA'^pw im:ii?iii| one whose asceticism or
penitence is either Tisible or exemplary.
ST1t«'>i Cka^slog ila-^m n. of a
snowy mountain; it is generally applied
to **^w«^ Bi^io ffoHi^n (4Mni.).
Snp:%^'m Jfka^hg^nia n. of the God-
dess K'^ Gknt^ (Mthm.).
S^^ml'^4ka^§itk$^MjBry difficult;
^•iwr*S'q free from difficnliy; easy.
^1|^ I: 4kar in compounds sVT^'«
4kar^ white ; grey.
^'TP^ n: sincere; ^1^'*V not con-
fessing one's guilt; not exonerated; not
making a dean breast of anything.
^!^'% ikar^^ya V[f^ light grey:
^TT'rt^ pale; white.
^^*r^ ikar-khaA a lighted house ; alsi>
a store room (5. kur. 66^ 178).
wv-l
51
^1^*»|
^n^TI^' ikarMui^MP^nf^ window, «
sky-light; a hole in the wallof A'hoQie
for the entrance of light
^n^'B^ iar-kkyuff anything- ttreaked
or omamented with diyene ooloan.
VP^a^ 4km^kkrig§ (kar4hig) white;
eliining; bright; glittering ; brilliant.
S^'^ ikar-goU 1. a kind b£ white olay;
porcelain olay. 2. laqie as ^\ m^-rdb
ilint: ^T^^IT^XT^^^'W^"^ • white-
olay is naefol to expel wonns and for the
poiaon of evil spirita.
^^'1 ikar-tgya roee^)oloared ; pale
^n^'yi ikoT'tg^n white ornament ; the
butter njMd in painting offerings made of
barley flonr or rioe to the gods: ^Mr^<^'
ST "^ cakes that are painted white and red
with (oolonred) bntter (jS<««.)*
Sl^'^'^lfN tf2»r-im#.0Mfm the triple
wnite eiiziry i.^., tne ooneam izom tne miijc
of the female yak, ewe, and cow : ^|'9T^
'WrlXai-^^ircA'p^*^ ** JDkPWb is the mix-
ed milk of the female yak, ewe and cow."
W^'^HMT^^iagwfiiM^ 1« AH iadez;
rei^ster. 3. whitish; grqr. 8. moiaUy
good; standing on the side of TirtM;
ainoerQ; csndid.
iC^-K^^'teft glittering white says.
^fT^V^'f ^ pjtor-ckMll Mo-Moil n. of a
monastery in Tibet (J. ZaA.).
^^^ #Iwr-&»^flP'^*l'^ • tme friend;
one who baa come oTsr to one's side out
of sinoere good will; a friendly relation.
^f«f^*(K'a*aiii 0Jhir-f^iX«Ao-4om n. of a
place in Kham nesr JBmchmA^. (Xon. t
^T's^ ik9r4lmg the string of a bow:
^T^ ikar-dto milk and onrd: ^'^
^'^••V«'*"ST^X SI it will make milk and
curd of. equal Talue with the abofo
{Jig. SO).
SVn^ J)kar4iar iftt^ lit tiie bir
one ; the Goddess Ganri, the wife of Blva.
^Tf^'^l ikar^fo, also «n^'M fTtewNe
ul^, mr, WW, WVf «iHi ^Pj^f 1W|
yfwrw L white ; pnre ; fsir ; aqnaKRcatioB,
talent, enlightenment | (somotimiis) wise.
2. ^, sOtir; Aiigrass;a leaned man;
pnriiy: ^i^^*iF^*flrc*« I Wr tM^
ijwi ** complete enlightenment is a stage
of insight.'' It is one of the stages e(
perfection of the Aifoydiio SchocL
^s|i(a*Sr|q #bir-jw oA^MiiM a kind
of medicinal plant; also, its root, wbish is
used to kill woims ; %Y|S*^M'|^*Ani |
it draws out poisonous m^fct^ and anb-
dues worms wluoh infest one.
bchar^pa «^^ (Sckr.).
•^f^^ftnm ikmr^ Ator Mfir (Mr.)
white lustre.
%^ n. of a medicinal stone (called*^ white
frog's back ") (4IU0II.).
Vr^qt-qr^ ikmr^poki ftsM^ ^nm
tiie enlightened age or JEUjpo*
^^*t^ ihar-phin ^omA. in colloq. for
^^'tan ikmr^pkibi a tower or dome
buih on pillars or on the roof of a boose
for commanding a Tiew, generally in the
Chinese style: ^••wH*^'T^*^'*'P
in the great domed tower is the tall pUla r
with a lion's mouth.
^T>Wl
52
^l\
W^'if^ ikar-phffogi um^ the light
half of a month; the |>eriod from the new
to the fpU moon ; the Innooctit aide in two
eontending parties ; ^'<l^'9^*9 the gods
who belong to the side of Tirtue ; ^T^'3^'
Har^phreH n. of the mythical capital of
the Mura (Pag> SO).
S^*^ iffkar^fca jjm white, t. S^P'ST^'
^ mm whitenew: »«'•« Aip'q'^V«w I
<<ih2ongh flinoerity in the dootrine*'; ^*hj
pMy " {Pag. SO).
V^^^s'* iffsar^mi by^i^ to plead
innocence. Aag. explains it as '^-r^K'*'
*S'«fl|«r^'*W^'|*' ■wi',to Bhow by signs or by
oath that he is not guilty.
^fT^'^S ikar^min ^ftw, WHW not
white; blaok; dark; chaos; bent; crooked.
7!^ %9 JPkar-nHn^ the son of
Pibir-mtfi;iheofkpring of chaos: ^ an
epithet of the son of BrahmA.
V^'^ ikar-^^^'^^ eho$ me sacred fire ;
especially lamps lighted before deities,
i^nr^d-^^x^v-i^^i -^^ I the kind (of cioth) fit
for wicks of lamps (lighted before the
images of (taints and deities) (Biiiu).
{ffdM.) a nameof the qneen of the Takfa.
V^'S 4kar'4no 1. mutton ; a sheep when
danghtei^d; ^•n^*■wr1^•^T*•-1•■^T'^'^^
a ahonlder of mntton from the right side
of a alanghtered sheep (fi^ii.) ; wT^T^'
lf*fli^-A-ii|Y^ mutton of sheep slanghtered
by the hand (as distinguished from the
meat of a dead sheep) (Jig. 9). 2. ^nrcr-
fttniT, ffc i <<H^41 an epithet of the goddess
Ihirg&. 3. white rice.
S^'V^ ikar-dfmar light red or whitish
red.
S^'f ikar-iUiy also spelt S"*!^*^ 4kar4u
1. lime ; white-wash ; white gaini 2. a
kind of coarse ootton obth; lint : ^^'^'
^^4<flr^'^-^«^§<S lint arrests decay-
ing disease in the fledi and bone {S.
har. 3). 3. ^fv, Mi'^tr^S^ white musl5n.
S»^>^i ikar-imi or ^'^^ astrology :
j-^-^<ilJi^-^'iS^-*|^n-viii^'>'Wi^ the sys-
tem of reckoning introduced in Tibet
from India is called tftor-fMi (2>. fel. 8).
S^'fK^ ikar ftier-wii yery white or
fair: r««'HTi»«'vr-Kv^ | a youngr
maiden of yeiy fair complexion on hotse-
back {A. ISS).
" ^fV^'^*^ ikar-idtin the female breast ;
teats.
^t^'vM{M la^Uhohi fiMbiMPia; ^'^^^i
tKhfna idiin; ^*|« logH^ye^ {JHHtm,).
^T^'«|^ 4kar^d$o4 a dispensary.
(JVMon.).
VP'^«i 4kar-ypl prooelain (^ag. 5).
S^'^p^' ikar-gyeii IB explained as B>m*
^'•'dS*^ a trial or investigation undar
law.
^^'^■w (^Sbrr^wO^ff pure white ; also V1^'
%^*-q or W«'^1^V very white.
Mm=Y^'^ alabaster (§mam. S5S)^.
'ff^'V^ ikar-gtal fair; while; light
* ^T'iiP ikar-fium the three white
things, vis.', curd, milk and butter
{A. IJtS).
+^ *w fP'; ««''4T*'^ (Im.) the
side of one's body: W'(<i'»*f *'►•*'•
is towards the small ribs just aboye the
Wl
63
^'fr**^!
Up, whether <m the light or left of
the body^ M^ or M'^'H« to oany
a tUng tt one*8 ude (JSmi.) ; Si'^*^ to
open the nde; S^'l a hevry feeling in
the tide, ae a symptom ol^pregnonoy;
M'^ ikti^nai apparently a diseaee of the
kidneys (/a.) ; Ml** ^sn^-^hm round and
plnnip hnttooka; tlie cavity of the abdo-
men (/a.); VKsVe\5"^-^*»^f for
example a bell resting on its side (H^ttg).
SS"*^#kiHP«e ^Hirw a rug to sit upon;
asest
S^f tf'^M-l^ oontrivanoet stratagem;
eraft; triok, especially if nnder some pie«
text one person induces another to do a
thing that proves hurtful to him (/d.) ;
^'f IV^ using a stratagem.
S^^H^ih^W^^ df lemainiBg;
in excess.
•f^^*Q tffaMra stench; pttfaridsmsU:
Sj^V^* Vi <i« J)ku^m signiftae any-
thing that is not of agreeaUe smell; V^
Q-srVw'^'l^ the smell of that* which* is
putrid is called tfKMHM. "^'^ipi'crf the Ave
kinds of tftuHss, j^., objects with bad
strong smell, are the following:—!^
garUo ; ^^ onion ; %^ Chineee gairiio ; ^'
1^ the hill or Tibetan garlic ; wA %'9^
asafffitida The use of these ftve are for-
bidden to the Buddhist BkA^t (K. d. n
^^ ikon ^^'fl ^ 1. adj. rare,
soaroe; hard to acquire: >i'^^'ira^'e*^'
s|-^l this year rain and grftin are
■carce; ^••^•■S'*%V^«i'^^^J just now
Tibetan tea is very rare ; ^^'frrV>h'Y
exceedingly rare in the world; ^^f^'^
^w^*«s.ir I it is of a quality rarely to be
last widi in the world; 8vn'^''4^'VS'V|^'
^'^ I to see a person like you is nothing
particularly rare; )'^'X*«i'9'<r^ii with
a prattler religion is scarce (Jd.). ^ffV^^
rarity; ^^^'^^ valuable property; riches;
rare things. 2 sbsi, a rarity. There are
said to Ih seven 4ion or rarities.
^^stf^ ikon^-Kgiehog vn any precious
object ; anything very excellent or best of
its kind. The oldest forms of this word
•re— ^^t^ or ^H ^'•f^'**^ means
^^q^'sdUi, ^ ehief o£ rarities^ the rarest
being or object, the Supreme Being : t v
^1 ^•<r^:w«|^%8-^T^T^iA-s«^|
''in genersl in this world a precious jewel
4iffioQlt to prooure is a rarity ; that which is
much rarer still than any rarity is #tc#-
ekoy.'' A precious gem of the rarsat kind is
usafol onty for worldly purposes; bat
Buddha, his church, and ereedisxe of use
to aU living beings, both here and here-
after, for incr e a si ng and ensuring their
happiness. Apart from Buddhism, the
Tibetans appear to have possessed the
conception of the Supreme Deity in the
term J^hm-i^ichog. This term, ^•d(q, is
used in Tibetan writings for each member
of the Buddhist triad*-Bnddha, DWma,
uid Sa^gh*— separately, es also for the
throe collectively; in the latter ease often
with 0ftim annexed. Mr. W. W. Bookhill
has condemned the use of this word
by Christian missionaries to signify
''God.'' But Jischke has elaborated
on the subject as foUows:—" Buddhism
has always sought the highest good
not in anything material, but in the
moral sphere, looking wit4 Indiffscw
ence, and indeed with contempt, on
everything merely relating to matter.
It is not, however, moral perfection, or
^^•rt^l
64
^%»*l|-A|fW|
the happinefls attained thereby, which
iB understood by the ^most precious
thing,' but the mediator ^ ; mediators who
procure that happiness foi mb^^kind, vis.,
Buddha (the originator of the doctrine),
the doctrinal aoriptiires and the corporate
body of priests, called f^TKW, ikot^fiichog
fButn. Now, although this triad cannot,
by any means^ be placed on a level with the
Christian doctrine of a triune Qod, yet it
will be easily understood how the innate
desire of man to adore and worship some-
thing supematuxal, together with the
hierazebibal tendency of the teaching clsss,
have afterwards contributed to conyert
ih» acknowledgment of human activity
for the benefit of others (for such it was
undoubtedly on the part of the founder
himself and lus earlier followers) into a
devout, and by degrees idolatrous, adora-
tion of these three agents, especially as
Buddha's religious doctrine did not at
all satisfy the deeper wants of the human
mind, and its author himself did not
know anything of a Gh)d standing apart
and above this world. For, whatever in
Buddhism is found of beings to whom
divine attributes are assigned, has either
been traotfeDred from the Indian and
other mythologies, and had, accordingly,
been current among the people before the
introduction of Buddhism, or is the result
of ]^osophical speculation that has re-
mained more or less foreign to the people
at large. As, then, the original and
etymological signification of the word is no
longer current, and as to every Tibetan
* fihm'igakog^ suggests the idea of some
supernatural power, the existence of which
he feels in his^heart, and the nature and
properties of which he attributes more or
less to the three agents xpentioned above,
we are fully entitled to assign to the word
l^hon-fiichog also the signification of God,
thoiigii the sublime conception which the
Bible connects with the word, vis., that of
a personal absolute Omnipotent Being,
will only with the spread of tibe Christian
religion be gradually introduced and
established."
^^^•sa^^i|*R^« ikm-ifichog kuf^idm§ the
three gems, #«»., Buddha^ JDkarma and
Sagffha collectively: lsrJ|-^<r^nFrsMi-jv
twi«^R^vqR-qs<^ hma is the essence
of all the Buddhss of the ihree ages massed
together; l'S^'^y^5^^*r*ra^''»^'«'3«^
2*'|'^^^**TW^r the image represents
the church; the scriptures represent the
heart, m., the Dkm'ma ; and the holy relies
(symbolical of the spirit of Buddha) com-
plete the three gems.
^^'stf^il-iiX^'q the service or worship
of the Ok(m-ifiohog.
^^^''W^ Dhtm-fffehog ibguih
gnoi Kmntx a name of the first of the nine
stages of Samddhi or ^'t^V^ the meditar
tions of a BodhkaUva.
i^^Y^*^>^*« tUfv a Sanskrit work
on the names and attributes of Buddha,
in one hundred chapters, out of whidi
forty-nine chapters were translated into
Tibetan ; of these forty-nine only six are
now extant in Tibet. The entire work
was translated into Chinese by Jfi&na
Gupta, AJ). 689-618.
i^iO^^ii iihofhiiiehog ffnm f^rai
the three Batna or Pteoious Ones. The
Buddhist triad are— (1) Sal^tn^ 4ion*
ipchog Buddha most rare; (2) Dhaima,
called Dam-udio^ihrn-fBiohog^ the holy Doc-
trine most rare; (3) J)g€'kfhn ikaniifekog
^'f^•9l
65
•ari
body of prieiU most xase. Colloq. the
jhnae is frequently uaecLas an exdama-
tioB quite in the sense of our '^Ghxl
knows r
90 V>^ ftm^m (iSsAi*.) lit. a smrvaat of
the three gems, i^*^ a deTout Buddhist ;
n. of an individual.
^^4kim^r^^ a priest who
is in charge of a Buddhist ohapel or
temple and performs the daily ssrrioes
to the deities contained in it The ^ilai
gfier is also csUed AnnAoi: ■wrsdl^'^ffT
^•^^F*»'Jfrtip»-W^|h«-«^j the priests
and image-etewaanl and others iriio eon-
thiually officiate get the customary allow-
ances (j^M*.).
^fl ikon^ or ^* rare, scares;
dear, pvemoos.
* SM^'3 **>»-** • wreath; ^^
^MKl ft flower wreath
*^^ *tor««r« Ifm, 4kar is rssp.
toft'^^f substance, wealth, riohesi property:
^'^S*^?f^ the property of the church or
that of a monastic c on gregation ; *^^
foundation, endowment cf a monastery ;
««^Vf^ additional or occasional gifts for
the support cl a religious institution;
sr^ff^ landed endowments of a monastery
or religious institution.
^Pf^'W^ ik^-i^g lit. the owner of
p roper ly . It generally signifies the spirit
or demi-god who is supposed to be the
custodian of the images of all Buddhist
deities, s c r iptu res, symbob; in short, of all
cfaoreh and sacerdotal properties. In this
sense the demon called Pihar tn^l-po of
Samrye is a pkar-idag or custodian ef
lefigious property.
^f^'K^ jfkor'nor chnrob property or
general wealth: |Tf*<^'r|'^*<\^^1f^-5^'«r
*'^l (D. JSL) you possess accumulated
wealth and church-property.
^^'« ikar-pa a treasurer id.) ; one in
charge of the endowments and properties
of a temple or monastery.
^^^'^ ikf^-V^ or ^;ll a Uma who
appropriates sacred property to himself
(Jf. F. 66).
^^*srs«^ Jhar^mO'V^ffi not misappro-
priating the treasoxes, stores, etc, of the
church: l«r^*^¥'^S^^WS^''''^*P' f do
not take wine for drink nor embessle the
property of the priesthood (BMhai. US).
\^'^ 4kcr'ilui$o4 is a genersl name
for wealth or property sjid hence is
frequently used to siffnity a^'stf^*^
treasury; treasure-chest (fft^. S).
^^'1P^ Jfk^'ftboffi n* of a monastery
in Southern Ladak, situated 16,000 feet
aboYc the ssa lereL
♦^vs« 4kor-9a$m%^'mii spendthrift
(ifcrjr. «)•
^•Vpi ikor-rig^ ffw, wsr dilhrent
properties beUmgjing to a monastery.
^fj^'SI ihohpa ^ struck by cala-
mity; afflicted; one in suflering.
•f S^V^ ika§4hag^ym'^ I.
^9!W suflering, affliction. 2. WfTTPl
exciting diq;ust.
SS^ i/^yar any appliance for crossing
snow or glaciers. Stocking boots .(&?A.).
The 4kjfar used by the Tibetans and the
fiharpa Bhutias of Nepal in crossing
glaciers is a light circular disk of wood
about a foot in diameter, with four holes
through which strings axe passed to fasten
*1
56
^^'^«l|
it to the knee. In olimbing up and wallc-
ing do Mm the snowy sideg of mountains,
these hoards are attached to the soles of
the felt hoots and are of great assistance to
the traveller, preyenting the feet from sink-
ing in the soft snow.
^^ 4kyil ««<i or «*^ mir the mid-
die, centre; irw hottom, hase; ^'^
tffil-na9 from the middle or centre ; from
amidst; from the hottom; ^'*i the mid-
dle one ; the central one ; ^•>i*«b«pfe'«-
^^Wf^ If, ^rfinr with wide hase; spadous
interior; oomprehensiTe understanding;
also quick comprehension.
xifkMK a cross-legged posture: Sfri^SJ^*
^9^ M«QfWi||iil sitting in a cross-legged
posture for mystic meditation.
MN'^ 4kya4kAor iWW, nfttw, i^fir
1. circle; circumference; glohe; disk:
^9*^'^ the disk of the face {^pi-
mn); the full or whole face. 2. espe-
cially used as flie equiTalent of the
Sanskrit Mtm^^ahf the magic diagrams or
figures formed of grain or other materials
which axe ^* oflered '' to deities in Tantrik
Buddhist rites. In ITaii^ril rites diagrams
repreMinting supposed mansions of cer-
taia celestial Bodhmttva and called ^ ^
are traced on the ground or on paper.
The respectiTe places assigned to the
different minor deities are painted in
difbrent colours in the design, and the
central place in the diagram is occupied
by tiie tutelary deity himself, to whom the
rest axe subordinate. 8. region, sphere ;
tuzxoundings; suburb. According to the
Buddhist oosmogOAy there are «'^^)pr
^ the sphere of earth, «'<^«>f'^f^ the
sphere of water^ the ocean^ ft^'%s9"i'^
rhi^gi^yS-ikhar the atmosphere, »^^
«S8flr%p^ the sphere of fire ; each forming a
stratum over the other. The upper stratum^
ue.j that which is beyond the atmosphere,
is called the sphere of fire or light.
^JpiAj^^-j-q^q 4kyiUhkhor gru^Jt^hi-pa
a quadrangle ; square ; a certain mysti-
cal figure ; diagram or model. The ex-
pression f*l' V^Jf^ «A '^5a^ ^qwa means
the gods who constitute the 1^^ assemblj
in the Vtmdna or ^^''''Tp^, •>., superb
mansion represented.
^^'iK^'q^'A'9(^ is a description of the
eight mansions of eight imaginary Bud-
dhas (JT. d. * 79). Whoever utters the
names of the^s Buddhas or hears the
aphorisms about them is ^berated from
dangers caused by evil spirits, snakes, 4c
By remembering and repeating them^ even
brigands, not to speak of kings, are said
to be able to make the weapons of their
enemies ineffectual against themselves.
S9^'^'^ ikpil'ikhor.ean 9mmw% any-
thing that has a circular and mystical
figure on it; also any Ttmirik deity
placed to be worshipped on the plane of
his fancied celestial mansion traced pn the '
ground.
^I^'^ff^'l^ J)kyiUikhaf^liim n. of the
grand central temple of Buddha at Lhasa,
popularly known as Kinkhording.
S)^'^'^" 4kyil-ikhar gmm f^iwwv
three cycles (of offerings) : (1) ^«V*^*r J-
i^ii*ip91i()'jqcr^^ the oyde of offerings
for the Bon gods sprung out naturally
in course of time; (2) ^fr^*!'^^-
•i^*^^')ii*<ii'a-^i the celestial mansion
for contemplation ' f orftied in the sky (to
imagine an aerial castle) ; (3) ^^« V^^^
^ «'ir|«'§«'|^'qV I the mansions of gods
desigiied on the ground for piaoiug the
offeringB to them {B. Ifam.).
araoe*bone.
^^*^ ikfu-pa in Ladak : to loae
oolonx hj washing ; perhape more eorrectl j
+ ^^'q ^yiMras^'Q 1. to nm a
raoe ; S*''^' W* 4hyur9ar tfAynf « |T «'
j^ running a raoe ; *' J^ galloping :
S^-^f wtrtr «^d I ( Aag. S) ^* for example
rmmingaraoeonhoraehack.'' 2. to wring
out; to filter {8eh.), 3. to oaper about
(Jo.) ; M*9^*9 ikyuzhyati tia araoe-horae.
^'^ ikyu-M a raoe-oonrae; the raoe
gronnd (Or).
q^qirft' wq('^^'^ I an afleotionate
letter to prevent one being forgotten or a
letter whioh love will not forget {Tig.
k,sr).
Sl^ ^*y^ ^'^"''^ ^' ^^^^tS^ 5 length-
wise. 2. untiTith; also adj. nntrue;
sporions (/«.)• 2* ^1^» insolont (ScA.).
In lexioonB it is synonymous with the terra
^W?.- gnhuilf meaning "lengthwise.'* In
weaying, the threads that are stretched
lengthwise are called ^•''^ ikyui-thag
(the woof) and those that pass them
crooswiae are called H'^ tpun4hag:
^fii^*M«*^^«i*<ni"'^l {S.har.lSU) npon
that stood the throne oonatmoted of stone*
having a lotos ooshion, in breadth two
cufaita and a span, in length three nmning
fathoms.
^ir^fij^ ^kyuhibtr a porcelain cap of
inferior quality; a oommon porcelain cup.
^*<'K 4kyui'ja common or inferior tea.
Tea served to the public or to the oongre*
gation of monks in a monastery or in a
religious service.
SS^'** ifkyu9-ma unn common, vulgar,
inferior ; A'SS^'si mntkyus ma an ordi-
nary man ; one who is neitJier an official
nor a religious man (jf^ag 6) : ^<i^^w
W^-^3 iSMi.) "indigo, of inferior
quality is valued at so much per 9*^
or lb." ^J^'V1'' 4kyufhbtag9 a scarf of
ordinary quality ; S^'9"^ 4kyu94mr treacle
of inferior quality: ^Wt^'f^<i<pi'^«^
4kyu%'hur igar tskug§ rer " coarse treade
for each thick lump " (RUii.).
^!S?W *< 4kyuM9iosz9ijffrti tf^yog^-pa
quickly, swiftly.
^3^'^ 4kyu§4sha4 the dimensions of
anything when measured lengthwise.
'^^'^^ 4kyuhrM=:^'{^ ^tnnr, iflw
spacious ; large ; long.
+ ^3^ 4kyel^^ tJo4 the compass.
extent, bulk of anything: ^»^5'^«
the oompatis of tha heavens : J'»OT'^fli
the Stretch of sea : s5fli'i^=r^«l'iq
spaciouB; of wide capacity {^ag, 5).
\3,^Zi^ 4kyei'P0"Che aoo. fo 8ch, is the
Univeree; defined as p*;<«4i'<i the wide
houso( Lex,)'
capable of
being thrown down ; impelled or driven
on ; also capable of being felled down.
^T[J«''fl'Q.|^*q 4kram4co Hhug^
transgressi 2. adj. very impudent:
impertinent.
{Tashi jong)f n. of a distriot under Lhufh-
4
grub ^dBoA in Tibet.
s!l
*ri (^t) iw anything to wrap
with $ a tie ; FS!) a oloth to tie round
the face or cover the mouth ; muffler ; ^^
rb., wrapping or winding up with paper ;
paper- wrapping; an envelope {Yig. k. 9).
+ ^^'J^ I: ikri-ipa {fi-toa) in old
Tibetan, to conduct one's pupil from one
stage of learning to another stage ; pf.
SS« vb. a. (cf. ^'^) in modem Tibetan,
to wind ; to wrap round about ; s3'^' rf*'''^
wa-|»=s^8•^•9V•f^ one who wraps up;
^*9^'^) q^*9^;q to fold up dothesy etc.
^^'qn: s8'«»'1'S^*»*ira 4kr% ^neg^-pa
Ita^ a snare, anything to entangle with ;
yb., to ensnare.
^^ ikrig {fig) personally : -vSt"*^'
a'Jcww^^Hi;- is same as ^w'^^i^'^^-a'^aiw
K^'S^ not having come personally, can-
not reply or say decidedly.
^U*!!^ I : ikrigt fti^, ^TfTT a term
for a thousand billions. The term Sfi^^'
q^'l^'Q or ^I'^'^S'*' wift^ii or irrnwiK
is used for a still larger number.
^^f\^ II:=^*« dense; thickly-
gathered : l^^'* wrin^krigs {ifag. 5) : =
qi^'^tarq gathering or condensing of clouds ;
alsovb. darkened, obscured, dim, diffused:
««»KvKii^«rs5^'*w {A. K. a. U7) the
flashing, of his teeth bewildered them ;
^^'VK'^K'^4krig%'ipar igyur-^par grown
dim; ^J^f'TCR'Sv^ ikrigi-par iye4'pa to
obscure.
^1^1^^ ikrii-g^r {fi-^gyur) «w »nr-
Tounded, encircled, encompassed : ^i*'
68 ^^^^\
^"'1^ ipol-gyii ik^H^gj^tr ^Slc^ en-
circled with glory.
^T^f^q 4kri%^ trf^Hr 1. to sur-
round, enoirole, ensnare* 2. =^S^*'*i
^ii:^ to lie round ; to wind up (M^&n.) :
^1^'Vi^^'^^9er^mikun'na§4km qmte
ensnared in avarice (/d.).
'\!l^'9^ 4JMhP^rag n. of a large
number {ifag. 6).
^^^ 4kru^a {fU'W)^\^ dti-ma ^,
mr abominatioD, pollution ; also dirt, filth
(Jjexx).
*>g*l|'q 4krug'pa{fug'pa)^f^''if Mi-
tea m to disturb, to put in motion ; the
act of troubling, agitating, churning ; to
turn ; to turn a lathe.
SSn^'^ Cpfcrw^l-iw =«>««■«« i^rubi-pa
firtfri^, Hfvr, ^ifinr stirred up, agitated,
troubled, ruffled, disttirbed, confused;
churned ; turned (as in a lathe) ; confound-
ed: ^^*'Sif^'4p^'Cha4krugi the leave© of
abook are confused or mixed up together;
WMni'3^'i^3nirq'(%Mm bag'Chag§'kyi§4kntgi
pa^i setiH a mind troubled with passion;
|i;'5|iiS5^q5« rluH-gii 4kntg§'pa^ eku
water agitated by the wind.
^JI^^iq'H} 4krugtipihpo a confounder : •i^'
<i5Slppi«p^§S»<wS'ft-^«fMI'T««r8JK the
man who causes confusion afar off and
nigh is called fug-pa^.
*^1I^«'«^ 4krug9^y%g ^S'S^^t^^
Ac.' a kind of character used in Tibet
which is pujuling
^'flJI'q 4krum'pa (tum^pa) brittle;
defined in ieaw. as ST^-^'rrl^**T«i,
breaking in the manner a pcmelain veesel
does.
Mil
59
^Ti'«l
+ ^^ ikre (k) %'9^%'^ fwf^ the
glaDS-penift.
S^'^*»«i/-i^ {H-p^) =^w«» rf*'-"^-
jMi 1. to chum ; to agitate, mingle, trouble,
&o. : ^*^i^Q tAo ikrog-pa ohuming onrdbi
(for batter), 2. to rouse, soare up; to
wag*, e.g,y the tail (/£.)• Al8o» ^f^'o
rftro^^, ^^ 'SaH'i'^t ^ma ikrogi-pa to
chura milk ; ace. to jfa^. ii equiTalent to
^^\^ 4krogt^fsfe9 (lit. anything pco-
duoed from churning) butter (4^4^*)*
4krog§^r byei-^ii^han one who dhums.
the dbnxning rod; also said to^swhey
(JKfo«.).
^ C^* i ^ of instantaneous birth; instanta-
neous peroeption. Aeo. to Lea. in
meditating on a oertain deity, the act
of peroeiTing him to be a reality instan-
taneously is ealled ^¥^'^^ 4inA iikyei.
y^^ *fcro/^n^; pf. and tut. of ^ff«i
M»W: ^3^'^'^ ikroUwa^po is defined as
^ one who oauaes musio to sound or be
soondad."
l?lp| I: V^g in ^n"«w khag M§
the ]}d or eover of a trunk; the sides of a
Tibetan leather-trunk. Defined in SMi.
as •V^^^tI'^'^^^^V*** both the
flat iaeees|if leather which axe at the back
and front on the right and left of a tronk.
•<f|H| n : irft^iv, fiffiri ; pf . of ^wn,
obafarawted, opposed r also prohibition,
obalnetkm, hindranoe.
^"9 without delay, as in sending any-
thing; also without let or hinderanee;
«i^«i^-m R^w not permissible and per-
missible, not fit and fit, unbecoming and
becoming.
^II^-JV*' ikag-^ha hye4-pa to forbid ;
to put a binderance (/S^i.).
^^•|« kkog idofn prohibition; pro-
hibiting one from passing by a road or
from entering any garden or place.
^F^'H-^^-q ikag^mo kkeg§-^ not to be
observant ; to transgress, te trespass^
2W|K' ikai ace. to Rdo. 46, pf. of
^^•n 4gafi'tca ijftir , filled to the brim ; full
to the brim as in the case of a water pot ;
^qFij^q Unoi'ftkaH'^a a vessel filled up ;
^•qfls^-q a bow with an aztow ready to
shoot; HT^v«rqpi|cq wish fulfilled. Aco.
to Jd. pf . of ^^va, to fill, make full ; and
used iu W. instead of ^^vq.
^S ika^i 1. set or placed in order ;
arrangement: *^'^|^*Q^ same as *<^'^S
||n- ^^ • ^^-^v***' *^cai «s;t^- %' qnf^- ^ I
n^go-^puii rim-paiam graUMai^^ tkagi-^
kgi pmt^ma phar igrohi dui-kpi ipun bgro-
tfia de da^j itagt iskar wait inam^buhi
ipun^ tji tfmr-hbur yoi-pahi tni^ la
ya4 tkagt-kyt ikad ser (Aag,) the order or
row (of plaits) in the hair of the head,
theorosswise thread in the web of a cloth,
also the ridge in the cross-wise texture of
a blanket, are called the ftiotf of weaving.
4^¥* feio^-iiai having described;
represented i^ any manner.
Plf^*^ ika4^, fm-f^^m {Hag)
1. the plaee where barley, com, Ac., an
parched; a bake-house, Idtchen, cook's
shop {0$.). 2. ace to Aag. ^ «^*ii')*w
|^*« one's own home or residence.
mR-qi
60
^F^^l
3. open hall or shed erected on festkive
ocoaaiona {fa.).
BP!|V^ ^kan^pa 1. to iip-root or turn
up anything by applying a %tick at its
foot or root, 2. to bend: ««"^^'^^^
{^ag.) the body bent backwards: ^'^^
<i"H( to stretch the arm bending it up-
wards to pulL anything. 3. '^'9^'''l*l'
5qJ^jRq«i«ii^'^''Hi'^^ counting up and then
backwards is called yang-bkan {8. del). It
is also applied to counting from right to left
{Vat. kar.). 4. to put; to press; to apply
(Ja.) : »ii^«i>'*^«i'"«'^^'«i to press one*s foot
agaiust a wall. 5. to hold fast ; to extend
(Cs.).
q^P'q ikab'-pa, pf . of ^^w«i=ws«i
^O, ^1^11, to cover; to spread over.
q^q ikab a cover ; a shelter.
Syn. ?w kAebi ; ^^ fyogi ; Iwi b^tbi
(ffAon.).
^^flXJ^fl (A:ai»)-|>ff pincers or nippers:
q*f|9i'q'^qd to hold or cut with pincers.
^Vfp^ ikab I : ( Vai. kar. 60) n. of a
tribe in Tibet.
^^. II : vjm^ {A. K. XXri). ^mrr,
^%^ : primarily means simply " word " or
"speech" ; but being the honorific form it
usually implies an order or command.
When used of a sacred perponage it means
his advice or precepts as well as his autho-
ritative words, e.g., S|«5a»f|^ the lama's
injunction; f»<55^T the king's com-
mand ; s5aiJ55q»«p the order of the chief.
^fVps III : ftko signifies, especially, the
enunciations and pronouncements which
have issued from the Buddha. They aie
gaid to be of three kinds ; so ^i^^'j^i^'in^
has three divisions : —
(1) «\ii'^«'^^'^V'4 BhaUnat gmi^i-pa pre-
cepte dehvered by the Buddha personally.
(2) U^ S«'«vi«'«i those conveyed Qmnigh
the attendant BodhUaitm and ffrivaka^
such as Subhuti, S'&riputra, &c., under
inspiration from Buddha or by his
sanction expressed or implied or re-
vealed in such works as ij^'i^'^ ffta^i
lioH'^i^ the celestial tree; C'5X-«X Ha-
bo che igido the great drum Mra.
The precepts under this Head are sub-
divided into— (1) 5*l^'^w the personal
blessings (of the Buddha), also the bless-
ings received from his enchanted image;
(2) ^<^'%%<r^^*theblessings derived from
his teachings ; (8) l^i-%^«*« the Mess-
ings of the spirit. This last again is sub-
divided into the following:— (1) 4^>ft*
<^^'S«V'H'^'^ the blessings of a contem-
plative heart as in the work called ^'^*c
|^« fe^rab iHM-po; (2) S-^^t^l^W'S*'
q^cm-q the grace of the spirit, as in ^V
^j^qrl^vq^g^r^S'eqf^, the Maniras uttered
by Noijin and other goblins ; (3) 5^^^^^'
q^fq^'S^ Vi'^t^^'^ the blessings inherent
in a truthful spirit or mind.
(3) l^'^'^l^*^ tfei'Bu, fffutU'Wa anything
reproduced from memory by the socoessors
of the Buddha under inspiration from
him at the Buddhist oonvooation
{J. ZaU.).
Byn. V^ lu^ ; i^^q^ Aj^q ^^-par itfan^
pa; Vfl^qW*" ne-war frl^fi-jMi; ^^f^'^
gidam-pa\ t^'V^^"^ V^h^u, iitan-pa; 1^
fl'^'K'^'^ f7tf|-««* gnaH-^a; Va^*^^'^ «s-««r
g.ita^'pa ; ^T* V W«*-//i< (4f4ofi.).
qiq^qNfv^ kkalhhko4 pa to publish, pro-
claim ; also publication, proclamation.
q^'q$^ ^kah^^ikyon according to fiag.
implies blaming; a verbal blow, repri-
mand, rebuke (given by a superior) (/du).
q«v|^ q^4i ikali ikrdl {ka-fol) leave of
absence.
^V«v^ irithout deby.
«il^ 1* tfciMM; <rtl«*'^ wy im-
portant ordeor (rt>. i) : ^y^ ^ wf ^fNw tho
mort importftiit will of King SroA-btasn
sgam-po. This dooanMot having been di»-
ooyered within one of the great pillaxv of
Kinkhoiding temple in Lhasa is generally
known by the name t^'^^ff^rm,
«n^*^ Hai-^Uar, divided into naU^
khnr domeetio servants; hrmtt'f^og ser-
vants, menials; pkfi-Ukar attendants;
^^^'^'9K^f^ those who wait for orders,
attendants; ^'^ offioial deziu; also
private secretaries and personal assistants
of a higb offioial; attendants in generaL
^^V Vsak4shjfab a deoree, manifesto,
edict ; a general order.
^l^'B*"* Mo^ kkrim$ a law, command-
ment; «^'^'q^'Q strict justice; severe
ponishment: S*r4t'<9fij|Mr^9irq« i^y the
ornel order of the king (Ja.).
^T'fi*"*"' Jiw# khrimi-^pa a lawyer ; a
61
^T^'W* tkah gro9 {ka-4ai) a conference,
consoltation ; ^^•fv9^ ^rat^wt w^
makes consoltation ; giveeadvice or conn-
sel; gives instructions; ^1^' V^'SS'^ to
give adrice (/d.).
^f^'^^*^ ika gra^^ {ka-4oi'pa) aooun-
sellor; senator.
^^'41*^ (M ft^rc-cM «ynr debating;
conaidering; taking measures lor: ^'fw
V^'^'MV'ft^'^^ deUbeiating care-
fuUy with the ten confidential ministers.
4T'^9«i*Q ikai ^grol-um to dismiss;
dissolve a meeting or a conference.
^ ^^'-^ Vui^-fog a letter; an autograph:
t^ wtW^aPipV^ I «« great many thanks
for the gracious lettsr with enclosures sent
by the JDoafcr acoording to the good
customs ''(Fv.*.2«).
^1^'^ tka^^^wr is generaUy taken
as a synonjm fcur ''the instrucdons and
precepts of Buddha," and meaiis literally
^that which has become a command."
This term is in laot the title of tibe great
collaotion of the leHgious Ttm^^tii^
^rritings (mosfly, but not all, translaied
from Sanskrit into Tibetan) known as the
Kahgyur. The Eahgyur is divided
into seven series of books containing
several hundred treatisea, and consists pro-
perly of 108 volumes, thougb editions in
100, 102, and 104 volumes are also eutrent
Sl^'S'^W Vtat-rg^ i^^^ff^ imuing
of an official order; abo the aoounralatioB
of gold, silver, and grain in a Government
treasury.
^^'1* **»* tgift^^ma ^rmw, ^^mfftofq
in Hind. Pors-iMMa 1. puUio order,
permit, missive, communication, Ac. 2.
^TS*«'^'^T'i«'^<^ (X«r.) in mystioini
a secret precept; occult commTmioation
which is made only to the trusted few.
^f^'\S i: ika^rir^ suooession or
descent of the dcgmatio principles of
Buddha. The principal aolkool of TatUHk
Lamaism originating from Nfro PaiiKchen
of Magadha and alleged by IClaraspa to
have keen introduced by Ifar^pa Lo-tsava
in Tibet in the beginning of the llUi cen-
tury A.D. Its different sects or branches
are the following :—W^T 4S Kanm
^1^ a^'j\ J^hritgwIL §ka^m^4, ^^
*1^ |S MiruM» bh^rgyf^^ ^f^'^^fT'V^
the line or thread oltba word, i\$.| the
oral tradition of the word of Bnddha
whioh ie sappoaed to haye been deliTeved
throngha oontinned chain of teaohen and
diaoipleB apart from the written loriptavea.
^T^'IW'^'^'W'IS (Kt the illuminator
of the dootrine of Kahgyui Sohodi) a
general d^mgnation of the obief lamaa of
the fikai^rgp^^pa aeot {Tig. k. 07).
«I»|^'JV«I»'*J^ ^kathtn^ tntm-tgyal
the ^hai r^yutf, Ghief Lama whom the
Mongol Chief Ghiahi Ehan dethroned
after overthrowing the power of Sde^
OtsaH-pa the ruler of Tseng and in
1643 A.D. (Xo«. 15).
''I^'l^ hhai^9gyur admonition and
reprehennon ; ^T'f^'^H*^'^ to issue an
order ; to admonish ; pv|H'|^'^ to translate
the words of Buddha, &^.
q^'l^ojuq ikai'igf/ur itaH-wa to in-
struot a subordinate in a rough pointed
manner, cautioning him against his faults ;
to counsel against wrong practices.
*Tlf'l"*' W«* tgrog-pa to publish an
order ; to proclaim or read an order or
edict.
'^'^ }*»* Jwo ^TWT 1 exhorta-
tion to the deity. When any one falls ill
either naturally or from ibe supposed
malignity of an evil spirit, he goes to
a lama or a Tanirik priest and begs of
him for a kka^ i$go — permission to invoke
the deity. The lama touches the patient's
head with the. consecni ted sceptre called
Jhfie (pnjra)j with the sacred dagger
called the phwrbu^ a string of beads,
an image of a Buddha or a deity or a
holy book, and repeating some charms
«rff^'«ll^I
exhorts the deity to be propitxeuB to
the patient. Those who do not actually
suffer £rom any kind of iUnen also ask
for suoh protective religions measores.
S. oommandment ; precept (/a.).
^••'iP' 6*0* i9goi is pf. of «i^'*^fr*a4
ftl^, a sentence passed.
to send verbal message; to give a reply.*
^^'H ika^iofif also ^T'V*' &*«* ben*
pa. one who has observed the ten command-
ments of Buddha. The title of Uka^^cH
is given to a Buddhist monk-scholar who
has passed all preliminary examinations
for a religious degree. There are two
classes of "T*^— those of gM-im^ and
gsaH'.phu : a «IT«» of Tashilhuiipo monas-
tery is called fika^Aen on account of
his superior prestige in religious study
and practice.
•T'^^To 6*aA gcog-pa to act against
an order ; to disregard an express order
or command : «fl- J'qT'q«1'5*^ the order
of (one's father must not be disregarded)
(tTa.).
^^•^t«i ika^icof an abbreviation of
'^'^i^S^'H^'^'i^ or the two great collec-
tions of Buddhist writings.
CTipiwn ika^^emt^^'lmu resp. for
r^^^ a great man's last will; a royal
testament or will : 'V'l^'lsw^ffc'srK'lhpr
^m I in the work called fikai-^hetni ka^
k/wt-maj etc. («/. 2M.).
+ q«i|^»ft^ bkat iiu}MisiV^'9^ or ^*'
' 9^ a command in reply xe^., but also
word or speech of a superior person.
The term likewise signifies a conference,
debate, &c. : ^T'^^V'^f 8'**^ iHkat
conversation did he lioldP ^^'eA^'^e*
^'S^^^^-^i'Nf "pray, let the necter of
pious conversation be uttered I"
^^•*S ika^^nan 1. oVedient; dutifaT;
BohmiBaTB; obaerraat of oommMid. 2.
one's tutelaiy deity is alfo oftUed Ub ib^^
nan^ beoause he oamet out hift firoUgi\
bebeet ; «JTwV^«9<^i eorvioo; doing
aerviee (JVXoa.).
*^*W*» 4*«4 nat^pa to obey; be
obedient ; ^Fi^ftW^ to disobey; ^T^H««'
9'*^'*r^ an observer of orders or precepts.
^T'^M ika^ giktn the crael oonunander ;
800. to Lex, iUan-^ii m idag^ *Hhe
mighty lord of the soil,'' is said to be a
pre-Buddhist deity (/d.).
*'1^"^W*5 ika^ ffian-pa 1, severe retri-
bution from goBidian deities for defects in
wonhippiog them ; also the injury they
do thflir dsTotees for impropriety in their
oondnot or Inngnage. 2. damnation into
whioh both a teacher and his pupil fall
for diiolosure of secrets of their doctrine
without anthority.
*1^'^IW^ ika^giian iUHf a weighty
onnmand or injunction.
'^"m^'fS^ ikai-Hoffi^zfUfm-Pfi^Q 1. a
proclaimed order : B'^^'^IT*'*' is also
oolloq. called ^^'^W ikar-itaffi. 2.
»ffinifr^ one Yorsed in drawing omens;
an astrologer (^^'^l^*!) (Jf. V. 61).
^1^' W ika^-r^gi mark seal ; precept ;
maxim (Cs.) : ^^l^^J^^w (Tig, k. S7).
^^•fS bka^-^oi a subaltern; agent
^•^JfaiMA<r«=^«V6ifai*./ii« order;
edict (/a.) ; written order ; command ;
commandment; precept (Of.).
or^jp dam^hrug, seal; chief seal : ^r^'
•rV*-^l^|^'^^»^SV^^ received the
letter containing the chief seal of the
6rand lama and enclosing a scarf
ehaimed knots {Yig. k. 7S).
q^^'^wqi
T'^^^w^ tk^i drag^pa pkathpm to
command sharply, haatfly or severely
(fiM.) ; to issue an ultimatum.
' ^V ika^tin, resp. for V dfir^
wwTf, a favour, kindness, grace, boon:
f-»A*(ii VS« through the kindness of the
lama.
hyan^pm doA idan.pa kind; gzadous;
benevolent (Jfsoii.).
*PV'^ ika^tit^ke rery graeioas;
(you are) very kind; the usual phrase for
our «' thank yon,'' in acknowledgment of
a kindness or fiaytf or— oommoii in letters,
*1^V*'8«*' ikai^rin,.ek6 Mhmtpm to
■ay it is an act of great kindness; to
acknowledge kindness ; to thank.
pa to remember a benefit or kindness
reoeired.
UT VI^^SMi ika^dtin HiM^p$^$ to
bear in mind or remember the kindness
obtained of another person.
«^V»i<S«i bkak^rin md$ad.pa to
bestow a favour; to show kindness.
^rV'^VTf ^ ikak^rtn ^um^ldan pos.
sessed of or making use of the three graces
or courtesies, via. : (1) H^rm^q teaching
of the sciences; (2) «»^y^-a explaining
the aphofiams and the Iktdra; (3) ^-
'^^'•4'«M^'<| blessing and oidajning.
^T Vl^^ ika^tin gioUwa to thank ;
to be grateful for favours.
^T V ikah-^rti^ a secretary of state.
*
^^'^^f^ ikut^gdami an advice ; coun-
iel ; instruction from a high oiBciaL
*1^'W^'^ 9kab^am§^pa I. an
adviser (&A.). 2. the reformed Bnddhist
qi|^-^j^-»ip|
64
Mhod of TflMt fomdid hj «IKV^ «r|r A*
^'^n% ihiB ohiflf dimple of Atidia. It
WM divided into two stagot: ^^'iV^^*'
or mi^*^ipfm:^'m the earlier Mhool from
Bromitoii to TMDgUi*-pa, a&d ^n^T^pw
^m*e or the niDdaru idhool, Mid to be
ide&tieil witti that now oelled Qelug-pa,
dating from Tiongkha-pa downwards.
The earlier 9l:a^-0d0inf:pa were diitin-
goidied for their elaborate ritnal and for
their power of propitiatmg dritiee. The
members of the ktor fika^if/iam^pa hate
been reparkaUe for icholarahip and
linguiitiio erudition*
palaoe where the Qrand Luna of Taifai-
Ifann-po reddee.
t^'9^ ^biil-fMbA a oontraotion for
minister and general ( Tig. k. 69).
tsffj^'^Y^'UifftH ikai^idu§ eho^kffi
rgj^W^sho a hind of ritualistio obter*
tanoe of the S^ffhehsn seot of the
^liM-ma Buddhist Sohool in which a parti-
oolar deity with his followers is depicted.
'V^*^^^'^ V»i tdog$'pa'to make into
law; to proolaim ; a proclamation (/a.).
9/^'<^9m ika^ido)n$:=zVfk'fli\'^ or «H|S<i
instruction; order.
q^'^ ik€h§doi^ also written as <n^ ^
one waiting for orders; an attendant
on a superior; an aide-de*oamp ; one's
guardian deity is also called by this
epithet : «v|^-^t irtS-4|ira-«| {A. 13)
^he who has propitiated the lord of
death to serve him as his attendant
spirit."
q^l^-qj-q ^ka^ iidU'Wa collection of the
doctrine (c/a.) ; synopsis of the scriptures
at the grand Buddhist conTocations; also
the oouTOoatiotts where the preoejts of
Buddha were promulged.
9p^'^^*n j^j^i 0iMril-fr0, vb., to order,
oommandy granti permit; an order; fer-
mission: ftv'KIS^^-^n* "rqiir-^^ ^8
I beg you will give her as a consort to
oar King of Tibet {Ja.).
mp:^^ jpioi-^naMss^^^a district in
the east of Kong-bu ; also n* of a district
of Ngari Ehorsum in Western Tibet.
vij^'t^n ilsa^^pkeb§ a great man's order.
9^*%^ ikak-pkrin {ka-iin) a meaiage.
ffT^^ikak'tphrinlMfftot command:
^T'^H*^**! to write or issue a letter
containing instrufitioos*
^BP^'^fm IX ft tot-iei f an injunction; a
direction.
f^'^Pm ii: fttti^-teSf the fulfilment of
acommiasion ; ulso the lama or saint who is
commissioned with some high duty . When
a Isma at the command of his spiritual
instructor fulfils what was entrusted to
him, he is said to be a ikak-babi.
9^qM*qy itaU-baU idm n. of a his-
torical work on later Indian Buddhiam
by Lama TSrinatha.
qpif^-qm-ql^ ^koh bobi-^^i the four
oommissioneO. ones (see ^fT^^f^.
4^'^N (JtoA-iams^n^''^ order; dip-
loma: ^AwrqjvS^^t^lri^^j the object
of sending the autograph letter ( jtfott.).^
^T^l* ika^rit, reap, ^f^'^ Vu^og,
a letter; a written authority, generally in
autograph: MI^^V^ *riT«Tl^^^fS'«w
|jntqfi'Hiif %ii- J-^-^-» I it is yery gracious
of you to favour me with your autograph
and endosore presented by the hand of
the Don nyer ( Tig. k. H).
qi|^-^|
«5
(HIM.).
«<|^'^mr«i ifai^lio^M the going lorih
of an oid«r or ediot (flUr.).
^^"^^ iM4iif M tho Inmdml thou-
amd p t e c upto ; n. of a veBgiont wurk«
M-tfe 00-Mi »Vrrw^ {A0g.) I. at-
tmtiTe ; axemiting an itufariMtion or order
with attention; one wko ie eheerfol at
hMit owing to Ids attention to W^'frlNv.
3. one irbo eaeily nndanlande wlnit he ie
oidered to do; one who appnoiatee hie
ei^vior'e inetniotion.^ 8. V^^ epeaking
well; eloqnent; «fip|'*f^^ ftie^^
m i hk w a f4w^ one whoee expeenon
or defiiwy ie not good.
^^T^ tfaHAm or ipq%-^*|«r« AteH»
ife»-|M, the naniegxfen tothe fonr OaUnet
IGnietefa who aeset the Gyal^tdiab or
Begent in the a dmini e l r utionof flie CKnrem-
meat of ISbet daring the minority d the
Grand Lena of Lhaea. The lonr SUotaL
Btnet he lajmen and ar^ often milittty
oflkere. fdpolaily they are etyled fflki]rf
^t^fF^thtMlfm «»44U9r the
offlcial eieil of a KftlSn.
^fT^if!f'i^»a^km4M (pttttoalady) the
four miniebera whom, the 4Qi Kanehn
Bmperor K'ien-hmg (in Tibetan eaUed
XAe-ftfoil Proteeted of HeaTm) appointed
toeondaottheitetoefiNnofTibet Thqr
wm yrW^^ Kn m igak tM No^fon,
l*U-^yi 2Ue-f«ll ^MikM«| of 99^
of iV4e4i. Theee focjr goremed the
eonntiy fov tweuly*eeve i yeexe from the
jeer of the ir9m tke$ p (Lai. 10).
^T^*«« VMk^VoH^imm the three
minietere who conduoted the Ootemment
of Tibet from the year of the>ff«-Aofti to
the middle of the year of the eerli^p0.
Their namee were :— ^ft't^'^ra V^
Van Lumrpa^-wa, w^|V^Wv« ifaH^
l^a-pkoi^ of fo«.H uA ^'|irp*^'«
4taMfa» ffty er .f w wn.
*^»i »h*4afl»^t^«^ epiritual or
intelleotoal heirwloom. Thii ie a philo*
eophioal term of iha Wim flohool,
meaning the deeoent of the Me| (Bod-
dha'e word) in an nnbraken enooee*
eion or withont being kept eonoealed
for a period. One who hae reoeited euoh
a nooeetf on, or any eariptue that hai
oome down to him in eooh a manner.
«T'K««re l ft i |ga i < tkim^ to eon-
tain many preeepte or eonunandi; one on
whom there are inetmetiona or oommia-
lions to perform.
uwnla an pare; on* irlio hag pwt M iw l
hisTowt.
to mj tmbtmtM hewmnd tmmm k (]m
QiokMaMk) ; Mooriiiig tQ QiroynttaaoM,
to eoBuncad, iMk, bag, nktt, •unw,
A«^ Mpeoiallj in nflimt Utniibu*, la
^Adflh it in alffloit inwciaUj und of
Bnddhft and of kinga ipoaUng.
fV*^ Vrnk-Ukogt^frr^yig^Jm or
^K'*!^ a laply in tiie waj of inainiotioii :
" Fnj hiftm ma wift Nflita on intanial
affaira (uuntamptadly) lika tha iowtol
tha xrrar of gold " (71^. A. 15.)
«<r-^ tfaM<M» latter of anthociiy
or oommianioafirain QoTvnuMBi (iamad to
one who is on tha mota or wlra ia to
10
cnp-q^-J^-fll
66
azeioise flbme kind of jpower over the
paople) to afford facilities for traTelling or
fart»*rying out a misrion : ftivqV|«w j^'
oosnmiBsion was issued to despatch hither
a m ^T^ who would frame settled kws and
shew energy.
^T'Q^'S^'^ ika^hin byei-pa -to do
Aooording to order ; doing; ordered: ^T'
^^9^*1 to be obedient; a faithful servant,
flpif^'^q'^giwi'q ikab rab-tbjfatnS'pa a doc-
tor of divinity among the monastic
Bdholars of Tibet ; one who has acquired
tike highest proficiency in the Buddhist
saored literature and is of pure morals.
qj^'UW'q (iMi^-ramf.^ one who has
potiiofl the highest examination in Bud«
dhist metaphysics ; one who has reached
the highest of the 13 classes in the
^han^Sii grva4%kaH^ the metaphysical
sohool in the great monastic establish*
ments of Tibet.
q^ifi'ir^'Q j^Jfcoft-Ai {M-ica to give heed
to or attend to an instruction or precept;
to listen to any advice.
QT'9^ ikak-l^i an order ; a precept :
ifip'^Cifip'q to command or give orders;
to ivoe an injunction.
qT'*| ft*aj.%=^'*^ grha-hff {fa-tog)
one who has given up his religious vows;
% Buddhist monk turned out of his
monastery for misconduct. In Eham
he is called bka^fog; in ICddle Tibet
ta-lag.
^T'i^ V^'^^ag the court or council-
house of the four kHon or ministers of
Lhasa: qTl«''^r« ^•^ ii'^^-f»-^'^«J'
|'VfW^'F'¥i*«^'^^''^IVi'« I wt«n the
warrant officer registers the document at
the court of kdlon he should also verify it
at the Account Office ( jUtn.).
qip-Qf
' ^'^ Vsai^g any writing of autho-
rity fiom a superior; decree; diploma ;
passport; official paper or letter; ''1^''^
n**< ikak'fog tdmn-ma a fabricated autho-
rity ; spurious writing or deed ; q^^" Jf^^
1^ ika^og rim ^kyel to circulate a pass-
port or an official order ; serial letters sent
one after another.
q^^-^^ bka^-gml^ qT*« order ; official
megsage: qFip«(wUr^ii|^q to send a
message or express order one after
another.
q^'e'fl*^ (toii-rtfa-tro-(rA« proclamation
by the beat of drum ( Tig. k. 18).
q^'YV^ ikaii eoi^pan an instruction
or precept to be received with perfect
obedience; to value or honour an order;
a comxnand carried out with the same
respect as that with which a man oairies
his own head-dress.
^'^^'9^ ikaii mdim-ilM resp. f^Q
ilon^ minister: ^''V'^^lrt*^'
my humble self bearing the title of
state minister together with the oirde of
attendants, both lay and derioal offloials,
are in good health ( Tig. L 6).
Pffj^ ikar or v^'^ according to
tiie law; to legaliae; to make it into law
((7a.); to proclaim, puUish (J^bL); <^'
<ilP^^'^ ftPf^Jw to publish ; publication :
q^ for '^'\>
^ ^Vp^'R 1. Jiiir-i«ipf.of vb. ^i^«
^'Kv^'q^'^^ to separate, put aside,, select,
banish: '^^'^^'^l^'^i ^banished from his
place. 2. to ask any question captiously ;
to make a peevish enquiry.
q'ipi'fl ikahoa, pf . of ^^^ but in
W. is the primary form of the verb
xneaning 1. .to load; tobordon; put aload
on (Ci.) : W^^rq to load wod: Pi*^^^
to load a loaat o( brndan, fto.: |<i«v<pt'«
to Uffj a tax. 2. ]^ of Y"r4 to epin;
1^4 tpm; twiated (i^iy. 5).
*WpH|Mfl< ikal4kat§ a Uod of
atdl made ol ooaane goat-hair about nine
inohea in width; y| WI^'^^l^ <^y yr
07«7 fire poimda of goat'i hair to
%yB one blaalcat (.SM*.).
fripi {ik«f, ooaitraofcion ^'^^ instr.
ox ''l^
SWpi'P thohpam^T 1. oraok, IpUt,
deft 2« pf. of ^^'«i.
ITTQ (AiMM 1. alixir, (piinteaieiioe
(A.); W^ nedifliiial ezfaraot. 2. with
pf . ^V^** to make eztraot of a drug by
drawing out the jnioe (Xm.); *A'^
melted batter; ^'^"^1^ to extract the
apirit of ; ^1'^* (ttu pkpUl spirit extraoted
(P$.); m'n^f^'^'^ to exfaraot mediome
by mfiinoii*
qipi'q ikug-pa pf. of ^T^n ^tw,
'^^''QT^ drawn or palled forward;
^W*^ somskoiui {Tig. 7).
PTJJI'fl Vtmhpa, pf. of ^9r% bat
prea. in TT. and according to Lex, fat.
^1^ (iiMii pf. ^V^% to kiD| to deatroy ;
MiMr^«'<A*q|V to eat off the edge ; fix a
boondaryto.
^^f ifofr-ffe* nftl, «^[«n; %fT, lift*
^mf honoory reepecty homage; mark of
honoor; reapeotfal reception (by aaking
one to ait on a seat of honoor) ; ^i^l'siS^'q
(ibfr-fM «mAo^jki to diatingai^h (a per-
son) by marks of respect (2!flwi.) ; ^*ai'm^'
1'^*^ ra4-Ai iA;iir-|<i ibguMui when
honoor is shewn to (one's seU) yoorself
(/d*) ; ^^'1^^^ ftjhir-ffts rff^^i sense of
honoor; self-respect: *i^*iisnrrmv|n-
"^^rV^ i mi ckeihpo rmmhk^ Vnusj U i
dr€t§^ yoi great man hare the sense
of dignity.
Syn. ^^ 9cko4^\ Vrf rim'gro\
^^V^ WHnJIthiir ; ^*i« H^mor h^H ;
ff^^ ihabiUofn MV*^^^' iAoif-Airtf;
^-^^ ftifcur-Ms; V^-^«pi itf-iMT ^Mf;
V^T^ fitf-MT ipyetf; IS'<i o^^ffw («Mm.).
qT^'*! I : bhur^waw^'^ 1. to pay
homage or rsfezenoa; toestsnou K'Sr
^l^'ql'l^q nvrmm tiht literally ''Oie
king honoored of many '' waa the name
of the first king of the world ioooiding
to the Boddhist Isgendaary aoooont. 2. to
carry; to letch; to con^vy in IT. bsjag also
pf. of W^; ^•^•^^•^ to carry iqpwaid.
^4 ^ififqM to slander; to Uaabpheme ;
not to aotept is troe or correct {Lif. P Ji).
a^va^SS'q feibr-iMr tystf^pa the act of
respectmg; to do honoor; frq. to make
reverence, to salote.
Uhig words or expressions of honoar»
some of whioh are>-4fl«'^v fti^Mpf-
|ci; ^«v«raft MsmM ttfod] fS'|
i<M(.fiii^; i«^*«^ fMM-feAiV; 9ifm:%
fpihthwar^a; fS'(r| ftefiifNi ffura; ^'^S
osA^-tc^; v^YI^ fi^Ao^jryir; Vr§^jiAtfA
*^lb«fM«ra; ^J^'*^*! jsrtWiforf-iHi;
%yqK fin4wi»ai {Jlffiim.).
'fpc'Km ikur hoi worthy of respect;
respectable.
^Nf^^ ikog-fiOf pf . of ^^<».
'j'lfK'OI ikoii'wa, pf. of ^'►'^ When
a^B^ (JM is joined with I to form the
oompoond word l*'^^ it means iw^
throaty menace.
«%^l
68
<a-«»i
^ ^hoi^^^ M^i te ftpjpoint; to
iftiae to the tknme.
•mil. sbst 9*^^*0/ or irQaxTsngenieiit;
^'t^ order or antagediieiit ; metliod Of
gmoging; applied to aund, as in ^>"ri*
<^ the meaning ii meditation^ ihitPIi
imrf^. 9. Th. s to build, anange, plan,
eNfi(*r«m*iNi i umi of hofondleeB or
infinite design ; thenniTeree; n-ofagieat
^'iA*)i'a the prinee of learning; eeienbe.
•^h'^^'w We#-*^oii««*|SH-* We#.
^••^ »*e«|hi (ooUoq. uNf^f »ifca».|te)
the plan of an nndertaking; deiign ; plot.
irnhfrig^ or WI'^I^K igm-Mla kbritr
jio the doTenth month of the Tibetan year,
aometimee corresponding with January
P^lf^'P ftten-jMi, pL of ^'<'i90ii-jNk
q'tK'^^llk^^^CViMins tobeakind
^ of goblin (/il.)«
'^l^ ftteMpjfoif n. of a tconent;
tortoxe from being boiled in water or oil:
^•^•l^•*|r^^•i•^T^ Jfe<.iei tkohpfod^
ibyt>fiv-ifia/the soileringeofihedttDUied
throng the torture ol being boiled.
iEp(]Q)*q tiof4MOOQasifltta]lypf.of ^ii
|£Urf-ioai to boil; usually indicates ^*«i to
bind to senrioe ; to employ ; |pifS'*f^'^
•flie^-|pf«tf ftkeJ^iM a boiling tessel ; ^f^
Q*an|«n( g,yog4f$ kkol-wa to take into eer-
tiees ^V^^^ to set aside ; to keep out
q^TQ ftftys^M 1. to talk nonsense
(Jt). % ^Mi*atoraveinipe6oh;totaIk
nonsense: ^j^aR*^ w% iPernsm , t.
^3^*Q (iyf^jM 19 the ooUoq of
tsangs^T^ VAyig-pa to tie (by a
rope); al^as^vu bound, tied,
fastened (4IMo».),
Q^^Q Vk^^-^Dt^ pf. and fut of «i^'<l,
but in IT. is used as the only form of
tbe TerbxBto esnd, despatdi; to cense to
come forth: V*V*3 pMia ftAye despatch-
ed an entoy: Vv«i) hot \k^ eent forth
rays: |^'<r^ tprul^ ik^ caused a form
to emanate: V^f '^ ghihmo iky$ made
of.
^S^ ikyei^pa, pf. to bend back;
recline (yb. ni).
ci^^*Q fti^n-jNisJ^'^ nAi*4Mito beat
(Jd.) ; ^1^'^r^ reap, to chastise with
words, to scold {Ja,). ScUr. mentions
ajji^qg^^ chiding.
Zqi'q (im-iMi {ffMDa) cog. to IfV
f^, ftfff Tariqgated; beautiful,
blooming (of oomplerion) ; glosqr» well-
fed (of aninuds); ^M WWJfn a great
painting; ^^'^^ fwviK a painter:
^f aft*^'lf'ei| with variegated flgurea ; paint-
ings : <V^*^^' ViT^ ^liiNraiT a radiant
or illuminated Bone or ha}o : ^T^f^ifk,
f^nw Tariegated; with shades of colour.
q^'fS*^ (fer«-iM4» §kad4^ n. of
the biid called (3byiM««fo ; V^'I^TJ^'
a painter {Mto$^).
fff^'S^V^fUlimmr parti-cokmed;
on a red groundt
ojl-J^I
69
^iput^ ikra4am^^mkr^W'9r^ glaring;
bk glue ; '^^'P'^fr9l*^'^'9l^'^r^'^''lm'^.
^^i'i^ the Iwratf or effect produced by
Tuiegited ocdonn as inapuntmg; the
illiiTninntioa of ooloimas let&rth in a
rainbow ; hanoe qilendour.
proeperity; Uettbg;goodluck:
r^Fm'ii'^-^itJh good fortune to my
people! may fliey proeper! q*^*!'*
holy-mtor; oonaeoratod irater or eon*
eeoiatbig irater; ^|'^'|*««i* anqpuaona
bed; nuptial bed (Ck,); m>i*iH words
of UeflJng; benedidaon; V^*1'¥>'IP^'
tkrm'^Mfjfi g$o ffiyai iHPi 41^ni anspi*
oiooafMting; ^l|'^l[^'4'Y«fttni-fif trwi-
foaii g o el s insfamments lued for insuring
hiok; sacrifhnal oeremony by wbioh
blesringsaxe to be drawn down {Jo.);
^^•■i propitioos; Inbky; «B'3|^*'m
good omens; husky signs; ^'^^*W
itrth^ii-pa^i rtag§ hieky oonflgnrations or
semblaiioee ; bappy omens ; ^'^*«i ^W^'
n. of a goddasi; the goddess of glory
{JiL)l m*ft^' mistortone; calamity;
^r'^^'i^ cskmity; adj. wretched;
uahibky.
V^l^^BktthfH fttln.of apbioein
JDmi (ZpC ' tSf.
«db n. of a short satra in f . dL ' 78
whioh eontaina the names of eight Bndp
dhaa. Whoeror redtss it and meditates
on the pttleelions aoqnned by the
Boddhaa escapes from the dangers of eril
spbila aiid'4«mons. Such a ds?otee can
easily h«fe sdmissinn into the courts of
kings and address the highest authorities
withoot let or hindstance* Bemembnnce
cf tUa eflurion is belisved to be a sufe-
gaaid against bad dreams and also
mishaps or accidents in war, and in
repelling oflensiipe weapons.
qr^-jf'K ftAra-ftf i^aitfil n. 4it a
monastery in Amdo.
sgi'^s^ (jfers-ftf-caa Wl^-n. of an
incense (ifiiom.).
9n3^m'tm't^* fikra^ii dbof-rdM the
summer seat of *the QoTemment of Bhutan
where the Dharma Baja resides. It is
ordinarily called Tassisudon on EngliA
mapa.
VV**^ tkr^H kJoi-pa ^ritfm
auspicious aipr ec si on ; a ben e diction*
eight auspicious signs or emblemsi ris. : —
(1) VH^^ vwv the precious or
jewelled umbreUa ; (2) ^'S*9 Vfi n^tg
the golden Hdi; ^) ^^Irift'Q^e im-
fer the pot of treasures; (4) o^w^"^**
^ tiie excellent lotus; (6) ^'W^'T^'^
^f^wii^ iqr the white conch-shell with
trhcrls turning to the right; (6) ^/m'
S'H 4Nv the auspiwms mark repre-
sented hj a curled noose emblematical d
loie; (7) id(^-^'fi*««^ f« the chief
standard of tictoryt ••^n ^ emUem of
«Vilfr; (8) ^^'i^'** wrhw the
gdden wheeL
^*^«*yf<'^Miw-fii f<lV^caapqsiosisd
of auspioious merks : •'S'^'fll'^' W H'f"f
«r^| a'^l('^-V^*f«'IS«^l a glosiy hand
P0M6Minff MUpuioill lilk68 irill OUM OM
to ohtain both % mm ud wedth {K, i,
dMll witii iti iHiodi tonuag to th« rigbt
inatMMl of to tlM l«ft (IfiM.)-
VSi^^Vf3^\
70
"mi
^^'^^ ft*ra.fi| idan nftwr, w^fwm
auspioioTis ; luok j.
3pVy vf^ mrcY^ frf^^qv lucky articles.
Q]|'^^*4S^'^ Bkra'^pdbi yi^'ge n. of a
kind of (mystic) writing which i& consi-
dered anspiflioos.
^W^ HWU may you enjoy prosperity.
]L of a goddess {K. g. S H^Y
wfs;^m'j^m: fiknhfi§ ilama 1. Tashi
Lama, the name by which the Panchhen
Luna of Taahilhun-po is known in India
and Europe. 2« a lama priest who
ofBciates at a marriage ceremony in
Sikkim : ^•^^'iJ'»wia]|-S|n*|'^5i^'iiiU|<^'iA'
»*f'i|-|i|«<i;- 1 the Tashi lama will touch
with the auspicious offerings (for the gods)
the head of the bride.
flj|'3|^'l" gkra-fii^tUe {Tashi^tae) n. of a
village in the district of J§toi'lui in Tibet.
q]|'3|«i'q^4|«i fikra-fii^fiaegi (Tashi aeg-
pa) n. of a brother of King ^kpi^lde
Sitna^i ^an^ who settled down in jVMai-
ri9 in Western Tibet (ZaU. « 8).
ffMfon. of a work the reading of which
produced auspicious oocuzrences.
iqr3|^i'|rn*qj^ the eight lucky, articles
are — (1) *'*^ mirror; (2) 1'* medicinal
concretion from the brains of elephant;
(8)^ourd;(4)r^'^«J2)MJ.gra8s; (5)V!^
•i|'«i the wood-apple; (6) V^'^'»p'1««w^i|
aright-whorled conch-shell; (7) ^'S/t-Mn
Vermillion ; (8) Q^^'^^ white mustard.
m-3|irlf^'«i ikra^fii pisogi-pa ^ffW'
jK!^ completion of an auspioionB work
or event.
qi|"^fiHB' ffkra^ »un^ (Taahi-
Ihunpo) the seat of the Pa^ohhen Bin-po-
che, the second Lama in Tibet, ordinarily
called Tashi Lama, ranking next to the
Dalai Lama of Lhasa. The grand monas-
tery of this name adjoining the town of
Bhiga-tse in Tsang harbours 4,880 monks,
presided over by the Tashi Lama.
q^I^ ikrag {fag) ^S^^^m^wns'* M
Ihad^lhoA fi^H§ ^oi-pa 1. danling
brightness; lustie; «SW qida^i also
*W*V«, e.g., gutter (of jewels). 2. i'nin
beautiful appearance ; high oobur (of the
face, skin) ; ^•qiflwsF;^ pure gloss of the
skin; *«J-q» very bright (Ja.).
^iPI'fl ikrag-paszae^^^K^^ twr or
fine complexion.
Syn. siSMi^aj fndaHi^ean ; ^fcq ii$Aer^
wa (4IMon.).
P^S^'i^ ikrag'niedss9e(^'^'K9^ or ws^i'ds
dull appearance; bad complexion (ff^an.).
^^JP^ bkrab-pa (falhpa) pf. qi|«wq
to choose or select from among many;
*tf^S'Q1|q fpahog^u if^rab exquisite choice
(Lex.).
^IJJI'fl ikran^pa {tanhpa),^^fKW^
a form of '^^ vftn^ WTK, ^WlM to
spread over, scatter.
Syn. SV^^ igran^pai ^v^ irdal-pa
also ^?^«i gtor-wa ; <t^S^ htAar^-pa ftift* ;
'U^'*^ gkugf'pa {]l(Hon.).
V!p^"^ bkral-tca (fal^a) 1. pf. of
elucidation (of the meanings of the terms
in the SiUra and the Tanira). 2. to
appoint : «i9'ii'q]pray to engage in businesa.
^^ ikrai in the paange V^i^-^
q<^*q]pi'|«rq ; Pf^ here means rolled or
varnished in variegated ccdours.
«l3|-q|
71
c^vq]
Q]|<rq ikroi-pa {fe-pa) an abbreTlation
of mi'^^^9 aoQordijig to So/t. also l^. of
the iwb ^••i: «J1|««9¥« for fll'^I^F^'W
an ttoi^ioiouB soarf for preMntation on the
oooanon of a visit or some ceremony or
feativity.
QSF^v ikruhluA (Te^btng) n. of a valley
in Tibet {Deb, U).
^IV^ 9kra9^lhun (Tei-lhun) flfm^ a
contrafOtion of q'^«'|^'Q (Taahi-lhun-so) ;
alao a heap or mountain of glory or auBpi-
doosobjecb.
>f q^*C| ikri^a (fi^a) 1. pf. of ^'«i
to oondnct aooording to order, e.g^f one
after another. 2. ion ^'^ t«w, to wrap.
3. to draw; to try; to acquire; to searoh
far.
^''n'Q the Uack diaoipliner of the unsub-
dued; the black and horrible (aaramed)
appearance bf Miafiju Qho^a BodhUMva to
lead the sinner into the path of righteous-
nefls and virtue : 5'*^'"flilS'i'^'W the
dreaded (Bon) deity who leads or drags
the subdued straight onward (2>. £.).
<4|« ikri§ an abbreviation of m'^
}Jfcra-fi|.
^« J*rii-|W (^Hw), pt of ^A ^•
^-c^^v'Q thar^pa-la tMi-pa conducted to
emancipation or Nirvdi^,
era }tkru {fu), fut.of 1^ **rtf|,v. ^^
ikm^sin SS9WV. ^T^T^'ilK ikru JfaA
gpi9nc4^t^ ^nw washing bowl; to wash
a vessel, plate, Ac. : V% ftArw-Jfaf, ^'h^'
^'wgsi'l^ dothes, etc., to be washed.
OT^'Q ikrug-pa {fug^) probably an
inooneot reading of W*^*
m^rq tkruh^^ pf. of B« khrui.
Q^I J?^^** (^^) A* o^ ^ P^oe in JTAamf ,
which is also called VW^ 9kr$'my
UkaA.
4'^ ^kre^hor {fe'/tor) n. of a section of
the §g(hni(tii department of the monastic
school of Dapung.
^ ^3|*Q ikrefi-pa (tcn-pa), iftw 1.
poor, indigent, hungry ; X^'^^^arfJ^
^ .a country where resources are
scanty (Lex.). 2. H^T^ miserly, stingy.
^W5 Jir«i-j)o= W' a beggar; desti-
tute person.
Syn, X^'*^ nor^nwd; ^lf««'<i tpkoHi-pa
q)«-i(si (ibvf-ifom, contraction of |^«r
^ilF% hungry and thirsty : rwp-^^-^-qj|sr
i(ir^-ir«»-iH I this tobacco does not allay
in any way eilher hunger or thirst : 'i^
ifii«rw«^ii^'4Tf I leading from hunger
and thirst to satiety (Jd.) : t^t'VWI'^m^
M-^^-^iMN I the cow'smilk removes
hunger and thirst and hard breathing.*'
4^'^.(£r«Miii| wflWT being hungry.
+ q|lI'K| ikrei^pa (fet^pa) to be
hungry; also hunger. In C. resp. for
" hunger'*; •ilcw^ to have ravenous
appetite {8eh.); |;«>«'<i the appetite
or feeling of hunger; honorific term:
on arriving at the top of a baoen
mountain, he felt hungry and was sap-
pUed with food {Deb. % 7).
+ q$^9|*S| (ilroKi-jNirev. term for
killed; dead.
tfpV^ ^krol'W (jfct) pf . of igrol^w
vb.trs.to untie, to loosen; also in TT. is the
only form in use : «i^V4'4)f^'q m^ud^pa
ikrol'ioa the knot untied, ^wmgur^
II
73
%^^\
tfUt^P^ iktol-^oa Mtineiram boDdftge;
'|prq|<i'9 U^ ihr^l4oa lemitted wramie
or xwt ; s^vrqyrq ^«Ii-|mi ftiroJ-«Mi
^m tkroi (foi)a^^<i to bhooM; to
aeleot; imp. ^ifv-^ (iiVHV (fiKf«.i(M;).
^nvq itJIlVirlNI pf . of fr*l to hftTO
iMd; doM xoidmg: ^^^^S iridiM to
reidorsng.
ff\ fteorl^il etetJ^rte or C^»^«« ft
gutter; a nntU ohftimol oa ibe roof of
a home or at ^ edge of the roof
for cazxTing off the rain tp*^''li mall
fmow oonnjing mter from a oondiut
to troei or pbata; foxrow between the
beds of a gaxden; henca oftt flower-bed.
Y^i^^f ^ 9ka chuH jte iMl n. of a
monartery neer Sam-ye.
TjC* fihiil I: I. marroWy pith. 3.
deeoent, extraction, origin:, ^'il'f A*
»w^X»'«i«i|F'^BF¥r«r^l *to ezampk,
the mnle on which the Qoddeie Piddan
Lhamo rides is oaUed fJkiil ffh$m^ on
aootxant of a so*oalled thzee-fold origiii "
(its lather is an ass, mother a mare
but in itself it is neither of themt but
a mule t).
^ n: 1. staff: V^wf*^^^ it is of
goodetaS: ^^"^Vfr^it isnotofgood
stuff. 2. bmdle ; a ooUeotion : T^'^^
a bundle of grass :r^'^^ a tuft of hair:
fp;ff9^'^ a skein of yam.
fffi'^ rMf-jw r09p. ^W ^, W9
1. foot, leg, lund leg of a quadruped: V^*
vfr^K htMww in^: not throwing the
foot (iHMoa.). 2. lower part, lower end,
0.^., of a letter: ^T«^ hawig a foot, so
the nine letters are oaUed that extend
below the line ^r% etc. (/L). 3. a
metrioal line, Terse. 4. base founda-
tion: r^|vJ'^'"^rrfMF*«i^r*««-
jw ftiAJ^i^qi^ the four f^et (stages) of
pecfinming mirades.
ttr^t-h^ (4IMoa.).
i^*^ A0«-i^ bandy-legged. (Jo.)
^') tfytM (tonf-H) a pieoe of eloth
to wrap round the legs {Sok).
^'anf^ thai^hoi ^FPfHI the manner
of waUdng; it^irayeft-si rM^|Nl tftm*
«mAi s0 mim^hPiVI ttbs plaoe for washing
thefbet.
^'^'« £Jbi^ftAfa.|ftasH*|si bom of
the hiElHrati a name of Agaisfya ICuni
^*|« fia^-fiyrf Ui for the Sudra oaste
(of India) whioh originatsd from the foot
(otBrahml) (JTHofi.).
Jl^l 9M Mm (JTM^Aa) n. of aking
of Anoient India : S'^*S'S*rq-J|f^-M-^'w
f^'hn^1*«V«wV«r|^'VI <« like the
Indian Eings,^M JOra, and JM inatf
and others, their lineage on the motiiar's
side was also from apes, etc." {J. AC).
4IF1P r te4 Mn* (tefv*M«») inm ahoes
worn along with the ooat of mail; that
part of armour worn like boots from the
foot to the knees; greaTss.
4F'ft thai^hhri {hamrihi^V^'^) loot-
stool (4^M*)*
i^*^«t ThBiHkkim (probaUy) having
a foot oontraoted by diaeaae (Z««.).
i|F'^ rM-liUor bandy-legged (atk.).
Tibetan boots made of felt or of
coarse serge.
4F*^ rfai<HPf0 ^W tlM fert part
w tllS foot.
^'•^h* r*"<-«» WW «wift.footed: •n*
invited (hoiight) ono who was swift-
looted Hke the wind and po o s o aa e d of
minMmloiu powen : ^'*fST>*l^^**f^ the
aeont blewbg of Bwift-footedneas: ^*
a^rrt-^STfU^rqn I (jr. dm. 73) having
aoqiDzed the gnoe of 8wift-footedne«.
i<F'^V tht^hgro (fanfudb) qipr one
who faavals en foot; a vannl or anlqeot
paying his dntj by wrving aa a menenger
or pcnter (0!i.). .
^'^9«rfa<l-«0*t« alao ^'^ timMro§
1. walking on foot. 2. domeatlo oattle ;
breeding oattle.
^'1^ rkdk-gm a trumpet made of the
hnman tfaig^bone naed in tenq^ ; also in
travelling to keep oil evil-qiixits.
^\ rI M ry jf e V'^l a foot-aoUier, v.
^"^n: infanby aoo. to (7«.
V"^ risMrpytt or««F-^q a oenti-
pede: ^•H^-^iiT^'^S'**^! ''the name
of the wonn whioh haa n hundred feet
and anna " (J^Idii.).
^^^^ tMHtnt^-f* a fabdona lion
having eight feet An imaginary lion
of Bnddhiit deeign vdth eight kga,
generally lonnd in aonlptore and in
Tibetan mythologioal piotorea.
9fi't^ ria<-<ar the leg (JKfofi.).
9^'^(t^9 rtai^g-pa vnnft one-
footed, met. a tree ; the fabuioua oonntriea
of the ^flfiYiil and Aa-toy the peq^ of
whidi axe aaid to walk on one foot
73
«•
%T^I
Vl« rtai-tjui ^wor, fin footatep,
foot-matk; a dog; ** foot-follower.'*
^'^'^rka*gii9^pa mankind; ^F^^n'
^'9 the ohief ol bipeds; an epithet of
Buddha or at*^-^* (M^an.) : if^'i^
Vwt«»H«W jn I Sa^i^rfffoi (Buddha) is
the chief of the human kind.
'¥^*W tb^ IftiA 1ST a loot ornament;
a foot*bangle.
^•fS f *a*-rfei» M^lH ia i^ a foot-stool ;
trestle; a raised ground or stone step ou
which, at the time of aliarhtinjr from any
eonveyanoe, the foot is plaoed.
^*|T» rtai^gi or ^qa^ne
foot-atooL
Syn. 4|Ft^ ribUl-tfMi; j^'fi tka^khrii
§iel4 (M^OH.).
^Fl^a f*<f«-|la<Was^p««(»^V the
atar of the golden flight or W^, a name
of a fixed star (4fifM.).
^*'H9r'^««-ife^*«-^^»r|SVihe sUr
of higher flight (4f%>M.).
ajF^SK. rtaH-ikaH 1. on foiyt S.»<Vk'
y«^ iHcrflrv a foot soUier (jKifoii.).
4jF'e^'ci tka44kai''pa a pedestrian; ^*
^'Q'^9*rq one trav0llinga>n foot ; to walk ;
to go on foot.
aF'*tN riM-^hH infui the 8(^ of
the foot; foot-aole.
^'^^ rta^^ihui vJKVt meUfh. for a
tree, i.d.| that which drinka or draws
nourishment through its feet, or roots:
4|F'^'^'4 ram^, VilVW the red iiee ;
the devil's tree.
^'Vr«i rhii dtug-pa or ^VTV^'^ the
six-footed, met for the bee.
11
^r^n|-fcl I
¥'Vr*<' f*««-rffvp-^#Vf='^lK the
mango tree.
^'^^ tlM^dub iffC foot-ring;
bongle^like ornament worn on the foot.
^'<^^ rkai-^dren also «ff^^H ^-^-^
drawn bj the foot; ahame; diigraoe.
4|^'|f^ tht/tL-lSan flhoee ; that contains or
holds the feet; ako metaph. for a road,
way, paesage; ^(fS'Wzrr^H-^Sin^*!
the lion's-tail tree {ffion.).
^'IP^ rbi^inam coaTse woollen leg^
ginga mannfaotored in Tibet.
n/irqrmg^m rki-pa irhf^^9 the legs
afcretohed; 9f:v^^fm oontraoted legs; ^'
ng^^^r^^'^ to ioyo, wander; to disperse,
separate: %V^'s^''^mm*^fl^'ipcnF9fp:^'lS^;
V^'%^nn I banished from their oonntrj, by
foroe of Karma they wandered forth and
came to the ooontry of Tibet.
n/scqr'^'n thaA-pa ttlMl^po m^ w:
lame.
W^ (^MK^i^ he who is possessed of
three legs or three regions; Yishigm; an
epithet of Yais^ravana.
Syn. S^'S^'^S^Q ByaH'phifogi idag^
'V^'^^ ipat-i/hr gM^-idag; ^'%'^^
gter-gyi idagi W'ltrf^ miH du^^ldan^
i$ha-io; «•*•^^ -&*!*• 4f^; T{^'%V
^^ nor-fffgm tdfien-pa; ^'(^^^'J"! pwi^
^fHrggal; X^S'^^ nar-g^ idag\ ^
W^Aw iiffig-gi okai-^bebt; B^'f^Jf^
bpail^hjfogMipaH {M^on.).
tlfr^'fWfl^rkaH-paii fiabf-fgyur dtin^
cing at the cadence of a song (JUMan.).
«|^rt-^^'8^ rkai'pahi hdu^yed ^^CTVT
the moTements of the feet which are
74 'fic-ftq (
described as ^'^%h daUhgro9\ S^^^f*
*t*W^roi; ♦*-^W^ h'loHbgro9; *^8^*^f«
bgyii-bgrm iK^lf'i Weg^roi ; X-io^Af^t
roipabi hgrot ; «t V<A'^««i brJO-pabi igm ;
^^'V* ^om-ffijrf ; ^f^g<M^§Mb9; ^t^
gtmh-tidbi^ ^ivtrmm gam-pa yai§ ; ^v«i5^
gam-pa Vchffar\ w^i^'^f baH ii^choU igra ;
5^'^< myur-bgro; «5^-^f WWogi-^ffro;
w^< rab^igra ; M'*' rgpug^pa (4f4ofi.^.
ttiHrpa the heel (jK^on.).
eon s3^«f'9 poultry; a fowl (of which the
weapon is in its feet).
V^'lfi tkaiF'pkgin felt for oofetiag the
legs.
s^'Vof rf^-bol upper part of the foot
(ja.)-
spgif fJte4 (raj fttm footless; help-
less; involTed.
^'^w rJbin bbam iJW^'a disease in
the foot; swelling in the foot; also
gout.
nf^'<im rlM-ibrai or ^^m^ r. 4F^V^-
nf^Vf^ rkai4ba§ (lit. hidden leet)s|q
a snake (tfMan.).
ni^^m'iif:t^ ^kaiUnm rkaiMig n. of the
part of the nether world where the Ifdga
demi-gods reside.
sp'W rteH-Mor pith; marrow: ^'
by nibbing in any kind of manow,
contracted limbs may be amoothened
(ijf.f straightened).
Syn. «K^ fBdati; K'T^ U«Mra4|r#
(JFilon.).
^'R^ RkaHrmig • ^1wVTl[ (^Will^ n.
of the founder of Nydya philosophical
sect in ancient India.
^'^P^ rAsMwMV ialuitry; » loot-
wldiar.
^•r riM-cfitf, iwp. ^^mrt $kab§ rt$a^
genenl naaiA foir Acm in Tnng. In
ISbet |li0 woUb of ft dioe it gonenUy mMi>
oi a >iBd of durable gnuy hflnoe flie nazns
Vf rAfli r«M, loot-gTMi, ngniiftes a
diM.
^'^ rAM rte vnv the fcm part of
On foot.
^HPf> ri«i-Mivis4fnh<i or r^'
#1^4 to lii,To ft firm footing ; to tftke
root.
^•i* rkai tMbfr iron mill or ipikM
iutonad to 4ko booUolo ioor cUmbing.
ul/ftfai i(oo« «r0Mite «Ml« Bozbrngh
(4Mm.).
^•^^ rfoMtitt ^'^^'^ fora-f ooted ;
quftdraped;ft beft8t;ft]i0ft ohair or ftny.
thing tliai stftnds on lour legs; ^*
^V'K^ W«^T<» Ut. poiNMd of oftttla ;
ft hercbmftn (jKfen.).
MFW^ * i <j w M ftgile; qxdok in guing
orwftlkicg.
4|F'VjM|.rM i: hmgdurnkt.
^•^ n: T. «^r^ flie orano; soa
to mne tl» graj qmnes of dnok ( JWon.).
^'^■^ fta^rkun foot-pftth; ft pftAMge
where ft mttn am only peas but not ride.
^"-f^'i r*a«.far^s^Vi^ i^ foot.
nUier (jSMoji.)*
«'% rl»il ^Vl treftdle of ft loom.
76 ^-qi
^'^Aneii^ii footHMMre.
^'4^ rArotf-fiffti Books ; stoeking«
^'1^ Jhi4-i0r toe*
^ fitfii 1. soaettmes used in the pUoe
of W. 2. VI VTl the pftIfttes^>W, which
is ftn obsolete fonn: ^W^i^ rJfcan-
iMoli fitf end of the pftUte or ''gams
ftt the end of the pftkte" : V^s TVir%^
%rWfis«V»-ii «the siz letters t, th, d, n,
r, I, arise from the tip of the tongne end
the front pftlftie.''
WH^ r*a»i»Ai«9ihe oftnty of the pftiftte :
snr^a^^q^, WW%H«W|i^l these
four letters eome out from pertly the
oftTity of the pftlftte end pertfy thef^pof
the tongne. w«A« the itxKf or oenize
of thepelftte: •r^rftry-ii, 4^rQ%^'VI*
^«f^' I these seren letters ere pronomieed
from the oenfre of the tongue end the
middle of the pehite,
yi^ t hi n mar the butter whieh k
miased with barley^our to mske ft peste
for the food of ohildren and in&nts; bar^
ley paste made with water or milk is apt
to ohdke infants, so the Tibetan mothsis
mix in batter {Deb. • lifj.
^'fl tkam^pa oi mf€^ of paasion.
ate desire. The latter form mfcn is
g«iMnUy used; it signifies ^t^M
lotting; •T»'4^wtW greed ;pasBumftte:
fa ftfieei^jNi ft longing for honours sad
gain: r>v^mfr^n^ beeomea eager for
cakes.
f^^ tku-wm ^9Mf^, pf. ^, fat ^
or ^*<i^'B» imp. ^, to stsal, rob; prea.
3'^'IS steals, robs; ^g ttM^ an
artiole to be stolen; ^*i^T« irku-iyaki
rAai things thftt may be stolen; also stolen
property. The six kiiids of theft aoo. to
Buddhitm are— (1) ub^^J'^ hfob-^ui
rku-ufa to «teal or take away qmetly
another's property; (2) J^'J'^ fW««-r*«-
wa to rob a thing knowing aQ abo|it it
befo^hand; (3) •H^J*^ tpihui-rhhiM to
rob iriolently one's property ; (4) %"« 1^'^'-
^v'^'^q to rob a thing promising to
return it; (5) df^'^'J^ to steal by con-
cealment; (6) ^^'fli'^'VS'^ to rob a
thing by skndeiing another person
(JT. rf, Q 5).
^-q^-qgi^'q f^-tMir igrali^wa mM4Wi \ ^
to oonnt as stealing.
^*^sni fifctf-MMf ^?lf^ a mind to steal,
or thievish mind.
wrflnr:, the tein kinds of stealing according
to Tibetan anthers, m. :— ^^^'^ ^kui
rhu^wa to rob by means of iocantations;
I'lwi*)^^*^ igyu thabht^'i rJbMra to rob
by producing magical iUusions; ^^*<ni*^'Q
ibrii^pa% fitMra to rob one by using
threats ; ^pv^'^W'^'^ gfam-poi ribMMi to rob
by speech (by lying); i«^isi^'¥«'3«' to
rob one by soft words ; ^^'^wKififJ-^ to
rob by saying that he will return the thing
afterwards; WSS^^y"" to steal by
conjuring; V^'-^I^S'^ stealing by
misappropnetion or breach of trust;
^iPrQir^'>i cheating by gentle persnasioii;
tm'^^ff stealing by (imposing upon
another in the name of) religion {Lot.
nig).
3'S rku^by^ same as T^ to keep
seoret, hide.
Jfi^ tkun^yig thiePs pouch ; a sort
of small wallet.
Y^Vs rhnn-can a thief.
J^<)t«« fjhffi-i^tfofii plunder; highway
robbery.
^'^mvi^'Q rkun^kabM^ (iM-tra to
take away by thievish means.
^^^ riim-fior stolen goods.
3^B fJbim^^, fem. jT* rhiM-mo ^,
^, a thief, a robber.
8yn. wr** >V-JP«; '^''^ g^fof-^na-,
^^^ ganJag Han ; e^'^ ar-pa ; ^vr^Q
tl/alhlm'pa; ^^^ tfAofft-ri«m; ^^F^^
(fshan^duH; 9i^mr%'9s^ irfsAonif^jri
bge4'po\^^V\iog4u'rggf^;^^^ (*om^
{ffHan.).
tS'q ribm-pof nan bgei-fa the harm done
by athieL
9^^ rh^n^pon the head of a gang
of wandering marauders.
^«t fJhHMMa one who steab; a thief;
also applies oceasionally to theft.
^r^ thM^td^aa stolen goods or things.
Syn. ^^^ fihm-iHr; f^^^ »og-nor,
stolen property (4|Mofi.).
^'^B f ifiiKfrtffi a guard; a watchman;
io watch for thieres: a-l'^ri^J^-H-^B'
feeding dogs to guard against tSueves.
*fl rkub ^^l vulgar wwrd Iwr the
anus, baekside, pod«rior; coUoq. *^ or
Jqfs*^ thOHJkgai'pair to move or
shake one's hinder parts, a mode of
nauftch girl's dance in India.
^1^ fihiMtfPf a sitting bench; s
portable rest used by coolies.
ytm fiulhUhH buttocks (Oi.).
r^i
77
Vi-«l|
^'^ rfe.u?fl=Hq nV-jMi (a£.Vrq ijbm.
p«) lean ; meagie ((?#.) : "i'w^|V« rto-
war A^ywr-iMir to grow lean, thin.
^'^ rtorf-iw, also 1|S<i irft, irw, the
waist, more partioolarly that part where
the girdle is worn; also the loins; also
defined as ^^ ^o^-qi^- the ends or notches
of the bow which hold the string or to
whidi the string is attached.
Sjn. ■i|*^«P''^«t ike-ragi yul\ «««
^*|^ thei'^tgy^^ an ornament (ohain)
hanging from waist.
^x'^ rke4-bcku firiRf the buttocks.
^^'*J^ rke4-mdu4 anything twisted
at the middle; knotted-waist ; n. «f a
bi^uit {Jig*)*
If^^-s^'M rk^4~na4 ean-tna^ v, 5\^|»«^'
S^'C^'S a woman who has her monthly
coursos (4f4ofi.)*
4|^-q*l|^q j^kei-pa gyo^^pa stiff, unyield-
ing waist: ^sdJ^q-J'S ^Sq^ «\j«; the
husband of the woman with a stiff waist
willdie(jr. rf.«f«i7.).
"^•q- j^q tkei^pa^ tgpur-toa (metaph.) to
become a sUve (female) : '^o t'^'*^'^'^^'
^^'IkRj^ f a woman whose waist has
become bent like a bow becomes a maid
servant {K. d ^ 217).
^'^•i tkei-pa chng (lit. broken waist)
to fail in a great undertaking : ti^'^'sOk'
vcqr»ife-T>^'^a^ if a fox (tries to) leap
over a place where lions jtmip, he breaks
his waist, t^., dies in the attempt.
^^% fib#-/a phra a slender waist.
SiV'HPi fiW-*6ni|=<«*i? n. of a fruit
used in feyer (Jf/iofi.).
^'|h tk^iHbim one with a laige or
broad waist; a oorpulsiit person.
Syn. f'q-k-4 Mmm «Amm; ^srQ->
giuhrdsei can; f^'^^F'^ Ho-^oatpJ^paH^iM;
^'^ M'^ groirpa chen^; K^'l^'Q^ro^
pa §bo0hpo (M^Um.),
>S'*S'*« fAe^me^-mn a pretty woman ;
-=8V*S'**^, a woman with slender
waist (4fihn*).
"Vi* r*crf^=s>iq f*6rf:.jw the waist :
*u ina^ma^poi iiuH rkcf^ tiAor-wa (J.
133) many litUe keys of different kinds
surrounded his waist.
^'^ r*a-iiw, pf. 0^ irko§, imp. ffr
^^ tkoifig 1. to dig, dig out; to hoe
2. to engrave; turn up ; till.
^'iStko-iU^ i: l.sq^ a hog; also
that which digs; a mattock, shovel.
2. fM)(9 an arrow.
'^'^ n: V. %q i^Mmthat burrows; a
rat (4fMoff.).
^*w rko^ma a kind of small hoe for
digging earth; n. of a faird called Y'it
ko-ma ( Vai. H.).
^•W thot-i^han or ^sT"! or ^^
w^M a digger ; one who hoes.
^^'*l rkog^ma inoorrecily for f^'fH
fftog^ma.
ringworm; itch (C!i.).
l^i^n-Rgir^ tka^'PO Wrof eken n. of a
skin disease with laige eruptions ; also
eruptions (Fo-m/. 98).
^^^ rko^pa engraving; ae^f-q ffo-
tra, to dig or to engrave (&«•).
<fi ^"^ fiton-jMi net; a towkr's net:
(jfiag.) ta Mt up A nuoe to oatoh bbds is
cillid thm-pa hfh^tghff^
Byn. t'S af«*cyy«; V^ iu^tbm
(ir4Mi.)-
< y^ hrAMn-aJhvi vv pMrionate;
•liOfreedy.
to abiiidon or throw §m§,j * thing after
etealingit.
^'|H ftrAo tpfotf a gouge; an instra*
aentto looop out (Beh.) ; an inetnunent to
mgcate; 4('i^*« ftrio-^y«^' m plooglied
land; 4(^«i ftfAoi-jMi ^em dug out;
ttfli'^ trAof^^ A motdd for maldng
elaj iffliigee ; f •W*^* W^'lU-iifiifc
*«*l'^ '•'IM I in iStm time of the Lhatho-
tfaori djnaitj th«e fell on the top of the
palaoe a book oalled fipeH %Mi pkj/ag^tn^
and a mould for day miniature images
and brought the oommenoement of the
holy doetrine
^Vii ftfiof-nNi soulpture; anything
Uiat has been engrated upon.
jpi'fl rilys^iM, also fT« J^W-iHi,
dung; ordure; eaurement: (^'d'qy^'^
rlyif-jM ftMI-«Mi to cause purging, v. |^
or the wild ass of Tibet and Higher Asia.
It is found Ofttywhere in Tibet in laige
diOfi% and is diilinot from Htm wild ass
ol GHuMflband Fteria. V'|a, a male i^yenf ;
Ify^ a female hgmigi |F*^'i an adult
4y«iv; IF'W iu old i^yvsv (Cli-)-
4|e H: or |^'«i thgtd^ipa, also |«^'|^
rtyei-ri^ ^<9lftPli ^ra^ ^^ eaeh.;
78
%^^'^\
single ; simple ; alone *. ^'j^'W A'SQ I alone
oumot: ^^l^'Ci dressed only in cotton
cloth t fi^|-^t-|j^»w will Tour
Honour go thus alone P *J^"4^™ '•link-
ing water only. V^^' naked body ; ^^"
only one ; ^J^', same as *^f^*«5, i>., a free,
unemployed man, generally one that
carries no burden ; ^•^' J^'^ yi^ tkyaH-
fa a letter that forms by itself a syllable^
or one that is not it^g^pa (mounted) and
without any other consonant or any Towel
sign superscribed; ^^'^'^^ said to be
1, 10, 100, and the further multiples of
10; ft^'j^^q a word that has no affiz
denoting case, &o., also a name without
any titles added to it.
Syn. ^'^ re^re; ^Wfi ffoig-bu; fpr^
iralhpa ; *i|)^'3 gcer-^.
S^'4 S^yoA chu n. of a lake in the south
of Ladak, in the neighbourhood of which
there are many wild asses.
s^'qjc'q) a rope that is lowered from the
top of a mountain or from the roof of a
lofty house {Tig.).
J^'«i 1. rkyaH'pa W9 prose ; writing.
extended ; spread.
)^'<%^ tiya^hphye^ wwi^n an im-
mensely large nimiber.
^^*ii thyiA4na n. of an artery often
referred to in mystic meditation. It is
one of the three arteries danonriuated
Brog-fUa rH^^ and is asserted to hm
towards the left side.
t^'SH thya^-pkym salutation by proa-
trating one's self on the ground with the
hands and feet sfcretdied out {A. iS).
VI
^^ rityiiil. a fanuM tmmI like * tM-
pot» wiOi a qpoot; in IF. ''o*iyaPis'* a mOk-
pot 2. poUbeDy ; paimeh (&».) ; «r j^,
a TeMl far wiiar 5 «'H a T6«el for wine
a hud of ymmI made of barMs or mlm
or gold of tlie ihape d a wine gkii.
y^^ rh^^^V^ Tain talk; rh^l^
katjfei-pa to play a practical joke on ; to
make game of .
XQ th^P^ ^*mit a lack c»
bag, fiq. is poetical term lor the
bo^ or tbe ft?e aggregatee, U^ v^'Q'A'
^T^^V^ "tlie body it a bag of
imdean things " (JiL).
^Orq ri^raf^Mi V^rct to swim; yi*
t^'^ t/^ff^t^Ui-pa to amnie one's self
by swimming («/a.)y ^Uot* ** ihifal^pab
MsN a swuumet*
^^"9 fi^NiUa small bag; pooch;
ooQoq. k^hu* ^'Jfi a bag of goat akin ;
S'yi ; a bag far flour C^!"! water bag or
Hindi wmkmk ; wyi butter bag.
yr9ps-q flya/ iye^/Ni ^mrrew the- act
of Bwimmiilg or bathing. In the m jstio
language ol the Brai$nakdyika deva yr
Is f ifcys^&y»# or yr« ngnifles |T V^
miwry; V^'^'r^tS or VQiFS^ OMani
yr^*Q sins; yrcr«^'ls denotes yr^
the sodiaiislagn of misetjy fl.s*, the ocssation
of misoj or its ^K^ fJifN; ^F«''*'•*^
signilies yr^S'lh-fli, i*^., io meditate on the
erhansthm cf misery signiflss «ia cr the
way to J fa a i i M . These a^ the tcims
belieted to be need in the Language of the
sehwKal beings who dwell in the heaven
called ^'^nr IHil^raRI (JT. ko. «| 93$).
7» 5^1
^ flfMi I: la Bnddyst soienoe this
important tenn exps esses any co-op«r*
ating influence which aenrea to diape and
bring about an erent as distinguished
^Evom ^ rnnh its direct and obvious cause.
L> plain language, ryya is the primary
cause of anything, but tfpu is frequently
controlled and modifled by a co-ordinate
influence known as rly^a. As a medical
term, according to jAachke, t^ifen is
diiSarentiated from r^yv in that it indi-
cates the patibdogioal or seoondaiy cause
of diseesei while the latter word denotes its
primaiy or sathrcpologiosl cause. How-
ever, while assigning to tkg$n the piimaxy
meaning of *'cause** and '^occasion" in
the qualified sensa of being contaribaiaiy
only to that which comes to pass, we have
to note the appsrently contradictoiy
B^ gnifln a ti o n e£ hot» oocorwnce^ imsdcnti
event. So we meet with '^''^^ ri^ea-
ihm^pa unfortunate scQident; VtM'^^
^^ he has perished by an ^fvil incident;
1-^ W^'jV^JTVw tfte adversities arising
in this life ; ^'fr^XVcA')^ an event dis*
agreeable to one^s own self; iTt^'ltt'^
iar fi^m a sodden accident ; ^V^^^T'fT
^ ri^a dit-ls ftr^a-aof owing to (hat
eiieumstaace ; A^'^'^V^'^f^ nrnt^paH
r*yfa-fe Mfat-<s or ^9^*9 ftr^Mi-fo consider-
ing the case of not being, not having ;
thus ^'1')^^'^^'^ stands also for a
cause of dinase and cf death; <#r|i|
wfol rayew any eiwnimstawee or event
adverse to the soooess cf an action, aiqr
obstacle, anything opposed or hoetila to
the mdstence of another thmg : 'Wl^
frfAaa-rib^ea a happy, fsTourabk ciromoa-
stanee ; furtherance ; assistsnce ; supply;
•Wri^iS^ fiMaa-rJI^a ^fe^^fw tp assist
in; to help to ; ^V!^^^^^ m^hm^thg9m
lAsei-jM aUogetfasr suooessfuL
5^1 so
Ijfi II! WW, WW In Buddhist
metaphyiios there aie lour kindfl of |^
rkyen, tie-, (I) %*SS WJ^»* f*^^ ^5^^
leUtion of causality ; (2) ^ 'yn*^^ *-
mo-^fcij pn^i then W^mx TOW lelation
of portwriority ; (8) i^'i«l J*V-f*J^n ^f^-
^f)nn«9 xelation of Babardioation or
oonditioiiaUty ; (4) -^^'1^ 4mgi^rkym
^ i nnnaM^ relation of dependdnoe (as for
iiigtanoe the relation of parts to the whole
ftttd tice i^rsd) : M'«-^^'«^i-K«^'''
nM'te'^. Berides the aboTe four there are
two other subdivisions of \^ ttyen, vis.,
^'S^ M^jmm wn and fP'^^^BS w^w^k
mn (Lo^ 16)'
^a^ in : misfortune ; ill-luck ; cahunity :
^jf^q fiytf « j/o^-jKi to avert a misfortune :
•J«l ^^i-q tiy^n thegi-pa to endure misfor-
tune: }fi^9F'^ thyen thub-pa to be equal to
the oocassion, cope with calamity.
%^'^^ rkpen^gyifj postp. with gen. by
reason of ; on account of ; by ; ^*1^'8'«
therefore j accordingly.
J^^'^^TT'S'' tken'9^9 riog9^^'^^^'
^ an epthet for a Fratpeka Buddha
(^Aon.).
1aj-as|^'<^^'i^ fhyen^hagn bbyud'wa to
die or to be abolished (D. fel 11).
y^'Tf^ rhyen-ffm 'i^Wll elso tbe
contemplation of a Pratyeka Buddha
and ordinary saint; a class of Buddhist
devotees who meditate on f*y«», the
oo-operative cause.
'ViV^ r*y^i»-M«4a«*S'*' patience; for-
nearance (JIfilfofi.)-
fnian WfifNflr a medicine that is
administered for determining the co-
operative cause of a disease.
JK'q f*»oll-t«i, pf. «^«, fuL ^'^
0r 4}i^'<^'t» to stretch, extend, stretch
forth (one's hand to a person) ; put out
(the tongue) r spread : distend (flie wings,
a curtain) :. i%ws(^>iiqjkq|w $hab§^H
irkyoU iikum one leg stretched out, the
other drawn in.
Syn. ■^ff^'*' irky^^M ; '^^^'^ brkyaHi
K'^ rkyoA4M in W. Ismp; oandle
\^'^ rkyen-pa iTT barley.
^^'^^ irkyafl-fUl 1. Utendly "the
extanding-wood,'* an instrument of torture
in Tibet; a wooden frame on which the
extended arms and legs of the delinquent
are fastened down, whilst burning pitch
or sealing wax is dropped on hia naked
breast, which procedure is called ^^•^'
(S*«i or qjK^-Slcfli'qjq'*! or ^J^'S placing or
fitretohing one on a cross ( Ja.) . 2. in New
Testament translation adopted to signify
** cross."
'^^^ irkya^f fk^am prostrated (by
fatigue) ; stretched out ; «'J*''*'^^'«^ ^^rw-
iTTi^ for the purpose of stretching.
fl|*H tkug Jn a wager: ^'T' 8"f? **to
gain a wager in dice-playing, 4o.**
aqpi*C| ffeughpa 1. dimb; mute;
f'm^^V\^ kha ffmet-jxtr byei^ to put
to silence; |^'*'« a dumb woman (CSi.).
2. fcA, wf dull, stupid (&*.)• Tbefolp
lowing examples may belong to either
1. or 2. :— j^'««^l^ lkug§^r §kye§ bom
idiotic or mute : |^4|- v^l'ras^^^'^wc''
^•qvfcilSV^Ffci if one is bom adeaf.
mate» one's oonadoiisiiew (ionl) not being
railed to woik, one ounot act religiooily.
Syn. M^^imra'ica4; «^>«^8^ Ay-^
§(^ jft^ I:=s«r^ pka-gi yonder. In
the paengo |i'%'^T^^'^'''^'*'^'l^'**f
he aud ^from here look to yonder hill-
aide": t^%-V| ftof-^fri fna-r^-^v the
ol tha hiU there.
81
m
llj^ H: leGreoy ; ^'^i^'*! a wile kept
aeereily in Tibet Whera polyandry pre-
Taila a^r of the hrottiars who ienot latia-
fled with tha eommon aponaa takaa to
himaelf a wife oalled Kok-gi pkung^ ma a
oononbine (C!i.)*
1. gallei. ceeophagua. 2. wind-pipe. 8.
tha throat; I'^^f^^ Vtog^mabi iha^o€
the larynx {Seh.); also written Ci "Af^^
I'^^n^ IfsoQ'iluir tha fenat-badger
{SehttU montkoU).
(Jftfim.); C'll^'S^ U^off-gpa bgtt§ made
aeorei.
m*! B^og^fti a eecret hTmuDed 8ong :
^i^|-i?lwii^E«Vi' |*^*rcipT|i«^ a long
Mittg 80 that others may not hear it is
called Kog-b$ (J^ag.).
m
4'Y*S Ikog-ahai secret pnnishiaent.
l^fta'Bs'a gtog^choi h^ei-pa to apply
one's neU to religions studies secretly.
^'^'Vi jlt^-rM* ft reward giren secretly ;
a bribe.
¥TQ V^^^ oonftdentially, secretly;
li'l^ or I^Q't^'^ ^^^V secret ; hidden ;
ont of sight (Ji.)i %8*|iri« |tfa-<fi <l«f.
pjfir TBiy seoret; moat oontdaaliaL
V^V^^»og4u ftrtef stolon; MBored
secretly; |i^'Q*Kii to oonTirse seeratly;
ff'Q'ta a syctat dootrina; to woaship
^»<aMj ; 4Yft'W«i to apeak aonfldantiaUy.
I^«9S lhg'mAi4mUrm^ tha laryaz.
f^V ^g-hdm ia dfisodnbad aa maaa^
ing V«lf^««|s*a, secret conTanatio& or
dalibarajHng, so thai others may not undsr-
afeandit
m^^ •• »0g^MhmM that whiah ia not
aTideni
•aai fm'mjM (IfHaa.).
I*!-^'^ 0a^aor«9^T« rte^fcfai, li^
secret articles; stolen proparty dfHoMw),
f^ MoF-l>*'^-I^M«r|S«ior ^^a|a-
|S'«| ikrug^i ir^fjMiiniiQ&dmlanding ;
diilarence (between two parties).
f^^^'^ftV •cm^m^w^ to take tsnrions
interest in secret (AM.) ; I^WfS'^'fii to
watch ; to witness from a lurking-plaiQe.
^mrm lk0g.m§ saHM to take food
secretly*
V'^ ^ Wifrpwi Hog^ tra« ^^^
«y«* r^y«i/ kham§ tha nama of a kingdom
of the Ajmrm (damons) whera paopla hate
no neck, their china being joinad to tha
breast.
IfV-r^ Hfog-fol mm daw-lap (of onn) ;
|^'-r>'«^ ^og-t^a^oMmiVtf^ oxan in
genera] (If^oii.).
1|T^ »og^g craw (of birdi) (0$.).
9|Q Ikob fat, haaty, plump (8M.).
|*« n^ *bt.«MW»*r»iV krynx.
j|| ika ; this word is thus azplained
It
ihowB tlx« oomplete knowledge of the
aggregation of all dharma cat phenomena''
(JT. d. H lU). This explanation alao
oQcnra in the aphoriffloi on the interroga^
tion of the NAga-rftja Samodxa {K. d. «f
178), alflo in {Mbum, % 988) : *^a ^»^'C
lli^cft|v<«iHW«v5|^ *•#*« istheaym-
bol of the law of Biiddha (Buddhifim) as
it explains mystioally that all things are
(finciWW) not dependant; they are sap-
portlesF, •'.«., havo no real existence."
1I(^ %ka^g for 1S*1 a moment.
^(^^ ika-cog or "^'^^ ka^lcog the
names of two grammarians jointly written
for abbreviation, S*a standing for %^'
•?«qMi« and Oog for tiXr^f^'*'*^
Cog^ro Vu-yi rgyairW!f^^han.
^Z\ «to.«^a thick (of fluids, of.
fla-Vfo)) ika-^JaJ oonsistenoe; density
j{j'a;^|§l ska-rag^ ^IW^W, irf^W^, %WWT,
ifR'K;=^1'''a also '^'"^'S^» i» "»?• ^^'
guage; S'^*!'' a girdle : l'^'«''«^-«' to put
on a girdle. fl!'>^'S^'«>«'^*J jS ch.) a girdle
Teith a clasp ; H'^i''* 3«^ w^WTK, mm^
%TK ornamental chain worn by Tibetan
women on the waist.
|j^*lA'4|?^9S('Ai; jx. of i prinoeas of the
Nbijin demi-gods (**w.).
aqi 9kag^^^kag or ^^W ^^ J-
n of one of the 27 constellations, -4ffaf*;
anevU star. 2. mischief; bad luck; evil ;
the name of the goddess Bhogavati; a
fox <'f^ khikag an unlucky or bad
year K^ nla^kag an evil or unlucky
month •f^'V^ Bhag-ikag a bad day ; V '^^
dui-^g evtt hour; inauspicious time.
Byn. ^I^HW* gfihtMM Ikhmo;
w0 (Baa. and JfHeii.)*
Wf^ ikV-l^'l asbrology wbieh treats
of the planets and of ba4 omena, Ac.
^' a comet ; born under the cc m sl aB a tio p
of Afkia,
Byn. Hm^^'^n^Jug^hoi^n; ^<StS'
iftfoh^ii^^ (JMon.).
4p*q ffJhB4-iMs4^'«, q^*^ 1. aatiafao.
tion (&A.)- 2. a kind a! expiatory
aacriflce to make amends for a duty not
performed {Jd,).
^'-^ ikaHrfa sods out out (Boh.).
Iji^ §ka4li (*•*) nm, wnrf 1. voice,
cry, sound. Though ^S and | are gene-
rally used as synonymous words, yet the
majority of the gr amm a ri ans of Tibet
apply the former to all manner of sounds
and the latter to the aounda uttered by
animate thinga only . 2. ^^ is eqpiivalent
of 1^ in some expressions suoh as ^'1%
R^HS, which mean "ttms he said,'' •*»peak-
ing theae words," *o., and in ^n^ %f%
fto., may ber teaced similar signifioations:
^^*V^ip^'^^<^ what is your pleasure P what
did you say, airP K-i-^ViS-^ (lis
(words) spoken what speech aie ihejf
what do they meanP (J3.) ^V^S*^ "ib
theae vnada" ia uaed before a literally
quoted apeech and ^HS'^ after it. *lSal»o
often occors after statementa meaning '.'it
is said" or "it is rumoured." Ofliw
phrases are : Kn^tS don't do that «r lo;
USf^ to give an aooount, to relate. 8.
language: WVfS the Tibetan language;
a*an*K the Indian language; tl«(*Vi^
I
in tbe prcmninAl dkleot ; ^fS't speaking
hanrnxi knfoage ; ^|T^^*^'^ kbrug^kai
Vbur JUT the toioe of thunder rattlee;
ai;*9-tt*fST8^1 * ▼oi^^ 1^^ the C17 of an
elephant; |^V^*«K*«v«i^*<i to utter
pttbifol or lamenteble eries ; KI*'«S'^^^'<|
to send forth eriea for pity^ V^'lsi^^
^IQ the root of a word.
^^ 11: kdderal^'**! litof-ia (Jd.).
^S-^?n ifaKW^aV or IV^^a ika4lid9^
po hoaiaeneM of the Toiee (0$.).
MSf^ iM-tty^ metaph* a donkey
fS'V ikai-itgw'pa^MK^'^f^ one
who has ohanged his language.
HS'ff^ fMf-igr^ ^^ (^' ebi-^Atf ) the yoI-
garezprenion for '<lame'': ft^'W'VST
M'V^^ he IB jott now Tory funone.
nPi'^^ ffta44ar rough language : VS*^^'
3K-an'tpi^*''^*««^'^'^'V^51''l onaooount
of their speaking rough speech flie name
of tiiat plaoe was called j/^a-ra iAai
{Tig. «*).
^fS*^ fjbi^-Mii haTing a Toioe; sound-
ing.
Wi^ %ha4^ ^w, ^iu«> miw one
moment; an instant. fS'^'^^'^'WaB
MPM^ i» described as *'%'^!iT«'^H^'
ft'*, *'one fifth part of the time required
for the sound of the sniqpping (rf the
angers.
lAnr a pigeon (40oi»*)*
t«'H«" lik04^^i§-pa or fSH" ^^iflWi
^iffraTf tiftfr instsntsneous; also epbe-
flisnly momentajcy; also lightning.
i|S'H^flT< ifci ^^s ff -rft wf i Ut that takes
hreath only to a moneQtaalpi, aaa ottsr
VS'W^^^ fte#^ tel0# ^mi« sudden
flash ; flash of lightning.
lightning (jKIoii.).
newsy report} disooursSf oonTsnationy topiCi
i|^'a*wq to conrerse; to haTS achat
w:^'^ l i h irfg g/ fjwiUi that has twp
kinds of ToioeSi <.#•» apanci
Syn. \i^'i bi-9fitfa\ ^|i'rt'**'«S
bkhgog-poH m^lkhom; «^*W*9^ UMf'
iitm (Jlfihn.).
fS-^f *V^« I*0#^<| tmt^Mt^
#M4-pd CM learned in sdtecs; one who
has mastsced (at leaik) two languages
(Tig. k. AS).
ns^'^ 9^04 iwiin j M i m^pft^ of a
gentle toice ; soft toioed*
(returned by a rock) (JMsm.).
q^-fr^'4 IJhi#^ii ftiyyiir-iMi to sing
or whistle in a quaTsring, ivarbllng maa^
ner, of birds, flute*playen, Ac {M.) : ^*
VS a singing cv playing of this Jdnd.
m'lr^ iW ^fkn-pa ift^n^ mnK one
with a sweet Toioei spoken of the
cubkoo.
(Iflfofi.).
to • penon {Sektr.).
§ft-»v^l
84
l|^•W^ §ka4 9ihun-par with one
voioe ; witli one aooord.
I|^'^^ iito#-dbtf«in*^ an equivalent
term in another language; the original
from which another ia translated : MS%S*
^'^ whether there are any original
teste : VS*''^^^ it ia without the original
text {SUu. 110).
ml'^S^^ §ka4^ffi gdaili the oharaoter
or tone of the voice: ««i-^3^1l|V*qSW
itfiBkan,) when the tone of one'f voioe
is that of a goose or dragon it betokens
the possession of wealth. ▲ voioe like
that of an ass, or ox indicates great
troubles.
^m^ low sLoking voioe ; poor voioe.
VS'^X^ §M*bdon 4tm bawling out;
loud voice.
called ; named {A, 190).
||V«iu:l.vb. to say, telly relate: V*'
pi«irSK^\fS'«r^*V^ that a land (of bliss)
exists I heard people say. 3. interpreter^
language master ; teacher {J&.)
fS'<ri liotf^jMMils or VS*Q'^ ikai-po-^
oelebrated; famed.
I|%*fl*1^ §ka4^ chs ifVfwr rumour.
VS'4^ iMhVbffin f^ffwv singing of a
bird.
m^-gi^si'^^ %ka4 libyait^g cultivate your
voice ; improve the voice by exeroise.
I|[^'|l|-iipm ^ka4 mi-g9al ^ one whose
language is not intelligible ; a barbarian.
HS'^^ ikai-rHi <^fY a voice heard
at a distance ; a high pitched voice.
«V^)^q'q1| lfc44.rig% hm^ iM the
four great divisions of lauguage — (1) ^f
fl^'n^ Sanskrit, the language of the gods;
(2) V'i'^t i'^flS Ptf^i, the language of
the meat-eating people ; (8) 'M^'<q^'^cr«') )
ra^-t$hin 9hB%-pa pr^t-kr^ta the Prdkfia or
the natural language of the people; (4)
srg-jir^-l^aTI Jpa bkram^ corrupt
lanj^uage (J. JBT.).
dialect.
%\^ ikai-log damour ; screaming.
a celestial courtenn (Jlfi^on.).
^^*^ liaii-^^ W.f instead of 4*4 Jfea-M.
IP ftafts^^fl tffor^po delay: •^fT'*
«<i'«i'^^VV^' W^'K^^* I (^sa. *8) liie
swift not hurrying, the lingereni not
finishing.
Jipil ikttbt ^m^ WT^ 1. time, oppor-
tunity, occasion, ciroumstance: sflfe'rf*
^pm opportimity of seeing : f^^S'' ffA«if
rM'pa to find an opportunity: Wf^'%
or liWHQii'll now and then; sometimes.
I|Q«'9 or Mfl^ with genit.sat tho time of,
on the occasion of, during, while, when:
^'1*1^4*9 in a moment ; instantly : ^^^^
§kab$ der w^mt thereafter: ip^'^V
now ; here; in this case; in this place:
H^si'^ once for a time ; each time ; *^'l|^
interval; inter-lapse of time. 2. sphere,
state, situation: vnr^'P'i fit for;
adapted ; suited to the occasion. 3. ip<
idso means ^ hb^f chapter, and is
synonymous with "^ e«#ews ^fif^ ^,
signifying section : HW*^ §kai§ icu, the
ten sections of the doctarine ; also he thst
has observed them (Jd), 4, mode,
ijw^V'' I
85
^»r«i|
methody way, manner, ao the word seems
to be ufied in Va$9ih : {«'9*HWMT V j*"
t^^i^V^I Idum-lmii §kab$ la^phug dai
9kpe4 htgi hdra^war the manner (nature)
of the plants being similar to that of
a raddish as to growth («/a.).
fpv^Vrq |JUi6f ffii^-pa fwni the
aeocnd chapter.
VW^^ ikabi-^ian %^w^^ for the take
of leisure ; also eiroiunstaiioe.
mn-^^'ii §lua§ kdi-la ^rf%ni nni at
this opportunity; at this time ; on this
■objeot.
^IF^\^ 9kab$ pkye-m ^wwnf fmrft to
make opportunity.
^P«'^ «> iUbi tbyei-pa ^RiF leisure.
tpv-trqncq fjhrif-fa Mhw w^ri when
the time came ; opportunity arriyed.
^V^ the drink of the gods ; ambrosia :
^»^««'H5^I pray send kind letten
like the flow of the drink of the gods oyer
the heeds of the good {Tig. k. 78).
^^ the residenoe of the' gods ; the heaven.
H^r^ipi q ikab§ gBum^pai: fkfkM, ftmr
a god; a common name for gods possessed
of the knowledge of their past and future
births and also of those of others.
Ijw^iprq II : a name of the
mumciaa ; |^|*«r^ Ihati gbh^khan (4flfei».).
^f^^lV^V^ ikabf-ffium'^umH a name of
Indra; «»jll firgpa-byin or f^A^H
(tfiUm.).
^^^w«i3f^'a $kmh'lfium fg^thot^^a
ft^WffW thunderbolt of Indra
4|SI 9ff^»^ I: Vi'*> n- of a tribe in Tibet
( Vau kar. 160).
M^ 11' a peir of tongs; pineers ; an
instrument for soiling anything.
Syn. ^V\ id$in'igeii ^^'l^ is»4-
h^4 (Jlfifofi.).
Ji|S|*C| ikam-pa m dry; ipi|^ §lum
rhn lit. dry and wet ; all articles (furni-
ture, chattels, clothes, utensils, Ac.) and
foodfilrink, etc., being included in jhe tenn.
^ ii often used as equindent to l|*i'4, the
dry land, hence a plain or s^||si'<i'|4W<i
§kam-Ja gMhpti to get ashore ; ffrmm jour-
ney by land, HT**^ dry food, «*«'i dry
meat, m^'^^ §ka$t^ibm the dry or stuffed
carcass of an animal; ^W'T^'^'IV*'^'
w^'^'l«*i I** I the dried carcasses of
beasts and game and of all (others)
(D.B.).
i**'!^ ikam^hg. a flash of summer
lightning : l«-K^^-i5|^Vii'«Jn-^ -^^swu'
«^'S^'%('|S|| ««on a great Hash of light-
ning coming forth, all his attendants
became very much frightened" (A.
17).
ipv'*>t gkam^chag all goods except liye-
stock.
ilfs"! |taiii-Ma/as|^w orS^S*«.eom or
barley flour to make gruel.
IFt^ iteiMAiff gruel made of barley-
flour, dry meat and raddish.
Ip\« §kam^ra§ neat and clean
{Jig. soy
i|si'«^ ikam-pag dry, flour of barley.
^M'Q ikam^po u%, litftv dxy dried.
^•i'V«pi ikam-phcgg allowances or wages
of an officer or inferior servant in
barley-flour, tea or coin, etc.^ but not
^•^'I
86
<l^'«^l
cooked lood ; ^8^'t|-^XT«««^aooording
to Qovemment order ; dry i llowanoe
(/. Zdi.) .
^N'fliii'l'q ^kam-hH ikye^toa mwn prop
duoed or bom on land.
nfKM^ gkam-ifoi dry or meaningleee
words; hollow ezpresBions meaning
nothing: r%^f5'i|«'*nS»W« "one
yersed in talking nooflenBe, as ii only
for his mouth's sake'' (or '^as if on
aooount of his mouth'') {Ev.).
ipm^ fito/m-iMis^'l^ bleak and barren
plaoe (JfAon.).
jfj^'fl ikar^wa I : pf . ^^ , imp. %\ to
hang up; to weigh ^ 1% ^'% M^T
weight ; ^^'^ measure ; soale ; K^'^i thar^wa
for 4|^*% H^'^ and ^'^ points on a steel-
yard- for weight or measure : if^*|! five
points on the steel-yard weighing two
annaB of silver : %^'^ (one ffair) is equal
to ten M hon^ whioh is a little less than
an Indian anna.
^^ ikar-ma ^frfW:, t«ll^» HTTT,
wnn a star ; a fixed star ; oonstellation :
!«••% ^^IS, J*«JP'«'^'ft'»J^ {VaLkar.)
the stars that are liberated and that soar
on high and roam are twenty-eight in
number: V^'^r^ ikar-ma-can with stars or
figures of stars on anything, a shawl, fto.
a hole or mnall opening for the admission
of, light in i^ house; a window; same as
r4^ V. SI^V; H'^WlT^ a plank or
board for a window; shutters ; flf^'ll^'V
1'^ rnmiw^^ lattice window; a grated
window.
q^'ft^^ ikar'khaHi the sphere of a
lunar mansion; a oonstellation together
with the minor stars whioh are included
within its sphere.
%^'T^ ikar^fgAhan nwir an astrologer.
i|^'(^ ^kar-icag a rigorous enquiry ; a
flogging (Ja.).
V^*« ikar^ehu i : literally star-water ;
bathing when the star Agastya {Rubyi^
appears in October, when, according to
Tibetan astrologers, water becomes pure
and wholesome.
f^'^ n: generally applied to dew
which is said to come from the stars :
§kar4ag tai eh$ (JH) to enquire rigorously ;
to restrict ; to bind down ; to Aog.
||^*«^ I j^rHiufti^ a shooting star; ft'**
igran^ma a lamp; $*"t'*i wviT a meteor:
f^'si^q'l^'q or 1^'^ wiivnnir the falling or
shooting of a meteor.
%K9¥^'^^'W^ tkar-iifdaii ggaH^lam
§na w^wi^ or w^nwni one having either
his face or nose glowing as a meteor ; a
demon; a meteor-mouthed arrow ; n. ofa
fire-arm anciently used in India* One of
the ancestors of Gautama Buddha, directly
descended from Mahasammata, the first
elected king of the world.
fip'W tkar-^pffoi^ff^fm fitor-fMi
Mfcrology; ^^'^js'cisil^^*! an astrologer
(jKMon.).
«P'W ikar^pkran or ipt^ a litUe
star.
q^*^^ Skar^l^^d h n. of a fabulous
city situated at the foot of lUrab (Sumeru)
mountain said to be the residence of the
wdlMira King, Eantha-M&ll. 2. the squares
in a chart of the constellations in
which the figiures represendng the stars
are written. 8. the angular distanot
between two stars or planets (Ce,).
^^'^ H: (Os.) 1. a penning of
cattle; assortment; separation; to pen;
to fold ; to separate, v. ^^'^
^^•*r|S't^l
87
W^^l
■apposed to be L»onU. Thie itar ii
believed to be the moft eteedy among the
■tan sad ia therefore called the eure-Btar
or flzed-etar ; alflo called the crown-atar.
Syn. ^■•t kt^f^pa\ ^l^a tka^ite^-
Im ; ^|iK'^^ g^er-^phur (Mian.).
W^'9^t^f^ iiar-ma tUag^tMQf alao ^^••^
p'WUi, a twinkling ■tar ; painting on a
canopy or on a ceiling in starry design ;
\ff^ thoflc oonstellationa throngh which
the moon paBfles in her reyolution round
the heaven ; <rf^i^ the constellation nnder
which one ie bom ; ^^*%^ a propitiona
eonitellation ; the constellation nnder
ivhiflh one piospers or which bringn
^)rtane and good Inek to one.
ip'sr^I ^kar-mm kUke ni'iq^f^ the
injury caused by a malignant star.
q^-sA'^ |t4r-iM|t ipyo4 sAfin an
examination or obaerration of the stars.
flf^'f^% Shor-mig^ "son of Btar-eye
or 9JbrHii^/' the eagle. A certain hermit
called #fcar-Mi|f found three eggs. These
he gaw to a woman in di str ess, saying
that if she broke them after seven days
they would bring her happiness. Out of
impatient onriosity she broke two on the
third and the nxOi day. These turned
into lightning and the dawn. The third
Ae broke on the serenth day, when there
gpnmg forth a full-fledged eagle which
torniAc round asked what she wanted of
him. In reply she wished him to kill the
Im dem<ms; and -this' he accordingly
Theneef orth the eagle came to be kn
as die son of gkar-mig (Jf^on.),
Mi^'^ ikm^idiin star-catching ; making
sure of a propitious const#llation9 e.g.^
for an intended journey (/a.).
«^'^^ §kar'M litfif :«ir the light emit-
ted by a star ; name of a kind of flower.
41^'V ^ar^pum works or treatises on
the stars ; l|^'««i'^M'9t« aacred works on
stars and planets.
IpI^Q tkal-pa ^fu, cw luck, chance,
fortune— particularly when propitious.
q«i'M ikai-ian fAiw wretohed; im-
lucky ; nnfortuate.
m^'Vfm lifcu^csti-nui, also called IF'f ^'^i
ifte^^iMfia 1. ini«9«V n. of a goddess ;
a blessed lady. 2. sf tt^we fpi^la IM-
IM n. of a diseiase in whioh the hairs are
affected.
nf^'H^ ^coHdan WW, mnm Wpy;
blessed; also n. of one of the 28 ancient
sages mentioned in Buddhist works.
f^'fl'^f ^ibrf-JUSsfi ffV-ffe mwftK^ n.
of a king of the solar race who is said to
have brought tlie river Ganges to JambuF
dvf pa (India) from heaven ; one of the
ancestors of the Buddha S'akya-muni:
'<&vour me w4^ letters uninterruptedly
like the course of the river Bhiglrathi
(Qangesr(rv.*.ir).
I|^-||if J|c*|jl-9*M fftffAidSsn fM-flaiJ bu^tno
UTifK'ft, V. •♦-1* Gai^g4, the daug&ter of
Bhaglrathai the river Ganges (MMtm.).
V*i'<r«i| iktil^pO'^H «iw» nrfir^ the for-
tunate : ipr^«^'^^ mflH^ ^nH are
very fortunate.
very fortunate, lucky; also powerful and
rich*
J^orqi
88
II
^qii^q ikal-pa, fgAam^ uniformly
foxttmate or always luolri iP'«rV^w»
foiiimate : A V^'||ii*<i'«iHi'^ H* mt dai^ ikal-
pa ifinam^par §kye9 Ull^lll ^nm^mifjMM*
bom with fortune eqnal to that of a human
t ||«i-q'qji;*If ikal'pa iuang^po vn^rm good
fortune; i||^'<r^^'Q bad luok, unfortunate;
I;^^t'^y4|ii'l|i| the matrimonial share of
the present life; the connubial fate for
which a person is predestined ; <«*d'i||4i'q
religious good luck ; also the merit of the
pious ; urt**'^ very lucky ; ip'*S unfortu-
nate.
i|<i'q ^S q ikal-pa ifoi-pa fortunate ; ipi'
<i'fq| q extra luck.
I|i|'^^ ikal-bphar enlarged fortune;
lucky or of increased luck.
JjjQI'^ tkal'tcass* eha UTirl. portion;
ihai^; ^i^q^^iq^ Ifq- W the apportioned
share of hereditary wealth ; inheritance ;
'«'««i Aharo or portion of food ; ration ;
«y^ri personal share : i||nq»i»sq^ without
being deprived of any of his portion. 2.
the portion of good or bad fortune that
falls to a man's lot as a consequence of
his former actions ; lot, fate, destiny*
ip'qaS'q ikalr^a ehaf-pa suppressed
fortune ; unhappy.
M^'^^ ikai^bxai ^^n 1. prosperous; of
good fortune. 2. a plant — CkryBonihefnum
^'^ ikal-rin the valuation of one's
share of property ; the price of one's share
in any concern (Jig.).
P^ $ka9 or H^l «A:a|.Ara, also called «|«'
fW^ : im'%^ f^.-^fw, a stair ; a flight of steps ;
%m Jr'^'*' order of steps ; f ^V^ the two
side-pieces of a staircase or ladder (CIs.) ;l|^*
H'>|o io place a ladder ; H^i'trw^q qnv-
qrT^fnsiT to come down a ladder; l|«'^'
<M*qiiOf W to olimb up a ladder.
l«i*ifvg*si fkaa-tkar khra^ma the lattice,
rail or fencing by the sides of stairs.
H^'^^'S ikai'ffdaH-bu, abbr. of W^'^'^^
^^'B, a flight of long steps in a ladder:
|H'^^^-q-«|-ipiq|^^*a- q^H' ^^^^•q• i?v«w I to
bring him (here) a seven-step ladder was
necessary (A. 91).
%^'^ ikoi^ihai signifies a flight of
steps (Jig.).
m^'^q ikai'hb the step3 of a ladder or
stair; the planks of a ladder.
M iku qrw, wiXWf ifSf, resp. for fP^ luf^
body. 1. §ku may be prefixed to the
names of parts of the body and even of
anything belonging to a person, thus
imparting to them the character of res-
pectful terms. As honorific pariide it can
also be prefixed to nouns in general : |'4«
the person or body of a great man ; |'«^
goods, stores or property of a man of
rank ; also the religious robe of a lama.
1*1* iku'ikpe8 a present (given to or re-
ceived from a respected personage); |'49s
virtue, happiness; |'^ image, statue;
1'^ the wrapper used by a lama or a
great man ; |*^ the cloak used by the
lamas when attending a reUgious service ;
f^'^^ the inner lower garment of a man
of rank. Even buildings (monasteries,
jftc.) are honoured by this respectful
expression: J'S^v^llqq to white-wash
a house, &c. ; 'ff^H rko^-^ku an engraved
image ; ^^*| tapestiy ; a figure worked
upon satin with silk ; ^t«i'| an image of
clay ; ^'9 a woven image ; 1('| a stone
image; {^'1 a molten image; |*| a
painted image; ^^'t a Bomo Rclitpo
uBftge; 1^1 VutMk^ a oait image;
^^'|0Mr-iiM a golden image. 2. for
1^ fte -yi may be also vaed honorifloally as
a poet, meaning •'biBi" ''her/' ''yonn/'
fto. 8« It is forfhar employed to e xpre ss
the leAectite Terb Myetf-^aH ia iku
bdeg ''why sve you beating yoanelf P"
|'I|<| iku^ikal portion or shore of a
respected person.
I V §ku'§k^m the lean slender body of
a respectable person*
HfP'^tkU'khami a great man's person;
also the state of wealth.
I'^lPqsK niku'i/am lUhbear a personal
intenriew; to approach or come before a
great man personally.
|'a^^«'«^« 9kt$^gegi cAag§ disease
caused by eril spirits.
Wtf^^ «*t^ Ma rffStal-po the five divine
Buddhas symbolical of the five highest
moral yirtoes inouloated in Buddhism*
1"^ sku^yu the matter or substance
whereof an image is made.
1'«|^ 9fB^tgyf4 a scion, descendant, of
a noUe fimuly .
f '^s^ fitf-(00r personal attendant of a
gieatman; gen. the attendant monks of
the Dalai Lsma (& kar. 181); also same as
m^d as in |-4S^'«r^-a §ku^ioar igtkhan^
pa, the domestic prieetof the Dalai Lama
who is also called |'«V'*n'9
I'qs^'li ikt^-icar-mo the raiment worn
next to the skin {Tig.).
n^n the chattels and other possessions of
any high dass person.
|'*i iku^kat^^'^ robes; drees worn
by great men or by lamas*
80 1*11
I «i^ 9ku'niehsd hrotiisn and eistcn.
••%c«|s«V^I "those who aie bom the
sons of kings are 'kum-che,' and tiie
pupils of one lama are 'kom-che' (XeC '
S). |*«A^^<pi the three spiritual sons of
Bromston— (l)Q*y'4'^-Hspi«, (2)|Tr^<^
^•^^S (8) ««K.«ria^-t- j>r«^ ; ^V^fpriT
^5"* S I'' *^|***S'^*4*«^ {Lad * ») ; these
three were called the spiritual sons of
Bromston.
|'«i^ |iptf.fi4^s|'Mi Uc^a§ or ^'^
handkerchief ( Tig. k. 66).
1'^ iku-ifHer VTWefW keeper of
images in a temple or monastery.
9'^ fAru-^t^kiA i: a reflected image, r.
1'^ or ^^^<iH likeneas (4r*m.).
|'«IH ii: »1 -^ the health or desh of a
respectable psorscn (JK^on.).
I't^ ^su-ttm an image of Boddha
or of a saint. It is a contraction of flie
three words : fih#, gtuM, ihug-ttem the holy
image, #.«., of a Buddha or saint; the
sacred books or volumes containing reli-
gious precepts ; and the vhaitya {wchotien),
the symbol of the resting of the th$g9 or
heart
I'^ir* l*a-i/^«w|=l^Mi birth (of
a great man).
9'^ iku'thog^i^'^ lifetime; age;
generation; l*rr««|*T^"« or fl^
ir^''« former generation; also ancestor
or predecessor ; fl^-l^si-illhrHT* sue-
ceeding generation ; |*l^'ss('Q many gene-
rations : •KI|«i|H^^|«»r1[-|'«|'sp;.fl-^qii
^i^t«i I q ^i the three incarnate beings
of Tibet {U.y the Dalai Lsma, Pancben
liama and Tarinith Lama) having come
in many re-births are greatly blessed.
IS
11^"^ iku dfui-pa a page; an attendant
ef a great man ; a pritate leoretary to a
highoflbnaL
1'^^ iku-^iiui reliot, remains; also
lineage, desoendants.
Q'^<( fte-^ra (kunda) nfimT, «Mlm,
9^ image; etatoe of Buddha or any
sainted persons.
Syn. Hf^iku-irfian ; |'TI^ fku-gMugi ;
flB^qf^ 0stijrff-(rfi0» ; 1^'^^ ihr-g^ugi ;
^^; ^'^ de-Ua; ^'^^cfe-iifra; ^••^ksi cfe-
hdrai V^^M pra^phab i$hin; *^sr«P^'
^c.« legi'-par i^AeUfi ^'^V bier-ino;
jl^'lt^'w iiar-grib-ma; q^en'sq^ ilar-bga
fpthun; s^m^'vitm dHoi-po ndshu^g; ^%'^
idra^a; rS ^o-fttf ; )^'^ ner4$had; ^^H'^'
|'V^<ifAw Idem-pa to be nnwell, ill;
iU-health.
Syn. «1>v«J5*' nad-kpii iiab; ^'W^e
nffrf phog-pa ; ^'^ twr-tra ; ^'^'^J^'^ na-Uha
bbyuH'fca] psw«'^'^*A^w#wa-t(fc-tfa; *V
qg^ii'q idu-wa tkhrugi-pa ; V^'^IV' *^-
ireir gduH-wa ; 9»W»i*«i^'^ nauyff ma-^cfe-fra ;
^'%^'^bro it9hal^a\ Y^^tnun-pa {IffAon).
1'^ ihi^na a respectable person's age.
%m^ zkm^'b^b a mimkey of the kngur
class loimd near Bathang.
I'^si Ski^thum '*a hundred thousand
images," commonly pronoonoed Knm-
bum. The name of the birth place of
Tsongkbapa in Amdo, situated to the east
of lake Kokonor ; also the name oi huge
jDonaiitery buili on the spot. YiUage and
monaststy both deriye their names from
a poplar tree, the leayes of whieh are said
to bear miraculous impressioiis of a hun-
dred thousand images *ol Buddha on them.
Hue and W. W. Sookhili have giyen
elaborate accounts of Eumbum monastery:
(LoH. 17) he (KiiiiMudwalkPhQlaThaiji)
erected the gilt dome of the monastery
of Ghambaling above Eum-bum in Amdo.
I'm i'^U'itnad the part of the body
below the navel; |'9S'm the upper and
lower parts of the body.
1'^ iku48ha a brother's son; a nephew;
called ^*V Uha^o in coUoquial language.
^^'^ihhUhab a representative; deputy
ft^H^ 9ku tske^od-W^'^^ during
the time of his predecessors.
j'*»*t iktMfiishaij reap, for ^^^H% the
blood (of a great man's) body.
|*^Q« ihMkai§ lit. '^your honour's
feet," is the correct form of the bolloq.
expression I'-'H^t meaning your
honour, your lordship, your worship. It
is generally pronounced as ku»iko.
i'W 9ku^g!8ansz^^ gun %hawl wrap-
per worn by lamas ( Yig. k. 66).
a'^^«i^#*w-»*«yf ft*««*V« health;
also healthy.
Syn. r*^'^ khami Jcfe; ^rt^s fcr-
^'A'Moi bro fm-Hshal (Jf^on.).
|*^'<l^ll*^^'^^ ffjtti^' bab§ dai iitun
according as his health permiti;; according
to the state of one's health.
l-^ITsiX^ iku^yi 90-^dog, resp. of V^\
r^m lu^^yUkhami health : U'|^'f'«iVr^^'
g8«Ws|lKiwwr|>^-ns^-HR- 1 just now youn
health is good like the condition of the
gold in the Dsam-bu river.
I-^I
01
|*vpi |lw.r«^l a1|'^« fitf-roifl, alao V
M^ «fai-ra^9 a sadi ( Tig. i. 66.).
9'^' liw-riX the period of a life— ane*t
own or •notlieir't.
1'^ fiti-rifit, xoBp, for ^'f rm^gro^
T^fTesrefD/oe^ respeot, aad thence the coioxaon
word for any set service in a temple and in
general for a cetemonial act of woTBhip,
and particalarly in the special sense of a
solemn saeriflcial ceremony. |'^*rj'f^
^l^'frr^"*!!^'^ indicates the allowance
granted by the Qovemment of Lhasa for
Kwrim in the different monasteries of
Tibet.
9*^ sibf-ru a water-wheel without a
rim; such are the water-wheels of all
the mills in the Himalaya (c/cl.).
«|*5[P ^kurfik'kha asterisks; marks
generally of the figure of a cross, +
also X . The latter is common in books
as an abbreviation like ** ditto," to save
the repeated writing at full length of the
same sentence or word or expression.
Some authors spell this word as Q'VP-
1*^91 fku-bii w^9 resp. for ^«, the
body.
j^d oorpulent ; also corpulence ; the ori-
ginal name of jffirom Sffy^tca^t bbyu^
gnat (4lMofi.).
1'1'h'*'* iku-g^gi-pa dying; death.
9'^^ Shi'gfeniffen Bab the great
teacher of the Bon: ^\U-V«'^PST%"r'^
1^1'^'^^'^R^ *' Soi-ur ipal was my
father, I 9^ 99^ of Tag g»her am called
Mbrom** (Bbrom. P ft),
1*9^^ iku^rai irgya4j the eight
qtfritoal sons of Bon-po B^en-rab are the
following :— (1) «'V^ MiUim \ (2) ^'%Y^'
H S9t4iug ikat'po ; (8) ^rfa'S*^**^ Q4<hiu
bum-ioii; (4) S3V3'^'^^ Opya44n$ khf%^i ;
(6) %^'^^ lu^hM:^^i (6) '^V'^W 9rg^4
idttH ; (7) ^t:4rf^f^% KaH4$ka ikar-po ;
(8) >lfi^'''^^*E'«^ Ebi-UAa ^jAut-bn chu4.
t'^^'l^ 2^'^ gsud'thugsy resp. for
^4i'M|-9^ body, speech, thought, which
constitute tho ihreo sphere.) of j. ii.fvn'
doingd or Bufltrir;^^; y>rkL ii.. 'Horajs aud
thoughts.
1'^^ tku^gsutn t%q[fw, f^rarrv the three
personal ezBistct:cea of a Buddiia, v:.?.,
^^'S'iJ iniNnw spiritual existence ; ^^'^'
8\?«jn'«i5"j fnHi?;«T^ celestial eriatonoe,
and a«i'«A'g f»iHjl'X«l4| bodily exli?ioac3;
also miraculously emanated ^xistcuco.
J'^l^ iku-gae/! rest and gontlo exercise
(of a great man) when oonvalaeoent : ^fw
|-^t|-^^«i«^*w ' when gout was indica-
ted in the form of sweUing of the body and
slight improyement approached, it being
the time of convalescence, he went out
(Ja-w/. 11)
W^^^ tku-isruHf or I'^wia ^n.
ftsrufit-^ tfmwsi, ^m^nm attendant;
waiter; body-guard.
S*ipS| fAw^5= J^ wager; the stake in a
game received by the winner. J^'^
^^•*i signifies |S««^*^^^'»^«««'^T«i, that is,
anything placed in pawn: l^'^^'^S'M*
|'«dt*4(«i t (2>. J2.) it the wager is lost he
will be plunged into an ocean of grief.
|C*2||A;Kil^a==CTQ'«^'<i to conceal in
a secret place {fiag.)^ pf . 4|^« i9kiUI§^ fut.
4|^' itkuH, 1. to hide in the ground ; to
bury; to inter: «iSTl''i?^'V'?'^<»lw'^M
I have found hidden treasures and
concealed wealth (nor.)- 2. iHNiw
{A. K. 63-66) to fasten dovm ; to tie, to
I"il
92
|«r-q|
tie on all Bides (a corpse in a doubled up
or twisted position before it is burnt).
||^^'« 9kuil9^a lurking place; biding
plaoe.
1. tbready 7am, wire: IV^^V** to cut
the thread, t.^., the tie of marriage; to
diroroe. ^<i'^X»<' j5|[V<i the thread to sew
a dress with ; ^^'fj^ cotton thread, yarn ;
^'JS woollen thread ; ^^ 5S gold wire ;
W'J^ silver wire : JS ^^ yellow thread ;
S^'l^ silk thread ; ^^'%^ coloured thread ;
f S'^ the frayed ends of a seam ; |V^^'
f^ an embroiderer ; one that makes up a
picture with threads of different colours ;
^V^^= ^5P¥'i5S'«' ^rf^ftni needle- work on
doth; JJV^«M*'^ spinning thread. 2.
vb. pf . «Jjl^, ful. m, imp. Jl'^, to smear ; to
besmear ; to daub : |»»<i|*\«»= J* 8*q^'*» to be
smeared with oil: ipMj^JV*! to paint a
door: 1P''S"1S'*' to anoint; to apply an
ointment; JSo«j1»«i or |S«rq|«^-^ci
threads twisted together.
JS**^ ikuihpfthi ^=S^'5 %9 dar-
gyi ^rin-lm silk-worm (jtfi^fi.}.
ipun zla 1. wife's brother; brother-
in-law. 2. ^1;^ father-iu-law (cTa.). 3.
in Sikkima hvtbbaud's younger brother
is also called iku4-po.
^^*9 tkun-bu is described as Vf^vv
q^^'<A'|^ imyug^ma-la iiag§-pai$ inof a
wicker-work basket ; but a basket or vessel
made of bamboo is called ^^'8 or V"'**
(Jlfag.).
W ikub ^rvr very low (Lex.).
»*l'^ ikum-pa, pf. ^w^fut. iijw, imp.
|»Mi, to contract; also to be drawn up; to be
paralysed: «hI'«iT|'<'^ to draw in the
limbs.
^^'0 nh^'pa ^XT^K slander; false
witness ; blasphemy ; abuse : |j^*^^fl*i*a game
as l^'^rqjq-q to throw abuse, east aspersion
and to bear false witness; to speak im-
piously of holy things : ^^^'W^T^W^*"*"^^'
g«^ff'^i^|^qH^wq to blaspheme by view,
ing as untrue the three most precioOB
Ones.
^^'^ lifkur^a or 1^8^ g to slander,
mock, ridicule.
S^'n II:=g^'q 5nif a bestowing,
giving, sending ; also vb. a. to bestow,
give, send; Sq^'qj'%'q ^nfirtqr to furnish
with power; to empower or instal; ^^
5^'«J to send Intelligence ; ^'5^ probably
decorating one with the peacock's feather
(as in China).
j^q-R^q^q ^kur-wa hdehi-pa to hold aa
not existing what exists; to belittle.
5'««|^ gkui'fjikkhaii in W, overseer
(cTa.).
J«i'4 ikul'tgy^i to render service; to
exact service : ••'^••r'^-i^^wjiJvjii^ftjra^-jqii
the eon-in-law (elect), though he is not a
slave by birth, must render service for three
yearn (to the parents of the bride).
a^'2I ^ul^wa, pL.m«, '^^'f^'^ to
excite ; to exhort, admonish, enjoin : ^
H^fljfijis q^jai q to exhort a man to do a
thing; to appoint: ftH"«^1'"^H^'y im-
posed some work on a person: ^^-ln*^-
q|fli'^^ being induced by his words: ^'
^'mnn''s^lf^*^^'%^''%^^^\ tie (departed)
soul urged on by its former deeds and
sins: S'^^'^Kl'^S^* though I tried to
bring round the gods and evil spirits
by sacrifices: 8«^«'«P''^Ta'|*''^^' arousmg
strongly (the actors) with flutes and other
instruments. ^9^'^ and more frequently
q|ai'«i exhortation; admonition. q|<i'ir
^^ also 1^JT«' «nd |^«T8S' to
expofltolate with, rebuke ; inoite.
Jf^'^'ikul-tBhig a woid in the horU*
tiTO or imperatiTe mood.
11 fib m^, reep. ^^y neok ; throat : ^i^
4'^^ with one throat ; onanimonaly : 'i|'
^V4=s1|'^^« and 1|'^H«i to cut one's
throat ; to behead: It^'MM-q to seiae by the
throat ; to worry (Beh.) : ll^^^'d to tie
round the neok (an amulet) ; ll"^^ neok-
laae (Sehr.) ; 11'* ornament for the neok ; a
neoklaee : PMlAMl'jifc'y-^ the ooral neck,
laoe of a woman of Kkam§.
\JI^' tke-iiofi cavity of the throat («/a.),
defined in Med. as 8l«i«i^|'>Cn-<«'ii'^c^fc-
if^-q the cavity as &r down as below the
larynx.
||'4f 9ke't$e orH'X TTfMiT, it^: Sinapis
ramoMy black mustard; mustard seeds
{Ja ) : ^^Tr^«HMiV^-fr^*ii| it removes
evil spirits and 3nre« swellings and
carbuncles {Med.).
1|'^' Ske^ehaH n,of an old monastery
situated in th«> mountains behind the
monastery of Sera (Deh. ^ IS).
a sash; an ornament like a sash worn
round the waist.
%f^ ^9 W^ n. of a oonsteUation :
'^M^ ffe^-fa fi^l ^#ITiff bom in the
constellation of Aglefd. [The man bom
in the constellation of Afle|& is unf ortu-
natai inasmuch as his birih is followed by
the death of himsrif, his mother or father.]
Irf^ lft»^-4t|of painty rouge (for the
&oe)(A9»i).
1|C*^C4| JSJtei^Juti n. of a place in
Tib0t (Deb. ^ U). '
98 ^V^\
Ih^'T^ l*f»#-*tfr same as UMp-s-ip,
white sash.
ii;^m n. of a medicinal drug (jtftfon.).
%S^ jW-it/«=>\'«i wfir the waist:
lis ffttf lA'W orV^'i^w iked-ikabt f«nn^,
the hind parts below the waist ; 1^'<A'ST*
%qrarT waist-band, "ij^'^ tf:e4*9o the waists :
. "i^S'^'*^ j-^a«'1lV«*l»«|«ra the length of
hair reaching down even to the waist
(JSbrom. P SB).
ilS'M ikei^mOy v. t'^, pomegranata
(ITAm.).
V*'^ ikem-^iad consumption.
||*l'^ ikem-pa^r*^ whw, adj. ^[%
fpww, wit vb. pf . 'IP Win, fttt. ^nf^ or
^nfrm:^ imp. iH ifomi , pres. H^fl^ftsa
1. to make dry, lean meagre ; to dry up.
2. also as adj. I|X'Q gkam-po dry; dried
up; meagre.
V* |ikM»^sVi'H^V^'«i lea% thin
body (JlfHtm.).
V*'9^ $kem^e4 n. of a demon that
causes drought; VSvl^^^ n. ol a
trouble (in the body of a person) caused
by an evil spirit.
It^'dSA'^l^'Q ^m^ei dkar^po the resin
of the eal tree, which is burnt as an
incense; same as H^'S^ white iccense
gum ($Man. 447.)
V*^'* ^/^emipe d - m a n. d a goddess.
«^'<rii^*|-ifV*in an epithet of Knmira,
the younger son of Ifahideva (Jlfik^.).
V^'*' 9kem§'pa vmnr» ww, v. ^a
very thin, lean.
V«-qR |q*a ikemhpa^i fbrebt-jM iStrm
the bunger of emaciating disease.
||*^'^*|^ |*#r Mifur pony, aheeis
y^ 1*04*0 f^nv the ohin.
y(X tk(H00, pt ^IK fat. ^'or ««f-«i,
to aoliot ; alio to appointi nominate, oom-
^f— i/wi^ ohttge; ^m'triT'' to appoint a
pmmtowdrk: V'^F-V^SM^'**'^*'^ I
(jr. Ai. ^ Ml) ihonld appoint a ge-kmg
(Buddhift numk) to arrange for lodg-
ing) trtl^'^''' re^ to the throne;
«rQ)pR*l|a' witliottt mandate; nnbidden;
^«i'ii'4i^'iide0tlned; appointed to the work,
<.o^ diitiiied (to be a man) in ooneeqnenoe
^ hit iw»ki I »^•|• w^ appointed by
mydeitinyifate(iniO*
Tfr^ |iko4f# a miztnre of the leaTos
of vtfloiia kinda of leeke ponnded and
formed into balla and dried; when used,
ft email portion it broken off , frit ~
bntter, and than added to Uie food,
qloe lormi a Ineratim artiele of oomnieroe
and ii exported from Ladak to Kashmir
and from Lhaea to India (J3.).
Iftpi §kog§m^^9 or ^fT«» a hard cover-
ing; rind; baik ; a ahell: fl"-*^ §kog§oan
adj., having a oover or ihell (<?••).
l(fe'^ floiiHM fn, pf. W^^ W^h
fat mF favp* ^t to *°^» ^^ *^-
^•ari|k*, to fdit a hope: F^'^ to fill up
what fjopen; to make iip a defldenoy: S^'
*Ftf^4^i'4Mi<M«-l*»<to fulfil perfeotly
the lawi of virtue. rHkor F^(|F« alio pw
^ rignifyan appendix; supplement: ^^n*
VP**f^'^*'^ will be deioribed in the
tfpendix betow: W^''^'^ to do a
anteai oormony folly aooording to your
T«l
vow; ^viA*4||^*^ the ceremony to latiifjr
one's guardian deity by aapplamentiiig
what was wanting and making amends
for the same: ^IF*^1^ is ^Ji offering or
ionna for a defioienqy: 1IF«^^ offering
of some representation of celestial man-
sions, made of coloured threads, to one's
guardian deities ; ^^'"pi offering to tho
gods and guardian deities.
i[«r^ f*o«|-fi>=^«riirMr^ may your
hope be fulfilled.
Ij^'fl iifcoii-/Nis$r<> 1. sbfit. V. %fl.
2. vb* pf • and fut. ^Ipi to dress ; to dothe
another person.
)JW i*o«s=IF«^, vw««s«», e^*^*
HM'^W^'^A'^^ (i^<vO signifies the com-
ing oooaaion of doing some difficult work.
Ij'l t: 1^0191 f^TWr, «^r thirst; resp.
M'i|ii 8haU§kom,'fV^''fp^'^''^ tormented
Vy thirst; Mi'V^'i|«i food and drink: C«r
^•^vv^-r^-^ tike milk (Ut. "white'')
and tea for thirst: if^%9g.'^pSn fkonhdu
ehai-iftol take wine for thirst (EitUhai.
116).
Ijijfi n: the dry land (Jd.).
ijsri^ ihom-^kyur sour beer; K)ur
fermented liquor*
ipw "iS 9k&m-da4 or iKsV* thinrt ; fr*^'
ir«rl'ii one who is very thirsty : if^^^V
•TiT^si lypf ^rwrfiit: (give) drink to the
thirsty; ^V^'^^^S^k'^SS wishing for
drink; F^H mouth drying; thirsty: |«'
«r^-^<«^* V9^«»^ ^^ r the thirsty will be
freed from their thirst.
9^1'^ fjtom-M| «f^ thirsty; imp.
)r«sr^ w)>ifi(^ become thirsty; C'l^V^
(iim(wi thirsty,
IK-1 fibM-f^^ fl<^ of a eaU that
died or was killed as ioon aa it wai bom.
s
¥^f 95
even befine it oould saok milk from its
mother's teat (Sm^n.).
11^4 §i»mhpa firvnF^ thirsty.
Hjl^ |far L qIms^ order; apperteiii-
ingto; sabjeot ; drole ; bod J— e term often
used to signify a retmue, a set of atten-
dantSy persons of one dass ; '^^ elaas
of official stait ; also oourt (Tiff. k. ST) ;
i'^U^ daei of husband; that whioh
eonoerns a hnsband ; 9^*^*1*1^ olass of
women, about women ; ^^'If^'^ of that
order; with rsepect to that; also of that
snbjeot ; ff^'K^'^ on the fnbjeot of
Ktagaium ; sAS'st^jf^ the paraphernalia o(
warddp ; ^1^ oiioiiit^ toor : f S'H^^i Pir
«ppr|^- V^^t^^r^-ffr^ I <«the Besideiit
Amban of Tibet (stsrted) from Lhasa on
a nulitaiy tour, ftc/' 2. anything roond,
a cirde; ^|K eye-balL In W. V^
hoop of bamboo (Sekir.) ; M-y^ ths
(oireottf ereaoe) of a man's head ; P^'fi*!^
the top of a house. 8. soolionf diTision,
€,ff.^ of a book, similar to ^ chapter. 4.
repetition ; lp^'f^'«i to repeat {8ekir.). 6.
reUgious oiroumambulation, t. 4^'^.
S^jm. \^ tie-iihan^ ^^ rigg^ ^ ffrag^
^ dan (4ffM.).
i^'sn iftor-fiUaii one who goss round ;
|K*q one who turns a lathe ; one who oir-
eumambutates or walks round a saorsd
objeet.
tar.) classes in astrolf^gy. There are eight
heads or seclio|is according to Indian
aslRpIogy; aoooiding to Tibetan astrologj
there axe flflesn ^'^ heads cf astrology,
sock as about kings, ministers, priests,
ngratios, foeens, Aa ; also about
birlh, growth, maidenwi old psnons, ill-
ness, husbandry, houses, serrioii, Ac ; ^c
e|^^-^«v«-^-«l about profit in trade*
^Tr■^»^•*^♦^^m| ^ptoAt from the com-
pounding of medicines and drugs ; W*
*p«'<vani'<K-et- 1 interest accruing
from the laying out of lilver (money).
^*Y^ l*^-WJW^I turning the enemy;
getting into his rear (J8.)*
K^'s^ §kar4kaff the cord of a lathe.
H^'^ ti^f'^Ml price or rate; also
interest on anything in kind ; in grain
giTsn as loan.
ii^'H gkar4ktff a pair of compassee;
If^'Hm • ding.
I^'«i §kor^ or ^'^'9 or if'^'^W a turner ;
also one who goes on his rounds.
ip^a fioTHM, vb., pf., &C., fut. «i|^
1. to fill with ; to surround, encircle,
enclose, besiege ; to come again and again ;
to^revolTe: p^-<*1F^*<cft^ ^ j (A. X.)
the town that waa encircled (filled) with
homes: Ifrs^-e^ i^-«ii^'«^i*^MNJ| the
three men of those who were surrounding
them : ^t'frWY^'mnif^ r the Chief cf the
Ta-rti^ mountains is surrounded by
rugged rocks: |'rs^a'^ur>'mi( the
I¥-rfoi {Ti90) mountain ie eurrounded by
glaoien: S-^'S^rn-aqr^wai^ the Kfura
Bw^^ mountain is surrounded by water
(JD.jR). 2. to tiuTene ; ride round a thi^g.
Also metaphorically in the religions ssnse:
<«r|*^'V-a|k'a to preach, to pffopound the
doctrine of Buddhism: 'ri'lh^'V-il^'**
to make mystic ofisrings (i.^., the lyvbo*
licsl oflerings v ap^^^n^ n g caitf% aeeuanu
lated merito) to the TimMk dstties, and
to obeerre the ceremoniee thereof . 3. 9^'»
or ^*w'9^ nrf^ the remrentisl eaie*
mcny of ciroumambnlaticn which eonsisls
in walking round a holy e^|eet wMi
l^-«^l
«•*• riglit ddd towudi tt. TbisiiilM
cdbd <«i^ «AoHlte^ WkK^n Bnddhiit
cJiooanftBibnBLlitioii* Tb6 Bvi&dbiit priMts
ol Tibok perfom lihk in ocmtndis^
to V<l^ or ih« o&nmmj of tba Bot^ vlio
Mvwvnoei ft laorod object liy walking
ramd it keoiing it to bis Iflft. The Bon
ottemony ii alio odled «f<iriK i?alldng
Tonndft bolj objeot kee^ng it to the left
ff <>^-4^-«rtV^ M ft ipeoafliofttion of reli-
gfanis dntiee, to meke Nlutfttioa and oir*
eomftmbiilatioiiB. ^1^ tbe inner peth-
wftj for daeamembidftting ft bblj piece
or dunne ; \^ the outer peaaege for the
ftbote objeot ; ^1^ the middle pethwaj
for the iftuie ; ^'§S Vkor-J^ one who
goes round or makee ft onrale or trayerae.
Other naagea of thia Torb are : — vt^l^'^
or a^l^'SS'^ to befool, delude, deoeire a
peraon ; rif^'^ ^^ tkar-wa to nuike one
alter one'a aentanoienta; to divert one from
aplan^fto. *^^-^ liter in •rqJ^-^qi^Bigmflea
if all were taken into aoooimt; the dr-
omnatanoea or thinga tfvailftbkt (A. liS)»
Syn- '^'^ »**er-«w; "R^R'^^'** y«*-
il^'I^ ikar-tsker on thia oooaaion : ifH*
X^' jS'cr^jc I on thia (present) oocafiion
proeperity arose.
i^'^^lite-r^sB^wlhrS^'ci in courses; in
rotation, one ooming after another and
again going baok.
i|^*«l>i ikar-km a roundabont waj;
the way or passage round any saored
plaoe, temple or town for pilgrims to
eironmambulate it; the pafliway round
about ft monasteiy used for holy prooes*
i^^'tf^ci ikarJog'pa a wrong turn : f^'
ilar^rMI'q to walk round an object in the
wrong way, keeping it to his left.
96 n I
HP^'V llor-^' ft tuzneor'a lathe or tool
Kf^"^ flM-4Mia:^*Q pi. and fof. «ilH,
to boa (rb., aot., of. ^"i) : ^* one who
boils tea.
fl iJfeya 1. crop ; the prodooe of
a year, K^., *fl; If^ pl«nteoue crop:
^'K'l'l^'Q'jc I this year the crop baa been
abundant : \*|M«*t«^' I thia year the
oiop baa been uuBuooesaful (lit. ^^aloMr")*
2. a pad^ ; alao ladle. 8. wall or parti-
lion, usually f^'%. 4. plain, wiftont dia-
^j« gniaiimg Qoloor, but soo l'^^ bslow ; f
^ a plain unpaintedboz: f^ ft blftnk
book: 1*^ ft plain hat without ribaaid,
f^ ikynhbag gxejisHi colour; izon-grey
colour (Jig*)*
J'^l |i^aJ»s|'^ magpie; in Ld.
n. of ft bird (Oa.) .
Syn. »B-9 ^**ra.w; •«l^|'^*^1' »
I'l fkffa ihya pale-white ; grey colour.
■'M'Q ikffa tgyainpa to row ; to ladle.
S ^ ikya-ehcn a superior kind of plain
scarf (for presentation) {8. kar. 179).
g^oi |A;ya-nt7 zinc.
f^'^ ikya-tha-le oi "piaisk white colour.
f9S 9kya4hu4 a kind of plain cheese
made of pounded dried milk with butter
but not with sugar.
|'9S'^ ikva^hud-leb a kind of cheese-
cake made of dried milk and butter.
I'S^ fiiiya-Mtim a kind of cake orbiaotiit
made without sugar or treade.
I'Verft-qiifcya^Aom-me-iMi glaring white:
|-V«ift*q-e|)e|'Air^4c at all timea one of
ff
97
r*^i
1*^ My»-ii€ir mvRi, tnw 1. n. of a
floww, Bignoma graveatens. 2. brown;
bnfl.
r^T* 9hthnar kkra^ also |'ff^'<qrV
fn ^nWf n. of a flower; |'f^'^^
^vrftjir ^rnw another spades of Bigtuh
nia f r mt e oh m .
d a city in ancient Indiay PAtallpatrat
now euppoeed to be Patna«
f^'fT*! 9hffa-nmr ^ian'$m ^vm^^
alpo MiMli^al n. of a riter in Ancient
India; aoo. to BhaTabhnti'e deioription
tibe nrw flowed nrf MW^Hi or modem
Nftrwtr in MUwa mvw (wi^Mt). lliii
ktt«r name of the river ooenn in Bliava-
Uraii'e Iffilathnidliava, written early in
the 8ml oentnry*
I'Q §kpm^wali 1. Tb. pf. ^m iikgoi,
fat a| dAyii, to oaixy; oonyey to a plaoe
(aqneniUy ol etonefl, wood, water, Ac).
2.a^ii to ebange plaoe.
|*q fl^«-iMn:alio|'V|j^yiiM0OiimK,
Im grey <v wbituh grey; palo-wbite;
i^l a eeenkr peiionage ; one olothed in no
pertiedar edloiv ; a layman, from the grey
eoloor oi the ooazee eei^ whioh is gene-
islly won by the lay people ol Tibet: %'
^4| wImb^ (he was still) a layman, m.,
hsd not entered iliesaQred order {A.lt6)i
f^tyyi {A* lt6) from the time I was a
]a7n8a;f|lie^t bine, f^'lli^t green;
^*|lig^red; ^'| «f^ tawny; light
yellow; f'| riee ; barley withoat anything
to eat it with; insipid miserable food; |'
^ whiteness ;isantne8s; ^'|tV^'«ftlh
mittike dtyof Kapila; H|t^^isni^.
IT^ the lesidenoe of KapiU; %^*|^*^Vi
«f)rwrar the hermitage of Kapila.
f l!^'"P*l a rower (Jflleii.).
I'W #*ysHso«^v•^•i^•*F••^^ pale
whitish yellow.
I'V'I fkffo^^oo fpifi Tnlgar people; the
oommon worldly men.
!'*> ikga^ma hard and rough soil lor
oultiTation : mr^r^wrfw^yirmisi (Jig.)
as to soil, two kinds, thealluvial or soft
and the hard or graToDy,
r«rf p ^X|«Hm MkMff n. of a Test
grasqr plain or oomnum belonging to tibe
Oovenunent ol Thees in (Oented
Tibet).
f r SkifthgUa dry gpraes.
1'^ |ly»f<is a layman at the top (of
• row) : IfrV^FlT^r**'*^ *• *«»
left hand row ol seati shonld ha?e alay«
man heading it (Jig*)*
V^m ik^a-rii oi^line, sketch, draw-
ing of the outlines of a piotnre, whidi is
generally done with charooal in Tibet:
^*^|'^*^^'f-« ^1^ then ootlinea of this
kind are neoessary (A. 108.).
1*^' tfif«MWl, also oalled |*if^ ^m:,
n. of the lake from which (the Tang^tM
kiang) the BiTsr of the Goldsn Bands
%UMgn ikytHT^i Mif-fo ^tW the
several stages or dlTisIons of the dawn
which are— |*^Mrv^wi^!ii^ir the oopper-
red dawn; I'^mi^"^ iftur the white
dawn (the earth); fUvlK, the golden or
yellow dawn; |'U.srv^*Q*-^*^ <7l«nra.
the flrst appearanoe of the dawn ; f^Mr
q^*sr<^'a ^fhnm the appearanoe of the
middle or the yeUow dawn; f^Mri-si
mwi^^ the last (stage ol the) dawn.
1'^ ikpa-lan also 1 9 in O. morning;
twilight; dawn.
1'^ §kgthl$bm%9%^ A rodder.
|H ^iw-ssil n. of a tiee (JL);
translation of the name Pi94v.
li
l-Hc-^t^l
P8
1**^*^*4 |jfeya-i#«-;i bu xrxwf the boxis
oi P&9411; |-*5.-^'8-|«i|Tin«^ift^- the
21AIII68 of Ear^a, the oldert of the PAp^A^r*-^
nA : ^w irv«w**i;' the names of Ftf-
STi^H **J'8 ^Hks^, ••"1^1 ^nrmiqi
5TS'«1«^ frrj't: ^^"1**^ the names of
Bhimft-senar-vil^; |'^'f^'f^ Slt^
ifobi-ldan, Tt'^nm'lm TsAogt-lai gkyei V^*
^' 9rid igrub-kyi mii^ the names of ^^^
Arjtma— 8'^sr|, fwqK.'V^', ^V8'*,
r«K.'9^wii^'Ai^' the names of As'Tinlka*
mixas Sahadeyar-)^)'!^ $3fey^ r^ liyiM,
■W Wrtf : |-*i^-^3g4«^«»»v the names
of the wife of the five P&9(}aTa — i^T^;
W*T*^ rnmiy vdvit ; ^'l^^ RHikyei-ma^
•«sis'^ HSM'' Righyei 9kye§, ?T5'W
1'^ ikya-^er white and yellow, t.0.,
the laity and the elergj, the latter being
distingnished from the fonner by their
yellow dzess.
1*9*^ ikya-ihmi oooors in the pas-
Mge «^^c|^srt-|•^^^J•^•n^*^^•*^TAw•l^•
W* ikyO'lham leather boots put on
by laymen.
IPPI ikyag-pa I: same as «^|^ 1.
human exorement ; also any ki^d of ordure.
2. bad man, the dreg or soun of sooiety ;
A^ri^ seoretion from the eyes; IT^'^V^'i
to ease nature.
8yn. \U dri^ksn; ^ irun (fun); i|*
|**|'fl II: L-IT**. 2. pf. ^I^n, fttt.
^% imp. i^ to spendt lay out, espend :
l^if ezpenditura oritemsof ezpenditme:
I ^V ikyag4ho list or aocount of eaq^enses.
3. in jr. i'T9^*) to slaughter, to murder
(J3.).
|TV Skyag'po n. of a place in Tibet:
|«r«'^V^^ the marshy plain of jp[n.
^ ikyad JvmKi V«'|^T9 »ddi«h
brown.
+|C*^'^ ikyad nulmTf^' or «Ti %9
plaster; also payement; day-flour ; mud-
flour; IMMV*'*^^^^' «» to pave; to
plaster; according to 8oh. to rub, polish.
tI^^ jkyaij ashamed ; in shame : y st'
^ ^ being ashamed {A. K.).
^JP^ ikyabi nt^ proteotion, defence;
help, assistance: ^^'IPM'I*!^^ proteo-
tion for the place and for the oooaaion:
'i^^'Si''V^'l*|^* permanent and 'ever-
lasting protection which according to
the Buddhists can only be obtained from
taking refuge in the three holies:— (I)
Buddha who is the teacher is called |M'
H^'ci or the Befuge Master; (2) Dharma
or the sacred doctrine* called |W*^^ the
real protection; (8) Sa^gha, the priest-
hood called l^l^iAVspi, the friend for
gaming protection. Betoge in tihsse three
completely libsratcs one from the missries
of the world and seoores the state of omsis*
oience for the derotee: fwr^V'^'^f'"*"
Vs|-s|9*i the three fonnula or ezpressi0ns f or
seeking refuge in the three holies : (1) i/^
t^f^^wit^m^m^fum'^mr^^M] *^l oome
for lefnge to Buddha who is the chief of
the two-footed''; (2) ^^V«"«ws^"8"r*^NH
l«'r|W«'«i>l '*! come lot nhgh to
Dharma which separates from dasirss";
(3) *^»^- J•»•«T^^^•^^•^•|«^«••*<I "I come
for ningb to the prLeittood, the duel of
IF^i^ itysAf-iipoii hdper; proteotor;
ddmnr. The Kf^p-gom is the popular
tram for the Daki Luna in Lhaia and
for the Pa^flhen Lama in Shigatse
and tfaroog^oat Tsang. It is alao applied
to other inoameta lamas hy oonrtesj.
IF*' ■*f"*51 9htAMMf^ iff^ original
or xeal protecftcr; a oomplementaiy title
ottbe Dalai Lama: |'^«'f<l*|^'^'^^'S^'
^?^^^^ aoooiding to the spirit of the
letter of oommand of the Proteotor.
fiia 1^ I'Jfs li^oif-iveji rttB-^d lit
flie Broteotor (residiDg cei the) top (of
Petal* and the cout) helow: |W
«Vf ''offer, irithoat fail annnally, as
hflCore, the new year^i homage to the
GxandLame and his Gout."
I^^i^i ilfatf-tfrM iJ^pKnm helh pro-
teotor mnA enliflditener*
99
r«l
'^ fiyeii ftoo/^e- the ph^e of
refoge : p«r*f^^^»*T«Wt«wMl ejc
eept the three preobms ones (here lis no
'nlaoeoC nftige.
i^H^ •il*«*#-4w«**f^ ahleeslngj
fsToor ; taken imder proteotion : ^*i^'^*
^I'^I^H^I UeasingiKttainediii aMord-
mee vlfli one's mental prayer {Tig*
|wrHYC §ktfQb%^kj^ lAtMMi to ask
henedidaon from the higher olass of
iMaraate lamas for proteotion against
disease^ eril spirits, and other enemies, and
also for ft safs journey to heaTen withovt
faDing into hell, fto.
I^Wf^ ^riAi*gna§ the j^Iaoe of
rafdge, eholter; also of persons, helper.
^n. yi ■! J ^ iiv|fW9P7pi9Mi ry|s^esfiv^.
*^*^^ the great ohjeol of irorAI^ or
adoration (JfKsfi.).
proteotion ; saTed (JBam).
yw*t ftyeSf-tye the person who sseha
refuge.
l*r|s iif«6t4y«^»^c«, tir pro-
teotion, defenoe (4IHo«i*)*
V^t\^§ktaiibr$4^ to proleot, help,
saTs.
V^^ iJ^tfAt4o9 imr worOy ol
proteotion; also V^'^W^ ^mn the ttnae
proteotors, m., Bnddhfti 2MianB* and
Saiigha.
|e«'V^V'e ik^OM^ ttfo»m m fmr
^t^ liyed hgro^ioa i^iieiw to saek
refuge ; a going nnto or repairing to for
protection, ii^iiiiim or J^^tini|i| hasheeu
de&|ied in the BodhioharytTattra as fol-
lows :— i(jnrt %inff|lrflr llpfmiPlil I •* I
take refuge in the three gwns.'' In the
saaie work fern has heen snhalttiited lor it
and it is found in the list of serened
hi^est modes of worehip,
the idee of seekiBg refoge*
I'l'S £>fw^«f « plM« in Tibet
(D#». AS).
1^'^ libyar-w naked (in^ ttie
dialeot of Puxeng).
11^*08^1 ikftat^ieag to bring, into
reooUeetion, to bring back into meoMSry
anything that has been forgotten.
|R^ iHmr^r^ snipe; wcod-oook
(Soh.).
again and again.
f!
100
l^^l
^'^^ ikyar-rbab (Cs.) fypw ftir a kind
of dropsy ; a greyish rheumatie swelling.
I^'X ikpar-mo a kind of n water fowl;
aooording to Seh. a heron. The flesh of
this fowl is antidote for a poison adminis-
tered in Mongolia mixed with horse
flesh (8man gshuH). «'|^ duok {Cs.j Sch.) ;
bittern, but the ITC^ of the Lex. is a
land of goose.
1^'^ ifcyar-hb the sheldrake.
V^ l*ya/ j^if swimming.
t^T fkyal-kha Jfjt^ leaping ; a boat.
I^'l"'!^ ikyal'gff%% igrol jftir: cross-
ing oyer by swimming.
%mM fkpaUhenszV^ Ha-pa fish; a
fisherman (4f^072.).
S'l ikt/of a changing of abode or
residence ; l^M^ death : i^^H^i'^^^-l*
the great change of place that uplifts, U.^
death ; J'i'^^*l^'*« to change one's dwelling
place; (of. f^) |^'H'^^^''« to die; vb.
$kya9-pa, pf. «!<', fut. «»| or ^'^'i, to
transfer, and hence to depart this life.
««r*l ^kyai-ma 1. v. jiw. 2. fern
(inSikkim).
% ikyi 1. interest on loan; |X^ wealth
accrued from interest, •.«., money-lending;
ncoording to some borrowed wealth. 2.
the outward side of a skin or hide (C«.).
fVT^ ikyi 4kar:=^^'^fT'V^'^ the white
fatty side of a skin {^ag.) : iwl^t^^i
aoc. to C«., dressed leather ; tanned leather,
sometimes hide; l->^'8*^'^ pwoh.
ment.
In^' ^kyi-khuH a place in Tibet
{Deb. ^ SA).
I'sfp^'Ufa^ ^yi^har Iha-kkai n. of a
monastery in Tseng {Deb. ^ IS).
\V^ ikyt^gam a box, chest or trunk
lined outside with dressed hide.
j'P|»ni ikyi^itum anything padbed
or tied round with dressed hide; a skin or
hide to pack with: Sip^'l:|-V"'''' rf**^'
i'^ 9ky%^nag or 11'^^ ikyi-fkyi na-ga
n. of a pasture land in proTinoe Tsang*
I'i^ ikyi-lpagi chamois wash-leaiber
M*Q ikyi-ura I: a medicinal plant
{Med.) ; aco. to /a. potato.
)*q n : Tb. pf. ^ii ftlifcyA, fut ii| ftf*yi;
imp, |v §kyiif to boixow, especially monv
or goods (of. ^^••i and |^«« ikyin-pa).
\i^' skyi-buH cloud: ^'^^r^lfrlfr
Q-v^K'! a^'|w V^'^ I thereupon the phantom
King Kong-tse departed with the douds
(D. 2J.)-
\'Vi §kyt^n piob. an iiohing of the
skin ( Jd.).
I'T^ iky^gyta^'^^^F^ fear; dread
(4f<loii.) : |T«^'^ ikgi gy^vfa to shiyer,
tremUe with isar (OSi.); to be struck with
•
panio.
I'^i ekyi fa outward and inwaid side
of a hide (/d.) ; aooording to Bek. the
anuB.
|^'8 fkyig§^ Tulgo. ^^ iMug f^mtf
^l^^^fm hioough; yex; also a sob: ^*
irjq-*Hr|^-n^¥Hi«§S«iI "ooaghingby
those who eat the berry (gyer-ma)" (i^v.) ;
|^«'9'4Y^ ikyighiu Wteeg-pe^ to keep
on sobbing.
|e*pq| 101
)C*FI thU-UM in Hindi EMM,
emloaidfiry izdaid with gold and nlk
SMnniMftmed botli in India and Ohina.
|i^-^ ikfet Mr eag^ ; Tnltnre (Jo.).
y^^ 9h^^ oooQXS in the parage
|w«»^*T^r' (D. B.).
|^-q|
%^*§^' Skj^ififroU n. of a wall-known
town in Etoathm Tib.,naar aouroea of the
Oandok onNepal bqrdar^ownmonly called
SJiong: |^*•%^•■^•«wa«••r^»r\*•iriW|
hsfing come to meditait<e en the monntaina
ol Kixong between Tibet and Nepal
pvafliaa*
%sn iM' 0^ "^>« ^ )<^7» * '^'^^
ikpH W9 begiiming
l^t^tytf-tfAn ''the rimr of h
n. el northen^nbiitaary of the I
Tnngpo er Brahmapntara Biver
tabntey Tibaim ia aitnated.
|S*lii fftyu^ki oomfortab]
|\1^Q lb#-riMMMff f *ytf «A«|-JM
been eomfortaUe {JL 199).
fV^wi iJ^ytf-ttoii eomlortai
eamfloflaUa liraig: r^*<^*^W
tteftf Me-fMkli the eon eidj aoug^t to
oppoBtnnitiea of happineaa and eomiort,
|^^itytf-4far adkaeaif pieaantedto
Oe bdde ai the tame of mazriage aa a token
of pioqpanij*
of a King of Tibet : |Mf^»r»%^\»«-
Wfrt^ryrl^'i*^' I thic Eyi-de fiiaia-gon
imww%0k into Kgari and leiaed the kingdom
{Latl.).
kappineaa and miaery; ooe'a general
oireomatanoea : l^prViK*!^* wfaaterer
oiroamatanoee may happen : |^'|i'A|'^
pleaauxe and pain internungled.
%S^ ^hfii^ or §V« lAyfpe abaL
VV« ifKiV, ^ happineaa; adj. i;fv|
l>»PPy • |V*^^VTiH*-« ihi^tdo^
na gfiig^por §doi if you with to be happy,
live alone, t.tf.» be a celibate {Lo. 97).
»
alwaya happy ; uninterrupted h appi ne ait
I^Kl^l^q iftyjtf nVMiil if«tf>i to be
contintunialy happy.
\S^ ff^pH^ tiie dialriet indnding
the traota in the lower Tallqr of die iher
JTj^'; the central diafariot of H^ or 0, the
proTinoe of which Lbaaa ia the ikM dty.
|^'fl ikfi-lkm agniflea |^«^<4r«
iffgiipoJa tfrO'^iMr^ to be p aoaparan a ;
happy (Lo.).
^^ fliyiii the Tibetan ibex, Chiprm
ffm-gyi rtiifri <Aopf-jMi frig (!>. Jt.)
a little boy who had the homaof an ibex
holding a golden awoad. Li Ladak the
lamale ibex ie diflmntiatad aa f^M.
* fe'^ ilfia-jwr or |T*f i^iffti-
flVe a liaard (Xar.); ^^ <»11^ ^^"^
now-orog*
and detft (6M.)*
\^ tkpitt-pa 1. slMt • Ima ; moiMy
iA-|<r« loMi fcodiuing intanrt ; «-*( ^^'|r
^•U« lo^ ^ iliyJN-iiif )«iA«l gxant m*
fhit M • loMi; |T«r|K'«> §ktiin.p» tpro^
pa ot ^^'v*m'9 ^k^iihpa yalr*Mt to pajr
baok or ntuxn » loan ; X*^'!^ N«r-fJlfA» •
|«WI
102
loan of money or gocds ; ^'|< gt u^hyin
a loan of dothoB ; |^'cr4^'<i $ky%n mi fen-
pa to take on credit. 2. vb. pt. 4$^
(ffftyin to borrow.
I^'Q $kf^n^po ohiefly ooUoq. resp. ^'
|i| ibir«|ifcyf » a loan ; a tluug borrowed ;
money advanoed ^thout inierert {Ja.).
I^'ft ikpin^mi aoo. to 8chr. a debtor.
t^^ iijfin^hab a debt; any thing paid
ae eqxuTalent of thing taken on loan. In
C. signifiee aame as ^, the pledge for
loan.
%P^ ihf/ibi a place giving shelter
(either in a rook, under a tree, roof or
cavern) : W5^-5^''lT*^'5^'^'»'«l«'''*'r>'W
g^r^v|w<^j«v|qv<i5'''^^ I ^'•rs'i'''' '^ be-
cause birds dwell in the hollow of an over-
hanging rook, such rock known as tkyibf
is termed *< bird-shelter " for the reason
that it affords protection (J^ag.) : 9^ V^
brag-ikf^bi a sheltering place under an
overhanging rock or a projecting roof :
^T'S*^ ikai^ikpibi a covered terrace or
small portico before a house : a^'|^ ehar^
ikyib shelter from rain.
^^ ffifey/m dressed leathair painted
red or in other colours, japanned or tar-
nished leather.
^^C* ikyiUruH {kiUfuH) the poeture
of sitting cross-legged serenely without
moving the limbs ; |«rj^'9V«' ikyil-krui
hyei^pa xAt to take a particular kind of
posture practised by ascetics in medi-
tation; |«r*ll*'%^W ihyiUmo kruSrgi
idug-pa or ^VfV'ci itkuft-pa to sit in a
csoes-legged posture ; i>isi'^<A'|ir]|r ^em"
ipdii ikiil-hrun the mental concentration,
or the posture of sitting perfectly still, of a
Bodhbattm : K'l'l'^^ r^c-r> %hya4mA
innnHr the posture of sitting perfectly
still withoot moving the body ; tlie m-
changeaUe posture of sitting orosB«legged ;
frl^q^l^rj^ rd^g^paH. ikytl-kruH the
posture of perfection, t.e., of a Buddha.
\^^R ikyif^a, pf . n|^a i^kyiLpa or
t^n-^ klkyiUto^ixA. ^1%'^'% ifkyil^war bya
otiikyil 1. to pen up, shut up; todamup
a river ; V^^ ehu fkyil-wa to bonk up
water ; «^''^'$>I'Q chu rdM-^lu gkyiUpa
to collect water in a pond ; <'|^*^'|«r«
ehu c/«4-tor gkyil^a to collect water for
a pend. When the water coUeots itself
into a pool or tank it is called f'^fi^^
ehu ikhy^-^ca : *T*S'^"i>*"*V«r^fV
<)|m wng-mei idu4-tUi^ ^u/t^-wi igMo-
Uar iikyil the exhaustless drink of
ambrosia stands collected like a sea.
[2. to bend, esp. the legs when sitting on
the ground after Oriental fashion ; also
to bend in another^s kg by a kick from
behind ; to bend the bow (cTa.)].
|aiK'^' fkyil-^nokruHsi^^fn pcsbm*
of sitting; it is same as l('l'|«rv^- 1*>^
ikyO-kruH {Mlhm.).
fl^^lp' if^yu-gaH h ace. to 8eh. a
gulp; draught. 2. dough made of floor
with tea: |'^'1'*v*'rpi'^i*'^'riipr|r
(J^agJ) at thetimeof eating papof bixiey
flour the dough becomes farmed Hke a
hollow bowl and the name of the io*mded
buttery lump is kyu^gang : *i»^vi|^ITr
^V^WB-Vrlr f ^^a-f on a jounisjy
when eating barley flour mixed with butter
and boiled tea the dough so made (Xe.).
^*^*ip* Skyu-ra^^aA one of the six
districts of pwi Kham^ designated under
the name of i^'%^. The six 1^9^ are Uie
fonawukg>-{l)|'V«^-^;^fti-ra ggai^, (2)
W^B.- iioft-^^aH, (8) T^^Kf^ Spo-ibor
€EM* (4) V^rwi«^' JOmur^Eham Sga^,
(5)^^- Tdia^SgaH^ (6) ii^X'i^ Za^vio
X*^ I : ikifu-ru a kind of medioinal
frnit oalled %^'il^ ^kyer-^n.
^^ Hi tkffu-ru in Sikk. and ^'*
fHqfur-m^ in Lhasa, aignifj a lonr liquid or
▼inegar («/a.).
n. of a Kmr froit aaid to onre the
diiwnww of phlegnit bile and Uood. 2.
Ja. ia hifl Diot. laja : ^* In later times the
word seems to hare been nsed also for the
oUvOyand ^yu-ru fM, the olive treOi which
in Sikkim is oalled Uia §kyur-poii fii "
nM {Nag.) 1. n. of a kind ol taUe tsge-
taUa. 3. oondimsnt ; saooe; pkUe (Ob.).
Ajooording to otlksrs, at least in W^ only
the vesp. word for tfpi (potv: («^) |V^
1^"^ to pcepare same, Ac; -I'^^IHIF* sanoe
mad0 of Tinsgar for meat ; ^'vAl'^
sanoe made of TegetaUe or pot-hsrbs.
m'«l ikgufhpa, pf. J^ §krug§ 1.
vfM to Tomit, ejeot» s.;., blood ; |^'Q'
H^^ fIfy>V"^ hi^'P^ to cause to Tomit ;
I'Tq^'^a ^yug-pa dt§n^pa to exoito vomit-
ing; M*^ iam^^ky^W ^vomit (it is the
food of certain demons, and being boiled
in it is one of the ponishments of hdl)
(Ja.). 3. to lose colour; to stein.
103
|V^I
|T|^'«i ifBifug nehpa ^j^ that can*
not be taken or eaten.
|YK^ likpug4ia4 rumination ; chewing
theoud; aoo. to Bok. eructation: |T«N'
§^'4ftW^rniK todiew the cod as catUe.
M'^'fl l/cyng hroAca {kyug4(Moa) or
j<fl^ar^«^q nausea (4f«on.) ; also what is
repnlsiTe to taste or sight or smell ; causing
nausea; |^'lf'^'^ the disease of nausea;
|^'9'q« from disgust (to eat anything) ;
|T? tkyug^bro in 0. shameful; impure
with regard to religion (Jd.).
Xm i*yiV-t«'MNi"|^9^ an emetic; a
ine causing to vomit.
|Y%«| ikyug togpa (8eh.) to fed
disgust, V. I^YV^ 1^9 bnh^ea.
^^ipi^H ikyugi-fio =s fm'^ gsal^wa
L dear; 8. n. of a bird tlie bill of which
is of coral colour.
Syn. 9'9^'^'^ byu^uH m^chu^n ; %m'
wj*^ yuMan iboi; IFM*^ grati-reg
pho^ta (Jflfoii.).
MK'fl ^yuH^wa, pf . f^wa i§kyut§^,
fat <^' iikyuH, imp. |^« |ibtf«lf|, to dimi-
nish or reduce ; ^|*<*« ftfibfifi«|Ni or also ^1*4
^MM, H* V^*^ Mttii^u itatUwi ; |Mi
ftyifllf reduced ; subdueds 4|Mi ftiftyniff
R|re|«-^H-ir*^a-^ {A. 10) "he was
seated on his cushion after his pride was
subdued." Ace. to Ja. in O. ft]M-ir», to
leave behind ; to lay aside, e.g.^ a tadc.
if ^^^ ^fpi4-pa to fosget, imp.
a^^V^'^ tkagi iijei fcr^w lorget-
fnlness; ace. to J8. to leave oil: ^*i
i9kyu4-pa (Ztm. 1(f). Ace. to &A. to
commuaieato; to swallow.
|Vq|
104
|«I
iK*Ql: itynr-iM, yb. pf. and fut.
V^ ftfftyMr to tbroWy to cast ; to leave
ciff; J^V|^ rgfolh-Ui §kyur ^HTf^,
to oast behind; ^'J'l^'fl r»4-^ ^kyur-wa^
to throw at a distanoe: |^-qlS'^«p^«i-
haying flnng his mendioant's platter
towaids the sky ; *C|^q ehu^h ikytfr-ica,
to throw into the water. (^ tkyur also
impliea^' ita^toimr; throw ;ponr out;
to throw awaj ; throw down a stone, a
corpse, 4o.: «iS1«'^^|'|^«i^«r«i^ idag
akaH tthmit^rsv^ ih^ i^Aoff'pa yin I haye
left ofi drhddng beer. IV^I'^*^ h4ipa
Mkpw-Wiio eject a phlegm ; to throw off a
rider; to giye up, abandon a work; to
forsake a friend ; to abort {A. 166.).
I^'ci §kyur-pa ij^f Ueabhed; bleach-
ing : I'^^f 8 like the moon bleached, or
white like the moon. |^'Q ikyur-fio ^m
acid; sour.
t^'R ikyttrJtku 1. a sour soup ; sour
juice. 2. ^'1*^ ratt^kyur yinegar (in
Sikkim ^'^vur^' in Lahoul ''ikyur-
mo*").
santo as |^ Ss fkyur-^n. j^ |*yifr signi-
Hm thrown'! and ^' goi oyer; hence
one oyer-powered by wine ; a drunkard :
wl^kVq-iig^ftsr^q one who is oyer-
powered by wine delights in women : ^
n lfs.'si(-^'*^'tr^^ a tipsy man is con-
temptible: ft•W«•^•|s•|^•'^'^•'^« if a
lajrman is intoxicated with beer, dnmken
ncunness arises ( jUsa. 11).
K'Bi ^kyur^m cat ^''^ tkyur^dai^^^'
•iK^-4'i^i^'^ necessity (by habit) to dr' *
passion for drinking.
I^'s^ fkyar^-can powerful ; spirited.
|^'H^*l tflff9t9''ifug'pa to leaven to
turn sour; to take a sour taste; T^^
kAa^9kyur''po or F-I'I^'Q kha^ tkymr-^po
oliye (Jd.),
i^C §kyur4i$m wvw a oondimeDi;
sauce ; ^'^'Ak* a sour yegetaUe eany.
^^*Q II: ^v^, \« adj. sour, acid;
more frequently ff^'Q iShyur^^po ^lao ^*l"
|ikytfr-iMO. Also sbst sourness.
tbrohbu g$um the three sour medicinal
fruits ; also called Vr^''Vr^'f^'t^*^Vi
hun daiH i^Mufhpaki §kyur'iye4 g$um ^'the
three myrcftofan whioh agree with all" and
are:— (1) tR'« e-m, (2) v% Aa-ni, (8)- p
fftytf-rn (^Ssitfii. M7).
|^'« likyur-fM abortion ; in W. t*|^ sAii-
^kyur^ T^*|^ f^fl^ iiy*^f wptal punish-
ment in Tibeti when the deliaquenti with
a weight fastened to his neck, is thrown
from a rock into a riyer (Jo.).
I^^'X fJiyi«r-mo leaf cf the iBi plant;
JBhtiaria eardam omm n^ y. i)'«Aw^ (JfXoii.).
ika a kind of lemon (J^don.)*
jprf^F^ rikym^rM stun wiiTV the
smaller species of orange.
|>^'|^^-« ^fyur^rM Omhpo wftK n.
of a kind of lemon.
Syn. «'l so^ffti; 4^^ fe^t-MU»i
W^K^'^'V^ rab^gnai me4og ; |^t |ii«-t>» ;
^^T8^ g»(h4ga^*yed\ Mffrmcwibii mm^
jMir-fMbsi (4Fillcii.).
fiil n. of a plant (jK^*)«
fl^ f*yff|, aoo. to 8eh. |si'«r^ lipyvf
^Ac^-^pa aliogeiher: fi'l'!h'^ iAy«i#-Mf
ihg-pa to pronounce jointly, yis., two
consonants without a yowel between
them (/a.).
II
% !**», ▼. %S tkyei, and 1'^ liye-tM.
105
!•*»!
all beings. Thifl word is sometimfle writ-
teon m|'4 tiye^tgu. ^ 4g^ '*nine," in
fhewordl'^fJIryd-tf^aigmflMniAtky: |'
iq*«rv^-q 9kp0^gu maru^-^pa or |'^9'*tV^'
rt^HPrqvf IJ^ igu-ma ruti^wahi ftfom-jMi
MM triflbd and Tioiona animali or Moaaie
bogs (jr. ill*. ^ A69).
nkmr mm gmtr-ma frfWNo 1. n. of the
fomlli ocauteDation (4IHofi.). 3. ^^^ iho
god BmhniA of the Hindus (JfHoti.)*
I'W^'W* Sk^e^g^a idag^mo, «nrt.
OTTWIm the step-mothar and first goTsr-
ness of Bnddba ; also a name of the
eoddess Paldan Uiaoio.
beings or moving beings ; also |'V |ii;^(o
unman being {fftUm.).
fKfoy-^sa/sip^^ honey (igman. 75).
1'^ fiy^rim» oontraotion of |'^^'i|*«
fi^y»-iMi dM rfr«-iM|» by birth and old age,
•^.9 death.
)T f^-l^ !• entranoe to rebirth^
▼is., to one of the six regions of birth:
%'W'^ffS'^iki^go gpoi-pa to prevent birth,
to look it np a, fsoe: |T^Tr« fity^-
lys fefi^ a handsome face ; |T^*^«'^-
§fo 9 k t mp a an ugly faoe ; also FlT'l'^q^*
'hv'e Mo-no §kf9!4in^ f^thl» is said
for having a handsome ezterior*
1*^ tkg^^^an, srrnw lit. '<a bad
man," but also a dwarf.
|'^Ss*ys-4N?Wt:s^*Q wnmw the
sooroee and places of origin of the senses.
Of these there are four :—(l) ^»r^»m
«««t'|'«il^ nam i^hai n^ha^ ya% ikpe-
fgiehci n \ % \ wn m x \ ^9m a world as infi-
nite as the sky; (3) V^'*^'"^"!'**^
rnam-fe§ ipihai ya§ fkye-^iei fanwr^Xf-
mw a world as formless as oonsoioueeness ;
(8) ^-^^S'*- jsils ci^yad mei^pd^i ikye-
ipehei ^faimmiK^ a world as unlimited
as void; (4) ^!i'i|ii*S-^V^ii*S*^'S'**^**-
fei^me4 bdu^i-^nei enVf tikye^i^hei ^^-
VT^^fvrainr a world where there is
neither oonsdousness nor unoonsoionjBaess.
\'^S u : the inner and outward organs
of sense.
|*sil^'||'q^ ikye-ffichei mu-ishi u said to
meisn rfs|-^i<r«*J-.ft^-, n. of the world.
^'•ii'i^^^kye'iehitnei^pa without birth
or death ; eternal.
I'W* |iky^-0WV !• birth-plaoe ; station
or looality of b plant; a]so»li'^^' ^tfk
the female generative o^an. 3. wrfr the
state or sphere of birth or rebirth ; 9trfe'l|'
I'q byoU^oii^gi ikge^^pa the being bom as
an animal; f'^'^^ %kye'4My («Ator|'^^*
^ fkye^gna^ b^hi the four states or ways
of being bom.
|'^^*Hf^^"<i fkye-gnof iBt8hutl9-pa^^'
%^' nM^^H brother and sister (M^on.),
^'^ I : tkye-tca pf . ikye^ to be bom :
K.arQ'l^'q'^^ i^a-la bu gkyei^pa yin I have
given birth to a son, or to me a son has
been bom. viMrlii ipKa/ fity^i or w^«r^'
I'Q 9itfa/-i»af lAyeHMi UtTfH vivqMurous ;
bom ol the womb. |k'| 1^4 ^sye$ or I'
i^^ii'l'q §go Ha-lat ikye-ita ^ivei bom
out of an egg or oviparous; Xv^^'l''
droit^fffer ^ye§ fNT^ir moisture-Bprung;
bom out of heat and humidify; r^*|«
^dstii-akyef mum\m apparitional; born
in a supernatural way like tl^e gods who,
15
i«ii
106
|-q'^-q|
it U Baidi spring out from lotua flowers;
also the iBhabitants of the infernal re-
gions; sonls in that state of existence
between death and rebirth whioh is called
<^^ bar^; V'}« pho^gkye^ a male; a
man; also one who has done a manly
work; X|9i mo^^yei a woman; female:
i§^l the e^ils of birth--old age, sickness
and death.
^*Q n: ikye^wa wrfir 1. the being
bom ; the birth ; also re-birth ; )'4'«Ar*q fftye-
ira ndhihwa high birth; of high birth;
nobleman ; male ; )*4'Vi^'q ikye^wa if mob'
tM or 1*7^ iky&'4fMb or I'^pv ^ye-iman
of low birth; ignoble; also a woman: A'
««rl^'a^'|l'^N^ mUu9 ihob4cy0A ikye^wa
(/man bom a human being, it is true, but
only a female. 9^'S*^ fty^f-tfrnan, in ooUo-
quiat kyer-menj a vulgar word for wife or
woman: ^ ^^ §fcyer-men^^ mj woman or
wife: ft^'J'^^'«i mir skye-wa ^Bheu-pa to
take or assume rebirth, existence, life.
S *P ni : 1. to become ; to begin to
exiirt ; to arise : ^S^^'jl v<«R-«^S*%«s ut
ne nwrbu9 ulfus nasctUury naius quoque 9edetur
(ja.), ^^g^^-Wi'l^i'? khe^u khros'pabi
9em§'tjky€i4e the youth — thoughts of wrath
axiwig (in him). 2. to grow {mud) : Q^'<r^|*
1'^ valleys where com grows: V^'^']
ru iiHf^>-Ja §kye a horn is growing on
the head. 8. ss^*rq ^ijir, ww, ifivrs
growing up, or grow up; thriving. 4.
to grow (creacere) ; *^ eher or ^'KKj'fl
cief^-par fkye-u^a to grow up; to grow tall :
wj|^-^il|-^«5| v« roiJsyaH hi^kyi Uha4^
du ^e§'9o the garment also grew to the
meaeuze in proportion to the growth of
the body, U.y jrWv^^'l"'^ rtul-phoi^par
$kye§^Qf he grew up a valiant man ; became
a valiant man;to bud,genmnate, spnmt;
in TF. to accelerate the germinating of
the seed by maceration.
^'^ rV: 1. V. l'^H« BkyB-gnat in a
conccete sense the reborn individnal: V
I'j'q*^^ yum^gyi fkye^wm pin she is tib
rebirth of the mother. 2. Hie arising,
etc 8. the growing, etc,
I'q')^ |iy^-ira fya7ss|wq tkye-pa a
person.
I'^ft^'^^S fkye-Ku mfun'ilifioiio slop
the continuance of birth — ^to inteETupt
it.
Syn. grfl* brag^fproi; ^^' gtA mH
(Mii.).
duU'ikar gya^-bkhyil ^Xk^imiwf a ocnch-
shell with its coil reverting to the ri^t
instead of to the left {tfA&n.).
I'q'E ikye^ita §ia SIHH former
birth ; anterior birth ; I'^fn^ |ty»-iM
ida-maii re^kha the lines or marks in
the hand or head which are supposed to
represent the qrmbols of one's acts in a
former life.
I'q'sq^'q ^kye-^ea n^hun^pa is defined ss
^flF%s|-^^q^|qw>S-^tT j«i ri^-nif gfiig-
par^kys toahm9in^-^g ^kyB^wa **the being
bom of one and the same lineage or the
being bom on one day.''
I'q'V^qt^-q ikye-tca daH tdig-pa Urtb
and death, or passing away; frequently
of thoughts, passions, &c. (the person as
well as the thing in the accusative)
|'q*V^'q %ky^wa dron-pa nrfirqrci
remembrance of a former birth
l'^-*»yil
107
|-Jfa«'Jf-3lVaaj'^|
I'C^' |jfc|f»»t0i0 idun seven pflriodB of
|-q^^^ fk^^wa idimta in this my
Heat poiod of lifo.
1*^ 9kjf$4ditm a plantain (in Zayul)
toeopokta.
phifi^mM fatore Urth or ezifltenoe.
1'^* ifcya-iwr i)MMitos^-|-lf an
aauMknIo ; ako a smaU grain (J|Won.).
|wVrq itj^fHM n>-jw inherited intel-
wm Hg^pm fliat all the elammti ftom
whuih ire spring are known to be fire is
liaredittty knowledge.
1 4^-«-«^ |i|)0-iMi^' cha^an=i}i a dog.
8y». ^I^'IT*' tdo^tje¥ ^mg^a\ ^
¥^^mtrg^i rig$; fc^*««^^9i| gn^lg-gi
fMM^g/um {JtXon.) .
l^*:^^ 9tf0nttwii Um-fier^m ma
mofhsr (40oi^.)-
ofliigh bath; man.
^ *vf^ inheritanoe : heritA^o
}*Q|t^^^ 1. a general name for all
living oreatoree : A «rK^'q*|'V mi h^^ogi^
pa ikye-io man and other living heinge.
2. people; mankind; ^jr9M*|-« ^hrul
icai tkye-io infatuated men | |'V'ifi«i'tr^iyf
V^ ikge-io i^kat-pa gshan fndmi other
intelleotual people ; |'V'«ii^'Qt-^'^Ki^-q
tkye^io ma^-poH gi^-^ M-ufa beloved
hy many; ^Wl'* frn^nag ^ye-io lay-
men (on aoooont of the flifnTi«Mt of thrir
religions knowledge) ; «l- j'S %o^o ^kye^
tto ^jw^m^ the lower clergy, oommon
monks, bnt also simple laymen if they
are not quite Without religious know-
ledge; not of saintly origin; not an
incarnate Lama ; |'V iiwi'^'^'aiai'«|i| tkye^io
tkamM'eha4 ia phan^ytm W^m[km usefol
to all ; of public utility.
Syn. j'^M ikye'iyro.
|-lf-q2|^iq ^kye^io ikre^-pa hungry 'peat'
son:|^-^^-^^Q5|»q5Jnq|tytf.{o ikrehpa
the people residing in that country (or
continent) are (always) hungry {IT. d. m
IffS).
I'V-c^-q sty^-fro 4ian-pa Mm a charla-
tan; a knave: |*V*M*Si^'^y^'4-^, |-9*
^<r||Y<l^-|S ikye-^o dan daH bgrogt-pa-y^^
iky^-io dam-pa tlag^par iyed by friendship
with a bad man a holy man is spoiled
(Of?.).
|*V^« ii|^-fte dam-pa ^mr a good
or holy man; an incarnate being.
|*W^ ffiya-io giHi9^pa ln^ a
place of habitation.
|-9-qra-«n^q ikye^bo phai^pa-^AeH
phan-pa wift WIWHTRT fipur of good or
use to the general public.
|'lJ-iii-J5'i|
103
^"^l
I'V-iafQl ikpe-io h/wn-po-che a large
number of men ; a csrowd ; ^'^ Uhan-po
implying a large number.
|'8'4|V'^ ikye^io gmo-thig n. of a
treatise on ethics by NftgSxjuna (Tan d.
m76).
popular talk ; rumour.
|'lJ5-*^ ikye-^hi Miog imm assem-
bly ; a orowd.
tA'^lk ^moit'btshad modi gtHo-'mo queen of
the hazlotn (4f^on.).
j'5i«q|^'»i fkye-ios iskur-may v. ||\^*-
j-iJif^-q ^kye-iof iwen-pa a solitary
man.
J'i^V*'^''''^'*' 9kye'tne4 itsan-sa win-pa
attained to an exalted state of e'xistenoe
from which there is no rebirth.
fm^^'pa a stupid man ; one who is sunk
in pleasures or sordid acts.
)'l ikye-iahe Xjf^im mustard; $'3($'
^9 ikye^helii ibru Xlf^fWX H^fir mustard
grain.
I'l tkye^nla (A^ft-c/d) the month or the
particular phase of the moon in which
one is bom {Tassel, 11).
%'^^ ^kp^ragt^ ▼. ll'Mpi for tke^agi^
girdle. The tetm in Mil. book, ikye^
ragfJcyi ra$ bdi^ seems an inversion of the
intended order of the words.
a tree with a huge trunk.
|*^v5'a|t' ikye-Ber-gyi rluH the cold
north wind called ikye^^er tMl in Mil.:
byaH ikye-ser-gyi rlui-po ma^ tgyab-na
Iho-ru tsati'dan-gyp-nagi mi-igul if the
north wind does not blow, the sandal
trees in the south do not more.
l'§S'««5d^ fhye-arii «a-Jo»="^ fatlier
(4f^on.).
§^ fkyeg^keg or kag misfortune.
9^^ 9kyeg9 1. n. of a bird; **11«
chu-lkyegi coot ; water-hen {Seh.) ; ^*|T
ri-fkyegt a large singing bird {Cs.) ; abe
according to 8ch. grouse ; heath oock. 2.
S*9^ Zgy(^9kyegi shell-lac (c7a.).
SC*^ fkyeH-iffa or J^^'Q ^yciis-pa
WPn to be ashamed ; shame ; bashfuluess:
r|«^'^ kha skyeH'tca or V j^'^ 9hal skyeH-
wa to be unable to reply out of shame.
|«.'^'^c ^ye^-ser rlui^ v. 1*^ i»^
tkyeser'gyi rlu^.
Y-^'^'^ikyetii-pa me4 fttm;=2r*«K
shameless (4(^09i.).
a^ 9kye4 and | ^ye 1*. growth; pro-
gress; increase: 2'}^ ishe-ikyei longe-
vity or increase of Uf e : V^\\ lu9 9kjfe4
growth of the body : ^«^•^•lS OwtH-^tha^
ikye4 growth of wealth and power: f^
|S itob§'ikye(f inorease of strength : i*'^
1^ nut'pa ikyeit increaae of effioaoy or
abiKty : Ivl'^'^l^q ikyeiehe^wur hgfur-
wa to grow much : ^wSl'lJ^w^^'^TlV^
gshan-gyi zla tikyei-pa^ debi ihag-^ffyei
eke his daily growth was greater than the
growth of others in a month {Jd.) : tl^'^'
I
lv*»l
100 |^*cif
^f« juii M the wnAn of tbe irrigttieii
aualft makes growth in the fieldi ; |V
S^^4 9kye4^y%9 ktAih^9m to nune up;
1^*^' fikyv^yotf ahell make pro g raw. 3.
inlemt ; praAt ; gain: Wr|^ i^l4k9$4
proAt in aQTor or mom^ ; ^'|M4ni-iJP|f0^
intefeetof oomloaa ; |W^'^ ih^^
gt^wa to 1*7 out or to gite on inteieat
(O.) : ^'ir|s-*s fMi^^ ffkyatf m^ (this)
is of no ns6 for thai disease (J3.).
IsT ^9^^-990, not improbably frC
f f j fi s/ t f o , prinoipal door (JSi.)-
iV^ ii^|M#-ass I : yielding interest or
fflofli (Ck.).
#sitii itow ilbrmi^fyi ^Ut^^ the sandal irood
salkd 'snake's heart' («tfoii.).
|V*^ Mfe^V •^•|V*1 9mr4h^ cig
let it grow np» thrire.
|S*^ I' fty^i» Tb. pf. i4^ fti*y0^,
not. to 1'^ fifc|f«-ts0, to prooreate, gen%-
xakei and, sometimes, to bring forth ; giro
birth to : -TBT«'^^'^V*'«r V«» p» k^rag
la$ kdiy i^fi^pati pha daH ma the
parents who generated this body of bk>od
and fleah : si^sr3i|-emre%-<^V«A-««r^*^
itt^i-rgg^ iham§r^ Jnikf^P'^ 9^ ^^
fum the father and mother who hsTe
begotten all the Bnddhas : |VlS fiky^
iy^tree.
a^*Q 11: 1. to prodnoe, form, cause;
andmetaph. to generate (opposite to ^'e^*
|^'«i msi'par hgei^ to destsoj, annihi-
late), e.9^ dissasss, fsar, roots of tirtne,
msrit: 4Vv^Fmi*)*^^^cV^ the aooomnla-
tion of merits or the seed or germ of Tirtoe.
Fig. ^9^9 Vptht^ retribution: f ^^V
jNif , de^i phthmm-ffM gpra^wa Mf4-setf litj^f-
iMijoy having arisen (in him), his parents
also were caused a little joy : sm's^;!**
^rr^l^'^V^ Maeif-MtfJkyti ftr^see-^prtif
V^kyei^o they all created seal; took great
pains : lii'4we*^V¥i s«t hmg^pa ftsfty^
nof thus were thoughts generated (Jii).
2. IV"! ^9^pa or |va 9k9^4^ Vif%l^
father.
^**i 1^' yotf-jNH Ms#.fa te-Am §kg$4^kpM
iJM (the lioh one) who has should give
loan on intereet to one who has not
{Kkihai. ^ lit).
l^¥i 9k9^4-h^ ^PPliM to Islher or
earth; also to a tree ; |VK«> §kg$4 h^
pa blowing : H^y^K»^^>*wVrW.
Ml fkyi# 1994^ 11^ wimir& as the wind
blows {A. K. f*7).
em4V mother; alsovm shadow ; shade.
l\*i §kgei4iJM fiifw, Wirw, wmw
the so-called Tibetan park ; artificial gxoFs |
also |\X^^ liyf^HNOf Ukal.
IV^ ikpei^m ^mmmm the kind of
TtfM/rft meditation in which one has to
imagine himself to be a god with a Tiew
ultimately to be changed into a god:
1P^*^ rAo^l-TMie, «^nw» in which
aooording to the Tanirik pr oe o s s one has
to pass through Ato stages of derelopment
before attaining the BoihUtUva rank.
\^ fftysfi «enr thom.
{N09.) h quick, swift : jf*ir|r«v kkfJm
itysfi^ or H^'I^'Q ithH tkyet^-pm swift to
wrath : tS'l^'q ^s^ ^spm^. 2. rash,
hasty, precipitate* 8. nimble; dexterous:
^V^'l^ |ypAo4 fftysa-jNi dexterous in
shootiog ; a ddUul archer.
|^*« tkgmJa eoUoq. O. '^upwards**
(fiM. JSn*. 9i().
|r«|
110
I veil
|jffqi^ | iiw ji >fitp>iol)6thirity;|*»^
9. drink, bevenge,
« alio ¥r|M Bkahkifimt or
M*4^'q IJkyMlf Mr«ii«
IT atk UioM in honotmd parson
to drink; |mi'^*« iiky»m|
ampkoiiti to take it ; |m*
f i ^lnw l S '^ lf tgm$ b i 0tol^ra§ hy^P^ to
fco iwiit n ii to drink bear in eompeny;
M s* *!"* m m i*y""i iOMOUMl on the
d i |iMUtt e of en hoBOiired person ; drink-
fffffflfwy to ft kaa en kit depertore {MU.
r Iti) ; ^1^^^ » w r itfwwf en ofiecing
of bear erwMto the gode for the good
of lA entofpriee, a journey, etc.,
from iUneet : l^^l'wa
Ae ofibrer of golden
prieet who often the
; amoBDig the religions
I prieef who oftn wine
to Am gods for inTOoaiion is celled Qmr^
|pr9^ i>f» w if J te tn^ the Ood-
' E^^^ iJ^ytfitoF a kind of superior
paper mannfaotnred in the town of |*w
in the distrio. of 1>im^«-jx>; this
ol large sue, generally measoring
two &44 by six feet in
)>Ri ^ftfVfNf <i. of a plao)l in ^^1
ppsr Diefl JM>
|«r «r ilyteie^dM beer;*^«i*yM
Irii^Ut water; drinkiDg water,
ipiwf^* Vv f JtyfMe-l^ fiboi the fort
W the pkce wh^i« the finest ik^-*i*f paper
oafled |i>^^wf-fv^ i» manTjfaetiiwd*
|«»<^ #ib^eiiif4s.Uf cup; dish v«S^-4,}:
|«ie %i^ ^^my^ti nnall beer-«;p v^^ )•
liMi^i;' likyemhi^oH pleasant beverage,
sooh as good wine or sayonry tea.
|«Ni*e|1h ^i/0tnhffiol reep. bevorage,
drink : wi'^'^Rl^x'wrlwi ^^ mandaror
fpaf^i gh ya-rah^ ^ffem ipot (the lady)
ICandarava sang and offered drink to the
superior (personagee).
reddish brown {l^ag.).
E^'E^ l*y«'-»*y«' solitary ;perftoofly
soUtary: |«^i«^*W^5'^B i*jw-s*yar
mi dai igut^gut hhgi lonely without men ;
where not eTsn a dog stirs about.
)^*P ikyer^kka akind of dye ; oolour ;
^fftir, ^ftv yellow dyo; a light yeUow
oolour.
)^*$ ^yM^<Mi n. of a river of i'H
{Pm^ in Bhutan.
^^TI §kyer'pa the barberry ; applied to
the plant and its wood from which a yellow
dye is extracted; the flower of this ]^t is
said to be euie for diaxrhoaa, its froit draws
out bilious matters and its yellow bark is
useful in dropsy, etc ; l^rj ^yer^khai^
a oonfectian of |'^«» skyer-pa useful in
eye
8yn.B
i^m ^^ The fonner is a corruption
^_ Utter and» sounded tyemieii, is one
the most familiar twcms in ttie
•>
for**wife or
tt
of « ttM, IJmmHm ttUp^Mta.
1^*^ ^kyeUgyur fntirfir removal of
artidee, fomitQie, etc. (to another plaoe) :
i't- i-i 9kyel ehe^a ^rfiw, ^Pwr frequent
remoYal or changing.
1^5^' 9kyel tAud to aonompanj or to
eaoort one from the plaoe of starting to a
distance on the way: f^A'W^^cQ^*
9iye{ ihM i9yka4na% Lah tahnn-pa having
acoompanied the party to a long distanoe
{A, 129) ; V^^F^fi ihjeUhui h^paot
^^^- J<r9s Q Kegi^yel byei^pa to aooom-
pany one to a ahort diatanoe (genenJly
with some wine for his refreshment). |^
^"^ Skyei^dar, aoo. to Lm. also in oolloq.,
pvesentation soarf of the departing person
to those that had aooompanied him for a
short distance.
S^^ I:^#*^^tt:« pf. and fut. i^
iikyai, imp. i^§iyol 1. to cairy, take
away: ^*X|frq fi^wa^i ro 9kyeUica to
talceaway the body of the dead (Ci.) : 3f^'
•Tffli -^ do not bring wood : |«i ^h bring I
rr*- take away I 2. to send, e.g., dothes,
to somebody. 3. to risk, to stake (one's
h£^'^'n'^fad.9rog). 4, to use, to employ:
nse an ox for work ; «iv8iS-q-flrlH|n to de-
vote one's whole life to work, ♦■l-^'H hi
idleness ; ^•rj^j^r^ gtor^maglui tkytU
•«» to oast away as a ransom in the iorma
saarifice ; F J«r«i hha §kyel^tpa to kiss (Jd.) ;
4ffVq-}arq gnoi-pa ^yeUvm to do harm;
to hurt ; inflict an injnry ; to play one a
trick; 9^'%w^ fg^na^ ikyel^wa to swea?*;
take an oMi ; f('l^^ h ikyel^ to rely;
depend upon; repose confidence.
I'^l-qn: pf. and fat. iftf t^y^ imp.
f^ $kyol h to conduct ; accompany ;
wap. ^W'l^'^ gdan-ikyehtd; f^m^^
i* y(tf' to fof eoikduct him hither ; ^'^
111
!«i
i^^ikyal going to meet and to accom-
pany; ^^-S«i|vq gfegi tkyal^bye^pit
roap. to accompany an honoured person on
departing; to se>e him off.
§•»••• tkyci^ma ^T«ifiRr an escort;
convoy: ^^'m:^^ ikytUmar yo4 he ib m
guide (to me) : |*rsra ^kyel-^na $ku grant
us safe conduct. SsiTV«^'*|q'ai imag
^^ ic^ pabi ikyei^ma a military escort;
jq-X^-J^q 9kyel~rogt byei^pa to escort or
accompany one to a place.
I^rft $kyeUmi an escort : f«ripr|q-lhflir
««l ikye{ mi igoi ng§ i^tfr-rpyim itor mt^
^n Mf gtaH-wa teat kgyit the MR^ipan
should anmnge for the escort («iy«^f9M) of
those formerly entitled to that privilege
from Lhasa.
j*l I: 9kyet 1. v. m ffa. 2. r. j^
^ye4. 3. ^n^kye^a.
5.^ 11: also |Vfc ikyoi-fna or fmr
•• 9kyo9^fna, jj^isi khyoi^^na, resp. ^f^'%m
gnaH-fkyet «*q, w^ym, HmK a present;
news, tidings; "8«l|* ^ycn-fiby^iaB^qv*
|«iiA«&l-f£y^l a present given to or received*
from somebody on his arrival or going
away; |v«' ike^^ha^ a present of beer:
l'***^ »Aye| Chen a present sent with a letter,
etc. (^ag.) ; |«»B«^ ^kei^khur present of
cakes ; |vq^ «itf|-£iii a present made in
return (C!t.).
]^ ni: «i> ««, WW Urth «r
growth ; growing or grown ; v:\m nttl^.
kyei self-grown ; Vl'' ehM-^kyei bom in.
a grove; f^|« tha$^kyei Vfw or «ninr
boom together; *'\^pko4h^ male; »|^i
»MK4ijr«« female ; i^'|« §fiag§^ye§ of
enchanted growth ; born out of charms r
I'T^I
112
|<l'C|*<^^«*^*C| )
OrnhdUgiky^i dai fiag9-%kye%'ky% n^hai-
Iffott khaghhyif bu-la mo-i^Am-^tf ittse^
iNir d^i MOf i^oi-grub kun it9al^hM igegi
hm XdHMT Bhi-waH ftka^rin QKbotf, as
ibe MtemUage of khadofM fairies, who
hare been bom in giovee and bom simul-
taneoodj and are of magio birth, are medi-
tating lovingly as a mother towaidfl a son,
WBj the grace be granted of all manner
of perfect knowledge being bestowed and
of fjl dffmffnff being speedily soothed !
1^^ §kpeMgr^ cansR^ goat (Jtf4on.).
|irte 9kge§^^ ^m^ oertain of
being bom cor reborn.
I^M iftyif'tfAtffi apresent with or as an
enolosaxe to a letter, explained in jfiag.
as 'H'fVf 'E*Y^'^P'^ ^^ which is sent as •
a npport to a letter.
l^'Hl^*'!^ tkyn^hen §gn$lhgna$ a
hsnnitage of holy persons.
|irlir'^'( ikgn-ehen dam-pa a holy
incarnate person: q^s ijwi |»««ii^ i'' H
fidoi-nami tgych^t^nho 9Qg9 ^kye^-ehen dam-
pa Itrgya^hrag nutH-po la gvs-hdu4 daH dad-
|ftf«/ tgy^^ker iguhe^do ** So-nam Gja-ts'o
and otheiB made salutations and offerings
in full form to many hundred holy incar-
nate ones'' {Loi.^U).
|«'i«<<i| §kye§-^hog tixir or irarw s^ ^
aa incarnate personage; a MahdtmA: |«*
9*^^^ ikyef^ohog fttM, f^ ^l^wsfwiq-
li|-Q*q1^'^N^ the names of four great
learned lamas of China, the four incarnate
ones:— (1) ^«^ ffa^phu-fi, (2) 9^'»'
Wenwatl, (8) W'J^' CiH kyu*, (4) B«^*
Kkuiiri (Confucius) (Ontb. ^ 7).
I^'f^ ^kye^-ldan^^^ mi-^yi «|T:
in Sikkim the banana^ plantain; Lorn
Hindi i6-fo and ff(M, a phmt: ^> is dropt
in conversationy hence *«-*» ^i^'' ^"^
are abbreviated into ''ke-do»: In the
distxiots of Upper Tib. and W. he-^iei
signifies a layman.
1"'^^ fkyei-nag^^fV^ in C. widower
(/a.). 1'^ ikye%-nag stands for l«ra¥|fl
ikyef-bu nag-po (lit. Mack person) a
layman smt-iMx^: R•W^^I^'^^ i^ the
country dialect of the lay people
S^*^ I : ikyet-pa 1 . man ; male
person. 2.= 'J'¥'| ^''Hl the year-crop;
produce. 8. -1^^ wmw adult ; full grown.
Ex. of 1. |ii«i'«\^a«>*»S ikyei'pa daH bud-
med men and women ; Sii'5-^H51<i «r8»^
rgyal-po man; gcig-po ^kge^-pa yin the
king alone is a man (JS.); j^a"^V*
8V*S 9lyp-pa ^dtor^aii bud-med^
}iVK \ %!9X^ a woman resembling a man,
t.«., poBsessiug masculine appearance and
virtues.
Syn. 8^'9< skf/e^-bupho', |«i'<ryii skyer-
pa rgyal\ |'<W«i' ^kye^af miko\ B***"
nSoi'Vs khu-wa^i bdag-Hid; f^^S fkya^
bycd; -^W hzan-pho; gj*' l^annyet\ **
mi-pho; ft«^'^<^ lin-ga^an (MHon.).
^^•q II: pf. of 1*1 iJfe.C^.KW^'*!^
also WW, ^ftf'Tli growth or grown up.
^^I'q II]!:=:«^w«i klrtdlhpa ham.
|«'<r^^'si ikyei-pa dar-ma full ;
manhood.
phyuH-ica according to some : an eunuch,
one who is made so aOrtificially.
Syn. ^T»^ bog-med; V»^«H«'«» ^kw*-
po Kami'pa ; 5»rffci khyimkhol ; ^^^ iR'f<*l'i|
iv«iV|-ii^i 113
1^ brail wy«^ rai-gu^an; ^^f
ikkng mi-nui; ^gf^^^'^bbra§ iiyui^uai
*i***|'^^ •*!»*«•• ttmnf^ "w-
mn (&V-) tlie ptiiioalar ibur or oonitel-
latum undor whieh ooe is bom.
1^1^ ity«HI'0r the mMiim uied by
evedtton in reoeiring back the loan of
giain^eto.: frrl^'VfV^«-'^fF^^|«1P^*
a#-lpor dM ttoMrai 0iiiai fttM |iyeHI'0r
ate'^ftlaxgeifVijiAor oontema 3 or 4 oonoea
in meaavre or wai^t."
|vir«T«i|
Qt ^V a man or male person (JjHoii.).
i^ri^ iiy^i»ikiii»Y«^ «wfir a damsd,
)^9 fiy^-te 5^ man, eip. a holy
man ; penon ; |«'Q'^' |l^-te t«« whoso-
ever; human {MM.) ; one : |r«'<iTq-a|^'«-
^'f^ 9kfefrfm hg^pa (fifttlUMi Uam-ggii
asqoiokasQDB sfcretohea oat his hand (c7!i.);
|srfV^4 lJfcyf|-te 4anhpa fTO^ * sunt >
W'VTl^a dt44ian fkgei^ the belieying ;
the laiUifuL Aooording to soms Tibetan
granimaiiana I^S liy^l-^ aj^liss both
to men and women: Ks*^'^^\<r«^
imj jwf ff«it J gaA4kig Iha tnam W^oi
A fri Anlf-r^im-rMMif-iyti W<vf (f • ^'i'*
p 96) that human being who is faithful,
and who worships the gods (taints) and
aota aooording to the oommands of the
Teabher is pnised by the Buddhas.
|VY|sriaH tkgetJm ^b fgehog s^
nr^ the chief among men.
the leader of men.
t^V^ itgehhu can f V-wr«*|«-a fto-
dot koahpati fty^i-itf a horseman; one
onhorsebadL
Syn. r^ ttt^i?a\ r^r^^a ft^h griiM^
pa {Jittm.).
1^9'*^ 9kgu-^lM 9okog Stftnir a
saperior person; lama; also B^Hi Viffn:
l^alfQ ^geiJm ckm-po nvrs^ ft gntt
man or saint; an epilhet of Buddha.
irj-rtf 9kg9§^ irfib»|-^' ^fc^fM
n. of a tree supposed to grow in the land
of the Niga (IfVon.)*
l^S'^Q §kge§4m nag^po^ same as ^'i^*
in*Q, n. of a kind of flower (£teMii. UV).
|sra*V «lfsi-te /itofli^^ if tmp a a
man or male person.
|ei3'^|i^* |fey»l-te l&nVls|wa*aK*si
fjkyes-iii tor-ms or 1^9'^*'* flf»l-te
tfftif|-ma invus^ ^ seoond person;
pereonal pronoun in grammar.
|«i*(t-^^*ci 9ky9tJmti ^krug§^
^Diwrn pride, seU-rsqpeot.
Ir^t Ki ikgt§4m^ «0f |Wf, 4K^
man£ness; manly sdf-iespsot or confi*
denoe.
|c«i |i;ys|-fM 1. tem. ol tifctp^f e
female; she that has been bom. 8.M|^*ei
abride. 8. )^ei liysfHwa fern in SikldnL
l^ers^ ikgei-^na tkag as soon as bom;
newly bom.
\w:mm^a ifqfcfmm ihag^ % new-bom
infant.
Byn. tbrer^e ftte^me ihag^pa; ^*
^ra Oo ^At«44re; ^^^^' 09*f».^jhftf;
X'9^9^'r4^t(hmatinMP^n^'Can (Jflbn.),
IS
Ti
114
I^V^ Ayn^inian in the vulg. Ian*
gnage a woman ;=*^'»' or 8^'*^ (4Wo«.).
|«rf»i ^pe^-rdsadi oultiTation; a
farm.
1*'^^^ fkyei-fzugi «rTin|iT gold;
birth ; form or bom-diape; statnre; figure
(gold).
I^^M ikye^^rabi vmPi a series of
alleged birthfl of im indiTidual, or l^ndaiy
idtA/oxj of these, and espeoiaUy aooonnts of
the difbrent births of Buddha.
jti'ltt| fiy^i-Bo cog ancestors: %^'^'
^1^'^ 9kye9 tshai thamt-cai; t'^m'^^''\^'
met^ yaH'mH 1a'^og§^ ikyei-^^og
kyaH rin^par fi jute da^Jfa ni mM-gi Ihag
Uaii^^ gyur father, grand&ther, great*
grandfather, &€., ancestors of the former'
generations having saooessivelj died, now
nothing remains but their names.
g 9kyo or f*! ikyp^ica, ^, ^M$ W,
^HTVTy V- tn, iit¥ grief; sorrow; grieving;
mourning.
i'^ fiyo-igyei weariness dispersed:
the inhabitants of the land of bliss
relieved of weariness aooept all your
preoepts (Z^tfifi*^^*)*
f^^ tky<hie9ss^fm'f^ Bemi fkyo-wa
to repent; repentance (4fiffen.).
+ |'a|H iky(hHog9 quarrel; ^^fe*
^rug-M {Lex.), esp. p-8T^<r|p«Kf i^'H
reviving of old feuds and dissensions.
^^ ihyiHca 1. rlf^-fl itMr-gyir^ioi^
jm old quarrels and leuds. 2, repentmoe;
sorrow: %wi- Jv^V-rRgiS-^Slii j sem^yih
fM iikyei'h ri-kbro bgrm he wanders on
mountain ranges to induoe repentanoe
{Lo.).
f'q^ tky<hbran servant; slave: ^^'C'
q-i^^»-^i|-^^Q a dave for life.
W^ I: 9ky<hfna 1. quarrel; litigation.
2. thin gruel, gruel of riee and tea, thin
paste of wheat or oatmeal: f'«'fl^«S*
jvia^-^q-q-aii; ip^'S-l^'R^ir^'^ ikyMna-fca
she^pdii rgya-nUhso nub Ba-laH-tpyod"
kyi gM bdoi naf yoi the ocean called
gkyoma-wa lies beyond the continent of
God&nlya {K. d. ^ tSi).
^*M n: V. I^ia kkriohpa 1. one
convicted. 2. Htrir, wcm^ penitence;
smaller transgression: If'i'B^ ikyo-ma
one who was once convicted before on the
occasion of a former dispute.
f^r^ iky(hfna can adj. slanderous ((%.) ;
{''srS^q fkyorma byed-pa a slandering
J As «tya-fw«rf««*^'^'8'*Wi frfAo^r* kyi
ffUH the heaven, wheire there is no penir
tence.
Syn. v*^'^n*«» dal^kimn gna^wA^
^k(hri9 rgyof^tHf <F''^V^I'» §kab§'^mm
gnai, Kir^Hf^ iMl-gi Wy^ftm, «^*^ip
grub-paiS gne§f aS'*S iehi^mei^ W^'^^
noin^ffkkaii kkyim^ Vt^ Stfin-f^Mft, f%9^'
Mo-yi grofi, %^^^ lAa-yi Wg^m, f
^'V^ Ua*yi yul, ftin a senu-divine being
possessed of supernatural powen (M^hn.).
f*^'J3F9kyome4rUyab V^|T^^-ftR-
n. of Vifinu^i bow (4ftfon.).
f'^ Sl^yo^kag a %ht both made
of barley*flour with the addition of a little
butter (A. 166) : I'-^^ii'^Vfrf'^T*^'*
(|^) ^fn ih0^rai§4syi Aff^ filya^dky
(#0r-ifta (tlui) mi ||yMc« early in tbs
mcnii^ (m^ at dawn) by taking barlej
gmel, wind i§ not aogenderfd {A. 156).
1^^^^^^ ^^roi iJ¥hUhog§ n. of a
land of ohinti (8. har. 179).
f^f^ 9k^o-^i>gi a ooB0ol«r; one who
ooniiolee a person during grief: 9'3i^'|''
X^*vr«ni*A*^^ the mother cannot be the
oanaokor of her danghter't grief , m., one
eaanot be of lenioe to another an onrtain
oaeea of borow.
C*^ fityp^fiai to be aid; sorrowful:
ib^ (^M fifc^o^dl wi^wi li^t he felt
(slight) repentance and sorrow.
f'«iM §lkfo..$tat to console in his grief
ijt scnxiw Of repentanee*
f-msi^^ %kyo^^aH% 104 freedom from
fatigue.
I'uM'iil^ iftfo-esHf g0H a pleaiare
garden.
^I|^^ ^k^og-Hog iron spoon or sooop»
vlf9 |iy0^ 1* a spoon orladIs;also
ahoreL Wooden spoons for wine measue
used in Tibet axe called fi« ftyopi. Thsn
axe three kinds of spoons used in Tibet
lor measuring liquids, sali> ftc--tho«e
wfakh aaos mounted with copper are the
jbxgesi; those lined with silTer are of
iffiimifc sias; those of the smallest sise
axe tipped with gold and called g^er-^kyogi,
golden ^oons. ^1[^ me-tkifogi coal
shovel J ^•|«"«^'^w*««f^ the copper
spoon with whkh to measure the allowance
in salt ssid (nl f or senrantsi eta ; I' f 'T* «*tf-
§kgogi melting qpoon or cmoible. S.
drinking cap 5 bowl ; goblet ; ^•|T« gwr-
9k9ogi W^IPr* iM-^ogt, etc., goldotq^s
siher onp^ and wooden cup are now called
116
^•^l
^1 pmr^i mff^ ihti^tkgofi B^Mp;
rssp. eating or drinUng-eop { tF^lff^ the
rein of a bridle ; also name of tribe in
Tibet (Foi. far.).
^f^ l*y<Vt iM^ ft nail in W".
$ipi ^ *9og^pa h to turn: «^^
|''^'«i V^HiMiNi ikpoffi^ to turn the
neck, M., look round, baok; also to tun
away, aride. 2. one who ussa or maim*
fsetuies the coal^shorel or stone sooop^ eta
jw; <^5Wiwfa to And fault wltL
i^^ llkgogtrm$d IMv not eurted;
without any oumature or crookedness.
%^'^^^ |lyo4 jeisit-Ma n. of a goddess \
she who protects.
^'P ifsyoi-ica VJf X^% WOT, pf. ^pM
i9k»a(ftf fat. ^ t|ikya«, imp. 4^ M^atU
or ^MT^^ ftfiyofrf^i to guard; to keep;
to defend; to sa^e; pr osor r e (the liis, the
body); to support; to take oaxe of (poor
people) : \f^>^tisr|k-4 dfin ^mtUpot |i^r«^
wa to support by beneflts, laTonii : Mr
|«'|'«>*^ tktAfJ^ ikifpi^^9M to proteot by
Tarious means; to attend to: 9^*^^*
i^*4 Ihughdmi-ghyi ift|fc4-«Mi to prolsot
by the moral foorae of meditation: *n|'
4^'S lag-Jm-ggi by exercise; Sfi*|^*|^*«4
r^yo/fftf |lfcyo^lHMitoruIe;go?em a king*
dom: Kii a1K«:^*^ ekoi t9hiH4u Myeil.
iMi to protect by justice or justly : V«*|k.'
oho§^gi4 Winur protector, delender of
religion, is used lor a oortsin individual
deity or lor a class of soDoroists in some of
the monasteries of Tibet. Under this
head there are oertsan powerful deities
who haye taken on themselTss the duty
of defending Buddhism against its
ft-«l
116
enemiet. When oo-eroed they oaa even
moke their appeaxaaoe in the penon €i the
invoker. The ^«V*ijt- Qnohckui
ehoi-ikjfoi living near Lhtw ia a deity of
this olaee who is generally ooniulted both
by the Btate and the people of Tibet aean
oracle t ^Ht^'l^' *>t>*r^ ikyai ifmmm
goazdian of the world. There axe lonr of
theee, identioal with the ^M^^ Sg^al-
eken ^9hi^ the four great spirit Idnge: —
WTO} (V^T^* TuUikhar ^kytO) the
protector of the country or kingdom;
Vtri|« ^iiiim tAcf-frtu). j'^'Mi tkpad^al
aaoetanoe (in the colbquial of W.) ; f^'
Vi'SV^ fiyo^at iy^tf^ to help; )c^'«
ikyf^^ma^ same as ^$^*« (fftiii-iiia, the God*
dese of the Earth; f^%S%^' tn^l^ri4
ikyati ^mom a defender of the realm;
Bame as ^ff^«'|>^' mrnv a defender or
protector of the subject or of people : l*^'
S^ lkyoMpye4 QTmr one who sapports or
{xrotects
(Jlftfoif.)-
. ^"« 9kyof-pa pf • and fat. ^S il*yerf
iwpt, wwn, ^fww; ^'^ ^yo-^M or ^5<ra
igul-^ca to move (trans, rb.); also to
go, pass on: |^'^*«^'Ti'V^ if the wind
mores the branches. ^fS'^ Mi^kyoi^pa or
^•e(?^'«i mi'gyO'Wa ^w\m the nnmoTcd;
he whose mind is not agitated ; n. of the
second Dhydni Buddha. In TT. tkyoi-pa
is the general respectful term for: to go;
to walk. ^V^^S i§kyo4-bdo4 is same as
^9'^^S i^ra-^dotf desirous to go or about to
go: ^'\iS ''nai'du skyod'' $^ in (if
you please) ; *' tap^^ kyoi ** tread firmly I
ql^Mil^'*! i§kyoi ikabi-k at the time of
going or coming.
(If 4011.).
^rrrt^j MwtSy ^ff€^> ^w^if ^ift*,
also T^'Q rfidg-pa 1. a fault, deieoi:
I'li'^-wAiS §kon gati^yiA fmi it has no
fault whatcTer. The two words |^ ikytm
and V^'*! fi^l'A we sometimes used together
as V"'|pl 'S^Miyon, but defects in iuauiTniiie
things are expressed by the woid f'i fiyon
and nerer by the words Vi ib| or V<'|^ ief-
fffcycM I slight defects in honoured persons
are expressed by the words ^^*ii| tfipw-
ftyoa, which also signifies faults or sms
in holy persons, that is, {H 9kyan (fault)
in ^^ 4g^ or ^^'^V ig^4dun (deigy):
|i|'mv^i(*4*<l §ky(m ei yo4 kkkr^pa fa,
what harm is there in ecringP i^'j^ im*
ikyon no harm; i^'^ §kyoihm$4 no
harm, no matter; J^^^^'^'eR-ft^ $kyM
yon gaU yaH min he is wiliiout anv
imperfection or perfection; {H*^'«4^'^
tfsyim^u igiho^Hwa to consider as a kasc
also to find fault with. 2. bodily defect,
fault, as lameneai, derangement, disorder
in the mixture of the humours* 8.
spiritual defect, sin, yicious quality; n*
Vl^ |H rdiUH'^u %mra^wdkiiyon the idn
of lying; fl'S^^*^ i^ysfi-fyi tM-pei not
defiled by sin : v:}p(\ Jar ^m 9k$ but
that is very bad (of you). ii(*K«i ityea
byei^M to commit a fault; jpTI^'^iiywi
ipa^'-^a to leave off a &ult or quit it;
ft i| jf^^awq rT^^ q mi'h iJkycfi listf^
h'iogi'pa to charge one with a crime; to
criminate; ^^'Sl^'K«iVs «i g$k€m^
§kyon gM bv'o^pa to name the faults
of others, to speak ill of them; to slander;
to blame, criticise ; i^'|^'r'^'*S'«i ^syo§^
tpatl kha %ke meitiM to do any work with
application and at the same time witiioat
say fault or miiohirf to any body ; Cr
ft-iiSrQs|H^wlf 9^ not perceive a fault or
defect.
dactTe nf nn ; aiii-produoiiig.
C'f'^^ ttlfon4lag ^nm thorny; mit-
€ll]0VOIIfl*
<ViV faulty, dsfeotm, inooneot, aiafol;
Sfoilty.
fr^'^ iifoii }0o-ftf fwtf the eighteen
dflfeota axe tiie following :-'(l) A-I^^l m^
^dug-pa Qgliaeei; (2) •^TH'^i t^ itra
»tm^ bad or biirtling hair ; (8) V<r«^'^
j| ii ft »/ iw fd tw < m a iHiall ornarrow forehead ;
(4) *'P^'| fiMlo mMkpa brown hair ; (5)
•^rlK'^ nMjr air-iMi yellow ^yee ; (6) |T»i*i«r
ii'^IP^'^ nmn-frfiAaiNf aM-^^yxrrHM the
eye-farowa diqoined ; (7) f^^ fiui M-jm
flat nose ; (8) ^f^^ 90 Ito-wa bottle-teeth;
(9) M"^ <iV:pa Btammeiing ; (10) ^IN**!
migMiu mpa round eyes ; (11) 'K'H'a mig
e k nHma amaU eyea ; (12) |^'^ i^iuhm
otoofced or bent body ; (18) f^*n fto^
«Aa-fMi large or pot-belly ; (14) ^^'<r|*w
S^'^ ipi4 j p a fy$ Htff ikntwM amall
ahooUm ; (16) W^ f fi hc a m hairy body;
(18) iiT«r^' V^fiira the armi and lege
wiOi the feet not proportionate; (17) M^*
|h a (iiU;^ lioMi^ large or BWoUenjointB;
(18) r^F*«\*>r«^« bad foetid imeU
ooming oat of the body and the moatL
patiUkig to dander or apeak ill of others;
alao dander (Jfiim.).
J^^^n tkfon-dii kgrut^M ^n^
to reckon aa or into nn or defect
|V¥«1'* ftyoH-fiaf fnira-iMr mur^:
to aecribe a fanlt.
iir
fr^l
|iriff^**^*q iftyoa 0fui# m^tf^pa without
the leaat fault or
l^S^q gkg<m^pa, pt ^^' Mkyoa, to paJ
aatride upon a thing (oansatiTe form of
l|H-« tAcHi^fNi) ; •'Hr^l^'^ m^Mg fia^la
^fgan^pa to canee a man to momit ; to
ride on honebaok; to fix aomethingona
aUok ; ft-lh-^iicai^-irlH-ii to impale a man
(/a.) : V^'8"V'i>(t M-ftar li^r^a^* haying
oanaed him to ride a doi^Eay {Peg. $1).
JPt'^T'l ityMHiM^ rtog fk^m free
fromdiieaae; thinUng or taking aa fanll-
loM.
remainfng, Uving, or dwelling, in a state of
innocence or fanltlessness ; |^**S'^*^^'<i
aitftf-f i^a jHir k^ug^ifa wnx redding
without fault.
}pi^ ^yim-Mig dander; also seandaL
1^*^ lilfoa-AdSim i>i'|'<^v^'«' to find
fault witL
i'T'^ fifyoa-ft^sBi^'a a learned man;
a critic.
Syn. W^^ina-rv; ^T^Aira-fai; 4^
jPl'-'K*' i*foa ftff^KlTii 9mmhpa WW
a phyddan (Jfifofi.).
f^'N'a fiyofi le/Hca to remore a dn ;
amend or correct a fault.
yT^ ikycb^ wiw, mfii, ^ww, pf.
4|OT, iut V, imp. fw or' |^'^, to
protect; to defend, pr e e eive , save; fre*
qutatly ^^*4*ir|aa ifig^M la §kgob^
poj to protect from fear or danger or
destruotion : a|av'a the protecting power;
the* {reeerring cause : ^'^^ ^i^*^*
9^n\ |W-|^'a'^*^fa-Q'Mr|wa'« he that
giTea protection to another is called I'^a
I«W|
l/tgob-pax fpf^\^^ liyoif ^n^ the
giver of xefage or tbdter.
or ^<)^*ci ikyobi-iM mj9\ a protector.
ȴW lAryoif help, Mustanoe; seldom
for |« fityoif ; fmvt ^yobi-ma and ^Y
fw ^roff'ikjfobi in oolloq., preeervation of
life ; eaoape; also lie that saves anoth^s
life ; a helper (Jd.) ; imp. of j«r<i tkyob-pa
aSt^ltn'Hm'^'mik'^iwSn protect from all
the dai^n.
one who protects ; a name of Balabhadra.
Wl"^ l/cyom-pay pf . ^jiw iikycm^y fnt.
^«« teityom, imp. |w «X:yom2 to ponr;
to pour out, agitate, stir up; according to
Leic. to give ; defined as «fv«tr^'8^'
l|i^«*^*jH;i|-fl(c.'^-94|«'<r||f*3 ehu snod chu-
ikyogf'kyif ilait^'U aaHi'tiaU'du ilugf-pa
tta^bu^ taking from water-pots and water-
howls and pouring into kettles (JVa^.).
Seldom used in coUoqnial language ; V
^'^ to stir the water ; l|^*|*i*9 to shake a
vessel.
£^ ikyof% same as S^ khyoTy the
hollow of the hand filled : ^'i*^ chthikyor
a handful of water {J&.).
j^ l^cyar, ^T^J^'^K* V^yoff-faiam
gfier^wa bent, contracted or crooked : i^^'
jf^ faHi^Bkyarssfna^hyof-'pa (his) kiose
was bent {A. 106).
again ; repeatedly.
IK'^ ^kycr-^wa^ vb. pf . and fut. ^
Wipar 1. to hold up» to prop ; to paste.
2. to repeat; to recite by heart: «5^'5
<9^ i^yar-te ktai it was repeatedly sent:
118 «]
Ibf 1^*4 ishif iky>(yrHea to lepeat a word,
like the reciiaag of the JKinj, i.«., ittf^'9^
d'l am ma^i pai-^m Mm : ^^^^^fs^
^^•w|^'qVq-4|i^*]^f^^qVRy<q an old, sick,
or drunken person waUcs being suppcrted
by another: W^*•5P^^^•fl•irJ^•q to prop a
thing that is fidling or tumbling down : C
If^'Q dm tikyor^M the pouring of water with
some force as if through a pipe or the
mouth of a kettle ; the sprinkling of water
from a pot or vessel or a scoop ; ^%^
to back; to help morally or religiously or
otherwise one who is in difficulty, engaged
in war or litigation, fto.: 3. enoloear^;
fence {Jd.).
j''^'5^^ ikyor-fbya^i repetition from
memory : sf'ii'*S-^'|5^§c»rsil^
retained in his minds, he repeated it.
j< *^ ikyor-Uhig, v. |^«» (JHUm.).
"^'^•^C 8kyor^m<>4uH n. ofavil
with a monastery situated te Hke west of
Lhasa containing estate of the Shubi^paf
W^^ ikyol-fffa sometunee for f<r9
ikyel'fca.
+ ^'^ l*yoMw=s=9i«<-9 wasted ;
spoiled; degenerated.
^'»* |ifcyof-ma, v, f* §kyes, j^TH
fkyoi-^na a present made: to a friend or
an acquaintance at thd time of his going
to a distant place, or removal to some place
of residence.
9 9kr4i (fa), resp. SflTI the hdr of the
head : I ^'^'Fi ikra dai Ate-QW the hair
of the head'^and the beard: ff^K*
fkra-iigrit^oa plaited hair er curled hsir:
I'W^^ ikra nag-gifig a single tuft of
I'«W!
110
1^-1^^ f
SS'^ iAroHit tlM^^ t^^ f io^ I'Ars f ii(HN|»
«^ fidM|-«i«i {i>«f9i lof9 fp^o^fche (he
whose)- liair is neither Boft nor rough nor
thick nor fine but oDiform and smooth,
and yellowiah and gloflsji beoomeB wealthy
and jirosperona (4fi^Aaii.). 1'*^'^^ «Jtm
do-ker the hair dressed and pkited
together on the crown of the head ; |*^'
^'^ 9kra docker can HP^ni-fiir. one with
long flowing locks; I'^'V^'^Y'a f*^
gjfen-du UgretL^wa fta-in whose haira stand
upwards as farisOes; |'1h «rir^%i?^ with
loose or earelesBly worn hair; H'l'^
luAil a skein of silk or cotton attached
to the flowing looks of Tibetan women ;
I'^r^'^'f^^'^ §kra la^M-Qi fpt$ ^ra-wa
httr like that of a bull; |'«n^=9S^^')'l
looks of hair of women ; |'^' thin hair
(SeUr.) ; wm\'^ to oomb hair ; VT^'^ the
sfaaTing of one's hair ; |'^ jl^nim ^ l a
barber; also napkin; l^'^a vf^ well
braided hair ; also a braid or fillet of hair*
Syn. ff *^ fkra4$kog9 ; 8 V J ^lar-^kye ;
¥\^^ bye4^^€€Hian ; ^t^^m ^^go-^ya ; •*(•
WO-«w; |*|« ipirj^ liyiif ; ^jf^s
^ii«9f ; ^^^ m$4off^n\ ^^ myil-
«»; ••ff* lipa-fa/; ^^ do-ker; Mf*
^rtO^paki gM§\ l^«««r^urf; »^X<!
Of^-^og ; W* i¥m^h ; f^'9 JM-fo (J|r<Ofi.).
fiUoii a barber (Jlflbfi.).
r«^ itro^ii ^ftiifiiii, %iiK the
asoe (aa of a lion) ; hairy.
r«TW itwHwn gnoi ^pn lady's
bed-chamber.
r^* libra asM-auva kind of hairy
^nm ; also as VS**S woman (JUon*) .
1*^1^ 9kr€Hfan g$ai 9Mt a nama
of Harii who killed the demon EsfL
I ^V««i ftra 8«*:P«= V^^T^^* or «|T
*V«^ a comet (4Mmi.)-
r'^^ lAM-fM^u^ hair knot; ace. to Jii.
the bow of ribands at the end of the long
plaits of hair of the women in Ladak.
a celestial courtesan (4M^-)*
f*^ ikra-gnai wfir n. of a species of
sensitive plant.
I^w^ ffXra-^/msffr^v ikra ftog^
pa or 1*9^4 tkra tog-pa %<t |i in (shaving
the head clean); to pull out the hair:
rr^-^aTq5-i;X'^T^T«rii ^-fwi gome sent
forth cries of anguish, some pulled out the
hair of their head {Mirom. US).
■*S'»*f|*ra.iii^i|ijro"ahead without
hair " ; O d9&4i nrfir nutmeg ; also e/br-
niinum grandiflarum {Smm. JiO^.).
ff^' ikra-Ual false hair ; a peruke.
Vi ikra-rtM wm clotted haur.
W*^ fkra-Uhogij v. | 9kra (fffon.).
|'«i<Mi fJrrff-fitf Aamf ^fhnu the
anangament of the hair.
fl^* l*ra.s|-«l«^frlq vanity,
pride; adj. vain, very proud.
I'qsc* §kraJbmtl a seoret or mystic word
{Mi*, i).
n. of a Tak9a goddess (JKfoM.).
h^H^ ^^^^ ^19^ hair parting.
tw^m a grove; a gaxden; n. cl a
vegetable.
WW!
120
V^\
^^^ wiwmitfir the hair-end.
f Jl*^ ikra U-fca or |* ^-»1^ i*ra*t
rnam^j^yta* irw^ ourlyhair; to dLoes the
hftir.
woman's hair (<V^.)*
f[nf\ 9kra-8ka4 vmv^ hair separator ;
a oomh.
Syn. *9m. mhmai, ^%^ tkraii byu
dor hair okaner (Iflioii.).
CI ifo^wa hard.
Il^l*^ ikroff^pa (fag-po) to be terrified,
fri^tenedy afraid of something. This
word 18 neaiiy always oomhined with ^^^
4 ififfi^ as in ^^'l^d tj'igi fkrag-pa, to
he panio-stmok.
mo^ fr^MMiHiio the wife of the sun {M^on,).
i|C*l1 ikrai-u^a (fai-wa) v^T^, 9V ; pf •
fpM §krai§ to swell ; 1^'^' f ikr<i^f-«<Hl it is
swoUen: Ji^-s*T^t(«^MT«r'»^H^'
|K.«i swollen from being suddenly struck
with a stiok or a stone or a sword.
p*^ §fsratt:lfbur an absoess not yet
open {8ch.); fprn^v^'^m itrs^^r
lffam§9 ▼• ^W^' bthfpru fM, n. of a
medioinal tree whioh removes tumours or
absoess {MIkm.).
|w|Tpi ikrqiH4cyi ipyai^ki, gK^%
iman'thar-'nu n. of a medioine (^^ntm.
lie).
|urQ §kraii-po a swelling; tumour
(Soh.).
f|^ 9kran (fen) |1W IhatHk}^^ I. l«
tumour or any fleshy exoresoenoe in the
abdomen ; a^uoncretion under the skin or
in the bowels, womb, ftc. ((%•) ; a s
of the glands {8ch.). {r^ ^tram^ai im
desoribed as a oonsequenoe of suppveseed
wind (c/o.) ; ^%^ rio-tkfvn ^S'l't two sorts
of steatite.
I^'P fkrab^ ifalhpa) to beat the
ground with one's feet; to stamp, tread; to
danoe ; also bro tkrab^ps : F^^'^S'B^^^
Q'^* yesterday's dancing was ezoeUant
i^^^'lj ^u^'ka a ladder, t. W^^ fftof-
ka.
1^'^ {fe^ka) ladder, which generally
consistsof the notched trunk of a tree {Jd.) ;
jc.'|ii a single ladder, i.^., a ladder wifh
one pole; 1('|^ rdb §kra§ {do4e) a flight
of stone steps ; )'|^ tgifo-ikra^ a regular
staircase, as in European houses ; |'f «
probably a flight of steps at the comer
ofabmlding.
•f ^*^ 9kri^a (fi'tca) to oondoet; to
send (Cs.) : )*Vl 9krufig^'^'^ iktm^Mf
let him send: lV*S-S-^«ri-9^-8vprw I
asked to send him to Tibet (A. 101),
•f I'QI likni-tra, pf . «i|« ftlinff, foL ^
ilikru, to wait(Aft.) ; to out ; ^^^ asfJi
§kru to out meat ; | lim, ^'pr^ fU
krui-pa to cut wood or atm: V^
if Jtrtf-ira, )^'VM^'^|'^^ always being
smitten by pleasures (Pug. l-SS).
Ssi*^*q to make another ran away hj
devices.
93j*q «iraa-pa tfifii-fMi)s|S'<i |i»e#>
to poduoe ; W«> 6l*n»ii-i», ^V«i Wr*
pa amr, ftl^y iffiw grown up: ^^iF*
1^ growing crop.
fSI fifcrvm (turn) meat; applied to
the food of the respected; generally
^*|«> ffMO^krum is used in coUoquisl
language.
flHm\ ikrcg {fesi) to beat (ihe drvaa).
^9r^-o^^''fi't^^ iama-ru bkhroUtcahi don
signifies the beatirg of a skull-drum
|pi|*Q fkrog-pa to chum; stir {vnth a
rod): X»r|T*' io-wfl ^rog-pa to chum
milk {:^ag). I
wrfinr to expel, drive out, eject: ^^*^''*
fS ^09 na%^i/cro4 to expel from a place :
V^'f\ phyir^tkroi to drive out : •^^''is
hgeg9'ikra4 to eject an evil spirit.
CH|'2J (ijfca-tra s^l^'S unrw astringent ;
also thick.
mg|^'«i^« ft^kaH ifidoi a slight fiame-
work made of sticks and coloured threads
as an offering to the gods in cases of sick-
ness: iSifiii«qil^»|T^^S«^«JS«^''^«^«t^/Aa.
gupfiyogi-su iitaH-^fdoi daH isrud hkhor
h$hag place B9kafl''ffido9 and amulets on
ihe south side {Jig-)-
QSK*f ^ ^aii-fcfeai a sacrificial cere-
mony (iSehl, 360),
m^Q^^^'^ to make copious religious ser-
Tioes to the tutelar deities, angels, and the
guardian i^irits of the ten quarters
(giL 9).
mp^ (ffasjif 1. r'^n^ ^^ fuU to the
brim. 2. iV^'^'^^^f ^«q«i|H^'q fiatnt-
pa giOhpt^ fill to the brim {Situ. 7i).
4il0H»'\SUu.77).
qjfjim Mamff past, dried, burnt: Q^r
tm'tii'mfm by the fire (at the end of the
age) the lakes dried up {ifag. 9).
QJIpl^Q l^^al-pa m^ a fabulous period
of time; Ibe various ages of the worlds
121 ^3^1
each of which has been presided over by
its own human Buddha respectively : ^ipiT
^'25 (>$kai^pa chen^po the great Kalpa ; ^'
<)4|'^ Oar-iikul the intervening or middle
Kalpa; iW|^«J»vB ifkal^pa bga^-po mifmm
the happy or glorious period in which the
Buddhas appear ; «l|>r«iK^a Malpa ^m-
pa the evil Kalpa^ in which no Buddhas
appear (Jd),
virtuous; also virtue (4firton.).
q||ai*q J|9i ^^kaUpa f€9^f^^ rtri^-pa p*n
accountant {^Hon.).
mf^'^ (fto/.m^smpt'cA*'^ the fire which
will destroy the world at the end of the
present Kalpa {iS^ag. 9).
q^q-QBi^ tffai^Jsail ^^'Hl*"^ n. of a
religious work.
q^ (fitf s9<i|*(| hyug-pa, fut. ^ i^u9
M^ rubbed {^ag, 9).
war fboi-pa concealed ; hidden {Nag. 10.).
Q^JJ ifkutn, pf. of |«\
Qttfi'MQ^ ^skufn-fi^khyii the distance or
measure between the thumb and tJie top
of the forefinger drawn in ; about one-
half of the measure of a span : ^*^'''^'^'
breadth was one finger (i.«., one inch),
and length eight spans and one i^uffi-
'^I'l'B ^^ikum-khru about a cubit
measure with the fingers drawn in a fist
Q|x*^V* ^i^m-MMi a measure of dis-
tance by stretching apart the two arms
(with *' fisted hands *') ; a little less than a
fathom's measure.
OS^ J}*wr, sbst. sending, granting;
^QK.-q|^ to bless ; to grant benediction ;
-^^^•uj^ {iSlag. 9).
17
V]
122
«»r-^I
■V ▼• 1^^, «»8*'*«^^ iskul'irm signal
to call one to his business ; signal to call
workmen to their respectiye duties.
one who gets Government works exouted :
^^^ ttfku^, pf. of q| ifku ftiir
anointed ; stained or poisoned (Ifaj. 9).
^^ ifkon, pf. ^fw^aiy go9 bskon^to
to be dressed {Situ. 6i).
^m^ ft5*af surrounded: ^l^'^lf^
surrounded by followers, admirers and
attendants.
. ^X^ J«*otf='^S iko4, pf. |«rEK-n?rti
(Situ. 7Jt).
numberless ; immeasurable {Zam. 10).
q|K.^ iskyam mftrir protected ; cherish-
ed ; nursed.
^^v l^^ffobf Tf%«f protected; f'il'^J^^
^vog-k^yabi protected, saved life {Situ.
7U).
fni-i9kyam$ the vessel has not dried.
««q|*w water dried up {Situ. 7i).
^J^ ifkyar^^^'^' or '^'^' again;
again and again {Zam. 10).
^•^y iff^yar^bsso repairing; mend-
ing of.
^y^ blikyur cast out ; ezbiled ; driven
away.
^5^^* Wl**> iihyur-du heug-pa to cause
any one to oast or fling anything away.
^IV^^^ iikyei-idoi H^: growth or
growing ; wish to grow.
^3^'^ t«*W./Hi, ^mftv, aww, U5fw
1. a production, generation, fonnatioa
2. «?VTft^, W?qK?r. *wq|s<i sem$ i^yed^
pa ^^mj^ to form one's mind; to have
a conception of ; also technically means
purification of the heart as in iitfi(^ ' ftj i iK »
«HVqq5X fiskyed^pa bgyi-^o W^V^
to have a conception of.
^V^*» iikye^-t'tm ^mf^ir the gra-
dual development of ideas ; powua of an
occult nature.
moved, agitated; •r^l'v^ ma ifkyoi^
^ni)^ unagitated.
qj^qwRfi bfkyoi-pa yati-ma ;rpiT«f«T
moving again and again, at paroxys m .
qJfV^'*' iikyo4 med^pa^ ll^m giai§
^Mflfta n. of an immensely gieat
number.
Q|S ifkrai and |5'^ phyir^i^trai^
^'^q^ phyir-iton turn out, ei^l {Situ.
7Ii) : q^l^pf- qj^ turn out a ghost or devil.
^JS*^ J**r«/tf, pf. of %^ wqj^i food cut
up {Situ. 9).
A|^ iikrun^^S itkyei 1. «VV^
niA^-t/u i^a^-ira to multiply. 2. ^^"^'^'^
paT'du iko4^ to print, set up in print
{Jfag. 9.) : ^'^^'^JT*! igenta i^^runa, i"
9<l'<^|^'^ Mog iffib*iMi-pa.
- J
P Ate I: the aeoond letter of the
ISbabii aljllabet, bemg the aspinte of
^i«L Li ■Qviid H xeiMiiibles % ibe leoond
eoneoiMmt of the Senakzit alphabet. 1.
On n f juAmn it indioatee thefleoond, or
nvmlMr iim. It is at t aohedy often option-
ally, as an additjonal qrllahle to many
iravdfly Mjpfwially in the colloquial: ^'P
^^otf-Mathe price; ^T cha-kha a thing.
2. It impliea n Ua9» a part: r^'fl
Ma- ^ Bl •aaBrr^V'll khag-gU^^u into
two parts (dirisionB): ^iF iAo-^iHl one
pnt The ncOipazt of a toii-ia (Tib. coin)
11 oaHed icJkk 8. Origin, gonroe, ftc. : ^jt^'P
kMi the aooroe of gold, gold-mine : ^T
hkwMitm aalt-pit: \T tmcuhkha paa«
tawvland, m place where pastures ahonnd.
4. Time: ^wr^V^V ntbeAar-kha^m
isffiisS (fijte. tl) calculate time from the
^noDsnt of sonrise; 4|*P^ igroMar at
Uie time of going ; at the time when he was
zsai^ to start : X-^'^'I^'^ ^^f q mo iehi-
kktir dk0f4s tdun-pa ahe at the time of
djing became idigioas, Ac {Pag. S7) :
§^ k grn khot when he came; at the
flMMaent of arriral: ^'P goMMa at the
tfane of coming; ar^*4'Vrp'ai m dtiA^po
Oob k k M nm^ ^ryB ^^^ m daiipo thob^
mt4kag as soon as he attained to the flrst
rtage, lU., one moment before the attain-
laait: VT^'^F^i gun riH^gi kka na§sm
Vr^'%f VI gun rm^gi igo tun by little
and Hiile; gradoaUy (/d.) ; ^*^7^ in the
hope of; ^^'dT^ just on the oppo^
tmiity ; *^ in the nick of time."
P 11: 1. the front side: v« face,
mouth; also tiie surface or upper aide. T
is the ordinary word for ** month," while
^c is the commoner term for *^face."
Again, to express the sorfaoeas weUas the
front of any inanimate thing, r ia the
usual form: ^P*^^^)^ ioiGlea on the
face of the diff; |«rj^'««S«Pi'«T^'8^
$kgtUknUl ii^dsaj^nai chuMar hgtm {Pag.
117) sitting in a oroea-legged posture he
moved on the surface of the water; ^'n*
p-iia(YK| ^H-iifr ko4hug kha^la M-ur-
gyi ri-fM ifithoA saw reflection of rays on
the sur&oe of milk-broth {Pag. US). 2.
iTT^ language; conversation; V9«r weed:
forei Q^I^-ar^-^q^-^U'jpi the king having
become powerless at (hia) wife's word
{Pag. Si).
Byn. f^'ir imra^a^i igo; s'|% so-
bg^l ^^'^'8% g^uH-war-ige^ i ¥l $kal;
V^'i'^^'^K^ gtam^gi ibguM-gnoii I^IS
tMki rten\ VS litotf ; ^^ gshm {M^km.).
P m : a breadth or a square of cloth,
In its several inflected forms P is
often used aa if it were a postposition
goTeming the aoousatiTe case. These
forms are P'^ kha-na^ P'% AAo-iw, and P^
kkar^ and take the meaning of ^'cn,** *' at)"
p-^«|-q|
124
rsi
"bwide," &0-: **P^' on the fire; B'M on
the ohait; fs^rq^r^ all round.
rS'*' kha kyel^oa^im^ to kiw.
V'V^ kha krab-pa (kha ialhpa) to smaok
or oluck with the mouth.
fr^fip« kha rfiter.|»=f^'^«(W BnaH'
ufogsaih bright :^'V«> Wa-^pa. 2.
auspiciouB; of happy omen; agreeable;
pleaaatit looking; FVP'^'fl kha-Jkar
0ti4nag outeide white, inside blaok, i^.^
planaUe.
rsfi kha^kri (kka4i) neok-doth, some-
times worn as a protection against oold ; a
kind of raw silk stuff of narrow breadth
manufaetuzed in Assam ahd largely im-
ported into Tibet, where it is used as neok^
ti« and handkerdiief: r^^|•w^•'^V«'•r^^•
^ kha-ikn icai hdra-tca kha-rer ibru
(««i.) for each breadth (of cloth), which
is equal to a kha-iij price iu barley grain.
pepi kha-lftug dumb; also of indis-
tinct speech: ^^'9»^'^\^'AtI^^S the
spleen of a goat removes the dumbness of
children.
ffffs kha-ika4 ^HH^w oral account;
tradition ; narrative ; colloquial language.
rif*' kha-ikaH ^tm^, fW a mouthful;
completion ; appendix of a book : P'iT^*^
kha-ikari'wa 1. to fill up a void ; to make
np a deficiency. 2. to fill up the mouth
with water, to rinse it.
P'i^'q kha ikor-wa = S '^ ihi-wa or
frqj(k q Wa {«*or-fi?a to speak cunningly;
to circumvent by speech.
frwZiii klia ikyur^pon 1. sour; of an
add taste. "2. olive ; olive tree (in Sikkim)
(c/S.).
fr\^^ kha'^kyeH$ shame-f acedness : fr^^'
M*f«'fr|c.«i-S'ftQ%V'^l 1^ A 1^^^^^ ^ about
to give his gaitnent to another man^ and
that other man having held out his hand,
it is not given to him, he is ashamed —
that is termed kha^^kyeii.
pp kha-kha I : apart, separately : rr
•J^S'^f «***S if (you) sit apart there will
be no quarrel.
PP II: or rr* kha-kha^mo bitter
mouth; bitter taste.
rpw kha'kheh% «tt| a veil; a cover:
n«q-^i^f9*ffeq«'^«rp*^ gr^a-pa rer kha-
khebi roi kha-re (at every offering) there is
a square of oloth apiece as a face covw -
ing to each monk.
ri*^ *//<f-Wor=^«^=^ tha-bkhor border,
edge ; also th^ circumference.
prQ«1| kha^hyag^r^^'^ kha4heg
byed-pa contradiction; denying one's
liability.
P|5^«i kha-khyag-pay same as r^'^'"
hha-theg by^4-pa, to deny having under-
taken to do a thing; denying one's
liability.
rfi^ kha^khyer 1. ^'^lan^kan ; ^^'i
tteg^-Jm any shelf or box on which birds
perch; also %ft%T an altar; a raised seat.
2. »mq3r^p iptha^fkar-kha the surround-
ing line or circumference of anything;
the sunounding edge of a doth, Ac.
fT^Kha-khra {kha-4ha),Y. fm 9kMa^
khra or ^TVi I^ kha-brag; also n. tar
certain wild tribes of the border land cl
Tibet, namely the Aka and Mishmi tribes
of eastern Tibet and Asfam {Ya-seL S8).
PB« kha-khram {kha4ham) defined ss
n*5)'^^«'«'^*' cunning talk, deceitful
language.
PB««i kha-khram-pa = ^^'^-IS^W
gyorgyt4 ifoi-mkhan one who apeato
cunningly so as to cheat.
rK«t| 125
FIP I : kkaMk^ (kkm^U) ^^r^ res-
peel, ngaid s lit. inbate i& Imgnage or
in woras.
FV* II : oapitetion tax or poll tax.
F^f^ kka»ikkot the airoumlnenoe of
the mooih (d.) ; r^*'^ Ua kkkor-wa to
aurrouiid*
f4Y^ M« UshiM^ to bmd an ani-
mal's xnootk ; to gag ; to ebrang^.
F^M kki^tkhy^m to be agitated
oatwazdly: JRlT*»'^<i'J***tK"^?*« f/a«
dbfi-jpe dlf£ tfift^vMoti kim ikkfcmi the
^ar&ee of the sea was troubled by that
great wind {A. 16).
F^Q khQ^ffa-po difficult (&«.).
F^* kka'^§a'4ma or F*l^'* Mo-^U-iNa
the square mg that is spread over a great
man's ooshion or seat.
Fi^ hha-ffaidk quadrate, square; one
sixth of the Tibetan ooin ealled ^ellita,
whiok is eqnrfaleat to one anfM in India:
Fi^'^ kha gai-^wa adj. sqnore.
F^'^'i'^ Ma-ga^^f^^imt'O'fea to
talk at random; to qpesk at pleasure
(thoughtlesslj).
F*T« Ua-gab ooTer, lid. (&?*.).
FI^SI^ **« ffpen-.pkfOffi «^ with
the looe upwards (in expectation) ; expec-
tantly, eagerly.
P'^^ kka^traH$ {kha-iaH) enumeration.
Ft kha-gru (Jtha-iu) or •Mf ffiihaihgru
the comer limit or spLere of a place, also
of the month. The width of the mouth of
a Tessel or p6t, also Ae opening of tiie
month. Ff ^MrV^-*rr»Ss*! **«-
fm |Mi4f-fM ikar-ibol rtuMne^ mekog that
being broad in space, of white and soft
apitoaran ee, and without grass, u best
{Jig.).
fI^ Kka^gM, m^'^'%n^[^ fgdhah
iihcb ful-gi mUi n. of a border country.
fI^'I kka gm^gra is defined as ^^'^'
w^-rt'Sf fs«i tiie noise of the foe which
arises in a battle-field (Ififfoii.).
F^^*» kha^gog^fm mute; one who can-
not or does not speak; gagged (iftafi.).
F^l^'^ kha kgyut'tca to change One's
woids or promises.
F^)T« kkm hgrig-pa {kha-4ig)^rrnjmn
kka kekatn-pa of the same opinion or
Lon.
r^n khm-^hgril {Ha^^il) the selredge or
loose ttifts of thread on either edge of a
cloth : 5v8F^V«*«ift »'«V^'^*«i the
fringes of the tent being made widi blue
cotton.
r^S kka-zgoi ill or rough language;
also a slanderer (Sek.).
F^ kka-rgan pririlege of old age (Jd.).
P J3^ kka-rgyan m^jm tbe betel-leaf
which the Indians ohew; literally the
beautifier of the month.
Fy^ kha-tgyal-wa to win a di pute :
can kka-rgyai the animate beings of the
demon kind won the oontroTorsy.
FJ^ kka-rgyug idle talk ; unfounded
assertion (c73.).
F|S kha-rggui, re^p. ^'^^ fhal-rggtij,
same as^^w'JS gtam-rgy^, oral tradition;
also certain mystical doctrine not allowed
to be written down.
Fi^ kka-^gor the shoulder bone.
Ff^-' kka tggwr^a F»|^«i kka^h
igguT'Wa to got«m ; to rein the mouth
(of a horse) ; to lead, guid^ influence other
persons.
FIs kka-igrog (kka^g) r*9rf^*«r4i*
*• V ^•K''S«». In this passage Ff* Wo-
r*^!
126
l^vvf mMtti ihnitiiig or bmding up the
sfarapi .of lb teank or leaihar box.
r^* Mn-ftf 001 adTioe.
rf<>*M0 |ll0i^flB%iL'^ 49<.ptf the lion
(IPtor.).
rr^ Ma ftfo-iM or FFr« Ma liTai:^
to antioipAlo or aay Mmething bebve-
hAnd; to ipeak out inoonaiderately.
r^ Ma-€iV or ri^ kha^^rig 1. •! •!
ImJm^ lrf%^ a oertain penon ; Fi^ Mrfflrf
2. Home {J. ZM.) ; p-M'0'*Vfs Ma cig.
tu pkitr^grar vf^nnm ^^or as some oall
it a flying word'* ; rM^^ hha^g na^re
comeoneHiid.
rt"i kha-eut at f'^ hha-^mr SUwlmixr ;
aEashnurian.
F^vi kka^aH dever taUdng, of. rf^ Q
kkm ffiyaH^ eloquent; dexterous in
oonvenation.
FW Mo-ft^tf^S'^' cfi-^aii n. of a
medioinal subfltanoe {§man. Ii9).
r'^S hhu^gfioi coyer ; in Xrf. cork.
F^toi Mo- ^^/ idle talk, prattle {8ek.).
F^ I : khU'CAag defect in the blade
(of a knife or an axe), but r*^^'^ kha-
chaff |fMi-ra/=sto get the mouth damaged
and noee torn ; FS'T'''^ kha thug-po %qH the
edge (of a knife, Ac.) has become blunt ;
F^^ hka hg^tiH the blade has become
turned, U^ bad ; F^^'^^ hha nU^iduf the
sharpness is wanting; %^T gril^kha or
31^* V griii so (in Kham9) the blade of a
knife.
F^ n : abuse ; ill language (Jd.).
F*S khihehai^ ^'•S 4ha<ha4 agree-
ment, covenant ; a truce ; r'*S kha-chmi^^
•S'^^ ckaii'don special object or reason
FM ibWMAor ssabbreriation of F^
snow and a^'<i, rain.
fr%KM kha^hUt the •taming or appeas-
ing of wild beasts, ftc.| by witohonlt.
r% kka-ehu (^aq diul^hab) wm,
m^ spittle; also used ooUoq. &r F^'t
kha^tcahi cA« snow-water.
F<*9^ kha ehu^pkug n. of a place on
the uplands of Kha-diu {Lan. ^ Sit).
P*£ KhoHihe a native of Sjishmir;
a Mahomedan; a person that has the
command oyer much; principal or impor-
tant things (F^'<(*<1'<^ khthche-wa fftaw);
n. of a mask in the religious plays of Tibet
f^\^ khthche ikyei^ F^*'^ khorthe
i^hog^ V. 3^*1" gur-gum {Mf*on^^ iNTHn or
9^ saflron, the produce of Kashmir.
piRf^pi^ kha-^he igron4eha^ ft-i'sf^
kha^he tehkhoA an um kept by a Kussal-
man at Lhasa or in Peking; F^'^^^Ws-
che fBchog v:kj{ iniR^Kil the chief artiele, t>.,
sadfron, which the Tibetans obtain from
Kashmir; F^iF*^ kh0hch$ fthkkm-ma a
kind of yellow flower resembling safiron
which imported from Kashmir is largely
grown in Tibet; F^'IF'^f'^'^'^g **«*«
fa-kha-ma tpor rer bbru the cost of a fpar
of Kashmir fa-khdhfna flower is a dm Gt
barley flour ($Mt.).
prlSW AAo-cMitf, resp. »^'^9m gAal-
ehem§, kst will, testament ; P'}«ni'4(^-q Ma-
chem ijog-pa to make a will; P'^mt
|i^*flrq|^ kka-^hemi rtuH-fa i^Bur cent (hiB)
last will to the winds (Beku.).
F^ kka^ckoi hypcoiisj- ; religion in
talk only.
F^M kha-ichtil mmmr idle talk, prattle;
talk as in a delirium: F^<*"('d^ (he)
pratfles*
rif
127
r9«ii I
pa or FW^ Ma ihmg^pa to agree i^n;
^^«i iwuliiig to^iher as husband and
wife; to live hanaomoualj (^FAmi.).
r^-^ AAa MMm, B^meas r*t'^ *Aa
tkal-way to poraouBe ; speaking sweet words
Tiieaning nothing or evil.
^'^ kha^l^am gsM^nag r^TfJ ^K^q
•■•'I'MP' soft and polite in language but
evQatlieart
F^w^q kAO'iifai'wa to measure.
FHT* Ma kfuff-pa to interfere; to
meddle with ; meddlesome,
P't kha-rje ^, 5^ the chief of the
douds ; doud-god. Aoo. to C9. great lord,
mighty personage; good luok, good for-
tune; aco. to Jd, fortune, good, wealth.
i9o4'^nam9 "^m merit, moral virtue {ff^on.).
cm possessed of moral merit; virtuous
rt'^ kha-rje ehe rery powerful ; also
hig^ moral merit: Y'if4i'Sk'j|^*fsiii'dY<|-^'
^^•^R'f I'Vp^ if we brother and sister were
not here, would you haye been powerful
to-day P iA.lsrj.
F?T^ kka San^pa or r^W<i kha^la San-
fa to obey ; r^n kka nan^po obedient.
r"*^ hkaSuA sparing of words; laoonio
(flfe*.) iriF^'^' kho'-iiuAtag^w^ r^%'
••■»«r»rTV3^«rir jsfq i^ one who does not
speak many words and who does not act
the thief.
rf^ kkt^magjy. F^H kka-nog.
F9^ ^Aa-«lfiamsf|^•«i)•l |fei^«MMnN
of equal, i>., same words or opinion :
f ••9>rw^irr«i9^«m if (you) eat together
(you) should agree in speech.
r^^ kha-TfM old or seoond-hand articles.
Bem^-la n^d-pa^ kha-hh if^dae^po bad at
heart, but very polite in ea^xiesnon
{l^ag. 10).
Ff'** kka-^m% of same height; ako
of level surface : •*^»iiiF^V'^5'|^'«i they
were equal in height; ^'^rl'w'Aj'kw
1^'^ {wAn kka^amtpa^ khoHf-^kyib^-na
in a sheltered comer or cleft of cool moun-
tains of level surface {Ta-^el 35.).
f 5 kka4a or Fljf Ma-|te good advice ;
lesson ; F»'9V<i kha4a byei-pa or a^a
biog-pa to give advice ; *>'"y5«ifliF'(|*>*9^*<i
not to give advice to a bad man {Jig.).
P5*''*'! **^ tam-gay F^ kha4ica, v. p"
^•r^ kha^tbatn-gaj a club or staflf with a ekull
at the top, the weapon of S'iva, also carried
by ascetics; a trident ; F5'^ kha tam^ga a
Tantrik club or staff with a skull at the
*op, V. F5*r^ kha^wam ga^ trident ; the
Tanirik stajff irtth three skulls piled one
above another at the top, the lovirest one
resting on a pot. This was originally
introduced into Tibet by Padma Sambhava,
P'^ kka-tig bitter ; bitter taste, v. F^ i :
kha-^ca.
» •
FV^^ kha-to fid is said to be same
as *!Vi*4^^ ^Mi^-fMi a pointed stake used
for the execution of criminals (Jd.).
Fl^ kha-im Cft F^^^ kha^idan fmfiw,
^Ifqv a reading or reciting from memory
with a loud voice; Jt^wfKV'P' reading
or flaying by heart; FK^-^«i*^a ton^du
r w« I
128
tH^pa to know by hoart ; r'9^ 8^'^ kha^
ion iya^tra i^w trftftwrr (irtWin) a
dmat redtstion of -prayer or hynmft. Also
•zpUined a« ^af ••rsl^wf trv* «*'
^^^'*^'SV^ to rMLte religious traot* from
memoryi without having recourse tc
booke: ^(^ '^'^'V^T^^f^'f "by looking
at scientiflo works to oommit to memory''
{A.S).
rW^ iAtf gtai'pa^ same as^|^'<l ^*^<
sjBfotf-jxi or ^'|^**i rO'iprai'pa 1. to bring
together personally; to oonfront: ^ll'«('^^'
iR'|**M^r*^*^T^^'«w ^ffro im^nut-par tta raH
kha-gtai bdon pai ( Tig.) not being able
to gO| (he) let the horse go towards you.
2. to turn one's face.
r V* kha^gtan^ resp. ^' V Bhal-gtam,
oral tradition.
ta ho gtughpa or r««< ^•«t hha-la ho hy^
jpatokiss.
Fi^4 kha 0ot»wa to injure ; to abuse;
to oall names.
p-q^spi kha-iiagi anything that is pui on
the faoe» ^ue.^ presented or placed before
a person {or his acceptance; hence that
ubiquitous article of Tibetan social inter-
course, the presentation or salutation scarf.
These soarves are of various descriptions.
Thelongestand the best ones are presented
to the great lamas, high officials, and to
other personages; they cany respect ao-
oording to their quality, colour and length.
There are difCerent sorts of P^^^ kha-
iiagi (silk presentation scarves) — p'^^^
«r|i*K-nj^s*^'y; q^ SI kha-iiagi'la phpi-
isoi-itafi, X'^H tshe-l/io-mo or vi'i|{-i|^«-
ktgy^'i^h icu'ibagi^ 8og§ ifuht$/iogi
go4.
Ffi kluHtan a soft thin rug that is
spread on a cushion ; a cover for a oushioo
or couch.
W%^'% kha sien-iiu above ; besidee ; on ;
upon ; at ; towards : ^^Tf|^•\''Vf^d9^tha'
iieiMu ih»g9 he sat upon it (P<v* ^^0
P'fp^ kha-stcA not yet having eaten aoy-
thing ; lit. empty mouth.
p*|iNii*jq*q kha^ami tgyab-pa is de-
fined as S|Jsr?N-q|%4ra|-T^«^'qs^iJi^n^'p-»r^-
ci'^^ to revile one another f o^ no purpose.
fTW^ kha fiam^a, ^-^ 'JT*^ iha^
phyag ^shan^ v. P'?«'^ khaHam-ga.
r^ **«-««/= OT*^ ihug4hal or ^
Z^ ihug rtMfn rice or barley particles.
p WQ kha thal^a:sifpi'n kha kche-^ca to
promise (Cii.).
P*^ it^Ao-^Ai akindofsatin in variega-
ted colours.
POT kha-thug to the brims ^tfi:^ ^^M-
thug : m ir^'^ kha-thug 9*o4-4rato fill to
the b^im ; P*^^ kha-naH the inside brim
nsf q kha ihug-pa to meet in a oonteirt,
in conceit with
p-y^ kha-ihog top or surface; upon a
thing =yYP thdg-kha on the roof, on the
upper flat.
P'V^ kha4hor pustules in the mouth
(8ch.).
f'9^^ iMoHiiMtifi, V. P'M0i kha-^dkam.
P'sq^'ci kha^huf^pa^fW^ kha-thug-
pa agreeing upon, unanimooa ; also
together with: Wg* I||*VWF«1T«WV'.
in concert with the men of the palace
they petitioned {Pag. S76).
p'^sq kha-bihab !• regulating of stores
by equalising their quantities : I'gVl^
•iii'ti^ Af^'RVdS'^ "> po-hgH 9og§ nmH Ml M:«
kdra bgeti^a fa, |^•q«••^•^•^W^S••rw
p-oaai-qjc-q (
120
r^i^-«»
h^-pm (Rim.). 2. P'^WQ kka ttkab^p/^
^9^^S^ gpyl fprorf f or ^ff^^mft 4mag
Ma^ipa to fight; to give battle (M*onX
hn ifo4-tM to aend a reply, to xeply ; P*
^<i Ua kiken^pa (cc pull the moutli) to
•top ^beest of dzmught.
Mfw^ira, '^«'<i jirjfcfl^ to Boatter, to aepa-
xate one from another; alao diaordered,
eonfiuedf eonfanon: ^'•'P'^'Q a book,
the leaves of whioh have beeome mixed
up together; ^«'rr4h*la«'H*Ai< at the
plaoe there ivere a few aoattered onei
only {A. JSJ); V'^|-ir|Mr^^ii-^-p-a^q'
^Vr^ among the beasts theie axe tivo
elaeBse: those that liye secluded and those
that axe soattered (in abodes of men
and gods).
P^ khthdag swepi olean, dearell up,
sotixely gone: K^ J^•<w«^'p•W'^ nor
Phn^99 'thf^mt^Mi hiMhdag ie4 Us ivealth
and oattle haTe all disappeaxed.
r\^ kka^ig or P^ kkthWg to staxn-
mar; P'H«T«f kh^Wg-^§hh^n a slaai-
F^^e^ kha dug-^fom fHl«i ft^TW
poisonoas month ; hating poison in the
month.
fr^trn kka dum-^ being in eonosrt
with; having agxeed.
p^«i'Q kha-dut-po (soft mouth) manags*
able; txaotable
FM »to.cfe^orr»i^^.t*tf-qidb^sr«SUi
fMMf colour : r»«^«^^-^FX^'81^y the
hair beoame blue-blaok ; P'^T^^^AAtf-
dag^gi gMugi w4^; FXY*W4 kha^og
^fikmrn-pa of one uniform colour : ^^*9^'
ta-Hsi-^lwp-i^T«lTe^-i*ie #^|M ekoh
ga% gmm kha^g ifdhmn^fmr gitd-pa he
wesxs the three garments of a monk of
uniform ootonr. F^^'|^'^ kkm-dog gggmt
fM to change colour; F^^l^ the colour
changss (/d.).
r\^\W^* kka^dog tflwi^fw^Wl^ dsf.
if ^ar f'l'i rfs^ Jkai-fs thedsaasv, purlp
fler ; also a name for the ifudgiiss (IfMaa.).
FX^'M*«i kho^og Htm^fa pM of di^
agreeable or bed color.
fX^HB kkt^^kmif mel^^sB^
fsir gold (IML).
F^r « kha^HMm or fM^'^ iMf-
dog MrtMss d^ JMs-fci in eolrar ; like iff
coloor.
FX^f *^ kh^^dog «fM-Meyi teristy
of colours ; of dJflsrsut hues; FX^|**^
vH^M khhJkg §9itht9k$g mu4^§ nk
yja-iie an excellent pearlis of a varieliy of
colours {LoH ^ 9).
F^T^ Uu-di^f^a small hols or nairow
hole.
wmn4 variegated colours.
r^^VP^^kka^dog gtiriM-jNieD^binedaf
%e-|a«T*fta* ^M hofhUfmigiftikl mM
a name for the tree called the oai4\ool
(tfihm.).
F^ khthdtH W mightyi henghtyi
PAV*i loquacious, talkative.
PA^' Me.rfra^Justbefm;stniighton.
fX kkthdro in Ekam§ and Amdo signi*
fles >qr^« bkra^ auspicious, of good
omen or appearance.
pT«Mtfifro-Ao«F^|V«M« kpb^^ot^
agresabls, amiaH», of pleassnt compaiigr.
yawning; opening the mouth; gaping;
widening the mouth : F^F^^'^ kka-^gdaHi
na§ having opened the mouth widely.
IS
^^'Vt^ I
180
p*^^ iuU-^Air one who speiks too fart
<ir too load.
f^^ khO'hdig cork, bung;, stopple.
<t« ifdkim'pa agreeing in an aooonnt.
r^M kJUhldoHy Y. r9^ kha-tm.
F'^V^\^kha'bdofk^bpe4'f0U>Tedie or
mutter a oharm or mtmira.
r^ iUa-nftf muttering, whiepering: F
q^*qK*q-§^ to mutter or speak autpioiouBly.
F^ kha-ir^ oouTerBation, talk, pro-
plieoj, pKedioti(NQi; it alsoogniflea ^IS*^'
^¥k:V kfa4^ bMaH-j>o good ezplanation or
uttmnoe: qua^vn^Af^X-g^f'^w^-B
** may the dootrine (ol Buddka) proepor **
iodi wa» hia righteous utterance {jL.
lie)'
F^^ kkait^^f^^ ikai-^Aa rerbal
ntteianoe: 8«%**«^»i •ifvufViH'
jtv-f-qp^^-ft'l^ although he had beheld the
girl's eyes, he acted as if he had not seen
hsor and ga^e no spoken sign.
f'1(m kia-idami^Fi kha4a or ^TVWF
gdami'kha advice.
FI**'^ kka letom-iiasspm^Q kha t^nan*
fa to sQenoe ; to gag or stop the speech.
f p^^*4| kka-da-ga mfjf the soimitar
or sabre of the Hindus.
pjf *r^ kha-na fna4ha*way lit. F¥W
Vr^ kha nos md ^Aon-iNi, not oonlessedi i.^ .,
not oome out of the mouth; ^i|^ also f^,
% metaphysical term defined as ^'«>'^'|«'
^AS a name forsin and moral corruption.
There are two kinds, to., (1) ^'^i^i F
V^'V'Q roll k^kin*gyi kkthna ma4A<Mea sins
which axe committed naturally and semi«
ecsisaiously; (2) wf^^F^^'V'^ ft«n^pa*«'
kha na ma tho-wt sins of overt violation
of law or leUgion. ftfi^qs^-^irgft-wU-
q'i^'q>( Householders and monksingeneralt
in keeping these sins and fialings oonoeal-
ed, because they do not issue forth from
the mouth, such are styled kka^na-ma^io'
wa. F^'9^^V^'^'^ kh^na ma iho-wa mi
ffia^wa ^KKjn the sinless; FT«*^*S«'
kha na m(t tho^a mei^ ^S^iV without
sin or moral corruption ; F^'*'"'^' V Ika-
sinful or Uasphemous speecL
FW* kka nag-pa^W^V^^ mum-jpa
nag^po darkness ; also of gloomy appear-
ance ; morose; wicked (JfXofi.).
F'F' kha-noA jm^ndAj morning. But
r'¥^'\^ Ma-nolMtf U^ ^"w jisiic ii , to
lookinwaidly: F*F'^l'^«i"^%'**«'
qi;*8^'cK the knowledge gained by intro-
spection, which is carefully to eimxnine
how much of good or evil and virtoe or
vice ezirts in one's own heart, causes rejeo-
tion (of evil) and acceptance (of good).
F^ kha na4 month djbease.
P'ap^'s^ Ma nar-can oblong.
r ^ kha-nat orally ; by word of mouth ;
F¥>'R'|^ a cuckoo ; also to cry or call libs
the cubkoo; F'F*^'^ UUhmat ssfHsa to
speak colloquially.
FP^ Mo-fiM last year.
of cotton cloth, etc.; that having two
colonxs (Stsii.).
F'^^kha-^togotF^khO'Sog damoaroas ;
asking often and often for » thing, etc. :
the three may bedassedtogether, (namely)
defilement, importunity, and being strick-
en by lightning {Bi^U.).
r^*- f
181
rni
F^*^ iA«-fior m4 Im kai «md in
jw to obotmottlie sp6Mh; also to ooeroe,
to mkttOB.
I^a kkm^pm tlie tdiuM mMrkad with
Uie letter pU«,M«,tlio 2nd Tolumo. Any*
thing (book or wtiQle) mariEod with the
letterrUtf.
r^ kka^po ■omntiniiwp JiAa qpeeoh,
^•#*f P^"^' miU i po ec h imd pdiihed
language.
F'^'VMi mmC^ talkmg much: ^*MY
J^ Kqft*FV'* fM-jW irvtfu^ MT-M^' kkm
ph^^hB a daew oalled ii»i*g€ trv^-fpr,
irho waa Tery talkatiTe (#cba. 51).
FflT< U«-|p«0f spinTv khaUpag% Up.
FiiUa-ipN hair of the faoa ; whiakanu
fV kkthpho hoaating^ F^'^ kka-pko-'
eke one who boaata mach; alao boaating
nnioh.
P'V^ kka-pkog Terbal xopeoof •
F^^ kkthpkar wcm; irnff a cap; a
F% kkthpkpi the ootar edge.
iMMi^ unanimity in a oonferenoe;
tmaaimoiia Toto.
rol-iu kka phfog^rpa examining by appear^
anoee ; also to look ontaide (4f ^on.) : f)^'
^iprl''^*' kka-phyir Uloi kyi f^f-jw know-
ing or jndging thinga by their external
appearance.
F|* ikika-pilyiii napkin.
F%'« Ua pkye-'Wa^Wff^'^ kka rgtmtpm
9f«^» view 1. to bloom or bloapom; alao
weU devabped, ML blown. S.»F^
kkm tifei-pa iprr to yawn.
*Mi^' I^AyW tl^o dlreotion of one'a eight
FM>^'4 *Aa l i i*e<'t w ^F^yrMtT*'
divdge ; qpead ill ramoora (/<•).
FY >* tf t| ri t y ir wniA
aore for grain lib 9 ifv fN; or ^ #te.
r^t^kkMkpkrcfpo,y.r\^kk0 4t94o.
P'Q I:»Aa.Mftv Utter; F^ U«-
^^ firam F^ and Hf bitt«, <.#.« of
my bitter teate: ^F^ ra Umw bttttr
taate; r'^^ khM^tmr liik^e wd aweel}
F» Ue-aia bitter: •^T^ aiM *JUMaa
beer thai is iFery atrang or of bitter taate.
P'Q H: «>«F« «wl| 1%«f snow: F
n'y l^'TM kkm-wa dnH Ifmr gmt the snow
(waa) nnaollied as aheUa; FM kkm^wm
ftya f^ra, iftir, t|in anow^bom er ooeaa-
god; r^kkth^mr*^'^ snow ball J
F«^ Ma-oibr sAow and rain; F^^'^ Ma-
im ekmr sleet; F^'^ JRa-iM-eaa f^wm.
Tibet, the snowy conntiy: F^i^S'Vithe
ooontiy of snow^ or snowy ooontry ; ^"^
^^it*»f|Trv*rS^i-¥i 100yae»(aftsr)
my time the nowy lakes of Tibtt beooming
dry; F^'^'^ * swallow, pvob. snoww
swallow. F*r **a.««»< rM ^m,
ff^r^ Inmpa of snow: F^%*« Me-
fMkipk9$-ma f%W\%m snowdntt; flakaa
of snow; also camphor, w^; F^w **«•
kM or F^^w kkaHPa kM snow-fall,
avalanche ; F^'*^'^ having the name of
anew; r'^'^S 1%«n^fv gbm from Ihe
anow, snowy Inatice.
frvsT^'n jnUHM ikmr^ n. of an imr
portent religiooa inatztntion in Ektmt.
Frt-« kktHca rupam^^pm-ti QmH^
ifoiiiM a Tibetani one residing in tbo
snowy moontaina
r^\
182
r«rai
P*^ I: kka-bai the architeotitna
onuunmt <^ a Tibetan house f onned by
ibe projootmg ends of ibe beaiDs wbibh
anpjport the toof •
P*q^ n: tBe hmtddity of the air
eaased by mow (/£.).
of soft or pleaeaiit tonoh (M^on.).
ra kkd-bu'Cft ra«^«i **« 4i#J-/hi 'being
tnniedilownwaida: *wH**^^''''''9'''5'
||(« I have fallen headlong into the abyis
of jdn (Pag. 18S).
rv^ kha-byafk ^rr*vn^% lE^W with
the faoe downwarde ; learned, wise.
rt'^ kha iy^tra IWivv in bloom.
rgm khm^irag (Jcha4tm) forked .rocks ;
any forked object ; aUo as adj. ^T'S^ Zo-
ftAo-ira^y. -the mounta'noas wild oountry
N. E. of Bhutan inhabited by wild tribes.
f^ kha^brul' {kha^at^ fkmt diToroe,
eeparation, especially of loyeis or husband
and wiie.
rv^' kluHfwad eloquent : P'^^'X^ kha^
iwaH'Ohog able to speak powerfully, elo-
quent (if in^. 11).
P'^an kha-^broff Ijitecally the mouth-
split : •T^9^ cku khfh4hr$tg a riTw which
is diTided ar branched out; W'F^9^ a
road whi0h.is branolied into serteal paths;
^ jl| ^'9*rS3^ the branch of a tree which
diTidos into several )parte; ii^'^'P^M vntg-
pa- kha-dbrag a hoof whidC ia bilaroated
or split.
p-^A^-si Kha- h^^ma arrvT^ecV n. of
a goddeas (i^^sii.). lb. the Hindu pan-
thoon JvftUmukhl (she with a burning or
glowing mouth) ia worshipped as the
goddess of cholera.
FS*^ iAn-l&iMMi, the opening of the
buds of flowers.
FS'i'^t^Q kha^Mhiu talwa to lie
with one's face downwards.
P'^«'« Ma-ibui-pa «t^«, f^^vir-m
unblown flower, buds.
F^*^ kha ibged^a^r^^ kkw-phge^
ira to open a Qorer cr pasted Mtsr or pa4sked
article ; is also used of books.
F'^f ^ kha kiri^wa (kha-ttt-ma) to maks
less, to diminish; to dstraot from (b
quality).
F|^ kha-tlbgaA eloquence ;*F|^''^ kk$
iivai^po eloquent
F|^ klM^byat or Pf^'Q kka ibpar-ma
the mouth of a Tessel or box closed or skut
up: ?^«>HF|^-VH^siiias|^- s74^dlMl
kha-fbgar rifi-chen BiUma^ (Aa4 a oovered
copper vessel filled with preens ihings,
ets. {G kab. 77).
« fH^ ^^ khor^hgor ^ihig^ «S^-ftOT
n pr. {8eh\ T&. «, 875).
pj^ kka ibgor ^H^^tf^m* mm any-
thing that is left after eating or haa been
touched by the mouth but not eaten
fI^'^ to kiss.
Ma- ^do-fje Sckail^ the TanMk Budffiu
Yajradhara (4f^ra.).
p-fTMM Ua ma4chamw^r^^ kka mi-
ffiikm discordant; F*^msi tka m^tokam
does not agtee or live inharmofny.
p'si^a kha moipkye^^ca ^mjm aa
opening bud ; one of the twenty-one hsUs
in which sinners are punished, being booad
with ropes.
Far§ M«-fiMi ig$ 4tt% % store cr
repository {L$9).
p-v^i
fr^^mk^mi- f$i-pm not kncmiiig the
F^ kis^nmr Ut (o( a bridle).
F^ig* a w u rf ffloit ; Oiimot raply : ^^^
lyyv iN«tf if aalcftd tiMM k no reply ; if xaii*
eaekedy nothing, to prodoeo (from one'e
poeket); r^'fT'^,)*^*^^^ (thei oommon
■ejnng is) ''the dnmb doet not speek^
ilie tongaelesB ■tanmien.''
FX Me-ew enchantment ; irreeistible
influence.
fr^^kkth4mar lifted month ''; a
dqpion or pnta ; a. ghofUj q^arition.
This* wnd is nsed in eeiatdogj and the
msdioil works ol IShet to signify an afflrm-
atiTe prediotionY good or had* When
snoh a prediotioQ is xealiied it is oaiQed
f^f^'^^Muhimctr pkog^ when otherwise it
is oalled FV«^'¥'Y kka'4mar tog.
P*$ C JUe-rtoe^sFV^ Ue sed jestor-
day forenoon : F^'^%«*^ the hoy that
was here yesterday forenoon (A.) ; also
the day before yesterday; p^n^'s|s^\«i
iRsr-Mi 090^ fi(-«iMi last Sunday {/&^)
FrS UUhrt9a4 fiqpntaftion.
F^ kh&4$ka Uttflr and acrid; hot in
the month; pungent like pepper; aoa to
Ji. (a) a Tery acrid sort of radish; {b)
sphtiue thrush, a disease of the mouth
inddent to horssSf cows, sheep, fto. ; (e) F
j-U^e kka4$ha rM-He^iea daily warm
food.
prs^ kh04$har 1. fringes, suoh aethe
threads at the end ef a web or doth or
rug, scarf or sash. S. minor ingredients
in a medicinal mixture : M'^tr^^W'tw
133 rrcjftj-5v«l|
having made one drqg the principel
ingredient, on adding thento another drug
in less quantify, it is called adding the
Ua-/<Aer.
FH^ khm4akitb snow-storm.
F'A«e4tAe boastiog: F'%«'k:4 v^
hko fin-iu et^-iM a great swagg er er (J&.).
F^ kha-Ukod the weighing: F^'Y
^^ S^ %<^ inq kkaMho4, Wa^phyir Mig^
gi Ian mtoi-pa {A* H) considering one's
expression witb a view to reply to it.
(H^n'W«k»ST^<dl^pa^Wf e lalhg^
hid iHB4ta.)
r*^ Me4t«eit—F4^ kku-hgng, P'^w
kluh^eham or Fll khthi^kim unanimous,
of one voice or o|nnion. Generally used
with^S*«i, meening 1. as in t>ni*e^'«QV
e^V» q^F*S ^ {A. J), aU unanimously
and firmly agreed upon ; lit. F^*^iUe-leA^
colour; hence to be all of one colour in the
face, i«tf.f to be of the same opinion. 2.
BS^'^Yva iVi$g gpo4i^ a final decision or
resolntion : S^ S«"f |^l|t^•F*^ ws (A.
IS) the^ all roBolved to forsake tibeir
kingdoms ; •w^'^HftP*! *S*^N^ vMa»
grig ta kha49hpn aW 4km^ it is difBeuh
to arrive at a final decision. 8. suz&ce
or
(JiL).
F*i|N kka^4fkkmt jgm mnade^ mouth ;<
the lower part of the humaii face.
to dander; to curse (Jffea.).
ff^mtka-kUkag abuse : Fd^^Q Me-
tiUkogcken'^ a |;reat abuser, a reviler.
F^ iAe-IAm ehftiv the euokoo.
r^'¥i^ kka^Bdrin tgei^ to reorive
in a friendly spirit; to boHnd; to assist
(ja.); also to gorem; frO^mrwmMfn
rw I 184
mt or oommiinoiiad for goyeming
{Osam. 95). (p
P'^C^*^I|N kha-hdain ff$um are the fol-
lowing three : V^'|"( suff-sniel f^rsv small
oardamom, CohvoIvhIhb turpetthum; ^^'^^
gur-gum saffron ; and S'^'^k. pUpi-UA long
pepper (^man. U60).
P'^^'i hha luhun^pa to shut the mouth.
f^ kha^han of inferior quality
or of low position : P«\^«i5'j^qg«? the mis-
fortune of being of low birth («7a.).
rs^ klM-ilmr water-hen {Seh.).
M kha^lie mouth and mind: M'*^
•«tfK,«'4 kha-^hB m fgiekuAfp^ hypocrisy;
hypocrite ; P'^'*S'*t kha^he tne^-pa un-
feigned ; sinoero.
p*^ k/io^heH breadth, expttnse, e.g.^ of
the heavens.
p*^ kha^shensskAa-lifb alutn^pa modest
m speech ; also not able to speak well.
P'^^ kha-sliet food, victuals {Cs.).
ffVi kha zam^ P'*'^ kha-che zatn
a kind of chintz from £&shmir ; also a
kind of cloth or silk stuff in variegated
colours : Q^'w lal cam cbinte from Nepal.
p*Mi kha-zgf food, either in general or
some particular article of food : f^'W^'
9^'m:^ kha-zoi la f^rkam-par gyur
he longed for food; r'^^''« kha-za^
gtahc^Fma clean food, or dean in (taking
food). In Sikk. hhalm sweet cakes, etc.
p'l«i'ci kha zum^pa to dose the mouth
or any opening.
J r»^ kha-zur or r^^*Aa-«wr ^k the
date fruit.
f'^'n kha zer^fia ij^R loquacious.
r^«^ kfta-gizar spoon or ladle.
f'^ kha-gzi or f^ kha-gfie in JF.
rake in gardening ; in Bpiti a carrier^s
load ; kha ze-pa a coolie (Ja.).
F^l
gtoA-rag good speedi; one who speaks
pleasantly (4iUai>.).
f^'Y khabi-iiin f>li^ the day before
yesterday.
r^T kha-bog lit. face downward ; down-
cast ; f -^^TJ-qw Q kha bog4u icug^pa or
W<* ehui'pa to subjugate one, or to
enforce obedience upon; F^'fi'^^'^^'Q
kha bog-tu iUoi-te fi^a to die falling dcwn
head-long, ».e., with the &ee downward.
p*^ kha ya lit. being onels partner
or match as to speaking, but in genenl
partner, assistant; r'<«'9^'^ kha-ffa hgei^
pa to assist : f^'^m^K'^^n I am not his
match, not able to compete with him;
with regard to things, I am not equal to
the task (J3.).
P^H kha-yig ^^fmxK the letter p, a
label ; a letter or writing on 4he cover
of any parcel or letter ; an inscription*
P*^ k/ui-yel the spout (of a kettle or
any other vessel): ftH-cft-pl'^-^ji^-q-p'^ii-ir
««-«iX«'«» drawing with his Upa at the
spout which hanga down outside the vessd
{A. IBS).
P*^^ kha-yog a false charge (Jo) : i"^-
^T'^'^'^niaiie-^paiik/ia^yog byuA{C.) ha
was unjustly accused (Jo.) ; «r|«'4^* js^*
p«»-iS^^P|^-^'ll^<|-iq^^«|-i^ij*^ift-p^^ji;
unfounded accusations arise such as those
coming by word of mouth and by impli-
cation, though one is guiltless.
•p*^^ kha^gyel wide mouth : m'q'^^<<-
|f^-^fimifVP'n*»i«ijj^ the shape of
Sumcru resembled that of a vessel placed
with its wide mouth upwards {U.^ like a
pyramid on a pomt) (Fo-m/. S5).
r^^ kha^yog9^r^^ ika-Msl^
cover of a vessel or basket {O. kat^^ 77).
p^l
135
r^i
F^ M«-m in W. for ^'^ A0-fa» ingar
(JaJ) ; trough ; maoger {8ek.).
P*^^ Kka-rag d. of a plaoe in Tibet.
F'^^|ir^ n. of a celebrated lama of the
Kadampa Sohool of BuddhisuL
r^^M kka-roi neok-doth ; a towel.
r^ iU«-W or r% kka^rii, ▼. P^'^ kAat-ri.
r%'^ kh^ru MkMsf^PrQ black salt
used mediomally {M^IUm) : i^iv, ft^, ft^-
«9W a kind of Bait (procozed by boiling
earth imfvegnated with saline parttdee) ;
a pariioalar kind of oalt of fetid odour
(need medicinally as a tonio aperient).
It 18 black in oolour and it prepared by
fitting iioMl lalt with a nnall proportion
of ^mbUe mfrobabMj the prodnot being
mnriate of lodawith small quantities of
nmriate of lime, solphnr and oxide of
iron (Jf. WUh.). Khm^nt M«M-|ft| dfoi
sfcjftftf §bot-pa daH §gff datk ^pH khrog ha4
tMk yom&'par hyr$i flatalanoe, aooom«
psnied with belohingy ramUings, phlegm,
and wind, is OTeroome by the medininal
mik.
Syn. ¥<^ ru4%a ka ; %K\ imin-tshia ;
fifoll-jNi or if ^^ llo fsAcTHM tobeashamed.
r^Q Ma f»9-jNi to tonoh anything by
tbelipa; to pot one's monih to a thing in
order to eat or drink it«
F^ iUa-re taste in the month.
r^ kka^g^afr^ kka4i$um silent,
withoat reply : ^qir^^rsn^p-^Tl^ there-
fore remain dlnit with wtifa'nglitiy ear !
P^TV)^ ikthrof 9doi^h9 silent; do
not speak. F^T^ is also freq. F^^f^'o
to remain silent.
rMr^ Ma rog-pa jpcnt a kind of
dni|^ prob. solphafo of oopper.
Fi^* Mtf-fiMi wm Tspoor from the
month.
F^i'A'^w khthla fM-t/bar n. of the King
of the Yi-dsg or Pr0$a.
F^rMfQ Mo.^ rtf^.jMism0tapL '^ asi
to eat ; do eat {K. g. p 98).
easily spoken but difEUmlt in meaning.
r*^^ kha-lam mouth requital; thanks-
giving ; reply, espedEJly angry reply;
also requital for food reoeiTBd (^) : ^VM"
rr^^'qw^«^^ idien akNxidersd with etil
thoughts, the food of faith is aiy reply ^
(Mii.).
F««'9^ Ma-faf bguH spmng forth from
the mouth.
P'S^*q EJ^Kn-jm n. of a plaoe in
Tibet.
F^ kha^b^ T. B'* kkga-k.
F^ kha-hb ooTer, lid.
fr^ khthh 1. sF9^ khoifkgcgf
towards the mouth. 2. prow of the sh^
{8ehr.)i aooording to others the hdm
I'^ta, 8. aeo. to 0#. and J8. the ghma-
pems.
p*V*p'9 kkaJo iggur^pa or s^ywrHMi
SW, ^Bin; iw, siT^ft, ^W; F''§^'*W
khthh §ggur*ifkian one who steers ; also
a goyemor, a driver, a chaiiotesr. Bee
espeoially in narratiTe of early life of the
Buddha in Dulwa.
prn-M kka Icpa^r'i^'ff kka fikgogi-pa
wnfir, ¥T1T; Fj^'P**W kk^ pkgogi
9ggwr^ftkkmn one who leads or guides;
also a shadow.
F^*i kho'hg'pa to reply; to oontva-
diot: lir^f^<^F«H-«i phgi^U kgro^
Mmr kka hg^pa walking out he rsfazmed
hither.
Ml
186
r^\
fV^ kha^a iha spotted deer (/a.) ; elk
{Sch^. In Bikk. the oommon deer of the
Dium is ooUed M- Pi ^'^OT kha^a-yi
jaJflmg 9b ioBk bag made of deer-skin.
F-1^ kka^fagi jest ; joke in Jr.
{Ja.).
Fi* AAa-fOf (sounded ''ikAa-aV) some;
oolloq. in O.
m^'^ kha^fugi^n or F^K^ kha
ihe^'Can eloquent ; T'Q^^ ^'^ kha^ugt
mtf^^pa one who has nothing much to say,
sume as q^'«'W|^'A^'q ikai^ha lab-tgyu
F^ kia^fdb in oolloq. liss ; ohsoene
talk; idle talk.
F^^ kha^or bxeaoh of promise : r^'
M^ kka-for $a(l the mouth has run awav,
denoting inoonsiderate talk (c7a.).
P'^''^ kAd'fol'U:a ^nmA rinsing the
mcuth ; sipping water and ejecting it.
ip'*^ Kha-^ya n. of a mountaiaous
oountrj in the north-east of India {Td.) ;
the Ehasya Hills in Assam.
r^^^^khthg^g^n^rtSkha'ttnoi using
rough language; oontrorersj; disonssion,
dispute ; with tgyag-pa to dispute : ^%pc
frqjMi-^ r^^n- j^'5'^!f pointiiihisfingers
he goes to dispute {S'dsa. 17).
P'#^ kha-tfoff talk, gossip.
frW] Kha-utg •m'^'J'vrHI'*''^' n.
of a wild oountiy on the horder of Tibet
{Ta^lSS).
. p*9|C Mo-M/f, Y. rr^ kh0^f[tsaH.
f'mKif kha^aif§ explained as tvw'si*^'
4f^-q*^Ml'y;-q'q^ to speak one's mind ; to
tell honestly what has ooouned in the
mind.
rr<P khMub a bribe : F'fl<r|^'<i iUo-mft
h$i9^^ to offer a bribe.
P*^ Ekm^ n. of a wild hin tribe of
India (of the Khasja Hills) (Qaam.).
P*^ AAo^sM 1. the day before yester-
day. 2. alsosseyeral weeks ago; some-
time back.
r^ kha-^ur, t. rV^ ki^mtr.
pr^ khih€o 1. abbroTiaticm of P kka^
mouthy and V no, teeth. 2. the edge, bofder
of a tbing : pV-Qr^M^iT JUo-so ia hphoA^^
sspg-^qvi^ff flung to the boiler (Pag.
187) : l^wS'P B^-flW-^W^-gn tdMi-kyi
kha^khyer hi hjobK ij^a|s ||Mi^'fm*ar
-^'S^ grU'tMfii-Jcyi i^iiai h fon-tgv^
lined the border of the ship wiUi iron
plates (A. 18).
FV^'V^'^ kha-sral efm^'Hu WW deaf.
P'V^ kha-ihbssp''^^ kka-ton lAJtmiTig \j
heart ; primer used by children in W.
P'^^ kha-gzar new, fresh.
r^"> kha-gsat or ^^«i'P ^ofMa a
message; clear language; intelligible
language: P'ft*^«rq Uia hm-^soAm
obscure; not in dear terms or language.
P'^VAAa-09omade full'by adding some*
thing more to it : VC^'f^SfT^ filling
with the best thing and nectar in oblation
(SMi.).
P'mq kha tsagmf^m^ kka g^g mrnm
talkative.
F4*^ kka («re-ira to aasociato with
one anotheTi viz., in drinking and smok-
ing together.
P'oai^'*^ kka-i^H-du turned upwards:
P'ogB^o kha iilaH-pa to lie with the &oe
uppermost.
P'^^ kha^iiki to tempt by fake hopes
and promises; to deoeivt> ^y sweet wards.
P ^ kka^hrag forked mouth*or point ;
the bifurcated mouth or end of anything
c
187
fC*q|
made of iion or ^rood: l^'^ V^Hr»r
f^'^ fmb^a fUk^pig tU$^nio kkthkrag dot
in the wwt a tree with forked top, Ac.
r'9^ khaJhag Yemneat of a meal.
^u4 c^f^Mt* Wmw ICMMWV the Bcaenoe
of dcainnx omeiis from the oaw of a raTen.
IjfSt'T' kk^iikri4nu§^^Vf^V^'^
bfa kkm d$4 ih^b-pa *l*(lwf«liw^ ^^^
to Boarea raToa—Qfled as attribute of Bud-
dha; belong as a boy cannot drive away a
megpie he is not considered ready (I7 hiB
age) to get religions instructions.
(y» Jk»aHi-te the Tibetan magpie: (f5»'
Mta4a»i §gro^i9griH» h^ ^ ^^
of ths magpie remorea diseases caused Vy
ml sprite; iho feather of the magpie
preTents ihe patient seeing apparitions,
gho8t«, Ac; spotted magpie or lyJM
UtfofoMnMra fuller name for the magpie.
P'q MvflMW-^'' ^ya-i«»r«nt or tax
in kind: tm^if^^Vf^^'^^ ^^ t^kin^du
aooording to religions law.
p^l I: kikv 1- tt«a»» mouroe;
PT^ khag^nm4^^^'^ wittout means.
pn| n: a task, charge, businees, duty,
ngooamtiiitTi of importanoe : WP **^
kkm^^mn^ I^M-Mifr to take charge of
a ihing or peonon, to be voqponsible for
layihxng, to besnrety for anyone; FT
ifprn Uhv tUnr-M to assume charge of;
PT^'* **^ »^«-<«i to place in charge;
P^lsT' ik*a^**#nP« <» W|^*» kkugtmfmg^
pa to guarantee; become responsible:
^iUf I wawant you will got somsflung to
eat ihew. FT*S kkag-theg or P^ W **<»•
Myiv in a ace to ird.sbail; n ^ AA^v-
aAsM important*
P^|III: that which is dirided oil; a
dass, part, diTision, secticsi (of abook or
place); Vn hm^khag the tenth part;
tithe: rT'l^'^M'*^ kkaggfU^pMog-^oA
I have hurt myself in two places. If^m
guUtkag a province, distrioft ; |"rPl fW***
khag kingdom; ^n ^poihkkag piindU
pality; S%n igon-khag monastie estate
or authority. ^•^TT»»¥«»^^*«V
^9*^^^*^ the diflerent divisional cUeAi
should make rsligious oflerlngs (servioe)
for one night (Xo«. ^ If) ; I^MI •««•
kyi kkag kko-mo cag^tMmi we who belong
to the dass in whom the inclination (for
religion) and to seek refuge has arisen
(A. 19).
pi|*2r kkag^ difflknlt, hard; coUoq.
« *d.fo **iV*o.'' WT^V^-^-Wii-^ this
work is very hard; iW'MB'^V *•» ^y
is difficult; W'gy ' diffienlties arose ; PT
Q'l'q kkag-po cke*w0 to suffer from want.
2. ace. to Va. bad, foiled, rotten : WPT
W^ the butter has become rancid (Jo.).
nfi^, ^, wim, fftfw, www, ^imrw
house^ residence, home; abuilding; f^T^
§MMMt <Tf* bog-khai, f^T^bwrM^
upper story, lower stoiy or ground floor,
middle stoiy; ^JF'P^ t$hmt4fhM means
else the principal or centrsl room. A
Ma^*^ isthe opposite to nw^ l*iHhP^ a
oavem. ^f^i^irnhkhat workshop; ^W
bailMaii store-house, store-room ; IH f ^»-
khdk entrance, vestibule ; K^T^ ftor^Ma*
or more properly ip^'*'* ikor^hm, paseage
running roimd a building or temple ; ^
pa fog^oA paper house or a house where
19
Fl^l
138
r\i
paper is kqpt or manufaoiured. In W.
the scooping form or mould tsed in the
Tnaanfaetnre of paper is so oalled* ^'
r^ t9ha§ khaH flower bed (garden) (Jd.). In
Buddhism r^ kAai signifies ^' naU^ inside^
•.*., the heart: p^OTir^^l^-a^a khaH
myag^-^i^ phyir idsag^pa ^^:^[prcii^irT
inwardly being oomipt, the pns issoes or
drops from him; S'^')'P^mya-4an-^;ytAA<iil
moioming house ; also the body ; r^'| kha^
f fa house rent ; f^'V^' ii)f« a small honse ;
a house or room reserved for decrepit
parents ; r^'C^'Q khai chu^'pa an occupant
of Boxix ; "K'p^'^'ci ifoi^kkall ehui^ such
a person of the second degree (if, during
his lifsy Hs son enters into the same right)
(fa.); r^'^ khoA ehen a large house;
P^'^'Q khaH chen-pa iTfm: one taJdng
his abode in a great house or mansion
{Budh.) ; old, weak persons belonging to
Ghtntama's family.
Syn. ^Tf^ gnas^khaH; V^'^'^ gnai'
g9hi; •*^«*-^'« hi^g-pabi gna%\ 'ff^^m
^dug-sa; ^%^'^F^ idug-gnai; E*> khyim;
r« khab; |^*^^ rten^ifthi; |^'^n« r^en-
gnai ; W^^ J^ gadhean ; •^vX^ phibi-
hog (JK^on.). S
p^'^ kha^gSer mtmr, ^[^mv the
steward of a house; the house-keeper; the
person in whose charge a house is kept.
p^'t^ kha^'iteH wirt^fr the upper
roof or terrace of a house.
r^m khalUhog or f^'^'^ khaH^ii
ihog wnCt ^T<v the roof or coter of a
house ; the top fiat of a house.
fm:v9fgn khaH-pa W^^ ftfftwr is«
a painted house.
pirq-ql^'a ArAaH^ft^M-jM a consecrated
house where theives or robbers oaxmoi
have access.
a masonry building ; also astoreyed house.
P^«i'^ khai'pa gyo w^ the roof of a
house : p^«r^q to cover a house, to loof
it ; f^'trvir^K'^ti khali^ roMkUt prvm-
pa or ^fm-Q Mimni^M ww^m a delapi-
dated house; a ruined edifice.
r^'<A*^ khatUpahi noA ^m^, «V
the inside of a house; a room ; an apart-
ment.
P^'8 KhaMn n. of a fabulous country ;
a little house, cottage.
P^'*N khat'^g a room; a celL .
r^T kka^rtm the foundaticik of a
house.
P^'^H' kkmi^it^gi wmuK upper
house or a storied room, v. r^'r ut ^ n -q
khat-pa itisegB-pm.
p^'^^ khaH-^kabi floor ; flooring of a
room.
f^-^ kha^m^f^'v^'y:^ kha§^
da^ $hiH4fha house and the cultivated fields
attached to it.
r^w kkaM^tmi nTVi^ residence;
mansion. In JBudk. ir#r (iHNv), Afi,
vi'ft^iMii monument.
P^'*«i Ma«.frK>.ipa niWhr mason;
architect.
pC^'^l kktOtpa^^Mmr^ r^i^^ 1.
delay. 2. distance,
pi^ khai^l. t^ thag or *^ takar near.
2. litter banow. 3. a(^ j^«r like, as PS
V^ khad-tXamf v. ^fwi hkkof |iam|,
equal, even; \^T^de^nMkhad^\'m:^d$'
ma ihog not distantly; instantly; aa aoon
as ; without delay : ^^"•S'^PS"^ An^
ehai'ma kka4^4u as soon aa the breathing
ceases; «|«'««m>| ba tkyefmm kka4<ig
I^-«'I
189
r*i
a cbadbom jiut now; ^t^'^'PS JipAnr-Ai
AAotf alxmi to flj; ^'irps Apro-Ai khii
•l»at to go; l^wp^ thidUa kka4 nMar to
<^;9«<^miMf^iM4itf «• WKmas (he)
arrived; ^-ii7«S ieki4a iUotf whan abottt
to die: %Vii*rS'<AlE n^takkat^^i Uke
^hen the eyening drew near; M^'«S'^
PS'^A ' V* tf^ «M^fo khgi^paii An when
theeeeangof thebreatti appvoeflhee; M*
«t7*S'^'<riiMii^iUki#yoffMi Aim we were
just about to leiie him; FS'^ kkai-dm as
&ar as: I^Tf^**^ r<M.iM khai-du as far as
the heel (/&).
FS*|n UaflMy<k«i^'9^ daUu§ or Vr|«
rtm^gyii ^^ slowly, Igr degrees ; rS"^
r\>iMatf^^ k»M4Jf9Hwk\ lAi byds-
gxees ; in alow motion.
P^*Q khai-pa the same as ^'ci
bkhd-pa to stick iaat; to be geised,
stopped, impeded, t. ^PS'Q tkhai^pa.
rS'^'l^'** kha/i-par gyur-pa to be stop-
ped or hindered; n'«K'tS'Q khag^par hye4^
pa to stop, hinder.
P^ IkXm wnfn bit ; small pieoe (Oil.).
i P^^S **«*•-*» '■^ confection; a
medioinal syrap; treacle or molasses
partially dried; ^vrrr^m'i delaklm^
tcoi-pa the oaady made of it (Ji.).
P^'P kkan-pa also K** khen-pa^ worm-
wood (&«r.) ; to add (aritb.) (FoiMmt.).
PTsi^ Mm-MOfi modest in Lk (J(bL).
fR I: iUbp&sV'fl^ pk^4frafl 9^, 99
resp. of P^*B*i Me<^A)fiifi, a great man's
residanoe; aeasfle; coort: residence of a
prince; yr^f^ igy^ftfobi khab Tin^
metropolis; the capital of llagadha in
Buddha's time; the modem town of Baj-
gir in Behar: j^iiU'P^'^naw ^gya^^
poki kk0b4tyi mi'tnami the oonrtisrs; the
people of Bi|agvha. 2. wile, spouse ; pr
M^m kkab eh$n^^mt the first wife (who is
highinraak) : ^P^*ririi|\ii« di^kkab
^of^fw AM r<0^M| aa thflie was not fonnd
a wife worthy of him ; ^^•<^r«^**pv8'f^'
^-fi^-l kdtftii tatikkabUu byui^^ rMtf-
•0 I dreamt that these two would becottie
my wiTes {J&.); 1^V^9 kkalh4H iOeppa
to take for a wife (Sehtr.) ; V^'m'fvti ehu^.
mar khab-pa to many; to takeone for his
wife.
r^H^9^ kkab tUm^ma a maniedlady ;
r^^ei kkab IdSiMMiissfterq^-lf kkgm
tdag^mo wwmit hoosewile; tfaeladyof the
house.
fn n: v9t a needle : p^rg kkab^^n$
a bristle; a needle like hair rv% kkab-
pkra a small, fine needle ; r^'P^ khab-^am
a la^ needle; po*^ kkab-mig the eye
of a needle; P^HsfS^THTq khab-^g^u
ikui-pa kjag-pa to thread a needle ; f^t
kka-'fiie v^» ^Vtnr the point of a
needle.
r^^ khab^al also f^rfi^-Mi rissHw
kkab^al wc4^^v4 needle-ease.
rv^ kkab-h in. JT. diffioolt (Ji.).
pat^J^ khab-hn-rdo ^pn load-stone;
the metal that attracts a^eedle : P^^
l(-^-s^-4TlS-5*rTi«^ the load-stone
draws oat arrow-heads and remoTea
diseases of the brains, bones and Teins.
r^^ Ma&-M ^vqwiiv the magnet;
Uitheneedle-lifter.
fnn kkabi n. of a dieease (/&).
PW kham 1. oolonr. 2. a bit; a small
piece of anything. 8. the point of a
reed pea. 4. appetite (/d.).
rwr^i
140
I
fWfW klUmMamj ^T^rfm ger-IAam
kkam or pale jMow: ^i^'f^'f^f^fS^
ma^i Widog the colour was pale-ydlow,
f ^., the colour of s dry bamboo.
)4S|*QX| JMtfmJrAifmimeTen, explained,
as ^A^-qg^-Mr^rK^^fS ''in ridgeis Hke a
puckered ekin/'
r^^ kham-gaH or T^^^ kham-gfiig
a bit; Mi'f«r^t^ a mouthful of food:
jr^-^iTj^ms^pc vr*'^ the measure
of food in eaoh piece that cml be put in the
mouth at once when eating ; f^^ khain^
«Atf4 a morsel.
fff^ kham-itar abbreviation of r>*'C
^'ff^'^ khanh^m-daiik ifar-ga^ U^^ peach and
walnut.
ferfAi knam-ihg faded colour, same
f^^ kkamJog^ want of appetite;
aTersion, dislike (Jd.).
pSI'Q khanhpa 1. fox coloured; sorrel;
brownish; f^W khanhnag dark brown:
mm'Vfm^f^ ral-pa kham-^Mg dark blown
locks or mane. 2. porcehiin-day ; china
day. 8. Tenaoeium iomentowm^ a rexy
aromatic plant growing on the high moun-
tains of Tibet. 4. a native of Kham in
Eastern Tibet.
«|« pSI^iq^ khan^phor imw, HTW a cup
or sancer made of (burnt) day ; a cup made
of dough, used in sacrifloe as lamps (t72.).
fm^'^m^^ kkambphromi'ieai'pa wtr
\^^K% •IMV)4<I* refers to Buddha hav-
ing enjoined that a monk must not eat a
frvdt or cake, etc., leaving any of it. He
should not take more than what he can or
should eat.
. pA*9Miri9H(ti apricot; peaoh; in £^tU.
pw^t ^9 kham-buii iftt-^ the stone of an
apricot (t/a.) : •m-^rrwrq M^kb-rit kkam^
bu dried aprioot imported from Ngari:
pwjiTf «^-r|«'«*4^-|si th9 peadi dries
the ydlow humour of the body and popo-
motes the growth of luur on the head
(Med.) ; F^*^ kham4%h%g the stone of an
apricot or peadi ; j' vr*«'*T***' the cost of a
coral of the siae of the stone of a large
apncot.
per^ssf kham^ag 1. lit. the JBm priM-
m»n$ or yoib-bull of P"ni Kkam^ which is
of a brown colour : rr**'Vr'l^f»'5s *rc
psr^^^S^ f/mJchaki i^dog ierJskam po4^
la khanhf^ag aer the colourof the hair (of
an animal) i^ien pale ydlow is called ff
^n kham-fgag. 2. oheiries, morels (Ja.).
r'T^a kham ran^pa tiftiiiiwnmftmf
a horse's bit that fits well.
r"**^ kham^a day for making pottery.
gpin-pOf etc., reap, evacuation ; purging ;
making water.
f^^khanh9er of a slightly pale-yellow ;
colour i-eeembling the colour of dried bam-
boo, V. r^rpsi kham-kham.
fW^ I: MaiMts^w*^ daii-ga appe-
tite.
psm n: HIQ the health, ^condition,
physical constitution of the body ; also root;
a constituent or essential part ; thatwhidi
constitutes the nature of a tlung. Used
colloq. as in kaaho^ kkfe^^ikkam§i<Mam f
**Sir, how are you P^* {EM. JBB*.) : P^-^*'
fpyir ra/H-^hin nam 4a-fto la i/ag-paki don-
can pinkie fM-gi kham§ nhe^-paki kkami
de ni [M rafL^gi Ho-bo fin.
rm\
141
pMt
f9n ni: the weleiiMnts, earth, air,
flrs^ waiw, (he heavmily ethar, tad imin-
«Aei or tibe phjidoal sobataiioe of the niod.
For tlM last two, arterial blood and aemi*
nai fluid are aometamee sabatitiiied. Alio
fhere ase the eighteen ekmenti aoo. to
the Buddhists, namelj, the tm orgdos of
sense, together with smvimh (mind) ; the six
facnltJBs or senses dependent on these and
alaa the six ideas froduo^d by these
six laoolties. Any one of the flTO (Coper-
ties or qualities of the elemenu observed
by the organs of seme, via., sound, tangi-
Ulxty, oDlour, llayaar and smellt ia also so
oalled.
kkam it(htrgffa4^pi mig S9g§ fim 4waiU
po^ kkam§ dfug dM nUg^gi tnawk'par fn-pm
9»g§ tt^n-pa puun-par fehpabi khafm dot
gfMg9'kham§ 9og§ imigi'pa yul^gi khmm^
dtug dati tfithbtgyad^do may be xendexed.
The eighteen Fm khami or DhOtk
aoo. to the Buddhists are: —
I. — ^The oiguuk themselTes: ^ ndg
eye; ^'4 tna-^ca ear; f'^ ina-wa nose;
*) jM tongue; «^ Aff body; and ^^ the
mind*
n. V^* Ipt^Vi bodily form; %§gra
ioand;\ dti smell; ^ ro taste; M reg
touch ; ^ «Aof, iH^ atfaributes.
UL^— The ^FT^'ij^r^r xnampar fei-pa
Vifidma or oonsoionsness produoed by the
organs of sense, fto. The VySdna of ^
SM^, of r^ riMMMI, of f*4 f IMMMI, of f l^f
oi%^ /«« and of *K jr lii^ t.^., eye, ear, nose,
tongue, body, and mind.
fWK lY: empire; xealm; tenitoxy;
domain: ^'PMV gulMamt politioal teni-
toiy ; empire, in a geographioal sense (Jd*);.
|«rpM tgyMshami kingdom: fr^'pM
tgyat'Ji^ahi kkami the prorinoe or sphere
of the BuddLas, also of their spiritual in*
fluenoe: J^Fmi'^t^ r^yn^Moaii ^grim^
/M to roam oyer the kingdoms, the unmtries
(/d.) : pwrl^ empire; also the earth.
P*W V: Aw world: pw^viMeM-
g»um dtfNVf duig the sensual worlds
▼ia:— (1) tnniTB or wintflw (^XV*P«w
Bdoi-pa^ kkam§) the phenomenal world;
(2) ^T^ni ; ^^''IT^ gMugiJsgi kkamt
the world of astral forms; (8) ^%miia ;
t^H^^ftm g/mgHMikkam the spiritual
world, M., the world of fonnless spirits.
pVW YI : n. of the easternmost din-
triots of Tibet, embraeing some doaen
semi-independent petty states, about half
of whioh own allegiAuoe to Uiasa, and the
rest give joint allegianee to both China
and Lhasa, r^m Kkam and i« SgtttL are
the two lower r^ons of Tibet ; these
eon^kitute what is oalled «S')<I Iio4-A$n or
Greater Tibet.
kkami-ictai bged-pa one who draws
omens: H^^n^if^V^tS'i ikeg^pa
g^um-ggi khamhirta§ bge^-pa (J. JZM.).
meroory ; quioksilver (Iflfofi.).
pw^^^q kAam§ dbatti-paasf m r ^ '^
Meeifiditf-iMigood health. Whenglaasis
pore ^\w A^e fei dri-ma mei^pm and clean
it is called i ^pwiy yq fel^kham i wi ikpa.
A clear doudless sky <Fn<^*^^^'« ie said
to be Nam-kkam duntHi-pa; Hwlq-q-J^e
mm§ $grib'pa nted^pa the mind when it is
free from d filemeut or sin
pwrti^I
«wefroiftdiMMe;lwdfli.
Bya. |««V«^ i*M-pwj« ft* ; r'^**p
pi««»^tl^ tA«w|-6*i dri-imei, f «S«^'
to inqiiire o! mw's health il he w weU or
happy (a oomplementary expre»ion used
oa the oooaaoa of ineeting) (-JMo».).
tde^0 good heaMh; healthy oonrtitation;
the hapoy etato both of the body and the
mind: * l'i*rSr««^'*^''^ BJe^i^itm
gffi ik»am|-6* lagMom is your reverence
irellP f^f^'^'^ **y^ khtmi We-Jflw
are you well P ( J2.)
toj^^Hi want of appetite; aversion, didike;
fmmm kham^-tmya nausea ; falling rick
mkhj/m-pabi ifobi ^l«HMH|«i«ti the
^wer of knowing the constitution of
all sorts of bodies.
fimra-)*! Khamt mp-Saff n. of one of the
petty principalities in Khamf.
diffeient or disBifflilar worlds.
fww-Al Uam^hM this term is
applied to the quarters in a monastery
reserved for the accommodation of the
monks of a portioular section of people or
of some special community or those coming
from one particular locality.
pmMii Mam«-«ii« rest; health; comfort
(&*.); recreation; recovery; restoration
of health.
143 f^l
^tfin indiided in the constitution.
§la4b$ a cooking pan made in Kk0m*
PMTI JUoMf-ffc better kind of coane
serge of the pattern coroxug fEom Yar-
kand; blanket itaanufaotured in Kkam:
liflfMrf QM-iF^^ §tmg §k kham ib
teoi rnamiM re each piece of blanket
costs, Ac.
pmi'^** khamt^gmim fk^ttm the three
woilda— heaven, earth and the neUier
world.
lo§ iigifur-wa 41»lti^* a name of the
Eilaohakra system {M^fon.).
kha^gM n. of the temple in the grand
monastery of Samrye (fiMmifaf) built by
one of the qneens of King Kkri 9ra^ Idm
it9an {LoH. <^ 8).
pMi'^srai'srMpi'q kham^g»ufn§-U iw*-
ehagt-^ ftwifl^w w i is not passionary
fond of or attache* to the three worlda.
fR»wfl|«<iq^ kham gwt-p^ to repair
broken health.
P^ Khar n. of a city in W. {S.
Latn).
•fUKwfjn khar-Jtkrol WTf {8Ar.\
Zeben$h. 9S).
r^'l'^' khar-tkya*, ▼. FV^kha r^o^.
p^lfii- khar-goU steatite; soap stone;
probably ST^'^ ikar-goA {8ch.).
f9t:%g;VK Khar ehen-bwab the Princesi
of B3iar.ohen, one of the queens of King
Khri-^roU jd&u itsan {La^. ^ 8).
fip^yj Khar Ta4a n. of a city or seaport
on the mouth of the Indus, Tata {8. Lam).
r^\
143
1^1
f^'^ Khar-pa ttm 1. &. of a demon of
Pftranie India who was killed by Erisluuu
2. a oompoond of oopper and ano; bell
metaL
^'■Tipp khar-wa fg^ar %*fnrTt a maker
of bell-metal.
^'t^ k/tar-rUaH^f^*^^ kkar-^aH coL
ye<fterday forenoon.
i ^brapiu the date fruit.
t r^'w^^ kkm^-^ pa^i or F^^^^ kha-
unrpa-na wwStm he that moTss inthe Aji
gliding through the air ; a name of A^al-
okites'Taia JSodAwaftoa ; Yiah^^
^'^^ khar-QBe! fknv the trident
carried by mendioanta of the 2!^'$'^<i
Tantnk School.
pni khml 1. primarily a load or burden
in general : r^^^'^^khal khffer^wa to carry
a buxdan ; prSf^'fli khaUgjfi iied^la on the
top of the baggage; pt'^^^l khal bgel^a,
to load; T^'^^^^'^kkalibogi'pa to take off
the bluden, to unload; flTP"i a sheep
load; ^v<A^ & coolie load* 2. a set
weight or measurey said to equal 30Ib,
oaed for dry goods com, salt, tea, Ac.
In Tibet 1 khal^2 hbo:sz20 bre; hence
iirSikkim and JT.r^^l^ '"khe-ekik" hsm
.come to mean 20 or a score of anything ;
^^^F* bdeg§4thdl a weighing score;
the weight of 20 points on the eteel-y aid
oaDed tinf^^-^^^' 3- a caravan.
pn^P EhaUtka the native name of
Mongolia Proper, the country of Jenghis-
khan, the Tartar Oonqueror Vrrr^^'i'
SF KIMMa kku^ai ila^aHy Ut. ''the
■acred enoloauze of Ehal-kha"; the name
applied to TJxga in Northern Mongolia,
where the incarnation of the Taraaath
Lama resides. The latter is sometimes
styled ri'Fi'^V^ EkaUsha JBifB^ttmn
dam-poj the venerable holy one of Ehal-klia.
Ft'P^ khaUtkot stunned; insensible
iJii.).
f^'^ khal-eag the beet sort of wool im
manufacturing shawls ooming from the
northern solitudes of Tibet.
% kkal-ma f/o, a^'«i«'ll« glaH togfJiyi tfei
those who oonduet a caravan or follow tiia
train of packed animals^ such as pony, yaks
oxen, Ac. ; relay of packed animals : P>W
M^^^U,'tA't^w^rm'^ kkami 9ogi ih^lh
riH-pa^i do^rgya ikkal-tjet the relay cC
beasts of burden when proceeding on a
long journey to JOaitif, 8fe.
r^'^khalpa 1. wether; oastrated ram.
2. 80W*thistle, Sanekua.
P^'^ kkaUnin jug or pitcher to hold
wine for 20 persons or a quantity measur-
ing 20 | bre: ^Mra^Twq^-^-^ jugs
of ale each sufficient for 20 of the vidgar
folk of whatever class.
r^'^ kkal^ma any drauj^t animal or
beast of burden: pr»i^wiqi^'tr|iiq to
drive beasts of burden to the pasture; oftso^
contracted into kkal: ^Fi'^^lfl the
wages of both caziiers and beasts of
burden.
FT^ iUaArispr^ kkal-ru or r^ kka-
ri or m kka-ru a measured of about 20
bushels.
pil kka$ tor F^m kka^i§ instr. of P
kha.
r^fXV^ kha^-kkfogi^F'^'^ kkofikeffi
or m"^^ kkag-ikigi to be witness; to give
evidence.
^1
144
iniM. 5
rm-Vn khat oh^^wa iWW to pcomiBe;
#,Mtol iflnrtHtj , BwUhW monk who
hM tikra til* Towi.
iMi: «**-«W i^o^ •««•? ^*^''^ «^
hot-pot \ VfW <tom-ft«i»} P***^ Wfll-fe«»
gang; iingii>8 (4^m*>)*
waVHWft 1-to proiniae;toitanai«l
or •eoaiity. 8. to prewone; to airogate;
to Moopt, adopt with the moirfh; to oo-
Imowlodge, admit (^)>
j^ Jthi axauaaoil flgow 32.
fh'hi'i^ JBOMi «btt-la i^^^mm n. of
ft oity in the odghbonzhood of the faboloiu
B'ambhik. ^
A nnia ootting-lmife*
B jthu nniBflrioal figwe 62; also forR'«
AAtMM (hnmoor or juioe or wp), aa in
l|-||if HIV Mn ittr*^ a^i ^MtWlft, hianonr,
Uood, 4e.
nm **i«-»*r«^ *iN the mixtine of
the semen with the uterine blood ly whi«Ji
fcooea^ aooording to Indiaa phynology,
the fwtns is fomed {Med.).
Ki khutu a hut, cottage, oonatnioted
of branohea of treee {Ja.).
Bil EkU'thu-eki the title of a ICongo-
Uaiioobleinaa : iTf'^'B'***'^'*''**' ^Q-f^
Mw^A»^M»' that thSb obtained the robe of
a Mongolian Chief.
^•^khu-ftM^n'tffhu-rM water-aptay:
|K'Uf|-M'aM<r«S'^'*i^'^ the water in aU
ita partUlea iaraed fieah fwan the bloods
{A. U9) : ¥«T*r« ^^'^'9^'^!^'^'
M«^ nam-ipkhabi khamt mi4ati-P«r
hyei-pa unug-pa da* rd»l togt the finna-
loent of the aly waa obaonxed by misto
and fogs. In medioal works the aeminal
auidof the male is called B **« and of
females ^ td»l'
w% £%M-MU the dietiicta of Kunawsr
and Bissahar on the Upper SuOej, bardar-
ing Tibet and inhabited in the nOTthero
part by Tibetans :«*f^-^ grapeafrom
Kunawax.
B-^ kh».tna,y. B-5«« **«-r*«'-
B'Q Rhtt-po n. of a pjaoe and also of a
I^ama of that place {Mt.).
«,«, 9«ra, *if:, Vm, r* 1. llnid, li<iaid:
wa theliquid (water) which ha« waih*i
a mendioanfa bowl; g^B kkrHM*
diahwaah; swill (J3.); ^WH »r0tk^
rice-soup (Ct.) ; rice-water (fisWr.) ; ^1
uH-khu the sap of treea; TB £*•'**» *•»
«ap of plants (Cs.); -TB t^^tku both;
grary; •«'B mar-kkm molted hatt«r. 8.
semen Tirila.
(«l«fi.).
V0f-tfbr fiK the 8il tree, the dried sap of
trhieh ia need as inoense.
Byn. 1-^Mit- •ia-fe^i 0Vi, t^ V «ra.
B'^IS Mn-iM J|wrfs=^'w nittrow; to
make a soap cl; akoto make an mfoaion
ardeoootaon of: W'^'T^T^' R'^*9\^r
^^^4 to emit aemen.
of a plaat from wluob a kind of yellow
dye is made in Tibet (4f4oi>.).
9kjfe%ipa sw meton. for a male person.
B'<A'^V MiMca^i JtpAo vtir fir the die-
cliflsge of the semen.
im a kind of meroiirial medicine.
f ar^^ Ihthma-^ ^Vt the olass of demi-
gods on Mount Snmera who fight with
the Lhm (Mion.).
)!| w Khu^be n. of a place to the west
of Iihasa.
|!J*2| leAu^tM ^ anole on the father's
nde^ t>.f '■'(^ j»Aa»|piiii, father's brother,
nnde ; K^^ Mu-Aon also B'^ kku^ikan^
naele and nephew: •*M»rB*'^^*<fB''*
fatber'a bcotfaer isealled A4cku or Kku^.
145
B-?\fl» I
19*9^ A^if-^7 4tf%fr, ff^iw onekoo.
Syn. ^^-JW* 4pyitt*pi pho^^i wr-
ma^i thig^pa ; ^'^'^¥> fuMsAetf p«ia| ; Asp
IMan ; ^«'fi| tfn^^m ; ^W-<i*«iNi gsjhm.
sjo-i^ei (sAf^ the fourth month d fhe
Tibetan year corresponding with the
month of May (SMi.).
B i^ (H I : khf^^f^mtf eyes like fhose
of the oudkoo; red eyes.
VTW D. of a tree (4f4ofi.),
B'8^'< Mn^^-r^ n. of a medicinal
herb.
B'*i^ kku-mag pnne, mon^.bag ; coUoq.
lor B"r*i kkug-ma (^.).
B<^ *AM4iAtir ffk-vflv the elenbhed
hands; flit.
Bt^*|«'^« iAn-Mer n(§ ^«Ae«^*
iV^ (TMr ftso^'iMi a goldnaiih ; one who
makes his liTelihood b7 the nse of his flet|
/.#., handicraft (4filfofi.)«
B'<K-q|Mi*q Mn^iAur M^ to defich
the fist; also ^ hold with the fiet
•n'^'iiUmkku49lUtr ieUlmfirm flat;
closed hand (fiMr. ; Kalao. J. ISl).
B'<^'fY«i khu^Bkur |fii«ii^«B*<^*S^^
AAo^fAur tgyaihpa to ftrike with the flat
or the half-dosed fist {8eh.).
B'^V^*^ Klm^b^ ftiat n. of the mother
of Bromfiton^ the founder of the Lamaie
hierarchy of Tibet,
80
mi
146
ffF^l
B'^ khu-yu hornleee ; having no horns ;
al80 a ooiTuption of the word khu^iy^g in
eoUoq. Tibetan.
!1'^ k/M-ra^ %^a^ tnum-kkur oakes or
pastry fried in oil or butter (K. du. S&7).
R*9 khu-lu 1. the short soft hair of
the yak, aLso pashm wool in general. 2*
In Lh. venereal disease ; syphilis (J2»).
fl'^ Ehti^h 1. n. of a place in Tibet:
B'^ilT jq Kku-h tnam^tgyal the Lama
Namgyal of Khu-le; |l'««v9--«|W^
Habo Gang-rit a part of Ehnle. 2. In the
Daang4un the word is nsed to denote
the pan in an ordinary pair of scales on
which the weights are placed.
^ khug or B^^ khugt 1. a comer or
nook; a creek, bay, gulf, inlet; *W <>*<»-
khug crook in a river : B*1'5 khug^tu^ in the
inner recess of a cavity. 2. imp. of ^3<1'*»
bgug-pa ^Ww, drawn or attracted by;
^'i'^'R^ gy^n-du khug called upward, i.e.,
to good luck or fortune ; B^'S^ khug^thub
earned, acquired.
BTS*^ khugJchyog solitude; solitary
place ; a place with few men.
J3^'5 khug-rta, BT5 khug4a or ■^•^'BT
fdMehug-td fw^» wnwr, wciF the swal-
low, Cueulus mehnoleueusj a kind of swallow
{0$.): BT1^'8'«'J^'^*^tke lungs of BTI
kkug-ti^ suppress pulmonary diseases
{Med).
Syn. ^'9S ehar't^oi; 4^1^' ehuA-HuH)
|j|«i' Jt iprin4a ^M ; l^'*^^^^ Bprin-bdeg^ ;
§gra^g^gi ; "^ ^*1^ char^gab (JH^on).
H'^F^ kftug-sna or BT^ *At«jr,rna, fifTR,
«rf%«r fog, mist, basse (during a calm,
especially in spring time) ; mentioned also
as ««ii'«i^*^^ ^^'<)yS')'*>l^ *'one of the
eight varieties of causal, concatenation."
B^'^ I : khiig-pa ttiming like a zig-zag ;
Also bending like a thread that is tzinmied;
«|9|'B^'^ lam khug-pa the twist of a road;
j^B^**' l*Mrf khug-pa entwining of a
thread; ^'''BT*' du9 khug-pa returning
to mundane existence at the eiqpiration of
each tenn. of life.
B^'*" II : to find, get, earn, draw: K^'
B^'ci'^i^*t^ «or khugi-pa haH 9r%4 it is even
poscdble that cash may be replenished; M^*
B^'«» gnid khugi-pa to get asleep : 5p'««'
B*i|^ sroA gium khugi it drew, i.e., weighed
three ounces (/a.)i B^'*'*''^**^ khug^
bco-itgy^ ^the eighteen turns," >.«.,
returns to life in the present kalpa.
• B^'^'f^'S' Khug-pa Iha^rtsi^'^'^'
4'i*4 Si^nag Sg<4 I/hidA-^/oa {8chr.).
B^'« khug-ma ifNl^ also vivfl' pouch
little bag; small sack; J'B^ rgya-khug
Chinese bags made of leather; \W
tke-khug nebk-bag; a bag with charmed
objects or important letters hanging
at the neck; a courier bag; fW
gloJchug bag carried at one's side ; %^B^
dfiuUkhug pouch for silver, a purse; VHSI
huUkhug a pouch containing soda ; ^Vf^
B^'*^ me^lfiagf khug^tna tander-poudi with
flint; i'B^ nuJshug socking bag for
babies ; T*<11^ ttMfnMug a bag of barley
flour; fB^ Uwa^Omg a' salt bag; VrI
shibJchug little bag for flour; T<^m
gyaH'khug pouch containing auspicious
articles to draw good luck.
{^4|^*C| KhugS'pa n. of a dynasty
originated at a place called Khugi-pa:
S^ is the n. of a historical work containing
accounts of the succession, dynasty, etc, of
kings narrated by Ehugs-pa . Tfaugs-ije
chenpo {Tig. 9).
HFI
147
B^f
ly^ £M I : hole, pit, hollow, oaTitj,
originall J used, onl j of dirk holes and
oaTitiea: HFV^ UktMial fWN« that
aleepa ia a lair or hole ; a snako; f*||^ mo-
RF iftekanJAiti armpit : armhole ; ^^'R^
gUr4dk§i 9k Onk; a gviiiar; •^'n^ wOa^
Mtitf loop-hole: aholeinade by an arrow;
fH^ hy^ikhmH monae-hole ; ^R^ ira;-
UmiL a deft in a rook; ««'R^ (mkAAu^
peep-hole; ^^ tiJOwiti or AiTR^ ifN>-Mii4,
91^ MA^ are need of any hole in
walla, dothei^ fto., oaiued by natural or
artificial oavses.
OF* n:sr^r<MMMi root: ^^'R^'^'
Ayt iffon-^ from that root the liring be-
ings of Tibet and the religion of Buddha
spgoftd out, fto. {A. Its).
flF%^ khtA'dton soot of an oren or
ohinmey (^9^.)'
RJ^d khui^ or R«>*Q khuHnw a laige
hole.
fpTM kMUw^V^klM a small hole
(Ck.) ; |^'R^'« vi«-^' kkmH^bu the passage
of penpinitien; hair-hole or oaTity.
ly^'Q'Vi Mi4-(m Mil full of oatitaes oar
holee.
QC'S" £%«44m or R^n^ Khutl phu^u
M Conf uoius, the first law-giyer of China
and founder of Conf udanism*
I^C^K khuili origin, sonroe : RMr|«(
kku^i-^ff^l the act of making over the
oharge of any offioe or stove in a faithful
manner witho\it anything missing, making
use in full of that bought tfver as a loan,
Ac : ^'R'^^^i'^n^ ekoikhnti dag-poi pure and
unintarpolatod religious work ; also pure
raligioii : )^*^^"r^nti rgyt4ip» kkutt dag-
pa of pure origin or lineage. The word
RMi ^^4 khuti dag^pa is also applied to
artioles of the best make and quality from
well-known centres of trade: ^^v^'
sTMrA-ilsni'ipi'RMi'lii'a^cA'f^'^-^ii kdir yo4
tnwH'mi^PMmg na§ khu^i^fkfel ikub-^pa^
^Um^'$ku ifttf/thebenightedpeopleof that
plaoe petitioned stating the real state (of
ailairs). R^^S*^ khu^t-tAub pure and real,
original; nF^*^ khuthm^d or Rwa^Q
kkuti^lan^ haying no good origin, j.s.,
mean, inferior : ^I'l'R^ gtamMu^ histori-
oal or traditional souroe; reoord;doouni»t:
^jWRMT^^ gtam khui g^cangin the souroe
of that speech is divine. a|«w<nrHrfT«'
^-^qwtn^^wqRRwt'i^-i^-ii If aaked
what is the nature of meditation, it is the
secret souroe of being able to abandon
imaginatiye thoughts {tnam-tiog) together
with their seed (Lam. fi.^ JiS).
goi-pa original and really existing or I «'
^'4 (pff dag-po^ of excellent quality, same
ag dK.irs|fe-si'<wp'H"^^^'R^''^^'"'V**|*
Mii some of puxe descent had reasons
arising firom genuine grounds.
m
fpM*^ kkiti§^9un well-founded;
genuine; of undefiled origin: V^^QF'i^'
V^'R'^'^'F'^'^ M described in what-
eyer Bon texts that haye a genuine origin.
JQ^Mtitf coat-lap or any makeshift
doth; wrapper: ^Jw^VrR"^ go§Jf»i
kkud-du drU U khur carried wrapped in the
flap of his coat; tJS\kku4-du aside, apart;
secretly ; RS V*^" kkud-du hjog-pa to
put; lay aside: RVVi^*» **«*-<'«« ^«-*«
to have shown one^s authority oyer a
thing which belongs to many*
w5l
U8
H^«P(«)1
B\«i kku4^a pocket, pouch (8eh) : r''
rA«# or |«i'lPw ^pel-rdaa^i ^ftjj^ any-
thing sent ; a dowry ; an article presented.
R'S'i khtti'fna side ; edge {C$.).
BVl Mir/-M for llV«i' VS khit^-h g^ai
hold forth the lap of your coat!
^p khun-ti or ft^^ khpen-U is stated
to be used in Pur. for he or she (/a.)*
l^^'Ci khun-iM ^pm the uttering of
any inarticulate sound; cooing; moaning;
the rattling of wheels; rumbling of the
bowels ; to grant (Jd.) ; to groan {8eh.).
1^^*^ Khum^ n. of a place in the
oonflnes of Tibet and Nepal {8. kar. 77).
Qaq(«) khum{9) crooked (/a.).
W'A^ rfon kiguwr-yin diminished;
dianged: ftS'S'W^'BW-ii-^ if your faith
be diminished {A, 86).
15^ khur or B«^« khur-^ in^ burden ;
load for men : B^^i^b^Wt*" the father's
burden having fallen on the sou {Pag. SS) :
||Vgv«m'^^'4' Vl one that lives by carrying
loads {Ja.)i R^'^ khur^fiH wooden pole
over the neck from the ends of which loads
aie carried; a milkmaid's yoke-pole is
called «^'^ kkur-'^diin: R^'R^'Q khur^
kkm^ he who carries the bodily existence
is PuH-gala ; a corporeal being ; R'^S'''^^ <»
khur^gyii dulhpa mrpwi one worn out by
carrying loads; R^"8*'^^'*' khur-gpii turn*
pa one drooping under a burden or load, also
pressed down by responsibilities and suffer-
ings: jsr«i|^siRn5B«^-8n-H^q^-^|«^ were
pressed down by the weight of many
miseries; R^R khwr^la HTCVIV the wage
for carrying a load : R^'fi^ kAur-r^an, id.
R^'1'4 khur Ici-iffa heavy load or xespcn-
sibility: <pi'?«^»«r^i^W|-WMi being old,
heavy burdens and death wore them out
(Zom-rim. Ti).
nm (from mfK) to borrow; to takeloan of.
R^s^ **«r.tta^»R^'«5ws(^^a^ User-
yo^f hdttn4hag or H^'^ bphyatUhag the
rope used in suspending loads from the
ends of a yoke-Uke pole; rope to carry
loads.
^'^^%\khur hdegt'byei fpmi% over
a charge or responsibility' or load.
B^'<^^*Q khur bdren-pa wif^V one who
carries or draws a load; one who takes
charge of.
R^d' khur-pa and R^*& khur-m a
load-carrier ; a coolie.
B^'A^^a khur hphrog-pa irn:vR the
depriving of one's charge; the robbing of
one's load.
R^'^ khur'U:a, v. KS^^ kkur-^shcf.
K^'^^'^ khur^bor-ioa ^MnaUK he who
has laid dovm the burden, oharge or res-
ponsibility. In Buddhism R^'^'Q Mur-
bor-tca or R^'Q'Q^'^ khar^po bor^wa^ one who
has laid down the five aggregates (fiaii-
dha)^ M., he who will not have again to
take corporeal existence ; one of the perfeo-
tions of a ffrdvdka.
Bvq^^q khur ihtlrpa to take om
charge: ^9«l«H|S'5W V'«w **tv/ ftforf *yi
khur ilaH^-poi having undertaken the
task of expounding (SUu. S).
R^w(^) *A«r.wa^(tf) or RVsPi'«i kkur^
maH'pa^ R^*^ k/iur-Uhoff flifw^, Vlim
dandelion, or the (^'R^*! ba^laH In) ox-
tongue (as it is called in Tibet), used as a
pot-herb and medicinal plant, a kind of
fSpil
uo
Wf
edible herb: B^'«*^fT'^«r^"^ dandelion
IB luefol in femr and brofwn phlegm.
RvAi khufUnoi or •n^'*« fiMifr«^Ao|
1^; v^ltv the bheekt the raddypart of
the &oe helow the ejee.
Sjn. ir^'9 kkwr^fca,
fl^'^*q kkmr-hoi^ HTK^n one who
is able to carry a load, who haa patience
to oorry a burden or zeeponiibili^.
gM the earth (M^on.).
K^M kki$r4en the charge of : V^*K^
R^rt|*ri^-^1<l»rfi; ^ri|^%|FS*e the red*
dent o£Boer in the Jong about this date
of the month and jeai* took orer charge
of the Jong (district) .
D^qnirl'q kk^tr-^am chi'ica one haying
a senae of reeponaibiliiy : 9sT' Vl^H^'
qnsrl-q-i^li^'iA-qnfS general inetraction for
the neoeesitj of a sense of responsibilitiea
in an o£9oe.
^^ khui h jurisdiction ; proyince ;
domain; distriot: i^'t'W^ QMi'rt90Jchul
within the jnrisdiotion or proyince of Shi-
ga-tse: ff^i^'R^ XAo-sa^tJirAii/aa the places
belonging to or within the town jmrisdiction
of Lhafea: ^^19*<*^*^^'1 deki kkml h iduf
is sabject to him (JS.). 2. also manner,
Btatoior oboiimstance : ^••^•ll^'^'^VBq-iW
if yon do not know, act the manner of
knowing : *S'^'^«A'B«riH if (yon) haye
(it not), act as if yon had: ^Uf^^^^^'l^'
iY^nFiS%'^ I haye been doing a little
business in baying and reselling from
one party to another. 3. a rayine (in
KunawtMr). 4u the soft down of fars(/8t^A.).
0. B^'w kkul-nml small basket for wooL
6. Tery aofi wool of Tibetan goat which
grows nest to skin, and also called R'B
kMhtu or W^iN bal'Uam : W^f* khui
f fyiHfio made of the softest goat-hair or
yak-hair : Rpr|i( khmt^h^M felt made of
the softest wool of goat or yak.
tog (J|f4ofi.).
RFTii kkut'matbB bottom or the side of
A thing (Ck.).
R^l- kM-rt^^^^ ka-caU or %Q ftn-
<ii to a great measure, iit. from the bot-
tom to the top; hence entirely, greatly
{Tig.U).
fP^'tS khul-tMi an abbreyiation of the
words R'B IfhuJu and |^ tUi4*
p kh€ numeral ninety-two (02).
^*|3 khe-khy^ or ^'« khs-nn^ 1. proBt,
gain; ^T^^l^ khs^fpogi ditto; ^'^'SS'^
kke tihaH bg^i-pa to trade ; to traffic ; to
bargain ; -^^'^'^ft gain ; adyan-
tage obtained by experience. 2. tetter;
herpes ; ringworm (eruption on the skin)
(8ak.).
^^ Kho-if^i tt. of a place, the bhrth-
place of »<a-^-»fi|wq L(ht9a^wa ^JkAcr-
lo frag§^ (ZeA. ' 80).
p'^t I^ ffim-t^ssn. of a monastery
in China ersoted hj the Chinese Minister
fa-thi-ehee ( Tig.).
^fpr^ khe igmb^p^ to make profit, to
gain : P'^^ kke ktgg^Uhpa to make a
goodbaxgain {8oh).
^'^ khe-itam with profit; profitable*
P'M kk$4kn profit and loss ; risk; also
good and eyil, ».«., ^ gag and ^ ibf .
^e khe^pa in Amdo m^^Q tah<4^4
tradesman ; dealer ; one who makes profit
1*^1
150
^•<l(
t^^ flolling or in boBinm ; fc*^^«*^'«i t$h(^
bdu§ khe^-pa tmdar; nuddlemazu
frtjf^wi^ Khebtag^ni^o n. oi a place in
Eong-pa where the eighth in c arna te Kat"
fiMpa Laina was bom.
^'AS khe-mei nnprofltaUe. '
^*V^9'^ AA^-Ttf hgro-ica to fall in price.
^'4*1^ ii^X^fe mon n, of a place in
Mongolia {Yig.).
^'gwi^'a khe-fkbi ehefi^ very profltar
ble yielding good income.
^^ni JSIe-g9f«m n. of a place in Tibet
{8. tar.).
rh*<'^ I'- khegs-pa to obBtmct ; doae: *m'
f-it«"ci^*ji)^q^-^vX (the *medidne) will
certainly obstruct the panage of the womb.
jN|4i*9 ii:s«^'cr| munipa ^yi a general
name for darknessy gloom or obsouriiy
f)Mi-ii|$ii khefi^gtam boastfol woids or
langnage.
Syn. ^^'^^ dregi^tig; ^'< ttMV
flurf<{i kheAt-ldan mas^f ^^'i 6tt-mc
dSfr-ma a youthful maiden (4fiffon.).
^C^*q khe(l9-pa wlmVK^ VK 1. pride,
LaughtineB0y arrogance. 2. pf. of .^^wq
ikhe/ii'pa to fill; become replete wiilu
8. nt^ pufled up, haughty, arrogant:
pui'cr«^ kheA^-pa^an irt^ one who
boasts ; braggadacio.
Syn. ^^W'q reHt-pa; W^'^f dregi-pa;
i;- Jfli Ha-rgyal (M^on.).
d3j*Q.^ khen^bdta a kind of cotton
cloth.
j^yfl khen-pa 1. wormwood (/8teA<r.).
2. to lean; to repose on (erroneously for
qr^q (AAan-^ii) {8ch.).
ffffK kh«lb§ n^, |M a oorar, lid,
coirarlet: fim an endosuie round the saori-
ftdal ground ] ^'tV^ kheb§4Q^ ^tHM
HTV a net (generally of iron) to cover any-
thing ; q^'^ paHMAi a coner for the
lap ; apron ; napkin ; C^ igoMebi a
cover for the saddle ; t'ft'fvm eog-ttm
khebi a table doth ; «^'^ eharJOOi a
rainoloak:*\'P^ ^Ac^-AMfa cap; hood;
4|^i;'f^ gdu^hebi a certain beam or
board above fho capital of a pillar ; ^'
f^Pm gdai-khebif veil ; doth to cover the
face; "^^r^ ii^duihkheii m W
apron.
jM'^/^4 khOi'tgab-pa to place a oorow
ing (over a thing) ; to cover.
^qcn^'q khebi ao^t-ira to take the cover-
ing off.
p^m'fi khekhpa^^p^^*^ gyoghpa cover-
ed, veiled ; ^q«*«i kheb^-^na covering (C!i.).
p'l irAMii, V. ^^ khyem,
P^'^K kh&r'tkpoA alooe ; aditaiy : •*
^'IF'iW^VI there was only one man, a
solitary maiL
P^^A^I*^ kher tgyag-pa to defraud;
to usurp {8oh.).
^Py^ Khel-igo n. of a district, aho
thai of a mountain : ^y^'"r|«r|Ss Ekel-
9go ri-la idog r^yti-Myctf .
^*Q| khel'U:nl. to load upon ;s^<i
bkhel-tca {fJii,). 2. rely upon; depend on;
iSf'^^q ih khyel-ica^ ^t^A ^lo ene§-M to
have confidence in ; ^^^^'^ it^en khe^
wa to be sure ; to be certain ; to be certain
of anything; absolutely certain : ^'^*
^k:vi^'^^^ de-ra yoi irtanJckel-ym (hU)
coming to^y is absolutely certain.
^•^I
151
m
P^I'jJa^ k/iet-nin the day before yes-
terday (Seh,).
p?l'q kke^^ 1. to hit (the right
thing) : ^FK*^^'^ ffna^f-la khei-pa to
Rtiike the yital parts ; to hit mortally.
2. one who xnakea profit or bargain by
selling; a petty dealer, trader.
p kho I : nuxneral 122.
^ i^Ae n : the uaoal word for the pert.
peon., 3rd pers., meaning ho, Ae, or it.
Atthongh not an honoiiflo term, it ooours
in many anthoiB in ref eiring to both com-
mon peraonagea and respected persons, es*
peoially in IGlaKapa and even in much
eniierworka where Mo often refers to kings
and lamas. However f^' khoA is the
proper honorifio term of the 3rd pers. pron.
In eettain distrieta and in some popular
mitings ^ Moisnsed instead of iAofor
** she," but it ia considered a ynlgar and
illitente nsage. The plural takes «i or <,
••^f ^^ kkihcag^ ihej^ them; also P*
kkhMoj oomm0nerin W. In C. j*^^'
Mo^MV isihe popular form for ''he" or
«she,''4ro.
^*^ kl»4i tearketfle, prob. Chinese
(/d.).
p*9q|*q|T^*C| kho4hag gooi^ to
aeqmeaoe in ; hope for ; be resigned to :
aX<s {Pag. US) hearing the aoooimt of her
ton having nsmrped the kingdom, Jj^phret/*
am acqnieeoed in it. The werd ^''^ »mw
often preoedes this phrase.
ff9»Krffr^ KluhVfihilL IhoMoA n. of a
monastery in Lhobrag, South Tibet.
p'aj kho-na 1. only, solely, exdnrire*-
ly. 2. jnst> exactly, the very: H«rfr-^
idigpa k/uhna tan only ; S^'^F^^g^nm hk4h
na piety alone : f|\)^?^^ ikai-cig khiHUi
only for a moment ; ^^\Ff'^ft«r^ Mtf hka-
naf brei-tca to be separated even from daaixe :
%w«^'ff-^iiNq^-qi^RT^^«i| as he intended
only the welfare of beings: W'tS'«AT^1^
f^'^^ (Pag. ISU) it will be Uie lanlt only
of one's own doing: J^'*i'^^V«rff^-«^ that
is jubt what has been wished for by the
kii4: iJa.)i W^^^^M\ JIM* as before : ^KF
i^^^cr^eqi the very same (man) : tVQ'ff'T
^V just like a worm : ir^ f^s*« by ibe
very same prooess : VP^^ deJshihna '^m the
state of being that ; tme state ; real state;
tmth ; realiiy; opposed to what is iUoaorj
or falladons; essential natnre; the real
natmre of the hmnan sonl as being one and
the same with the siqirame qnrit psrrading
thenniverse; (in philosophy) troth, realify,
a true principle.
{ifion.).
^*C| kho-pa^}^^ kho-eag or f^'* khai
Uho they.
^*^ JS:%a:pa a tribal name inTibetrfT
i|-« pQ-^ff i^^ JStag^te h kkthfo da khQ
ibra gfUi, the 9^^ Ifag4$ tribe is divided
into two— ff^X Kh4hpo and ff^ Kho4^'
j6'if khfhipo ^ I ; myself ; ff W«i
khihwo oag^^* we : i^^-trffffwrsit^f^
(rfj-fa kho-woi io-mt^hwr ggmr this jio-
dttced admiration in me : OT^'^V'F"*"
l^'q'^M for this system my enthnsiaam
increased. In i^'^tA-ipr^ the term
JUkMfw would seem to mean *«himself''—
the soul of man himself.
f^Vii f^^tem the eariy Tibetan name
for Ehatmandn, the capital of Nepal. In
East Tibet EJiaimandu is stall called
Tam-bo.
P»JI
152
?f^tl(
f^i Mtf-iiMisffc khom knapsack ; wallet
(JS.).
^S kho'-mo I; we (feminine).
f^^ kho^u the thrawhing prooets,
wbieh is done by driying a number of
ojmx fastened together ronnd a pole that
stands in the middle of the thraahing
floor.
1^ i: Ato-ra is endentlj a oormption
of ff V khthrai, frff ^w^ll mi kho-ra raUr
yi of the man himself (jUag.).
f^^ n : (C!i.) also ^'^ kh&r-%a oircmn-
ferenoe; oiroomjaoent spaoe.
f^'^f^'W kho-ra Jshor-yug 1. spaoe;
also fence; any aarronnding wall (c7a.);
alflo aditoh filled with water or moat round
a cdty or a fort. 2. 9^'^ kun-na^ vinmr:
from everywhere, from all direotions ;
f^^'^' W8 kho^ra khcr yug-tu in a circle ;
in ciroumteenee (frequently in measuring)
also roundabout, all Mund, «.^., to en-
oompasB : f^'OT^^'Q in the whole circuit,
Tomidabout (/d,) : f^t^'*T5'VT*S8V*
esfonding oyer half ^iycjana or two miles
all round.
}^\ kb(hf€ 1« in Kham an ezpraBsion of
dibpleasore or anger towards a man : ^
^(^ d-ro^jc Oh friendl is the opporite of
}^ kho^re, 2 one of the idarly kings of
Tibeti son of King l/dd'Cug i^gon.
ff<rl*4 kho^ ehenca 1. a large space
(Seh.), 2. dough made of S^'^r^am-pa
(barley flour) and beer.
fS^OWj khO'iag^^'V^ tku-hf Umbs, the
entire body : |^«i^««iq kho-lag yafi^^pa
fully developed body or prominent limbs ;
|l^4i^tt«^ii'^^kq'^^^;f^*^c s|1*q{^Aq>^'q-^ Ilia
person being well-developedf waslaige and
glowed with grace and brightness ; t'i'
« 41 p«i^»q.K anything that is large all
over is called kho-lag eke^wi: Also a gens-
rally well-developed shape is called kko-
lag ehe-wa.
tnho doT'^a youthfnlness ; full youth
(4r^M.).
p^ kkog, freq. for pfc'<i kIM-fa 1. the
interior, inside. 2. in ^^^ kkogt or '^^
ikhogi. 3. also for ^^^Q tg^i-pa;
'^f^ foJchog the oaiea» of an animal for
meat : PK^FH«»^^'^f V^«"'T« *%
^u4 khog-pa pkgef daH Ikn-gmgi 9og^
{Jtg.) the entire body imd one half of the
carcass and the parts of tfie animal (slaia).
ffr^X^' kkog-gcoi chnmio disease in
the stomach or internal parta ol the body.
PH*«S kkog-ekua for ^"^VS kkotrA^
chu4.
P ^*^ khog-pa 1. inside ; the stomach :
ff«1'«r«rf I q the digestion of food in ths
stomach. 2 the trunk of the body, cea-
taining the hearty lungs, livery Ac. : 9^
t^S'l^ ruiibal ggikkog tike interior of
the body of a tortoise.
p^^*1 kkog^ma also rfH t^kaJUtof
pot ; earthen yessel generally used in Tibet
for cooking rice, meat, broth, Ac ; ^'f^
td(hkhog a stone ves-«l or pot used in
Kham tor cooking purposes; PK'^ khoff-
chen large earthen or stone vessek for
cooking the food of a laige number.
|*"|'"«^ khog-ya^ or ?*T*"*^^ kk^gpa
ehe^wa capacious or Isrge interior ( Ta^-
i8) : f^'V khog^ tho core of a tree;
heart- wood.
P^pi'^ ir.i*;^'$./6 imp* of ^^'
bgg^pa, ^^A'H* •^•^'''^'fh''"'^ »top
^\
163
P^l
thftt goat from Mkiiig tbe Bowwb. 2. to
ooagh {J&*)m
fK I: khod an honorifie equiTalant d
F Mo, he^ ahe: f^'^S'^F^ khaH-gi ihugi-
Ai in hk thonghta; P^'^'|*«V^ *Aa4-
^ Mw-ipifc^fMJcf in Ilia proaoneo ; S^'Vffc'
«^K-%sl^^ n^yoffio khoA-rail yin igaii-
fiof the long aappoaing thai he himaelf
waa meant. Plnial ^'^ kkoH48ko they,
them.
^K'^ kkai-pa the interior ol anything ;
the inside; alao aa adr. in the foorma Mo^
As kkotF^uif inside, within; alao poaip.
kMlF4ut^ into, within ; Moi-iNV oat ol
Oertain phxaaea oooor : f^' V^'^ to be
anzioaa, to bear in mind, be impwarod;
f^'^^^ to repeat from memory ; f^'^'^f^
to oollect in the mind; to impreea on the
memory ; to learn (by heart) ; f^* V^CS'^
not to appreciate {tfim^ 9S9ioii9) ; f^'
^'ar^'4-^-q not that it waa not nndentood
or appreciated {Siym. tS9 to 2Jt9) : f^ ^pr
^'ft^'^f^ khotk-noiiSiH pMlnea fUir aa if
their hearta had burst out; f^'^
^'Q khot-noi idaH^usa ViPKr to be angxy
or indignant; f^'^'j|K' khoik-4M9 ppyui^
^'^y^ fut^HUfi phyut waa taken out;
ffcq« ?rSt|-iH kkaH^^Mki dro4-ia phan it
helpa the internal heat, •>., digestion.
^'^^khoirkhkrt»g nneasiness; sorrow;
anxieiy.
ffc-ff kkcMOro {koH^ko) or Ffc'ff'n kkoH
khriMpa nfHw the state of becoming
angiy ; paasfam; also inward wrath, malice;
1S^% ^ kkotJ^kro-ean «fw bitter ; angxy ;
malicioas : ^'ffS'^'^M'^'VS^ ffc*
l^*T^*^«»^ * even all the good that
waa done, by one angry oatburst may be
destroyed ; f^ jtl^'ci khoHJ^hro fpoH^-^ to
pot away or sobdne anger; f^^'rm/^^
kkro MiM90 to ixmenm anger, take didike;
to be indignant; f^ H*' Vr^'«^-« Msi-
khro^i tnam igyut fmd-pa free from the
atate of passion or anger (Pag. 180.).
fi^'^ Ma«.ffa« fall inside ; solid.
8yn. ^'^ isho^yoi; F*^'«S khog^iik^
(IKkm.).
!^Y' kMl^§m 1. the secret heart; the
intention or design. 2. pith ; core ; ^<^*l|'piB:
^ the pith or inner wood of a tree (Jfilfofi.).
pa of even temper.
F^'*^ khoA^mar batter need in making
cake-like offeringa to the gods.
f^W^'V kkai-iman ter-po the yellow
medicine from the intestinea, i>., bile or
gall {^man. 66).
f^'fm khail'4€il suet.
anger ; vindictiTeness (40(<mi.).
ffc'^ khid-ieA secret holes in rooks.
1^'^ kha^ff»eb the hollow (of a tree) ;
the inner recess : if^^if i^'^'$'sA'«^'«rq^ilY
F*^^*^Vi'» in ancient times the wife of
Gautama the sage, ffliol-med-ma by name,
being very pretty and fascinating, waa
concealed in the hollow of a ttw (Mi^an.).
^C9| kho4i the middle ; the innermoat;
J^m'% or fM'4 in the midat: UMh*u
kUhui-pa to go into the midst; to onder^
■tand ; hy$4'igo eke phra M&ft^tu^ mef-paii
kkai§ kgroi yt^wa the more and less imp
portent works, not leayinar oat the simpler
ones, shoald be well studied. Sgro-wa rig^
4wg •^^^ paki f Jtofti-SM khhni dmi-kgrobi
kkaiirm$ kdoi when reckoning the,six kinds
of animated beings, inclode tiie Ifdga
among the beasts; ^'|a^'V^^si^'|v«i^•y;*
Oil- j^-UpM-f^fipi Ser-ling, Zang-ling,
ai
j5M|-q|
154
fifr^]
ete., are iuoladed in the continent of
Dzam-ling: ^"^S'Sf^fl^W?* (thifl) ia
contained, ix., included in, that («/a.):
<iq»iii'^^r|^1't«'iw^ Jw'tn kba ifiom§*
vabi khofiMlffib$ na in the protected
oleft of the cool mountain where the snow
is levelled (Ya-sel. 35),
pK^q khofiypa in*n 1- highly
injurious; violent ; cruel ; rough. 2.
adv. crooked: f^«'*'^^<f khoili cha-Mug
it IB bent, curved, warped.
j«kii^«i khaiii-ril crippled. {Jd.).
j)?^ k/io4^<^ Ho§ h the external
appearance ; outward look ; surface : |*ni'
wf^' sa khoi-inoms-ixi land of even sur-
face ; plains . 9'&i'^d even and regular
teeth: wnflrf^fwaj^ la^ka la khoi-
tnomi'po gyii in doing a work (business)
be of even temper: Mq«>^«^fl5^jii?5s-
^^»rQ'§9i shal-'tca daii tdhon itaH'tgi/ti'la
. khoi^iSofni-po gyn in plastering aud in
pointing make the surface even: htt^'f^'
v^'f^m'^l^^'^im mi mdHrpoH izai
ituii'la kho4 ^nomf-po gy%i in giving
food and drink to many people make the
distribution uniform : V^ ''^V^f^'ffr^'^ srab
iihugkhoif-inomi'po fine and thicklevelled
into one. 2, v. ^?^'<i bkhog-pa and '^^'^
Ugoi-pa.
ffS'PS'SF'' Mi average number (Ki-
9sl 85).
P^ I: khon w^ifT sbst. anger;
grudge ; resentment ; enmity : }^^^khan
tdsin-pa or f^'V^'^ khon^du ttkin-pa
m^mrt to feel rancour, hatred ; |^'tfv<i
khan iuoi^a iorbear, endure, forgive;
f^'^'if'^'iSS'a khon gug-te gdai-pa lit. to sit
waiting out of vindiotiveness to take
fevenge upon ; f^'^w ^khon-kbar in W.
sting ; the burning of anger or hatred in
the soul (Jd.) ; j*^«i«wr)ft|'«- j^-^- getting
more and more spitefuL
j^ II: a technical term in Tibet
and Chinese astrology applyizig to one of
the eight mystical signs or parkha of
divination ; f^d one whose lot is cast in
this division.
PW khob fat ; heavy ; clumsy {8ch.),
I^'B^ khob^khrob the sound caused by
the tapping of one thing upon another.
|n^ kJwm wallet; leather trunk; felt or
hide bag : ^^^ffiwi g^i-klkom^ a great
man's trunk: p>i'a9^ k/tom-hbog a bag
usually made of leather for carryisg
apparel and other articles on a journey.
pW'q kJiom-pa 1. to have leisiu^,
time to do a thing. 2. to be enabled
to do a thing by the absence of ex-
ternal impediments (Schir.)i [*»r«rft^ khonh-
pa mil I have no time ; I cannot do it now;
If^-ft' jfei fto4 mi kJiom no leisure to stay ;
^•f^w i{a khom I am versed in ; •**[*» m
kliom not practised ; ftpH*q*qj^ mi khorn^
brgt/ai ^nVf^P^ni the eight obstacles to
happiness caused by the rebirth in places or
situations unfavourable to one's conversion
to Buddhism, ^uoh re-births are: — ^^^
«T^»jfl|'q semi-can i/mpai^a ^K^mxth as
hell beings ; ^\^V dui-hgro tiri^ as beasts,
reptiles, flies, etc.'; ^\^ Ifi^^i^gi w
ghoEta ; f X'U'Q Iha ishe-rtt-po i^hWH^
the gods who enjoy very long life ; ««^'
^jfe'A it^Aai bkhob-^ni ^imm^l^VK the bor-
der (wild) people ; S^'^'^'^'^ iwaH-po tna-
tsha^-^fl ffHiRT^M those who are defeotiTe
in the faculties of the mind or of the body;
^^'^'f^log-par t^a^ica OmK^si foUowing
false or heretical doctrirfeB or theorieB;
^q1^i<|i)4|«i'q'l|iwi'«*9K*q de^^thin gfeg-pa
fnams ma byuti^a vWTiRITwni^qvuc the
?K-»-g«lll
155
8^1
place where the Taih&gata hae not (yet)
made hie appeannoe.
pV9*^ khar-mopug inoeeeautly;
oontixmally i^k.)^ ▼. f^'%^ khor-yug^
F^'^^'IK'o kkof'^wcr fpp(Hh>a continual
and unintermpted Boflering (in the hell) :
SS'^'frph when bom in hdl, being aub-
jeoted to tormenta in the miaeriea of heat
and ooldf the perf onnanoe of religion ia
impraoticahle.
f^'n kkor-mig on obaolete lonn of
^'W kkar^ug, alao V^ lie^kar ivft-
fwa.
pVg^ khar'tn*g 1. f^ He^bkar;
V^V^ kim^na§ inmr: ^irwTV the hoiuon ;
the ontmoat limit; the outer line or oir-
cumference ; ^'^'^^'Q at all timea, day
and night. 2. V*»*^"f^'?l^*M^'*S'^'«*«
kept them without sleep at all tunea, day
and night {Yig) : f^mM^ khat-^yug
ohen-po iiTrPIWTW aoo. to the Buddhista,
the outer wall of the world ; the greater
horiaon from the top of Sumeru.
P^ khol or jfc'S khol^ abridgment;
epitome ; f^^'^'Q khoydu phyud'Wa
abridged (Gb.).
p^'fi$ khoi^lfejm the mouth of a
bellowB.
^$91*^ khol-4i$ssiK\ aifr-€fo in a cor-
ner; ma^pmally.
^^QI^Q hholrpa boiled {Cb) ; boiling ;
bubbling ifioh.).
JI5q|'2J kholfo^'^^^ nog-fio i^m a
Ber?«nt ; f^W^ khol4fran a Bla\9 ; fN'O^'l^
^^F^'^kkol-por c;#|-M» bmtHwa totake; to
biie f or a aenrant : ^tTt\*'f*i b/ig-ttem
Brif-paH kkoi the world is la servant
of the evolving principle, f^^ khoUmc
amaid-aervant; a female slave; p^Q'I^'
^H^'Q*^ khot-po igog^ikffaii khuT'-jHhcan
nameof kind of vegetable naadidne applied
to wounda and aoreay Ao. (gman. S60).
pPVf^ kkol4m a bit ; a small piece.
^'1 kkohna^M^n^^r-khui mrw
1. a window; a hole in the waller roof of
a house to aerve the purpoae of a vrindow
or aky-light ; » aco. to Sek. an outlet
for the amoke in a roof. 2. anything
boiled : a-V^l^^ilVriAfftrw Ja <M eku
•ogi i^sat-paH kiohna tea or water
that haa been boiled ; MPr^'Ivi^i ^mpal-
iMuM* kkfxhchu khol-fna the boiling or mol-
ten matter of hell: ^'9^'p^« ho^kngr
khot-^na boiling gruel.
fh*: khoi-mo 1. ^^H gyog-mo ^wft
maid aervant. 2. a coarse sort of blanket
usually given to alaves in O. (Sehtr). 3.
mowed com; a swath {Ja,)» 4. among
the herdsmen called Dog-pa^ a bellowB
made of an entire goat akin.
}^^'^ kAohtgyuf^ mia-spelt for f^t^»
% slave family or mean extraction: «i<fq'V'
^HF?^JV^V|«rjS"^^ mag-pa h-gmm
khoi tgyu4 mH^kycA^uUrgy^ gin though
the son-in-kw (elect) is not a slave (ty
birth) yet he shoidd be made to serve (the
bride's parents) for three years.
P*I^ kho9 imp. of «(we ga^^pa to split:
STW»*fP^'^ *T«-fto*i qipo khoi fig
split the head of the enemy.
19 ^^ khga^i49e the running hand-
writing of the Chinese.
15^^ kkga^k or r'^kka4$ aa much aa
fllla the hollow of the hand; handful, e.f^
of water (&«.).
m^\
156
B^cR-^t
15^'fl I: khyag-pa, seldom nV^
hhyitgt'pa 1. frozen. 2. the froet ; ioe ;
[y^qf r^ hhyag thog-khar on the ke ; HIV
<A'>^*V^ hkhyag-pahi Boi^pulj Tibet, the
country • of froet ; W'^'l^'*^ khyag-la
^ar 90(1 J it has stook faft by freeing ;
S^'8'Y'^ khyag»8ku koJco aco. to Ja. in
Tsangy mud oaiued by a thaw; snow-
water ; BY W^ khyag sran^ean hardened
by frost ; WV^ khyag^-um or |S^X*< khyag*
ram ice ; pieoes of ioe ; floating blooks of
ioe.
^Sf^ n: to undertake ; to be surety
for: "^W R^ BT1»'* OT ** kkyod^khur
khyag^gam mi kkyag can you undertake
to do this or not : 8'%«^«iT' BT 9S'«» to
stand as security for a loan, etc.
^^ khyoif 1. difference, distinction:
.jf^'^«5-BS»K gaU itaH-na khyei-fne^it is
no matter which you give me; «S^'5S«i*
V^'fllS'^ 4a dai phrai-pa dafi khyai-mei
it is quite the same as if they came to
myself; ••w'^'BS'S^ wiwi-to khyei-byut
a difference of opinion arose (Jd.). 2.
Bomethingexcellent ; superior ; BS*^''''^««^««
greatly exalted ; *B^ iM'khya4 an excel-
lent work of art; i^|w*BV^^ bsgnibS'
pab% khyai'-yoU there will be some ad-
vantage in accomplishing it ; B^'^^ khyai-
nor the principal or chief wealth ; B^'Xl
khya4'don the principal sense or reason ;
advantage. 3. is added to an adj. to
express the notion derivable from any
quality: W«i'Q thick; 1|«<'B^' thickness;
«w.«'«i wide; '"»^'^B^ width; ^^'^i accus-
tomed ; ^vi^BS A hsAAii or custom.
BS'B^ khya4-khyu4j said to be SF'^'i'
^\ uT of a number ( Ya-sel 67).
ffitm khyai^hoi superior or excellent
doctrine ; a good religious discourse, hence
those who possess special qualification for
miracles ai» called ^W«WBS'«i^'^'^«^ *»
** in sublimity superior to othen."
f3S\ khyad-Susilfst^'^ khyai^par-du
or ft'S^'i bye-brag-iu especially, particular-
ly ; also superior and excellent ; BV^'^1*^'^
khyai-du gsa4-pa to contradict ; also to do
the contrary (out of pride or vanity) ; to
despise: i^J«i'S«iiii|«S»<^«iW^-^w^ ^a^rgyal
4wa/H-gi§ i^^^i^^ khyai^n g!sa4 from
pride he speaks ironically to the lowly.
BV^ khyad-par^khy ad-da 1. difference,
distinction: ^'S^'SS'^V\'^^ ^« <^
khyo4 4iiii khyad-par ehe between you
and I there is a great difforance; ^*^'
|3YCF'9r9i%«'cA*^^ de daft khya4-^r ma
tpchii-^bi r^^ ttn image not differing
from this ; *ci|BfS«R^^ mifi-gi khyaS-par
yin it is (only) a difference of name.
2. sort, kind : -^g^'i^issci^-^^ khrai-buhi
khyai^ar kun all sorts of fruit ; ^'^^'i'
U^crU^ ri^agi-kyi kbyai^ar shig a par-
ticular kind of game ; ^■J'SbV*'^ y^^ffP
khyei-par a particular place or province.
(j^«RqNf^q khya4-par iko^ipa^ J^*^'
H'gfi' fgyal^hi .ph4hbr€^ an edifice of
special design ; palace of superb niiake.
BV'^8'^*"^''' khyai-par-gyi hehm-ica
fir^ that which binds partioolarly, t.^.,
worldliness.
I3^'q^'«^ khyai^ar-can special ; specially
good ; superior, excellent, capital : BS'^'^
|'«il<^'crsfyi khyai^ar ean^gyi wdBoi-pQ fiit
the two special achievements or exploits
(Tig.): W^'OS^'^^ ila-ma khyai-par-
can eig an excellent spiritual teacher.
BV^'^ khyai-par^Uj adv. particular^,
chiefly, especially : BV*^'^'^*^'** **y«^
par-du iphag^-pa particularly eminent,
noble ; B^'«'^'^'*S*««^*"S khyai^r-du tof
par hye4 he scorns, despises, ridicules,
vilifies.
BW| 167
^ BMi or P^/ tne (if<loM.). n
knif ; f^m n. of an individul (A. K.),
B«rm-<F-«iI
mnderfDl; onriooa; stzwage.
PS'ii^M|Ni##tilt tiMBopcriorlMns. A
bMu is akme possessed of
kkgrn t e k o t t *■»•* Tirtaes wbkl^ oMinot be
foond dseiHiBre. ^Rie god Bnhmi is
odkd BS'^turq Khfa4-giM fkatt-pa,
the god oi saBselhnt basis, for Brahmi
of soperior monl msrils,
and Imgetify.
I , » . I ' i
^n, ^cv 1. io IIII9 penetrate; also i
embnoBy estirnvteiy oompriee: n^mwm:
^B^<| MnM»^ m aH p c§ kkjfMlhpa full
o^ or qoite oovoed irifh, puitalet; «ifi«'
ivon-Q iaR«r4.«wt Uyofr^w filled, impn^-
nated with Ule; pT^V^'^'^iy^ TF ^^S'
Yi^^-qm S« • §irq*irXir5 umumbered
imineesiirmUe kalpoB ago; beyond what
file miiidtt able toeatfanate. In grammar:
Mpable of being jouQied to any word, mdn-
nre of all; B^^'Q AJt y gt dk^^w a oomfraben-
nye; eTBrywhare and nowhere; to be met
everywhete; need alao in the way of
oenmre (JS.). iFr«f*'*«^'B^^1'''W f ••!•
adfiA-^^ ili0 inadom of Buddha
auxnapaam the bomds of heaTen;
^^'^9fm^9ff9f^'wm:^'m^tii'^^ the
domain of knowledge b oommenmuate
with the wry eodranity of the heavena.
2. B^l^'«iUyafra0«HAiallHniiBeing; all-
eowing*
khyah^ha Hot me^^ igai^ am *HMM«f g|ig
"Without relaxation the general dntiea of
both parte of life (i*^., the eptritiial and
♦waponJ) {Tig. U.).
B^^^ ^yeM^f fk^ the AU-per-
wading One, i^^ Yiahan. Hie eetaial
#Mtf-^ WHW the Lord of Pleaeoiei^
Qwinda; H*W«r^f*f^ TkipJB druf^
pa tgro^wati tog; r5t-jfeTK*S« Tkth
guH Uo^n $t^ e ie #^ ; ^**^*V^*lTH'*
^ Qgo^mt4 0fM-fdW ^tru-eam g»o4 flie
immovable (3^Ai— the killer of Kea'i{
ggi b&iui w^kan w »fO<i i «i«fir the
sign S^rlvataa on the breaat of Yifhna;
as •« |q K^ViRjn Pa#Ma»i lU-wa tog
iuat f Ay<f ; S^f^f^nFV*^ Jh^hlfi
tag-pa gifui dru^ eon ; ^T^f'^1^*V'|«
Jfigig-gi tfo^a nabi-w §kgei; ffrror^'W
V^S'*W Sbgor^^ta ktgya-pa ^pat-i^ idag ;
nT«rq|e-«4i^ S/ug^a teu-pa nrih^ #JM
wrm the dwarf ; he of the ten inoaq^
tions; ^•^•r^^S^'H^f^'^ Ghm gmm
gnan dai §tob§'ldan ftiAi; ^'^j^'frmiif
^'V'Sn MkhatldM rggoi^ipUhan tkJkor4o
phgag ; |'*|^ WVP^ Ba^wa^ ffM^
pa4'4kar ndg svuVTW the lotna-eyed;
Viahiju; •rMTSMy W«S Ma tdsag dM aj
rtca 0tAiM»a; r'^'WV^TI'^rl'fltaa-
t$kog§ gm$g§ can khgu^^fUhog Ifo. V^'Ot^*
«re«T«f Ogah-^ hrgga^^ Wition^poki
f^l I'rl^W^t*^*^ ^Byia-ityeff igra^
ko goh^er^n; *"lPrf^*^-*^ JTe-le^
Ito^a w^kar^^caV igra ; ^^^'^BfTHIW^
MHfi 9^^ Ehgab Iffmg^ mf^, f^
Yidmn or Nriaiiiiha.
B^« Malhoka^W^ Jf«-aw duty, gene- B^H^<F^ Aya«4^ riM^»iiv«r
nJ hmaneee (ol a man) ; work; l»g§»aH^ Oangoe.
the fragxmnt Bandftl wood tree. Snakee
generallj ooil romid f ti branohes ; imagee
made of it f etoh very high prioae.
B^H^'S^*** EhyalhtJ^g 4gah-ma^V^'
Yishvu^B loTer or wife.
f^ Vinu^B wife. Her diflerent names
are:— ^••r*» Padfna-^an^ trwTWiiV; n'^iS
B^*H*rt'"F'*'*lV khtfab^bjug dt^g%-pahi
0ciMs|K'^ vmn-^hen aoonite {^hmn. 97).
BT^l^'i^ Khyab-ttjug gnoQ f^«^ a
plaoe of pilgrimage in Gaya> the temple
where there is a footprint of Yishpu.
WH^'S^S'*' khyalhtj^g gnon-^pa^MF^^^
fpoA-gyan lit. the ornament of gnun or |<^'
%'^^tto^9y^ fM^iog^ an autumnal flower
(Jifirton.) .
gq'H?'^^'^ Khyah-tjag i$hafhpa the
golden eagle on which Vishnu rides : B^'
^iq-^'^j^q S'Qi^'9|'lk' the different names
ol Gharuda, the conveyor of Vishnu — 1'^«'
i'9 Sky€hrefi9 nu-ho the younger brother
of the dawn; ^S'^^^'l'' So4 srvHt ikyet
phyug^ t'9W^'9S S^tt-ft^^ar hye4 TRfWW;
4^*|'RSq^ Qser-gyi bdab can tC'l^'** JfiJfo-
rjebi mchu^ ^^q'«pi%^'^ Mdab-ehagi eeH-ge
f -^f ' Mo bgro-za, Y^'^'% Hfe-^ia* f «-
nng-bu, ^T*»w'f ^ JDug-l^'ofnB idan, «^|*
bdul-ikyei, QSfl'»^'f^'li Mdaihohag^ tgyaU
B^'HTI*^ Khyalhbfug g!»er or B'^'HT^
k?iyalhbjug na4y also ^'S'**'^ Ra-hu te ne^
168 BWI|
epilepsy^ which is siq^posed to be nut or
caused by the planets or the Hindu
dsify Y ifSipu.
B^^<| khyalhgM spread out slowly
and uniformly in all directions ; to absorb
all, asdoes gAnyatd ; voidity : B^'^l'^'^f*^'^'
'^'S'J'''B^*''f*8'*1'W'''^lV^''^'''*i*''*''''''^'?^'
B^*^^ khydlhidag fk% the all-per-
vading lord.
1^'^^khyalhidoivnaiung everything.
jgrmf^ iUfcyoi-ftrda/sB^'^l^ khyah-ifdal
all abeorbxBg; all-encompaasing: f^'v
iii|i^H^'|yq'«,«i'^'g«iSfkiii-tMi ikar-poVkhyaih
itdal du-fpel widely diffused like the
sunlight.
B^'*^''^^''^ khy^ihpar igrO'^ca to move,
covering everything in the way.
B^'^'i^'^IBii'q khydlhpar kdiin-pa f^rvfr.
to envelope.
fV^'iS khyab'byi4^^^ ru-t^ 1. n. of
a vegetable drag. 2. met. the eye.
3. met. the sun.
PJI^ khyatni 1. yard, oourtyaid;
gallery (C«.);=i(^'^ snUi-ga the hall of a
house ; impluvium ; {khyam is tenned f ^
ra in a poor house). 2. open ; uncovered
plaoe in the upper stories of a house where
people sit for airing or to enjoy light, air
and sun. ^l«i'^-^^r|«a*1V^'«r'»«<S'
'^'S'B**^V^^^*^^ y^l-bhor tdt-naikyei-
bu jv^i yoi-pa thanht-cai tikkar^gi kkyam
9u ddui-fig bring to the courtyard a}l ihB
people as many as there are in this oountiy
to be my followers (K. i. HO to H4)^
B'^'fS kkyamirito4 upper courfyaid;
Vf^'fPs kkyamMtnad the lower oourtyaid.
fit
159
B'Hi
0^'^ kkffami-ra open spftoe before
a houBe or on the roof of a house uaed for
ainjig, walking, or Bitting; alao play-
ground.
Q khyi^ in Tsang pronounced as kyi
or kihy V^:, ^T^, 'firi, ftwm hound,
dog; h'^ khyi-nio a biteh ; S^i*^^
the dcig will bite; 8*'* ^^ ••^*^ ^*Ay»
60t-iMiV 0ia-(|>/ii4 *' after oalling a dog^
do not beat him" is a Tibetan oouunon
saying to explain that it is not proper
to beat or insult an invited person even
if he be a bad person. Aoo. to 8eh.
B'«^;^« khyi^kai gnti a bastard dog, a
cor; prob. an .'nferior breed is meant. B'
rnami ^ti^i-par byei the tongue of the
dog causes wounds to heal; B'^'^^'cmaX-
^^ kh^-yi tiig-IP^^i ^ fo A6y»Vi the testes
of a dog draw out thedead child (from the
womb) ; 8-8»lS<W'|'^|«r%i|iH| khyi^pi
Vai-poi hgrib mg-ia phan thf^ brains of a
dog are useful for the cataract of the eye;
?.""**BT^'**'^'*"' dog's bloo^ removes
\&po«j : S^'-1'*>*'*'^*V''*^*\ a dog's
flesh dries up water, §.«., heals dropsy;
%*i-^^«r|ST|« "l^^^ khyi^i u^ (fahob
Ihog fifcraiti gnon the burnt hair of a
dog absorba swollen ulcers ; E'^'^^S^
^'tfsripwq-^ kfijfi-yi dtun-gyi^ gfhti
^om ^arati-pa Bhi the exorement of the
dog subdues evil spirits in one's ' body
and soothes swellings; B'SY^^^T^Vr
f^tr^VS ishyi4hug chu»yi§ kha-yi rui-rdoi
gpoi the urine of a dog is a cure for ulcers
in the gums (igman.) ; fi'^l^'^ khyi-yi
ippo4^a the habits of the dog des-
cribed by Mamirakta areas follows: *^'
V^*<ima4-<fos0tf:|MVoraoiousne8ay V^'S'Vi
€u1i'm4 chog contentment with a small
quantity, ♦^ncK'^f^V*^ legi-par gfUi-hg
always sleeping, ^vo^'n^ myur^war 9a4
easily wakeful, ^w^ ipahla intrepidity,
V'^ «fit^.jb faithfuhiess, ^K^ kttan^f
firmness. h'W^^^ fihyi4M rgyt^g-lkai la
a common saying, to cause a sleeping dug
to get up by poking him with a stick, f .e.,
to rouse to action one who is silent.
Syn. I^PhT* rd(htjeii taf^g^ntai
"^^'i^ 89o4>ye4 ; ^^V^*^^ Moi^aH; ^'^^
^^^ ae^gebi r$g§; |-*««s ikye-^aki
eha-^an ; I'^^q r*» f^aH-wa ; ^k'9[^^'
V^ grot-gi gcan-^mn ; i*5 fehkkyi{^ion.).
^*3F ^yi-V^ n. of a place and
valley in Tibet.
dufi-gi tkag^pa^an n. of a vegetable pos-
sessing medicinal properties for healing
wounds and sores ($fnan. 350).
h^S khyi^tkai the barking of a dog.
8'r^ khyi'khaH dog kennel.
B'9 I : khyi-gu in TT., bud (of leaves
and branches, not of blossoms) ; the eye
(of a plant) .
B'5 " •• ft pttppy ; a dog.
1^*^ Kyukyon. of a place, also of a
fabulous country to the east of Asia, prob.
Kamschatka (/. ZaA,).
^^tA Khyi-^anjo^ye n. of a Buddhist
teacher of Tibet.
S A9 khyi^m lit. dog's seal ; a mark
burnt in ; stigma.
h'%'^ khyi-drng the poison of hydro-
phobia (&A.).
8'>^V<| khyi n^du^a patrizig of dogs.
8*qii'I^ kyi-pal jar in W.^ BUtum
virgatanu
S-^l
160
Ixi
B'B'^ kkifi-pul a dog keimel ; dog-hooM
(JS.)
&'V^ kk^iPfoH (kkib^fuHg) a jabkal.
ji*^ kkfi-iru a Tioioati Uiiag dog
Vl^y inr 1. a hmtiman; one who kills
wild animals by ohasiiig them with dogs^
fto. 2. tv» IDrdia ^xm a tribe in
Nepal who live by hunting.
8'f^ khifi'ibraH a flea ; Ut. dog's fly.
*ft'X khyp^no bitoh or female dog:
«*S"^'B*V«*H8*'^'« "the woman
having transmigrated into a red bitoh"
{Ma.).
fi'^^ khyumifoA a rabid dog ; also
eanine madness ; hydrophobift.
jl'* khffi^ahoA a dog-house.
&'«.*N
khyp-ht$he4 ^mm the baker
or seller of parohed ricoi millet, fto.
•f ^*1| khyifnihka the remainder
of anything out or chopped ofl.
1%^^ khyibubi-khyibu, fi'|S| khyu
phrug or S'5 y-M^i*, puppy ; pup : S^'iSy
M^'cA'C^'^ khyi-bu-a-khyibu ibyuH'tcabt
tshuMu %PiiwiipiPnK41it^ in the man*
ner of a puppy being brought forth.
1^'^ khyi^a ohasing, hunting, espe-
cially of a single huntsman, not of a
party ; in W. khyi-ra la ea-fe^ to go hunt-
ing: ^'^'•^MP''*^ khyUra la ohagt-^an one
who is fond of huntiog ; sportsman.
^•f5I'(JJ'^ *Ayi-to ifcr-ri=H?a| set Van
«f^ the tree Acacia caiechu; also Terra
japcr$^a.
^'^khyi^iffmtmii!t9 a flea.
H^'^C khyufM a tree-drug which cum
diseases of the lungs and the eye. It
also expeotoratiye {Med.).
j^'Ufq-q kkyi^O'tifyab'pa the bite of a
dog : E'^'^^'^l khyieo ialhfe the dog will
bite— Ladak dialect.
%^ khyig, V. ^'^^ ikhyig-pa.
13^ AAyi^bieadth of the hand with
the thumb extended to form a span.
J^9\ khyim 1. resp. r^ khab iJV, WlWK
a home, residence, dwelling-plisoe: ^^
khyim^a at home ; ^^^tAyim-^ at home,
in the house ; B«i'4S^-XrQ'^ khytm^idag riu-
pthohe mv'ffkKm the ideal householder (of
the B'dddhists). 3. x\fk the signs of
aodiac; E*rQj-^ Mycm-ftcM-^i^ n^vrfii
the twelye signs of the sodiao; TffilfPf or
E*'S ^'^ khyim-gyi bkhor-h the aodiac ;
^y9n lag the ram; «^, |^ glaH the bull;
f'HPff ^^'^ bkhrig-pa (husbandL and wife
in union) the twins; n^^, T'1'9 karJca-
ia the crab ; f%T, ^'^ eeH^ge the lion ;
n^rr, V^ ha-mo the virgin ; gwT, W^ etati
the balance ; ^rf%W, (T'i edtg-pa the scor-
pion ; W^ ^ 09Atf (or bow) the ardier;
^^WKj 4't^ chu^etin the sea-monster (oapri-
com) ; fm, S'^'^i hum-pa water-pot ; water-
bearer ; and 4V^, 9 m fish. Besides these
there are mentioned twenly-four minor
signs of the sodiac such as WTHW, ^f^^V^
mibu thoA the dwarf ; wvim, I'lA'Qirq &-
icdbi tum-pa, ^^^ bbrin-^gar^ fto., wMoh
raise the Ust of the signs to thirfy'Siz
(jBT. g. S 199)' Ace to Ja. there is rnors-
^over a division into twenty-seven lower
mansions much in use, t. €'i||^ jtyys-
§kar. 8. double hours ; the time of two
hours ; the time of the passing of a sign
of the sodiac through the meridian (itt.).
4 balo or curale xoimd the inn or moon
(Ob.). 6. i^ymbolio nuBMnd 21 (/i.)-
B^|« ki^ytm-fii^l uwm don^BBldofttad;
iniiigeiioiis.
|n^*4 kk^m ikyotfHMi to kaTe a
booBohoId; to gain a liToUliood (J3.) ; to
gkiisk to home and look after it.
jNi |infH^Ayi4-iM an eonnoh; alaofffMt
a domeatie alaTB ; one belonging or related
toafunily.
ia0ac|V*i 9kg0i49hal a groYO or garden
attaohed to a house (4filoii.).
«*«!• iye-fV * ff^ speoiea of dook
(«lM.).
ra imv^ yard, oonrtyard. The ^^
Ay-m of a temple or tomb is oaUed ^'«
tkkor^ or Vf^ is^bkkor.
BfI'^^'B thyim-gfi mr^Jm (lit. the gem
of the hoii8e)s=i^'* Mgnm-fmi or ii^Xtf^'
9S frfdiflii eio»' fiMf ftfi# and <vi^ ^K' wa
li«rHMiJ rulfa a lamp, light (Jfifoii.)-
dah or porboo.
j^l^erH kkfim^ M Mi hooiehold ;
honae-lDBeping ; iirming.
BF9 khgwhSa a whale; a fish of the
liae of a house ; a mjthologioal fish {8eh.).
iiiivm the perfeet ideal of alay aabjeel
of a king and second only to flie ^^'^
^'0*% kkpim^idag rithpo ck$.
I^aq khpim4M or E«r^«i kj^fn.
ilMf hnshand; frequently also wife ; ft***
«ii|'9cii kkfimthama §M^a to give in
161
|ri-^I
marriage ; to gi^e away a woman for a
wife; ^mU kkyim ihtA-mo wife; hoose-
wife (Ot.); *E«raa-«wiir^a nf^nmr a
deroted wife : ^^'Sv^'E^^'^^'B^ lot yon
and me be married.
Syn. E'*4^ ^yo^g; '^'^ imtMhi
wfc* ftso^toiM {Mian.).
hf^^'h^'i khytm doM Uytm-na honse
to honse; eaoh in his honse.
pa the swallow {Mtlan.).
h^'^ kkpim-^g nvdk a house-
holder ; a master of the honse; hnshand ;
owner of a honse ; a dtiaen. Yeryfreq/in
the older writings E''''W%^'' Vf^^'K
^'fi I UlMPiniiiliai fV the house-holder
dass is like a great Bdla tree.
E»i'4S^'^^''9ir«^ khgim^dag drag^l am
a rough nnonltoxed householder.
E*ras^' W|^ kkpim^iitag ipal^bgln^ ^
«l'^'4Vii*fil'<i^'|*^«i'C8^'>A'E'^<^W^'l''^'
4N[ii n. of a householder who was dev<^
ted to Buddha (JT. ko. « SSS).
t^^^'^ kkgim-idagHno n^m^ a
house-wife; also a female householder^
Syn. ^H«*«i h*^/ 9kmghmai E^^Df'si
kkpimtdiin^ma; pa'^l^ei kkab^drin-mi ;
^T^« rtg§ |ty(Hl-im; ^isi n>|.*yi.
ffia; E«'«M'« **yiVw-Way-«a (Mian.).
lisard (JVilioii.).
|sr^-^-a iAyiVft-noi bguH^wa^^hi
V^'V^h'^'^^'^tAeg^eken igaiMM Inm^
fM-f^i khma a leaf of the Bodhi*tree
{K.d.'^SiT).
fiw^i^n kkgim-^nai, B««-^-a1|«^^^-
trE^i'^^ irasi-S0^' righb^hugi goig fa.
Myjsi (Eaaf ii^w^n aoo. to Brfthnumdoal
religion, the worldly life, a house-holder's
life(ra.ie/.,f5).
|«-q|
B***^ khffim^ laymaa ; muTried man :
S«i*q^-Sii|«'t|*|^'q kkyim^paii phyog^-su
tbyin^a to give away to a layinaii : S^'ft**
q2t'4^'«i|'§'l|fli*R5^-q phpii khyinhpa^i tshul
can^gyi tnal^hbyoT'pa a devout man or yogi
who lives outwardly in the manner of a
layman^
j|«rq5'|'^'«r«< kfiytin^aii fpoi^ can he
who betakes to the life of yogi ; ^^'i'^^^
^ gihof^nu gduH^drug an epithet of
Eumfira Sha4&nana (Jfrton.) : |«-ci$'«wq-
•ry^'^ do not revert to the life of a
layman (4f^on.).
g«rq*f4|*iA-^3S khyim^a fiag-paii 4pya4
m^{km{ the Bdenoe of discerning the fit
pUee for the residence (of a householder).
|^«i*q^'^wq kkytm-par gnoi-pa WT^t
Wf^ one that abides in his house ; one
living in his house ; a worldly man ; he who
lives as a laymaai.
S«r|iq khyinhphub living in divided
families {K. d. m 7S).
^^i khyim-bya (khyttn^ha) 9^, 9^
domestic fowl ; cook ; hen ; poultoy .
Syn. '^m^'^^'Vi MiOhkyi gUug-phui)
5'^'*^ mythHan-mei ; l^'^fVfh^ %ui-gi
ragi urogi\ V*^^^'I|S tho-fxUli %ka4\ »i*^H'
ff\ fgtBhan'^no ikafi f^*^^'^ ide-hgichn ;
^^r|srA^ yoUf-sliim mig; ^^'S^ flf^oft-
iy€4;^^^ipheliye4f ^^a^'HJf^S nor-
itfii'V^ffiMMin; X\l'| b<Hhkyiide; fq^r
m^ inthwar igra-igrogi ; ««')'«^ sait^-si-
cmni «pr<A*^rt'9S pagt-pabi gtsugphuf;
••*J*^ ipUhan-mo rig; ^Q^Miia-^
rkai^paii i^han^ha can (JHHofi.).
|«rg-wtar« khyim-bya igthhal-lu a yeiy
large species of fowl which is also called
ll^V'fKiirq. The bile of this bird is believed
to be a cure for poison.
B^i^'lS'Q khyim^yaii n^yo^-pa the
four habits of the oodc aoc. to Mantrakfi
162 51
aie the following :—*•«« ^^^'^ tho-raii
UtA dad crowing before dawn ; mq <r^f^
ithalhpa daU'ldan always fighting; ^fH""^
r'W*|««*<r^'9^ gnen-la Mo-soi tw>m§'par
bye4 dividing food equally with his friend;
ljfliw^1[^'Vq^|^ niela rab-gnon iie-«rar
ipyod always keeping the hen under
control and chucking her.
^^^ khyim'tshai a family ; a house-
hold.
^<rsi2ii khyinh-ipihei a neighbour ; B*r
MXil'^^qc^'^l^ khyim^Uhei duhpa ^toA-
ibrel nearness of residence; neighbour-
hood so near that the smoke from the fire-
place of one bouse xmxes up with that of
another; ^Tsilviq khyim'^hehpa t^male
neighbour; B'^'Sifci**! khyim^i^Mtet'^na a
female neighbour.
||*r^^ khyim^hag a sodiacal day.
^si'l khyirn'Mfa a zodiacal month.
ira to get married, to be given in mar-
riage on the female part (/d.).
gsroi'^^q khyim-la shen-pa a lover of
home ; one attached to his home ; home-
siok.
g«iqi('^ro khyifiMun V>yiM^
fjiqr vituperating or blaming the se
state or a domestic abode.
B*i'« kkyim^ ^Wlffiw homedo
gsrli*9^*q|'*q khyim 90^or b^iMni
nftnO^qi one who creates disssnsions in
a family*
^•i'4|i(^'w khyim'gBar'nia^'^^^ hag^ma
^^^[^:9^ lag-bd^in-ma, also f^HlV*
Ihan^ig fpyod^ma a bride ; wife (JGIoii.)-
g kyu flock ; herd: 1T^{( %*?» kkpu
a flock of sheep; %^'^ tto¥ khyu a herd
of horses; ^W'tg gnag-gi khyu a herd of
cattle; t^B byabi khyu or *V tMhogt %
5***^ I
fiook of birds. S'^wpi'ci Myn giogi^^ to
ooUeot or gatW in flocks {Soh.) ; §'|^'4
kkgu ftyoiffHra to keep; tsnd a flock
or herd; oompanj; band; gang; troop:
*B miMfu a company of mm (Ot.);
9*5 ii#-«io-*Ayu a bevy of girls ; ^•iTB
^isMir-My« a troop of soldiers. B*<l^^'4
khyu^oi ibu^-pa to exdude from tbe flock
oar company ; Bf *^^^«i kh^ §na kdt^n-pa
togo before; to take tbe lead of a troop or
of a flock; Bya wr^ft^ iUyiMV hgrogi
ma^Ffo yellow birds; many oompaniolis
in eaeb flock {A. SJi).
B'sdl^ Mytf-fMAo^ Sff, wm, fjft,
«m, fv«^ 1. chief ; king; tbe bull ; Yishnu.
2. fn'^vrq sfoHM 0ftfm^ the third
month of the Tibetan year generally
corresponding with ApriL
Syn. ^S^^ ^ptn4'tha0Ml Mm, ^;
W^ nag-pa; ^i #*nri|.sfe; ^w^ mpoh
inugt; ^Tl ^rug-uh; fv^vm nbhwa
gsum^pa, the third month of the Tib. year
jsrt^-^q khyu-fiufkog igroi-pa^W
•i^TQ hya^wi^P^ nm^m a kind of swal-
bw (JKVofi.).
=V^'|T*T*' iwaai^hyag ehM^po vn«r
n. of Mahideva (jKfloM.).
foa trgyai-p^^ or f^f ^|c;-q ftan^ula UrUlrpo
ibe eighth month of the Tibetan year
coneeponding with November (SMu).
Q-fObi-ii^'q khffu-n^g ipUhan-pa 1.
VTIV OBA with the marks or signs of a
bnll or one who canies the bull ensign.
2. n. of a drag called imr (the plant
Joitioa genderu99a)j which is nsed for
pori^ring the blood.
163 5PM
Bf « Myii lt<H00 Mft^ with a beUy
rasembling that of a boll.
B'^V*'« khyu bAtHm w^ coUeoted in
a bstd or flock; also heap, multitude; an
ftggvsgtto.
B*f^ kkyn^Han, v. ^^^ iiktHoa ten
ftlT'* ^ tamarisk {Mton.).
IS 9^ ^h^hf^t •rrooeously used for
K^^khu^ug, n. of a laigebird of sweet
note, which, according to the Tibetans,
migrates in summer to cooler regions and
in cold weathar vstonu to the warmer
Bones. In Jd. BlTll probably signiflea
the note of the £iack Indian cw^.
S^ kkyug, T. ^B^'o bkhyug-pa.
B^I^^I khgug-k/^g ftl'^^B^'^^-fiS
ghg^gi bo4 kkgitg-khgug bge^ a lig-ng
flash of
5T<« khgyg tHmm^'im ttg-tiam ot%v
*^ or ^nim mlhUam a little; a Uttle
fiC I : kkgtd herd, multitude*.
JIC n: {Sch. alw khy^^mo) the ^enw^
, mythical chief of the featiured race;
the golden Mgle: B^'|^ khffui'tkyug a
kind of gem said to haye been brought
from the Bumeru mountain by Garuda
and Tomited by him: jJ^'f^r'Nu-^'V
asmcA'stf^ khyuH-tkfjug dug$og§na4km
tifom^-pabi fMojT, the khy^t^ffcyug (the
eagle's Tomit) is the chief remedy against
the effects of poisonous drugs: B^*^^
Ihir^asm khyui-gi Mfi-mo| ih notf
tgomi the too of an eagle is used as an
antidote for leprosy. B^1Y|T^^'I^*
•^'A'r « khynHphrug fkgug^i idu^ tM-
chag pahi kha-^hu the watery substance
Tomited by locusts ; a mystical ecqoeesion
(JTM. i).
5'='WI
gc|ir|«l i: kkpui tHor^ikyet \.
infTmi tiie ftnt-bom of heayeii; the one
that was bom before garu^ai an epithet
of Arona, the charioteer of the stin. 2. s
1'^* ikya-rei dAWi. 8. IS'^-^'«i( khyui
fOff'Can the early morning which advanoee
with the wings of an eagle ; a name of
TajrapiQi BodhiatUtva,
the oharioteer of the sun (4fiKot».)-
B^*9^*^ khffuH'thur can^^* gthcha or
^W^ go-khrab ooat of mail (Jfiton,)*
^'^''^ khyuii^der daws of an eagle
{Ibd.; (k.); (Garada-olaw) the n. of amedi-
dnal root: B^'^^'WH kkyuH^der ikat-
mo the white speoies of this yegetable drug,
•0 oalled on account of its resemblance to
the daw of an eagle : B^'I'^'I^Q khf^td"
^thrimuff^ the dark brown spedes of the
xooty in appearance like the daws of an
eagle. Both these roots are nsed to
neutralise snake poison, &c.
S^'Q khptUl-po manj collected or assem-
bled together.
BK^^3S ^y^^'ipy^ ^ vaam round
basket of reed (0!9.)«
^j^^JT^^^J^U^ttHigonpa monas-
tery in the vaUey of Ftoam in Tsang.
BK.'^<i MyulUrtf is said to be a large
cylindrical basket, the same as hm^m
K'fl khyu4^ ^ftiti^ to worship,
adore.
IJ^'lf kkyai-mo 1. 9'^ tta^ha$ the
equ^ents of a horse. 2. rim of Tessd
164 ^1
igaH-po entire ; full.
gV^*Q khyur mH^pa to swallow;
to eat the food without diewing, in the
manner of birds, snakes and fish : B^'^
^*li^'t khffur miif^u iod-iie solbrisg
himseU to be swallowed.
g^ khyu9 wall side (in Tsang) f (Jd.).
|^*Q khyt'pa n^ wide.
^*2f jfcAytf.io, 8*' lm4%ha diildren.
Q*^ khye^ma n. of a disease {Med.;
J&.).
H^ I- khye4 n. of a tribe in Tibet
{Vai.kar.lM).
^^ 11: pers. pron. thoa,you; is the
ordinary resp. form of 8^: ^^kkyei^ag,
plur. of i^ khyti^ is generally used in
addressing lamas, but sddom in addresBiiig
superiors, sudi as parents, undes, and
brothers ; is used to those senior in age, and
sometimes contemptuoudy. ^^^khjfeh^
is common cdloquially for hhjfe4\ ftS'^
ftV«t»w, %S* you or you all: S^fr
%S^^ ig^'Uh^l kkyei gnii you two
noYice monks; ft\**T*«' f^'^-^it wifl
be as you (all) think.
f^^ khyen^e in Parang he; ahs
(JS,).
* S^ My^fs^ kk0bi cover.
^^khyems:^ khem a shovd; 8<^'
i^i^ to shovel away ; to oast out with a
diOTel; ^9f%'^^9^ kkym^gyi tda(-mathe
blade of adiovel (Ja.): ft^lv^ khgtm-
gyi-yu^wa the handle of a shovd {0$.)\
f ^ gru-kkpem^ «'l" ekihkhfem o«r; in
TT. S^ftw i^a^l iAyem iron q^e; *9"
^1
165
S^l
Moop; d^9 kkyemJm a spoon (C7«.)*
O^ kkye^m fRV, also wmiv, fins 1- a
boy; an infant chfld. 2. a youth, esp.
in ]kang4^n.
f^fe0Mr-A»Ma^»tf#^ iha tender shoots
of kaTBs (4rA>a.).
bf^wa the deliTery of a oliild; ohild-birth.
In Kahgywr and Tanfyir fti«lfarq A*y«iii
9(M»Ni:=9*|«*qii« iiysf^thebiifhof a
male ohikL
S^'JF ^^y^Mf^jf^A one who is
spaoiaUy aathoriasd or lesponBible to make
payment or reoeire deposits in money or
in kind in a Jong ordisfaict : ^^T^'|^*^^
J^TV^rvr^n r4t^m ehephmH rigi
Si90^9do4 kkyer^rkyai na§ W%^a all
prooeeds (ooQeotions) large or small should
be ooQeoted by the offioer resident in the
Jong («««•.)•
^^VF^khy^l i^hughpaiL of apostm^e
in ymtt\ a mode of sitting: ^^^|Mr|'ik'
t duf ^ Mi iyi mi or f^f^V^'^^'^ rtmf^
t^ogfmr td^f^ (4f«ofi.).
^tkjfo orB'VMy^)^ a hnsband; j|*
iS'Q Mjfo ftfif|M» to aot as ahnsband; also
to take airifs: MfofSaki kkyo ndhy^d^
mm if yon do not many me (t/S).
9'^ Uyo-ya hnsband; also emphatioally
man, as K«-^>^v|-^ |fty#f^ Ai
Otr-fa kkpihga y «a, I, a Tartar, am a man
(as distingnished from *^^^rninatft people).
B'^Q kkyo-if^hfo a hero.
abiMe.
S'>f khpo^pko hushaDd : Sv)'S*lf'^')*H
ITS khyoi'kffi khyo^pho de ehe-Oig fUhlm
what like is your hnsband (ana.).
B*^«^ kkp<htm4^, ^^WT, fwwi a
widow.
8'^ kkjfo^re to stand ereot, upright
{Tig. 61).
S'4^ kkyo^g fP!irV hnsband and
wife; a married ooiq[»le; same as aM'V
t^k^ko or w« Asol^Ni (Z;if . r 4).
8*4^^^ kkffo-^g 0M| 9i|[^ the plaoe
"vHiere a manned wmjle pass their honey-
moon.
B^«l|'?rK kky^4kci (abbr. of 8'i »*f a-
(« and It tkat) in ^. a yonng man;
a youth (Ja.).
BT^ f^lhpo crooked; ourted; bent
(0!i.) ; also ounning (J8.).
8^ »*yoyi, *wm pkeki^m ^,
ftWf 1* a mdtm bhair, palankeen; also a
soailold (C$.). 2. litter, bier (J8.).
•8^ **jww tWW a swing (8ekr.;
Kdlao. T. lJi6).
MV* ikyogtpam^fi tkeg^pa a vehicle
or oonTeyanoe.
B^Myot-jk iftlKHf, or fk'^ *ikH|.i«i,
in ooOoq. V8^ fita-Myoll, one day's
entertainment.
BS **J^ P«*- P«»a> and pars., thou,
you — ^is the ordinary form of addiess
to inferiors or to equals: 8vl kkgo^Jfgi
your, thine: Bv^^ Myo^ (w^.91 your, of
you all: BV* kkfoi49ko at isv^ kkgof^
mami you, ye: 8^"^ kkyo^raH thou,
you, yourself^Teiy common in the ooUoq.
of C in place of the simple Mye^f,
BV4^ khyc^ugi f^fir a pair; pair-
ing, V. jr«^ kkyo^fug.
1^1
g8j khytm, ^troif, if, vtif the meosnro
or dimensionB, axea, extent, size; width;
cirounif erenoe ; height : this • term can be
applied to things material or immaterial ;
-^'B^'S^'S^ fe^-byaii khj^cn-kun the whole
extent of learning or knowledge ; ^•f 5'
8^'S^ the extent of the void space or sky.
S^'l^ ftAyon-f ^7 altogether; all taken
together: ^cw5^-J«iWfc|PW $(M-ra«
kkyad-'igril go9 inamt cotton doth for wicks
all together {Bisiu).
f «S*'^ *Ayo«-cA^-«ra firvW, ^fnm broad;
very widely spread.
S^'^*< khffon-fdom all together; sum
total ; contents ; aoc. to Os. narrow extent.
il«i'^^ kkyan-noi thoroughly; gl'^^^
^«I«^ an out-and-out sinner; i5^''S«'»>S'^
not at all (e/a.).
QcH'g*! kyom-khyom oblique; awry;
irregularly shaped.
g^'25 I : to move totteiingly ; tostum-
ble ; be dizzy : defined in a natire author as
i|i^ds-q;^^<r|i^vai«n^f-^-«if 'a-^|[«i " mov-
ing as if one went with a hungry belly and
withoiit ijtrength"; *Aq»i8»i'lii(-^'«ifv''
^ci'S^ to walk as an old or drunken
person; ^'W^'lvrS'^ Uhai^i na-nof
kha khyor speaking irregularly as in a
feverish delirium ; Vl'?\'5'^'*' (i^gi inoi
khyor^wa bobbing as a wooden vessel.
g^*Q n: as much as fills the hollow
of the hand; 5"^'^'^ khyor-wo gaU a
handful (of anything) ; 5'^***'X khyar-wa
do two handsf ul.
gW'P khyohca, v. '^■i«» bkkyohoa, to
be brought or earned or S^'i khyoi-ma.
^ I : kkra {fhd) ww« 1. a cheat. 2. a
kind of hawk or falcon ; sparrow-hawk used
166 SI
for hunting ; fjl^ ftM'wV^'^irv^s. khra-
pi 9g<hna9 sa-ion hckag-pa isrnH the egg
of the hawk is curative of the disease of
involuntary discharge of the semen ; B*^
«(4|'f^'3i'^'iN the feathers from a hawk's
tail remove femje diseases ; H'^ w8«'|«*
*''Wy^*'P' khra-yi brun-gyii dctuiit'fa
rnag'tu igitgs the excrement of the hawk
prevents accumulation of puB in a boil;
|g&4ra(i^*^*49^'ZiS'4|i^^'^^']q a hawk's eye
overcomes 'all demons that produce
apoplexy.
Syn. ^S« M|«iS«i« 'WiriWAayi dM-«M;
^'9k.ji rt-Jofl-sa; B'B bya-khra; '^'^ gyo-
tea {Mnofi.).
^ n: m of a tribe in Tibet (Vai,
kar. 160).
^ ni: WNt 1. a lie, falsehood; also
a liar. 2. n. of a Ifdga B&ja (snake king).
P IV : or S't khra^ma {iha-fna) a letter ;
S^'H ikye^^chra a letter with a present.
HB khra-khra (tha-tha)^^'^ k/ira-vo
party-colour (Jviov* ^^)-
1i%'^ kkra khro-can (jfha^^o-^
defined as i*^'S'^ ^^'^'l!^*^'^ a* passionate
or wrathful individual.
S'A khra-rgyu variegated colour: f^
••*S'^Vf ''•VI^''5H-|-s^-^i; fntMi lag fW
Ikai la ikar-po khra rgyu 4goi fin.
g'Q}«i khrO'krgyan variegating an
ornament (amulet or bracelet, Ac.) with
precious stones,
HI^ khra-sgrigi (fhrn^g) ff^^V'
I^Cd khra-rim i^hin igrigi^ anangiiig
in variegated colours with rows of ta^
quoise, corals, pearls, &o.
S'f ^*% Ekra'4naJc0'ru n. of a piaoe
near ^i Sen in Tibet.
167
Wf
R'2f «rii^ (^Ad^) ^, mw, tp|«,
fv^v, vf^ 1. siftDj ooloined, with one
pgedofnJTMtting colour as in ohinti; party*
ocdoored, m in the case ol oaitle and
wild a nimals , sooh aa a tiger or leopazd,
and in Urda. In STl fiutrJchra, the
white iikar) is supposed to predominate.
In ^P^'H ^sMT-JpAfffy red piedominates. In
the comnum saying IT%|irV')'*i'^ ^^'W
iUr»40 M^-Av yotf, the tiger is party-
eoloored extemall j, hut man is so inter-
nallj— the meaning, of oonrse, is that
it is diffioolt to know a man eyen bj
tlw traits of his mind. 2. Aoo. to
JB. a distinetion is to be drawn
between kira^ito and kkru^a^ the first
sgnifying only two-ooloored or piebald,
and the second party or many-coloured.
We haTe not found this distinction our-
sehea. The ajgnificatjona ol the rarious
compounds of B khra haTe all a xefarenoe
toibe peculiar efbot produced on the eye
by the blending of two or more colours
together, especially when seen from a
distance ;* so rlr* iUfw MUHfw is said of a
ninbow« tinted meteoTt etc.; W^mH kkra
Um^me or W^^ kkra Iham-m ot a similar
phun ommo n ; W^^ kkra ekenHfkem of
a flight of birds : |rair*-||lsr* kkra ekam^
9e kkra ckeBhnm or K^^ kkra ckenhMisL C.
=**'Pr|^'* ir&Mfi kkra ^frit^ in Ld.
Suoh compounds haie also assumed the
character of an adyarb, as in n*^ kkra^
nm^, together; altogettiar.
H'*l kkranm t a register, index. 2.
a judicial decree. 8. a kind of grain, ^
ikru wnw. 4. ace. to Vai. iLm9ljftim'
^ 9nmr^9^ a kind of barley grain,
growing and ripening rapidly within 60
days, ▼. ^IP ffffo-khram.
Bv^ip kkra^mofiiii fffront in jewel-
lery or lacquer work whm there is a
Tari^ating with two colours.
K^ kkra-mar a kind of biscuit m*^^
in twisted cross ribs and painted red,
These are given <mly to Goyemment
officials at state dinners in Tibet.
WtkAra^rti^ a kind of biscuit or pastry
made in the shape of a grating.
BV Miv-sir a spodes of eagla (&sA.).
ri kkra^Mla (tka^)^fv^^ gh^^
^Uhpa or 4 VI-^I^B ipyii'tia tffrttirpo the
second Tibetan month corresponding with
March (^«tf.).
B'^ kkra^A a striped long scarf.
This is also caUed «flr^BU kkra^n
k/ira^rit^ the auspicious long striped
scarf which is generally attached to flag
poles:— M«9-par pkoJfrai ti$$^nai kkra*
rH dot dar-pkan duU daH rol-mo 9og§ ibro^
moreoyer they exhibited from the top of
the palace long scarrai and pendant silk
and played on trumpets and cymbals, ftc.
■'^^1 kkra fig^t in jf^Jj^^ff
anay {J. JEM.)*
B'^^m-^n kkra-.^mi m n. of a bird
{K.ko.^S).
H^ kkrag^ag) f M^i lku^^fhkal, resp.
'f^ ^W^i €rt%B, KW, iH^ blood : 4^'Bi
ji<i4-Mf«v blood of child-bed. f^Jn»kai^
kkrag or vulgarly Uf/^ d$aMskrag
signifies Uood of the menses; ^|^*B^
0iAa4-Mrdf^ healthy and nourishing blood
(Cb.); TSB^ naiMrag bad or diseased
blood. In Bikfcim kkrag is prononnoed
kkgak. BT1*S kkrag^^oi n. of a medi-
cinal horb which stops bleeding (1M«) :
otwi
168
m^\
BT^*S«' to Btop bleeding; BT*S«»
oeflntion of bleeding: ^^m'^'^'^^ in
TT. I feel my blood throbbing, e.g.^ from
ascending a steep liill. m*^^^ flowing
of the blood, generally applied to men-
struation ; RY^Q clotted blood ; gore (Cs.).
Syn. V^m rmo-iAydi; i^'^^SS far
1^ ^han-iinun fkyet] B^'W^ khyab'
gnai; ^^ m^JM; 9*')^ tui-fkyen H'
<m'^wq fnuhloi ibalhpa (JHMon.).
W%^ kkrag-^kem^ EF^ spaH^i n. of a
T^etable medicine very useful in stopping
bleeding {Qfnan. 86).
1^*^ MragJchrig {fhag^Mg) fkipf
also supr 1. one hundred thousand
million, or an indefinitely large number
((?«•); this number has twelve figures;
IWfi^'H' kkrag-khrig eh^hpo inrf^T^ir
IS thirteen figures, of. S%^'^ ikrigi'
L in vulgar language m'M khrag-
is expressed as B'^'fi'^ khra^gi
kkrugi and means moving and oscillating
about : ^'^H*'»^HTfiT<«'«*S«*^ de^na^
fdMlf ehen^po kkrag-khrig Uam patl me^^
par then, (in) a large ship which did not
even rolL
IPrfi^l^*^ khrag-ikrig ffiallHPasfi^'|
P^lhtn^ * mirage; an optical illusion
(4IMoM.)«
la^g^ khrag kkrug {fhag^hug) all in
disorder; promiscuous state ; like a troop of
fighting men, or like the loose leaves of a
book when out of order {Zdm.).
gfffKf^^ khrag-bkhrugi agitation ; flut-
ter ; orgasm of the blood (Sch.).
^*|^ khrag-khrog ifhag^hog)^ y. fPV
g^ kkrag-khrug.
in^^^^ khrag-ife khrug^ (fkag^
lAi^^-trtf) when two men do not agree
each oher, fheie is said to be fhag^
tkug-ge among them — a&Iling-aati dis-
agreement*
HT)^ hhrag^tguun liHInpOT the run-
ning of the blood in the veins; cixoolation.
n^A^'!; khrag chag^-tia a blood fared
horse, 1.0., a real horse, opposed to a
metaphysical one (Mil).
W^^ khrag-Hhd 1. a dass of teeri-
f ying deities of the Bon and Hmtrik
Sdiools. 2. 1^*^ fi^tf-m-m ^nmV;
Myrohalmm etMiea {$imm. SOi).
tn*<^^'<^ khrag bthMH-Vm the worm
that drinks blood.
nT^^'l^'S khrag-iihui srut-Ai* a leeoh
(4IMo«.)*
W^ khrag4(M WIW tiger; 3fK:^'
^9r^ip:3j^' fiH-^mar ram gf$r fsd n. of
a red tree; the red pine called 1^;a
species of mahogony (Mt^on.).
tn'tr«i khrag^ykm ma described as e^'
ASi'sitf^S^f r«i a woman at her monthly
period (4IMoii.).
fn'>^'|*^ kkragnfor fftyMM a botaniosl
term applied to the leaves of planls
(Fiw'.|«0-
in*w *AiYr94Ms«*«*%9 chhtoii4a
a name of the river Sita (4f4M.).
A^'X ifcAraf-n) clotted blood.
B^U JUrefh/M a dot of blood.
f)^^if*%*q khrag-foi ^e-wa pleOiorio
{Mid. ; c/a.).
HT^ khrag^for hemorrhage; Uoody-
fluz {Med. ; Ja.).
fn'^ khrag-ifal flooding after child-
birth ; profuse mensturation : 8 If 'f^'A^*iA*«K*
^^* J1*N HT*1^^*^ itstopsthefloodinf
and internal spasms in the Uood disdisrgs
of ahealthy woman: Ml rag^fnhkrag.
BF'I
169
B'wi
1^* kkraH {fhmng\ t. ''IP^ qdcAitrf.
|^*q i^mtfiw (^Aa^fMi) •tratohed out:
BS'l^-i^-« kkra^for %d$i^pM to tit with
the kgt sferotdied out (Ja.).
gq Mra» (^Aa») vf^immfi ihield;
buflUer; ooet of mail. The ooet of mail
need in Tibet end Bhutan la genorallj made
of izon rings or thin diaks mamiil>1iiifl the
aoakeof aflahnettedtogethnr. Two kinds
of Urei aie known in T3>et ; one is oalled
*^^*%'IP» which is made of iran rings or
■oalea; V^'^^'W^ that made of thin plates
or iron foils. Thaie ave aoooonts of coats
of mail made cf riher and gold for the use
of kings. The oommcn quilted cloth
armour used in Mongolia and China is
called t^'WfP. In Mongolia it is called
datm.
fprw^ kinMtkrab (fkiUhikab) a
weeper; one that sheds tears on eveiy
aon {8eh.).
R7«n UrfA-fifkhan one who makes or
Ipra^ Mre6-Mia scaled ; scaly ; wearing
acoat of mail.
(F9^'9 <*^«M|ftti ^ scales or iron foils
used in acoat of mail (Sim.).
IF&Wr^ UeMym /fif ikibi a coat of
mail for ooraring the udiolehodj (^Mi.).
l^ftArffei {fkmm), «**• l»*r»^mi a f alee
word;^rafk aeunningman.
^*P khramJtkm {tkamJcka) 1. f <^V
kkro^wahi Ifha-dog kkrthkhru (fJia^ha)
^potted and party-coloured appearance of
the wrathful demi-gods the Lhan-de
(fiag.). 3. chart used in witdicraft or
neoromanoy : 9'<l^'^)'^ Iha bdr^ rMf-
kgi mit, fFF^rm kkratf^kha fa ioii is
explained : •••r^^wejR«*>n-g«-^i^i;-r
«wi-ir^«r^H^'ir9s*ffn the sign or mark of
one'sruin haTing been incident on the chart
(of fate). 8.. cross marks or lines cut into
a piece of wood so as to cross one another
as an ornament : |prp(*^ kkram^khati^ti
a dub-like implement, carved with lines,
lep t o s on ting the attributes of a god and
c o nta i niTig squares with mystic figures in
them which senre as a means to make
attempts of witohcraft to injure a person
ineffectual; f^fpt SagMn^m a notch
(Ja.).
fFg*! kkrom^kkrum fragnlents; baked
fragments : ^'nv^rq^qyTipiHaiai^cr^-
PFB*r^«'?'^«i (raw) brick containing
prints or engnmngs thereon when burnt
are said to be baked fragments.
(Ff^ibkrem-lefaM mn a tiger.
^*C| kkrafthpa (^Aaiii-|Ni) = yrM ^^,
^nnr, WT«rar,W]I^ !• a liar; a swindler;
artful person: ^'^'9^*<A-nN «i bye4^pabi
for seducing or deoeiring: ff^^^^khram
9e$m^an lying; mendacious (C!».). 2.
liTsly, brisk, quick, like boys, kids, Ao*
(the oontrsry of |^'^ gkn-pa^ slow,
indolent, apathetic) : khram-pa eke in fT. a
wish of god-speed addressed to one going
on a journey, such as (}ood success! May
an go Weill S. modest; attentive to the
wishes of others (Ja ). Bprcr^^ gcoi lit.
means to get out of mishaps caused by the
evil machinations of enemies; to make
the evilpchtfrms of enemies ineffectual.
ff^ kkramiFhyeiy v. ^'^ gyihean or |*
«9*9S l^a-ma bge4\ 1*^*^ ioe gUii-pm
double-tongued or double-dealer (4flion.).
Jg^^' kkram^1i(a%m'%'^'^' khnm§.
kyi kkram-^m a board on which the body
^\
170
6'?^-*'^f
ol a oulprit is otretohed to flog him on the
back (Nag.).
g^ khrai {thai) mfm^y ^^ L tax;
tribute; duty ; forced eervice. 2. punish-
ment ; chastisement for sins ; visitations :
Ifrq^'H khral ikal-tca to levy taxes : %^'
Jfi 4Aul-khral tax to be paid in money :
^2 B^ hbrU'kkrdU tribute paid in com : ^^'
^'^^ iiMmar khral tax to be paid in red
sesamum.
Syn. SS 4pya\ |S<i idk4'pa; «J««Rii
ffyar^kJtral \ ^^^ fo^gapn) fl^'^M khral-
^9i (M^on.).
fP^'W^ khralrgyug-pa to perform forced
service (Rtnti^,
(P Atfli q khral-tjaUvca or B^'fr^ khral
ikar^ua to pay taxes or customs duty.
Syn. Hflragn'ii khral WtiZ-ira; ^3'«u«|-n
ifppa hjal-ica; B"'*^'*' hhral fproif^pa
gQi'l'q khral tdu-wa to collect taxes ; pf .
pp-^^ khral'fifdui^ pf. B^'^^ *^ Ihral-
ivfuf tshar^ fut. B''*^* ^'S khral-ifdu war"
bya,
gfli'fl|*i^ khrffl-gsar levying of a new
«P^* by levying fresh taxes to oppress the
tenants.
B^B'S khral-khrvg (9F''') n. of a very
large number {Ta'-§el.).
B^'ia«i khral'khruliB defined as |S'fli'i|'f '9'
aM|iri|(>aim^U applied to any broken
things, such as furniture or utensils.
§ I: khri (fhi), U'm kkriJchrag, fi'SI^
khri-gpait for number: ^vqif ten
thousand; a myriad: ||'6'a khri hye^wa
Vtfv, 11%^ ten millions.
^ II: ilTy iPNr seat, chair, throne,
couch; also frame, sawing jack, trestle;
)*d an European ohair; ik% khHin
'ftl9W( L a bedstead or stool; a small
chair or table; S'^^T'Q khri-la i^wa
to raise to the throne : to place on
the chair; fi'aj'^'* khri-la hkho4-pa
to preside; to occupy the chair; *^'^B
se^-ge khri throne; a chair borne (in
relief) by a carved lion fox* rulers iind
incarnate lamas; ^^'B ffser-khri golden
seat or chair; seat for royalty; g«*B
siiai'khri a contrivance to serve the
purpose of a pillow; ^^'fi ehohkltri a
professoral chair; pulpit; reading desk;
table for books ; school table; 9«i'fi nal-khri
resp. ^^'H'fi gziffis-khri bedstead. 2.
^'K^^S'*'^'^^ the upper pedestal of a
chidtya or Buddhist votive tomb.
Syn. 9^S nal'khri; |^fi rgpun-khri;
^^*^ fi bd»g-khri,
fi«pp«^ khri rkafi can Wftw a seat fur-
nished with legs ; a bedstead.
S P> khri^kha^ g^T khrihikha or g^ t^'
khri^ gteH on the chair: i'P'^ khrikhth
nay on ^e chair or seat (A, 67).
S'^^ khri-ehen a great chair; a title of
the abbot of Galdan monastery.
• §-^-^4|VI«^»«^^^ Khri^hen ^ag-
4icaH mchog-ldan \^'^'^'^'S^'9^if^ Drin-
can ^ag-i^a^i mchog-tdan {8chr. 17 A).
• fi'^^'"^*«r">«>^'f^lW Khrt^ehen fLag^ad
inan-gragf n. pr. (Sekr.).
• I -^ J •qs^oj^qR'^-fi Khri-cken ^lo-
izaH iv^n-pabi nP4na^^''^y9i^'^^ ih-
iti^H ni-mabi ihcb^ {Sehr.).
fi'f^ khri-tnan n. of a Buddhist
physician of Lhasa; BS«-K«-yll-*tT
«i|'J*qiv the fion of the celebrated physi-
oian named Dm 4-0 thar^can ( Yu ihog^)
{Qgu. SS).
6'f^'«'^ khri tSan so-fe skin of the
black antelope ; t^«K a devotee sittiiig
Irt*frii
171
fiM
(Ml it Tomembeis the rovm as wall the
datiM of ^Bodhimttim ; fifT^'M^TT^*
^"^ qxreftding a akin of Uaek antelope
faraaeat (-l.ii.)-
fi'lT^^Q khri fian ehen^ nimR
a large ooaoh or bed ; (Ik**I'8 **rt^aa
^thon^ vvi^«r a high oonoh or bed
(forfaiddeii to the deyoxit).
fi'^^ khri^diigi the sun.
fi*3^Vi^ khruphye4 dad gn$i two
thotiaaad and half ; \ft MiMH twenty
thousand.
fi'^W' kkri4phaA the height of a chair ;
a high ohair (GSi.) ; also the official rank.
fi^=Q»^f«. i/aoM-ft/kma priBon; jail
(¥^CM».) ; alBO fi'«^ khri^mm a prison;
dungoon.
I V **r^**ir gH1«^^* n. of a bird
fi ^ JUrt AMMifear, in (?. {Jd).
fi V I : Mr»-fM or %% khri^ a ohair.
fi"^*-' n: (Mf-tmy) wf% a creeping
plant ; a creeper.
B't^lfQ^ Khri-mvH bie^^ii$an the
celeberated King of Tibet who formally
introdooed Bnddhiat monaxohion into
Tibet, erected the great monaatery of
8am-ye, and caused nunerons Buddhist
Baered books to be translated into Tibetan.
jfirn^'prtwn khrHifkaii^ehotfa ht^*
iani[ir abed furnished with legs or sup-
ports ; fig. to discipline the mind so thai
religion may take hold of it.
^'^'^ khribi tkoM^tUn nfiniTW the
legs of a chair.
^^^ khrig^hrig {thig^Mt) 1-
piyper, suitable; not less nor more : fi^'
ff Y4i^'^ kkrig^hrig iwiffM^ it has
suited well ; it fits exactly. 2. qmraring,
as of the body with cold, or chattering of
the teeth. 3. v. B^'fiq kArO-khrib.
JSf^khrigi (fhig) Vr^^'figfalkhrigi^
pa 1. arranged in proper order or row with-
out deviation from the right course or line :
B^a^'fl^nf^q khrigi chag%^9u ikai-pa
seated or arranged in proper order where
men, womeui the old and the young,
the great and the low, all are put in their
respective order; 2. also in reference to a
priest condueting a religums eervioe, his
demeanour when he does not look this
side or that side but is intent on his
duties and ceremonial observances; he is
then said to be l^asm'qqNp^q j^^igt
chagp^u ikdi/'pa.
^^pr% kbmr%g%'^ plentiful* abundant;
thorough ; f^*-^ kkrigt^ goA quite
wdl; l^^-JSQ khrigi^ bge^-pa to
treat; to entertain plentifully {SeA.).
P^ I:khri4{ih{) instruction, tutelage;
^^'W'B^*' yo^an khrii-pa instruction,
teaching; g^^^wa khr%4 idebf-pa to
give instruction ; to instruct : ^*<m'^
kkrid^pof ehog I am willing to give
instruction ; you may have lessons with
uie {Ja.). ^9^%khri4 nab-po thorough
instruction; fjfpi §luJchfi4 iHslruoiloBi
to an evil purpose; seduction; {K'^IS'*'
khrii kfoi^pa to give instruction; to
make admonitoxy qpeedhes.
PS H: or ^^ %ft row; order; serial
order or arrangement : ^* |^ T y ^y mi*)'
^cA'^V*!'^^ in the same manner there
are four ntages in the way to saintly
perfection {Laim-rim. U)»
BM
172 5^*0=' I
^^ III : pf . of ^9s <i.
BSgi kh}^'phi*ug (fU'th&g) scholar;
pupil {jd ),
H^'^ khrih-kkrib {thib^thib) ^M'%'^^'
n. of a large number {Ya-wL).
IqW^ khnmft {thim)^ HTfPi, J^m, ftnnp
law or right iu general ; the laws of a
state ; any particular law. There are two
kinds of laws— S«'''>i'<«SwS^-5'^'8w-n[^%i-
^S kkrim-la chos-khnmi dafi rgy^^-khfim
ffnii yo4 state law and spiritual or I'eli-
giouslaw. The proverb says : J^ilw-n^'
khritni gjMV^gyi gnai (*4, choi^cknini dor-
gyi mduif'pa ^a-6ti yin the state law is a
golden yoke, but the religious law is like a
silken knot : g*-* SM^Wfi a^ff^lw q^q for
laws they pass decrees, statutes : 8»w<f
■w;*''*! kAHmt'la fna^-pa to be subject to
law : R««pi"^^^S«^|«"9^««iJi»wS»w«i'^^
c ^^ holy personages and the incarnate
race are also subject tp law.
Syn. for laws of state: — V^^ fc^«;
*^*^'^*ia*** hjig-rten kh'tms; ^'^'^M pul-
cho9\ S«« khrim\ %9iM'%^^ khyims-iugi
gw'P"^ khrimf'kAan oouit or place of
justice.
Syn. ^fe^r^a khrimt-riUtbi kba^^pa;
V^**^ fgra-ldan eon ; S'^'^S'^a khrimf-kyi
ra-MW ; V*i ^^ ttrii-tgrog-aa (4fw«.).
g»wSr*«» khrifi^kyi kha bhpa, ^^%
Phn^po a minister ; a legal ofiBcer (Ifflon.).
gM«i'a|4|9('q khrimf iigr^g^-poj v. «rTi.
>i5^4i ik/th^bifg99 a proclamation or pro*
claimed order.
a««-^«^ khrifn§^eo4^^^''r^'(S m-pa
gcoi to inflict punishment (M^on.),
khHmi kyi don bshin ace. to the meaning
or spirit of the law ( 2^0.7. V
Iwg^ *Art»i|-f6^cw=gw«i|qq kh'im
k fkyal-wa to deliver up\o justice.
p<^ peace, v. ^Wi«i hjug^-pa.
P khru (fM) B" k/iru^tna ^m one-
si '**
f oui'th of a <^94 hdom or fathom ; a cubit ;
It'S rtse-khru or the measure of eighteen
inehes, from the elbow to the extremity
of the middle finger: El^***' kkru-gmi
rtsam tRm\^ about the measure of 15
inches from the elbow to the fisted middle
finger is called ^l*''^ b^mJtkru, or cubit
' measure ; B*^^'^ khru hjal^ca to measure
with a cubit measure ((7«.).
^*Q khru'tca (^/itf-tra), sometimes for
^g'Q hkhru'wa^ to wash.
g'^^ khru-gzar a kind of stew-psn
{Soh.).
B'f^ kkru'ihg or |i^ kkru-riog
tilling the ground; aco. to 8eh. a pit
filled with corn : B'lf^'*> kkru-^log-pa dig-
ging ; breaking up the soil ; gardening.
^C*gC* kkruii'khrtia (tkung^hung)
'mn crane, grus cmerea; also the stoik;
g^'|C^i9'q«'«*A4n«'iN khrufi'Mirnii rui-poi
cku'ftgagi ielihehoneB of the crane remove
the stoppage of urine. When milk mixed
with water is given to a crane it will drink
the milk, leaving the water in the basin.
The reason of this, according to JT. d.S HO,
is that as soon as the bill of the enine
touches the milk it turns into curds, which
are eaten up, leaving the water in the
basin.
^^1
«*«^-4a ifihon-nH guM-diug a name of
Emnira the eeoond son ol ZaVara (4f*M».).
^^ kkrui pa, VK^fi lu^ kkrui^pa to
waah; deanae out dirt or filth from the
body {Hag,).
H^ khrm (fktin) ^rfW, iif^im height ;
length ; extension (Ck.) : |<<iMi|«; khrun
pkaA 9ri4 height and breadth (equal).
H'TH*' khrum^khrum (fkum^Aum)
(&A.) : 6»r|sr9v<» *Arw»>-*/irttm bffe^^pa or
5*^5*'' ^^'^ kkruui-khrum irdui-wa to
pound in a mortar.
B"" *Ar«w| VAiiiw) unf-n^ n. of a
constellation : K»wfS kArufM-fta^ the name
of the 24th oonstellation, f i^-ntj^.n^.
Syn. W^ bya-fi^hu; WfU riii iha-
mo ; mm-m gnaf-ma ; ^B^'^' btt-gM rk4a
{Miion,).
"^-MMHiil the full moon of the month
of HT^H^, July.
K»*^IR khruni§-imai the name of the
25th oonstellation, v^K-^nf-H^; aoe. to
Hindu astronomy the 26th lunar mansion^
figured by a oonch, and oomprehending two
lUfB, of which one is Amircmeda.
Syn. H »eku ; |«rRU ^bruU^hifl (4f^o;i.)
|*«r| khrum-zia (fhtm da), y. | a*nj^q
*-fro irgya4^fKi fiwuw, T*Tinr, the eighth
iDonih of the Tibetan year.
Syn. ^^n bbug^-pa; V^b^a^mehu;
fr|^ nar-tdan; a'*^^ khgwffichog €nn\
178
5«i
merry. 2.
♦^^l, WW, ^», ndl
^S^-9 i^Ofi.«/t 44nVI-/H> (JPtoii.).
^ Wm/ (^AW), gi|*if|k*i| Jbi^,,/ gf^
M« to let fall; to drop (serend things at
intervals); ^'^fp:^ ,^ehi.ma kkrul
Med to shed tears : f ^ ula4sArutm W.
inieroalary month (,73.).
Bor2T ,. .
It C. t oheerfttl;
(Ja.).
R^'*l kkrul-ma 1. in IF. orooksd
ora^, handle (J3). 2. a whoK. 8. H'C
g^'* A;Af»-tm kkruHia rioe-water or water
in whioh millet is washed.
H^ kAnt9 {fku§)
baft; washing ; ablution.
«/»=5^^^ draH-9raH mBsi or sage who
observes the vow of ablution : Ri'Js'*
^^?^ ^^ ^'"* ^y^P^^ ^^-hed mm-
•nrftrfww faults committed while bath*
ing : 5«|-8''-^-^<^>P'9S'«ps|«si ftf im^jng
bathed put on clean clothes and take
milk, curds and butter (LoH.^.'ig).
Syn. l^-ft- J kun^u rggu ; ^T 5^*^ rfta*.
ihulnmn ; Mfq^smq ^^ i^damhpa ; S^ ••^'If^-
^ rfi^-trar ffotf-tra ; |^ »k*iafl| jion-wo^ Mi*/;
^•«S«l rfM-JiW Mff/; |-H«S q fmra-iff ead^
pa; ^-^'H^q gMt-^iar gnai-pa; ^m'9K'
fva tsha*.par tpgof-pa; MKfT«» n>.
g«Jr *Arwf.*yf f/«a, l-q jfc^i^ the
grass JTti-fa (4fif(oii.).
g^'5'1^- khru^kyi rdM J^^'f^mlt^'
khruf rggalhdaki tdM a bathing t^tnk.
g«'B khruhkliu water for bathing {Jd.).
g* r* •♦Ti «» kkriii^khtdi trUeg§^ tfa«
making of a bath or bathing place.
5«*WI
grtff iUkrvi-fijkteii ipw one irho
QTW kkr^dud «4N washing
m«lMUs» aoda, aospf eto.
pr« iBimi-aAM bathing water; water
MDaeonted hj % ddly bang waahed in it.
|r^ UniHlar soraf or good linen
towaltetha toilet; aoarfof silk luedin
wadiing the images of deities {fiUii.)*
gv|^ UnrM<fer basin ; washing bowL
|Va kkruirpa {fku%ipa) w?(%«, ^f^WHf
VW washed; also washing.
Syn. |Vg JfcArnf-iytf ; ^hkhru4f ^^
gii*S«i khrut^m WW washing pot
or jug.
ff^'9f^H khru^ma khrui-tna \nabixkgR
el rioe or any other mfllet ; also the rem-
nant of w»ter in whioh rioe, Ae., is boiled.
I^pn Mrtfff-fiterf artieles of washing or
to wash with saoh as soap, etc.
Syn. ^^^mIdag^al; |<i> iOrui-rM;
W9S day-bye4 {V^on ).
|W4(lf^ khrui-^haH %w«r.mw bathing
tub ; bann used for a bath.
g^'Mi JMrtff-rai iii«im«« a towel; a
bathing towel.
gii*'^ JkArtn-^fer bathing water. Aeo.
to Jd. this word (in Ladak) relates to a
certain medical proeedure or method of
curing.
g«'^«ai'q khruhgfot-wa resp. for g^'SV
khru^^ei-pa^ i>.i when applied to bathing
places used by diTine beings and great
men : f frr^o'^^'«v'B«'9V*f Iha-m kkad-pa
$0(ft ta khru9 hyeq-pa ^^ gods or men taking
a bath in their abodes and so forth/' to
administer a bath to another, especially
174 ^'l
as a leligioos ceremony, consisting in
sprinkling with water.
gMre (^»«) millet: 8 ^|*^'*iJ*«W
being both hea^y and chilling, cause*
wounds to swell, but bones which have
been dislocated or fractured it causes to
unite! a¥\ khre-rgai wild millet; B'^'
^B'*'"^^ ^^W'^SS wild % stops diarrhcea
and remoTCs the poison.
St khre-Ue Chinese yermicelli (Ja.)-
8^«i khregi-pa {theg-pa), v. wgT""
igJchregi-pa.
fisri^ kkrem-gSer, t. «'^^ chu-f^
(JT^on.).
^^'2| Mfv^ shameful.
^WT^ ik*r«fi|-iMi (?*4Mfi:pa) 1- ir^
tion; also to water gardens and cnltiva-
tions ; to sprinkle water. 2. n. of a book:
khrenn^yi Mlrin^hen hoi. 4pA«MW
{8^g. 81).
§01 khrel {fhel) wsp. S^B^' **»?>-
JfeAftfU. fWjakindof millet. 2. ^RIV
shame; diffidence ; bashfulneai ; modsBiy.
8. piety aca to Jd., eepeoially in W.
4» in C. disgust; aYersion.
BiT'^ khret-gai a ecomful laughter.
||^-«i( khret-can possessed of shsme;
lii*^ kkfel^fon bashful {(h.) ; also earaeBi,
conscientious.
B^^ khnl4^ pnsilanimous ; shame-
faced.
^'^^ kkretifoM (lit. a ftuse caps-
ble of shame) a bashful face.
^•i'^^^*^ kkrel4do(heM in W. ready
to shame others.
pa ^M^ftii modest.
6^1
fi^Q to be ashamed; to ptovoke shame:.
he has no shaine or modeftty.
ma ^mm^^ immodest, shamelen.
B*i'^ khrei'poi ^irmn modaHy ; ohas-
tity ; decency ; fi«r«l\q kA}\ l-yod^ to be
chaste; a«l'^V«i^-9VQ k/irri fjoff^par bye^^
pa to behave chastely, with modesty.
B" khre^ or {the) S^f U khroi^po, (fhe-po)
a load, bunlen: »18v«^«^ mikhrsB ohufi^
eon a man with a small load {A. 10).
g^« <5-^-^^ fcvi./x) <fe|i naX^noi from
within that paclcage: ^H^'^^*8*P<ii;<|-3)c.-
|«*8S gnhn^-^hm-gyi isafli fiH khrt% pht4
half a bimdle ( or load ) of fire- wood for
the use of government (Rtsii.).
Syn. fp «i kAur-pa ; S^'^X^^ khur idren^
pa; y%whf9 rgyab^kyii theg^pa) fl^'
r^ kkwr sisa-pa (iKfiow.)-
H^'H" khrei4chre§ (f/^-fhs) unable
to dt erect; falling down : ^^)^'|^'B«'i('
khrt'i na-tca gtig^ nas imoai-pa In eii phan
^Di-poi {A. UU) seeing a man very ill
so as to be unablo to sit erect, he asked the
physician what would be of usu.
^ Uro if ho) wk4 a kind of bronze, of
about same quality and worth as bell-
metal i^n UAar'tca\ but inferior to
k. The land of bronce called khro-nag or
dark bromse is also called Ichagi k/iro on
aocoont of the predominance of iron in
the compound. The kind called ^ST
kh0'^O'4kary white bronse, has more ainc and
'^•i'f wa^-khro has more of copper in
it than iron. The dork-bronze is largely
manufaotored in China; the white-bronze
175
Ml^-«^'^I
is much prized by the Tibetias. Huge
bronze caldrons used in the gi^ monai^
terit)8 of Tibet for boiling tea aie made of
tho while bronze; ^^'f Mwgi^khro large
bronze caldrons used in cooking tea, Ao.,
for the use of tho congregation in the mon-
osterios of Tibet: H WI^1^t<l'V.*^
^\^t9m khro-nag fpar^rin dot dug^Md
Mom9 dark bronxe dissipates wonn-spassu
and poisonous complaints.
B'3^ kJiro-^gynn ornaments made of
bronze. M' B^ 1^ khrohi khug^il bronae
pot to boil tea.
f« khriHfhu 1. liquid cr nielied
bronze ; aoo. to some author melted iron
before it is cast. 2. n. for W^t iih$Uhm
quicksilver; (a mystic) term (JfiVf.).
Br« jTsKi khrihehH idom-pa to fill up
joints, grooves, Ac, with melted bronze; to
solder.
i'^l^m'Mkhro ti^m^-pa to Suppress anger
or wrath : ^•^^^»wit*B'**«i'<^ ^ ^t'^^V
^^'V^ g^fl-Bhig ifgrt'ms-ie khro tjon^^-^^
de-ni hdi-dnA 09h(tn-du J<fe {9pvo4.) he
who con Bubdue hii anger, will be happy
here and hereafter.
eaw-rfupi r^ffPh-kngf or JT^-H^ tUm^ktjii
to hit in an angry mood (JKtfon.).
& 1^^ khro-gner H^fu, m ffk wrinkles
on the face and forehead expreaslTe of
wrath, indignation, anger ; also indignant.
S'^^^'^khra-^ffier-can m§fk she whose
face is wrinkled with anger ; also frown-
ing.
*f'^«^'« khro-gfier can^ma (8ekr.
36 C).
ff'i^'i^-<i khro^g/isr nte^^pa ^(Wn^fk
free from frowning or anger.
ffll
176
Utm-p^ ^''n t^hdag n. of a medioiiial root
f 4 khfHhpa in W. for S *Aro.
H^n^fl hhtihgtHtH-po f oriotis with rage.
m 'iPc^T ibit. aager» wrath; ako
adj. Mgiyt wrathful: ffeT"* **o<-**»^
wa ttttouldftring wrath : y«^*\'«» hhro-wa
i9o4-pt^ tubdning or abstaiiiing from
kkrihm ftiotf-i^a Hei toonhpa §ijr-ya^
ifeyMMT mi-bgyw^ro anger having been
iobdued and inwardly supprened, it
wai not grow again {K.d.^68): ff*
^•||*mfA^*Q'4K*<i the ohief remedy for
tiie poison of anger is forbearance {K. d.
•^ 68) : |'*'*wi-^\^V|rf«-ii, ^^I•^•H^^^•«^•
XiM'*^'a% if the wrathful mind be cnoe
oxibdned it is tantamount t^ subduing all
tha enemies one has. V'^iS^ or ^'<k'
^n to be or to grow angry (C«.) ; ^[^'9^'
^K^ ff^*% though angry, to be as if not
angiy ; jf«Wff=»Tff«wrn angry looks ;
to look back with anger (4f*an.).
||*ir« JTAro-K <!-»>« wHim n. of a
goddess.
^•2f kh9Uhwo {fho-m) rfWV, ^JM an
angry spirit; a god or Bf4hkaHwt in his
assumed wrathful mood or manif estatioit .
Ulufm-lf^um fiwim-rwtf/ tprul-kfad #TW-
v*«wewrfirf*imm (SaAr.; Td. «, 976).
|[*fl-|il'Ef khrihwo ohen^po HTHSbiV an
appellation of Mahak&la, the Lord of
Death— the terrifio god or guardian of
Buddhism«
^mt^ (fiMr. n 0.):
«|[V'y9wB*%ikAt 0-100 9touyp€^h§ ^nt9%
(Behr. 78 3.).
MAyiflM iwwi ^ a (&Ar. ; Td. «, lOJ).
{Schf\ 79 A.).
♦g'B'Ht^Xsi khnMCO td<htie ui-hog
• f -S-^srq* piB JbAro-iro ifty^g-pa t^on-
ro m\m^m {Sckr. ; Td.9,161),
•'gS'fr^q kkro-ico mUgjf<hpa vmi^lV
(&»r. M C).
• ^-9*|'q ql-spi'q kkro^o fffW-ira i^<e^-
•K-4'^s|-y^'^*i^ kkir<Moo gtsug4or
ikhar^9ggur ^mft^'^nn^ {8ehr.).
*}^'}S'9fi^'%wtk'%VQ JtAro-tro ffdum^gyi$
mUhuJhpa {8ehr. 71 A).
wmmitn {Sckr. 71 JB.).
II 8^ khrthbyrd TtfW, ^» frightful.
$*dS'«* ikA'^ bgei^ma Wt 1. a name
of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. 2. 9V«^'
^5»rll bud-med gtUffMiw iNwi a fearful
woman (ilf^on.).
ffw^Hft^yu/ or f^«N ida^mig an expres-
sion of the eye ; angry eyes (IWcm.).
H'lf AAfo-itio a female terrifio deity or
spirit.
f Ibl Mro-fifon prison (&A.).
"glj **fv^ (^*oy) in fiT*V*» kkfog
brggoLpa to drink hastily ; to gulp down:
f H«i^ <rS)iiB^if^-^t\*s*^ iWftV c*a*f«
ytf khrag-for-ttoPdifaii'mk^* Tfaog
ohung is beet for stopping Useding.
lSv^\
177
S*»*i
one who speaks irrelevaatly and is not
steady in his acts or words. Described as
«ee. to i/a. in* W. the sound oanaed
bj scmething f alLng heavily on the
ground.
)f^4^* kkrog-chuA an herb with leaTes
resembling a saw in shape.
P^ H k/iroff'po botanical term, nsed
ef leaves standing round the stem soattered
or alternately.
q^'fl^ JMroy-fMm the raw unpre-
pared subttanoe of a medicine {Seh.) i W
V^ immt^kroff is defined as |^'siy«'<r|
^^^'^ fiMon-fiMi ftfiftMifi-^ iiM-4skoff9-laf the
unpuhreriaed ingredients of a medicine.
^*^ kkroi4l0 ifMg^ie) upright,
strait, erect (J!i.).
^*2f kkf^ti^ dose-flited, stingy
P^* kkroi Qioi) crowd, assemblage,
mass, multitude ; ^^^ miMrpf a troop;
crowd of ipoen ; ^'S^ riMroi a range of
mountain peaks; t%\ th^hkkrod a heap^
stack, rick (of hay) ; ¥F'9S nag§4An4 e
dense f oreet ; WK^S fnunJchro4 thick dark*
ness ; ^'$S dur4ckro4 a conetery ; Sv^
m the crowd; ^'^salso a hennit.
)}^ khnm ijfkam) daw: 9<i |«')li*«^^
UroU ty4 ribMMfti |ife the dass of gaUi-
naoeoue birds {8.f. ; /d ).
ntVf^^RTW well; spring: i^'«A* V AAivn-
jEMi|i cAn well-watar; also called Vt
doi-^kui )lr« khron40u^ a little woll:
^^qK'^^q kkron'P44i iiUHlH> mi^; i^ cfW'
^'^ ^#*on-jHif rif^-ipe «i|iimifq water in a
well that has been made fit {hy the priest*
hood) for drink.
XV9 kkrm^bH 1. a medicinal root ; a
vegetable purgative. 2 X<8ti*wrft*|k
|^'V^ I'sifci UtraiUui iifam^per |(yoil-iy«#
grog%4iffi ficAo; thron-bu aoti as a gentle,
purgative.
^\ khropH if him) a market place; %
banr;c(rowd of people ; multitude of per-
sons; S*i't^ khrom^km a great crowd;
V^tA j[si' V«« Ukogi-pahi khronhtnum the
assembled orowd ; 9%^^ pk<hk/iram mul-
titude of men; SFW** tn^^^hrom a
royal gathering : aco. to Cs. |[*rlf fl Mivam-
chm^pOf chief market«plaoe, also prindpal
street : )[*^Y^'^ AAiYN9MitorHre to winder
about the market; to ramble through as if
in a market ; ^WE^V'ti^'y! ^at-^Mgi
khrowhdu Vog secret spells (magic
formulas) are read in the market.
Vm-IK-si Mree>-|ikof-«mi harlot ;
strumpet; street woman (Ob.).
j[ii Kif «^ kHmthikog ahoi a person well
dressed, wdl equipped, and p ossesse d of
personal acoompUdiments ; one above the
crowd ; above his f dlows.
P^*Q ^knm^pa 1. n. of a province
in Tibet ; X«rQ*« kkrm^p^^m, an inhabi-
tant of Khf^am (Thom). 3. a market
vendor.
)(•ry^Mf<ol»HgpM• ofBoerwhoisoharged
with the supervision of a miurket
r^ kkrow^mi sparkling ; gUttering :
iNref sr ft st7 p^knniMim sperUing dew
84
^1
178
*WI
drop. |C«r^ww^%«i*q khrom imar mg
JtA^V-w ft mottey crowd ; a throng, black
and red intenningled.
HirV^ hkrom4Bkoffi {fhofit-Uho) tlie
gathering of buyers and tellers, &o., in a
market : -iS** foJshrom the seqtion of the
market where meat is sold; meat market;
S^%9^ 4p$4amm book market ; ^^^ tf^
khrom the seotioa where ponies and horses
are sold.
!•« kliromii V. ^5|«"«» igrem-pa.
'^ *Aro/(^/coO,v.«^|S"»««»*A*H>/^«and
tCl^m'^ bgrol-^ 1- a sound (Jci.). 2.
nfiHiTl^ii loosening; unfastening; that
which is unfastened. s^I-t'^iici-W^f
«^-^ii^-rfhii^si-l'4si-U*'^<'^ by tpijfo-
hkrol is meant the separating of meat from
the bones by the sheep's head having
been boiled weU. ^'S^ina^ *Aro/ the con-
tents of a slaughtered animal, including
the stomaohi entrails, lungs, liver, spleen,
4c. The expression ^^•«|'^'g«i%«ifS«»-
rai-gi naU^khroi phyi-l^ttw^pa meacs
*«one's own blunders exposed to outward
show*' : • S^i* J**"^' khroUgyii soft (the
ring) slid BOtmding (across the aeure
floor).
ISpy^ kkrol4skPoi {thol^hol)^fmn
khroh^o bright, shining; %^%'^'9S'^
khroUkhrol Jycrf^«»lS«'*S"'*'r*' m
khroUle khroUh Ita-wn to stare at.
fffli'^i^ khro/'dM is said to denote a large
hand-bell.
^^*S khrojhcf^a release (as of monks
from a religioius service or of school-boys
from class work ; aoc. to Sek. the act of
forgiving; pardon.
l^^^Ii khroh>o{tholijH>)l. cheerfal,
merry; sparkling, glittering, daasling.
2. fornicator.
^•2J n: 1. sparkling i^sf!^'^ M
khrohpo brightness (on water when the
sun shines upon it). 2. aoc. to Ja. in TT-
distinct; intelligible.
gfl|« khroUma, ^*^ na^^hagi a save
for cleansing and sifting barley, grain, etc.
^^'8f khrofrmo in W. britUe, fragile;
opposite to 9l^'^ q»*m-po, tough.
|[«i«i^ khrol MM>g% a sieve (C!».) ; IT
«ls(«i Ifiag^ tshagi iron sieve.
J^iH kkroUhg^f^^^ knrog^ckrog in
W. cf . '^^^ tkhrol-toa. ; also 1. kettle.
2. a sound.
^^I'q khf^i'pa W^a^'^ ikugt kkrat
pa W, ffPm enraged; wrath-seeming;
appearance of wrath : ST^^^'l'^^'fi'M'*'*
^orqfild phyag-iia tdo-fje fin-tu AArof^it
tshul ifftan-pa Chagna Dorje in a very
wrathful form manifested himself : S^*
^ khro9'P<9hi gar dance in wrathful mood.
giisi khroi-fiui (Moi-Jwo) or Ji khro-ma
the wrathful female deity or Budrdta;
snch female divinities as outwardly ahow
themselves to be of terrifio and frightful
aspect.
Jsi*^ khrohUkig angry woids.
Syn. V(VS^ ritan^phyar or W^ 9im*
kbyin (4f^»0-
9^«iMaii an affix which, annsxed to
substantives and verbal roots, answeri in
coUoq. very much the same purpoees as the
Hindustani- appendix nwto; '"'•ff ^
ifiAAan one who has to do with thefloil;
mf9f^ lan^i^khan one who knowi tbe
war, a guide; ^•W («f-vUss *
*W«'I
179
if^Vl
irorkor m irood, oftipenteri jomor, fto.
Affizj»l to a Yorbal root, aigiiiBM lie who
peffomii an aotion, whetlier only just
now or halkitiially ; ^^'«ip^ jfoA-fpftAoii
oomflr; ^f*^ ^gtHhi/Jthan the goer;
one who moves; l'«^ bri^^^kun the
writer, one who has written it; *^'*n ai^
^fM4m (in Sikkim) one who Bpeake inlee-
faoode, a liar; ^*r^ fff-fiMaa he who
knows; ^fTT^ Uftin^wMm the shower,
emfbojam ; '^^9T'^ M>9i''9kh4m one who
is landing, iMrtening; also with an objeo-
tiye case, *^%*8*X'^^S*«r>( tnH bu^mo idoi-
fiU«fi, snoh as are desiring my daughter;
HWVT^ (sa^-fiikAaji the man who is killed
or who kills; a mnrderer. In ooUoq. kn-
gnage tpUkm seems to have entirely dis-
placed the tonnination d^, signifying in
general the agent: ^^'*r)^'«r^'l>^ 0<ft««*
eia JUjffr-iiUaii ^jft mi the men oanrying
the heam. Oontrary to its original signi-
fieation,it is even used to form the relative:
«<S'*PrS'4^ the sheep ^rfiioh vras killed.
JB/i-d&Mi daH ifhhaf^-^hi Tffif^fi the lineal
spiritoal descendants of ^h-^hen and
Mkkan^pOf those through whom the vows
f onnnlated hy them are handed down
(Fv.).
S^P^ I: igkhan^ ferns of two
^eoies. The one growing m Tibet is
eaUed «n'V^ ilfkhatHPfor^ or the white
fevn ; the other species belonging to the
Cis-Himalaya is oalled T^^ n^Mat^nag^
black fam: ^Aan-pa is deemed useful in
healing fresh oat wounds ; it is also applied
to swellings.
ip^*^ 11: incense; frankincense:
•^«r^v%-Hirsjfti-iA\fTSlP'*f*^ the
Tarions kmds of incense in which the scent
of such as Man-jMr, AlAi, eto., parsdcn^-
nates iffm.).
JfP^'^j ffikhan^poj vmjnn, wmwi4 a
prof eesor employed to teach ; the head of a
monastery. Li Tibet the head of a parti-
cular college attached to a monastery,
high priests who give vows to the junior
or inferior lamas, and professors of saeied
literature, are called n^Aaa^i also learn-
ed men, who as such are endowed with the
*^Tt^ fgkhm^tgy^ or spiritual gifts or
descended heritage from thsar spiritual
ancestors, are called whAan^. Aganit
learned men such as are sent to China as
representatives of the Grand Hieraroh are
also styled ifkhan^. Besides these, those
who serve the Orand Lama as his domeitie
ohaplainSi teaoherB or advisers, such as |'
a«^'«r<P) £Ohf-ftMr M^han-po Khan-po, who
sits iu company of the Grand Lama ; ^Iw
^T^'Q 0sifn-^ii fpAAofi-jM) the chamber-
lain khan-po; wSs^^^nB mctwHf^
nfkhan^ the domestic chaplain ; ^'^'
«^'Q g»ol'4p(m*ftkhan'po the steward in
chai'ge of the Grand Lama's tea snd food;
T<l*^'ll vAAaa-iefo pAyMke outside khan-
po— those that enjoy this distinction hut
partially. Other dedgnatioxu of this kind
axe ifv^'ii'iFe-e^'l ^h€in-po la tnam-p^
fts*f|«#:— (1) •W»«'^l^'^»^'*^V«^*T
0^'^ ffkhan^ cho§4cpii f ifce#-Ai sei#-sM»
fft'i mo-ym imiM-^ the professor who
conveys to his pupil instruction, not wealth ;
(2) sali^l|srp-ir)hiJsi»rliJiip^c«^ sei-siir-
gii idui-la cho^kyi% ma-yin pa^ci yo4 the
professor who gives riches but not religi-
ous inslruotions; (8) •rsfl'«''>|N*^-»
(Mso^UM-ffM iciu^iMiyaMyoflr the prof esira
who giveshoth vrealth and religious instru^'
tion to his puptt; (4) •f^'fl-*i-Jra^%5S-
9^\
180
a|«q'R|'^«c-q^'i|« I
pa iio4 the professor who neither impaito
instructiou nor wealth.
«WQ ff^khan-bu pupil, scholar (Jd.).
p^'Tb fiikh(u\'}no mistress, ininictress
(Of.).
Milium fj^han-ral^ the succession of
khan-po or abbots in a great monastery.
«fw^^« fj^khan-rmf the respeetive
prospects of being elected abbot as depend-
ing on the different ranks of the expectant
candidates; the order of the suooession of
abbots.
•r^l^i nAhan'9lob for «|^-B^^'|^«*
i^kkatk^ daA flob-ma the professor and
his pupil ^ also (according to some) •WS'
i^c'^q'^Q^ fgdchan-po daH ^hb-^pon the pro-
fessor and the teacher: H'^'^Wl^'i^T
kla^ma ntkhan^ihb-kyi b/^ai the words or
conunands o£ the lama, abbot and teachers.
StffK QiArAaft « the hearen ; the sky ;
generally ^'^f^ nani-ffikhab.
ihyai^ T^ Sl"^" W^kah'4ky<*9 the whole
oomposs or extent of the heavens (Cs.).
•V^|«« fiiMa^JfciW heaTsn-bom; a
name for the year Fire-tiger *'f'| of the
Tibetan calendar (J|f^^*}*
•r^'B^ ^ha^^khyfih ^r^Tf^ll'. that
which encompasses space or the sky : •T^
Ijq^ft'i^Iin ilfkkai'khyab tiA-He bihin wvm*
X^9 fCiTTPl the all-comprehending (all
absorbing) meditation ; n. of a Samddhu
he whose abode is in the sky ; the sun.
(5Wr; KAlae. T. i6).
•^'^m'«^ ifJ^hai-go9 can clouds
«P^^V ij^khalhbgro (kha-ifo) lit. '^tbe
sky-goer*' ; a god; a bird; arrow.
Syn f^»«i lluhrnamt ^S^'*^ (f^^
ohagt ; » Jya ; •^^ n^dah ; SB*^' bya-khyui ;
^'1 d^'ki^u; ^^ gt8(hnio (j|fiIof».).
•^'^V'** ^khalhborO'-fna adaas, mainly
of female sprites, akin to our witches, but
not necessarily ugly or deformed. There
are two lands of khadoma : — ^those still in the
world and those that have passed out of the
world or ore about to pass away from it.
Of the latter or those called *i|«-8'*^^< i
ye^-ftg kyi f(s^ab ^ginhma^ goddesseos of
wisdom, they are five kinds, viz., Buddha
Ddkinl, Yajra ^tfAtiii, Ratna PdAiVti, Pad-
ma Pdkini^ and Karma ^dibVa. Of these
SffoT'je Phfig^fttOy 8eH gdoH^ma^ &o^ have
each a hundred Ihouaand ddkim foUowen.
They i re said to be possessed of aaperno-
tural powers and resemble fairies in their
attributes. Among the worldly pMm
there are two classes, thoAe belonging to
the pantheon of the Brthmans and those
devoted to the cause of Buddhism. In
Tibet we read of X'^^^^vj Tshe-HH igiehei'
Ifia, the five long-lived sisters : ^t**"^
Pitan-ma bcu-gni^ the twelve nymph
sisters who undertook to guard Buddhism,
Ac.
Byn. ^I[*ij^ i^ bgro-wa^ i^tm-hi^ ; |v
cA'f^'A Bri(hpobi fgron'mCf the lamp of the
world, the Ught of the universe (JIfitan.).
*^'^9)^ m^h»b-bgro ticyes msxm
born of those that move in the sky.
s^^Hq^'^^ fpkha^bbro itda-yig ^
q|i^fi5-^^>^-^s|«i»r^^la^-^^ a form of
De va n&gori character used by the ^Ml-iiui
sect in their mystical writings.
ytf-f«i n. of a deified lady, who was, inker
»f^-^!p^'jeil'Jf(
181
«f ^krq I
former exifltenoe, the wife of a king called
(BatDA Diia) S'Vh'tfT^K^* She is adored
in Tibet aa the goddees of mTttical
learning.
^^'%'V^'VIS^ ffier-gyi hyt^fftBug phui-
can the golden bird (eagle) with a erest :
^S'^ the oreet of thiB bird is in colour
pecplendent as fapw Arsa/*^ and its wings
are said to be oheqnered all oyer.
pMffug w^WK, Wft 4t*MTf^ the lord of
the iky.
k/ug YiahQU (Jfitofi.).
^^'9f^ flik^fpnam like the heavens;
infinite: •r^«»w< qiMtf^ igtnaui'pa a
name ol Bnddha (4Moii.)-
MP^*f^ ftJtkm^t^en 4tw« the firmament ;
sky supporting ; a sort of ornament.
•r^'^- Wkkai^ldii n^, imtn met. the
eagle, the bird that soars on high.
l^'A^' ^iviy» ^ ^ general name for the
swan speoiee (4Mim.).
BF> H^ khfab-t^ug W^f^m, Finn {Jgtan.).
9^^^nffk'n tpkM-bUt ^^ffo^ipo^^^'
kkfuH the king of birds {Yig. k. <9).
^r^>^'«t3^*<i ifMa^ldiH gfog-pa, v. m*
^ fnar^gai ^vmVy n. of a green gem
9nv«(, «riniift^ 1. that which has attained
to the sky, a gandharva (celestial musi-
cian). 2. c^leetial enjoyment ; residing in
P )'V^«r|q fiMa^tl>fo4 du tu§ ma^^Mfypar
kffroi'pa ii^kkdi'9pyo4 kyi i^ohgmb the
blessing of entering into a heavenly ezis«
tence without losing one's p rese nt form :
•^ T^"^*rt^ gone to the state of beati-
tude, i.e.f to heaven.
•fP^isa ifMai tpyoi-pa w^W: n. of
Avalokites vara BadkiMiiva.
■f^'IS ^*** W^ha^^jpyod d^twif-im an
epithet of . the goddess Dorje Phag-mo
and of the abbess of the Tamdok R^in^ing
monastery : i;^^ ff^'f\S'^'Vli'9fim'm{%^'
B'U'I^'^ before the precious lotus feet of
the venerable one who has attained the
heavens {Tig. k. SO).
•r^^i mlfkat^yug mrw Ut sky.
sticks ; a bedstead.
• if^lH . ^^i^mig WTW. {Sekr.;
Kdlic. T. 48).
fi^«A#fi var the sacred ensign (JMom.).
^r^XaiQ igMkahrol-pa divine musioisn;
that plays or moves merrily in the sky.
•^'^'a 1. ffkhah-la rgyu ^^9(%K that
moves in the sky. 2. ft bya a bird
{Vf^m): «p^'<i'J'a fpAAo-Ai tgy^^» to
wander or move in the slgr : sf^'ti't'q^'^-
\^ the Preia that moves in the sky:
«r^'«r|^'a fiAAa^fa |rfAI-fra to soar in the
air. 8. ether, as the fifth element 4.
symbolical numbers ; cypher, naught.
^^gif the female sex (JfAm.).
•fR'^'i'*^ fiAAo^' goi-ean mm cover
or dress of the sky ; the night ; •r^'l^i'M^
fiiMo^i tgy^fB^9kan nihyfrn the sky-
ensign; «pft'CK^«'ci mkka^ pag§'pastthB
space ; ^he void sphere ; the skin or cover
of the sky, m., darkness, gloom ; ^^'^^'9
mtkkaii gem of heaven ; the sim, . moon,
star.
MpK'Wq iiMa^ st7.6ffsfog (JfibNi).
*f^!
182
«if«i«(
SJIfP^ fgMar irtfj ftV a oastle, a
AoUeman'B seat or mansion ; manor house ;
ireq. a citadel ; fort : «r^'^ rnkhar-^pofi
governor of a castle; commander of a
fortress.
3^(pK*P ItPoAar-k/ia n. of a place
situated, to the north of G-yan-tse in
Tsang ; the birthplace of Oriilhchen Otaafl
§myon He^-rthka, one of the celebrated
Buddhist Tantrik saints of Tsang.
f^'S^T^ fslchar rgyahi-khal, contains
768 jPit«# «Ao=640 ^pur-aho.
9fKl fnkhar-ria tint, ^J^fw a drum ;
(according to some) a minstrel.
»^ai(g^-^ip Hfkhar-chen brag-ikar 8^'
jqiajM^Jn^aj-J-^-^^^Ik- n. of one of the
37 sacred places of the Bon ((?.
Bon. 38).
•f^'S^'Yc.' Jftkhar-chen rckod n. of a
fort near Tengri Nor.
^?5a|-q5-«i5i^'il«pn-8l-«'l^fl|-9|'«<^ one of the
wives of Padma Sambhava {LoA. ^ 8).
^f^* W^*F^ Q3i;Aar.Jia;.^' khal on
the Tibetan Bteel.yard»T^^'W^ mkhar-nag
goA of gold weights 88 iho of J)kii9 plus
8 fiar of gold.
T^')^ QtAAar-Xa/ that sleeps on spaee ;
a general name lor gods and birds.
3Wp1^'^ Jffkhar-rta n. of a place on the
confines of Tibet and Nejpal {8. kar. 77).
•T^'S*! JKk/iar'ttag an abbreviation of
*f^'l" V Jfl' J"!^^' Hikar-rtio dan Itag^rtae
fiBo^y the forts of llfkAar^ttse and Iftag-rtte*
9f^'f^ Jfkhar'i/iog n. of Tibet.
9f^'^ mJchar-rdo {9^) ^^WTwV n. of a
medicine; a metalic substance in large
grains ; a sort of pjrites.
wp^'^ m^kkatytder^ ita, iNr a plate or
dish made of beU-metal.
^IfPs'H n^khar-wa I : Mm, 4mm bell-
metal.
*lpl^'q II : (also 'V^-fl kkhar^a) in
B. and C. staff, stick : 9f^'t^ mkhoT'
g^l a stafE -of the Buddhist mendicant
priests, the upper part of which is hni^
with jingling rings (Ja.) : S^'*r^ phy€^
fj^khar resp. for *t^'^ ipkhar^tca.
•f^•^^•^?| ^ikhar-iaii igra, ¥v^
enemy of Ea£fa an epithet of Ftfyu
(jtfnM.).
•^ > Mkhar-rtae n, of a If^ J^dM, or
fort in PAan^pui in Tibet.
wp^-wf f*-f^- Jfkhar^Mm Lka-khdi
rdsaH n. of a fort and town in Tibet
a maker of articles of bell-metal.
9fK^^'^K^ fHikhar-ruii fpar gad (m
fpin* of Mkhar-ru measure is equal to one
silver sraA,
«P^ ^^ mkhar-^ruA vtrmr the guard
or garrison of a fortress {€$.).
»r^'^ nitkhar-^ metal cymbal.
W^'^\^ VStkhal'muhg Hdney-eolouwd;
dark red (Ca.).
«P^^ *»tf*-ifarf«ifs|-»A'iR ifik]M4H6ii
nai disease of the kidneys.
*ip^'*l n*hal^a I: the kidneys:
i^hal^ma goA pin Uha-grcA ms j^
i^hun daH ^hat-ndg IgaA-ica rkei-pt^
nai-la phan the kidney (of cattle, etc'
taken as food) equalises the temperature,
and is beneficial in kidney disease and
also for ailments of the bladder, and groin.
«P<^*9] n: said to be kind of fiut
(tf two speciss U£ed in kidney diaease.
i^pl
183
Sf^'OI
pa Aril grub^ a BuddbiBt adiokr who
lieuig kanied has attained perfeotion.
%^*^^qK fptka§^grtd> 1fg€^hg§ ^^(ki4
one of the chief duoiples of Tsofi^khapa.
•^rtiXq ^Moi'iftokog tifmr a prof ound
adioLar ; eminent among the learned.
«tp^W flRtAai-ifton i?K steady and
-wise; of xdiaUe knowledge «ipr«r^^'q
Wn^, ft^WW, PiSl, ftfl'L l41lt^ WW?,
ftfiw:, ^W, wftn^, Hf, ^!|, vfini wise,
kaniedy aagaoioiiB: W^V9fmr^ imm^pa
fiUot^pa ddlfiil physioian: X<r ^*i^
cAohAi 9iMa|-jNi Tereed in religion:
9«r«r|c.'q'flr«f«'«i efficient in managing
popila*
Bjn. tF'^ bp^^wa; ^f^ rig-idan; Vr
l^Pi tnam-gaali M'**'*^ rig-pa^an; flf^
ih4dan ; jpT-^ f ijroii-fef ; ^'IW*^ yi>n-
t4M^i; !FV^ gra^hcan; 94fM'9 fufeirff-
pa; fV^*n inafh4big^kan; ^m'^'V^
Af igihotk'^ca ; 9^*<rVrQ grag§^ tkdhpa ;
^W^T gfoldcaii igo ; ^^'^^«^ c^yi;.
•r«'^«S fpMaf-jMMWfi f^fin wiae;
learned; Bkilful; experienced; prodent;
afarewd.
•fw«>*r« l**a|.iw ito^ qv«^, iq^
lilce a dndnooa man ; appearing ddlfnl.
«f«'em'«i vkkoi^ §fnai^ ^|i« of
inferior attainments.
i^g aa one akilful, bat not really ao.
ff*rJ'^aH«|'<l»i?iirJ-^|ii'q n* of a
commentary on Tibetan grammar called
af«i'«ft*aiyi'y( ipkhai-pa^i if^gul^ggan by
Bi4u Choi-kyi hbyu^gn9%.
m
n. of a commentary on Tibetan orthogra-
phy (Sunp-rt^g) by fifo-groi rggalrpo of
)«S'9«r|^ii. of a grammatical work by
Karma Salh^gpai of So^kug.
can iT%iran^hr poaaeeaed of tiie natnie
of the learned; naturally wiae or akilfnl.
•P'*'**^*!^ ffkkai-paki rigi ^%mii^^
of the learned daaa: «f4i'(A'^«i*ini'|ar
^fkhoi-paki rig9 tef fkgei bom of the race
of JDakfa.
f^kAohrhm) mO^u^m^ wm conceited
person; a pedant.
•fnw^^ ifkkahpa% dffigt pedantio:
if i(*9i|*li|'Q'i|«iirii*«f«i ^n^^ipro'l^s among the
cnltoied there ia mnch pedantry in lean-
ing.
•f^rfl qiMaf -tpo or •T^'^i fiM^i-^pa a
learned man; {H'S'T^Q'^'w iiUm^ggi
Vkhoi'po ffiomt learned men of former
timea.
*r^'l|^ i^sJ^koi^tfun wiae and fooliah;
wisdom and folly.
ttlo'ldan nm a noUe, learned woman
«I3^'''I
184
»#^-^l
^*i 'a^^ V!tkha$'lit9t0i learned and rigb-
learned ; ^conscientious and good.
•'F''^ fgJsftaS'^i ^If^^'-, 'rfNi'l most
skilful or dexterous.
*J|3^'^ nikhun-pa {Soh,\ v. nV^ Mtun-
pa.
*l|5^'q f/i*At/r.ic« the cheeks: »fj^«»'
^r^ta^-^i;^^ Vc^'l^'^-f^ai a little fleshiness in
the cheeks forebodes wealth (JKTi.):
*fj^'*»i nikhur4shoiy v. RV** khur4sho9f
cheeks: wsi»«BV«^i'^-^s-«wpSXs her
very ruddy cheeks glow like the rising sun.
^|h*C| fgJchihwa neoessary ; desirable ;
also vb. to want : c«i»iff^*^ I don't want
it. »ifJ<j5-25'B^ fgikho-icabi y(hbya4 indis-
pensable things; necessary articles; Vw
9^^ Se-^car ip*/*o-tra or ^^^f* Her^fj^kho
requisites, wants, desiderata ; most neoes-
sary things: l!'^*^'^V according as was
wanted before ; as heretofore.
^i^'SS W^ho^eiy oolloq. khihohe^
necessary thingii; what may be needed:
khyd'la khihohe yo^pe rik di dbr nyo ma
ehok the kind which you wanted cannot
be bought here.
a^ji^fl'Siq ^ko^-phab aoc. to ^ug.
signiAes a faaqy for a thing; asliking
for ; also to wishi want something.
j(||^^*Q|C^ ffkhyi^gai the measure with
the fist made with thumb extended, about
six inches: *^awa?l«»fts-^^' (its) length
when folded is one m^hyii ( Yig. k,).
91|3^'C| ^kyui-pa, v. NSVQ i: kkkyu4^
p0 to keep, to hold, to retain; ^fr^W^Q
4p^ ipkhyui'pa^ S^'VS*^ fl&» wkkyui^n
unwillingness to len^ books (C!i.) ; ^^QV
dS*^ ^'ft^hyu4 hyei-pa to be unwilling to
lend books.
*<SV|^ flikkyu4'Spya</ 1. a sort of bag
or vessel for carrying medicine. 2. soroery,
witchcraft {8ek.) : ■•••\«'**flVr>r 5 a little
instraction or various subjeots like the
alma-bag of the saint Phadaxn-pa (which
contained difierent medicines).
'VilS'^W^^yuifpyad'passf^ii ^man-pa
a medicine man; a physician (M^t^^-)-
^^ fgikyen, v.*d^'<i fgikhyen^pa. t '^
5n'OT^i»d^|-^*^cr«i^'W fye (^twn-gfiii
tkugi ^kyen^gyi gMigi-pa lagi'9am Has
your reverence seen by your prophetio
sight f 41'*^ ffA^fftMy^n form of abjeet
entreaty : I appeal to your honour's wis-
dom; W^'*^ to your honour's sacred
words; OT^'*^ to your honour's heart;
"d^'*ft V you know full well ; you will
understand : ir«''dV'^'*<d^ O Lama; thou
knowest all I «4<V<i^'«dr^ of your wis-
dom permit to be done I
'd^'W nikkym-^nMan very learned:
*'«F'*'**«^|'**Ta«dT'W prrfound lib
the ocean in every (department of) religioB.
'd^'S'^ fiA%eii-r^ya-€afi pos soge d of
muoh understanding ; very learned: ^^
y^-QiJMytfnsssiBi'fi^ ^^gon ifJtkym pos-
sessed of prophetic knowledge; fore-know-
ledge; l^*m^ ikugi'iifkky9n knowledge
of a higher kind ; prophetic €ight.
JlQ^'Q mkhyen-pa resp. for ^*i fet-pc^
^T** rig-poy ^'fl gO'ica 1. to know ; also
knowledge ; ^«W'«S'«d^'<iMffiii|-<^9iii;Ayeii-
pa «^W all-knowing. 2 V-^ vum^s
ssi|srfi^^ tnam-flJtkyen ftw, such taws
though applicable to Buddha are now
applied to the Grand Lamas of Tibet out
of courtesy or for the purpose of flattering
«^'^V'*«*^ I
185
tbem *^<r»^^q-llfiR^^ i^hooe know-
ledge has no bound {Ltm-rim.) ; «d^'<A'^'
-^ superior wisdom ; •^'A'^TM attain*
ments ; aooomplialunents of a high order ;
•dT^^'l^l peroriired, found out, dift-
ooTered; ^«■rcr^^q^•«^fw perceived the
flentiments to he pure,
^wide and critioal knowledge; wide discri-
nimating wisdom.
(with) htoad yiews and wisdom; wide
pErophfltio vision or sight.
^^IF^ wt^hjfeU'^TUB omnisoient mercy.
^IIt^H* wJ^kf^n^fi supernatural
peraeptMm; attributes at a high ineamate
lama or a BodkuaUva.
•dV« flfkk^en^r^A the wise; aU> ^'^
f0ff-r«6 mrr wisdom*
mkhfen^nam did yon understand it f
^ran, or l^^w vm the knowledge of the
snlqeot; basic kaiowlsdge: ^9f^ hm'^
knowledge of the way (to Nirv&va) ; know*
ing the way. ^*^ HMmi-ldRAyeHsiF^'
•^ rnam^par esf ftviw ^in9 oognition
of an things.
•fF'^ fiMitiil^ {ihang-pa) aoo. to Jo.
is the fourth stage of the development of
tliefotas.
^VP^'V «Mraffws|i('Q irai^pa or W^
^1^*4 srv-fNT A^yir-iMi a robust, hard and
aound constitution : f|«r|''l|^'I*9'tr«^*a in
the great sfarengih of his body there is
aonnd health (ifa^). Thesoundness 0/ one's
OQUSlilution is ascertained by examining
the urine deposited in a bottle; when it
is natural the physician dedaies *V^'^yi
ifUtroA^hdng^ or colloquially H'^^VI
hroA-gin hdug, it (the constitution) is
sound, &e.
*l^'^ V^hraA-wa {fkai^fca), or »*|^i
Vkkraii also B^ khrai hard ; solid ; com*
pMt; l|*«fP^'«<('^|<^*A% sra-spUroilw^ii
^gpur met firm; hearty; sound; of a
robust constitution {Jd.).
Sl|^ 4(*aC| igJchrig^ma {tkig-ma) the wrist
of the hand (c7d.) ; the part of the hand
which (in women) is adorned with bangles.
It is also called X'^'Q^Uq nar-bu cAiK-tra,
the part where jewds are bound.
aC|^qpi|*q mkhr%g%^ ifhig-pa) some-
times for *^^'** iiJkhrig^9ia,
'^fi^W W^f^hrii-nai bilious disease.
Mg^*Qfi*Arif-jNi ifhi^ fnr 1. the
vesideof the gall; the gall*bladder, as part
of the intestines. 2. generally the bile
itoelf ; the biUous fluid: •^n<rf«^ aj««i
*i'^'9f*^'^'*'*^ Wifhrn-pa ina-tshog^
iidu^-pa r^na dafl dug yAArif mig-la phan a
mixture of the biles of difFerent animals is
useful for sores ; and the b?le of poisonous
j^ntniAla is usoful f or eye-discase : v^^cA*
^pi^'SS''^^ the four animal biles that are
used in medicine : — (1) V^^^ dom^^khrti
bear's bile; (2) ^Vk^v^^o rt-bofi fp*An>.j^
hare's bile; (3) 4'*«fi*«i hphyi^uii
ifJehrii-pa marmot's bile; (4) yim m-
iBkkrii fish Hie {9fmn. 175).
mf^wcvvi fgJckrifipa^ean splenetic; a
short-tempered person.
•ifl«l'«i fOpArtf-ifui aoc. to Ja.a4«
ikhrif,
«|«i'^ ilAkri§4JshM4 bilious levw ; ^'
«S«i graH'ipk/irii a feverish chill.
wgrUia fiAMf-rtM applied to a fever
in which the liver is con jested.
9tB^V\
186
^^•q|
•i^'^fiV. one in who?e constitution the
biiiouB difieases predominate.
Jlfl^fr^ mkhi^egi-pa {theg-pa) *«tT,
irfviT hard; that cannot be broken ; cannot
be divided ; also fearless; and ace. to Jd.
••^•^^'^ tp(70 mkhregs-can obstinate,
stiffnecked, stubborn.
Syn. fl'«i sra-tca ; ^'^^ mi-qigi ; ^'<^^
m-Sifig ; ft|S m-^phyed {^m).
mi'dgah'tca ffa-lu 1. to hurt at heart or
offend, also to ixntate. 2. vindictiveness :
g^QT'^pK.'^^-^HS'^'^T*'^ khyd la hkhaA-
ishig cig-kyan bdug-pai {Sbrom. 61) you
use all manner of vindictive words. 3.
bickering, quarrelling; ^^'9^ many quar-
rels: SZ^'9<i'V'^c^'<^S^ ^pon ilob re hkltaH*
ihyuH there arose mutual differences bet-
ween masters and scholars. ^'^k^Ss^i
re bkhatk bye^-pa to make miflchiet (MiL).
^PS'^ ikhai'pay especially in W.
1. to sit; to sit firm: R'fcar'V'^Q
to sit on the back of a camel. 2, to
remain sitting; to stick fast; lobe stopped;
kept back (t/a); ^fF^'^rv*^''*'!'^'' to get
entangled with the foot so as to fall:
ir*fS'^'^^ the door sticks.
Q,pWfl hkham^pa^^'^ ktgyal^a to
Bink or fall down senseless; to faint away ;
to swoon. 2. to take into one's mouth
(Seh.).
Qff^ ^iar=^<i ehen^a or *^«
chag^pa desire; passion; attachment
(ffag.).
Q^pPs'lp tkhar-igoU white pebbles
called Vl^*^ dhar ga^ in medical works :
gni^u ikhar^^goi dai eran-ma on both his
right and left there were white pebbles and
peas.
<^P^*2q I: 1. bkhar-fca a walking
stick, staff, clutcheon: «'Vii"^p^-a-i^«r
^T^^'^9^ he met (a man) who carried a
stick of chu-fin (water-tree) {A. ISl). 2.
^, ^wirfti bell-metal: 'V^'rt'^i'nSiirft^-
^^ the rust (sulphate) of bronie, or of
gong-metal, removes eye disease. ^r^*Q is
a compound of bell-metal with copper, Ac. ;
V^'«j5^ hkhar-toahi ehu moltein, liquid
bronze ; V^«»ti>-fe JWar-iraJi me^M a
metallic mirror.
Ojpt:z\ 11. vb. to adhere to; to stick to.
^f^'t hkhar-tiia or J'C rgyt^ri^a 1. gong
used in Tibet and China to call people
to their work or lamas to religious service.
2. a drum of bell-metal, I^rge beU-mstal
disk, producing when struck loud sound
like thai of a bell.
V'^1'^'^ hk/iar-gs/ian dish of bell-metal.
^r^*^« hkhar-zafis a metallic ketUe.
V^'^ hkhar^l the staff carried by
mendicant priests having a ehaiUya fixed on
its top end, from which hang down sixteen
rings : «wss-a^'^r^-^-«i»n-«R-^j»wq (^,
»2) they all grasped beautiful mendi-
cant's staves.
V^fl|%»|-8'»|T^ ikkar^gfiU^gyi^do (K. d.
•I. i85) a tractate on the merit aooniing
from the use of the mendicant's staff.
^P^ ^hal when spinning the thread
stretched aoroes is called ikieU^ and that
lengthwise is called igrim; sometimes
this word is spelt as ^ ikM (2>0^f-^.).
Q.p'^l'q kk/iol-ica 1. to spin : WijN'fl
lal ikhel-fca to spin wool. 2 in )F. to
send ; to forward things.
c^ig-^l
«i|3'^S^ bkhu^ikkrig or ^r^«»
ffblM-wa denotes Gortain paaeionB that
disturb the innquility of the mind, buch
as malignity and covetouBnebs; aoo. to Cs.
to emulate, oontemn, hate ; also to long
ter; aoo. to Seh. pride (Ja.)*
W^j ]^ to vie with, contend ; also wrath-
folly lebelling : ^•^^•^^••^Ti she fdoA-du^
baH ifoij \^n'Y'\^sA'^m''w.'Q don-la
rgfum-dm gftoif-pa^i 9em§ hehuA-pa the real
mgnifioation is always to harbour thoughts
of domg misohief • Aoo. to Ja. to offend,
insolt, injure; aleo injmry.
hp-lta [immA^ Ik f &lse creed ; heresy
^13^'^ ^kkun-pa 1. groan; a deep
sigh, from suffering or disease. 2. on
acoount of fullness of the stomach, beasts
such as cows and buffaloes make this hollow
sound at the time of chewing the cud : ^f
fP^w^ii ikhun-^gra khaH-^ khedi he
filled the house with groanings : ^'^'^
■''T'Tlf^'W |A»< ««i>» igra-la gyag gar
iikun he groans (or grunts) like a yak
against a fleroe enemy (Ja.).
<^B»l'q muyn^, pf . B»w khunif (of.
^Q ^twn^pa)^ lAid thoi-pa to comprehend ;
to abzink ; '^•HT^'W'^ yan^lag ikhUm-
pa to he oontraoted of the limbs ; ^'M|*
Hi^sra rka^Jag bk/mnn-P^ contracted
hands and feet: TI^'^'^'qV 'W>*9^''^
yur^ra rtdi^iskin ikhtHn bfe4 fin the ditch
will get narrower of itself {Ja.).
QJffJnr^ 4teffil:f9« 1. shrunk,
BhriTsled, oontraoted ; fig. rednoed ;
187 c^V^l
restricted ; deprired of power : 5'^*<*«i bio
kkhnmt'pa a contracted mind; an eabUy
frightened heart ; one wiio is much afraid
of (Aa^.) : ace. to Sch. to practise ; to
impress on the mind.
«m^-^lh^^ ikhur^u tkogt'te taking
up in order to carry ; taking on one's back ;
flfflo^H^Jn larj'par khur-hyei in W.
to hold in one's hand {Jd.) ; %««9i'«i'^^'q
sen^la hkkuT'ua to bear in mind ; ^a^*ss|
bkkur^hag girth or ropej strap for
oairjring,
t^H^'fl ***«r.if a sbst. pastry ; vb.
to carry, as in RV W'^ khur ikkvr^a-
|W, one who carries a burden ; ^(^^9^ bkhur*
*y^rf» ^^'^'V*' hkhvr is/M-^pa carrying:
Hi^iR-^^-^ nti-theg-par bkhur^ica to carry
very heavy loads ; to carry what one is not
able to carry. Ehur-fog, bring it I Khur^
iongj take it away I
^^•*«i ikhur'Uho9, v. R^ *ii khur^takoi.
bread or pastry baked with or in oil
i^ag.).
^gfll'^ bkhuh^a ace. to tfag. to
subdue; to subject one by argument and
language to service ; ace. to Cs. to be
uneasy about ; ff^'HIF^ kkral ikku^-wa-
ace. to Ja. perh. to force a tax, a rate, on
a person.
Q,p*ipi*q ikhegt^pa, pt of -^^« hg^gi,
to hinder, stop, shut off, debar : ft'f ^*9i|S|'
^'•m^-m jV-^ar tkag ruA-ma ikhegs-
pai although they prohibited, in whatever
way, he was not stopped : ^i^|«^'^^«iR
nei-^yon ^M#(7ff-iMr-i'o one who has stopped
evils and dangers : ^^^'9^ hkheq§-hy€4
one who stops.
^«*C||
188
^?^f
(^^a^*q ^heUi^, pf. ^i^ii khetl9, to
be wplote ; to be full : |M Sl'i'^v^^vq was
filled with blood; ff^w'^^-^ Jfo-jfrof
ma kh^%^te his mind not being satiated
<^(^'^ bkhelhpa, pf . ^ *A<?t«, to cover ;
to spread OTor; '^^^fl'^^'^ f^t^i-su khebi-
fe being covered all over; rw««^f^^'5
kha tkamt-ca^ kkeb§4e being covered over
the whole &oe; to overshadow (Ja.).
Q^'fl ikhel-wa, ^^'^ hgel-tca, pf . ^
khel^ ^^'^ ^ tfikH hkkel-ita^ to put on ; to
pack on; to load : «irlHf^<) kcu thogkhcl-
wa when the ten storeys shall have been
put on (erected).
<^j?'fl ikho-Ka (cog. to «(*'5 i^kho-
wa) to wish ; to want ; to think useful, ser«
vioeable, necessary ; to have occasion for :
^1*^^ it will be of use; he will be able
to make use of it : ^^srfrsff will it be
ufeful or not, or in W. ikhthce meiy
I do not want it; I do not like it. ^^
fit for use; useful {Jd)»
^P^ipi'fl I: hkhogs-pa very infirm
from old age ; decrepit ; decayed. G^n.
signifies ^ t9^^ or J'^'^l*!'' rgpas-hkhogs
worn out by age : Fj^S ffio-khog^ J'fH ikf, a-
kkog complexion blue or pale from old age.
Q^SSqpi'q II : ^rw, w, ftrr^, ww.
¥mm migration; wandering; fig. worldly
existence.
Q,p$^pi'fl III:=if'^^T«» Iflo bgog-pa
to cough (JIfiton'.)*
Q^^e:*q hkhot^^wa (cf . «^'<i tgofl-ipa) to
draw in one'e limbs ; to sit in a cowering
position; to squat; to hide one's self; <^'
"^'^ ^Mii ikkat^a to be disoooiaged,
disheartened (Ja.).
Q.j^ tk/i0i, fut. of ^ iko4^f^ kho4
1. surface; superficies ; «9'^'|sr<i m^'
ikhoi iUom-pa to remove inequalities of
the surface ; to level ; to plane ; M^'|M'q
bkhoitfiomt-pa levelled; made even; plain;
frequently ^'Sf'sT*"' h^r-g^ khoi-^nmt
gaps were filled up, i^.^ distinctions of rank,
wealth, ftc., were done away with. 2. a
mill stone ; ^'^ pa-^hoi the upper stone ;
«'^ ma-ikhoi the nether stone {Jd.).
^S^ hkhoi^pa^fK^ idoi^pa to itt
down; to sit; also to live, to dwell ; to be
set down ; to be put : rgyal atH^lm ikhod-
pa raised to the throne ; ^K«'4*^'<i settled
at a place ; 9pi %^'^ seated in rank or
order; t^'^'^|<K<i iteH^iu hkkoi-fa placed
above ; '^TS'^'*' placed under.
^p^ I : JBkh&n n. of an ancient fanuly
in Tibet : il'|'^f^'S'M« $a-9kya bkkon-
gy^ righ Sa-tkpa (hierarbhs) belonged to
the race of JOkhon (fiag.).
Oj(^ 11:=^^ ihe^^/ion malioe;
dispute; war; spite {^ag.) ; ^'^ ikkatt-
not from the state of dispute or war; ^
^S^ ikhon^nei-par honeetlyi without
evil intentions ; also without quanel or
dispute; ^F^*n^*Q ikkan tug^-pa to be
spiteful or quarrelsome.
^•«i ikhan-pa, also ^'^V*! *Moa-yof
pa to bear a grudge or ill-will against a
person; to be dissatisfied with a thing; also
to be malicious, spiteful.
^'Q ikhon-p0 discord; dissenaon
(JdX
«^l
189
^^^•yi
kkkobf the sphere of one's doing or work
(Zgm,) ; ebosB^ct khgdb^pm. Aoo. to /d.
to de startled, sgiteted^ aUnned.
^fSMMn ikhoU^ag not fitting to a
plaee ; become larger or smaller : ^^«'i(^'
cker^eher wtL being f roaon it does not fit,
it haTing groim lurger {^ag-)*
+ ^^^ *ik/iofr-ifa=:^^qto»-ji>a bad;
widced; low; barbaroTis; rough; rude; *<^'
^^ ^tiAm^ hf^hoh border ; also border ooun«
try ; *«'^f^ gan^ikkoi distant border land.
Q^^ I: ikhar an attendant who is
inferior to a friend in rank and superior to
a servant : '^'S'^*^ '^^'S 3^ i«^' even if he
be allowed to be among the attendants.
QJ6<II: l.for-^^fc^Wr/ior-foawheel;
^^ff^ fm^kkhor the fiie»wheel ; %'^^ cku-
kkkor a mill or wheel turned by water ;
^'^ Rftti^kkhor wheel turned b^ wind ;
^^^?^ Iag'ikh4)r a wheel turned by the
hand; a millstone. 2. circle; circumfer-
enoe ; the persons or objects encircling ; that
which surrounds (a certuin point or place) :
rnann the nayel and the circumjacent
parts ; ^'?^'^ de khor^la theroabouts.
y^f^ me-hkhor retinue, attendants ; also
waiters : ^^Qiwm (fkhar daH icai-pa
(vqfXiK) with the attendants or suite;
^-^qXMcm ^hor ^a^ftc^Hn-pt^ sur-
rounded by the retinue of Arhai$:
^•\^m'l^ kkkor-du ifdns-po gathered
nmnd as his retinue ; also frequently the
train of thoughts, TeminiscenctM, &c.,
which the soul, when paasiitg into a new
body, cannot take along with it (c/a.)..
•'^ kkkar vifil (Sehr.-; Edbw. T.n),
^*5V8W^* ikhoT kufhtu gragi, ir*-
W^nr^^ resounding in every
company.
da^ $/iag kkkor^wa la return or each rota-
tion (of a month, day, or year): x^*^'
rigi la ^khcr-kha^i Ihag ^khyil yoU-gi hdug*
pa thoee articles which are found in excess
at the termination of the period should
be sent round (^^V«).
*p*^*«M ikhor-igJchan one who turns
a wheel ; a wheel that is tiumed ; those who
oo*ne and go with somebody.
^'IS^'^ hkhar-gyi ikyxi-kkhit
inf i(iV^W the circle of attendants.
^*8i^ hkhorgyi ike^m, ^Txmn
dependuits.
•'^P^'Si'^ bkhar^gyi ^ke-bo irft^^i
{Schi\ ; Kdlae. T. 21) .
**?^8'^*«' kkhor-gyt ^khyam court-
yard ; an open space near a temple or a
residential house where people assemble
to witness a spectacle; also the passage
round a temple or monastery for devotees
to walk round for religious merit.
'^t^^ kkkor^gyi gtso-io the chief of
the attendants or followers.
^'^^ hkhor-gfiig one attendant;
^f^'V* kkhor-tnami domestics ; hoiido-
hold servants ; *^ io^ikhor a cycle of
years : <'^f^ aj'^n lo-kkhcr icu-gfn^ or
yi 4{ drug-icu a cycle of twelve or sixty
years.
N*^' W hkhar-iian firrif the first of the
seven mubicai notes.
QjS^^^ ikhar-to n. of a tribe in Tibe*
(y'ai. kar. 190).
«^**l
190
«»f^'«^'«l5*W]
pawitm itops at tlw tiireahold or at the
•atnowe of » lioaw.
N*^'V^ §Mot^ hdn9 to enlist ; to
rraniit; to tike Mono't followers. 8^*i>i*
mdiwa takiiig mdouMi beixigs as his fol«
kfwwn wcAm lot their good; or a JSodhi-
Mf^etf hating brooght animatied beings into
his followers, does work for the oanse of
man : ^'^^''^'^ Utkw^tdui-pm tdug
all the attendants had odUeoted together.
^'4 tkhar^iw or ^'9 tklm^ male
attendant
SSA.)
*^*^''^ i**ofMfa I : to turn round; to
einrnmambcilatey to walk all round; also
to elapse, to be completed. 2. to be
formed, perfeoted: B^T^'^'^'^S the frost
has formed ; Vxr^ dew has arisen.
^^pV^ n: the world ; rotatory ezis-
tance; the round of transmigration within
the six dasses of beings : ^'4'<r|'''^'|9i
ikhat^a h fiyie-ff | riy^f to repent at
haying oome into transmigratorj existence.
Syn. •t^^ mtHPigi •^^i'^'F wMan-^hagi ;
0img-hg dtU^-fo; Wlk»si thun-^mHl ckoi;
^•q-^-ff^ **AoiMt« ikhiff-mar to
transmigrate in the world (Pag. $91).
the braakar or destroyer of tranan%Datoij
e xistenoe; the name of a former Tathi-
gata.
€hmiH> ^fno^ (Mr.; JOtlac T. im.
^*4 V|^ tkhor-wa iaH-vryg^^iv
sil-eMr«^'«iMr'|«-(^*|fc'i^*4|'«-9-)^ the put-
ing of all anilnals to be foUowera of the
thousand past Bnddhas.
f/Man one who has been liberated from
transmigratory existenoe; also <me who
libsrates anoiner £com that state.
H^' fttiHn-moiiphihhati the residnioe of t
qneen (4f<o».).
'^^A'^Bi ikkoTHtati cl^nraiv the
enemy of the world, JfOiv.
ocean of worldly existence : 9/Hr%^9r^^
B|, AJ»^*§s«^|^qR§^ the FOa^NM
(the wrong impresaion}; thrown into the
ocean of worldly business {Ormb. ^ 76).
tanglements or ties of the world: ^^'
:^'V\^n I, ^«c«^-^9«iq-5ir5- J the straig
fastenings to this world are the cause of
the sofflering in hell of all tt^^m^
nature (JT. u lUy
^•^(^'^q iihor^^ ffAff-iftfs/ the
miseries of the worldly existence.
^^m^ bdoi^tha iga^i^h AH-pkrt
Oufid, the god of Loto {M^lom.).
i^'i^'9S^% ^MerHMtt i4mm^ the
prison4icuse of worldly existence.
^*m kkk^r-ifiaH hmtwwmt the
path of transmiigKatoiy existence.
fK-*^-^ MAor*tMr tfjierio comeiB
and go oat of this world Tuiy often.
^•^•^•^« *Mir^-lMr tUsfHMfi
one who trsnsmigratlss.
1^*^ ^B^ iMAer.4Mir MAfUMi M(^
wandering purposdeas]^ in this world.
N*^'*'*!' ikhor-tm ttAagt without
ta-dam^t mm the tree Cadrnmba
Mn^ imiatempted many (Fi^. ^).
^"^ iikor-tkag the date of loturn;
**» ♦«■• or period for whioh leave is
gnatedto monb or soldien atthe ezpira*
Horn of whieh Hbtty aw bound to ratarn
todnfy.
*f^"tn Vtkor-ffug, ^nmm the horiwn;
the wan suioinidiog a mfy or fort; ram-
part: "f^'tWft Vt^or-yug-iu or^'X'q^'Q
tiier^-mo fug^u within the limito of the
horiaon; ereiTiriiere; at all times.
• ^"«^ ***er-jf jr^ «« («i?Ar.; Kikie.
T.li).
iff^r^ m^-fgak latoh.
attendants and aerraats, companions and
domarties: "iT^ ftdun^hor waiting
aerraat; rafc< deehambre; intr^ff^ noH-
ikAor hftanhold servants ; domestics : ^
^ gtm-ikkor master and serraat: ^
^■^ ^n ikifir the ehidf and his servant;
IT^ tUm-Heior the teadier and his
t^V^i IF"^ t^ti^^AAor a seerattty or
«*»*; %'y*^ Phri-Vchot aernoits oatside
flke domedioa.
65 A).
*f^*1<«*«i mtr^gt^pa ^ood atten-
danti.
''•n^'s^I: Mi«r-A> and other weapms
•f wv inetnded in the f (blowing list of
191
'^•^f
weapons op •*T« tfUhoH cha :— «Rpi-^-^ -»
WwWu idtithpai »« <Jlo-tra; 5^-9^ f«Arf.
f^ w* ItaghieHi i 58^9 Ayi>^ ; -WK-
•V M«^-ti<A(«; •^•IK. f«f./M; ^«^-«^
(jr«0fl.).
an orb, oirole, disk; a wheel: ^•JUjj-'H-
the symbol of entering into the great
oitde. 2. the round of life; orb or state
of existenoe; f^xft-^* trnhni^ ^n,^
*> »R^W the chart or oyde of edstenee*
«'S^*V«'8-'«?K»n1| M« dot m tnamt*^
kkkor-io lt*hi the foor states of esistenee
of gods and men:— (1) •W<A'vr^'<Vpr4
nfthm-paH jful^ gnttifo sft^ti^Mll
residenoe in a plaoe when there u agree.
ment or which is agreeable; (2) fTyi^ir^-
^^■*" ^pet^tu datihpa la ktten^pa «^s«vr.
'W to take refuge with or shelter under
good men; (3) «»\fVS- J-««-^T*iSr*i jdky
vravm perfect determination of one'saelf;
(4) ft''*^V»«Vr« |«M g<a^m,^4nJ,
hfot-pa l^wm sm moral merit aoqoired
in a former existence : *f^-*«| (i) jJk;iofwfc
can ^^ one who is possessed of a disk;
(2) |«« tbrul a snake (»on.) ; (8) t. i V«
h" *ur.wi ynmvt (JIMoM.).
if*or-lot-§nur <anmf4xm an TTAivwMl
Emperor. '
Syn. •TfiV^^'K ma-ltit tfpatfo ; %'V^'
** zgyaUuH hdu4\ fTcA-^^-^i^ *»«»*»
iwi4-^g; sriT^*' M-iNm iwHl; *ST
frfl ^ai^g rggnh^i M-f mi.fi a«:
fi^-Hv j^-jpr^-a^'Xf I
192
q^-lfli'iiiaj-Qiqi I
tgyaUgyi ft^Min-MK) the wife of the
UniTeraal Emperor.
Syix. * «^'f « wrf-yi /Ao-wo ; 8^*%' V*^
fmi-mei rfn-eken; ^w^fr« gnam ftftof-
ma; fT«* V^'^T* Lhag-pati iwai-phv^g
ma; ^*Tt^'^'* Iff^g-ri^^ ft<wn-»».
^•*ami **A(w.to 4;om|, v. S%^^
da-dru kiom IH^»^'<, vegetable medioiiie
for ringworm.
1^ «^-|;4(q^*^ Bkhor-iodad IdaHpabi-
ri ^nra^ii n. of a fabulous mountain
Bituated beyond the great ocean where the
horiaon touohee the earth. At itB centre it
has an impenetrable golden hill called
Vajra ndbhi parvata. It is filled with fruit
troes in consequence of which there are
innumerable species of monkey living
there (JT. d. ^ «»«).
<^*i(^-i^K-la|'Zi*^$ A'lf4| hkhor-lo daft
kkhcr-h chm-po Iha^i mo4og (JT. rf. * S6S)
n. of a celestial flower; idem«'W<TI'
y^Ktaa-kra daH Ua-kra chen-po. (JT. d. ^
156.)
^'H\i^\ ikhor-h dri-me4 ^llBnTW
n. of flower.
q|«<-K4|V hkhoi^-lo gdoA^^^ phag-pa,
^m, wm a pig; one with a circular
muszle.
A|«<aiR^q-q} ^hor-h bdab-ityya W»»-
«l9^^ n. of a flower.
Syn. 5«i«a^- rgy^hpo^ P*; «^**'\*'
9or-ma gshi-pa; ««vk. fo-ma iMan
(Jifilon.).
i^-^'^V*' V^ffor-lo hdra-tca ^mw^y
wfNnr: like a circle ; resembling a wheel.
i^[Ci^ K'^Vi'M hkhar-lo tdonia-pa
n. of Buddhist TantfHk deity.
^*lf-^*|p ikhor-h 4ican'§ggur >^ S IT
«'^^ n. of a BoiT teacher {O.Bon. 1).
^ V'^-q bkhar^lo tbyei^ "flAft^
one who can penetrate into the designs or
machinations ol others.
^'^>wf^ MAor-fe r^«At^M the
fabulous wishing wheel which is poeseosed
of one thousand radiating spokes : yi'tit'*'^
HS|iK' J-^«^<>wi|s. i<sq in the presence
of the king was the golden wheel with one
thousand radiating ribs; 8-q*iA^«|-«r^
^•qi\s|*i(«i<ii\irq-«i on each spoke, where it
touched the felloe^ there was placed %
dainty dish; ^'^T^V^r^siy^qy^-^-^^^
from the wheel was brought before him
whatever he wished; ^^\S^^^fi'iv^''f^'
^V^ci that which he did not like turned
away from him {A. t).
t^'H't^ hkhor-h gyo jp^ n. of a
flower.
^jJ^S^SjK.' bkhar-lobi rkaA round foot;
elephant; VF^9^'P0 (M^m.).
nfSKH\'9^^bkhor-iobiiltgon'PO the lord
or chief of aU: •rn-iHf^v^«V«««K*«^
««Af4i Q q^^^ii^S^M-di^^^*^^^^*
i^q«i S^*^ before the feet of Kaiydnaudtra
who i j the paramoimt lord poBseseing the
grace of the noble, wise, and good, whow
kindness is unequalled.
ii^-A'*^i( ikhor^lohi f^grin as mets
eXc^' tiUi-moi the camel. (4fXofi.)
i^-lSk-9mfK bkhar-hbi tidkab i^» ^
the circumference of a circle.
4jC^-;(t j^fi'qsif bkhor^hii v^anhpa Am,
described as n**^«-^«'»*\r«, • went
called '"tiger's-dawB."
q|ik-lA*«Mi*q^ hkbar-hhi yan-iag^'^^
|5»^- HaH-pa |pyi*t w*i» ^wnw» ^ a V^^
term for the goose species (jtfXoii.).
^9\
fei im amber.
8yiL wm bfa.sui§ ; »*^«i C«.yi M^or-
jw ; ^^^^S h§ itm mig (4Plo».)-
^nv^tn ^kar4o§ tgnhiea, *l«^r|'^^*
t'Vf ftH-ffo |p|r»-dM bfi'brag wheded;
iMorkge <nr Tehicla (Jfitoi.)*
^*r* M*or.<9f »«t*o, T. r •« frfw-
fiiAoWy a potter; one irlio 1ms Ij tonuag
(be (potter's) wheal («loii.).
1^« |Mer-M vcf^^^f^pet the petli
f or rireoBiambiilsiioix roQnd a aeored b^u^
ing or other* objeet ; the positioiis of
ettendsnt demi-gods of a prinoipal deitj
^'^V> kkc ttfmm JOMaif horse and
oow : fc««ni-^r^'^i«*IF'^«S slight^
ing from his hocse, he prssented the three
objectei Til., a serraati a horse, and a oow
to him (A. 7).
ils^^ the alms-g^Tor, alms-giTing, and
tibe reesiTer of alms, when {hose three are
of pure motiTos.
(^^^ tfJkifHM, pf. eNh ftUo/, imp. ffa
UM 1. to meke apsnon a daTS ; to bind
ss a semnt ; to eaose to ssrre one. WpN
free-Uol or f^rV kkot^ a daTo; ftitof-
yi e# *y* fAv-M^ the miseriesof serri-
tiids ; 9>Am«d!s^^ rf to e< e w #j w Wwfnwi
to be endaTsd by others, wifl&ont abOitj
to help oneseli SL aoe. to C«. to sate; to
•pare; to enjojr with modention. 3. aoo.
193
'^l
io Sek. to become iniensihle ; to be asleep;
to get beanmbed in refarenoeto the limbs.
In Med. 4. to boa (with pf . pN khci) :
^H^'Q to make one boil; plaoe for
boiling (tTii.).
^}*f%vfi moltMUhpa eiplained in rai^
ihami<a4 igrulhp&r bjf^i^ %mi kgoA tnur^
M>a^fM4 na braA gfog^tu tkkoi4kub^ pin^
debitor ma-bifutl^na htM 9ifog4u g^urJfjfM
tkM mi tM^pm r$4 (jf^ug.) acEtraotmg
Tolnntary sarnos^ iA.^ if a sarvant
obodientij gitas eisot to the wishas of
his master, otharwiie, alihoiigh theaerrant
maybe in hia aarrieei he haa not rendered
aarrioe.
^'« WMMm a tamale attandant
^« tkkol^m wfit maid-aarrant.
Ofn hkho% or ^^ tkkoiJta worth,
Tdne, inqportanoe; alio neoaadty: ^'Sii
kkkohcan important; mighty; "of great
inflnenoe ; ^^^ t k ho§ w m 4 nninflnential ;
^Vwe moi^ ph^A^ to draw aa a
blistar or poultioe; ^>i'W*('H*^'V^'
1^f^'^4tH'Poig0H$»aMcigpo4ku^
§9iai4fgi tkkoi4uikam {A. IJO) aUhoogh
thaxe haTO aodated aome artidea pretty
oomplete, there waa neoaadty lor a Teaad
to reodTO (deaerre) them; ^'^V^'^
ikho§4M ekni'tM of laaa neoaadty;
bga-war ehui^ less aotiTe or lass
energetio (4f<fon.).
^V^' V dm daH k§tun suited to one's
intention or objeet; fltnsss; soil
^P^5n t k hc§4p ^g aeooiding
measure of one's afaOity.
a
qjy^-qj
194
ftl^'QI
^^q hg^^uJt^kag^pa to put in oppofiition.
vb. intniiui. 1* to freeze eitlier into ioe or
hard ; to ooagiilate, crTstalifle : «'^^ J'*l^
the water will be freezing; Q^f r^B^S^'
the Bcda has congealed on the salt-lake.
In Sikkim kkyeh or khek^ii^. 2. to feel
ooldy become numbed : V^'^9^ ikhyagi-
tbpuH they felt cold (jtfXon.).
^^y ikyof^^rum or ^fJ^'^M kkkyagi
ram an icendip ; also ice in Uocka.
Vf^h bkhyanhkyi dk BttAj dog.
<^JWI*Q I: ikhyamhpa fig. to rove,
wander: ^^\w^Wf|q|V«r^ii, ^t^fH'^'
*^V' WW being completely deluded by
deiiire, they rove the world as a wheel
(JT. d. M S80) : A|»^q<'^w«r«i^ ikhof^^tcar
tkhyanit*i)a dah or o^'V^B*''''*' bar-dor
tkhyam9'pa to rove (in the world or in the
intenral between death and regeneration)
for no purpose.
A|B«^^ II: =^^«^'^-^f q dan-mi^
du tgro^a wifk^^vrnv^f ym^mf ^, fwwiytf
ft'Tf; ft^V^'^'^'V^bkhyanii^ar gyur 1.
to rstmble about; to wander purposelessly;
to wander in a strange country. At
certain seasons many monks wander about
Tibet, Mongolia and China, riifa Hue.
fwn, ftl^J; V^<^-^W«'«' tnam^r
tkhyamtpa^ to wander about continually ;
to moTe about imceasingly: ^*c^%|Sf'q
Ipchyanhdu bj^g-pa to cause to ramble or
rove about; to become strayed, lost;
wandering; vagrant;' erroneous; erring;
«'«gprci eka kkhymhpa inimdation ; flood.
^BF^*! tkkyamhpo 1. eo^roneous; a
vagabond. 2. n. of a disease.
^B^'^ J*Ayflr-iftf to err, to go
astray, to deviate from the right path : ^
^^ mi'bkhyar erring or blundering man;
^Vl^ Ifhyi tkhyar a stray dog ; <)- ^^jS^'Q-Q
yug^ ikhyaf^itO'po one who makes
mistakes in vnriting (a letter, &c.) ; IfS'a'^'
^>^'«ra9^ do not err in conTecaation ,
^^'M«'^^ one should be afraid of
making mistakes, of going astray; ^^^^ff^tl
^ bkAyar^po a defective simile (Jo.).
irreleyant: ^^f'^^iQ speaking unconnec-
tedly.
^^'^ bkhyal'takig irrelevant speech;
speaking nonsense: «ff^'i'^'M<i^'ft'9S'*,
^•il^f <S>w«S^'^^ if one speak mis-
leading words which cause the youthful
not to go straight it infringes the law (or
justice).
Q.^^^ hkhyi^a, ace. to 8ok^ ^«'9
bkhytl-tta,
Q^OT^ bkhytg-pa, ww to bind; to
take prisoner, ii^i^lan, also in C, to
strangle ; sufFocate ; ^'^^^^^V tkag^pai
hkhyig-pa-po one who binds with a rope.
Syn. ^Hi ^AM-ira; fh ^domi '^'^
ikyig-'pa.
^E^'** iikyigi-pa, pf. ^« 6^>fi
bounds
to draw out; strain; also to roll, x^volve:
IH'^V«i mig^tkhyii^ to turn orroU one's
eyes: ^^'^''^^^at'^jW'^^f^'f^'i^^-^'
Q'^^* Vrn bkhor^war »hy%4i^ rgyuHgt^-
io m fi-Uar inaH'^icabi 4Ho§^ kM dag k
the chief of the causes of revolving in the
•Ir«l
195
V*"!
worid liM in how cm appatn (ratwaidly
{Ztm. u, se).
9^9m ikk p im jm^ ^''^^ CAM MAor-
•M to whirl (aa of water) (Jfiloii.).
doaari hed aa i i a ar A4 a/ia-iMi m^v la ^a#
apar-iforuda ^ iMi f w wi j w, to ba anoirolad
with a halo, like tha aaa and moon ; ^'
H^* Aoy-MAywNff ^imV nimbaa; halo:
aM'^-a^wi AfoMorf iUyiaii a ninhow
ancinliiig (him) : rit' aa-Mii or ff^
AUyMMt lbg» miati or aoioka anTtlopad
hiiii(«/Sl.X
^13^'Q MAyJTHMi to torn round : 5S'*>*
VAfit^pa (i^tffP.) to turn a paraaol rQimd
in a oirde OTar tha hr d.
intnma. to wind; to twist; to whirl round;
fbw hair (JVXafi.): C«'4^in*H|ca
ehu-ralL fug^'knii AMy^AiMi water of itaaU
whirls xoiind» m.| toms into a whirlpool;
M%ff pjfMi-iMr^ A white shall wound to
iba right or wound to the left ; |*r^*a
iffni V^ffO^u to ooil up like a snake; to
being wonnd hi the manner of a snake:
«'HQ'4*r^^ ehu eiethpo tkkgil ^Ong
nmah water haaaooamnlated snmnmding a
place or inode a place forming itself
in a whirlpool; Xw^^trV.- ^o^u
Ikk^i^iMl aa if wreathed with light; f
'^M'^^^ Ca jew mig myil-^ pd
iheflshwaarevolTbg its golden ^es: ^
^ar gyur4$ tiiere manjr people hating
crowded together or assembled together:
*-iragirfT«^j^c^V8-5 alth^agh
there waa no awirl in the watesra they dog
deeply into the gromd.
8yn. af*^-^ IMerbra; hT«" A/tr^Mi
^I^^^S hkhyO^a tryjfa wmw^ one
hundred coils: ^trf^ tkkpO'^tkm «vA
anything that is p o ss e ss ed of coils; wonnd
together.
^►ra-a^ MiyiAfta «ia»r9^ P^a^gfan
an aamng.
8711. r«r«Ar|LriM4« vdnt^^-, i(m:
<^'1 Vthif^a or ^v-d ikkyui-pam
T^kjfog^ 1. bant ; not itnigbt (ifiy ).
2. pf. «s<i MAjwi nin atraj.
Syn. ^^ |r<Mr«; |«rq irof^ {Mi<m.).
to nm, laoT* tvilUy ; Mid to iaq^ 9^**'^
^ «trMrH0«t^4(9fi, Um iiMMiiiif of rapidity ;
ikhifug-pa rapid laotion of figtoiof t
Vrr'«l|r« fhtlfmr IMfNftfM torn or
mora rapidly liki tha iaah of l%lria>tng.
^TV^B'v «Mifiv^ IMyii^ to nm vmj
fwiftljr: «B^lM ikftfuf-tmn in or about
a moment or in a flaab: I'^B^^tata |i»
MAjwHmm jiA«if^7oarbonoar bat ooma
for a rapid vint: es''«('^'^'^^<i|-|qr
'^T' hhyi^roA dt-r^mtug-itam^Ma rogt
wai 7011 oonw bate to^ jntt f or a trioa :
W*r^l^ tkhfuf^ttm gti^ Me lor
aboolaaiiMluit: ^'^ MNw M;^yi^ (be
Mind traTda ^oidUy. WO^t kkr^Mg^g.
JM to gkam; to twinUe witb Ugbt; to
■bine in varfooa ookm : %1|')trl*Mr<mr
w^ (Z«M. ft. ts.) tbe Mind i^tm
fi^V""!
106
c^^\
(x^l6M) with ftuflering ; ^^Yt« glit-
tering in yellow Initre; tcT glitter ; to
shine (of theminbow).
^^'^^ ikhtfug-^yig running hand^
ouirent handimtibg.
^S'T'^'**! i*Ayt/ jF-f ar-ctf » in IT. hacty:
hurrying; oaieless.
una tkaf-^ as soon as bom (4Mon.) .
M^'ipi*||k'^'ir1|i;' ^yu4 na§ tdoH-^cabi
fna nM Wvw VflV ^W* one that beoomee
an hermaphrodite after being embraced*
IpiT 1. to embrace ; embraced : ^^^V^^S^
ifigul-nai tkhyui^ to clasp ronnd the
neck; to hug; to encompass by spanning.
2. to glide in or into (as serpents) :
»ici|-^<^s|-q ^al-du ikhyug-pa entering of
the soul into new conception. 3. to be
able : "li^'i*^'* NS^ M-^ar mi kkhyti4
unable to rise (from bed)- The word is
alflo illnstrated as l^wf^-^-^fa-fa
ttrig-pa la t^n na% tgnhwa Ua^ to
move supporting himself on a wall, &o
^rrftrrvr sexual embrace (4Woii.).
of ^ 6l»yt«r, to be separated ; diTorced
(Off.) : to stop ; to put an end to. Aco. to
Jd., to be deserted: wasi''«'^-^si'q^
being separated, be was, so to speak,
bereft.
•1^^ bkhyuf^ V. ^'^ ikhyu^a.
'^^''^ bkhyeU'Wa to be filled, up, t.
i^^K.«'<i tgeHi'pa.
Q^^^CI ^Ay«^j»a L to be sufficieilt, to
suffice, to be enough ; to bold out ; cblloq.
'^^'ft^ this is enough : M^ there is net
enough. 2- in (7. to gain (a law euit);
to be acquitted {Ja.). 3. Ivfts-a pfiyir
khyei^a to bow without uncoyering one's
head, as a less humble way of saluting
(Jii).
^QVl hkhyer-wa nn to carry
away, to take away ; sbmetimes, to bring :
4'^^'^^ chu-yii bkhyer carried away by
water ; <^i(<i'^'^ fe-fo| bkhyer to be over-
come, carried away by idleness, ^'^'ft^
l^e-mig khyer take the key; ft^'^
khyftr-fog bring; %^'^ khyer 90^ C9iry
ofl, take away; akin to the fe-au and
h'jao of Hindustani.
Q^V^ ikhyer-w !. bearing;
appearance; demeanour; neatness. 2.
colloq. advantage; superiority; pleasant-
ness*
QJgf^*^ myel-M 2kf . to hit, to
^B^'^S^ V^hyog-bkhyag bent,
crooked {Sag.).
•n^'^t 1 »*Ayo^»^ro«v^i^«i g^h
tpen-pa the planet Saturn or ^*2^ ^
§(l<m ; he in blue robe {M*t^)^ 2. cs<w«
^b^hu a stream ; waterfall {M^9n.) ;
l^'^Y^V Mbrul bkhyog^gro the naks
because it creeps in a bent coarse (M^^-h
'^H^'^ bkhyog-can or ^^'^ tkkyo^
bkhyog tortuous.
i^4|*|i('q bkhyog iton^ to fly into s
passion {8ch,).
Q,j^'q **Ayojr.pfl, pf . JT^ »Aya^, imp.
0s| khyog 1. to lift; lift up. 2. to
carry ; tob ring : ^««rrS^ gff>ha '^9
bring in the tea (C)-
^^8 ttkfog'fo or ^fl kkyojf'fo
crooked ; bent : ||^CI%'^*li kk^ag^po^i H^tm
a crooked flgme; m curve, flouriahf creeoent,
Ukun^ikAyoff the fish mrithing hither and
thither.
crooked BeedB.
P^ ^V, *t^i,W*, ^ fM^9 l^^Wi not
upright ; not Bbw]ght» t.tf ., crooked.
iH|{T« «q'«^ kkhfog-poii w^hu^pon the
bent-bill ; a toucan.
«Aa, a^'^ ekaH-rtii a kind of ohum or mixer
to make wine yith.
Syn. ^g-*^ goH4m can ; «r*^' J .•W| ^er-
m ^9; ^OT«'4t^ 4bug9^bbyin fiii; a^'
^^ Ukig^gi fffaHrrag rough language ; not
straightforward (jKIoh.).
^$T^a^ tkkifog^gafl a lath or pole for
canying burdens (&A.).
-^TS^ tkhjfag^gral»\^'m^ dtaH^km
straight road (If^lbfiJ.
'SS^^w hkkfog^hbar *|«'lk' Uaie
or flame (4IU<mi.).
^T*S ***yof.^w«fas\K-« draH^ or fit"
^ wt)^:iw aiaraight (4f*wi.).
^▼^IS VAyof^ifai a crooked, ont-of*
ihe-waj oonatmotion or explanation.
^6^ J*Ayopi or f^ ikhgogi, x^
a p«lanq[niTi ; sedan chair ; lifter.
Q,^*q »kJ^roi.tra or ^mi l^hfoS§ %^'
paMi don-^iM QiMtf^ to obeerte : >^*4^«
107
^•«l
n^^r^ igw^^la ^pin^idag^git fH^ma^g^
gi iiHef^ikur sktMM 1. to obserre a day's
religious service in a monastery. 2. aoc.
to Jd. and Bamsay khgong in Ladak
signifies to bring.
^p^'Q kkhponhpa mrm, fluid hence
fig. giddy or giddiness ; also to reel ; to be
giddy: ^^'^'f^'ri^i i» ikhyam ikhgam
rgyug disay with intoxication : «*'3|k.¥«(ii-
^•r^a*^^ ^'^^ yaH fig %og% V^hyoi daH
ikhgor^Mi hkhyog the trees being moTed
(by the wind) were bent (Aug*) ; so the
words 4*« ikhgom asid ^^ ^hyog are some*
what similar to each other, ^^}i9^t;^khyom-
khyom do^a in C to reel, stagger : *^^^
^•> (TR^i ehta^gi bkhyom^kt kdAg he is
staggering under the influence of beer;
9it'^99 ffii$h<hkkkg&m disainess ; vertigo :
W«S**f^^i«'«rs|r tug^lai if^go^tkhar
kkhgotfhpa gto the farabi of a sheep (taken
as food) cures reeling or diasiness of the
head (Med.).
^%^*Q ikhyor^wa ftwv to be un-
steady ; to miss, fail; not to hit {C$.) ; to
imI, stagger, from intoxication; to warp
(of wood or wooden vessels) : ^f f %«r^^
in walking his steps reeled (jBAa.)-
oB'^'q -mvohpa, pf , ^m kkhgol, cf.
1^*4 ffty^j-tMif to be carried ; to be brought ;
to arrive at, come to, reach : aww^^ra^'
%w^ on reaching the end, it uras left
(unfinished).
oi^Vl kkhgot-ma, same as %m'm
fftyai-ifuSy a present, gift.
^H'q|
198
probably NP< V^hrat^ to lean to; to
indlino towaida {Cs.).
^'^ hkhra-M a support to lean agamst ;
a prop; the baok (of a oludr): ^B'^'^*
pa firm in support (J^ag.).
Q^gC^ ikhraH^ (fha^) mKi hard ; ^Rvq
^Mra^l-tra, m^ ^ ^kraH'^a adj. hard.
^^*^ ^^^'*^'^^ (^Aatf-:|Hi), in ooUoq.
Tib. to expel ; turn out : ^^''^fS9Sigegs
tikhrai byei to expel the devil (from
one's body).
Q^*C| j^hnOhpa (thalhpa) ^smn^ tnr;
ft 'fSP ikrab ox tp'^ Skrab-paf 1. tortrike;
to beat (in regxdar strokes, as in swinmiing
and rowing); to thrust, stamp, tread
heavily ; ^'^PF^i h'o bkhralhpa to dance in
that maimer. 2. to winnow ; to fan. 3.
to blink, twinUe, wink with the eyes. 4.
to jest; to joke; to oraok jokes. 6. to
leap, jump {8ch)i jump for joy {Sehr.),
6. to sooop out ; to bail out {8ch.). 7. to
fight ; to combat in C. and W. (Ja.).
^QI'^P^ ikhral-dkhrut (fhaHhut)^
|pr4*^'4 ISkral-h kkrul-h {fha-h fhu^h)
ooufused; dazed; confounded; also as adv.
also applied to one who is confused in
his ideas and speaks unconnectedly and
ravingly, and being unable to sit moves up
and down and cannot even preserve his
own goods.
chag§ idod^M hopeful ; also attached.
Q^ diArJ (^Ai) reduction ; discount.
^]^*^ bkhri-rkai in, said to be^S^
"^ tgyaUmithan, the Buddhist Bag of
victory.
^^'1^ bkhri^grub payment of stipulated
revenue or dues : pprvrj'^^'l^ii JfcAr<rf-iai»
Im-hn 9og§^ ^'^[9tlf^'p^^'v\^'^ rat-gi
fj^gihla babi-fia-ni tkhri-tea liabilitiea ou
account of rent or debt, &c.
Q^'q bkhrp-tea, pf. ^ ikhrii, et ^J"
^ ikrMca cognate. 1. to wind ; oomp roo s ;
entangle ; bpid fast : B*^^'^ft'^B'<^ kAptm
tkaihkyi tkkri-wa conjugal embrace ; 4^'^
bkkri^ or ^1^'^ jiUn^a oceeper ;a
creeping plant: (pr^'^^^r*^^^ to be
tiedbytaxjes and entangled in debt 2.s
A^'Q ohagt-pa mostly as a sbst. thrall ;
attachment, bat as vb. also : ^'Vl'^v'^
rafl dar^gifi tkhm-pa to be atbaohad to
one's interest or advantage; Q'*S'S i«-
nmi^kyi to wife and children: '^'^^
bkhri^i3HihQ4^^K^^''<^^^ 9km^
da^tbreUthag 0A<^ fondness; attachment.
^^'^|« 9f$en*ikhri§ passionate attaohmeout
^1^'Q.qq bkkri^bab aasesadoeiit of
revenue or rfi|«^-^V^^^MH rlM-Ma
fM gtum-gifi bkhri^tMj levy for iLe
three-— grass» water, wood (to be sappUel
to privileged travellen or oflScials)
(Rtsii.).
irvT, W^} vfiim, ivOl, vnfv a cveepiug
plant.
Syn. «w^^'W«i yai-ja|i f«*iMi.
qK*q*l|4|'l|*lic. n. of a kind of tree.
Syn. ^-^'^pri^foUku; 9\*^'^'^hii-
hyag-bt^it (41M<mi.).
*%«'l
199
«&>r^l
«^' W^M mrl-fHi Hfghnui |Vs«r'
^-<ra^ » luune for the S«l tn*.
^S^'P 4*An>^ 1. flupr (&Ar.).
2. MVi, ^«i mjstio number ngniijrmg
"two" (SfMi.). 3. Tb. to oohere ; to rtiok
together; beoome thiok, intermmgled:
mr'^ tnam-tkkrig the eky is think:
Vthrig-pa beems of light and ninbow hoes
intenninglad: ^fi^l^'4 ikhrig gyur-pt,
|c|^^v^A|^q to beooma adherent
being intimatel J mixed iq» with the Mfliron
of meccy. 4. ooitoa; aezdel inteoraomae :
"^n^T^ to perform sodi. ^|*rin^rt><
(ikad='^^^kkrig-UMg amoronsspeeoh;
obscene laognage; ^^«Wl Vthrig4habt
vfinr amoroos dalliance; '^fi^^^V**
tkkng idoi-tita vn^ a Toliqytaoas
wmaa. 5. ^%mi{k. the twins in the
Zodiac.
Byu. of No. 4. sqR»«(^|V f^tr<f/|.jM>
0fiiM8yer;Vc-(AV« gnU^pd^i «ho§i Vl^«
VM i»-r«9; VI* ^^; S^m fwiMff ; f^'«
•Jkwt-im; Wf^ *MM-«6yor; l*'!'^ «»y«-fc«
Hl^ iiV-ffrw» (4(i(fM.).
p^ tmrofwa (ifmHim speaking of
copnlaikm or of ssocoal onion.
*fiTo-«^4 mrig-pa tbpm^ to talk
^fi^«»IS ***n^a|JtfdiX5-^ftii n. for
iKe orow (J|Moii.).
^ftT<A<«?S *» khhrig-pabi cJiOi t^en-pa
to be given up to voluptuousnefls.
«w» or m*S-^^\f^ « hui-n^ hdo44imn
fWi a voluptuous Of lioentioim womin
^|^*X| ^MriV-^na or «|^« tkhrigg-
ma, ii^«A fa^-iMiat irf^nt ww the wrirt
((xf the hand).
^%^^ ikknghpa oolleoted or acMmUed
together, of |^ ^prm (doucb).
^ **H* pf. ^ Vsri w^, to lead; to
oQndu0t;bring toa plaoe ; eepeoially uaed
in conneotion with ^Tiip<|^ft]ff imd ohildrai,
also of leading an army: 9*^^Vy(' bu-
i$ha hkkr%4 bpuH led out their ohildien.
Os^^ Mrtmi tf Aim), ^t^W^ t^
tkrag {fiag.) terror, panic, £ear : ^*«pr
^%m ibrei^noi ikkrim (Lm.; Jd.).
ft|«I'«l ikkril^a (fkih^) ^n tkkti.
ica to innd, ooilroond (of •erpents);
draw oloee; embraoe oloeely; to daap
round; «S«r«fi|iMr<^tdUaii an emhraow;
^ftiTf^ ikkriHdan a jdant fomiaheil wxih
ttadrili or ojaepen; F^|«r4 kka ikkril^mf
in TT. to speak imperfectly like children ;
to lisp, toetammer.
q^*^ tkhril4im ilg. veiyhand*
some and young; ^|*i ikkril union. ^
jebm waving; moving,
elimlring plant, aotreeper.
*l
200
c^||cqi
0^^ bkhrii (fhi) fimnr, ^wh near,
neighbouriixg bank, Bhore, cOBSt; also
poBtp. ^« and '^B'^^ do*® *<> ; ^^^7 ^^' »
against: ibrel zia-tca fnet-jM rnams-kyai
^ni-ikyoidebt ikhri§-m min-pa da pad ma
gtog9 rafi-nif gcig-ffor g^AvA-fal mi byed
one should not singly (venture) to do
Govenunent work unless assisted by a
colleague under the king (D. ^l 12).
Syn. ^gi« b9ram\ X^ rtsar; V"' <^rtt<
(Jf/icw.).
^fiii'^l&i k^hrii Wwn, ^'^ ra-gan^
iMHii brass.
^JlrtiS^jpa irnnw to wash; to bathe:
'^H^'^l^'fl kkhrur tjug^pa iwr, unrfic
causing to be washed*
i^D'q-4|Yvq likhru^tcq gco4^a ^HTW
fttopx>age of looseness or diarrhoea.
Q,^'q|1| bkhru-f^fU 1. diarrhcsa. 2.
^•|m hkhru-ibysM, «^g*^ khru-naf^ ^j^
kkhru-ikyug ^irfiwirc diarrhoea with
vomiting.
T. li^.
^fi^^tkhrug-goi-^* g(hcha or ^H^
^-JAroft war-dress; coat of mail (4f4ofi.).
RM'g'ci ^hhrug-tHa-pa the drumming to
battle ; stated {il^n) to mean also 'RF
§-si^'<(jc.'<qS'|'i|S the clamour which arises
on the battle-field.
Q^^*q I : hkhrug-pa {Ihng-pa) tirrw,
wxmi, 1. vb. pf. '^5'^^'*' hkhrugt^, rf.
SVr^ ikrug-pa, SVV^ ikrug-pa to be in
commotion ; commotion ; to be disturbed ;
to be panio-sfcricken : «i|S i-«»H^ fl
ikhrug-par nA^hgy^r-^^i^ n ^JNnlr will nr>t
become angry; get discnrderod: iraiw^'
^BTQ'H^ t^ thatm-eai ikhrug^u i&ug it
made all his veins disordered (blood to
boil). 2. to be angry; also to quanel,
fight, contend: ^'HV«'^HT^ de-gnis
bkhrug-noi the two quarrelling. Also as
sbst. fight, disruption, row: ^gT*>"^
ikhrug-pa far disorder arose ; quarrel took
place. ^0 T^SS'** to show fight ; to take ixf
arms ; to rebel: ^BT*'iS'*'V9 in times d
war : V^" W 4nwg'bkhrugzi^^^'^^^kU§b'
ikhrug war. ft^H^*«i Mi ikhrug-pa s
name of Buddha, who does not beooms
agitated or ruffled at heart. «*ia^«AT1^
io-gihi or S'^l*'!'*''^^ dinag-gif sa-iphi
battle-field {M*on.).
ipan general; commanding in war.
^BY*"^ AAArfi^Mls|'*0^ ikya^agt
1. contest, strife. 2. ^fV^'ffS'^ gpul^pr^
pa or ^>4^'^^4'(i imag-bthab-pa (41Mm.).
OJff^ ^hrug9 (thug) defined as «Tr
^'^9irl«rQ'|>^''^,qnaking, trembling, shak-
ing (4fif{ofi.) : ^IB V^'^n ikhragi-rnkktm in
W. having small oraoks, flaws, of
potter's ware (Jo.) : ^g^'*> bkArug§^^
fV4 idaf.'iffa also pk.-^«'9^-q kka^noi
Idai'^a vftw, wfT, WW, ^fim wa»
stirred up, agitated, confused, also nge,
anger ; greatly angry ; passionate. ^BV^
bkkrugi'49ha4 fever caused by overwork
and fatigue.
^|^*fc kkhrug-M %K«r war, fi^t:
^B^'*'^ ikhrug-loi work of dispute;
quarrel.
Q.gK'q tkhruH^a {thuH-wa) or ^«
ikkruii-pa resp. for 1'^ s*ys-m w^
«1^^ 1. to be bom: I'^flc^ tku^kr^
wa^f^m^^ikuit^ami^patc bebom;alao
the birth of a great man, prinoe or lama :
wnm birth storieb or legends oonneoted
wifli one's birth. 2. to arise; oome from:
%S"'*'%5^'^^w**i words as they may
just arise in the mind of yourself;
meditation arising : |^ |'»«i'ii'^«d iJiM-
9J0 ihmfi%^ ^khruMi'pa oompassion arose
in hiB mind. 3. to oome up, Bh^)ot|
sproaty grow (of seeds and plants) (Jd.).
ideb§ nrverenoe shown to a great lama
or saint by ennmsrating the names of his
sappoeed suooessive embodiments.
^HS'^ *»*nirf-/w (thui-JM) WW, pf-
^w tkAru§j foi. '^ bkm^ to wash; to
cleanse; to bathe; to wash off: ^«'V^
^H V**^*dS 909 dri^rm ikhrtt^-par bye4 the
dirt of olothes should be washed out:
i|Sti*4|H|H ^^l^'^BS <^•8^ fH4'^a in ill-
ness, by giving purgatives, one may be
oleaased : ^B^*<i^'3S cause to be washed.
^|iS*<i MArif^i»«i the washings of plates
and dishes after dinneri which aro given to
pigs, dogs, Ac-
^«^^ dm dag thag-ehoi finally decid-
ing ov determining any matter ( /. ZaA. :
Ua4m tkag-ekoi to decide upon a war or
a law suit.
pktdl ndkoHM of high rank,
la r«if-iMi lengthwise ; in length.
201 Q1BF^\
^g^ I : ikhrul (fhui) or «B^ <> bkrut^pa
^W, fvilW, 1. ^ITPifsbst. mistake; frensy;
madness ; error ; illusion ; also adj. mi^aken ;
deranged ; deluded : ^•rJsrB^qw'S^mis.
takes are not profitable ; ^9'a'^|i^*<i ^fjro-
uHi iMrul-pa .ibe deluded beings (of this
world) ; ^'^ ^nf^era to be mistaken ;
to be deceived: «* K^'^^i Q^a^^ raH-
§nail tkkruUpar ^dug I have mistaken ; it.
was a deception of the senses; f^'^B^*
^^'IF 9nai kkkml-kam kkh'Ui^aH
illusion ; delusion : ^g^' f^*^ ^Aruf-inom
can delusive ; erring : as a syn. of ^^'^ nor^
aw: ^'^^n'^^i'^ff^Q^hyod^gikhrut'
P^ kjig^iten pa ye deluded children of
the world! 2. to be iusone, deranged.
Byn. of i'a*<i^«r'l ^mo^pa tkkmt-^ occa-
siop for making mistake ; wrong way ; peril.
Q.^^ n: Hhul) in the words ^'^n
ndg-^rul is a littlo different from ^«[^
hpkrui] it applies to moral or intellootual
mistakes as distinct from external blun-
ders. In the same manner it differs
from the word ^va nor-Kw or ^^'^ nor
bkhrul. ^^'Q noT'ica applies to external or
phenomenal blunders: ^•%*wi»i«^6«iJi|-
S^'g^q-ft'lf^ if the inner heart does not err,
one's doings in the outside world will also
not be wrong ; ^^fi^T ignorance : «'^"^«i*
{ffcai»gf$ ^khor-'UHir likiiywv^ by the influ-
ence of unrighteous errors (we) wander in
the cycles of existence.
^•r^ hkhrul-ikhor ^tm machine:
contrivance; artifice. Ace. to Cb. tliis is
same as ^^«i*^ I^hrul4khar.
♦Rgii-^ ik/irul4khar vm (Schr.;
KdlM. T. 12d.).
Rgii'^B*! ikkrUVwr-nskhyim^ v. a*C
ps. ^tt^on-khaH^ a prison-house (4f^o».).
37
c^ofoffe^-jfajl
302 ftfi^'^ I
jiiggler.
Agn'S^ Mkhrul^gdfi (wrongly iot
n. of a odfistiaL maxudon.
ml^pudi'wx^ illnnye yinon or exhibition.
Syn. W**-^^ ^ruUwa^ Bemi ; ^^«i'
a vonuui that deooye others.
«^B"r*S A*Arfi*-m«*, v. '^^^ nar-fned or
n^i\ iekug-medj nninistakeably ; without
mifltalDB.
^•«| stoi-mi rtoghpaii ikhtna iam gai^
wag a lama or any person who meditates on
tiie theoiry of emptines** (i.«.% the voidity of
allnataze).
W'^l^ bkhrul-iphi eanse or basis of
error; fundamental mistake. It is usually
illustzated thus : If one mistakes a fine
rope for a snake, the rope is the basis or
oause of mistake, and ^^ ikhrul^i
is the idea or notion of a snake conveyed to
the mind by the sight of the rope: ^«r
^n4€^ &-(tAAMiK Wag-cog nuMig ikhcr-
wahi semB-can rnomi iw-Wmi^ i^en-por
issuH^ mi^ag-pa ia r^g-pa ftsif4, tdug-fttiah
wa la ide-^por (sutf-f^tf bkhruUwai VAor-
tea hdi pin in the same niaiinfnr we
animated beings, deluded by Aridgdy
mislake falsehood for trath^ the tnyuient
for the permanent, misery for happiness;
henoe this transmigratory ezistenoe.
^•««i ikhrul-yat (IF^) a very large
number,
^V bkhreg^^'W^ 9ra-wa 5ii^ very
stiff or hard.
Q,^3j^q bkhren'pa{fhen'^)^¥:^€km'
pa desire; passion; to wish; to longfor:
1. Mi'j||«r^'q sfff-fX-om ikhran-pa to wii
lor food and drink. 2. to look upon wil
envy; jealousy (/d.).
^'^ikhro-waji.^^kkrof to be angry
^^orq ikkrol^a {tkoUwa)^ pf and fut.
SJf«i ikrolj imp. S^ khn^ 1. to oanse ixi
sound; to make a noise; play: rol^mo
^ Aro Atra to play on a musioal instromeat ;
diriUm hkhrol^a to zing a belL 2. vb.
intrans. to sound; resound: r^^*^!^ the
avalanche resounded ; ^*'^^%' rg»a4at
khrog-fM a rumbling in the bowels
(Med.); f'^^ ^ikkrog in the belly:
^^'f'^'f hkhrog-kkrog roaring; rushing;
bussing (Ja.).
^'^ hkhrogi dislocated: W^f-q^H
^S^'9i;A!f*^'<^S the old woman yet
wishes to walk| though her knee has been
dislocated (fciw. 17.).
^ I : ft it flM tfand ktter of the
Tibetaa ^igbaM WReBpaading with
Smkzit ir. It ifl pranoimoed m aoft k
wlien alone or iflMii jdioad without a prefix
at the hf^nning of a word or qrllaUe.
When aaad u a final letter it Bonndi
as * or ie often herdy pronoiuioed. If a
pefix pteoede ^ or if it oany a rannoiint*
ing lettfer, it sonnda as a havi g. When
Hied to xepreant a mmerioal figoie it
^gniftea the thirds U.^ the oidinal III,
and aa anch ia genorall j naed in marking
TohmHa of boob^ Ac. ^ yv ia aometiniea
Hied aa an afflxed particle of a word to
eom[ileto it, aa in <«r^ yaf-ft, the hranoh
of atne.
^ II: in mjatioal laagoage aignifiea
hont of a goat ; alao a he-goat : M^*iVS'«i*
^1«% taaC ^M4m ra^a yin (JT. g. r»
^ ni: 1. in mTstio Bnddhiam ^ ga
neaaa thehidden entity or the eawnoo of
Buddha : T^«r1(^'i^-^rt^-qR-^«'*
l^'O*! I tMraii*amra^*wa'|a'|'^*a1^'
WS'I«*«R that whioh ia a^led ga being
tiie hidden eaanoe of the Tathteata, it
WKf be aaid (^4) that all mwmiB beinga
hate the nature of Buddha ( JT. mg. ^
«07). 2. T^^'V'^-ftT*! aa to ya it
mofea and it ia alao motionleaa :'^«*T
%|^F«'\^ ""the oanae ia fa, the real
natnve or origin of aonnd" {^rom. 88).
Againite read deflnitkma of thii iort: Y^
^•fr^-i|(«^Ai^q «that which bdcnga
to no pkee anywhere ia ga '* (A^rem. 88).
^^^ ga-Mtat Iga-fkal) tax, duly (on
eattJe, batter, fto.) (Ja.).
^1*4} ga-ga a title of honoor in W.
{Jo.).
'^^'^^ gaga isha tickling : ^^K
SS«, to tioUe : ft*5f <rm ^f|-l|a-y«r^lT«'"T
I^S^'^HV^'^wwS n in ancient time
aixteen monks tiokled one monk and from
the exoeeaiTe laogther he inTolnntarily aent
forth, the myatic windpaaaing npwixda
inaide him, hia end came*' (JT. du.
«, ftS).
■^ 4pH|^l4 Oa-g^fiio 1. n. of a certain
plaoe in Tibet 2. %'^'X ekeg^-ma^ anoh a
one; anch a thing; anch and anoh (Ct.)-
'^'^ Oa-g<m^S^ 1. one of the two
merchanta whom Buddha met inune-
aiately after hia aix years' aaoeticiam nnder
the jBodSki tree. 2. Y^S'S^'^ da-faa-fyi
rgpdit'PO lIlTW the king of a conntiy in
Sonthem India. 8. a melon (aca A.,
Lm.j onciimber; othera: barley) (JSu).
^^0.^ ga-bgrig {ga^ig) a aeddle;
i*!^ iga-igrig equipment of a riding bene.
4|*^ ga-^en or Y^ ga<km some
or a good many; good deal (JS.).
4|*S^ ga^ad inTolnntarily; without
canae, #.f ., to weep (Jf0<f., Ja.). •
^•*>'^l
^'i^'Q jfa cka4-pa fatigued; very
tii^; ^•WT*N'«, a'W^**S'«i giving up
in despair; being quite exhausted (D. R).
^'?fS 0^*9^^ ^wnpff cummin seed,
Nigella Indica,
X ^5 ^^^ '^^ ^' ^^^ '^'^^^'^ y^
tah%9d6 tshan a kind of Indian handwriting,
evidently referring to the OatM or Kaithi
chaiaoter, in which the original Magadhi
used to be written. The Tibetan ^ ga h
ordinarily pronounced as Ky hence "1*5
ha49ky or kaiihi.
t ^'^ ga-da ^r^r a dub; a mace.
^*^^ ^-difT an astringent medicinal
root : ^•w'S^'S'^ST^v'^ it removes remit-
lent fever, diseases of the lungs and of the
bowels.
^'^^ ^-<for=y^^ gua-dar also ^\^
go-dor the tender growthof fresh horn in
the three animals, rhinoceroe, stag, and
antelope : gwa^dor gmtiuggis V^ag dafi chu-
ser fkem the three ga dor diy up pus and
yellowish discharges: ■^•q5-4|-i^«^ the
growth of a new branch on a stag's horn
(coUoq, ''gdnde'') how? of what kind?
what sottP
^'^ ga-na {ka^na) •F'^ gaU-na
where? ^'^'^ ja-na-wa and ^c^ q ga^i-^M-
toa^ the same as a sbst., the whereabouts of
a person, his place of residence : jtQ'^'^*
q«*^i;*tfK.- he went here where the king
was.
^*'»^ ga-na me4 (in W.) absolutely ;
at all events: •I'^'^^'^^S'i^ it must be
204 13 1
sent by all means: ^•^•*S"<^|«i5«'*^^l I
shall give it back at all events (Ja*)-
3f^prq^qr8|aK.- IM-chen Tikog^-idag-gi mii
the name of the great God, called the
Lord of the Multitude (Siiag.).
il4Mf<(4 [9iil44^ small cardamom]. Abo
the u. of a flower {K. hoti, % 4).
t ^'l'^^ gchbur I: 1. n. of several
plants, probably Oentiana cherugki.
Curcuma, ZerunJbk^ &o. 2. I^'*^"^*^ is
a kind of stone like WXcfc*^ (JftVI. 4).
*l|'g^ n : w^j ftf camphor ; -^-^S^
^l ga-hwr oxystai-like camphor; '^'^^^
maH g€hbwr camphor resembling yak's lard
in appearance ; ga-bwr tsha^wa rgyas-pa
thog^hbah gco4 camphor, where the fever
has increased, cures by lowering its height
rnM-Hhih shan-pahi inhik-wa rtw-uadf^od ii
also cuies long-standing fever and di;M2a8e
of the fundament; ga-^r tula$ glo^rim
tshad^pa 9el the kiJid of camphor called
Tilo cures inflamation of flie Inngs and
fever.
Syn, P «55'3'« khonwabi phyt-ma ; ^ST*
Vs kod^kar^an ; i^'^^ nu$^(dim ; l^iV'^
5>D»-py* tniU'po f^'^V^ skh-waii tka/']
Ufa ; XS-^w roi^i^^sar; ^'^^^n fii^
^a'^'WO ga-bur najr-po defined as "i^
pahi tkat-wa. 1. the ashes of the burnt
dung of pigs. 2. a seoet name (Mii. 4}-
mebon. | '^ zk^wa the moon.
^*^ go'bra iffO'taK) n. of a medieine;
a twig ; also the fresh shoot on a tree.
Vi\
205
fl\\
ga-brm thA4tht4 rimi'Ha4 teUmw hp«4
(this l aBdidne) lemovea the «ptd«mio f even
and the bsit induoed \j tM (nind).
X ^*Q 9»-Mi from the Sua. WW go; in
myBtioal laaguage go or go away I
(Jr. g. P «7).
^1^3*01 ^eiHNO hyula n. of a Bpeoies
of wild €at : 4r^%*^'9^'^«'^'^lH the go*
mo byi-ia catches little birds by lying in
wait (AdM.).
^t9\ ga4Htm^^*9^ jUwm how
modi ; how many ; how long ; interr. and
ootreL, as nmoh as, €.g.y as much as you
like.
^'I'fl'O^ ga^-than (in W.) an irruption
of the skin (Ja.).
T^ ga49ho4 how much ; coUoq. " rin
di ka /•?" what is the price ; how much P
In Sikkim gtmg^M luHko-mo ? {8nd. Hbk.),
^&\^ gO'duif^a ^mm a precious
stone nsed in oaring in&ctious fevers and
other diseases, also to reliere one from the
influence d malignant spirits.
^(^ ^»-«Aass«r^^ ga^ha^ or ^'-1 ga^a^
more properiy the last word, t^., 'V-^ ga^
signifies Q^'^IS k^hai-gai a laughter, jest,
jAe: T^^K*t' they jest and play:
^^'T^'^'^^1 he is not in good humour,
or in good spirits, to-day (/a.) ; also
''to-day there is no fun."
^'W 9^*^ (in W.) how, interr.
sod ooml (Ja.).
^^5 ga-^ squinting (in W.).
^ g&im w^ an amulet ; a farooch
oontsining ohazms (▼. T> ^tfm).
^rp gatu kluHhar charm box the
lids of a which are joined edge to edge;
aw«i*c Mi-wang (O king), thy residence
is very solitary and so beantiful, as if the
heaven and the earth kiss each other there,
like the lids of an amulet {Mhro^n. 89).
*'|^'^ ^*t«-fe account book ; list (of
cases, ako of cash and balance) ; also a short
note kept on the margin: ^^'9 hgi^-iu
in a separate place that is not in the body
of a book, but on the foot or margin or
comer, i.«., t^'^ ssir-^, of a book or note-
book : |*rgp^ R^<«"1fi;l|u^*r5^q5q^ fT
^•8W j^a|ik §-ift-*^Rl^q since the date
of the months etc., of taking over charge
of the Sd9oH (District office) as many
criminal cases as may be, and the receipts
large and small all bound together should
be kept in the registration book (JSMi.;
O. 8ndg.).
ffido a Sutra delivered by the Buddha on
the mountain of Gay& Gkiuri.
^'^^ ga-'ffig w^ the letter w g.
t ''I'VP' W^^^T'^ ga-ra kha.
tan 4u labi rtsa-tca Wiw^wipr excel-
lent rice; the root of a kind of plant:
•HwJJ^SW^Flw-TH^fW'^r-'? by taking
a confection made of equal quantities
of the root of Oarka Tandula r^o-^^V
sesame, barley and treacle, one- becomes
youthful (JT. g. « iS).
*l|'^ ^fl-n, for Ml^'^w 4ga^^, ^^ gm-
iha (in IF.) dejected : ^^'ft'^ I am in
low spirits (t/a.).
"I'^l
206
^•^1
^'^ gnHTu in oolloqnial "l^"^ gaU^du
whither ; which way ; to whioh place ;
where?
t^^^V* ?«•»'**-*» ^^9 ^V' khyu^
the fabuloos chief of the feathered race.
^S. ga-re 1. in Lhasa Tery com.
QoUoq. form for ^ what," sounded kdre. 2.
where, whenee: T^A^V«S^'^^W8^ ga-
te idi-Mta aJQyaH r^H'^tag byu^ whence
eomes this oppression, over-powering
(Sd9a.l0).
^K Ch-ro J«?^'^'?V*'9»i-H1'*^ n. of
a pkce in India ; the 6aro hills {Qsam. 88).
^"^po-tol. %ir whither: «»tsr^^^^irT
nHi with the palms of the hands joined
he bowed in the direction where the Yic-
torions One was. 2.3st'«i >t-to for what;
owing to what : ^^^ to what does this
serve P of what use is thisP ^•■I''^l5h%**
where ace (yon or they) goiagP
n. of an insect whioh subsistB, it is sud,
by inhaling the air only {K. d. ' idJi).
*1('^ ga4e WW; wwt slowly, softly,
genUy. To a departing goest one says :
^^ta «' ka-h pe'p " go gently. To the host
yon answer: ^^^8^ *'*a-fc «A«'* stay
quietly, remain in peace ! T^^ ga-le fog
come slowly or gently : i5«-^'C^*i-^-
R^-ii-fejvj-^qK^-ipr^^ it is a common
saying (in Tibet) that by walking dowly
and slowly the ass cab travel all round
China.
^^2^ gchlog (in W.) squinting.
'^'^ I: po-fa laughter: «TS*^1% ga^^
mo igai^ Ti^'VI gM^ ^9 *<> ««»
laughter.
^•^'ft g<i^c^grog loud . laughter;
ga^ tgrog-^ glurgar rol^mo kM loudly
laughing they danced, sang, and made
music {A. 11).
^•-^11: n. of a place in Upper Tibet
{A. iO).
^'•^ HE: V. *?^ ga^a wwi^MH a
raiment used by TaaUrik priests,
'(|*'^IY: a string of beads ; anecklace;
a string of human skulls or bone-bits worn
by Tflnfr* Lamas : r^«HT^*^»^5'3^*
'^'SV^'^ blood drops from her mouthy a
string of human heads hangs down from
her neck, to thee be my praise who hsst
subdued the intolerable pride and anoganee
of the host of demons {Choug,).
'^1^''^ ga-^ar 1. defined in these
passages; %^'9:^^^'vmphifogtlliDig4fiA'
pa la; f'^^'^W*^^*!*' phyog^ipig
mUhan-bog la; W'?ti'*l*TT-1^'^*» ^^
gssig go* kar far gytm-pa {Al. 136), Oirth
or rope hung across the breast and the
shoulder in order to draw or cany any-
thing ; also a dog harness ; a shoulder-belt
worn as a badge of dignity by eonstableB
and the like officers. 2. jf^'^ %gwn4kag^
the cord worn round the shoulder and the
waist at the time of meditation. Yi^*SF'
<f^^qw')'sAi'<i ga-^ir daH gfam4ktA§4sffi
f|uft6ff-|Mi (D. B.) Iiooking nice (on account)
of (his) gO'far and petticoat,
^'^^ ga^Msxf-tif^ kkofoi warn;
part; a few, com. in coUoq.
uncertain ; not dsBnitely known. 2. sn
approximate but unoertain direoiioDf
region or quarter : T^^'^H^rlS it is at i
T^l
207
"^'1
certain place; it is aoniBwhere: ^^^
^^•««T'^*^W5* without ezplainiog
niniitelj (m., the pavtionlars), h$ pro-
oeeded inateatlj aomewhAie {A. ISS).
^'^ f»f0; g]A88 beads; glass pearls
^ Oi n. a; a 2>4iNii, a goddess (^ g.
Q*C| guta^pm the white nmrk or patch
on the forehead of the kf€A (the wild ass
ofTi]
<f* ^Pl |a# 1. silTer in bfersy ingots,
small pieoesy fte^ uncoined (in IT.).
2. wad; wadding (for loading mnskets)
(J5.).
«ip|'q ^ay^a^i^Q Ihog-^ or ^'^^
gag^thog u a swelling in the throat; a
qninsj: na4 nd daH du4^igro^ §ke-^H
ifgrin-pa-la ^brat-noi rnag tAan^e drag*
go4 is a malady of men and animals in
whiflli the neck sad throat heocme swollen,
but matter issuing forth, it is eased;
^T^^^ dei^ ocous from obstruction.
^*"<*^'S'9^ ^n/tr gag^l^og-^i nM 90*»r
ifo^gM Ho-wo gfM'4u4 du'^isig rim§^M4'
kgi grot though the disease in general is
difiersntly expressed by the names gag
and ttogf its real nature is but' one among
pestilential d i s e ases sad it belongs to the
class of (ft^vw-^ fatal fevers.
If^^dS f»H*Asst*^ ifs-pe^ a water
fowl (Os.).
gagt vflmi obstructed.
'Ip'^^* I : gatl-ga^kitH a kind of
flower which resembles a ohorten (ohaitja)
in shape, growing in the sandy crerices of
vooka in Tibet. It is used as an antidote
against poison and also diarrhcaa, ^'
^•^^■•^'•^'•rl gga^teb bye^d^ logi-la
l*fe *»^T V^ V^TV*^g'^^ gaigaelMr
ga^ga ehui-^ tbtg dot Ma^ikA^u ffDod.
^% r«^y« ^ 9<*^9^ ^TfT the river
Ganges ; ^'t$'f*li Oa^-gdhi Lka-mo HITT'
%lt the goddess of the river Ckijgi. Its
different names 12x0 :— ^'^xjVf^ Tan*
bV itffgon^ldan, ^S'*K-aQ BM*me4 chab,
^«rsf^«if Nam^hahi cka4o, VT>f^'<S
Ihag-pobi thc4f ^l^K DmhuuH bu^ma
(Hiw\), ^^•^•w 9ggun*g0unhpaf ^iwiRpr
^9 ^m*gnm bgro^ W'MT^^ Qhn^cken
kha^ihab (itl^), ^%^>«i SjigMde ma,
BffHT^"^ Kkgab-tjug rkai-pa, *%T*
CkU'byin.^na, wn^'^^'^'^* SkaUldan fiVt-
ttatibu^mo (imfhoft), f ^'^^ Lha^ ehu-io
^'X^ I : gai^gd idtin irVTW^ an epi-
thet of S'iva. He who holds Gaij-gi on
his head, i.tf ., from whose head the Ganges
flows : »* W J'^nswr<^qfi-qftiNq|^-
ej|^i|-^«^<rcA'f^'^'iQi;'q«i'9 mifu>*rii*kg$
ffM§ thatnhcad iffkal-pa^ me§ inegi-pabi
9kab§*w Lka-mo OaH-gd Ihm t na§ bguH^wa*
na nam^kka^ la ral^ ikgait-noi rat-pa^
fiei'du iMidUwoMo when all the celes-
tial regions were burnt by the fire of the
JTa^a, Ga^ as goddess appeared on
this earth having fallen from heaven.
Her looks were spread out in the sly and
held up aloft by S'iva (for iirfdoh he is
called GaAgidhara, the hoMei^of Ga^gft)
(JIMm.).
^T ^ u : je»H« rgg^ipi$*o cbet^
po the great ocean which holds the entire
discharge of Ga^ ( Vbni.).
4p* gaU what, whioL
^'%%« jw^f^An when ; at which time.
T^\
308
«^'?f«|
'¥^*^^ g^^t^ni-pk^ wmn^ ^rort for
which; for the aake or xeaaon of which.
^^ goMUi ntv whichever; what*
ever.
what (yoa) like; alio what suits yoaP
|-^-MS-^-^^'^-^«-^l«}%|«"a| eren
if any aooident happened to life there,
to Hi no hardship ooouzring, we can do
whatever suits ns, so one T^o^o c a q yr o ss o d
himsslf (Vbrmn. 186).
^'^ gatl'^ *vr some; ^'Wl*!^
gtiH e ftip ffi pkffir 9wt ^ for whom or
what; for the sske of whom or what.
^*^^ Ifdl-^'Mii i%v whichever.
those two who are here; all those here;
whoever present.
^'^ ^-dis fw, irw where P where.
«f(*V^' gatl^dutai nf^ at whatever
time; wherever; seldom; where.
^\rVr^'^1S*<i pan dran-dtan-^ ifoi-
IMias^n'^^'Q ttdsun ifa4^ to speak at
random; to saj what oooozs in the mind;
to speek falsehood.
^'^ foU^^dta Hf^ how, like what :
tfi'^'^ak' i^tdta fMotf what have you
ssenP
^*^ pa4-fiawf^ whereP
^'ipMC^ g^tntim^ ^ of what;
pertaining to what P
4|C*^^ poU-fipo (in 0.) howl of
a tohaooo-pipe ; ^'«>n P^MllNV mouth-
piece or tip of it.
4p*Sp^ gal^lMr in a lump, mass,
to fill; to make foil; filled up; also
piled up: ^'^^^^^'^ poU-iMtam (rf 4^^
pa piled up or made full.
Syn. ^^ Uhan-ean; P^m k/teSi; 9^'9
^I|C*Q II : ^iWH, ^ fimshed ; oomple-
ted; «^'«r^^ Ml^hu9 goA^wa a valley
flUed with water: V^Y^F'^ **the moon as
full fish''; in the fullness of the orescent.
^'9rt\'9 ffoMnwa mei^ ^m^ in
complete.
Td. if 181) completely happy or gentle :
also n. of a serpent dedon.
• ^-ift'l'q ga^-waH zh-wa fiwY {Sckr. ;
Butt. 1848, S98) ; Ut. the fall moon ; n. of'
a Bodhuattwa.
4p'9 gaA4m wvf^ imf^ fresh shoots
of leaves; a pod or sheath; also cluster of
buds. Aco. to 8eh\ flower hud : ^'^'3 ^
Vfru gai-iu^an grains whidi havehuskF
such as wheat, sesamum, &c : Y\l^'§'^
S^'^^ri^ii enveloping himself in a veil of
rays; wrapping himself in a sheath of
light.
^'9^ gai'iffed ^ ^vftfvr whatever he
does, has been doing, is doing.
^Ip'JW po^-mos imiT 1. various;
difiarent 'sorts. 2. ^'^^S gai-idoi
whatever is wished for.
^*<M gatF4$am a small quantify; not s
considerable quantity.
gm or ^'^i^'^T^^ ^-na fdbtf fiUas-
gin ; SS'^tf^Ti^^l^-'W kkgei gait^^mg-
gin gar-^gro dti-poi he asked whence sro
you ; whither are you going (A* ISl).
^' Vl goi^hig Wu 1^ which.
^1^1 200
which hatheen eiplftined^ shewn.
4|E^*m| I: (i^*^ $hal^uig) toUooo*
pipe, not the kiMm^ bat a long itimight
BOfrty ■imilAy to tiw Boxopeen mokhig
pipe, gnenJly made oi meiaL
l^vnuni fits' 'Wrtit ^ tft S^^'i* that which
heoomea full and then nndergoea decay
(BiiB.) ; an animated being ; a eodrpoieal
being that ia anbjeot to decay and
deatrnotifln. 8. man, as an intalleetaal
being; ap^non: ^•^^Wl^*^V«w fi^
sa0 g ^ h m n^ kiim y rw ^j Mi another
panon dBwribing it to you (oppodte to
what we know hj cor own pemyption and
obeerration), heoea a philoaophioal tem
lor •*eel£'': ^^w:w9fmctk^^9^Mfm
leaxned or lettered men; men d edenee,
eepeoiany in relation to religion: ^)'
^•S'^'^'^'^l^ man who postpone
idigioa, not troubling themaehes abont
it: w|rA-i^-MripMrtyiil the prince d
the vBvennd (band d) perecns, •>•,
Buddha: VrfHi^'^ inteicr heietical
people: ^'^m:n g^mfpkttt-pM cor ^•"r^
ikthm^tifm, common or Tvlgmr people
(Jo.).
^^-^W^ jgJsef.ftiWtheloqrldnde ct
hmaa beings or higher beings are— (1)
wwn: ^cwii ; WlhvriTJh-^-^f -^ mini.
Uroi nm mmm khft i d^ kgrthwrn that go
on from, dsTtaieei to darkness; (2) ijrfk:
^tmr; 1^^'^'W^f^ mmMro4 na§
pel aiir tgnhwa tibat go from darkness
imto light; (8) ^if^WKqfflOT: ; K^'^V^'
hgro^w€ ihai go again from light into
daikness; (4) tftfMfflrtV^Ciir^: ; r^'4*¥iY^'
^•1^1
that adyanoe from light to a greater en-
lightenment. The term ^'M| gaM^Mog
has sixteen different synonyms :*-4^
tdag; f^ $rog; ^Mre^MNt-Mii; |'« itye*
ira; «?«*^ ^n^-ira^ 1^8 §kfn-bu ; -^'■'Wparf-
man; •s«i« if^t-pa^l t\\Hf^'^^
hfei-dm kfug-pa^po; ^*rt ^tAor-ir«^; ^
^Q fei'pa^ ; MV^^arQ fi^AeilHM^ ; ''rt sok
tra-:po; V^'^'Q iM-w^^ (M*on.). These
are all applied to signify an animate
being. There are two kinds of ^'^,
ordinarv and estraordinarr : the ccdinarr
^*^ literally means that which is
sabjeot to deoay,from^ g^ what, and ^
so^, decay. The Bnddlust iweaTifag is as
follows :-(l) wjv|srq*|^'llw|si-Hi;-V
ereriA'^j^ rat^ggui gdiffa AoiMNolfi
JyA tMMl eMf iron-tea dM 4g^-wati rig» g$og
mi4imb-p0r mg l^re-irei sm^i-mni jiAet iM*'
gcA^mg one s own nature being filled (^*
fffiO ^1^ ^ ^ camiotacquire and retain
'virtae, whioh ^ se^ leake out or decays,
therefore an ordinary liTing befaig is called
^f^g^itk^mgi ^ wj^'^cw^'W-*r
esrsKsr|sr^'s^ r w M^rgg^ tflfPMra dtUl
§o $ ^ m ot § J tg i tkgom thmnih^ wag tgro-490i
Mi^rpy^ ye^-say Buddha is ^*^
becanse Us nature is loll of all Tirtuee or
merits and sui has been thrown out of it
or has altogether been destrojred; (8)
f ^ V 1*^ '^^V <^ *^''^**' *^ ■•' *▼ **•' ^' *l
when one's own nature retains wHaterer
virtae it pos se ss e d rmdetericrated and
whaterer faulte there was in it haTe been
thrown out from exertion, one has entered
T'^\
dio
v^)
eitlMHr the Mahd pind or Slnai/4m path.
Fenons insuoh astage, whaterer dooitiiie or
tiieocy they may hold f or ialvatioii, bekmg
indeedef the JM<fy4iki. ln'^'^gdtFmg
of the ordinary kind hia Tory natare is ^'
gad^ ij»^ filled with deeds (^), sin,
8a£hrixig, and misery; moreoTeryall Txrtne
and talents having beoome ezhaosted, m.,
M| wg^ hie animated being beoomes whatis
called Pudgat. In the striot sense of the
word, a Bnddha is also a Pud^ak^ though
d the extraordinary kind, he on the con-
trary being fall of TxrtQCS and talents and all
defects, sins, fto., being esdianated in him.
The following are the twenfy «F'^ g(»^'
mg {PudgtOa) of the QrAvaka School :— (1)
liM^rai; J^'IT" rggun-^ •kugt^a one
having entered the regular oonrse performs
SanOdhi (deep meditation); (2) frvf^ir-
iW^TOf ; ^•|^t^'^tS«'««^'^*^*-l*«r thogf
na m4^ hn idun^ after having thus
gpiritmlly cultured the mind he has to pass
into seven bxrths in the world ; (3)
fNffV ; ^^-^'M^Vl'^ righnai righ^u
fJky^-tMi after the second stagCi his Urth is
ensured in his own state, i.^ •! if he is a god
he is reborn as a god, if manheis reborn as
a man, but he never goes to any lower stage
of birth; (4) iwnmft; •i^'^^^'U'^'^'^ hn-
gfdg pkyir ^oHfW (as such) he has only
once to oome to this world for doing good;
(6) TW?I^; wa»s'^H9 har^had gfiig-pa
he has only one interruption before full
fraition; (6) ^wnrr^; |^*<Wi>*yfr m<-
^(^wa he will not come again to this
6ziBten6e ; (7) ^^ro hRPi^IOi^; ^'^rt^'
^KMlf;^'^'nm'^\^'^ bar-ma^dar g&dMu mpa-
Han 109 hdab-^ca he will attain to Nirvdf^
not from this life but from the interme-
diatestateor Ba/rdo ; (8) m^r^vrcqf^^-
VK^ mtiathpar bdu-bg^d^ dad ioatp^^
pathiu mya^dan hi idat'wa he escapes
from misery save that a vestige of the
SkanMa still remains; (9) ^i|fa<NiK -
por t'odi-^u mya^dan hi ida^'ioa he attains
to Nirvdiii^a^ the Skandha being vttedy
destroyed, m., without the least vestige
remaining ; (10) in^iitq^ ^-^'^V'q gadrdu
hphfhwa he will in his spiritual progress
reach up to the Akaniffka heavens ; (11)
mwmft; <iw8*«r^»r«^|sa hi^k^ fnfaM
iufi^du byedfa he will obtain the body of
supreme inteUigenoe or knowledge ; (12)
^rui^T^; SS^X'^'V^^^^dai^patitM^
tbrad-'tca he will here have coittpletely
subdued the senses or passions ; (18) ynli^
kbrad^a all his intellectual and morsl
faculties become so as to be directed
^effectually to all good works; (14) ij[fi-
^rrr; sifi^qv yqq thadrwai tkoUhpa having
heretioal views or having insight
into religion ; (15) wnrf^fv ; yr)sr^
ci^'V^'^ dui-kyi t^am^par gral-'^aa getting
salvation in time ; (16) ^niRrftfwr ; ^V^'
H- jkqi^'Ssr4i^l[^'<i getting salvaiioii not in
proper time; (17) ^if^^lwrufw^v; •fV'^*'
fl| vi|sriK||K90i«l-ibri« eha^hi rnamfwr grot-
wa getting salvation in time as well ss
without reference to time; (18) vimftudi
na9 yod^^BU mya^lan hi kdak-^ga ^iti^wwg
into the state of Nirvdi^ immediately after
one's birth; (19) vwifwfW; -^^w-^^ir
«i^'fri'^ fet-ra6 kyii tnam^^ grolwa fully
delivered by means of absolute or transe^
cendental knowledge; (20) ^Vfftivi
delivered by means of faitL
*li(K'^ gadrya a very large flgurs or
number {Ya-^l fid).
T**!
211
^l^f
gai^yaH ^rf%^, ITV whosoever;
wbateTor ; any one.
~ ^*^ goitrla fr^ where ; in whom.
^*^ gaU'h an empty pod, freed
from the kernels (in W.) (Jd.).
^'-T^ gad-far ^llwn^ wwp anything
that oooarB (in the mind) ; what in
thought ; a thought.
^*fl'^ goA-su dag % Jrf^ whioherer
of those.
^p^^^lffir 1. glacier; glacier-ioe.
2. 8DOW (nsoally kka). 3. the selerotio
of the eye {8eh.).
«fnrK gaU^tgyui a chain of snowy
monntaias.
^^i"^ gait-can frvm !• one of the
natiTe namee of Tibet. 2. ahonnding in
snow ;inowy ; full of glaoiers* GMi-offi»-ii|
tbgatk foaji eku the water issuing from a
glaoier : OaUhcan^ ^uh/ the language of
Tibet.
jN4i0'M4^nyv"*Ao<>uqplementaiyname of
TMrngUuippa, the great Buddhiit reformer
of l^bet whoee religiouB name waa f^^'iC
w^'^T^Q jRyfwrf-ira ^A>-ftttilf gragt-pa ; his
other names were :— I'^'O'* J^fe rif^po
dU; t'fcF'jEy»rso«.Wfl:|)a;^r«sa[a»
O ai^ c a mfiirta ; -^y^'F^i ^ Tm^kkoifa ;
^vrsA^I'si SjoM fi^on Jthma.
^sMUiwI^^ QHl^can ff^gan-po or f^w
^^^ {jpyvfi-rfff 0siyi the patron saint of
Tlbei^ ATalokites'TaTa, also styled :— A^r
fT*#l^ Mihht^ fW^^H*^; 5*Cl'Hl
Tkaff§^ ckmipo; '^t^'9f^'V Sgrthtoabi
ifigot^po.
^MTs^* j^Q Oah^n r^oi^ King of
Tibefc ; and in hooks oooasionally applied
to the Dalai Xismaa of Tihflftft
i^*i'«Tf 8*^'^^ Oai§^oan rgg<ih>^
kiNrgnat as also <«'^f^'Vi"rSY« ehot^tkhor
4p^^Vi Lha-m used to designafa Lhasa,
the capital of Tihet {Tig. k. 81).
m^wuit9fi gai^'-eati ekef^po sometimes
applied to moontainous region oovered
with eternal snow extending from Ladak
to the Kailas range. Also the name of a
fabulous mountainous region the chief peak
of which ii said to be about 1,600 miles
round and filled with FaJbf a, Baksa and
other demi-gods.
^Mi*li( OoH-ehen any great range of
sttowy mountains or a greet glacier; n.
of a Tillage at the southpwesten foot of
the KaAeheojnnga mountain. ^^^H'^'Kl
(Eanolisnjunga in SikUm) lit. the five
great repositcries of snow.
^«'H<«'S<| Qa^Hikm Ohot-tgfot
the Ghraad Lama of Tibet; also the name
of a guardian deity of Buddhism in
Tibet; a name of Yama, the Lord of
Death, who is worshipped in Tibet under
the name of Dan^chm ChH'tgg^-
Tibet.
Syn. ^v«tV gah-eoM sMf; ^^-V^-
9ki^kkam§ ; ^^M^^l^Wf^^ g^t-^an #«.
Ikaki iman-lfoti {JIfiUm. §mi Tig. k.).
iM>*^fl^ gati^M aTilanche; it snows.
^r«^ gaH-tbal^ also called ^^
ikffO^kkar 41mt, the snow liaxd with
carcukr msrks on its sldn resembling
the common Lidian lissid {Lea.) ; a frog
of fabulous origin: the male frog is said
to live on the top of the snowy mountaios
and the female frog in the al^yss of the deep
gorge below the mountain ; when the sun
passes over the tropic of cancer {karkata or
crab), the male frog descends to the foot of
the mountain and the female frog ascends
there to meet him midway. Before
^pt'^l
212
meeting each other the male frog remains
more spwerfol ; bufafter they have united,
the female beoomas the stronger of the
two (^^n.).
^|Mi'^ i: ^otfi-rif^RTf^, f^nftlR snowy
mountain or 8now«moTmtain>H*a oom-
mon designation for many of the great
ranges in Tibet ; V^^'il ga^-^i^u the
twenty prinoipal mountains of Tibet :— (1)
^'% Thama, (2) M I«-m (JEaiilffl), (3)
«i^-»r^ Jfa«.»*A«r, (4) 5'* JJn-fe, (5) r*i
Siar-igo, (6) Wn Ph(hla, (7) *f^-^ Mkhdfh^
ri, (8) I*r^ Jo^mo kha-rag, (9) %;l JR*^-
rw, (10) ^••i*^- Galt^*, (11) rj^ ^w-
hm, (12) ml La^hyi, (13) *H- r«Ae-nfl,
(14) f-¥« £tfMi.Aam, (16) 9'| Jif-fsrro, (16)
<\^ Vr« Moi^ guH^tgyi^h (17) ■«f i*'
fl Tar^lkafam^, (18) TW'I Oto^D^* (1^)
^'V-^MTW^* JSTo^a gai^-^lk, (20) <*^'^'
168).
^r^\ n : ^•■W ^T^*J fu-^g 4kar^ n,
of a Tegetable drug (JIfffon.).
along or across the glacier.
^^'9^ (fa/lMftf/ an avalanche ; a dip
in the snowy side of a mountain ; a snow-
dip.
^lUT^ gaUs^ihig n. of a stone or
mineial substanoe resembling stone; it
is said to be a cure for fever that is
produced from the liver.
aC^*Q**^^ Oai^-pa fe-iu the name
of a celebrated lama and philosopher of
the Eadan^ School of Tibet.
^ft'fc*^ gaU-ji^a lit. posessed of trea-
sure or »**SV ^oi-lf^^ ; *^ ornamental
pinnacle on a temple, house or ohorten
oonstmoted after the presoribed medd
given in Buddhist books. This is a
Sanskrt word though somefcinifts Tibelan-
iiBed, being written as ^^^'^ kgan^fi^*
^ ^otfasin^'^ (smt-^o^ 1. pura»
genuine, unalloyed. 2. a rook.
__ ^
place of shelter under the daft or nook of
a rook: •wrS|^-^^'V«'^|^^T8'««^
kept the bam of sUver in the aooik of a
rooky hill.
4|^*|n gai-iha im*. wide, broad;
breadth; with breadth.
^1^ Sl gai'mOf XXm a
laughter: ^'•'Mfr g^mo 4goi tifii
utters a laugh; y»^y ga4'mo^ga4
kyu* I have laughed ; ^*^^fi^ gai-m
tgai-^oA he has laughed. ^'f*IK ga4-mo
rgo4 to laugh ; ^^^'J^' gai-mo f or-
hyuH laughter sprang forth; ^*^*'
gai-fM f or-«o« idem; ^Ihi'^^'*! p«#-
mof i(ifeil-i>a to laugh atapenon; ^Yfr
q('4|^*li ^g ttethpabi gaf-wiO laughter of
worldly-minded people : *^«-^^ this
is to me an object of laughter; it is ridion-
lous to me («7a.). «TSJ^«'«^ ga^rgy^H^
^mrrv. ^^' *^'* iedighptM gai-m
(^T^ Sa Ha) loud laughter ; |«!'*^'<
idig-pabi gai-^io (1%f% Juh{) ooquettiflh
laugh ; ^8^'**'^" igyei-pab^-gai-^ho (H
he-'he) laugh of merriment or rejoiamg;
TN-5ms|Ha\ci*'^U xil^gyii gfum-pa^i gyitf
moiift^ laughter of triumph; S'W*^'
qqjS khro-mbi It^hoi/^ irgyad the eight
laughs of indignation and wrath^ Ac.
ai^'fH gaf-tgyal the walls of ooDglo*
merate rook through which monntain-
torrents have cut their way.
^l
213
^?l
^1^ f«^l<Vf d^; refoaes; fw«pt-
wiUi a broom the dusti retoaa^ 6to.
^'^ gai^dar tweepmg, deaxudng;
Bweepiiig irell ft pkoe ; keeping it dflftii.
<^'>iS^'^ Gli#-iMfiii-Ai n. of a moon-
tam; the lofwiuyiB at tiie foot of ft Chif.
^'^^^^ 9t4 wduf-ia Uhm this lida
of the nuKmtaia called Ghnhdak.
a sweeper; a oleanaer; ST^'l^'^fl, ^'
w%w«^«if^rs^^ the olaaB (of menial
Morranti) leqnixing wages (saoh as)
BweepesBi dnsten end water oaniers.
^'4|fc'si any place or object well dnsted
or deansed.
f\^ II : 1. a precipitons difi of
conglomerate saoh as often walls in the
moiuitain xmn: 2. wide cvaok in a oon-
glomerate vook.
TS*!^ fvtf^An^ ft cayem or deft in a
songlomerate rook: ^V^'^^'fl^'n^'S'^'
VrVMrr ^1^ Vh^gk itag^ar-ggt ga4
phug4u sAo^lda Mmg§ meanwhile they
halted for flye days in the rocky caTem of
*
f\v4 cfe#-4ipof» d$ii gan^ ioA'tt^ dri§^
pa going near to the chief of the
merdiiiiits (camTan), he aaked. ^ gan
(s^ gam in 0.) signifying neamessi
prcziiniiy ; is used in saoh connection as
V^to, towards, ap to: ^*'^*^'-'h come
Wf to me; yriA'^'^ he went unto the
king ; f^*«ft*4n' V^* ^ ^^mit towaids the
house; yi'Qt'^^v')^ he came from the
king; ^^0*^*^ in W. dose by the
brook; V^'W\\ ckur gan-du in W. hard
by the water; ^v^<i rir gan-pa one
liTing close to a moontain or hill.
^^ gan4By0l or ^'^ ^M-r*M
^m supine; lying on the bask with the
face upward: WSN'V)^^ to lie in thftt
position: ^WlPVl^^ t(^ fidl on the baok*
▼nig, V| gam-tgya^
(0$.).
■....,ii:i'.
* written contract;
^VS^ poiMfor, a silk handkerohief
ofbred as a present in exchanging compli-
ments on nkeeting (JSch,).
t^\W^ jwn-dKa bha^a irwif, a
kind of drug used in liver derangement.
wm a Buddhist mafUra or charm which
has the power of enabling one to move in
space.
X ^^^ ga^dho-ki,
the temple of fragrance; hall of worship
built after the model of a ahaUga
with many doors. It is generally attached
to a great monastery. In Tibetan it is
called V^'P^ Dti gt^aAJ^kaH, the name
being applied to the particular chapel
where the image of Buddha ii placed.
The great temple of Buddha at Qaya was
called Mahd gandhola CaUya. Phgi gan*
dhihla naA*du Iha^khai hya^pa its inside
was a god's house or chapel and the outside
a gandhola.
f *'l'i'^ ?«n^A* icf^a mineral sub*
stance used as a cure for leprosy.
'^Fl]
214
^•*i|||
par-na a medicinal plant.
X ^'^ gan^fi- wfti a piece of thick
plank meaauring about 6 feet by 12 inohes
either of white sandal wood or of deodar,
whioh when^ struck with a hammer or
another piece of thick hard wood, produces
a kind of rizq^ing sound which is heard
from a great distance. It in used <m
special occasions to summon the monks of
a monastery to attend any special religious
servicei Ac.
■W'^^ gan^ggog or VV^ ff«H» '*^*
bu ^vf^vtvir the rod or hammer with
which the ghai^fi (wooden gong) is struck
or beaten.
t ^P'^'^ gca^-^ it (mystic) ayarice ;
greed for gain {K. g. r 96),
1^^ go^i THTS^ in books the
gong or beU to call monks to monastic
seryices.
store-room^ i|tore-house.
If ^P'|!}C ^oS-iipAti^, defined as avVR'
I'^I^R'^ jmi-moAt rgy^Mfgi ^yi4*hhu^
the oaTities behind the knee bones.
(Jo.).
giihigra a belch (in W.)
^ip*Q gaUhpa to hide; to conceal one's
fif v^'^f^'W Jigyal-wahi tbgu^'^pm hdi yon"
tan thamhca4 gob-no^ nvi ston-par gda^-^
uat. This RgyaUcahi hbyuH^gnoi having
concealed all his talents does not exhibit
them {Mir^^fn. P 2).
Syn. 8h'«i gib^pa ; i't a tba^-pa; ^fii^ «
gyogf-pa; fr»4Bs<«Ba nn ffi*<m^par hya-
tea (JUTno^.).
^«l'«jc gab'phgtiH n. of a religious
treatise on the occult doctrine of Bud-
dhism.
^pTo gab'i$essi^^•t gab-rtae ^n or
Y^V gab4sAe a plan or table of points
for computing the figures of divination in
magical computations. In this connec-
tion, rsi^^'«it«i'^l|'l^<i M-b gna§ paii
MO-idag^gi r^ refera to calculating the
identity and 'deeds of mischief done by a
local *^god of the soil.'' Again ^'jf^*^
0f^'tA'wtii^'^'fm refers to astrological
calculations worked with the gab49e. ^i^
<«*|*^'S|q>V is a mystic chart used for
bodily prognostics ; ^9^'^^*' one for the
speeoh ; a<^'d'<^*V'Sc.' one for the heart
&*^'fS'«<^'Q'^^ In the general term g^A4%e
are included numy particular signiftcatioiiB,
that for the soil, that for the sky, that for
the intermediate space, etc.
4|Q*S^ gab^Uhai slow, insiduoiis
fever; according to Boh. a hectic, con-
sumptive fever*
^P'S^f gdlhtBhig «iwr, ntftranr ziddk;
also mystical words or eoepressions used in
magic to stupify one's enemies without
killing them. Also, the 16 ornamental
mystical allusions employed to excite
laughter in a play, etc., and to convey
hidden meanings in anassembly, etc. The
names of these axe as follows : — %^fi'^
qts|q'«s| kuf^4u tshogi pabi galhMigi
|ltf bys4Jigirim^ ioA hral-waki g€b4ihig\
MT*r»iSsp*n rdb-iam-gyi gab4Mg] W
I"!
ro-M-^H^ rtailHMo^' g9b4Mgi W^w%'
VM grHt-*^ gtA^Mif; w^w J-n^l^
rai ft^«^yt gab'4Mgi ik*V^%«*^*^^
inM-Ai tAn-paki gaihUJUgi %Vf^'^'t^
jw*/ gA49hig', «fevfnn|-^H 1^ yoili
phrog§Jqfi gtOhUkif; iUr««i«^«l^ fl«>
filiate hgrHi-pt^ gab^9hfg; ^n'^wf
^"^H^-ytF 1* in the mudioinftl works
of Tibet ihe names of oeirtain drugs and
medioines «i» written in words whibh srs
not ordinerily nndentood* having seorst
miHMwngs assigned to tham. 2. inflgnra*
tire knguagOi meanings of names and
wofda wUoli are not ordinarily nndentood.
Such aie called ^'^ 9a&.iifftft, «'.#., searet
^* 0«fr-Mi n^m iboi-^ or ^vm
bidiag^j^aoe ; plaoe of oonoealment :
^••**H^'<Mr^ir^v^-<if'iil|'*^ we
ceme hinging nmoh gold with ns, bat we
wwe without a hidzng-plaoe or a plaoe to
go to (^ ItO).
*^ gtim linv neari t. 'W gan.
Bjn. ^^ gam-^o i ^ druH ; V^ ifo-
fl^^SI gan^-gum i^ number, ^W'sflii
graU-^nt^ {TihmL 57).
'fT^il g^fiHi^i panels or little
boaids beneath the eoinioe of a roof, often
filled iqp with paintings (J3.).
I ^prg^ gawUu^a, mf^ in IT. a
oitmi:; lemon (Ja«)«
219 ^1
^^^9^ fMim-lirotf a daiiy in the
neighborhood of one's residenoe. 0mm
^^9 tgtf^H bgrog ftsaH-ira tt^a-yi 4g4
Near and distant dfizy farms beoome
thriring thrbngh the abondanoe of pas*
tores (Jig.).
^fSn^Uj gaw^idrin abbr. ol ^f^'^
gtmrgga dM idMi, a receipt, acknowledg-
ment ; the letter of transfer^ exchange, &c«i
for baying and selling or transaotion of
money bosmess, fto. ; ^^l^lS'«r^X\|*^'|*
ibgarggi Vsof-pa go^da^ tfhrod *$§
oertainly, the zeceipt and the deed of
agreement ahoold be satisfaotorily ex-
plained (^t9ii ).
y^ fb«MAer attendant.
_ ft
^1^ g^¥^ 1^ 1* ft little box or case
when containing a talisman or amoleti it
ii worn suspended round the neck.
*1j^ I: gar ot sp-} gar^bro ^, mv,
«ifV dance; aoting in a dramatio play;
gestioulation ; ^*«rsif>^ gm^^M$ iHlmr
sorrounded by danoing girls or actors ;
^'l^o gar-bt^4if0 to dance; I'T't^'M*
|^^ gh-gw fMhm kg^iifaio sing; to
dance and play ; ^''^ gar^mn the food
giyen to performers; gar ikkrab-^khm ggi
Ma9*la f or the food of tliose who perform
danoing; «r'"i'W^'« gar^la igak-wa
infSftta veiy fond of dandng; T'*r^
gar-la W^ nih^ attending a dance;
witneising a performance.
*^*i'|S** gar^ggi U^nto wnw dano-
ing entertainment or amusement.
i^^jV*^-a gar^ iwai^ m ^l^
gndhchin or Vl-^«^«'K«f rfW*-»5*or^
T^l
216
^•lf|
ckifhpo fig. a yogi or asoetio engaged in
meditation : |»«^-^'S-«p^'2l«i5H'i«\&«r
^* ^n/hiifchog gar^gyi i/wai-po nuim ktp4
Hoini-fi^ yonr holinesB the lord of the
dancers (peaoook), eqnal in beauty and
splendour {Tig. k. iS).
^S'^S gar^gyi gtwhbo^V'^'^'^T^^
gh^gat'^gyi igkha^^po or ^^'4 gtsihl^o
teabher or director of a dance or danc-
ing perfonnanoe (M^ion.).
^P^ ni: or T* ga-ru^ or '^'% goMth
whither ; where ; i*^'*i^ gar-yad anywhere :
^'««'|*Q gar-yaH ikye^-wa growing any-
where : ^••iR'H'^f'q gar^yad tni igro-wa to
go nowhere. ^'*S gar-mei in W. at
all events; by all means; ^'^'^ gama-mei
or ^'^ gar-bob at random ; haphasord
{8ch.).
^'•M gar'ftfkhan or 5'*W >ra-fp*Aan
n^ dancer 1. a dancer, performer, e.g.^
even a Buddha or any saint dances when
displaying mxrades. 2. name d a god,,
ace to Boh. S^iva (JS.).
4f^'«^fi goT'^ikhan'ma ss ^'w gar^ma
ffAy ^|1(T dancing girl. The thirtaen
moddations of voice or musical notes:
(1) V'« gor-ma jifliw ; (2) X«rK«
roUrti04-4na nrnffKi (8) Vi'« dal-ma fIrwTf ;
(4) ^'^ mywr^fM ^inn ; (6) ^'^ bar-ma
^(^\ (6) HM Uhig^tdeg ^W; (7) »rt'
yi bya^^waH-dui xm^; (8) ft '^^'^ bya-wabi
Uka4 mm ; (9) $'^ ta-tva (imr) reality ;
(10) 9(1 o-^^a (^«hr) flow ; (11) f^ ghc-ni
^n compact; (12) ^'^ la-ya (wv)
absorptian ; adherence ; (18) 1'9 9d^^ya
{nml) equalily.
^'M>i gar^ham the frantic dance of the
Umas of Tibet which is chiefly observed
by the RHiH-fna schools of Tibet. It ifi of
two kinds 5V<A'|r'^*»« phur-paii rka icham
the dance of the enchanted dub, and ^
^a«i ikhrub-bcham the dance of Qie kmsfi
at the time of offering sacrifice.
^'1^ gar^ftabt dancing gesture or
motion.
T^'«» gar-pa nm a danc^ ; abo a
dance.
^^I^ 11: the encampment of an anny;
a camp.
«P'J^ gar-tgyab encampment; *!^|^^
gar-tgydb-pa to encamp; also for ^y
gcA-tgydby l('«S^***pr^'J^ tda^dai wgt
gar-tgyob fling at him stone or arrow, eto.,
whatever (you can) {Jibrom. r 6).
one ; whichever one.
«lj^'^j^Xri^ Qar gdoA'kUan the
famous general of King SnAk-iitam %gauh
pOf who visited the capital of Cfhina and
induced Emperor Taitsung to give one of
the princesses imperial in manaige to bis
sovereign, about 680 A J).
^'^q gar^rdeb V^flT'^'tpr^'n
ohui-khyer gar^t^Mhwghla lands, flddi,
houses, ftc, that have been devastated
by a river by the oveir-flowing of ils
banks, &c. ({UmY.).
^T^*^ ^ar-na^ name of a medicine.
^P^^q I : gar-po in colloq. langoage
the word W^'^ fffsar-po is pronouned ai
^*Q gar^ and also written as sooL
It is usual to pronounce "VI^'V ikar^fo bb
^'Q gar-po in the vulgar langruigs
{Orub. n «).
^'9 H: ^; alflo ^H gar^mo, tlikk;
doDae; oondaikaed; not fluid.
^P*1 1. fPflTHM ^n iituMra wwm
Mtringnt a. strong; ^*k* gar^haH
ibong Iwer (Ji.).
V^^ V M fltar Mmji tphmg§^ name
of a monasteiy and also of a deity in
^^Pf far^^ba or ^*V it gar^dta^ ml,
fliRl n. of a tiee or kind of wood ^*
217
ff^\
*f\^ fpar-cAa the natiTB name of the
£ata^ called La-hnl or La-liol by the
Hindiv (JSL).
^*^ ««ru% aoo. to the Tibetans
xapaoioiia moontain txibes belonging to
the tu nortkeaat of libet Q'9r*^'^« ^
»VfS;^-T^<T%^*'^'^T*^'^iS'^ those
itjled in the TCbetan tongue 0mr4ag axe
dennbed in the Li-e'i Qur-khang aa
Tnntthka. The ^'H CkKrlog wtte a
diUBrent people from the ^^ Mgo^tog.
*|frrts Qmr4og gi rgg^^h^ to ftn-Aif
(MkMW chmphfir ifogJfgtii (M-iratt
rn^fh^ tn^ in Atb Va biography it is
mentimed fliat the King of the Gar-Iog
in the thst part of the 11th oentury,
AJ>^ came from the Indian side and made
the King of Tibet a oaptive when he was
there on a Tisit to Pniang. Probably
fhey were the earliest Mohamedan
invaders of Xashmir.
^*^ (MT-fn the mnsdes of the thumb
{Med.) (JSL).
+fll: gal^^ am pressing; T^'J^
g^i-ggii presangly, urgently.
^ 11: importanoe ^F^Aferq g^M^
ddiii^ to consider of importanoe; to
esteem.
Syn. Vfs gna4\ ^\ «Mfo {M*on.).
^pi ni: 1. constraint; oompolsion:
^a-la gal-fui in O. *'I have been compelled"
(«/a.). 2 trap ; snare : in ooUoq. ^f«n^J^q
gal Mug-pa to set a snare {Jd.).
^ IV: V, ^^ii gai ta^ta.
^^^ gal^gag^^FK^m important:
^•^^•*» Teiy important.
^V< gaUchuH unimportant ; insignifl-
cant ; undervalued ; slighted.
^^'^ gaUk$^wa very important: **<^^'
^i-«-^-iMr|sr^l-q of the two, this
life and the future, the latter is of gxeaier
importanoe : V*^• V^^f '^■w^f^^-qfR-
^^^ it is of greater importance to acquiie
accomplishments than to go roving about
without purpose : fl|Tg*lc»q important
moral precepts.
Syn. *WS'*'*i gna4^ke'^wa\ r*'^ r^M-
cAe^a (MMm.).
^^'^ gal^te conj. ii; in case of:
implies a conditional possibility. It is
placed as the first word in a conditional
sentence while ^ 110, its complement, stands
after the verb at the end; together they
signify "if." T^, however, is sometimes
omitted, ^ stall meaning «if/' Ih oolloq.
expression ^9 gaUe is seldom used;
but ^^gaUiki*' is a common substitute:
^"T^'n^q-lir^i^V^ ni^VTswrss'^^^i-,1^^
if you vnsh to enjoy all happiness, you
must entirely leave off all desire : ^9';sr
29
^•Jl^l
318
%^l
<9'S K<>'^*i*a-B^*«*8 if you ifriah at all
times to live in friendthip (with tbe three
Holies)^ jroa should aToid the three
dangerB> Tis. d looking at your loving
wife, thinking of profit, and of oonflding
in an envoy.
*l|fl|'*I^ pafcfktoa^'^^ gal'igag or
^FK^m gna^igag 1. really , eesentially of
importance. 2. u. of a dieeaeo (Med.).
^orq-tt'OM'^ the important, indispens-
able master of the house (family).
^^*C| gat-wa to locoe, to press some
thing on a penon: ^c^^ indoor oon-
finement is foreed <m men («^).
^«^-§S'cf guitar bpsi'pa 4fT^'^
hfrUon VaU'^em mts^ VfK to be assiduous.
^^^ gaf'h^ (lit. got hold of the
important thing), = W^ renunciation.
^X gdl'^^ in W. refuse; rubbish.
^pj g^y ▼. ^V^'^ i^«l-p«-
N| gi I. numeral for 33, y. aflSz instead
of ) hyi alter ^ and ^; for signification
V. % Jsyi.
h|^^ j'*-^^ the TOirel sign *" for i .
having a white speck in the eye^
wall-eyed (of horses) (&*.).
q|*|'^ gi'lfUig or ^M ko-Ui^ng
tanned ddn of a kind of ^fpr obtained
from Mongolia and China (Jig.).
4qi*9|'^ Ou^ne^ru n. of an Indian
ffogini or female ascetic {ST. dun. S8).
^'qpr gi^uHti and also ^¥^- gi^M
^tfN^iT, ^t^wi, ^Wi, 1%T^ a yellow
pigioent, an antbelmintide medioine;
ftfv n. of a oonoretioii in Am
entrails of some aninmjfl, need for
medicine. Ace. to the medical wcriEi
of Tibet this conaetion is loraied in the
liver of certain animals and seldom in
men, and it r ss eml Jes in appearance and
sise the boiled ydk of a ben's egg.
There axe also smaller ones. Acctosoms
lexicographers this concretion is formed in
two or three dratu or folds. The bait
quality of gi^wd is that whidh ii
obtained from an elephant, and tfaois
obtained from the oz called fforoeani
are of second qualify. A kind of ^'
gi'ieafi is also obtained from minendi
and olay, and is of xeddishpysUow ooloor.
All these- are supposed to be poa wod
of wonderful healing power. ^^^^"71^'
^•a»«i«s'»*'^'^'^''^ (if. g. ^ sot).
Oi^aH mixed with honeyy if applied to
both the eyes as a medicine, will give
one such a clear vision, enabling one to
see all the treasures which are ta fts
earth.
t^*^*9^'l ffiit ihm^dka n. of a
mountainoDs countey: OM hktm^dhaii
pO-gyi W^habi ri kkotMu VihtloU ri§l
grag§^ it beoig known to tiie IndisBf
that in the moontains skirting the cooniij
of Qiribandha there are ten diSorent
Iia-lo tribes (|^am.).
^^C" gi4i4 a strong-bodied hons
{8eh.).
^*^dj gi^Kn a fabulous animal.
*1***^^ Gi-fai rtn/a n. of a tril
Tibet.
219
5-^1
X 1}^* fid ftnr proUUy a Uttle
dnun^ortlw beatiiigof it m an aooom-
pnninidt in ^*wi»i ng («/a*),
grat^Mg n. of a soft musioal tone.
(JT. iny. <^ f95).
^'pR'el ^fir-wo, Xrf., the Indian rupee;
in C it is celled ^*X gar^mo or S^'K
^ilytf instead of S<« ifcyM after a final
^ar«?-
^ pw 1. nnmorioal for 63s% ^. 2.
aign of dinmrntiTee, 6.^., E*^ khyi^gu a
p«ipp7;litUa dog. 3. eztenfiion; extent;
room ; qpaee ; ^^'^'^'^^ 0im« m (ftMfty,
^'^V^biA-pagw-dog, ^%^ lamgu^dogy
^wry^T** awn git-^hg-po naiixow-minded ;
a nonow place, vallejr or road ; 3'«K«r9
^v-yiriff'^ apadoiia ; roomy ; wide;9'*«^«r
'^\^9^ jro^flMi iMt»9 there is mooh room
hore.
^M«iH ffu gat§-po^t,^'9'^'Q dog^fw
m^l'pa apaoioos; capttooos: «*a*9'<«^ii'Q
M<ka gu foUiiM aspaoioQSy wide place:
fS'^j-nR^q idoO^ gu ynff^ a
oommodioos reaidaoce: ^^Mr^'m^v'q $em9
^v-ffolf-jM a broad, generous heart
'^I'^^*'^ 9^9M^ cBiamelled plates,
caps, fta'; genera&y enamels on copper.
X ^'«^^ gthgul or IT^ii gug^ul, ^qn,
%^VW,1>)« a cosilj incense, one kind of
nUflh ia ufaite, aaotber Uacik. It is need
in medicine and its smell dxiTes away evil
spnts.
' Syn. 9«»fi^ bum^igtkhan ; '^V'^*^ idre^
K'^fl ^'fr^^ nal^mo hdta {Mitoii, .
-A/jyiM galhca the plant from which tho
incense is obtained.
^'^ Gii'fje n. of a province in the
West of Tibet. Also n of a section and
Echool in the Sera monastery. Thepeople
of the province of 5'^ Gu-ge are called
"f'^'^i Oo^ge-fa.
^'5^ Gfu4an ahK> called 6b4m, the
older grandson of i^^'nJm-gkii KJkm,
who invited Sakya Pa^^ta to Mongolia
in order to introduce Buddhism theie.
%'9 fi^^«i
m W. deaf (Ja.).
Buddhist monk about whom mention is
made in the Phar-phgin section of the
sacred books of Tibet.
^\^ jw-sa/ (for W^lifii rol^gfn ««/.
fna) hair-pendants of preoioua stones of
women in Tibet: fr^I'Mt-j-irfS'^pirtBi
taking off her hair-omaments» she offered
them {A. >n 109.).
^'^*P^ ^w-y«r in W. slowly ; gently ;
without noise {8ch,).
^^ (f^^V^ ^rr^ quick-silver.
^'^ Ou^g 1. B^yrB-^ bgoM
tgyol-po 9Mg n. of a king of birds (JT. mg.
18). 3. n. of the second son of Jengis
E3un), who^uled over Eastern Mongolia.
X ^'^ ifM-^ 1^ spiritual teacher; a
teacher ; father-confessor ; 9'«) (Ai-ma, |«l'
^ thth-^lpon. Often in Milarapa.
^•^^1
320
^•|
TVf^'^' Ou^ru i9iBhan'ktgyo4 the
eight maailestations of the Great
Teacher ; also the eight namee of Padxna
SambhaTa.
'^^^^ gu'tug 1. in Li. a odt or foal
of an aw (cTS.). 2. n« of a oelehrated laoia
who was tator to JZ^ Qe%^rab.
^^Vfi' gu-kA n. of a deity propitiated
by mothen (in Tibet) for the well-being
of their ohUdren. Aooording to some this
deity blesses mothers with children,
q|*$^' gu^mi. puie gold idcked out
from a mine. 2. also spelt 9't«^' tPM-^M,
gold embroidered doth or silk: 9'|^'^'<«*
^«'4|Ur9«r^ haviog presented a reli-
gious garment of embroidered silk (to
him).
^^ guieinW. for ^^ga-h slowly;
softly ; gently.
+ «n'-^ Oti-fTisaid to be a corrupt
form of the Ohinese title of Kaufiri^
which is conferred on Buddhist monks and
religious men, but it is imdently the
corruption of the Sanskrit title of gau-
pri, the lord of religion or guna-fn:
in Tibetan '^^'WV^ ytm-tan-^Mil, the
blessed, learned or talented one. In
Mongolian Eau^ signifies a PandU or a
learned man.
^'^'IN|'Q (?u-f ri sog-po Gus'ri the Mon-
golian, in Tib. called yf-nH'^K^^^J^
Ou-m ^af^id9inchoS'tggal,ibB Din^a^
rian Chief » who conquered T\bet and esta-
blished the supremacy of the Dalai Lama
in 1643 A.D. over all Tibet; ahK) an
CShuth Mongolian who belonged to Qus'ri's
uneis.
^*^ 0^v*Mi occurs in (Vai. farr!) a
garment, dress (c/8.).
^OfT^ ''^ 9^9'!^* tf^ ^ oblation
cup: 5^-TiMW^'^-i'K«-«*S W^
ftf»fi-iM Sor^ggi tM bn h4 thia naias
is now applied to enamelled cups made in
Ohina (Jig*).
^^'fl gug^p» 1. W9 dui^pa, «4V«
9^'^ d^i-poi gug^pa ^tf-^v bent as in
rareronce, to bend in salutation : 9^^^
gug'-icai with humility, humbleusB,
modesty. 2. In IT. to rub or scratch
gently ; to tidde.
Wl^ P^g-t^ff bend low: »^V
ggHphgag^a% he saluted thrice, bending
low his head and body.
4^'^'Q gug^gMoa bent ; bent doim*
wards (of leaves) (Fai. i^.), v. ?1*»
gug-pa.
q^^l^^C* gug^a* weight of gold
acoordiug to the standard formerly used
in the proTince of 9'^ Ou^ge^ a ^rotf or
ounce of 1^ Ot^ge : ^•^^l^'^W^'f «^^'
haying presented gold of the weight of
300 ounces (of Ou^ge) {A. 79).
q|C' I: GM an imperial tifle^ belong'
ing to the second daas of nobility in Ghiss ;
it is second only to the distinctioa of
JT^ngoi Prince, and is Tery imwh piirtd
in Tibet. The recipient weern a vobj
button and three plumea of the peacock.
^K' n : ftftn ytBOVjUj applifld (1)
to a species of leqpardpoat found in
Tibet.
n
991
Tif
wliifih it amaller tbttiihA HioiAkyaii lao-
p«d, and (S) to th* looad-lieidBd tiger of
Ootnl Ama, khitakok ottheM(mgol%
whkk Imt in Uio loiMti of tho Amor
nd of Noitb-Weiteii Ohi&a. Tho fleth
of latter ia vaad m paialyaia, a&d alao aa
aa aotidola agamat onl aprili.
^C' ni: tlia miidle; oentnl; alao
gniaralljr the marMian'; noon; aiddaj;
aa 'veO aa, Imb frafoaotly, midnight ; ^
^ tt i fi midday; noon; *i^T3^ mid-
oqilit.
9^111 0Um in Aa middlo: VS'H^*
^^ I fa^tyi <ai< aai #ika» taken jr coma
oot of fka middla of TTppar !nbet
IF'^tr^ IfMll^ h^pm to diTide
tfavongh middlo ; to diaaaot anatomically;
^*S';prii im f f m *ni g ut l a in tba nuddlo
of ■"^■*™— ; ipr|V< n am yyi yull-la at
^ nddnl^ hour; the middle watek of
^I^^M flM-riryel n. of one of ike
enly ki^ga of Tibet (Tif.).
^1 f wi jii midday tan ; alao the reli-
gicNia aerfioe oondnated in n Bnddhut
momaetary at nuddny when tae ia aenred to
iha eo pgi a gntad monka*
aF*^ r^g fk tke two middle timea,
middiay and midnight.
q[C*9^* Cht^kH U. centnl plain,
n. of • pert ol Kgiii Ekcnaim ; n. of a
in In giiL
^'^-mr diatriel of Qnnglhang in
wcatign Tnngt the Uith-plaoe of iRry-
t$ko Xe-<a0HM nkml^khrim tnof-^^tf^
who hroofl^ AtaiCa to ISbet
3^aK.«^mf'^|PM GM-rAn« Sjom^iig^^
a. of an inearnate Lama of Amda who
heeama Oe hjg^ priaat of reiM Omw*
monaatmy of Amdo and aieoted a lofty
ohurten-tampleMOfeatkig^; andfoonded
a monaalery with a Ubraiy oontaining
20,000 hk)^-pKint tolmnm.
the Urthpplaoe of JfOtovve the poet and
aaint.
9«-« fiatjws^K* ttrtHifo mm Ike
aaoond of tkiee hrolkaBa; flie middle one.
r'M^«fii<|>eHNitotakamat atnoon
on a jooinay; ^"^ yiUMiA^ dinnar
y^<H ir M < i * a j P Wl ^ ft r alaoyiMiNNe,
the middle ibgar.
y-^-^-^ CM-W gui ttm m tiw ion
and aaeeaamr of King l^k^'^M jCkrJ.
«rM | ifa»i-»iee who leigned in Tibat
about 788 AJ>.
full ^tttOT^lM pht$§ oaixot.
<|r*«a«-ir^ff'e g^^Mii% Im tgnMca to
take a walk ahont midday, alao generally
to take a walk 9^*>M fui'l&m at noon.
^^ ^ 1. alope; dedinty (d.).
2. aeparaHon; aoUtode; aednrion (AM«).
iger-du aaide; apart: aK'I*Vcs^'^v|i|'q'ir
^-^'^ipre again Jbftoapoke to PAyiv-^far
tUm^ while alone in a aolitaiy plaoe
(A. 5).
tV^'^Mi^-9 ti4^ tiar^wM 1. to pboe
adant or to one aide ; l^'^'^^^ire ya#^
ffV^jNi to aeperaia (Ji.)^ diiparaa. 9. to
hoy dear, at a loaa ; ■ynonymooa with
3V^ r ^«9 o i l in Ltd. heaTy or thick of
hearing ; 1^'^ yetf-fief quite deaf ; deaf aa
a poat. 8. 9^'%'H'r'> ^^4-*$ kfug^pm^
*^C^W^ tojri-tM tikof'pm or «ff^'^W^
yl'^l
322
5^5«l
$kmhdu ^g-pa to htuniliace; deprecate;
to plioe in a false or inferior position.
^^^V gui^po dear ; ezpendve, Y. 9^*Q
^^ tfna loai; damage: ^••rjrtl^ ia-la
gm^hog in IT. I ha^a (raftered loes
(prop, damage h oome to me) (t73.).
5*nn^'^tomakeu a loai t ^>W* WT w«r^-
oQnor pIaoaa» on the other hand, they ont of
pride almost daily tried to replenish their
loaa {Mbrmiu PSS).
4^^*^ fNM-chfffi a botUe-fihaped or
oylindzioal baaket for fruit in Ld. (per-
bapa akin to rl»fhP^) (Ja.).
yrQ fNM-dN> in Ld* ezpensiTe; dear.
yrf gmiH^^^ ipi fi^noi or ^t fi^iU
haTing died or been dead : ^'^^ A-U* w
V^y^t de'-t^ yMi 1111^4 tear Bran^itB
pim-f<a then, not long after, theBrihma^
having died {MifWH. 169).
fl|2l^p«f vnZT, ^^^ ^W^ a tent;
also a booae made of hay or straw argraaa;
^V tfiMi-ffMr a sleeping tent; ^n«'<S^
yhm^-gmr a tent naed by agreat man for
his leaideiioe ; ^"^ ^tir-yo/ the oeiling of
a tent; 9^'f^ gwJsM§ the cover or
canopy ; MT^ rii.0Ftir tent of cotton doth ;
V^V^ Vn^t-P^ "^ pavilion; ^mV^
Onrng-gur a military tent; "ps*^ jwr-
fidio^f a magnificent tent ; 3^'^ gur-thag
tent robes J J^**^ gurJfer in TF., or 5v3|a
^Mr-fM, the tentpdea; 5^'W^ jwr-*4ojr the
upper covering or outer-fly of a tent; ^Y"
ihA-gur hearth-tent; that which ia^ used
aa a kitchen ; 5^*5 ■1'»'9 gur-ggi famJfit
the outer canopy-like cover of a tent ; tbe
upper part of a double tent ; 3^*9^ gut'
phur the pegs or pins used for pitching a
tent * 3^'^^*i gur^g^hol the walla of a teLt;
^'VS gur-glad the top or crown of a tent;
the passage for the smoke out of a teat;
^^'^^ gur^l^gram lattice in the sidB of a
tent ; ^^'f* gur-loam atakea supporting
the roof of a tent (fieh.).
9^'P>^* gur^hhati the imaginary pavilion
or mansion of the gods, which is formed
in the sky, canopied by rain-bowa, walled
by rays of light, supported by diamond
posts and carpetted witii variegated cloudy
for the uae of the gods wnen they
come to witness religious entertaiumeatB
or performances of the pious on this
earth.
5^'9**''ft''' Onr-gyi ^g^gan^po a divinity
of the Sakya-pa SohooL
9<^'%^ Gur-drag n. of a Buddhist deify
of the Sakya-pa School.
9^'¥! gwr-nag thoae of the Uaok tent,
or the Black-tent Mongols; 9"^*^^^ ^-
ikar the White-tent tribes of Mongolia;
"(^SV^ gfioi-gut the tent used by xtiner-
ant mendicants or SAiHnam.
Y^'^f{^ gttr^pa gtia^ishmH aBaddhiit
congregation at S^^ QgaiH'4m.
^'fl¥* g^MT^ipMgi a perfomted akm; t
hide full of holea (&rA.).
^'%^ gwT'-d&r the tribe of the Moaigob
who used to live in yellow tents. Hie
Tftran&tha Lama of XJrga (Tah Ehmeh)
in Mongolia still uaea the yeDow tent
^^'^'l gur-gum or ?py» gitr-bm
WK% aiiJiW aafErony cxocuay mazigold.
^•5^1
338
^\
alendnki and similar yellow dowm
q^hitMMt ihM m/ r^M kha §dom aafiron
oozes lireNdisofden aad ocntnots the
soilaee of tbe bawek {S^i.). Tbate are
three kmds of aaflron kaown to the
TihetaDs; mWY^'^ Bal^ t/ur^gum
the saSion of Nepal; rM^'t" khthcke
gtfr^fum the TTafthnn'r saffron, whiohisthe
btist, and &'<« S or ^-^^ that is brongrht
from diataat r^ons (Spioe-islaiidB).
Syn- *r|^^^ iMm bpe4 4mar\ ^V
^^ kddb irina^wa; i^jp:%m rdM drti4
9hei; •'H^T^S mt-iog don^oan; H'lpr
1l»wi iaMMOf tiUiMPif; A-W^w iws4o^
kikfi t i p$4 ; 9ii^^n^hog44an; V^B'^n
ipak-po }ttUm-pa (#ilb».).
*5^'^^ U^tr^gwr in Ld. a small
chnm nB&Si for preparing tea. («7S0
^'^^t'I 9^'*^9 » kind of drug nsed
for healing or drawing sores, &o. ; il'^«'<'
*S*'i«'W*^ r»i0 909 rtM Uha4 Wkhrii
nad-^t it inflames sores, onres bilious
fever.
4|Q|*q|Q|^j.^ a quaking; shaken as
if bjr A strong wind : f tt'|^'fHi-fifS'M'
tri w j-jwf pulckethpo f/pig gut-gulbpi^ iM
It is said that beoause they assumed the
attitude of a wrathful deity, a great
country trembled (as if by an earth-
quake).
^^'¥•1 9^f^, lit. the Uaok %%n
g^gut or 5^'i'W'' gug-gul nag^po^ n. of a
medicine.
w, ^Hi^iviy w4, mrfa, ^ nm, sUt.
imility, reject, reiverenoe, derotion; also
Ij. respectful, devout; veory common ik
s phrase ^^mi-^mv pAya^ iiiAaUo, saluted
reveience ; *r^'Q tna^gui-fia unsub-
missive, undevout; ^WL'^/s.'^m'^ ff^ff^P^ «M
icof^pa wAvf respeotfully ; willi dignify
and honour ; ^ViF^'^j^q gm-par kgyur^a
to be respectful ; to humble one^sdf {Ck.)
f|«-^%iVr5ii qn 5T^*r« I offer salu-
tation reverentially with the three— ^y
heart, speech and body : 5wli|*infn-
*»^ ItI'^Iw gn-pa eken-poi ilfen^r
hyif^gUH-tlob% may the blessing be granted
to m a int a in the greatest devotion, ^vw
^u-^ gui^par* t9giim~pa to behave with
respect; jvw?^ gui^par Han VJWT to
serve or attend respectfully; to listaiwitk
"^sp^Jt ; 5^^- Js-q to regard.
^^^ guhpo in O. and W. expensive,
costly, dear, v. 5V« gui^po or ^n
tgni-po.
S^* gu§»90 w^ becomes very dear;
respects ; worships.
*V g^ num. for 98.
h|'C| ge^^u^ is an aTudUary partide
signifying did (emphatically) : «rVi'«ik qsr
fi0A«-f(rai bra^ kha nm^ mMo^ qmAmmi
^aUcana ffor^la Ikag ge-ica by theuppsv
tusk he pressed on his breast, by his lower
tusk he opened asunder up to the forehead
(Siram. 139).
^'^ fl^-rtf n. of a country : ^'*
pahai byuH'-idug also there was one, caUed
the Kong of ^ Ge^ra {K. du. % 281).
^^\
%^*f ii O^ra il«-|Mi lUUM oi a T&betan
41^, Mid to baM deBoandBd from tilie
xojil UiM of Ungii <^f from fikt^ft^Mn
ipiwijiOt tnd bdoo«iiig to a flaoe called
^*f Ot^ M« litiiftted to tho eaat of
I^Ma on tho Ttza Taang-po b^ond
CMihiaig.
^4f «i-fa a kflrohiafi for tho head
htmg^g down behind from the ehoolden*
1^*^!^ I: ^e-«w Vftwfii, %w<i
f^^m» WlfNWt ftW aafton, the
oofoDa of a flower. There are three
irJtMi« of ^''^ f^-^^ ▼» ;— TT^*^ *«-*«
f^^MT unitwf , ^•'•^^ *««» »«-«»^
fiA^f, and iiS«r^^ ini#^ »M«r
^1««C (J«l.)* Aoo. to Ck. ^•^ IB
a flower; it is aaid to grow in Nepal
and is odOed «»S**'^''^ J«tf-«wr jw-tar ; aoa
to ft*, ptoffl, bat like »^ s^-Wra it sig^
yi^ H^ imdoabtedly the organs of fmotifl-
oatlon in generaL
1 ^IP^ n; 0#-iflr n, o! a powerful
king mlxQg in Bhensi in Ofalna, who on
aooonnt of his martaal tbIoot was deified
gad xaised to the position of the God of
War. There are Tarions aooonnts of him.
The people of Eham in Tibet own him
for their national war^god, while the
jjfang^By>> My that ^w G^-sor was a
Ung el Hongolia. Aooordbaig to some
%na^xih helhed in the 7th century AJ>.
Avoiding to the eoUeoksoa of heroio flongs
caDadtbe f^h^^gp^Mt^ Sang CU-t^e
IhediniheMiceniaiyAJ). Hisorigin
iS| howefWi lost in myth.
^ wl"!"^ ge-'mt^ifgi igrutl stories from
the works called l^-V^V ^9 «* ^^''»
also exfcraets from the fabulous history of
Qesar>
224 ^\
^m:v^ gMor-cm %n the lotus flower;
the filament of a lotus.
Nfiga Yik«a (ITXafi.).
^'^ g^hffOy s^^i ffMi a secret abode—
ufled as V^'W^ giMt^tkai (a mystic word)
in the Tantra {E. «f g. 916).
hindrance; stoppage; obstacle: ^'•^
feg§^hagi^^^'^ bar-ehai interruption
by an aoddent; danger; \t9r^'^n^^n
to remove doubts and hindrances {Mil.) ;
^{^q^ a malignant spirit causing
miBchief or impediments; <n«ls*a'e-
^*tS'*> to binder eflEeotually religioiiB
domgs; sMrfvft-*r*^lw^ four cbiK
tables to the attainment of Bnddhahood:
ftqt<sm-^fMr^sprfrR« HM^jmH grogi
igroiffm gegh*^ hgro wiU you help me or
hinder me in obtaining; a^a-a^^
bgrvlhpabi g^gi impediment to ihe
attainment of perlaetion.
if ^|QI*C| 0ieA-|Ni the trunk ofatreewiib
a spiral top: tr^'-^^Vwr'Tl^^t-
Jt-f^'u geUwa ni cM pMl ilam rtm»'«a 9^om
04 rise-mo r<ryaf-i>a ttie term gehca is when
the stem or thick roots of a tree grow into
a branching top.
^«i'^ gel^H wrer a log ; a poet.
n. of a king of birds. (JT. eiy. % 18)
^ I: fff( 1. numerioal sign for 1S3.
2. abbr. for ^'H rfya-Jw in the ninrfw;
fs|^^ gihgfiiff 91; also ^^ go^
92, etc.
^ n:=in mystic language B**^
khr^n^hog arr, mwn, €W the chief rf
a herd or company (K. g^ Ti W).
«(l
225
f*\
^l| ni: 1. plaoe; room; space (prob.s
3^); in this sense it isnsedin «iAiNi*^'cA
li^sAanif wmi-par^ wiflioat intermediate
space, 1^^ elose together, oontiniicms: ^f
^^iiifii4im^*qK'|« t/kru ina-Ukcgi go
iP^sAoim me^par 9kjf$§ gxain cf every kind
giewdeiDaely, Ivzuiiantiy : <fsis»w*vw^'
9 fo inf iW wm fm4-pftr gai-^wa oUmAj flll^
An impartant oompoand of ^o is found in
^^po-«Wf the spaoe is oat off, or filled,
»A, the matter is done with, settled ; satia-
laotion haa been made ; eolloq. also I hare
got enoivli ; I am fuU : ^'fi*f » K«»
dift ffyirf-fMiii go^mi iAo4^ by this the
Tietooy has not yet been folly deoided:
IN '^ffN-lh-^qN-l'^*!^ Hof-^m §gam pum-
gyi go-ckoi there is intermission of hear-
ing ; tJiintTTig ; meditation : ft^'*'"^*'^'
^'te khy$4'1a f^mi^koi paV e*of doo-
trine not satiaEaotoiy to yon : 8'4^^*|T*'
V%^*^i|-V^ ivhMuA «a ipifUf§ d^hyir gth
mi'Cko^iAj shoold it not be snffioient that
I be banidied instead of my son? 2.
plaoe, position, rank, condition of life:
9^^ pAa^ gor in the place of his
father; V^ po-«i^ according to; in
proportion to (Ja.) : ^^^go tg^^hn^ when
rank and dignify are grown old and gone;
when the position inlifehas been lost : ^*
^'^'^^ihat]smyplace;mybQsiness. 8,
amy, a space, in the more general sense:
trl*^^")'^^^ (prin-^yj go-war phge^
M« ^# haTsoome parting the cloads:
■rsA'Kf i{ o-iNoli {TO na at the place of my
mother; with n^ mother (J8.)« ^^^ 9^
Idag-pa to change place, eepeoially to turn
to tiie contrary (Sah.) ;^'YfMi#-^ the seat
d disease (&*.).
^'Hp/H g04kab§ ^nm% mm, wm^
Wtm» mm intertal; leisure; space;
cppoitimify ; in tbe meanwhile: ^'Mim
occasionally with companion words gO'9k0it
signifies slowly, at leisnrei or in power ;
just at the time: a^*^|^'et*lfi|4a*iKi
ide^war igiai^pal^i go ikabhimi there is
no diance of my sitting at ease; ^'|5'
iiS^ irif ^Wfir^y^ de-phgir id^f^h go-
9kai§ ti^aUu g^ol (A. 16) therefore I
pray for leaTe to aYail myself of this oppcr-
tonity.
Y^^ go^lftal the share or portion due to
a person in accordance to his rank {n.).
fr^' go-khaH, lf'at*^'« go-dki^kMl'
pa arsenal {8ok(r.).
Yip go-khrab^^tn/^'Wi go^ha iM Arafr
coat of mail with helxnet; annonr, t. ^^
go-okM.
f*r«» go-gpm-p(h t**'*' 9^^ 9P^
pa to wear a coat of mail, etc. ; to put on.
wardress.
Byn- Y^ go^goi ; «f|^ i«i' Wi«i g^l
ggi cha% AaghP^l ^^^^ yn^i igoi
iiUon.).
Y9<| go^grat or Yn* f^pnv rank; dig-
nity {Ci.).
YeHh'4 go-igoi pa i^sNtt the act of
equipping or arraying :aiY**1|^*«i ^e-Ma
ggon^pa to equip with armour; put en
harness, t. Y* go^ka.
YefKHM,T. YApo-ela.
Ops go-Aa ^m, l4, wir, ««Tf, WfW
IMfv, i(«w; www armour; harness; gear;
implements ; tods ; 4r^^l*Y« i^r^^-fk-kpi
go^ka the implement of good luck; an
amulet
Syn. m^ 9^lf4\ •"tI^; trf^Aon-
•«yo6; VfJ^ t^Mkgai %^mv^ ktMi^i
^(•*-fai-ci|
226
^^^\
^^t^ bag^hyi igo-wa ; IP khrab ; ff^ tmg ;
khytOrthur cani^'V^ go4chrab {Vion.).
^f'«'>|^'q gotcha gyon^pa^ v. ^'IjK'*' J«>
ggim^fd or ^'•flf^'q ^d igoypa.
KdUUf. T. 139) with a baU.
{99 B.) {Bohr.)
{8ehr.) {tiC.)
* If aA'fiff^ go-cha^i S^^Hfchog. {8ohr.)
{91 A.)
(Schr.) {too.)
*)(»*. {19 B.)
*M('A'9/H'ff^ gthchdbi JRnanhffKf^' {19 C.)
(hcai. {8chr.) {90 A.)
* ^*«S'ir»i'8^^, g(HJhabi Rmoi^yei'im.
{Bchr) {219 A.)
•I[f*«t'<| n\ f/iHihabi Tsa'O^i ha, (Schr.)
{98 A.)
{8ohr.) {910.)
{Bohr.) {90 B.)
^f-»^-fl go^choi-po^^t^ phan-thog^
useful ;wrvioeable. w^«i--iF-8s-5^-««^'l*'
«Mr«t^*|^'ci^'A'fli'lf^^<S'Q')^ hi don gaMye4
kyaH iigrub-nutpabam m^harphytn^H mi-
la gfhdid-po ter the tenn go-chod-po is
applied to a man who is suooeisful or who
aooomplidxeB any business or duty suo-
oeesfully: ••^^•^•*SS»< mi-kdi go ehoi^dam
ynH this man be of serrioe P {A. 197).
^'|K go^tM ^mnsV cummin seed
{Zam. 9Ui
} If'V'^*^ go'^ iMhri the QodaTari rirer.
ihugi-kyi gna§ trkyai kyi-ufsig^ he^iahiynU
gyi Iho-ihag He sar-yo^^ <*fr*ftT«^W^
a|-f9l^*8a('f)c.' io-^naii ckthmig aog§ gjuthya
nUshafHMn msdk Gk)daYari, one of tiie holy
livers of Southern India, a place on its
ysuxCk near Tidharva where there is iipxrii-
symbol of Buddha. It oontaans a milkj
spring (JDaam* Sd).
4 ^*^S|*q ^dam M n. of a drug
Syn, «"^«'«|-^ yaii-pa can ; ^*«^ n-sw
em\ fl'ff^'M ha^M mg\ **t1^" w^kog
If B kamJfa chen-po (jViton.).
^*^^*Q go^de-fioa simple; easy; that
which is easily understood: If'^'ww
^ir^2K'dl^'<i go-ide-^a la l^an^noi iper-^
na he uttered an example with a view to
make it easily understood {8Uu. 101).
+ ^^Vi go-hdart, defined as fUf^w^'
Xoi ina'tshogt-sam ^ gaU mo9-pa what yoa
like of difEerent kinds.
Kf-flt^M'ft^"! go-hdrU khyer-iM^S^'^fV^
V:9S'Q to be friendly ; intimate {A. U5).
bpheUyei n. pr. {Bohr) {TM. 9, 89).
«lfRK4K.- go-bphnH^^V^ rank; i^aoe;
position: ^wii^«'«JT|-lfw»riF|*rS*
oym may the blessing be accorded xos
to gain the rank of an onmiscient Buddha
^fP ^o-va to understand; to peroeive
mentally: Si^B'«F?'5W>^"^i^' ****
pan-ti-ta kun-gyi go uw Jyirf firet ofallit
was understood by all the
^^^\
227
'If- 1
^^'^ f^va eam^^^a B, learned, dear-
beaded penon; ^V«s § ft ^i** wiee men.
^? 90^ or Vf 4 iya'(f<hio a kind of
vulture: ^W'jqw -ip-far^*, vrQ-ql'^^pi*
^ m a § km m aH ng^^rmm kn^car bffe4
the larynx ol the Tulture caneea indiges-
tible meat and different kinds of food
wbioh are not digested, to beoome digested
{Sman.).
^ftS go-iffei mo. to t^a. is a quality of
tlieair.
^^ yo-ftsftv (^ro-Av)=*fM go-log
misundecBtand ; misapprehend; to attach
a wrong meaning {BUu. 110).
t ^ go-ifu (Bong, fwr) araoa nut:
^V»rr»«5f\***>"»iH areoa nut is the
best esDoneo for the tee* hand cures kidney
disoase {gman.).
^^e>-ras=*|A4<swi-nj jail; prison.
¥^ go^m order, arrangement : ^^'
S^*9^«F;is.JSrtfpSqiihave ananged it so
u to agree with the order of things, eb).
(8Uu, 101) .
^^ ^wvssf^^a rAo^^jiMiperfeoted;
finished; completed.
gfkug^ or ^'^^A^a ni«.#MM« m#/:pa
qyontaneogsly ; as a matter of oourse;
without power to exert one's hoU in any
ourfAer; necessarily (JT. du. r i7£).
«ia^ (^1 «ra-f^M^' rgyu-u fiH-gi khu-tca 1. a
kind of gum, pxob. acacia imported to Tibet
Iran China ; ashes which have burnt with-
out ignition. 2. Hh'a'di^'q|^'q(-wq lime
of burnt shell or cowries. 8. the areca nut
brought from tiie sub-Himalayan district
or from India is called IH* Y*^ §man go^ia^ U.^
ilia globular medicine; S'^^'Y'^ rgpa-gar
go^yu theLidian areca nut, or *^*Y% areca
nut from the sub-Himalaya; these two
are called |H*f «i iman-gthh {ffman.).
^'t^ the wind which, ace. to Tibetan
astronomers, keeps the sun and the
stars moving in space : iwV^y;*|^i|t-u*
'^'l^'^^S-^-* fkebhtMk4^§ kgai GkhlaH
tM-^bgro^Uar bgog-^meif^ $hu your lettexs
should also be without let or bindzanoe,
like the wind which keeps the heavenly
bodies always in motion {Tig. k. 87).
T* po-fc-T* ga^b or ^9 dai^
slowly,
n. of a town in the way to Udyina, prob.
in Ancient Eabol (8. Lam. 17.).
^^go-hgHx^ reverse'; oppoaiteto what .
was ; baok again ; also for f T»i|-q go^
hg-pa degraded; position diangedasintha
case of a superior officer subordinated, or an
inferior officer promoted to a higher posi-
tion:— W*^^ ipwi^po gifog master
made a subordinate or servant, or ^tQ*^Q^
gyog-po 4pon, a servant raised to the
positioii of a master; «r<n*|«'«r'^'iflp^'ir^*lf
^fQ phanixtr mratfia h gnoi^r giHoa
tt»iu to fake a useful advice asintended
for mischief; also j^'^'^'V^ opposed to
charity or misunderstand charity ; 1(N*^«ai'
Y'if^ reversing, misinterpreting character
or morality ;^»\«rtfM^ inoi-pa go^hg^ ^v
^^•If <s| Itrifon^bgrut go^log to misunder.
stand one*s forbearance or industry; mm'
^W'f*^ performance of the wrong
Dhyana ; Jp«^alf <^ perverse or distorted
knowledge or wisdom ; ^^l-^-iH s«iii|.g^
go-log tired of showing sympathy cr
compassion; g»«i'«rlf*( hffom^^pa go-log
tired of loving.
^y*i|
228
^m f«HMr|»^<VPi or ^MK.' nak; office;
dignity : ■•rffTB-j^T^ «^if •'f l"^
ikHM wMan^ rgyahj^hn •ogt-hjfi go-^a
lta-bu*U like unto the podiion of the
Iaidm, protoson, oflken, «Ao.
^^Hr^I'lNii 11^ n. of a linuly in
Anoient India (JT. du. 9l8S) ; n. of Buddha
B'ftkyamnnL
^ffogm IT. for ^*Q poiltpo a Inmp.
^ w gog-ihal aahes ; bnnxt fragmenii.
^'0 ffog-pa 1. to orawL 2. to oramble
ofi; to Male off (of the plaster of a wall)
Iff fiwi^a^'gc.-^ gamh^hag bgtiH-w^ dilapi-
dated; damaged; in rains; worn out:
Ifi^Vf^ a temple in rains: *ifT^^*a
ohoTten in ruins: frH^'*'^^*''^*^^*
^^ there are some who even die worn
ont when they orawl about (as little
ohadxen) {Khrii. 18).
*^^^'fl^V^ gthi^hg am^§kge§ (Sehr.)
{80 A.).
•^ml\n go^la^ ri'^ ih«^«T (Sake.
I. 6S 68) a oixole; oimilar.
^^ ^oH l.prioe;Talue;also^'«9oA-
than ^'^ gati-tihaii ^^'Cl^^-^-^
Mor-fAaa kgi rm gdUgi Uhai the prioe
or TBluation of things or p roperty: ^*
'^^'^ gafl 4pgai'pa to apprise ; to fix aprioe :
iftoja-q goH krggiUhpa or ^\^^ gon
•grig-pa id. lu BiUdm: ''di god ka dud
m'' what is the prioe of it P {8nd. ffbk,)
2.s|^ ^en or IH f^Ofi or 1V*« thag^ma
also an 1M ^i^> ^ the aboiPB: in spaoe
ss well as in time (in Khamii ^^g^t it is used
Masbst. signifying ele?ated^ alpme pasture
grounds). ^*^'«S<I gpi dan i^hun, ^^^
avw ^dM M^MMT, ^'^ gai^iOm,
^'mfkm gatUffUkuMi as above (maa-
tioned) ; like the abore or aforesaid similir
to the above.
^'^ goA4kkoi «tated abovB; ^'%
^'o g(iMm god'pa existoig abore; ^^
^fPi'^^ gail^du gml fMr, set forth or eb-
eidated above ; ^'i| ^d4-0i ihefomMr;th8
abore; ^'^^'V* gotUgi de ffUNMi thoie
pceoeding; ^'^'^l'^*" goi't/i «*•• n»h
pa the above staiaoaent that ; r^'^'I'frQ
§Ha gat JBod4fgi fjfya^M the aneaeiit or
former Tibetan kings; ^^^[^^^'^ go^^
gi lffa4rS^ Uat as has been stated above;
^'^ gaU^ orer it; above; If^-^'^^Q
gci^du iphof^pa wn taken upwards;
gone upwards; impcoved; pcogxessed; ^'
%ffi gotl^du pM plsced in a poeition of
dignity ; kept on the top; ^"^^'^'^ goMit
tphe^wa^ n^^^ spixitaally devebped,
lit. gone upwards; ^'^^^ ga^-dm ikg^
fca w^^wr ready; ^'^^^^ goMmmo%^
the above mentkmed; ^'^ gotkm a oa
it; above; ^'^ gaH^nai from above;
1^'^^*^ ^o^t-fun ^oM-dtf wn^HK mm
and more ; higher and higher, ^^foi^
^vf^ very much (Xmi.); one above; ths
senior (one):^!^^*^ ^go got-du over ths
door; •wl^^-^'^V f^AJtgi gtd^ bdai
died before his father ; ^^^-^ ds » M'< *>
before that or that time ; •'•*i^^'5
muht%hog$ gaiUA$ before they aaaemUed or
oongregated together.
^*^T^'V^' GM-^Xpor^fdM n. of a fart
and town on the Tsang-po, where ooa-
viots are generally sent for prndishment
It is situated S.-E. of Lhasa, ia ^
distriot of ICal-gro.
«|k*|*«sflr«s*^«^ CM khri^idai, M^
n. of a Bon seint beUered to exist in aitnil
^^\
220
fona in the north-west quarter ((7.
Bm. 1).
meeting; enomMj: lune; renown; glo-
bnlan
p4iK^^ to lift np ; tc ride up.
ftAtt^Mf , the inatmotionfl from higher
anihoritiee ; also thoee arrived orxeoeiYed
^'«f0tf«M in TT. collar: l|kq-i|W^*»'q
gt4Hp0 im h di m p a to eeiie by the
collar.
m«r a globular maei, lump, heap; ^'
9'^ goi'Jm'am ftwW!( dot; clotty; in
Inmp; in heape; W^'S'H'l ^-ii« m>-«p
«f«n«i, Yfinini catarrh or cold; ^'9^'8«
goi^bmtJ^ffot made into globnlar maae or
lump* 2. agglomeration of atoms ; V^'^
^IT***l't'5''l^''^'^^''^'*»'^^ *» ro reg
fin aoo« totheBnddhist metaphyeioal con-
oeption that which produces the sensation
of amell, taste, tonch and sight is formed
of the following eight atoms:— (1) |Jii*r^
rdiapkr^hrab, (2) J«iVr*tp*^», (8) W
S'' ioag^dul, (4) V%n cku^duly (6) ^fc-
5^ rUei^rM, (8) W|«< /wi;^M (7) IF
yi gM-rcfa/, (8) >»«'K>^l5"' «i-iwaW
M'wer-fflfi rdul {Son'g. 7.)
fljC'SI po^flw ^ft, wtrft, wwr, miT
superior ; the fccmar ; the first-named ; ^^*
«rk fo#-f»ia-cAs or ^*<rl^q fPo4-«ia chen^po
the most high; S'^^**' ISgya^mg gad^
nia tbsBmperar of Ohina; ^'9r9pm goU.
mth^mmi the gods and superior beings.
Ifii'sri'l^ g<^^fm ehe dfugj the six superior
things of tiie 9^*1 Bon^ axe the follow*
ing :-J(« ^-^^^Q 0Mri|.tM »Ai|.^ niysti-
cism; t^ ^U-ghar; ^9im'mBf^m m^/tif
isamfc^«; ^^m^'nyufe9§MH-poi ipi'v
*^^'^ ffiotf-fra ffidog^can.
po the Tibetan name of the fourth ICan-
chu Emperor Eynn-luA is vIT^'SFV ZAo-
•i^ tgyaUpo^ the king protected by the
gods. ^^''^l^fiiKl^^q-v^iii^t-ii^-ljj-Ujf
V'«'^»^*»WI S^t^ H^** He became
rery powerful, was doTpted to Buddhism,
inrited the Pan-chen Bin-po-ohe called
Tashi Lama Pal-dan Ye-s'e (friend of
the first OoTemor General of India,
ICr. Warren H|5tingB). He erected
many temples and chaityas, and his life
was a record of miracles. He reigned
upwards of sixty years.
^'•rfd^'V^^atf^fuVcAo^yon theDaUi
Lama being the spiritual lord and the
Emperor of Cfhina being the temporal
lord : '(^'•i»iK''l'8'i'!'«'l^«^^^«'*pwii'
itohw^fon^ggi ihugMy^ ' idtr^at A^tAo-
kkani§ ide-Bkii^ iphrin-loi $Mi^ideg§ ia
Ihoi^mei^du ifekn by the grace of the
Grand Lama and the Emperor (of Ohina)
here too I being in good health haye
been in the diMharge of public service
withoat relaxation (Tig. k. 18).
Ifcfiq^ jFO«.;it« 6sAms=|'^s*n1M tdm-nui
Itshin i|4^ as before; as the above men-
tioned ; like the aforesaid; as the previous
one.
||^'«<$*V|k'si gaU^fnoii goi^ma wwftn^ a
8uperio]*$ superior; also more and more;
more in future.
HJC^ 1. gaU^nto the upper one ; «ifli qS*
M*^ 35 lag^paH god^nw n^jwj^ tho middle
finger. 2. the white grouse, but applied
to yariou^ birds in Tibet of the Tetraofiidos
family : Ihorbya god-mo is the Cro990pUhn
Ttbetanuniy and gong-gyag the ItJiaginfs
geoj^lfoiy etc. {8nd. Sbk. pp. 170-1).
kyii ffoH-mo ta ^mra^-pa tho two little
Coka birds said to the grouse (Bdsa.). ^^'
mobi fa-yif ro-tsa ehu-ser mo-nad sel the
flesh of the grouse stimulates tho sexual
desire and also cures disohargc of whites :
^H'lR «5Ti^*^*ii gofi.fnobi mjug 9ffroii
vKhnai m/ the feathers of the grouse
oure female diseases : ^^S^if^^d'^^-ai^a^-
^'^ gcA'tnohi igo^of me-lhabi gjion-nai
g.90 the eggs of the grouse oure illness
oaused by the demons of the Rre-god.
^K.'U'a^ goU-mo sreg a pheasant, Phasi"
anus dcoollattts.
S^*| ^o/J-^Aw=^'i'8 gad-du ahu 1. as
stated or prayed above. 2. a pnQter lantern
(«7a.); in ooUoq. Tibetan ^^gafn-shUf" a
lant«m.
^''^^ giA-^bog = f T^^ Itag-iog f4w^
tipper and lower; ^l\M^' gshi-goU folio;
^^'8'^^ jroil-jfkw gshogt a title of honour,
signifying his highness, excellence, etc.
'(^'^"''^ ffi^rol'du^ti^^'^sHu'rol'du or
&'«! fftofh-iuj before, prior to: *i*w|«'y^*|*
^^•^«i'^ before the war took plao^,
^'^ goA'ta above.
^** goUrUt ^ratv 0110 in supreme autbo^
rlty or position; the sovereign.
^'^ ya-rabf goH'^mcf those superior persons
gone before ; persons in superior or more
exalted stations.
230
4|«l*xj I
^ god loss ; damage ; '^'^^p god
hgyur-wd to suffer loss; ^*^'«r^ lews of
money and property; ^'P goi-kha, "^
JAfn-oi'^i^lf&p,. ji^.^-^.q norphyug^ la nc4
9na-ishog9 hyud^na^ ^wa loss in property
or in oattleby disease and other accideata:
ir« 5q-S-9''*3«''^'^ igom tgrub eUyas kyan
god-med there was no loss whate\eT
wliether he performed meditation or
propitiation.
fear, loss.
^fP) gon the common gourd; pump-
kin in TT. (t/S.).
^'^ gcn-pa (f^<|) to put on clothes,
shoes, etc.; %1'^V^V^ gon-pa hdra^m
re-re the cost of a set of anything to wear
(Sim.) ; »^qy?^5^-q to put a cap on the
head. 2. coat, clothing (8ch.).
^'Ifw gon-snam (3*|fw) soige or broad-
cloth for making robes, etc, (Btm.),
^%^' gon^yM felt used for wediing.
^'9f^ gon.aam=:^'%9i gyon^lham shoos
to put on.
^'dja^ gob-non (spelling uncertain) in
JT. to tease ; vex ; irritate (Ja.).
a pace ; step : ^'^%m fkaH^-iffri^ to make
a Btefpi^'^'^K'^gom^pa hor-wi to pace:
i^sf-qq^-a^q yow-jw bdun bor^wa to
make seven steps (as a oecemony, which
may also be counted equivalent to a
religious pilgrimage, the actual perform
ance of which is not possible).
^pH-Q5-|iW gom-pabi fiab^ any peculiar
manner of stepping whether in prooes*
sion or in dancing.
^^♦t gom-tgrot walking in step liks
aoldien or a proo wi on: ^V'T^'^V^^'^^
hgro-mi ffom4gro§ tkhf^ in ivalking he
mifised tlie measare of the paces.
TTF* gofn-^M^ 'WWr the TiMmtyf of
pacing; waUdng in measoMl step.
*' W' pom-fEMtn 1^wn[ three pacef^ ; fig.
the heaTODs, earth and the nether region.
%^V*i ffom-gsum-'pa one with three
steps.
4w Wliw; f^Ml^ffWl a name of
TiahQu when he deoeiyed Bali in his
JBomana or Dwarf incarnation (Jlfiftm,).
^pWfl gomi-pa 1. ^nnm one prac-
tised in anj work; skilled; wont; f^'
*"'¥"> ^ praotiaing or practised in the art
of reading ; ^H'''*^ gom^-pa^an %if^
one who is skilled or practised in any art,
^qvj^q gm^par bg$i.pa lanv one
who is skilled or aconstomed ; <||iwrQV8«'4
gonn-par iga§^pa ^ni(Wq» one who has
fvactiaed or studied.
^ gor or J^vl^ fih»ug§~gar:s:^^*ip
twr^na4 nrarrain {A. ^ 105).
^1^ 3 i^-Jn 1. ^gi:«i# qnadxangle.
2. Mm^i wisdom.
Ifim-pa a term of respect for stone, or
a general name for stone {Cs,) ; large and
small pebUes ; stones ; rabble ; honlder
fltoaes (Sch.).
+ ^^''^^9^ gor^machagsa^'trpi^m'Q
or fcVQ ilsH'^ V» 1«rt4im certain ; sure ;
mdnUtaUe: ^^'^^'^^^ de-kbyui^wa
gw^ma ^fchag^go his coming is quite cer-
tain.
^^ ^itA^ati wmhh gaU fyug ^*lf got'
231
«?«|
MO is also applied to signify an irritable
or angry temper.
^^i gor^fa, sftwW* a kind of
sandalwood.
'TW, <«m, "VTMn^, ^^T> w'U^ *t, ^, ^.
'^f I ^f^nn:, ^UW coTer ; dress , gannent.
The common wori for coat or clothing;
there axe seven kinds of stofEs for priests,
Ac. : m:^ bal'goi wooUen doth ; -^'^^
fo-nabi go9 doth of iBax; ^'sA'lfv gar*
maiigof linen; ^T«A'^Ai^^ htt ga§
silk doth; MtqrS'^^ ra§^iaUggi go§
cotton doth; .^fjwq^l^ ko tam-pati
go9 jnte doth; \V^^1^ Hubog^gi go^
Eoropeaa doth, &c. ^^'I't^'^'RMi'qn'
go§-kgi tgyubi bbgut4fhuH§ itiau^pa
ennmeration of the materials for doth: —
lTa«n«-4i* silk-worm; ^'W^'^'^'^^'J'
g-^q^q|«y^ ra lug dai ri^diag§-*gi
tpU'tjM pagt'pa ina^iskog^ varioos hairs
and skins of sheep, goats and wild anini i ftlff
^^'^«T«» bark or flhies ; ^^^--^^ froits
'^••r*^ sar-ma $og$ flbreSi etc.; Mriw
^« rof-ia/ 9ogi wool, cotton, etc. ; \X^
^' du^kki^taH mm silk doth, satin, ^
^'i*^ go9-g9ar new doth ; V*S dfi-^mi
dean doth ; ^'V'M ^f-so-mo new or
fresh doih;\«r«^ dci'^M cdn dirty doth ;
•^^^•^i ga Hi^/MT old, worn ont
dothes ; "^'^ nai-pa or j^Q krul^ rags
or ragged dress ; fS*^ ttoi^goi vn^rav
upper gannent of Buddhist monks ; 9*^9
(fa-^oss|si'|^ iMwhibg^ the sacred rai-
ment containing thirty-two patdies; VS'
^^ gt^gifog^ vpiMr cover; gpi^f^^
tmai^ggogi or fK^m fm4-go% lower gar-
ment; 49'<'t*^ bai'tM'KJpa an apron of
five coloura; <^firi\g^ i<toifi|-tfikr4 folds
round loins like the dhuU of the Hindus;
^^•^T^l
233
m SS^ imai^ikrH the bade folds of dAuti ;
tK-^ ffmdtf-fom under oloth or garment;
••^•^ or •nw^ii the pettiooat-like olothee
worn by the Tibetan monks; fOy^^^Qo^
fine dreeaing dothes ; rgyut^got an every-
day ooat (c73.) ; chot^goi clerical garb or
garment; f>Ao-^o| male dress; ila^gos an
upper garment, a kind of toga ; mo-gct a
woman'9 gown ; fpuxb^go^ holiday or gala
dothee ; ^'^'<i go^ gyon-pa to put on
drefls ; if^*^SS'<i got dtu^-jxi to take ofiE
dresB ; ^*Qt'4 gat ijye'Wa to ohange dresB
or dothes; ^^t^^ goiifisegf^pa to jmt
one garment oyer the other ; ^*<9<T^ go§
iteg-pa to took up, by drawing the front
skirts under the girdle ; ^'f ^'d got Idab-
pa to lay or fold a ooai together.
^^'S'S** go^-^kyi khyim (iflf) ^iJl" a
tent ; a diseased man's wardrobe i ^^'9*1^
goiJsyi gar VNnc^K a bamboo or bar to
hang or keep the dress ; ^<i' J'^T*'!'''*' go9^
kyii ohog fet-pa ^tfViTCfnQV one who has
enough of dothes J ^'J'«IV^^ go^-kyi
ffdaH'fM nx^^^^m a rope or string to hang
dothes
'KS'T^ go§'4kar white dress ; ^^'^'T^'*^
goi'ikar can vifWW[f^ one dressed in
white ; the Gk)dde88 Sarasvati.
^p goS'Sh^ yarn or silk thread.
I(irfrqy«irci go^Jsha itgy^'^f^^'H^ ^'^^
hundred breadth-measure of blankets.
H^'dwrq goi khufm^pa %'il'^WJ^-q
^r]^ a doth folded as to look like waves or
wrinkles.
^3^ goi-gur a tent of doth or satin ;
|c^^ phym-'gur a tent of felt ; | fira or
^'^>^ re^gwr tent of yak-hair blanket or
fdt.
^^'iS''" .go9 bgyei'pa ^^K^\m% the
folds in the garment of a monk; one who
folds dothes.
^9*^ go^-grum a square rug made of
Chinese satin.
^v'fq go^-igab skirt or flap of a ooat or
robe.
ifii'ipi go^igam box ; ohest or press for
dothes ; wardrobe.
^pr 2^'^ goMiUm^an ift^lMl 1. one
dressed in a bine dress ; the sky. 2. ^^
^Wnficftfk^P^ Ohag-na Dorje Bodiaatiwh
fq^'cw iiobi^ixa^ nwinF the brother
of yrishoa said to bean amtdra ot YiabvxL
8« ^P^'l^*^ $9ai ^pm-^ the planet Saturn.
Y«'^ gaH>an ni^^ a kind of sandaL
"^^'^ gof-ean 1. vlffm {SkAr. ; Lebentb.
86) a tablet ; apieoe of oloth. 2. ^«r<T
^T go9'(KmUm'4kar uttanr satin.
^^^ go9-eAm mJk fabrics; Ohiness
satin, of which iha difieirant kinds known
in Tibet are :— ^'^fn *or- jof, *rl ihan^iU,
rndsoi^goi^ l^'pq skyin-khab {Kincob) atn-
faroidered satin; %m jug^ yl^^ tgyon
iski-maj JT%T« tgy^ drug-ma, ^T^^*
ibrug rii^ma^ ^Vf^*^ tbrug ^pyo-mei.
^MV goheken-poss^^^tfir^m du^
laH ra9 silk-doth (jKKm.).
^iiiX^ goi'igtekoff the finest satin or
silk-doth.
Syn. ^'n« g<fhi9ati qiT^'J^ *»••
igaii god ; 9^^'^*^ ^ruif-ifwtf go§ (Jdfoa.).
^''fgof'lhmmmm aparQhaaeddreBs;a
doth fit to be purdiased.
^^\^ goi't*«l^^'^'^go§ tnigiM «
^0 bem-po in Ld. dialect, an dd ooat
or dress.
Syn. ^n fu4ipo\ J^B hrulipo) ^T*"
d$$g'-pa {Wan.).
*KW ^of-Jr^on ^VfKininr a mendi-
cant who puts on a ragged garment; s
ragged dress.
""I^l^l
233
WV
^-«iM goi^tpikai akiit of dress or robe.
^*^T«i (f09 dng^pa old oloth ; rag^ped
dotb; torn oloth; ^«\«i'«^ go§ dn^nio*
can dirty dothes; ^^\^ go^ dri^tnei
dean cloth.
^'^^ gohbdyg . or 4'^ chu^got bath-
ing doth.
^'1 l! go^-pa ftrn, pf. of ^'^ igo-wa,
to apply on; to paste or rub. 2. vqtiii a
liniment.
^""•"IP^'V go9'phyed' phu-lui sleeveless
robe or garment (in SOrIc).
^% gof-phra ^inpf fine-silk ; muslin.
^'9S gH'hyei ^fimfti -gain; accept-
ance ; performance ; hononr.
^'7* goi^al WBf fipTfr naked ; with-
out drees or cover for the body.
^tS**" go§ ^ei-pa ^twKr^^m one
concealing his mendicant's dothes.
^'^ gof'fmn ivnr a roof ; veil : film
over the eyes ; multitude.
a devotee who has cut off worldly ties.
^V^'^ go9^niar §de imnrrft^ classes
of Buddhists who are dressed in red.
^'w goi'iaaM Mttjm satin.
^i^'UrK^'^ badly-sewn clothes.
^'^o fO§^ig^pa vflhvT a wave, a
I^t or fold in a garment.
^'^'B ffoi tai'po worn-out clothes.
WTf%«i^ a female mendicant dothed in suit-
able dress ; one who lives doing nothing
more than eating and dressing.
^fjR'l^ go^^tegi worn out dothes ; old
clothes (^«ct. £).
^*OT got^yug piece or cloth or satin^
enough for making a robe.
^^'^ gof^hg oolloq. (in Sikk.)
** ko-lakj *' a coat ; dress ; dothes.
1|H'H*«^ go^^r ean^ ^tnvK a name
of Vishvu, one covered with a yellow
doth.
'('^•^•q- goi'lAoi-pa to let go « robe
which has been grasped : ^<«'i(«c'H^*q^'Vv
nat tijui-par ihoA m^ fiu^rin ^proi-wr «nitf.
g.9iim fpra4'd€ go$ lho4 9go^a4 one said :
" see you are held fast by your clothes ; "
and he said: fix a price f or the ensnare-
ment ; " and three trang being allotted^
the doth was let go and the door shut.
((?. Sndg.)
^1'H ^.^^ ^ ji, jg ^yot-po mux
father-in-law; ^^'^'^^M^igo^potisrunf^
j^ ^I4ufwn protected by one's father-in-
law.
2^ gya num. used in the abbreviated
form, in the place of '^i irgya^-cu 80 ;
y^V| gya^gcig 81 j 5^^^ gya^gnif 82;
%'^V^ gya^fpum 83 ; y ii^ gya-i%hi 84 ; 3 J|
^^o-Wa 85; %'\^gya^drug 86; ^^gya
idun 87 ; 3«JJS gya^icgyad 88 ; S'SJ gya^
dgu 89.
3'3 gy(^gy**^^^*^ gyon-can «Vn
fini dissimulation ; crookedness ; intrigue ;
secret machinations: ^>^'5'5ftsq5'vrq%
q^' d0^4 gya^gyu nysd-pa^i tnam^pa
yin^ptif he was a person absolutely free
from deceitful intentions. ^V^wi'^^'
I'jqi^'S'f'lT* ffnod^m daH ihi-tcabi gya^
gyu $og9 malice and beguiling intrigue8>
etc.
81
y^i
234
3M
cnffy, deoeitfol, fraadnleiit*
T9'9S'^ 9V^9y^ h^P^ to intarigue ;
31^'^V ffff^gyur Ugro that wbioh goeB
not in tbe.direot way; a fcog; smoke ; a
nialoa; amer: S'l^'^V'Q gy^n^r bgro-
tra flflipentisd-molaon ; to more oir-
caitonaly.
yvTf gya-^mgyu (xnfandering of ziTeni
fto.) quiet; oalm; gently flowing along
(Ja.). Of a man: oantioQa; ■ftliAwnmg bo
tiiat onedoes not know what to think of
him.
^7^ n^"^ manreUooa; inea^lioa-
bby of men, ooomre^oesi fto.
+ 3'^ 9y<^iho^9:y^ tnt^rgyan an
ornament for the ear ; an ear-ring.
3'^ pjfu-A WOOK a hrea<it plate.
+ S'tT^ ^' 9y^^g fnai ^Bim. heau-
tifiil ; of nice appeannee.
^^IpTJ^C^Z) gy€hn<m mo^HM n. of a
oeileetial mansionf the residence of the
gods.
4, ^*l|^'q gym ftom^Ni, W<F*^ a
^*^'^ #mMl-.^A<Ml oAa-fM one in abnndanoe ;
in plenty ; p oBs e sa od of wealth and power,
3**^ gy^H^ <w V^ gya-^ffasz^m-Q-
Ham-pn^ ^ qpoiled; degenerated. Aoc.
to Ok. deformed; disfigmed; havioglost
his or her former heanty.
XB^ (to become dryi^) ace. to Ct. haste;
hurry ; rashnees.
4i 3'*J|»».<«fcMfi,w«T;*raj«fjcijiitf
ili^ghP^ mofmentaiy; nnstable; wiliioiit
deliberaticsi; oonsidention : 3'3br^*^'«n'>'
i^ gya i$h amiu bgro^war rni^aio dionld
not go all on a snddeii, wifhoat deliben-
tion.
S'^^ gya49hanhean 1. iftnr a bsid
of the Ifftgadha tribe. 2. one in dondit.
destroyed; rained; aoc to CSg.diminiithed,
▼• ^ST*" bgyag-pa.
3^^* gy^ ^ S^* 89^ ^7 stamped
into moulds, and frequently used as build-
ing material in Spiti, Ladak and other
parts of Tibet; S^'i|^ gyai-^gtor earthen
wall round an estate or Tillage; J^'l^
gyai'igrofn -piai mould*
%^'i gyati'49e pis^ terrace ; nail of dry
earth in Ladak.
S^'^ ^ya/l-rs cattle-yards conetrocted
of clay or mud.
3^' Vi gyai^rim pis^ kyer or one layer
of pis^ I.e., as much as is staanped in at a
time, about one ell in height; this fre-
quently serves for a measure of the depth
of ihe snow (J8.).
y:tm gfoA-rii fresco or wall paintii^:
fo in the frescoes, Ac, of the oaTes (Js-
3S W^^^9 ^ ^ champion; amaa
of great physical strengtti; an athMe: V
^>^'3V)'<^^9i da iM gyai-iyi rte/ tgrim
let us compete once more in athktio dex-
terity. 5S5'^*^r^ gyai-kyi id$m 9M0
<vrrt f «w, *^nw the mode of seising
in wreefling; iSi^'^V^ gyai-kyi PW*»
prowess or Btrength of a champion.
fi'% fP^rdo 1. gia]
SX n. of a tribe in TOM.
235
^\
^ftm (8ekr.; LehenMh. 98) n. of a bar-
liarQioB tzibe.
3^ fyaMatbelter; axeoessin a rock,
large and wide but not deep; WV^ hrag^
gyam a dielter under a rook: ^'3«« ga4^
n^*9% a grotto beneath a oonglomerate
rook; a aheltflr in the iteep side of a rock;
•^•5«» pho^gjfOM or «i*.sw pha-tad gyam
a abetter nnder a beetling rock (JS.) ; yra
gy mmb m a little coyer or ahelter \C:).
3^'3^ 9g^'9go4t probably %sr
no^kka ^'n goi^pa, loes, damage (c7a.).
8 «fi foar ^ PS •*« ^, •!, ^, ii, T. %
3^2QE^ Ggi^H Kvia^ n. d a place.
§'iP' &r^(^i«n.of a place in Tibet.
S*^ Og^han n. of a place and also
of a tribe in B. Tibet: ii^'<i^''^i'^^'^
in tlie middle (ooantiy) are the two, Ti&,
Jfo-4ftf and Bag^i IR'S*W8'^'^
|fwr#-M J&4ap (7»4iM p«tf in the lower
counfay are JGk&v and QgUham (Tig.).
y^'^^ gguduhwa 1. eoaree; poor;
Tniwniblnj of food, clothes, fta : S'V^'^
a nuMRaUe^ atarring life. 2. nnsteady;
fldde {Beh.).
^' 0MM-f«i ignd^goi ggutpho dot, n. oi
a mmiber inoonceiraU^ large (Ta-^l.
BT).
^Aai-jMi, sUte of inaotiTity, idkneii: *^
Xvtwre^ |'^-^*-irii|^ log chot iKani9^a4
gguna^ggoAta ftfiyar threw all heretical
doctrines into the abyss of inaction.
{A. 168.)
3*^ ggp-M name of a good breed
of hoTMs from Amdo where iheie are
twelve diflarent breeds, JH gpuJiH and
^^^ gnam-^a being the best among them
(Jig.)
/»=56«r« qnickHdlver {9mM. 118). %M:
*»"^*T^"*I idtin-pa 4kar^^ n. of a mineral
medieine, probably mercury, (§man. U7.)
nM^H^oaontchooc; India rubber.
in'^ ggig-fi* or H^' ggig-§doH
caoutchonc tree (Sikk.).
SC OyH n. of a deity, prob. %«t^
^'^ggM'-mo in W. gently sloping;
gradnally descending cr subsiding.
SWW| ggtm-hag amalgam; §»rH!T
^'T^^ to gild in the fire. {SeAir.)
JSih-Mm fputirpa n. of an astrological
work.
mnsic, cymbal.
§^ ggi§ 1. instead of In Ayif, after
the letters ^ na, si mt, ^ m, n fa. 2.
imp. of ^'«i iggi^ifth "f^oA honestly;
5-P|
236
sryii
uehaye well ; do (so) ; ^>^'8^')^ dfraH^pKr*
gm do it straight : §*'^^ ^y4-ft>, fpi do
.or let him do.
+ 2*'' ^yti-frass^^«l (Atir-tra to
honour; to esteeiu.
^?^ gyur imp, and pf. of ^l*^*^.
• I'^'V^ ggur-du wnasjv^'^^ gyur^du
chug,
1^'^ gyur-na ibt^, ^iii1%v^ if it so hap-
pened; if it became so.
f^qt'^siq gyur-pabi rnam-pa ^fv€m
anything changeable ; Bubjeot to change,
S**^ W^'in* 9* crookedness; curve;
hunch; hump; crooked back ; "^'Q^'f vq
gye-gur gyvr-pa f%fm double hump-back ;
met. a Bactiian camel.
%^ Gye^gor n. of a Bon-po deity,
3'^ Oye-re n. of place on the T&ang-po,
to the south-east of Lhasa: '^'^'^'^ Oye^re
Lha^pa n. of a very old noble family
of Tibet.
SS'**' gy^4-pay V. ^5V«» bgy^i-pa.
S^*^ gy^'<f^ ^P ; upward ; uphill : '^'
^^t gyen^u-bgro v^vm, ^i^mrrf going
or flowing upwards ; ^^'V*^ dimb up ; 5*^'
%\ gyen^gyi-dri %tt^' fragrance; sweet
scent; fragrant; 8^''^'T^ gyen^du Uta^
tr«='«f'« yar fta-wa WirNw to look
upwards
^^% ^y^^^oy^ W'l^'9'^ gyen^rgyuhi
^g(i {f'S^'M kha-daH'fna) the mouth and
the nose through which the wind passes
npwardB or downwards; "S^flSjq gyen-
ro 'uhi nuthu n. of a disease (Med.).
^
9^'^ gy^t^rgy^ ^^^TW that nms np-
ward<); fire; names of the fiTe Tital (nv-
1T9) winds in the human body.
^')^^ gy^^tgy^g-p^ to gallop uphin ;
to pass upwards; to. dimb up.
S^'*^ gyen^hai in W. (opp. to ^
•S mat^^had) 1. the upper part of a ooim-
try; 5•H|^*»^ Pu-rig Oyen-ekad, 4o
Upper Purig (Ja.) 2 an ascent.
^V^^^'^'' gy€f^(h$ idegt^pa to lilt
high ; to praise.
^'V^^^ gy^f^du bibren %fnR drawing
upwards ; also marriage.
1i<-^q|^iq gytn^du ifxhit^pa ^HTf
to turn up; to cock (a hat or cap).
9'r^'9^'> gyen^du lui-pato keep above
(water).
^^'ft^ Oyen^mig fiinw, fiiwr the second
of the seven lower regions under ike
earth.
'^Y^p^'Q gyen gftar^po a steep asceoi
"^•^■q gyev^Jinhg-pa W^JfTK, to Tomii
^^Qi'^^-Q gyetvJa drai^po in W.
perpendicular ; vertieal.
3^ gyer^ v.^^*^ dgyer-ua.
S^'^f^ gyer-ifgam the kind of medita-
tion practised by the Bcn-po.
gaj;,'^^' gyer^lM ; ^ta frfNr a high
breed horse, or pony.
'^'^^ gyes-io^i wvr raised up ; mag-
nanimous; noble.
5**1 gye^'pa ft^w: to analysci resolve,
separate; to split asunder.
^^^ gyo-dnm^^'^ kn^ra wAk^ ^^
1. f agar. 2. potsherd. 3. brick tile (&'* )
¥«l
287
V
3*»l gyo^mo wtr^ 1. grftT0l;grIt. 2.
potaheid* Z.^\'^ gy$^if^ olay vearal.
^S^^9^9'P^ erookadioarred: ^*^i
rfaitf-(fyo^ iMDt or orooked leg.
f^Q ffjfog-po left-banded; awkwud
S^P^ fyo^ for f^ i9yoff9 oaanoB; a
large gnu.
3F* 9¥^* want; need; indjgenoe : S^'
Vl^'4 9yo« |Mi#r.iMi to be rednced to
want.
#fai^i0a oorooked; xougb; bard to nndar-
stand ; P'9^'^ i^ gyaH-po bard-monthed
(i.e., palling at tho reins) ; ^>nr ^cQ «Mf||
ggoi^ banb; lesembling a *bom or
bide thai oan bazdl j be made aoft ;
^jf^'Q mi gy<4l'po a crooked man; an
obetinaie man {A. ISU) ; ^i^% thai
gfoi^po imperfect Ungaage ; ^^^4 Uhig
9yo€^ in^lite wot 1b ; Ml $^' 4gra gyi)H
a baid, cmel, dangerouB enemy.
che Yery rude; impudent (Ja.).
jk-yq gyo^ru-'wa «4N rongb.
film of dirt, formed of dust and otber
sabstanceei on tbe sorfaoe of water ; Boum.
3P'^ gyoi^ro dried body ; a mummy
(&jA.).
3S'P 9y^>4'f^ remome ; quarrel ;
lawHmit.
iS^ gg0i't$U-'<^'f*'r9i hkktug^
pa^i ^i$thwa ibe basis or grounds of a
quarrel or flgbt: '••••«I**l»vl|>Js'^^ the
last is tbe ground of contention between
lust and passion.
3^'^ gpon^pa trWww, vW%n, wftw
to put on ; to dreis; to wear : Jir^V^'*!*
S^'**'^ ggofi-pa lu^la ggon^pa^ go§
putting on tbe garment tbat one wears :
^') n^^rgyu materials for clothing.
JS^H gyoii-po^^^mfi gnahi-^ or «r*i«^
fia-(sat WW tbe garment or dreas to be
worn.
3^ gyol nww green shoots of lea^ea
or twigs ? y«rB gyol^ 4Knr« aUue-
neoked jay.
+ 3*^'^ I- 9yo9^ mj^ wife's
father; fatber-in-law : ^^'Bta'^^q ^^fr
tf^ii proteoted by the father-inJaw.
Jm-lJ gyo^wo mother-in-law; the
matron of a fafdily ; also any old lady of a
family : j*|^ gyo^-tgyi^g parents-in-law.
% gra {4a) one of the six early tribea
of Tibet : flv^-^Avcr*-!, f"^!^ ^cyr^ii^,.
W* boi^m w^kei-pa if^rnm Idod ftoH dot
gra ^fv-i^ ru^drug ner, the six tribes :—
Mlru, Qra, ^o4, ^dW, ^nm and 8e (on-
ginated from) the five Tibetan brothers
(bearing tbe same names) {J, ZaU.),
Vf^ gra^gya§ thick and abundant (as
of the mane on the neck of the lion, borve
etc.) : 1^•^^'«niil••i^•w•^•.^rJc%• ^j^grof
ikaMM ^mn-gmm gra^gyat Mr» (the
land is well-presenred) as cords carried in
a sheep's paunch or like the thiokfy-grown
mane of wild animals (youth in good
circumstance is also so deeoribed) : j^ff
S^ «iA^*f kko gra^tgya§^po idug he is rery
bright and eheerfol (Jig.).
TV! I
968
II
win frtHfrif to nake {copeir jce-
pintioa or imagemmt or equipomit
lor mj VudiiflMy fto.
VH^ fv« Vfrtf-po twyflung pat in
fl**"|vV g T M^t tpo 1. nioe and
imoaUi or gloiqr; iwy flue; flk snd oot-
waidlj qnP^tting niobk 2. appropriate;
ekganit lookfaig ivail (^ 2M)«
V^ fre-dMablr. ol tlw twe imudom of
pkoea palled liho-gm (Ijho-da)aiidNaiig-
dol {Bt$tt. »S).
f^w ftth§Mi proper order, airaage-
moii ; alio AmiF|in ml^miH klkHdeb§
toiilorm depo«tion : ^T^'^fiirfjiJK-S'
9 9^ the anaiigemeiit in the jtroot and
of the light and left lidw (SUU.).
W^fft^i^ t n. of e great Lama who
ii aaid to haTe unearthed numj Buddhiit
leUgiona and medioal works. 2. a net
belora the window to pryrent paasera^lgr
ham looUng into the rcipm* 8. oarnqgi
in wood; f'Tnr^t'^'W^ gro 90f§
tta p^ kpi fM pkmg rig^ filnia and
hollowed pieoei of wood with oarringa,
ihe bristles of badej grain andits ohaff :
*Q'3 Gra-phyi {^^^kft) and T^' ara-
mi {(fthmiH) are names of two TiUages in
Uio-kha (&$«.).
q-l'fc:^ Orarphft tskoH^ithi n* of a
gxeat mart of trade in Lho-Uba dnxing the
llthoentaxy AJ>. {A. fHf^.
WW gra^lmg, also oalled f ^ ^lY*
rgf^nag gi itug^ckaf a nrasioal instroment
of Ghinese make, perhaps the ernnbel:
TV^'e*V^ gnnlbng eAa-fv-rv the ojmbil
eaoh pair (^Mf.).
^9\ gta^ma (jojum) ^imm, w^
1. awn, beardt bristle, the ears of eereak
and wild grasses have: ^V^HF
''when the fruits of wheat and bsilejr
spring forth, to those which oome in pointi
like ihe Poa grass, tiie name of beardsd
gfain is giTen." The term ^^I'^rvi tfirv
fre-ffM-MWi, bearded, awned planta, is opp.
to ^*i^'9'«^ Vbru gat te-Ms legominoDS
plants. 2. trellis-work, lattice. 3. a tree
or shrub, probably the Tibetan fmm,
Oaragana Tersioolor.
Hatm gra-mr mi mai gruil-po ffir m dag mi
in the' (iiregolar oomered) cell manj
learned and holy men ^ired {Jig. 36).
%'^'^Qra^niaehe n. of a king of anoent
time; ft'inn|K'f^'r>i'l^ ^Mi Ocalidtm
granm eke among men the Uessed Gi»-
ma-ohe {Tig.).
9*1^ gra^mr {4a-9ur) w^ the oomer or
junction of sideB also oalled ^ grwa.
S'*^*t gra kgypa {fa Ug-pa) u: 1[^
^^*i gra fna-kgt-pa the hairs of wild
animals such as tiger or leopard, fto., when
thick and glossy are called gta^bg§^*
^
ang^
ride f 't'l^^trr'^* <3hMi is quaiteror
direotion 2. lap; lappet; extremity; ^
t\go§4fgi-grwa eoitt4ail : ^f wlUri^l'
Sffirm^-fH5«iveca^'ers|f; Zo-tenw
ehoi-goi kgi grw^noi t s ii < gh bfrnrntf^
kgaH nrn^gnaH though the Lo-tsa-wa irapt
seiriiDg the lappet of his garment, 7«t
he (Atis a) would not bestow it.
^1 3S9
9TL: % mihool; }t^^ Vog^gnfia a read-
ing lohool (<%.) ; 1^9 %fi(m-grwa a Mhool
for sieditation; BT<'9 tiag^^grwa a ichodl
for myikicaL Buddliifln (Ob.); «yr^ |rfo2.
priM a tninisg tohool; Mouiiaiy; ini|
fw aa - fnw i a madioal sohooli t*^^ fitif*
grwatk whool where inaflMimaifciflt m taught ;
^)n ftf^frwa a imting eohool (C«.).
heuae; a dome. 2. eohooMiooiey flooie-
tonea ako jnonk'B zeeidenoe.
n^ grwhifratli (f^hiaff) the nuniber
of oandidtaa monks In a monaatmy.
oomer or nook in a plain.
^'«i gnMhpa(fm-fm) vm 1. a lohool hoy ;
aicholar; diedple. 2. genoallj a monk-
pupil or novioe belonging to a monastery.
9"^ ynwi-flSpoii sohoolmaslar; chief ^o-
^ or monk.
T|^ griMhpkrug alittle boy who reads.
•eiiool where monks are ixistnioted in aaored
literaiore ; a section in agieat monastery,
where the monks belonging to one parti-
oalar sdhool ct studies liTe together.
!r^^sl grwa49hogi {fa^ihog) a congre-
gation or oonvention of monks.
V^ gnf^^-t^kir (fa-ihar) wgift^ in
the nmr comers: the real meaning accordf>
ing to TibetaiL authors is ^Qprnf 9^ on the
f oar sides ci a honse.
TPjpriM-sifr a oomer room or monk's
cell.
9*^ grfH^-m (^e-se) a monastery;
^-^^Q grwaw cket^-po {ta^$a ekm^)
great departmental school attached to
7^'»\
la^ monastery ; «^>S'^'^ «4iAe»-iitf
grwa-^ Mg a school where the Bnddhtst
metaphysios is tangbt.
>V'$ grufO^i plate; dish in Xif. (JL).
Vff^' grag-iiaH echo; deecrfoed as9T
*TS*l^>S'i'l brag-eha iUtJm tUMUf kgi
§gra^ a name for anylhing of empty soniMl
as an echo from a rook : lifcye-eietf grag^
§tai tMg^gi ia-ro §grogi an eoho withoot
any real existence proclaims a loud cry of
words {A. Li) ; h 9he§ iye-ipe grag^iM
iiian-p^gki^gati a low noiseless refiEaia
is called h {A. U6) : jlstnf^'^ 1^^
*K ftrtf fw^e^isi khg0t*gi gN^g^Ml
t§gragi^ gii ; Mo-Mt ikhgr9§ gtiMfor
bga§ theechoes (or reverberations) of (he
sounds yon sent f orQi have split my senses
^f^^^ grug-pa or 5^« r'^VH" l.«
W^^^fs^^grat^gini'pa^^ the tone; pitch
of a soand or Y<Hce. 2. feme ; imlse ;
romour; talk. 8. the prindpal or most
distinguished amongst several persons
(Ja.). 4. occasionally»^an'«.
^P^ grag§9n hope; contempt.
{Q4pi*C| I: gragi^jim 1. ace. to JS. to
bind or fasten up a load; so also in the
coUoq. 2. pf. of ^WT^ iprafF-jMi.
SPP"*^ H: wm,^if)l«T» 4M^, ^v^lHt
wfv, ^fNr, sniy wim glory; also fsme,
reputation, oharaoter hy report; V1**<i'M'^
notoriety; ill name; bad repute; rumour;
report: ^T!VcrM«|^* the report of it
spread, was ciroulsted Qai most caees it
signifies good name, renown) : f^'^r^-yipi*
mi'mr^K-mrn'mcgprti iSm^pa dad gragi^g
$aii ti&i tkamhca4 khgalhfia the whole
earth wasfilled with bisfftime and renoim ;
fW^ $d0n»grag§ reputation.
5Pm'«^(
340
«F*«'I
^^'^ffr^ffi^eoH 1. iamotui ; renomied ;
beatitifiil; splendid; glorioiu; proud;
haughty ; SPI't*!^ jfragi chen m%\vm\ ; ol
great fame ; oelehrated ; reno'vmed ; well
known. 2. irHNrt a merohant; 9^«'f^'
^'>|^*^ grag9'$iian ikm^-wa xrf^rm: good
xuume ; pure fame ; reputation ; Sn^- ^^S'«^
gragt^hdod^can amhitious ; detirouB of
gaining glory, of bemg famoua; VFV^
gtaghldan inraV» rnVT^i one who is
celebrated or poBseeaed of fame: ff^^'SIT^
(m'S^*ipnr^^'(*|pq« ^fian-pahi grag§^pa§
phgogi'tfuimi kun^tu igrogi (his) fame
spread in all quarters (everywhere).
• SPPi'«r jfi*ifl8^ Orag^-pa tgyol-m^^han
^qtmr (kehr.; Td. 31) , lit. banner of
glory ; n. of a govemor of Tibet.
Sn*'*'**^ gragt'pa-^n^sifflm^'^ 9i^^
gragi-eau f^flniy ^^^9 ^WV» ^rrftif , •nftir
illustrious; renowned; Ji^-^^gi*i|^«ri-fl of
great renown; of celebrity, fame, glory;
|\iriye.m<i'crai'«4|^'ci greedy of gain and
£ime.
Sl^qlh'q gragi'pa ihcb-pa = 9fmi'^
fjftkhai'pay a learned man.
*g|^«'«i'^SU Gragiipa bog-zer n. pr.
(8ehr.).
^jihft^ik pr. {Sohr.; Td. «, ^06).
9|V%^ Oragi-iyin Jfi^^ one of the
deroted attendants of the Buddha: 4^*1"
^W9^ gragi-ma Faldan Lhamo, also
called ^iHl'flli Dpal Iha-mo, e.^., (^ri^Devi,
SI^'H'B^ Orag9 mu-k^pud vnHitUi n. of
a legendary king, the sphere or circle of
whose fame was very wide.
IH'^'^t^'^ Orags bdain-ma (^ag^dsin-ma)
^^t%K\ the wife of the Buddha S'&kya-
muni.
^n'om Orag$-f^ai 1. ff^VTH of world-
wide fame; of boundless celebrity. 2.
n. of a number.' 8^ n* of a district in
^j*^'^ grM'ua {tang^xea)^ also 81^''' iJhi,
ad j cold, cool ; oolloq. partakes of the na
ture of a verb in such phrases as ^^'^^V'
graH^gi bdug^ he feels cold ; ^ f' grai^'Ho
it is eold. In such phrases, however, it is
common to insert the word ^x namy the
sky, e.g. (eoUoq.) natn t^mg-mo re, the sk j
is cold, !>., ''it is cold''; !g<'|<) groA^iA
H^irT^ protection from cold ; warm woollen
clothes: SF'fl'^T'''^^ B^'» grafi-ica M
dro*u:a %hei'byai% bya the bird called
the ij'twtir cold and warmth; this fabu-
lous bird is a native of the forest
called in Tibetan |^-a'|'^q('in« Sgnb-pa
^ion^pajfi iiagf^ the primeval shady forest ;
its sight relieves one from the effects of
cold or heat : 3p-^*1|X*^*|^ the cold will be
changed into warmth; 5p'^^*^^ frown
or congealed by cold; ap^W'^^'^V' i* ^'^
grow cold.
aF'^1 gv^t^-^reg ; 3P'«^ graii'^^a4 (JMofi.).
gi^ql^ grM^wa sel ^wfilK warn:;
where there is no cold to remove.
^ qS'^« graik'Uahi du9 fnfkK, «1ir-«T«
the cold season.
^gc'cfi^ grari'ttabi^nad ^fni^ the
cold fit of the ague; {«i'9 grum-fu gout;
rheumatism ; arthritic pain ; ^'^ grai^dr^
cold and warmth, temperature; 9^'<Qfi'dS'^
gra^-^m byed-pa to shiver with ooldi
5giEi'q$'4|^« graH^wabi gnof a cool place.
cg^g^' graH't^lufl lit. cold valley; n. of
a large village under Xamba Jong on &e
other side of the Eangdien JuAgs
mountain.
5MI| 241
^'^Ofrnf, grH'4mgia trn^^B eight
cold hellfl, T. ^0^^ ifnpml'Wan
^'^ gruAifiM dftseaae iudooed by cold,
gen. dupepoia.
fikyiit^ the jadk-daw ( J»oii.).
1F*9^ «fra«-rM ^nr a diaeaM allied to
rheuDatinn, also oold in the stomach.
«
^iRfr-^f {datg) *wn number; ^
^Mi'^'^K a moltipUed number, many
times; ^«'^'CP^ innumerable; SF^**^*Asr
^^reHf mM fffc h ifpar having no number
or without number ; numberlees ; 9^*
^^e frai% ^debi-pa or J^'t* e ghii-pa
to sount; also an aooonntant; SF^*^
graiihit^ sTmbdIioel numerals of oertain
nouns, which in some books aie used
instead of the usual numerals, for instanoe
^ wig, the eye for *Hwo" ((7s.) 1.
Unr sign. 2 cm astrologer.
SMiJ-^wgiaii gna^kyi fnan^gna§
arithmetical enumeration ; euumeration
of the numbers used in the sacred boohs
of Tibet as compiled from the work
oaOcd («'>S'^t*t) vAof^ifff/ axe:— (1) ^
gng one; (2) ^Mm 10; (8) ^ itgga
100; (4)9^* lMllOOO;(fi)|MW 10,000;
(8) V Hum 100,000; (7) w^ ui^ya
1,000,000 ; (8) r « h^wa 10,000,000 ; (9)
¥'}^ dui^hgur 100,000,000 ; (10) H*^ii
<Aar.»6ifiN 1,000,000,000; (11) ^'^srKQ
ther-tlmm eken^ 10,000,000,000; (12)
IPrfi^ khrBgkMg 100,000,000,000 ;
(13) BYIt^^ khrag^kkrig e/um^po^
1,000,000,000,000 ; (14) M'qgsi ralH^kram
10,000,000,000,000; (10) ^^vrMnrai^
Warn cim^fo 100,000,000,000,000 ;
(18) ^Ifm gtam 1,000,000,000,000,000;
(17) ^9sisi-t^*Q gtam§ ch^n^po
10,000,000,000,000,000 ; (18) ^m^ fitrigt
100,000,000,000,000,000; (19) ^^H«
ikrig^ ehm^po 1,000,000,000,000,000,000;
Neict, the following are p gogrc e si TS
numbers inoreasing by multiples of ten up
to 60 agures: 20, A*^^ mi^mntgi 21,
•^TK«5 m.ikhrug^hen^; 22, fK^
kkgaHbgini 23, fy;^^M^ kkpaf^Hym
<iken^poi 34, B^fS fpaH^tien; 26, l^firM
tpei-rtoii dhen^; 26, ^\«!^ d$4^tdfm;
27, ^^^'« dii^bdren^km^i 28^
^t^ ii^*at-|fia4; 29, sm|a?m «<*«*-
§n9i ekm^po\ 80, ^tff^ tfy^rigi; 81, r
^Mn tffVu-rigi ckinio; 82| *SiA
M-Updtiii 88, ^' •*i*HW boi-md^eg thm^
po; 84, ^««« ^oif^; 86, ^**»H»
*f«^-lH> ehin^] 86, •l^i^l^ fep«.»»y/»;
87, ^'^HB fcw-Wj^* <>*«i-#o; 88,
fl*^« ttogg^hgr9\ 89, J^^rMflirH ftayy.
*^ chm^poi 40, ^rjsi t»yiiii.rAi/| 41,
^'^M^ V^yi^tM ^k$n^X 42, ff^
tgtf^r*ag§; 48, fWi-M t9f^ttag§ ckm^
po; 44, >wr^ »«a(|.MA(^,' 46, |fcw'^'
*^''' l^e*l-4*ilor eMen^i 46, «VJ|^
6ttfa»-f#» ; 47, tw^^^^Hfl (rd^^ftff c*dii.
po ; 48, ^^' rnaj»^|&yt«4 ; 49, i|ir^*li|*
9 mam-^yurt tfAfM^ ; 60, f^'^^ §M§^
migi 61, 1^- H^« i^o»fbM> oAiii^.
Up to this number there aie Sanskrit
equivalents; from 68 to 60 tiME« aie
no Seaskrt equivalents, the TibMans
having introduced new nansa to replace
lost originals. 68, giwx tyaan-jMi; 64,
BWiq»Ta bgamt-pachen^poi 66,)^t|Ci».
tje; 66, VlHa iiM^tye ehm^; 67,
S^-^ 4ga^wa; 68, ^T'^^« igab^wa
ehen-po; 69, ^^'^ (^oA-fioifii; 60, «^'
|H*HQ ittUUgnomi ehen^. These afacty
numbers axe used in astronomical and
astrological calculations.
qMi'^ grMi'^n vrrnrt 1. acountlesa
number. 2. ^f^'^n^lAa^-paot^^^^rig*
g|W|-«|q I
243
3PI
pa-cm ^f^ an intelligent man ; a learned
man {If don,).
q|Mi'«^'q ffraHt'^n-'pa viip the oldest
of the atheistLe plulosophioal seots of the
Brahmans, oalled SMkhpa.
Spi-QM ffrai^^icai 1. mm the dawn, or
the goddeoe of the dawn. 2. lit. *^ together
with.the nnmber."
!|Ml'Rg^4i graHf^ifbydm ^9<WT num*
berleflB; ooontleae.
^«'«^*a gra4$ mai-eha [^BBTHW,
repeated four time8]i8.
SI^^A^ gradi^tned 1. m^m oonntless;
nmnberlees. 2. ^i^ a orawling ; ftRiftir
white leprosy: SJ^^Ti^^'I'B^w graHi'mei
Jff/i khyai-par the distinction of being
ooontlessy numberless; ^mi'Av^ gradt-
m$4^an ^%M supreme.
SP''*^*^^ graHirfnei gfiig (the num-
berless one). In the work oalled ifa j|[/itf ;rl-
fMa Tanira C««rviarr^^) the following
numbers are said to have been in use
in Ancient India among the laity for
worldly purposes :— From 1 to 10, t.«.|
«|Vl gfftg to U'^»i ther-bbum^ and
11, ^i^fu-tifog; 12, •*^»^ ipehog-Kal;
18, 1'^^ fikya*tphy%9 ; 14, !'«« hye-ma ; 15,
1^(4 nuth^nvb ; 16, «i''«ni qi^aAo-ynff ; 17,
f <nr|p^ Idabhphyor ; 18^ I" rd9f,--all these
betog eabh a multiple of another by ten.
In the work called •«** phalp<hofie the
numbers vary after the eighth, t.0., d'^
bye-wa) such as M*4 kht^-kho^f •S'^
thai^gu, BtI^ khrig-khrig, iWHWi
thamhiham and so on up to 128 places,
increasing by multiples of one hundred.
In the 2kr jtf a FM^ara there are thirty-two
numbsrs, also increasing in multiples of a
hundred.
Sl^ii'^^ ^nrff.^^ to enumeonte ; ooont
the number one by one.
51^'fr^W gradf-su hgro ^mt ^wrfir goeb
into numb^s; is countod: !|F^C^n'^
gradi-iu ieug^pa^ put into numbers ; coont-
ed: ^Mr^-wR gradf^nt yad ^iqqpnritr eren
in number.
5P'5^ grah'igyab pride; boastiBg
g[W I : grabj ^'ftS gfomJ^; f |l
grchigrig 1. prepipation; arrangement;
measures; oontriYonoe; SP^SS'Q to msb
preparation for ; ^^'rt'SlwSs^i to prepare
to go : sj^vajw^^'*'*'^ just as prepaia-
lions were being made for slaughtering
them(Jfi7). 2. defined as ^•r^iifl^'^j^'
^'%l\ ** signifies the certainty about tiie
time of immediate action": ^^*9W^1
yod'grabi idug was on the point of tx)ming,
or am just coming; ^&'3|^ii'S«i'9^' ir(M-
grabi bya^byuH was about to beat or
strike; ^'Sp^'svi*. fi-grabi ty«?-iys^
was almost dying or dead; ^^'SQC^v'}^'
giai^grabi lya^hyud^ was about to kill:
lii'^qN'o^^ wa3 about to get or gain; •^'
gp^'^i^ is about to slip or run away; ^'
V^'^S is about to finish; ^P^'^'^l^'
^V!\ on mutual agreement. 3. delibetft-
tion : tvS"i'9P«9v9S'^VI they were deli-
berating about me (in 7F.).
^SP^ n. t^^T^W place or object of
reflection, thought, etc. : 5«W VT9 9^"
yulUa bu, ipm'^m grabf-gyif^ f^^Ji f^<^
wo Ita^bu.
g}*l gram {4am) 1, •'^'^X chu iwM
tdo a kind of stone found in water {Sag)-
2. 3PN'4 gratn-pa swamp; nuush; lea
{Lex.). 3. '<|««> igrem-pa (J«l.),
f^l
243
ll
yrefirQ Ormthf khtum tn one of the
places of pflgxauige of the Bon (O.
Bm. S8).
yrn gram-ta m^Ak nUmj.
?pi fnrf (*rf) •Jcq J^ArdtiM 4f^
row, range Monai; also a rope, oord;
^mnr, ^fftr, daBt, Bbratnm.
V^'*^ grttt-mto or ir^'I'l^'ii fraJL^yi
Mo^aai the upper end of a row; the
uppermoat plaee ; the seat at the head of
atable; T"**!)"* fyei-fra/ the right hand
row; ^ri"! gjfot^gnU the left hand row;
'^^pi Me^pf ffo/ 1. the Older or file of
monks in a xeligioiu oongregation ; Hj^vwm:
tr^'^'m^lnw^^frf:^ manj novioee
fitting in rows without being awry; ^n«*
^ }tAug§^grdl the order of eeatit alio the
order cr row in whidh lamae and ehieb,
high and low, ait aooording to their posi-
tion cr lankin anypoblio or social gather-
11%; ^*^ row of religions qnnbob; *^'
f<i row of offerings for the gods or oller-
ings placed in one or more rows ; f*y the
olderor row in which the images are placed
in a temj^e; I^Vii row or order in which
nibsn are ssated; If^^f^ house-talk (/£.) ;
^'!|*v the row of sapplicants waiting lor
benedicikxn: •«^.*!**«^^*Tr««^T«,
when joa are sitting with your hrethren
(f dlow-helioTem) in one row.
3ff%^ gral-sgrig or S^'IT** gral-du
igrig-pa to arrange in order, dispose in
TOWS.
date; a oonsecntiTe date.
9^^ i: graUrimxCfm line; row; flOie in
which monks sit in a&y religions serrioe
or congregation : ^Hi^^'S^'^ tf^'^^ffhon
gral^rimihf^ order in which the yoong and
old sit; the right of senjorify ; fO'lk^'i'V'
f^-^fi'a^ the religions serrices at the per-
fected saints aooording to the order of
seniority (2beff.).
Syn. IF^)<^'Q ffraUk iffrigtf^ ; ^-^^
^^ *•-»•» t9r»4\ l^«Ti*h kkrit dk^
V<|'^«« n: (4aJ-rim) aoc to iKL claim;
title.
9«*fv««re/ ritgoiUmwmt aebedow.
^*Q gnOrpa a beer^honse enstomer
(Ja).
^^^1 gral'^im a small beam; rafter
(C«) ; «« airt yi graliu fnifpAyMM roof-
laths : sticks which are laid clois tottether
•ad ooTtnd wifli Mrth («/3.).
^ipR grvi dui, (sd«r, Mriai; nak,
dignity: trilw (0!i.).
<||^'Q l««f:fM 1. to libd, lor \«'« dnih
pa. 2. (Bengali) Viwft iroodm bMans
or nils.
^ pn* (^0 ^m, ««, «ft • knift,
pon; «l(5 Mtbte. Diflnvnt kinds of
wMpons :— «'| chu-tri, %'V' fr*'*^*^* ^'
|t« r8i.^j»< ill, li^ fff^ftv, l''4l*r«
Kelt's c/«M« gfioii iirl^ lag-ih^ i I**
tS tgroUg44; ^wi1*fl *aAyjfi* |«^-jm;
^t^'Ss 99(4-h«4i i***'*^ f»4fM-*a (#4011.).
Itr* gri-Jeha the edge of a knife.
§^l
244
S|q-«^|Xai[
^'^ ifr^ffV^W^ thug-dg niohe;
wmat(A.67): «iC^(l'Tff8'lT^'5V*S>
|ra<jB<fo-t;/0 ffihiugifi gri-gu na bui-mei cig
•gftin a woman in a nidhe of the temple,
fto.» at TajrAaana.
%'%'V^ gri^gu ohuti n^fr small knife.
§'3^ gn^gug %iHk a ihott orooked
0WO9Cd«
§*||ii'q<^'a Ori gun^iUan^po one of the
aaMient kings of Tibet, son of ^rib-khri^
tUan^ who was assassinated with a knife.
!|*K^ gri-non ^n n. of a disease.
il«n'^-^«>'f a gri ha gag^gi gfog^
pa Ifo-iii^^irt fr^s-^wii^f a knife of
(lie shape of the wings of a oooL
!r»*^Tl*** 'gri bya rcg-gi ficAtf Hfir-
vnr-^VlV a knife of the diape of the
OEOw'sm
%*^ grumag^ y, 5^*« grib^ma.
%'^f^ gri'imar (lit. the red knife) knife
of snperior quality manufactured in Tibet.
f^* V griii-to sharp edge of a knife.
1% Yf gnU t9e^mo ^Ahi the point of
a scimitar or swoxd.
IK 8^f^ 9» small knife.
I'-l 9^9^ explained as |«'a'^^'sr|'ii'
S|*fift'-5 |A|f«f-i»0 doT'^ma gruta fi^waH ga,
flesh of an adult man who has been killed
with a sword (this flesh being used in
sorcery).
^ ft»i*«i grir ft^am-^ or ^'^ll^'P grlr
ffooi-jj or 5h'^»rq gnr ^gum-^pa to kill
(or being killed) with a knife,
51 V^ grin^pa (^if^'pa) prob. J^'Q §griiu
po skilful ; clever (/d.).
^Q grib (dib) shade ; defilement; stain
or spot; flUh; contamination, mostly in
a religious sense: %v^t. grib^yc^ con-
tainination, pollution will arise : X !^ re-
gtib defilement by or from a corpse; §<3r%^
^riifr-M/ the removal of defilement; alsocne
in whom there is no defilement; n. of a
Buddha. w%^ MOi-grib unclean food
or pollution of food; ^«*^ dirty dotkei,
or defilement in clothes; fi^'^'i gugf-
grib or pollution of widowhood; ^
^ or the defilement that is brought by
different people assembled in a marriage ;
V^'^ dnwr^grib or pollution of blood or
anything slain red-handed ; ^'^ pollution
by the breach of a vow ; unchastity ; ^
1^ defilement by quarrel or flght ; '^'Iq
defilement in slaughter pertaining to
butchery, or defilement frum murder ; **^'
^ defilement caused by oath or by the
barbarous custom of killing MitmAlw md
swearing over their Uood (prcTailing
among the Eham-pa tribes) : ^'^ defile-
ment from incest.
$q*S*9 grib'kgiphu shady valley, gene-
rally on the north side ol a mountain
range (cf. I W trftf) ; IK^H^ grib^kgogi
the shady side of a hill or mountainy ths
side not e]qK)sed to the sun.
|q'^« grib-kkrfHl the washing of defile-
ment.
IF'^ grib^^au stubborn; ttbuktaj
l^'s^X^ jn^-fpdbf offerings made to Bon
deities for removing some defllemeni
^•^^ grOhgKon 1. ^rnm, mun shs-
dow, or 2. qS^'iA-^ iUog^paii grib dafile-
ment from unclean things, filth, night-aoil,
Ac.: •''ll^-l'i'a^il^J'^^^J^ii^ cko§^gnm
grul'bum grib^gnon ftsftf^f in a religioni
school tiiere should be proteotion agsiiut
defilement from harpies (Zam. 9.).
^iPt^i'^^^ pni-pwi jyi j*ji a demon
that defil«8 aad poiBOiit food; a harpy.
^« ^^ipw dtiade; shadow; l|^'^^'|p'
•A'«<| gri^doM ffrA-maH gral {Zdm. »)
(T^r; ^'i|'|R'«i fM^9i grib^im the shadow
of a tree.
farest of the daik-bliie shade in the fabu-
loos nocthem oontlnent of TJttara Knra.
qq«A-iW grU^^ma^i lam WTYT^W the
milky-way ; also a path by the shady side
of a mountain or in the TsUey.
||9'«A'«« grU^tMH bti !IT^» the
shadowy body, t.^., body of defilements.
I^*^ jfri&-«/ihe removingof pollation
or defllement of any symbol, image, saored
books, or oflssings by religions rites.
^'9 grib'^o the qnioUy yanishing, at
fonset, of the shadows of trees, Ao.; ^*9*
•a^-^Wft'^wq ^HiM^i q ^ hanging down,
slso lengthening of shadows before they
Tsnish in the shade of night ; Iq-^'K^qsi'q
^jqfUWl long projeetion of shadows.
^'1^ 9rUh^%A gnaiding against defile-
ment.
I^rq^^^ yn'i-iwMi cleansed or purified
of deilamfint ; piuifloati0n of defilement.
Ih'f^ ffrOwliafi ocol shade (&*.).
^TP grim^ to hasten; to htuny
{Beh,).
^fy^ grim-tHf aoo. to «/a. a pair of
Boissors (in SiUim soonded ««*yfMM '0-
5|*Wfl grimhpa^ Wfl^ ^ derer;
skilful; deztesons; also carefol; on tiiie
alert; ^^'ti'l'W*! rig-pa grim^pa to be
osiefal;on the alert :^'«*f*Mi'^^tPrtra-sa
grimhfig be attentiTe in the monastio
school: ^'9^'^*^^ on a hill range tak»
care!
345 5'»(W I
^01 grU (^V) (of* ^lh'<i bgrO-tM) a. roll ;
^'^ fog^gril xoQed paper ; a paper idl :
^ Qii'llfli'^'qiin'S^ kept rolled np in paper :
^*^ gohgril a roU of satin or oloth; a
garment folded up (Ck.).
^T'iS'^ gril^iki* bg$4^ to make np a
paroel. {Seh.)
^1'- gru 1. a figoiOi^ oomer, tip, any-
thing with length and breadth; f'^^ gm-*
iihi a fignre with four oomers, gen. a
square; %^'% yuUgru a eountry with
oertain dimensions. •'.#•• the divinon of a
oonntry in psxmnoes or distrietik S.
lustre; %^f^ gru'4^mr a reddish IusIto
from preoious stones. 8. a district of
Tibet lying to the east and north of Mm
{Jig.).
5 H: ^, flW| iTw, iftw, ^W
genersl term for boat, raft, Tsssel; also
I'i^ (TN-fon a boat, feny,
Byn. fT^'^V^ ti^i §nm-iMi %fk'^
gru^gi rob; f*^*^'IS igroUwar bge4\ sr
9m'tnpha-ipHar igrol; ^'^^$$ti-ge^cam;
y*^«S rta^mffo-can; ^^'i^'% tkubifMrrta
(J^/fOfl.).
5'^^"^ gru-^l^ (4u4w) a kind of
turquoise.
I'l gru^ga Mtf^ that wUdi falling
on water strikes it; an oar (4M>fi.).
Syn. is9\ ikgo4J>ge4; «r«'*^-»
itgral'^fiabi fM^ria.
I'P gru4cha or fi'i'P gru fen-Ma or
f9^'« gru itai-'M landing place on the side
of a river, etc.; a feiry. See maps in
Surrey Hepoxt of A. E.*s jooxney.
%W gnhkhng the ksel of a dip.
f'*^ grti^w^khaH wfftkii narigator;
a ferry man.
f«qi 246
^'^ Qn^ga L olew; hank. 2. n. of
ft oounixy. 3. atone or paint of whitiah-
Une colour.
^^gr^9^ 1* a thread-ball ; yam in
round hall. 2. •dT^'S'l'^ Mtshon^iftfi gru^
^ n. of a village in Tibet («7t>.);
(TS*^ d'rti-^ ligyn-ra n. of a Tillage
in Kham (Zotf. i97).
91 gru-gla passage money at a ferry ;
a boatman's fee.
9*S^jfrii-€iAar 1. rains; rainy season:
««if'i«RV«'^'^iw*'« yul^gru kun-la
khych^pat ibeU'paM char rains that fall
OTer the vhole oonntiy and piroduoe a good
harvesi. 2, a finei fertile rain (8ch.).
^^9i gru^ma {(fu^ma) angle; corner;
convex or concaTe ; also edge, border, brim.
(Ob.).
f *S grvHihoi or ^'^ gruHhtin %m
comer; angle.
9 '^V gru-gium f^(%n[ a triangle ; igo^
gru-ishi a square ; ('^^ gru-dtad a right
angle ; %^^ gru^yim ot %^^ gru-gyel obli-
que angled.
%^ gru'ishi n. of a stone : S*^^^'!^*^
^'l^i^'t'lK'^X^ gru^lishit ilai^a gio sAtiff-
Mn-mt iden the stone called Orulhishi
heals the brain and draws out pas.
f^^ gra-bdten 1$i^T«nr, defined asj'^p.'
Mi fniHf person conveyed in a boat. Peo-
ple who journey by boat are: — »fljT5
guest; M^^ merchant, trader; |'«C'l(i|
boat passengers.
9'^ gru-pa ferryman.
51* ^M-Jo=sJ'^Hn gru-griHi »hip
(iTa.).
5«J|
+ g'^fci gru-ftUoM boatman*s fee; f
^Na gru itwi^pa, V^'mWi'^^ Ou-bkhr^
9du^pa^po tot colleotor of a &ny.
l'<^^ gru^tshng^f ^'ff^'m gnt-gfad^ t
fany or ghai: d$ noi 8$'4fmr gyi-gru-
ttkug^la bgon^noif then he anived at the
ferry of Se^nwr {A. 91).
|*<^'q grt^iAum^-^^rr^lm^ or r^T
^S^ to sit silent, without speaUng.
5*^*1 grtih-hdmn qlum, ftnv 1. n. of
a mountain in the south oILidia; slso
the residenoe of Avalokites^vara on the
small island of Puto off Shanghai; n. of
the residence of the Grand Lama at
Lhasa. 2. an harbour.
%^'^^^ gnkifi yan^gzsi^l gnnky^
an oar (4^^*).
%'^'^ grthgi raJssf -^ gru-fon a ahip
(mon.).
J'*i-^^q gru^ gfog-pa^f^^ gru-ikya
oar; the wings of a boat (JKffan.).
Syn. i^'^m^ grubi pan^lag; ^irjs
gycb^iye; %^ §kya^a (MHon.),
l*^^'l^ gru^yii igrol mUm a navigator.
5'WR^«iq gru.la§ idat^ ^fyJfti one
who has made a voyage.
V-^ gru^n^%'^'^ grwyi nri a ship;
W-ViT gru-^an kAa^^'i^^ gnt»rgl(A
•a starting or landing place of a feny; %
•1^'^ gru fan^pa ferryman; y^rHifq gnh
la Bhon^pa to go on a ferry-boat.
5'Sf gru-mo {fu^mo) the elbow ; |*
gre-mo^ %'^ ku-m^ frqr the «Ibow, or 1'^ 5j
pabi-tAig^pa bar-pabi rtse^tog the top-
most piece of the middle joint of the ans :
W^^r^^'^^'^''^ gru-mar k/u: ipan^ka hold-
ing a trident in the hollow of his elbow.
si^q^'^X lag-pa^i gru-mo is defined as w-
foaii ipuH'pa ; J»5 W the hollow of tie
n^l
247
5»r«i|
dbow joint: •iY<A'|'lf ^Tn*Qmm'|c.'4|-
^^ lag^pd^i gr^mo re /o-tco^i jMH-mo^'
«M-iui Mff^ reetmg each elbow on the
kneee of the lord {A. 136).
^^*C| jfrug-pa to bieok into small
pieoeB; to oonunble; to broue; f^'^A'^gm
^r«9^pa^' liroi braised rioe {8eh~)\ 9^«'3
grugi^ something broken.
^C*9 I: ffna-po (M-iM>)sf^'4 jfrirf.
/Ml 1. very intelligent'; ^qt oleyet ; wise ;
prudent. 2. meek; mild; gentle ((/«.).
SC*^ n : the com seed that is not.
rotten iJig*)^
^grubl: Qftft) pronounced mi, in the
upper HimalaTa's and Shax^Ehombu,
signifying in Ld. all:f<i*4*V«* grvb^^i-wd
all sze dead (<7i.). ItUhU-. altogether,
jointly.
gnUhpa anything aoeomplished or done
by itself without any agent.
]fi'*«<^ grub'W^hog^ip^^ a great saint ;
^'•(S^'ci grttb'ffiehog'4mi fnitim a female
saint.
|q'¥) grulhikobf {%1T a saint, ooooxs in
the following passage of {Zam. S) :— |>r
Iv^tW^'i^gnib'ihobrim'grogral'rim
Mm ff^^ ^tii-iftbff one who has
gained perfection.
jp'*w^ i: pmft-qi^Aa^ 1. f^iT% iwvnir
established conclusion; opinion; theory
{Zdm.): |-^-i|-fV«m«raBiwqp^ iheie being
00 conformity of doctrinal principles
between the Brfthmans and the Buddhists.
fTim n:«^'*Sf^ thar^paii ilo-grof
NBolution for liberation from miseries;
detennination for obtaining Nirvdna
^^ gmb^pa I: 1. ftr^, I^Tf H^, WT-
^^f ^1 1Q^» ^nnr; pf. of ^f^a to accom-
plish 2. (<rin'3^*H^ grub-par hyei hwug
WV^y fvnr a saint : |4*«Ni'49^'ci grub-poi
|^to^^-/M^fll^q^ accomplished by a saint ;
fa'mi'^'Q taught or preached by a saint ;
fa<«l«i'^ grub^par gyw^eig U^C^ be
it ready, complete, perfect.
^P'fl H: X«» fdn.pa ^sm% f%f« exist-
ing ; success ; *i't^'<i ma grub-pa not exist-
ing (/a.) : l^d '^^'^'Q grtib-pa dM ide^tca
^itn 1« the happiness arising from goga
or union with the supreme spirit (in Bxak-
ma^ism) and with the eternal (^AngaiA or
▼oid in Buddhism : ^'V9im grub-pa Aif, the
formed body, either the frame, the struc-
ture, the body, or more prob. an abbre-
viation of ««i«rwj^*^pi, the body that
is made of the Ave dsandha (aggregates) ;
|V«t'i^^«^ grub-pabi dwuean what is necea-
saiy in the charms of neGiomancy for pro-
pitiation ; fr^ mustard.
|q>qS-^j^s| grub^pabi ffcaH'phgug^^^
^^ gridhcAefi great saint ( Ttg. k. 11).
|a*-v.ftHM|-s|*spi Orub^pabi roA^
bgon ^an-roi gfigi the saint originated or
existmg by himself; the self -formed
Ayalokites'Tara ; 1^*^ Ikun^grub or 1^1*
f^n Ikun^gyi gndhpa ^l^nf^ self-origi-
nated or self -formed : ^^'f Q Dat^grub or
i^T'«^'^V'*» Don ihami-cai grub'pa wuH-
fn a name of the Buddha, in whom there
is the fulfilment of every purpose; also the
name of a magic spell or formula.
^9V^ grufii-pa the Tit>etan badger:
semi idsirt'pa phyi-bO'da^ grum-pa^ kyaH*
f^l gmH he said both the badger and tiio
marmot know how to suspend animatioD
jprV]
248
Hf
and flung — a rofleotion upon the the prao-
tioes of Tibetan aeoetios or nal^jor (A.
70) : |«i'(i$'| mi'i'^i^ «im grun^paH tgyu
ma Kgifu^gm' bjom^ the mteatinai of the
badger overoome oolio.
5*I'H grum-po a maimed person ; a
erij^Id^
5*''9 in^fn-bu {ifunh-bu) ai J'''^ ffrurn^
na4 also called 1|*< irem^ gout or rheomatiBm.
i'f* 9^grum^ aoo. to Ja. \^%9\ dreg-grum
podagra; afeelingof lameness in the limbe;
5V|ii ru^grum gout affecting the bones ;
T^ Ua-grum rheumatic pain in the
muscles. M« <TAw.^rwm, 5*1 ^ij^ ^rww.rf*ar,
l^'fl grum^ag seem to be varieties of
•mall-poK.
%^^%9\ grul^bum (iful^um) ^mxmw,
l^W a class of Tampire-ghouls feed-
ing in cemeteries; jpi'8«*i grui-bum-Ma
l^vr^ females of the above.
5^'g«l'«^ GhiAJwMfan n. of amedi-
oinal drug ; an esculent root, Arum cam-
panuhtium (a cure for piles).
Syn. r«»* tiwb^mo ; ^ *h ga^gon ; wv^'-^'
^9w ar^i$om ^ifff that which cures
piles; q*Tls bra^ igo4i ^^VlS'^tl ^cfe^
Iffti %pctl^ (jtfjficMI.).
wa^i nu Jio^an are the following three :---
^•^ Vu^4ug {^ nag), ^^'^gwb^ug {ST^
ikar), ^^^ gnan^g (p) kha {Sman.
350).
5^^ gr^^po {iu^) a yak only two or
three years old (JS.).
^ Ore (M) ^< *< i l im<f i the eleventh of
the twenty-seven constellations mentioned
in works on astronomy.
Syn. 9lt^m mMo^gef; r« rlff-dkf ; a
)« it8ho-§kge§ (M»on.).
tlm gr0-4kye9 VTf«i« iphvY bom in
the constellation of fiA^VTw ^.
g|'^ gre^ga a sheet of paper {Ja).
^*1^ Ofv-fM n. of a place in the pro-
vince of Ki^po in Central Tibet.
\^ gre^a (^;mm)ss^4 mgnn^
or «?| gh^yu ifhrr, «« the f one part of
the neck, the throat, both wind-pipe sad
the gullet; voice: ^^^lA gre^wa hh^
a good voice ; |-^-^^-9 gre^^ gag^^pa
obstruction in the throat; hoanenen;!'
^' V^ gre^wa, dar^wa a stertorous voice ;
i' wq5^-§^ gr$.tMl htoMgei m F. to
hawk; to hem; to dear the throat {Ja),
^Mgre-'io a ttpmm of demons; |)(
gn-^mo female demons of this kind.
^'*W| gre^mag vulg. for %m gr^m
awn of barley or of Poa grass.
5l'#«|'^ gr$^4nog ^ in r. ant;
emmet (Ja.).
^^ grtn occurs in ^'^i^-v*^'* ^'
M «^ gren-ggi dan^du koi*§i^i ri-m m.
{Jig. Si).
||^*^ gren-Uhag plaited wiolul^
work in '
rows.
+ ^^ !•• C»^4fr, or "^4 <A%^, a young
bear : t ^mi^'^Urfp^'m oo^roi grthMf»9
pkul^fcas Oho-ro having presented a young
bear {A. 68).
^% II : mm pea, peaa; 1^'^1|& mm-
9ran gr$bu «a kind of pea growing in tiM
Sub-Kimalayas.
^'1 gr^ «Mi 1. the fUahing UghU
aiBgC&MrO. 2. V««^mmi a kind of
plant: 9K«*^'W'|'r^'|^'m*4taii grn^
*m4»' #0-w* «rM.«iotf 0M.#JMi ^iNf the
puta cf A^^iMfl kDlfl worau and ovummM
the diflO M in mJMtM4M§.
i gro *ipi wlieet; f^it ffrv^flum
or %n^n»q^q f«MflV jw*t pagi^pa,
white Urdh berk used lor writoig ohanni
on; alflOMo. toJa.'oa&ii for omementiiig
bows: ^*Vi ^*|^'^*V'^fM'^-^*ifii'9'«A4f-
^^r^^w^fl^-fl-^B^'^^lic wrote
mmtne en white oloth or paper or
leaTee of the pelmyxa or the hark of the
hiroh whichgiew in their oonntxy {Surat.).
9 V*' pr»-dM the winter granary of
wheat in ISbet; an nndar-gioand cell
whfiope wheat is kept daring the winter.
V'^ fro-Mgg Btere lor rifling wheat.
f '^ prMM or <** gro^im reddish grey.
f^^ at>. jsMi ^w%x inn the twenty,
aeccmd or twenty-third oonstellationin the
ssfaron om ieal works of Tibet and India.
8yn. ^9S tpkrog^eg; ^'^ bon^-po;
ffinT the lull moon in the month of July-
Angost.
f'^^'l*!'^ OrO'i^hm'ggi Mla-wa otfv
^^ sAmm (rfim^Ni the month of Qrdwtt^.
hole imder the ground where wheat is
kept in winter {A.
249
f^^\
fW^i gro*g&§ {(to-yo) pardied
oroom.
f '^ gro^rit ball of dough, or lump
made of moistened wheat flour.
W'^h gro*9og (^tMoa) stalks of wheat,
wheat-Btraw.
f « ^«. (^«) ^ ^
1. the swset potato of Tibet 2. name
of a herb (Fai-fil.) [the grass ScirpiU
Eymmt]8. %% rgga-gro or §5 J»i tggaH
gro^ma the potato introdnoed from India :
Vii mv«*iwq««-4-^-^T^ the potato being
ewset is eooliug and stops diarrhooa.
^'*I'^C' Gro^ma M n. of a phoe in
the north of Tibet {Ka-than. 168).
^'^K^* Oro^M n. of a village in the
prorinoe of Lho-kha.
^*<q*S| ffra^lo^ma (io-khma) ^*| go^^
Aen a kind of satin; silk stuil.
^*9| Qfih9a yiUsge inthe distriot of
FhenyuL
3f 5 Grihho {io-ho) «W|"VW« phyag.
tgya rMfiii*so a mystioal word used in the
Mahdnmdrd TdtUrik rites {K. g. ^ tlS).
Spl grog^f^^ jfro^ma or ^T* grog^-
mo (fog-mo) ftriftwir, fjn ant; emmet.
Byn. t^'S^" 9rin phran^fna; J'J'^ rjyw-
r«ya-ra; ^i^H^'i gfrn^tiebi-bu^M^M.).
VyIK grog^tM waist of the ant; also
narrow as that is.
^^9f^ grog-ifikhar niW ant-hill.
8yn. H^'l' fttgya^^yin ^yuteo; 1(v
(^^^T* nor^idan irtieyn %^9^'^' grog-'
iM^MM; 9T«A'«r^ grog-ma^ mkhor
3pp2j grog^po 1. ^m a deep ravine
in whioh atonrant flows; the sides of such
83
3h-^M
250
3jt-|
mvinesaietennedyfl#-iHi, *t^tN|v^5c
<A V^Q^«ly ^q-vp^'K chu eken-poi brut-nat
byuU'Vahi grog^poham^ gai-pa ya^9$r^ that
whidx it caused by the erodozi of gieat
waters 10 also styled grog^-po or gad-pa.
f <?'a to grog'9bUf y. ^T" grog-maj ant
i$kaH ant-hill.
5f^?|R'I: grog-^iHar ^9^V' cultiva-
tion in uneven naTrow ground away from
"Tillages or gem. in wild places where cattle
are pastured.
daH gjter tkrais ehu sti-^i n. of a medioine
which cures obstruction of the urine; akind
of moas growkig on the sides of chorteuy and
old walls, etc.
If^f^i^' grog^gyai lateral gully on
hill-side: ^h grog^hu^ brook; rivulet,
V. 1^3 grog-po.
V^spi^ grog^gjnr a torrent pouring down
a ravine.
^^^ ^f a friend, companion, fellow-
labourer, assistant; paramour, also bus-
band; r^T^ kha^grogi a seeming friend;
a friend in words; a false friend; ^v
1h« ttm-grogi or ^Ih* tHi^^grogi
troe friend, boaom friend, assodate, com-
panion, comrade, fellow ;I|^1I groghkhye
pUymato or play-fellow ; ^^'%^ 4pu*'
grog§9 fellow combatants comrades; ^^
W^ bdug-^rogi or ««*?**P' ifhugi-grogf
Mlow-lodger ; ST^'%^4gai-grog9, 'W^t^
gtan-i/rog^ spouse; husband; wife; ^^V
fspiidW^pro^f or^^V^-^* **rf^tvi sweet-
heart ; •*! VF m^ihab-grogi a lover ; iVr
lf^« gunt-grogt bed»fellow (not only con*
cubine) ; V^V^ imag^grogs ally, conli-
derate (in war) ; «m'9^ la^grog§ oolleagne;
journeyman ; under-workman ; ^1^
Uhig-grog^ an auxiliary word. [if.-JB.— In
pop. works and coUoq. language flie woid
V^ sounded ro or rog is combined witli
verbs in the imp. To give a pdite
turn to any request; *^ nang^rtMumg"
please give ; '^ ton^rog'mang " *^ will yoa
kindly show,'' etc.
V^^^^ grog8'4an a bad friend.
y^'S^ grog^'dan vttott help or Bam-
tance.
Hi^'A^ grogi^hdf[\§ mutual finsnd-
ship.
!|^«Q grogp-po (fog-po) mm, finr, Hf
friend; ally.
H^'Sva I : grogt-byed-pa to be friend ;
to make friendship; to assist; to befriendB.
x^ <H'V^^9^'^ to cultivate friendship^ to
be mutual friends.
If^^'SS II : VTTW, ^W assistance ; aiding.
K^'SV^ grogt^e^-pa is synonymoas
with X^'^si rogs-ram ; in writing some-
times ^^^'9^ 9doa9'grog9 is also used.
9^'ii grog9»mo a female friend; also
a mistress.
Syn. I*'! nla-mo; ^i^q^mna p£a$^m$;
V'fM pko fUhmo ; !l^'|v«<^«'<i kim^g94
il^shuHt-fna; Ml^'|^'«i ipkrin ikgel^m
1«^T^K.' grogi^i^^ or ^^V^ia'C grogf^
ifuA-po ^tvn^ Vrar frieodship, also
sweetheart.
§Jk' I: grai or gran^ pf. of *'
to die; II'^'H^ gm^^kM resurreotion
bringing life to a dead body, translating
In^l
351
^«l|^l
ike tonl from one bodj to another: ^*
n*'^ hftnng done lervioe to religioiii
md Ihing beings he is said to lisre four
times performed the noUe work of transLa^
ting a soul from one bodj to another
(J, ZbA).
^^* n*. 1. imiy s^an inhabited plaoe ;
a viOage ; hamlet ; also house ; ^S'^^* ftrs^yff-
ftv4 aplaee of a hundred ; ^'%S itat^yrai
thoosand houses or households {Ja.); V^*
^^9 groi^la-kgramt^^n going or gone
to the Tillage : y^'^«rsw^'9^ ffroi^gnm
ifMAor-iyetf fi q^im^ he who has destroyed
the three habitable spheres, the god S'iva.
3^'Q^ groHJehper {iaHJAyer) jpr.
ff^^ HHK, imw, S^ a town or city;
a place which is soiroonded by a
wsU, onginaUy a palace* That is eaUed
a ooontij or Q^ ynl where there are
100 bkk$ of households, a (Aaoe where
thoe axe 100,000 households is oaUed
q<r^fK yuUtkhor or provinoe. In a city
(1^*^^ gndJshffer) which ui gen. fortiftBd
there should be at least 10,000 honsehdds;
a .town with population less than 800 is
osIM a 9^' (fivH in Sans. HTW.
nd^grot; 9^'5«i groHJskyim; ««'«Ti^« /«s-
can-gnoi; V^^^V^'^v fmai^idul-ffttaf ;
m:^ ^ nmr^ga^ti ; m'^fm so-ifibv ; fS'<A fi^'8
Vyoi-P^ phur^; ^'^'i^'^K^ t^g^
^'d^*^ OnA-hhyer igra j^ the
enemy of the oity, S^iva.
Indra.
gyi kdag^po ixr ^^'^' yul-hkkor iicaU
sheriiE, also the ohiet of a city; also yr|^
tgyat-phran a petty R^ {M^on.).
9^'ft^l^ OraHJAyer fpyo4 met. for a
crow.
•fcft^VW*^*^ groiMyer itpMUyon-,
e<in Jh^ifi i ^ni. {8chr. ; Td. *, 166). .
♦l^Jl^^AI^ gro*4chyer me^tog yviSP:
(A^r.) lit. the oity. of flowers ; it is the
same as P&talipaira or Patna.
|[^l|'^s^'s|s^ groA-gi gcan-gjkin fW^t
met. for dog (Jfirton.).
f clj-qf^-q groH^gi irfo^pa ift< pro-
vincialism ; country (xt nual language; 9^'
1'V^i^ grofi^gi ^t^ikhw HT^^^m the
suburbs: !jK^i|'Mq*U gnAi^gi tthdb^nw
feuds and quarrels (among villagers).
f «.-S|q^^ Grafi-gi idag wrmftxr, VH^
the heodman of a village.
||K.'vq'S^ grofi dra^wa-ean ^ W ^i tli| (9^'
ica) a town Burrounded with fortifications;
HK^Sj^fl grofi^gi dra-wa ^ir a circle or
circuit of a village ; fortification round a.
city: l|«i-^^|i^f^« groli^gi hpkreH Mm-
fiMK, Sinif^^ the village flower- woman :
|fc.'%^'9 OroA'-gi gtmhwo the chief man
in a town or village; a headman.
f ^*«gB.« grafi^gra^f the number of houses
in a village or town.
|fs.'sil|q| groA^^fckog chief eity; also
scene ; sphere.
9i^'m groH^Wien a 9^-!5;Mwrq|^ jq-
9V<r a lama who performs meditations er
aaoetioism remainii^ , inside a village
or town; •^^^•ls•»•«|T*«"lT^'^•«^s^ rfi««-
fta misUn-pahi groi imn dar^tca doA one
not performing the practice of ascetiaism
by going to any solitude (Ta-^l. il).
3jk-qi
352
?^-q|
K^'i^ g9^^0m ootintry. Bpeebh or
language.
fito-fto the headman of arillage or city.
^y fwinr a large town (which is not
endoeed by a wall) together with its
cnborbe.
one who causes or excites brawlsi
tends, etc., among village people or com*
mnnities.
^f^'^ groi'pa a villager; one holding -a
house; a tenant.
hkhrig^pa sexual union (Jtf^on.).
ma ^of-jMisS'li V^^'«r||^'q bu^mo phthdaH
nrnphrai-pa virgin 'purity; a *niaiden not
toudied by a male (8man 989).
iKm the chief of a town or village.
SjC'^ grofi'tca {4ong'fca) in C aoc. to
Jd. used for 9^'^ graU'Wa : cold.
Ifc^'Q^ grod'-tcir the middle of a village
Or hamlet.
y^-gc^ grai'9paH§ I^W one who is
liberated or has abandoned the Uto of a
layman or householder.
V^*'^ troA-tshig irnv provincialism:
9 i;-lt^l|4i '9k- fp;^ groi'4shig gk^rna §ia^par
^9^'^'%^'^^^'^ grad'^ikai kyi^-ma'bdte^
par not mixed up with provincialisms.
^'^ groi'^iAo large village; town;
several hamlets taken together.
igi^-wX'A^'X OroH-i^sho mer^mo n. of a
village in the district of «) J? in Lhokha :
ilitsho fnef'fno (Zoil. ' SO).
9^'^^ groi'^gihi an estate ; fsnn (Sch.).
%^^ groi^yul country place (J6L).
+ 5J^^ graHf {if(Hig)y v. ^1^*« resp. to
die ; wl|c^'q«|-^-«-9^i<i u reqp. for natural
death.
SJS'^ jfrorf'-iw or ^V«' fisn9-pa Jbelljr;
generally the paunch of nrnxinatinf;
animals; in coUcq. language it is
BometimeB. applied to the stomach or V'^
phihfca: ^f^'^ nwr-groi butter kept in
the dried paunch of a sheep.
^X^' groi'ibom (diManij a hffge belly;
also the dried paunch of a bullock to keep
oil.
fj^^S^ grtm^ean (don^ean) disadvan-
tageous ; injurious.
f^'^ groU'Che very noxious (Jo.) ;
^on-m^^ harmless; innoxious (Zm;.).
9|^*^ I: gtHm^pa (dan-pa) explained
as ^f f ^'Q bgr(Higo ehen-po^ much expen-
diture; expensive; also to expend, squan-
der : 9^5 *i[^'W 8'!h'«»'S"^' baf-kyi mi iw
fnaH^po gron»pa daH having equ&ndered
much, wealth and men of Tibet: f^
^'^^^ tnag-fog gron-pa{^9g.) waste or
eiqpenditure of much paper ^nd ink.
Spi'W H: explained by h'^^wti^
%/ma^%'^ m4%httn cheiam (tsoi-ckehm
i8t*an ehe^a^ applied to a great or illmteloafl
family, to one who is very patient or ftw
bearing, a thing th&t is very durable and
hard.
f'J i" gron-fof ^HT hgf-o-^f^ item cl
expenditure; also the account of the dis
tribution and lending of grain.
^1
9yg) n. of a place in Tiang which con-
tained one of the twelye templefl said to
hftTe been eieoted by King Sr9H^mH
fStam^po (Ftf-M/. 41).
Sf'J pW (*)/) f% (&*r.; rdidc. T. 6)
releoee ; deliTeranoe.
^M GroMiH i^U^im) the day when
the annnal aaeembly of the lamas diaiolve.
»rf^ GM^om ((fol^m) a festival on
the day whoi lamas relax after the terin of
the speoisl devotions is over.
^'^Vx grol^kdoi ii|w wishing to be
emanoipated or set free from tmnsmigra-
toiy eziftenoe and misery, etc. ; abbrevia-
tion of ^•^vpi'^'i'^^w^^i'w^T^Vq
ikkor-wa dai^uf-^ttiat iogt'lof grol^war
kdoi-pa.
%V'^ groLwa (4ol-m) pf. of ^»iie
hgrol^mi •!«> Bbst. fw:fnv, *W^ iin, ifNn
wfw deliveranoe; ddiveranoe from worldly
exntenoe.
3l^v«^ grol^m can ifHmr 1. relating to
emancipation ; deliverance. 2. sbst. pearl :
Ifirr tibat has been delivered from the
qysler.
8yn. %|^ mu^ig\ ^;^^^ na^le fam
(Jfiion.).
*r8*f i GroNmH //ia./^<i the five
demigods cr, perhaps, NAga demi-gods.
the kilkv of Namnoi; an epithet of India.
advice; counsel. 2.=V« gtam speech;
tftlk; ^'%^ ika^-grof conference; com-
mittoe.
5^ ^ ' Aoc. to Cm. care, heed, caution.
353
«r
M^ gro^gragt (*>t-*v) a consult*
icg friend ; anyone consulted with.
%m*u^ gro§^n careful ; cautious.
**'»'V»« gt-oi-gpam 1 consultation.
2.=Wm§s <* gtH>§ bgei-pa to consult.
fvsq^<K gro9^^hun^par^iuanmoQMfyl
by unanimous decree.
1*\^ gro§ idti-^a (*>Mff .«« ) the place
where advice may be asked ; an orade .
|[«'^^-9 ffra§ kdO^^fia giving advice.
%^^^ gro§ hdru^ to ai& (a person's)
advice ; to consult (with one).
%^'^ grot-pa (fohpa) adviser; coun-
sellor; senator; also advice ; V«'|«'«i gn^
bgof^pa {jfoi-je-pa) to have consiilted;
^fftm consultation; conference; V^ftS^
gro% bjfei-fM {4<^je-pa) vapnn to con-
sider; to deliberate; to resolve; decide
after consderation, deliberation, eta
%^^ Orohm i^oi^mi) consulting^ n^^ ;
an adviser; sometimes in Bikldm the
headman of a village.
%m'i^ gro9'me4 without asking or con<%
suiting anybody ; self Hraffloient ; csreless ;
heedless.
V^'S grotMoi {4in^$koi) the real
pointscrobjectof a conference: V^'^'^Kf
V"! WiXVQ gro§^9hoi idfin^at ga.rab§
Wfoi^ to catch the leading and salient
poiuts in a conference (/''^O*
'M^'^ groi-ya {iai^a) a secreUiy ; a
couiicilkr.
8| fib wages; pay ; fee or remuneration
for any work done: ^tf ^■jr^ J-^t-
^WV^'iP^ , iige^tM irty^-tUa ktggai^gi
^diihfca gl4M§a9 fiyffr the maintenance of
cue hundred and eight monks was met
from tl!e lees (he received) {A, 61).
a|-q|
254
iPi^l
JKb«cAfMf»taMA{/fi'u.f)OX Hrhicb there are tbree
Tarieties or perhaps eveu ipeciee in Tibet.
Another species ooours ia Atudo t Ito9ohtt9
lfi'^^^*^ gja-wa dad tna^tca^i pt^g^'pa the
flkin of the Nao antelope and the miuk-
deer.
^ gla-rtii can ; m'%M M'Ju^ : ^^'^^ f fo/f-
E^*^^^^''^ gla-gor ahO'fa n. of a fruit,
I'Hi^ti'Q gla ilaHt-pa has taken or
received his wages for work. •
I'V^* gh-'9gai ^^^ «fnnt n. of a med-
cinal herb; ^pv CypcruB f^4undm\ unrx
the root of OypcruB ptrtinnk.
rw jffe.r^ew;^abbr. of B^^'M'i gla^daH
tHan^pa^ wages and remuneration.
8}*^ gkhpa cft V'Q gla-po or S*S glU'Jfu
one who works on wages ; a servant em-
ployed on a fixed salary; also a day-
labourer or hired workman j ^^TB gyog-
gla tr^ service money ; salaiy .
3|*^$^ gla-phor a kind of tree the wood
of which is good in txnning and for making
plates and cups.
j-M gjchphrug the young one of a
muBk-deer.
yA gh^m HWt ^cm a servant; a hired
workman.
B'lf gla-mo 1. a hired female servant.
2. musk-doe: B'iJ«'1?^'8'''|«''*W''5^^
gh-icabi nor-bui tbrul-iogi dug-^n^ bye4
the jewel of the musk deer (the musk-
pod) is a protection against snake poison,
etc.
>• J" gla-ttri HI, wnrrfil, * WW1<V musk ;
idrtt muik is like burnt-wheat grains:
|^'avrff|^\il'iiii;- the musk that is
slightly soft, tough besides being of
strong soenty is good : |*I^'^T II^T^IV
*W^*^ musk eradicates anake-poisoii,
kidney disease, plague.
Syn. ^'Wi'*' ri^d^gtUe^wa; l«r|T9S
^bruU^krag bye^; iJii<A'»i*|»i myo^-pafU
n:dshan^ia\\^Tt\ dri-yi tho4\ V^'^«^
rfn-y» goi^ean ; ^'^^'a^' ri-doagi elaA ; ^'
^^'^ ri'diagf rtsi; W^'^^'i gk^caf^i not'-
bu (JVitfai).).
|>^'A'!^ Qta-Ttaihi me-iog n. of a
flower, the Pedieularis niegalatUAa.
B*9 0^-/^0 food and wages.
8J^ glag or Vtn bya-glag a bird des-
cribed as resembling an eagle, but smaller
than the vulture and larger thsn the hawk,
of blaokish chocolate colour; carries away
kids and lambs. This bird is numerous in
Mongolia, Central Tibet and Eham. Pto-
bably the lammergayer.
I^'B'K ghtgJchrcHno a spotted speoiei
of eagle.
+ SPI'^ ^fe^-/>fl=fT«« itog-pa upper
or back part or side : »^5'g^q i^g^gabi ffag-
pa the crown or upper part of tha head.
Defined as IT'V^T^^'JT*', the upper lack
part or blunt side of a kmfe or axe.
g|q|*q*a!Sl giag-pa /isin s. of a place in
Tibet (Deb.).
JBP\^ t^9 ^nw opportunity, occa-
sion, possibility: W^^'^'i ghgi tUhcl-
tea to Eeek for an opportunity: Vi^'l^
J^'^^^da glags rned-por hdug now the
favourable time seems to have oome ; eep
opportim.!ty of doing harm to anotbei,
MF\
255
fc-l^l
of g8ttiagahold<^ hioi (Ja); n«i>^«i^-
^ ^r^ »*rpi *arf#«r m» jfyiir he wiUnot
get an opporlunitj to do you hann. <#S'
1^^ intdonble; mmppcttible: ^
■^*S there ii no poanhility oi hi^ii&g
him; he is inooraUe (Jd) : J^^/N not
aUe to do injtuy or some interroptiQn to
one's actions.
+ S^f^'fl glagi-pa to go; be going;
to proceed ; to be on the point of.
M^' I: QlaH n. of a place in Tibet.
8F' II: ^, mn 1. ox; buUocL
2. one of the signs of the Zodiac,
the Bnll: B*^'! •<S^<Rr|^-^ftl»if ^n^-^
gkii-gi ^khri^-pa^ ^$far^dug nUg^la phog-
par phan the bile of the ox is useful when
contagions poison strikes upon the eye:
«^^**^*"w* ^^^■'•■•S the »pleen of the
ox is useful in sores and poisons : fl'^'il'SfMr
m-ffof^^m'^ the kidney of the ox le-
nu/es kidney diseases: fl^itfn^^'^^l^'gS
the blood of the ox (with food) draws out
blood poison.
Syn. R«-9\ bgnhlye4\ ^^V\ bdten^
'^ khyu^fl^hog (ifioft.).
8F' m : <xW''vmgM.ikitb4, also called
^1^- gzer^iaH, colic, gripes, spasms in
t}ie stomAoh and similar aflsctions («7a.).
«^Wi tia44habi^f^\ glo^bur h
sodden; saddenly: |K*«w|-^gpr^-q was
wddenly defeated by the enemy. 2. n. of
atdisease, prob. hysterical fit.
«^'5« glai^kAyifn rf^, iRj^ a shed
or fold where cows are kept; an cma-
ineated gateway.
M; ox.
B^'S'^ g.M4Qhyu.tca nm^m. a bull
kept for breeding purpose.
9FV\ gM-ghi 1. the bndns of the
bullock or ox. 2. in Tsangassoap.
tF^ Qlan^rgoi a wild ox. This term
!• applied in Tibet to the bufPalo (in Tib
5l^> VHi ^fWnf , WTW the elephant ; elephant
in rut : ■^'^^asmcw^g^-j^i,^.,..^ q^^ ^^
of the elephant is useful in black small-
pox: ■^•Btv«»iS«r'*T^lf«ftH^- ^4^.^
»W-«# nf^hun^pabi tilm ffo-sohimifi, Le., the
names of various apparatus necessary for
an elephant are the following :—- flw fra^i
'W, -V^'^'H fHv^ga-ma n^; ^'^'^'^ glafi-
Pobi tgyan ; >i^^ <i5n| q hdog^'pahi ka^a ;
««i^ a-to-w r ^€m the post to which an
elephant is tied, t^'ijcagf^i^ the
conductor's hook; ^% ^fk; •iSqq ^i^n.
«r« ; I'? Tir«J'^? bri4cia ka^a ba^ra^a
«Wir.w^^or >i^tt^s|q gM^pobi thag^pa.
V^-^-^'i hak^ gdsa-dsa ^^g|9fm^'<V\tr^^'
'^V^ bbo4'Pa $hi9^bdug (M^on.).
Syn. «f ^ s<hldan ; n^^M go^if . (qi,-^^
lag^ldan ; ^^^-^5^ gmhbihufi ; •n^B'^^ ,„a*-
po bthu4 ; iil'8Si-«^ mffof bum-can ; «i^*T
^^ nag94shai 4gab\ ^^v^^f(^ n^he^a
9ecb9^-Idan;^'9iSV^M^ht4nal; H*«^ tj^^g,
h can; ^?^«I5-^- MAi^r-A)*! f ita4 ; i'm'^
dsa^ka; S1'^'«S myof-r^tt/ can; ^JT*
C«^ ibyug^pa^ tna^an ; ••J^'^ J^ qn;Ao^.
rien bye4\ fwf^ ttob^^dan.
W^M^'S"^ glai^hen tkal-^kar the
white elephant, or one having a white fore-
head ; the chief of the elephants (jffag ) •
■^•^•^''•'WWSK-l-fF^' the bUe of the
elephant cures emaciation caused by poison
etc. : ■<-^-T^-^^^'^-^q^ft^ the flesh of
««^fl
266
|r»i|
ckfbiiit (tikoiM food) onrat the disMies
attrflmted to deviU (in TT)
i^'H-l* ghiUeken tt^i 4l<NiiT tha
iMNtian of tlio dapbaat; also elephant-
nraak.
I^yn. •!'»• ^imH (in magio) or ^'•H
11171U0 tMm (Jm. 5).
f(*«Aii;-%l ^M «|^.|/oii a name of
Prinoe Aatf-iNi fc^i-VfiVI yo«*, ion of King
JCM^-jfMi Ab^N-ft^Mm. He iras ao called
on aeooont of hit proweaa : «i^'cr^^'<i'|'^'
t^y 0M-fo the Indian baU {Bob
UmtHM Indicm).
r*^- QhO^ih^ n. of a plain to the
east of lihasa.
tFVi uhMhug or i^'^^^i^ gM4U>g
Mn a hall (not oasbrated) : li^'STiV^'vAf
•Y^«i^ ffbril4kug rwa-coi ff^fo^f^^^ pf^^
thehocnof nneastrated bnU li useful in the
fraebueottlle^head: gM-thug nag rw(hea§
miM*Ai fktm-par'bgBi the horn of a black
nncaatmfted bull it nted in leprosjr: ^'^[
/Mill Uka^nhml the athet of a burnt bnll's
horn taken internally cures inflamation of
theliTcr.
F'S^'«« Qbrn-dar-ma I. a youthful ox.
2. n« of the King of Tibet who peneouted
the Buddhittt in the ninth century A J).
the hutbaadman, a mttio.
^tnm a cow-herd; one who tendt or
looks after cows (jtfiffm.).
gi^-ViOt^ gbi-po-mchog imffit^ the
chief of the elephants^ lit. a soent-deplymLt.
Syn, tf^'^'fi'9 gM-poH tggaUpo ; Tfr*
"^ ikaUuir ;^'<r%^ff fMAt-m drug^dan;
gM-iH> *mgan*pa a wildf mad elephtiit
IMsfl^'Vlh gianl^ia fyo^ wild eiephflat ; an
elephant turned wild and mad lor nnkm
with a the-elephant.
8yn. ai|trw*$WQ ckagi-pai mgo§i^]
^'>i'«^ ggo^wa-eaB ; |^'Q*ilh oMiP^ tg<4]
a^« wl^jrq gfail.^ dM.^ mgo§^;
ehad-ifii dteghpa\, ^^'^ glai^wi\ a^*Q'|T'i
of a place within the district of Shiga-tw
in Taang.
qcQ*<3^« QlaH'po fodi n. of a place (in
Tib.); alto one which was tituated near
the ancient dty of EapilaTittn.
glaH'tdm conductor of an elephant
(4fllo«.).
gkApO'ipahog {^fion.),
|>^' A;|^ QM-paH iMg^ tfinm n. of
a very powerful giant-like king; IF'lT*'^*
§tob9 {Ta^L BT).
glai^^ck^i gfm the stable where ela-
phantt are kept (jVifofi.).
gp:gf^ gM^phnm^gp:^ gU^krug^
young elephant (JV^on.)*
|c^ gM^ire^ ihVTW ox-manger; ^'
4%'^v gM'Poii bref elephant-i»tall.
1^**1 gta^'ma 1. a medicinal plant: I*'
mm1t'9^'\t:\4^tit^ gM-ma curee fever and
I a47
lettftk dttoaioa. 2« % laige kind of ftlpim fi
irilknr.
r'K «M-Mo or ^'If^m lig.idan-ma ah^
dflphftat: |^'lA'X'iMrwQ*q|T«i^*tS tbemilk
of a Affi daphmut iiTBry rogUming ; ff^'^
«iTr«wr»^-^-^r*n flia akin of • ahe-
deplmt com fmale ditMM and f eror.
V^*V^ f M-#M0r a atoUion ox : l^^'Vi^*
^*^ irUliikewttrmbloodof alnriiigatdU
lioiL ox the oiroiilfttioiii of poiaoo in tho
Uood Ota bo neotndiied.
9Ffi: ffal-fdW 4rf^ a oow-lseopar;
►'I
IF'l^ u: 4Nm tlM kMper of aa «b.
phaai; kiMpar ol oowi; Ejidivs.
Byn, p'ttF'*-* gM^f M«-fe^;
^w«tf liKHm tlie miulE>li]w, toented
•eotetiim in the bnin* cr ii^the itonuMli
at an dtophant. 2.s^Hh dbM.|iUr4
bear's Ule {9mmt. 858).
8Ata» in tiM&^nnr, mU to U^ben
delhvnd lijr BoddlM h^mb <n a viait to
Li-ynL
W''% 0M*rM « kdlook'p ham; alto a
large foriotd aliok mad Iqr tha ISbataa
•oldien to ml the nnaket oa wben firing.
r-«^-^vnrif ^mjm ^Mi-MnHNo n.
of a plaoe in Kham.
IFV gM^»^'9rU ghUita-^ or
•*»•%' i w/w-ei»f> | a kind ol ii«e grow-
ing largdy in Tibet, tbeleatee of ^rfiioh
ate bornt as inotnse (l^*^* mntioal
tent) (Jtai.).
H^*-^ gM^ a kind of sot^-boof .
gprpwrq 9M^«|«M»^ n. ol a
IniuuI hma oqom from a plaoe oaUed
QM-kkamt, who iras invited hf Sng
■KlrMr«>< iAft»4<«M to bb oi^jtal on
aooonnt ol the feme of bis l— wt^ng
8}S 8f^<»W\-gkiif» ^imm the bead;
!>»»•; of. r t«itf: r.** tbii4» m the
top, on the bead; also wed as poalpoaitian
in flie Mose of otht, dose over : ^'|S'«i
«ittti^a4^dim above the river ornatar.
the reins of the brain.
1^'* «<«#iM genaraUy written as fS'«
HV^ flHi^ also iro gk»^ 1. t^
patohi9;tonMod: ^^Vwan^ri^ll^-eH
fV|T« A«i 0fa»jMi to sew up or patohi^
torn okthe% eto. (^tg.); tft^t (osew
onapatoh. 9.toNton;«^«M aaaiMwer
to rapty;MJoia (Zm.). 8. ooDoqoiallor
W* ghm-pt.
Wl^ 0<nHf(m, ▼. |t« ^fa».jNi dumb.
* IPI'*' «<M»>jMi or fH'CHTV mm*u
|M«9^ a kind of thick blaakot.
ipr^flil^wi^l. tojswn orgrae:
aialaatifliiofthebo47bgr lAratobfaig the
Bnbs and yawiifaig. 3. ataniflo attilada
or postonof sitting: ia^^ipilasi ti4^
a lion's attitode on his vasfnidied loe is
oalledfArAiM.
iv^« ^ iMoMM one irho snbslBla
on salaiy orin^ieB.
QC* I: ^ ^. f« a Und of seared
gNM.
QC* II: 1. VK 4« idaad; isolated
plaoe; limb or part of the globe; diTi>
rfoB «l ]aad% large or small : continent, in
J^'l
f ftlmlotiA Indian senfie : |^'«WPi'|«'()'^*
l^'^^V^ gIM fphan-noi ^y^t-pa UhMyei-
mi tdtihwa fili««l«lMm\l : being of other
continents they are of a diilerent manner
of birth.
jQC*in: a large monaebsy ; a monae-
tery iaolated in ita greatness and separate
from other jnxisdiotion*
|i^*li(*q|*s(^i[i glUi^hen imt^gfUf the
tuehe continents aoooxding to Bon oosmo-
graphy are the f oUowing :— (1) ^^ V««K'
'^'l'^' W QyuA-dtu/H tkoi^bi-gfi*; (2)
(8) 'i^<l'vA^'l*|>^ (^) Bduhia khriffii-
h* jr«« ; (4) "^^•^■'•K^'*'^ (^^) J*'^*^-
Iftha Hkagykyi glM;{6) *S-*S»«»"8^' \S)
T90^nw4 bp^wa gM ; (6) |^-<rim' wji;
(^^) Sbyif^-ipa m^thai^at gM \ (7) ft'^'
^nsri^ls. ((a) Mugyo iBom-gtan gM;
(8) S^i'%W'l«^ (TW) J)g^tgya9 ytm-tan
gUH; (9) ^S'^sgwua^i^ (^^) Tsha(hne4
byamtpabi gHH; (10) ^Xvll'^^lfi^* (8^')
Qno4-^yinmr^gyi gM; (11) %WJ^*
(f n- (^jom) Ton-ian rgyot-p^b^ gM ; (12) ^'
^-|C^'cA-|i;(i|^^) Ein^en fpuHtipabi gM ;
or ?>rtf*|^ (Sa^) Jffol^-mo ^/M (A Bon. fi).
The seventeen sub-continents attached
to the tTreWe continents axe the follow-^
ing>-<l) fir<i^'yicdBs-*ii^- ^ya*-rt>j
rpfoAM bdikhpabi gM ; (2) H'««lS'*K
9f^iuVfoi^^ gMi (8) vfr^f^K
DraH^$roHgro4dul^Mi (4) ««^Av*|v
JTyiMlaii mei^pabi gfi^ ; («) a«»'^'«* i^'
J)m»-ss gtioi^abigM; (6) yi>wK'l|^'
J}riii9i-s« *«^»w s/« ; (7) %|-»^*i*«>iv
^bri^ig miih(hyi gM; (8) V^v^v
sfi^i^*aK'|i;' Jfniaghr%g% gdoUwabi gM ; (9)
|q«-lii*3V)'|^* Siob^ck$n gyai-hyi gM\
(10) w^S'^^l*" A-bthdthrabf gM; (11)
^^q-'^'TQ^I^' JffgriMfia bdui-wabi gM\
(12) ^'^^'^vi^'^iM^' ^^^^ ^^ ^Ao^edt
368 II
gUH; (18) f«i^'^»Af[^'5w»-*vW-«w*i
0/M; (14) yi'K«f«i*|i^ RgyaUmo moJO^
gM; (16) vf^'^tA'QilV m/u»b-^ro mi'
rkun gM ; (16) Aw)'^'|i^' Jfi»am <;^'
0f/i«; (17) f^'99^\^'}i's: Zha4fli§mmMUia
tpr^bu gM ((?. Bon. 6).
I^'ij Qim^ka a garden or plsasurs
grove.
9^'^ gM-tan dispute ; quarreL
^KTf^'ft: Qiin^4kar rdtoi n- of a
district in Tibet.
1^*^ gKH^dar y^ n. of a kind of olocd.
I^'f V gti^Han-ma^ ^ ifftsho iflrq^,
^t^ a lake which contains islands.
g|C*^ gMF^n WW, wfimw a reed-pipe;
a musical reed; flageolet; the common
musical inslnment of herdsmen^ and con-
flists of two pipes joined together; 3s'|^'
phr04^M flute; pieoolo^flute, mostly of
metal; ^^'8^' itge-gM^ geDarsUy written
S'l^' rgythgUf a larger musical instro
ment like a hautboyi used in sacred cere-
monies ; ^F^%^' thitl'HM trumpet made of
the human femoral bone.
I^'i gKH^ana gflm the margin of s
lake or river.
^C:*U(4|9|'q QM^agt^ n, of ibe
chief preist of Gakkm who was bom st
qe;'(!^ 9/$44v'revdlQtion;'inlenuil
dissension: «^i^-^Bn^^w|^'<^%By then
axose much civil disturbance there in
Dikhufl, iji.f among the metfiberi of
the BbriMuH monastery.
ffl gh 9|Wf ^, ^fn, vm long;
ditty; also a tune; |'«!^^«^l<rc^^1
accompaniments of musical perf onnsaoer
etc. ; f «5'5 ihhra^ WW; ^'^^ gat-4af in
actor ; a stage-player \ ^'d^^l^^V fMr
I
l'9\
269
l«l
JMfr' iM^gV^r fftlling of the feet at tke
2nuflic or oadenoe of the song ; ^'I'^^V
gar^gfi pMo-^> itage-inaeter; r^ tiO'pa
the dnonmar ; e '^J^'^r^ ftfiM-tM drum-
beater ; iirl^^^ j>A0ft rdob-pa^ m^; m'»1fl
tkal^m rdob the olapper ; Ks'<l fM-iii tpa
trombone blower; |^V«<n fM-ftn i|iiMaii
the flnte-plajer ; ^« fi-mUl gwA§r^ yiolin ;
*"*'»W jpMWrtI vJbUm the yiolin player ;
5'^ ^Amm the singer; T^*»W por-fJiAaa
danoer; ^'^^n igfur^bag-^khan one
who showii Twiona apjiearanoei in dillnent
endh ai the olown, etc. (jVMofi.).
I'l fkhUfra time in atnging.
9*i^* ffe-tftnH a Uttle eong; ditfy.
1*1^4^ Q f&f-i&m hti-pa to sing a
iweeiiwng.
9 Si^ fh^pa^i tJM^ tinging ; |*
^irt^q-ojH gjhh4ig0H%4cyi i^^^pa-
idun ibe aeren kinds of harmonioal pitch
or meaames of the oompass of the m^ri^l
tones. These are. — ^K'n ter-ma nipr,
^<'C^* drai-irai «m, «'^ M-^dWii niaiT^,
Vrf^ dcug4dan W€m\ f ^ jifo-pa ww;
iV^Pf. Then, too, there axe Taiions
deftniiions ot songs and. modes of aSng-
ing. Snch axe: ^V^'«V^'|^*^*^V^«
r^jfiHjMstf Kt^m-fof ^ye^-pdii ^yatfi, ^*
mF'^rra hkhar^n gtaH-poH igra Ita^
hu, a'^^^^tFVii^ khyu-mehog la^la^
9ktfe9-ni ra-gi sAjforf, %T j'TliS^fR-f^-l^
dtug-lfcu^ rnuhbyaii fkai^llar %grog%^ ^ ^
^V^'W^^^M har^tm khr^4ckrui §grth
mm kMny i-^pmiRTi^-^'^ 6fo-fsfl/ rfo-
fl^^V^^ jifo-pa- fM-togAdan cfai-sa, Mfi«
irr^-^w-sA-^g^m itied-mo thmfor ftM«i«f«
«•'• /i^*-^ rfal-/M W-moAi (Tiyo^ff •V^^'B-yf^n
drag^po Ho^tgUskaT'du^ drug-^ei kkgw
^hog de^Mn-^ *'^*r^•^•'^•W^8^*, H'
5'Wll^a pft^ftyertli kgi Mal-jHi
<^Ifi*«nmc ft stage; a plaee where sing-
ing IS done.
^H^mf^glu iig^^fgMm a singer;
one who sings or ixistmots in singing.
(jir^ofi.).
•A« gkt-rei alternate songs,
|%« flu-hu^nm « 5»W*f f /a «JM«a-
4910 a songstress.
|R ghd a thing giyen as a ransom ;
iV^^ « ransom for life: pt'|N'^*«i'
^*^ Je/«ati* fAfi^da lap itgg^t^oi
slaughter a hund^ld sheep as a ransom
lor him, |^ ^*^* ghi Uh »/a« to ransom a
soape-goat.
^'^ $kKh*$k0A the ransom ofleted to
soma malignant spirit, oonstsling o( cue's
effigy mads of barley or wheat-atcaw, and
ita interior fOled with grain, ediUas, dothf
medicines, and preoious artidea sneh as
goldt nl^^er or coins, and then thrown in
the direction from which the evil spirit
is supposed to bars come. There are
sereral Taxieties of this Und of oeremony.
Xglum or ^'^ iM-gJiiai frssh
ed rice, harley, or wheat, used
instead of malt in brewing besr. w«ll^*
iiq'a$q*Qfi'i^*««*a*ai;*^flirw(i; m'«k*)%
It
860
gi gb»m-mtm fM glum pai^wer.
J^ QU m snuJl mumltiTated idand;
alio ft gtof^; MBM M ^ UM m'i^^
I'l^^jwrn gb hdamhma I. one- having
fhe dueaao in idiioh mine and f caoal mat-
ter paM togetber, m., by the leotom (K.
^ihau^tmi hmmhK a hennaphiodite ;
having neither the sign oi male nor d
female.
gp|lt ^g§ taUe; plate; board; amy
flatpieoe: |^«W^ §g<hgleg§ gO^g^go
there iraa a door panel placed.
%fficm^ ghg%-Qluik abaok]e»olaeporring
attached to the thong.
\l^'^ gkghthag a thongi fto., fastened
round abook.
a^'W ghgttam 9W» nl^ a volume ;
a book; leaves placed between flat boards.
)^'9 gbfi^ ^* ^ label; explained ar
glHl'i^Ki jmnftaAi boaiifoii gra ikag-pa, a
square or rectangular piece of dcih or
paper put as label containing the name of
iKioks, chapters, pages, etc. (J^ag.). 3. a
tiUet 8. ^'?h«'« ftJbr^gfa^iti or «1^
^iMhf09 ft diploma; «^«*)')«1«'B copper
plate or taUet.
1^'si gbghmat v. H^ gleg§.
g4fii*3|c gbgi^ the wooden boards
which in a Tibetan book supply tho
binding.
jp^^^ gbHrwa or )^'<i gMi-pa 4w4 to
gay, converse, relate, describe: V^l«^'^
gtam^ gM^wa or ^fl^')*^'« 0Mi4 ([Mhmi to
relate a story : m rirw^ii'l|a«-^^ hmJa
fna4har $he§ gbti-na§ as the word was sent,
the road is not passable I ^9*rl^'^^«W
^fv I have made this speech: ^H
|i^-i||yr)i^-^qi|-«fcS*^-4A'A-qK-^ai^'V the
rumour spreading from one to another,
unta it csme before the lady. W-|-|s|i(
IS'4 eko§4fpi igrog^gbi hge4ifa to preach
religious discourses; %^1f groS'gMi coon-
dl ; consultation.
h^'v9 gM-^UHJhpo OT ■^•Ssfii gkdHm
fgkhan a story-teUeir.
l^-^ii e^M-liifma hundred thoQssnd
atcries; the title of a book in the ITibAflrs
division of the Kahgyur or Tibetan Bud-
dhist soriptuxes, which contains dxSarent
stories on the bdkaviour of devotees, monks,
nuns, Ac , who adopted the Buddhut fsitb .
and who violated the rules of monastio
laid down 1^ Buddha.
a^K gm-mo or wiF hlhgblL lF^t\
gbi-itjoi wwT, irrfWV, mrf, ^iwnr tslk;
conversation ; story ; account.
K^^ gbii^dU or |i^'^|Mr4 gM ifUlh
pa i7lt|, fii^[ni any subject ; primary csnse:
|vs|%^^-ii gbit^gOi kdi-h ^al^ fmffk in
narration. 1. narration. 2. tbe
cl a discourse (Gv.). 8. table of
contentif ; index. 4. plaoe, scene cf a coa-
versation or discourse.
SJ^'fipi Jim^favi, abhr. of If^r^
l^^'Q gkn-pa da^^-ffcugi-pa^ very stupid end
idiotic: |S|^««KKJ'|T«Vt gbn^gt
Veoi tpyoiJiyi §dug-i9^i the misery of
being stupid, of dumbness and servitude.
Sja^'fl gbn^pa upr, Hf , ^w, fk%, W
stupid, foolish, ignorant ; a thick-headed
fool; an idiot: Jrla-iw^jl^a mm
stupid than a brute : 9s'¥<^*^')<l foob thst
you arei each of you: l^'^t^'^ mad-
dlodones.
1«W«I I 261
IQ'Q fjUh-pa^ pf. !«« ^Mfy to main
flat, plam (C«.); ^'>^'l^ Mhnot^M
make flat.
•Ji JQc^'CI^Mi^yliniil to trampla;
to tread down ; to jraa down by the feet
9pi*C| gknhfM to pgeei, aqoeeae; to
cnuih, aqnash (/<i.).
8J 9^ or f |db» m X^f. nap. «ff^
fito^y 1. iha aide, eap. of iha body: IK"*^^
gh§-pMb^ to lie. down on ome'a nde.
2. aooQgh.
a imall window in (the lide of) a honae to
let in light.
8|'Ql|0fc-i*nin. of a country in Tibet
(Jig.).
I'l*^'* glbh-VfOf^^ w^m^ to ooQfl^ ;
to dear the throat.
f f^ jJMwr»f vr *to-*kar or V^W
«Atfr4BAif4 a amaQ dooor or window.
i^'P 0<9-iMa n. of a ookmr like tha Uood
of iho lungs ;pafe.red.
Ifm ghMug a imall money-bag
attached to the eaah cpr girdle of a
Tibetan.
f^P^q gh hgog9iMmfn^^ or J
3^'Q ^fe tgyog^ to cough; to feel stifled
(4f4oi».).
{'^ym gih^grami WW, n. of a disease.
tfy 9^tn«9 a disease of the longs;
isliima.
y ^fc' ^fe»00o< a disease of the lungs
which insceaaes daring the night.
I^' gh^daH wind-pipe (Cs.).
(fiag.).
?l(«t **.f«W« WX^fwiVr*' ozcessiYe
eipeotoration.
IPI^ 0iHpfr n. of a kind of shield: ir
ha^kar fhib^i rab^la ^ho^tHa^gte, gh-^ir
9ko^fkA>ffior9h0i^kt$4ym thebest£W<.
tfXwr shield costs fiye «Ao and that of Qkh-
|p«r costs a s*o for each disk on it (Jig.).
i^tS ^khfkug place whore things aio
kept— either in a wall or a comsr of a
house, Ac: ^i<r^^^wrfwVrT«»^'*fl
that boy kept the gold in a nkU.
^ Q gkhwa ti^m( fkm the lungs ;
Y^'9T 0<^«Mi bu-IHa the fiye anterior
lobes of the lungs ; f ^-sry gfo..wB maita
the Ats posterior lobes of the Inngs.
^ 9^ glo*^ ^mmvi sodden; adr.
|'8^'^fA>4ifr-<Ai suddenfy ; allon a sadden ;
instantaneoasly : |^a^' V*^**^^'^'^ (^^^
gh-im^'du fnUmal^ ^wati idug-igiMikB
missKy or cakmity of many men dyiog
soddenly. I'S^'^^cw'Q gkhbur-du Ao^f-iM
^mniwone who has come all on a sadden ;
JtV^'^'^^gh^htr^^^idon thesignifloation
of saddBuaess*
f «^'|ir9 Qh^htr tpaUpo a name of
&e King of Tibet aboot 900 years ago.
If 9^'^ gMmr-mid a disease that arises
suddenly.
i^QVQ gh imr^^wa suddenness.
if Qi^^ ffMiar a^iTW a projection;
uprising : ^-^'l^^i »ur^du gdot^pa to rise
up into sitting postore.
ft^ gUH/mb wind-pipe.
Jj;^^ gbhkhw^ eonrulsions of the lungs}
cough.
Ipll
flfT, ^Wnr, ^nraTi ^W*T, ^q^^> ^WT
liglttning ; flash of .. lightning ; l^'iMi*
<?|Mqq-«Wgi;q ^n-phan^tskm bthab pa
hihyu^rwa that produoed from theoon-
eaasion or oollision of oloadi. The naioea
ol difhreni kinda of lightning are men-
ikmed in the £iA-^yiir :— |^^>qt\«a( gjog
piuiv^i'^n the lightmng with flash ; ^
jpf'^S fbg-^htg hoi the lightning of dense
Initie^aheet-Hghtning; ft»*<'9^«^^fo^-
lMb0« phre^-oan the lightning of beoutifal
atringa or aig-aagd, fto. {K. g. \ US).
The lightning that oomea from the south is
•ailed fS'^iJ*' ikai^gifa-pa, that of a
hnndred ratUsa; that ooming from the
west is oalled ^'^'^V'^ ho4'liam§^pay that of
fading Inatre ; that whioh oomee from the
north is oalled Wi'^T' tg^un-gyi Itdag^
pa^ loid of stnaming flashes (JT. g. ^^ SHU)*
Syn. H^«rqj-a Jifug^pa irgtfa-pa; l^gS^'
|«i gfihi^sAcn ^e^; |t8'jT« 9prin-gy%
hug-ma ; ^^S'^n (per-hod can ; ^v^ /fi^
phra; ^^'H^' hb-^ithuH; fS'^^S tka^g
Aoi; isHtw'* thf^-ifig gmUioa (4f«o».)
¥rf 4 flog-Uan nf^ full of light*
ning; flashed dond.
ifC*9^* QMUka^ n. of a place in
Tibet poroper and also in S[ham.
Sk-ai^"|^»A-f r^' QloUhaH igrtm-mabi
Iha^khaH n. of a monastery and temple in
Eham.
i^^ gbg'pa t^q silyer.
m'cA'^ glog-paii^tkxit n. of a disease
mentioined in grammar, but not found
in the medioal works. Aoa to Id. |^^
iaanothernameof the disease oalled ]|t^
thog-passeajkom:.
202
^T*^(
SJV^ afofprr= fS'^ ftorf-jia to , relax ; io
Joosen ^V«'<rJ(i ieas-pa-^knisi^^w^f^
hdatn^-pthghi daoken binding; %mrl^*4
to relax Ihe mind, be at ease; l^w
J^*^'^*"!^ gloi-la tgyu%-d» i^hugi yoa
may stay here always with easy mind;
•rqi^si- J^q^ fna^MuH ma^loi^par wiUumt
any regard to takmg or giring.
31^*^ gUm-pa or |^'4 glan-pa L to
return an answer ; to reply. 2. to psieh,
mend.
If. ^^I'fl gla$^ or iTw*! fmsiff^fw
stupidity ; ignofanoe.
)^«n'4 ghhphab-pa to lie on one side or
on the side : V«*)'^>(^'>n'<Fn«'Q'f B to
lie on tlie side like an ox lying down.
^*ip|'q igag^pa, fut. of ^^^^ to hindar.
SSjsj Tf^cgfllB igag^pa daH bral^wa^^m^
^S^ igag-pa rne^a f^Mif open ; with-
out let or hinderanoe ; unobetmoted.
^^'\ 4gag-phye, T. STT^'Ss igcg-^
mrftif stopped; obstruoted.
^^'^9'8^ igag^ibye hye4 vm^ ons
who stops or obstraots.
tihig w %e( word of prohibition ; objeotion.
4ka^a'%jkKKi hard to fill up.
^q|C*q (fgaUHPa^ fut. of ^^vq kgeit
iTdT, to fill ; fill up.
S'^'\^ 4g^'iiug ^^i ^ ihnm a Isdk
to pour butter in sacrifioial fixe.
i^qp-q|« 4gafUgzar imjt saoariftoial spooxi
or ladle: i^•5*^'8'1'«■9^S'V^'e*^^*|Tr8
fbyin-sreg ilug^ hyei-kyi gtar-lu doA ifspo^
tki^'bu there are two kinds of spoons in koff»
W^l
863
WWI
■Mrifloial fire, one is luge called ^gai^
fMar^ aad tlie other unalier Vug*gmr^
whioh is used to poor butter on fire.
tree, the tree resembling tiger's feet
8yn. n'^^q iiaf^ rka*^ ; >^*«>
^f^'W^ igad^tfa-wa full to the brim;
replete: f^-^'^vfi-^^ iHat-du khedhma
^«ip'q igtA^poj fut. of ^^'^ bg^hpa.
^^% 4gdfhl>y^ garment; dxeas
^f^^ iga^wa w^, fNPTw, i|«W, Wit
^4^» wwp^ i1jc» thw, iwT, tfir, m^,
Ww, viiYw, ^VTWIit, ^wi, ffH, Whpr 1,
delight ; happiness ; joj. 2. vb. neat, to
rejoice ; "W^i-^i^-fl to be pleased ; V^r^w
^^<i to be displeased; also S^'i^'|S'<i to
make glad: ^^ was displeased: WQ'
^fl^'^ rejoicing gieaUj.
8yn. ^n ^gu'wa ; VWQ raii-pa ; f''^
ya*^^ ^'fl** *S^' ^it-ran; ^va ^^y#|.
/>« ; •!h"'' V«ei-ji« ; *«'^ i9him^fa ; l^•|^
#ii«ifi^a ; ^'V^ ralHrigab ; ^fi^i |4^
9Ur^a (JKfion.).
V!^H^ igab^rkgad (5Rr^|i) n. of a
laige numerical flgm:e (Fo-stf/. rff).
Sf^'i^4ff(^9kg0§ in Toy pleased ;gkd.
S^|-a«|-^fW 4ga^^go minium the
abbreviation of the names of the three
plaoes situsted to the west of Lhasa,
mo4ui and liS 2U^, in each of which
tiiere is a monasterj.
S^l^ i9^0rog§ loTcr; spoose;
wife ; an intimate friend {MHon.).
Vt^M iga^igu #i^ interooorse ; asso-
ciation; merriment; MP^W-* ^sW^iir
Vlf^P^ <ii^^I to perform oonji^gal
rites; also to indnlge in 8e]^aal enjoyment.
S^s^ S'S"^ Jfga^^can gyu^do^ the 54-
<rfl of S^i«^ Vffak^ufa^.em in (Zl A i
4^i), which contains :— f^^1^'«A>l^l^«'
^ <ro^ gfio4-pab% net4nugi ^ (10) ; PJ-^f
teu (10) ; K'^^>A>s-^«^-^iq|.«'|| ^
Mud^waii 9e$>4mg§ ium^iem io-lfla (36);
His^mig^ icu (10) ; *| «Re|^*>|-^*^ij
hg^par ggem-pabi H^Hmgi teu (10).
festival.
1^1' 49ai'§i(m-§kge§ psodneiiig
^T'V^')^ igahnUm §bgin ^mi an astao-
loger ; water.
VP'^ 4g^id$, coUoq. <<fWMb/'
]oj and happiness.
SV •^^ *j»»wfar or ^-i^F^u^ 4g^
tDobi kka^g% a soarl presented for plsas-
ing or consoling ; a searf of oongratalaijon.
'n^'^V* Cgai^gOad n. of a monastery
near Dapong which has an orade and a
divinity called Ghudcng Ohokyciig, whose
duty it is to cause rain during a drought.
S^'f}^ I: ]^gaHdm O^^n) gf^
a paradise of the Buddhists; the residence
of those sainted beings who enjoy beati-
tude, which is the peculiar privilege of
the Mdhdgana Buddhists. It is piesided
*f^'vl\
264
^'l'\ I
<rf^ by tile coming Buddha, now the
BiMimtha Maitreya. The gods redding
in it are said to li?e 4,000 yean, the
duration of a day of whibh is equal to 400
human years; and the length of one's
body is a forlong (Sorig.). «^'Q'Vm*
BW*^^*qHfi^'5rt owing to Lord
ICaitreyas' spiritual and temporal rule
the celestial people are possessed ol the
joy of a righteous life.
^qp,^[^ n: (pronounced Oftndan) the
great monastery of CHlndan situated 86
miles N.R of Lhasa, which was founded
by the Buddhist reformer Tsong-kha-pa.
It contains twentyndz dirLuons or wards
for the residence of monks. 9'V'S^'|f«
Ch/TO'M jOgd^4ion the quarters for the
residence of the monks of Qftndan are
divided into two seofcions 1. called 9'^'
^'V^*t^ grfm49kaiH goi Bya^ti^e which has
the following divisions or psw'^ khami*
tdiani—0) V^'^V Har-ffcM; (2) «••*?
99am-gh; (3) !|« Sre^io; (4) ^'«i JjAa-
pa; (6)^T^' g$er4AaH; (6) ^^ «*-
ra; (7) W^^ t^ibum ; (8) gi> Brag^fli;
(9) ■Iflw-ii-; (10) f^'^' SgyaUrat; (11)
^ Oihwa ; (12) 1f^« Eai-po ; (13) «^-
^« MMhri§ {Lad. '^ U)* 2. called
v A'Xs|'-^'f grvo'UtiailL bog (^ot^tiMj which
has the following diTisions or pw^
kham'tshan:—{l) 1(7* 5efo-*Aa<; (2)
«-r^- PhoJfhaH; (8) f «i iAo-pa ; (4) n^
mg^\ (6) t'\ Oihne; (6) V5 The^;
(7) t«^-« Zuti^hu; (8) ^T* 8og^; (9)
«^H itt»*m; (10) ww'M MXat^rii; (11)
• c Oha^; (12) ^'B i?a<-iw; (18)
qa'v (^tdl-n« (£o/i. a, !>&). The name
Gandan is generally fixed before the
of monasteries and institutions
which belong to the J)gab4ig$^a cr
Gelug-pa sect. i
formerly the residence of Sang ijpon^
phihbroA near Lhasa (Xc^ % 18). 2. the
residence of King J)gak4iam T%h0-wQ/k is
situated to the back of the royal monastery
'of TihihmfhgUii in Lhasa: yrq;^^'f^-I'
S^'lf^'l'q ]fga^l4an khrupa the Imssl
successor of Tsong-kha-pa in the ecclesias-
tical throne of the great monastery of
Qdndan. He is the chief of the ordinary
non-incamate lamas and occupies tibs
third place in the hierarchical precedeooe
of Tibet.
gtii n. of a monastery in Higher Tibei
It is a yery common name by wbidi
several monasteries are designated. ^
S^ f^ W*Vi|^' 0gdh4ian Phm4Aogi
gliU the monastery of Fhunta'o Ling situa-
ted to the west of Taahi-lhunpo in TMDg.
It contains a large number of bloek-pimts
and religious works. It was (f oimeily)
Lama Taxanatha's monasteij. ^'V
fikra-^'lhun^p^ mib^la f^ Jo-nOk
t^rbehnia ihabi igon-pa yin, I'^fpf^a*
If^'^'f ^'^^'9^'^'^9hi^^ug tkughtUm
daH^ ohoh'kyi phar ma^-pa yo4^
S«!^f^«g^' JOgab-ldan phoJn^ also
called t^^SF^ Sde^pa ^aJM tii-^ Ooron-
ment-house in Lhasa, also the GK)T»in7Qe^i
of Lhasa (5^MY.i>i).
S^'fS 4gah^9py(4 ws^^kr entertam-
ment ; merrimeut ; ai^o good
iS^f«^|
365
^«i|q-^V^yj-«^ I
of dieerfiiliMis and entbanaim.
the dl-good; thai esiatiby itodf ; tbe em-
bkm of purity; puritytyiofled. 2. n. of
a gem. 8. the knag's pekoe.
^w^RbV^^H^^^ ^^^W^*4w^^W %^^F^^^^*y*
oneol fhe namee of Yiahⅈ one of e
hnndzed Jcya (Jfiloii.).
AMriflw or |reK-»i kkgim^pa^ cho§y
lezaal enjoymeiit (J^ltoi.).
pleeeue; one delightiiig in aenal plea*
8Qiee;*in0t« aoodk.
Vl^'v^^ 49^1^-^ M« the four pkeaniei
cr delighii ere the f oUowing :— (1) Ipf^r^
<J^^^^ ifaV-ew erf-Mf pfa-fa 4^; (2)
k ig^i (8) Wr*^««'^^ #W4» g^o<4f
4g^l (4) VwMV'l^r'rW M^tgm^
^^*e-«V^ jPga^HM k<44pkro n. of
Atii^ft'a raddsnoe efc Nye-tliaag neat
Jo-Mi «a*MI «JM Offa^wa M4f^
•he§^i¥ g/» {A. 98).
mn the BrtlmieQe at wboae leqeeat the
Kaahmman poet Kahemendra wrote Ava>
dina Kalpel^* and aoTenl other Sanskrit
^^f^tH-^^'o n:W^(iifi {Sehr,, Butt.
18U, 99U).
^^eft S'4| ^gak-wibt Im^ga tfvif^ the
female osgan.
^|w1%ii; ff^H^ khpab-tjug a name of
Yiflhnn (Jfloa.)*
tgg^hP^ lf^g9i4%hal tojbI gaidens ; alao
«r^^Tlw the oeleatial gardens.
(^) n. of a plaoe;'^'9^ f^^P^ogi the
Orient, ibe East (JT. tf. S i»d7).
W^^ igai-Wttti ro ^^[kV9 aemal
anjojmsnt*
^T'A'«*^^^w»-iMi«i a?-fff*ithefeiiie]e
organ.
8 jn ■iT' n¥H[lag% , •i*^ itte-frfafaM
(JKlleii.).
^T**iS igai-wati ib4 fimv for tbe
sake of pleesora.
W^ Is *«»-ice#" i*erf» W»l* ^^«».
^roff or •<f^*VT* mdMi^-grogi or. JS'V iya*-te
a friend; sweeiheert ; a hnbsend (JfioM.).
^/T^-m'tHm #p»l-iMv friMf iimr lore-
bomid ; bond of lore.
•^^•' x: igat^w^ ^^ {Sehr.; JH. »,
69).
^itfv, xi9iWt finvrCi s[1^ Bima, thp bare
of the epio Bim&yana; n. of a dond«
n. pr. (&Ar.; Ti. 9 IQS)^ imat to or fond
of Nanda (the dslighifal).
S^IS'Vr*^ l?P«» hge4 Dgra^9ta^m
n^QfTVf the'third aooepted inoamation of
Yiahnn; his othsr names are— ^B'^'st
V.
Opalhpo dta^ma^ vwr^'^w Ag^niii 9ra§ i
9kyn ; 'I'r «'«n 9t^on-eha ii^khan ; t VfQ
S^'9^ Aga^i igai^iyei (4|Moi}.).
^^ '^'V 4gab^e4 fM ff% the tree
oalled I '9^'^ tpyi-^hur gM.
Syn. «T^'dS gduH byeg; 91^*^^ lu^ ^an ;
'ff^'^^fm igai'ibyam niRTT she who
IB full of enjoyment ; a number.
^fl^w jPga^ma Tfil, TUT, ^ir, wfiniT
the beantifal ; a name of Bati, the wife of
Gupid; ^^••««)S^ J)ga1hmahi idag'^Sk^^
the husband of Rati.
S^* igab'fno iftfir good ; loyely .
^«p-4^ 4gai^t9hati^'^'^ yag-po, «i«'2i
izaH'po and ^^'Q legt^pa good; fine;
handsome : ^'^cai'^iSi-lS^^^'fc'jii «|«i-3K.
among them there was one artide which
was very pretty (-4. li).
to be suffioiently pleased (KAn^, 32).
S^'^\^(fgab i^i-pafm-^mTX: possess-
ed of the four joys— piety, wealth, men
and lands: «^(X"^«vqV^*'"*^^'''^«'
choi nor miM'^i ^chom-paii iga^ ishi^pa,'
yip'om 4ga^ya9 fkw%, boundlees joy
or pleasure.
S^'*^!'^ ig^ib-yi ^kye^war fw^rw^
bom or grown out of joy or enjoyment.
Vf^'^HJI ffgai^rab Rdo^je n. of a
celebrated Ijama of the S^tog-chen sect
of the t^m-im School (Grub P IS).
Vr^WV^S^ Pgab-rad i^a^phyug
the Lord of Love, Cupid.
266
^^1
WU« tga^^rMi fSHicfii mefc. for the
hog [^4ong in copulation "; a dog]&
S^P^ iff^ 1- T^' of a place; n. of a
district in Tibet* 2.s^^'^* itga^^mr
^^'^ rafl-4gar at pleamire, 0fd UbUumi
frq. ^'W^ chu4gar what is your pleasioe;
according to «/a, whyP
^'ip^'P igar-^wa w^^sir to separate;
confine ; place apart (men, cattle, goods) :
^^'iS'l^ igar^aii phugi cattle to be
penned in a fold ((7«). ^aprifir^^'q g^^h
iMTf (fgar-'wa to banish from a place; to
exile; ^T^'^**^^-^ igar^waH don-^ in
spedal sense; in particular {8ek.). In W,
^^gar^te bar-ee'* to set apart, exclude, shut
out ; to lock up, shut up ; to lay up or by ;
to preserve (Ja.); JOgar-rgya co-ce to
store up.
*\V^ igal-wa^ fut. of ^^'^ igel-wa.
S^'fi igod-pa, V. ^^ ^ bgai-pa ; IK'T
S^t Ber-ga 4g(f9-^ to have oraoks or be
cracked.
S'S ^9^ ^- '"^^J ^'^ igu^icu or ^
«'}'W*' rfjrw-}«i ^Afffw-jw ninety. 2. as met
=many: «\5^'Wf^^ 4gus^ihab9 fpagi
gathered by many efforts, with great diffi-
culty. 3. also sign of plural : f^v^fpc
I'^g khanii'gmm tkye-dgu the people of
the three worlds: fr<^^'R'i|^S5'J|«'«r^
this man says many things he knows
not. ft«^Vi^J|n-B one who knows every-
thing; l^'S^ or fl^^ many talks; many
things to say; j'^^q^i^'ZI Skye-^guH
kdag^po mmrf^ the lord of all living
beings; |M^«IST« Skye^igubi idag^
^9mtfii, wnTV the name of the step-mother
who nursed Gautama Buddha; ^'^
those that are; the existing many or
beings ; ^^'^SAgt^ the goods that one
has; property; ^»^'^ the. many gcod
"SW^I
267
^^^l
and lame ; also V^^V^'^I^ a lui^^dod
4$^ iffur-wa to be Qhanged, trans-
fanned ad OMwn; M'^i^ q Han^u thub^
pa Qua who oan sapprem the wici[ed; obo
to overoome every evil : '^SS'^^'Ss'ti ^^'S9'
*• m^eif 4ga^bye4 tm^jfoll 4g^yofi^
•ooording to C«., t/5., if you do many
tlungs which ought not to be done, many
things will take place which ought not to
take place ; ^•i^S ^T^ft IV^ not count-
ing open death among things to be
thought of; ^f^ 4gu4shn the chair or
Mnvejance for the many, $^., for the
dead; litter ; bier {Ja). ^%^'^'4(^ 4ffu^
eM iea^^Mit the twelye continents
mhabited by living beiogs. Here 4gu
would seem to act as mere plural sign.
^a^ 4ga-gtw dlerings made to evil
sprits on the 29th day of the last Tuonth
of flie Tibetan calender in the monasterioe
of Tibet- ^^•^•il'iiifl*-^ q^|q-^-^M-
^'¥t 49U'^thub able to subdue the
many; one full of resouices; the all-
ooDquering one.
"VS^ 4ga'pa the ninth; having, com-
priamg, meaauzing nine^ e.g,^ j ^jq khra
49u^, measuring nine cubits (in length,
hdght, etc) ; ^a« 4gu.po wmf the ninth,
tte nine^ thode nine; ^^'^ 'ht^4gu nine
times.
V|^ 4gu^hrug9 or ^^ 49i*'9aebt
as^ge of meditation which is dependent
upon tiie legolation of the breath ; fti^'
l^*li^«^-H r/M igam^pa^i dui^ dU.
1K>. The fbnrt stage in the regulation of
the breath in the art of meditative con-
<Mitmti<m.
V dgii-toa 1. vb. to bend; to maka
looked. 2. sbdt. the act of bending,
atoopiiig, bowing; inflection. 3. adj.
bent ; stooping.
^'t^ 4g^f:i9eg§ n. of a yellow flower
(C«.).
M'*V 4fif'tMgf or ^^wjH dgu-
ickigi ikga^mo the milky-way oonstella.
tion.
8yn. ^•fAj-^i^ nam^f^kaH ^kye-
^•»B^Bf dga-zi gM'^po ma n. of the
enohanted sword of Grugtm iisan^po; one
of the esrly kings of Tibet who wasassa-
sinated {Ytg. 68).
Sl'W^' Vgu-ffshuA n. of a place in
Tibet iSMi. 70).
S*3^'*' 4gug^pa, v. •5T«» bgug-p(*r
^T8^' 4gag'bga4 uigent call ; ^T«H^
4gug-gthttg^^'^^'^ igug^ugt id.
S^*^' 4guA ^Tfw generally applied to
niidn ght, but at times to noon as well.
Sometimes is made equivalent to 5«^' guH^
but properly speaking S^^' dguH signifies
sublimity, loftiness and also profundity;
and 51^- guA signifies the middle part,
«ntre. Vw:*^**ia^' i« sometimes writ-
ten as >1 V*^ V I The direct sense occurs
in V^flfT^-^^'^-I^P ri nUhon^po 4guii^la
tftegt-pa^ a high mountain rising aloft;
W*V«f*^'SMrii=VW-^5^- at noon,
the middle of the day (Ufag.).
Wn 4git*Mag division of time.
^S^**r^ 4gu^i!*hab midnight sky.
^^'•^ 4gai^har^9^'^ ehar-pa rain
(IT/roii.).
. S3^1^' dgni^inM a yeajr; a year of
one's life.
^^'^ 4gv*'ihig the meridian line ; "SS^'
H^^-^ 49^ tkif^gi dkgiUmo*^ the
meridian circle.
^t^!
26S
^^'^\
tftyt-pt gone to hoaven, *.«•» dead.
^a^cqc^i; ifgud'idun seven nights; a
sy^ "^'i^ 4gfift-do^nab thiB erenlug ; to-
night.
seated steadily without moying or leaning
on any side; rused to the Ay,
S5^'* igad-mo Tffir the early night;
evening ; the time from 4 f.m. to 7 p.m.
NS^'^ 4guH^hag a day's halt ; halt.
^i;'ii'^4|«<i ^gui^la reg-pa touching, the
sky ; the meridian.
^^'V 4gui»h the age of a respeetAhle
or high personage: ^•^w^•^5^•< •»«* «*«*«-
kgi 4guik-h what is your honour's age P
pa an elderly person, 61 to 72 years old
tfA^»7 the middle of the sky.
^^3j 4gm frfw; W^ rf^inJw.the
winter.
•WSy'* igun-gyi tgy<i^fM {8chr.;
8U C).
^9^y^ igun-ni fdog the winter sol-
|*s'V| kh&r-thig the line of the winter
BoUtice ; the tropio of Oaprioom.
^^9{ils4gun^oiiSieflxfA^^oi winter.
^ijj( '^gsi ^guH'ibrum winter grapee.
Si^'fS 4gun'fina4 f'ff^ tl^«»ter part
of the winter season ; W!^T^' Vl rf^«-
9to4 kha (Iu9 hetnanU^ time of snow in the
beginning winter; WrN'SFV' time of
eold, about the end of the winter
{Sim.).
winter time.
^9^1 49^^^'^ the mid-winter mondu,
|-qqj<i »fa-if(i icU'P'i, J'^'^^J'^H^ liwfa
icu-geig.'paf l'**'^'MV'''« »&-wa J<?«-^w|-/>fl
S3<^|^'<^' 4gun'%la tha^hulk m% the
month of January-February.
oember-January.
Wl'^*'rff •*»-«*» ••ff-iTfl «nin?Hf Janu-
ary ' lit. tne beginning of the jear^ U,
NoTember-Deoember.
W 4gun^m ^fmm WlW winter
residence.
^«IJ»I'C| 4gunhpa, fut. of '^^'^ *^»-
pa.
S%^ I- rf*«<^ crooked: <9^SV^
4kyib%^gur ua of orooked stature : *w J«
kyta fu$-kyi9 4g^r'Wa tshugs although the
mind may bend, yet do not let yoiir body
bend («*«.): ^'^ rgt^r^Mg stoop
downl %^^ 0jrifr.i?e writhing (with pain);
w'T W to bend ; to submit ; to humbl*
onp's self; •T'S^^ a crooked-back,
fl|4|'^^>^ drawn bent hands.
Syn. f^ rgur; %^ igur (4f^o«.).
^qj2^ II : many ; aU ; '^'^'S^^^
Si^'^'^SSi'^ ikhw^'kyi 4kyil'hkhor jf«f
4gHr yaH yo4 dgur signifies *s «» 5^ pi-!^
kun all or all of those existing.
^■I'^'^lf 4gur'bgro a snake ; one of *
stooping gaif.
^5^5 4gur^po anything crooked; »
orooked man ; |^« igti^r-po hump-backed;
^^'K 4gwr'mo a crooked woman.
\'^ 1 : 4ge-iC(i wfti, lJin^» Wit V^
. , WRH, ftWt '^^ Jirf, ^t'J'J
^f^ happiness, welfare, virtue ; also adj
happy, propitious, yirtuous: S^**^
S^^
•f
^•^1
369
^^•^I
»t^-
^f B^wa V mm a Tirtoons mind; «r^^'«'
'^^^ <•§ ^^MM mi'^ff0»i9m Tirtuoiii and
eyfi MtiDiii; ^'^X^ 49^waii fiM.
M fondaoMiitid iMom: ^^r^f HV
^Hl^r^ (MMM mighty tot of Tixtus
dioiiUi be parformed {A. 6S) ; ^^T
1^*1 ^^f^ iky«ff« to oaaoeiTe the idea
of a nMEftorioof aot. Thwo «e two kindf
4^0<^M and ^A^^-^ wa fm B iif i igMoa ;
tiieloniiflr, oalled 99 oor ^'V^ i^oi-nami,
beloiigs to tlie worid of denresaiid k mib-
jeot to deoay; flie lattw is undwbrootible,
oonaifitiiig d tiie mdnriiig ivorki of piety
perfo g med bj iaisto bdongiiig to the fM*
%^ kkmrn go^-fm wapmat itatsa of ed0t-
coMs. Thore aie two oUmt kinda of ^pe^iM^
▼ia.:— ^^rpri'^e kdn-bfo^^k^ 49^^wa
and ^^^vrl'^^e »<«Mt.4fw iyaf^^* 4ge.
«0B, the foniMr coofliflla of worka done for
gain or happinen in this world; ^^'TVf^
^"S^^ tdtm'^ ifoi-pati igf'^^ oonsistsin
paying levwenoe to and woorahqiping the
Tathigata and the inoamate saints. S^^
maj mean fasting, ahatinenoe, as in the
phrase ^t^ 'f^^ ige^wi ^ntH^^ca, to fast,
to abatain from food. Akoafans, charity;
that which is done as a zeligioiis work.
^^^^^^^ p 4g^ gfM 499 benerolenoeB
bestowed or given in one's life time when
^q•^XV«"^•9^ 49^^ioa hdoi-par iye4
wishes for prosperity; aR-^l|-q'^'
fsC ^^SHM la iitg^tftm-pati 4ffe-wa dai^
inhfi^t^^bihdaiJpa^ (fffe^wa ffo4. ifge-wa
sve of two kinds-^he worldly religions
woika, and the .same for spiritual onl-
tnres ; the former oonsists in *n*'^9 phar'
regarding
f father or knowing him as sooh; w^j^-ii
mtnfei'Pa knowing the m
grateful to her ; to regard
^^l^'V'^'''*' #jw.|6yrtl-Aipa|.jw to Tenerate
or revere one as a member of the Buddhist
chnroh; 9F^'^^bram-urf$hpaioiHifwA
or pay homage to a Brihnum ; M^l'^*^'^'
WrtrVrKa rifnJtpi m«hm tf^n^ h
rim^fro bffei^ to pay reiipeot to the ddeia
of a Isntay; \^'^i^'^ i/byin^ (MUw
to giro alms in dharity ; S<^q| dg^Jftcu the
observance of the ten yirtuons acts; ^V*^
^'"^' kA^^fH igwdatl the nine SainJtdra ;
V^^ dioH'Pti ft^ the ten remembrances.
S^* i^ it^-ih^ lil^ ohaim ; good
•ppearanee; n. of a goddess.
^fl 4r»4lyoiis|pi'i^*9 ikgan pirate
hv iVf^'f^ §kfon cui^4 elighfly dsfec
tive; a little fault.
S^f^ 4ffe^9kpo§ or S^^m ige^^%kf09,
^Mfmeiftai a supervisor or director of
monks in a monastery. A sort of pso*
Tost*sergeant in the larger monasteries
who keeps strict order and puniahea trans-
gressors. He is also called ^'^|sMi'4 ^ji^^
ikhrkm-pa in some monasteries. BocUiill
calls this officer at Eumbom the Ge^kor.
ST^ Og^tgan I: sorety; moral
bail; a monk that is made answerable for
the moral conduct of another who is
placed under his care (JS.).
S^'4)^ n: Ut. an old man of the
reUgious order. ^^^iT^ff*! ige-^Mm
rgan^pa ordinarily signifies a sohool-
mq«ter, tutor: ^Hf'I^^Wfcr^^V*^
both the spiritual teacher and worldly
teacher.
^S^ 9g^-rgg^i n. of a celestial region
{B. eh. ($).; one of the JRupa^Mu or
worlds of form.
^•MTOI
970
-S^'^W f
IL of ft noiiagtnj niw SMii-je fooadBd Ij
JBhr^lUm^ irih of Xing JDrf-M* deku-
ttarii.
\^'^^ it^ Arl-iMfliiS<^f«' novioe monk.
S^^ rf^ft«»^^^«» rflp»-twr^«» the
tsn tirtoeSyivIiidhLiMMfQlbws — (1) 4^^
i|«S-^ wtogmt^BQi^pa, (3) ir|ir^-ft%4 mo-
Ifriw^Hrr m-lm^pa, (8) ^MTwf ^ci <cMl-
JMrr iptoi^^ (4) 4^<^'|*^ frdim-jMr imitr-
<M», (fi) HwrQ^f q iMg yam-par tmea^
mh (8) ^frMq*q Hag mi^okal^wa^ (7) f
v^K^ pktthma mi-bgei-pa^ (8) «m*iX^'
^HMT^frfi^'Q g$km^t nor4a hanh^a mi-
In p^oi-paV fMNf ffij-ft|ty#d[ j>a, (10) ^^'^
«A-9'q paiMxg^ptiV tta^wa. Those aie :
not taking life; not to take what ib not
gxfen; to obeorve purity of moralB; to
qp^ak the tmtk; to apeak gently, politely;
not tofareakftpKonii8e;notto apeak dander;
not to ooiret anothar^e p ro p er ty ; not to do
miaiduaf or thinkof doing injnxy to otherB ;
to ngaxd the p ow at dootrine.
^^t igi'dim Bftoed water.
StV^' Dd^-^^ one of the eeleetial
legions.
dM'dag ehm^-po m^i-^ without aome im-
portaat object or hoaixieM: vijf^'q^'S^i'
IK'Wi|an'^')^ if iliare be nothing Teiy
importantto be done qmoUy, woxk aooocd-
ing to oixoiunstanoe (D fet. 7).
^^^'i tft^-WiM virraii Bnddhiat
devotee with only eight towb to obeerye.
^'fi|^«r^«q Dg0-i§Sm Ohoi-^pkel the
original name of «i5« f^ fi-* ^•l^
Hbronh490m Jlfgjfai^tthi ibgai'^ai the
hieranhy <rf
founder of the Bt
ISbet (Orkb. ^ S).
female Bnddhiat denrotee.
§kgob (Sohr.).
q*qnfS*»MprgK%'|^ ige-iton r*y«i ^<i-
gi f^hm^gyur kg^-^pel bya^tgyu r^mh
khge^-roH la ikoi-ij^gi ff4an gofUHar.
S^f^ ig^tto^ propitionB prognoatio.
ttkud-pa an unintemipted paymant of
allowanoea or endowments attached to
seligiooB offices or institationB; aoonneoied
series of pious actions or works ; also the
perf onnanoe of some religioas obserraiLoef
by several persons one following anoflier:
|f^*af*^' VW^'^Hf^'*!**' q^-^<^ i^-qnn'^* J
drui-^IAar^da gtm^rM ifda^-pa bUko-wtr
ige^itkudbabt dcA the estimated permanent
allowances to the I>tu^klMr (dvil em-
ployes) for food and lodging (2>. ed. ^,
S^JF^fT^' Pge-drttH tta4dM n. of a
monastery in Tsang.
S^^^^ ige-bduHj «|>, the third com-
ponent of the Baddhist tziad or Vf^
'tfi'^IV* may be rendered as ^ihe priest-
hood," '' the assemblage/' or "^ the ohnich.'*
The term • dge^kdum is composed of two
words, ^^ ige and^^ hdun\ ^^ ^Am
means ^^^'d hdoi^pa desire: ^^q-^WQ'
|qtfK-^^\W^^^q<^«f ige^^ca-^oH ihar-jfA
igrulhpar bdoi^pa§ na dge^bdun he is 5^
^Vi ig^-^dan who longs for piety and
emaneipation: ^^•^^•■*|'«rV»«'^«^'V^
dge^hdun ttsun-pa rnam iM9Mh$ giol
I beg the venerable body of monks would
hear me. In this sentence 4gp^dm bt
^^•^Wl I 371
^^fVJ^' f
tke general meaning of an aiBemUj o(
religiaiiB folk. There axe m partioolar two
haiM of ^^ 4g^4dim: «l^|'rt^^
^^ MNior li^y^M* ^pi^dbm the osdinary
dargy, and ^»^«*S^«V tphag^pa^
ige^dum the lainted olecgj. Fourindrri-
dnals of the fonner elaM ooUeotiveljr, ue^
when they afleemhle together, form what
IB oaDed Sa^gha-ratna "S^^^^f*^ (fc^tf-
tdun ikom^9iohog. An indiTidnal of the
latter olaea. i ^.^ the sainted olergy, maj
Buigly form the Baygka^ainr*. The
Sajfha of the MahAyina Sohool diilered
frnn thttb of the Hinayftna School. In the
Ahkiumaya of ICaitreya, twenty daaaee
of So^hft ase ennmevated as belonging to
the Hbmjrina Bdhool. TheS^r&Taka, Bra-
tyeka Bnddhfty Bodhisattra and the Dhar-
maptia, who protect Bnddhiam,. aie also
mdnded in the J&iyirAa-r^fui. ^'^'^i'^
9^*1 ige^tdwn^la rag^hti'pa w^fuftw be-
longing or Bubjeot to the ohnroh ; ^^^^'
«r^*e ige^hdun-la ntH-wa m^^nm eoitable
for Ihe nee of the clergy.
^^^%^ iffe-hdun 9kye§^t^ri^ 1.
n. of a mediflinal plant; ^^' gab^mH
(Hit) mysiic. 3. n. of a lama.
^'^Wl'V ig^idun^gyi du§ |wPina
belonging to the months following autnmn
when the lamas perform religious medita-
tionfl| &o.
^t^VM ig^hAm^ni vie the elerical
order or class of the clergy.
'^^9't^K*' ige-bdun^i dien hyei^
pa If ilili one who prodnees diflsrenoea
or disonioa among the clergy ; to produce
sQoh disunion.
^^WS'** J)g^-hdun Sgjfo^ifiMo n. of
fte Dalai I^una who died in 1851.
f oondsr ol the hiecavohy of the Dalai
jkkgir for the purpose of aasembKng; the
clergy.
clergy of the IffahisaitghiVa Sohool.
•^^^V'O' ige^hdun hphel tnnTw n.
of a Bnddhist saint; pr. (Bckr.; 2Vf. 97^.
•^•^^•^«W Qge^un V>a^9 #WfTW
n.pr. {8eh.;Td.9,l»7).
tf^ n. of a Bnddhist sage pr. {Sekr.; Td.
t, lOJi).
S^f(^ **»-»wi=S^«J«S ige^wa eon
possessed of virtne or of piety; pious.
^'^n Jlfge^ldan-pa a name of the 'A'
q^ q jPge^lugi^ sect of Lamas foonded
by Tsong-kha^Mt.
^^IK ig^'^pgoi religious acts; ace. to
the Ban-po ^Ts 4ge-fpyo4 consists in erect-
ing tombs, images, eaUga^ painting of
holy personages and printing of the sacred
texts, making moulds of images of gods
and saints, uttering maniras and, generally,
acquiring moral merits,
S^'JI ige-phrug pupil-monk; young
boy trained as a noTice monk.
S^^rffc fye-wa tbyod or S^f[^' gge^iA
wifW a religious ascetic. In this term aie
included all those who have taken the vows
of renouncement, t.^ ., mrwr ; so both ^((m
4ge49hul and ^'^'9^' ige-flod are within
its signification; in the Southern School
only the S^M^' ige^ttat^ i^.^ the Bhikshu,
can haye claim to this title provided they
Uto in conformity with the rules of the
Vinaya, The qualifications of a dge-tby^
^^•q-'^q I
372
^^•*»I
av« the foBowing:— V'*^V* dul^pa <M
mond diadpliiie; «^'-^«rs^- «i« f^i-pa
dM irisdom; *r|iirJvB-^wvw«rv-
dM purity of BM»di;M'^»r«m^«r^*'
Me tdik^la kfug^ f$§^pa kno^Kring to per-
f ozm Samddhi or meditiitioii.
^^^-|ir^ 4g$»wa ^m^^ ezplftined M
davMnef-par $ika$^h ^grog^pth to trumpet
or adTertiie one'b acts of charity ; ^^^'
to do Tirtoe tecveUy, m., without any
fuaa or tnunpetiiig or adrortuenieiit*
^^^•'iS^iyS 49^^watiiag^m4 ^^Im for-
tone ; good luok.
^^qt'4|ipi 4ff^fMiugfMi a place of
piety; a pucMui man.
id&b^in' 0hm-ta if^aB-pa one Teraed in
poeb7» .^AiidMMay and in rhetoric like
the great poet Eahemendra of Eaahmir.
itkrun^pa^i ifkge^pa ^^f^{^^9nm%^
one who has done some religious acts.
^i^^ft'^« 4g€^4ffaM kt9 fnw-ipft good
aotione*
0fiMi fipii*irar bgthwa nw^filwrainiT
paying rorerencey fto.» to please ^ JSMgd*
fumUra (a Buddhist monk-scholar).
good lock to yon.
^^ V*. ifff'brat ^mMQt devoid of Tir-
tne or piety*
an epithet of Bnddha; S^f^'^'^Xwi 4ge-
'fiyo4 Uar ieoi^pa ^inrvfiRFn in the
manner of a regions ascetic.
wa ^m^r-^ifini one who has avowed to
betake tothe lile of a #0P0-f(^ or ^nMW9a.
the perf ormanoe of ascetadsm in Ihe
manner of a Bnddhifit Qramanm: ^f^'
l^'AOfoiql^ 4ge-^aH byei^fati ^o§-kAi
WWTKt «i|i|«K«r W^f :, the four dniaes of
a true Qram^mfa^yfYdxilx are as follows: — (1)
s|J|i^C9^'A*^qK'B fffeieA^lar mi-^fe war
hya ^Tijll vmaha^^ do not cuBe othea
though you haTe been abused by them;
(2) f[vv^'fp:^jf^'%kkro§'kgali ^ar-m
khnhwoT'-bga ftftWOTfWlfw^ do not
be angry with others though you haTO been
enraged by them; (8) wte-yrs^a^frj
^^'9 fg^9haH'-btu§ kyai ilar^mi bru^war^bga
n maviifiiii fHaaii^ do not commit injuiy
to others though you haTe been injured
by them ; (4) '^T»^«vfr4^T««'« itdeg-
kyail §lar mi^t<'^grp(nr bya vrf^oi ufaaiff-
HWH do not beat othen though you ha^
been beaten by them.
^iii|'|k's«-S)«i'<i^ 4g&4byci mt^ym-par
^f^vnw not being a ^eia9a.
S^l^ ige-^^ycr *i«>^-«ni"8S«i i^o§ ifge-
loi byef-pa one who has attained to s
stage of holiness by religious deyctkni
and works: «<«^•y^^MJT•^^^•^•i^
** ns^shan-'dui ige-^pr-gyi tgtr^^^
cutl'wa4 gnoi-pabi Uke at night when be
was absorbed in the state of picas
devotion {Ta-seL IT).
^m ige^ma^^^^bUun-^iHt 1. a Budi
dhist nun. 2. mf^ peace.
novice-monk; the first stage of a monk
after he has taken the vow of Pra^rvf^
or mnunciationy when he has to cfasflrrc
^^•*r« I
873
^^^\
tiiixty-ax Towi bef <m he is qualified to h^
ordeiaedMa ^M^* i^0iMM; m long m
he IB not adimttiM! into the latter order
he iriU oontinne m a ^JNa^^rtf thoogh
even to eighty yean old.
^^^•| Pfe-tikml-mM ^^^^m a nun
young or old that hpe not yet taken the
TOWS of otdinatiftn belonging to the order
hioky omen; also entarteinmeDti atnnae-
ment or anmang; ^^*i^'<^ 4ife*ifM0t^
Ma Kyvf hoaTing luoky tF^Tf^t
^^^ l^g^ifdum a young ttndent irho
is 8to47iiig nnder a tutor oalled ^^ 49^
T9f^»% ivlho IB leiyniBihleior hiBednoation,
heharioor end moral training. He ia
req[iiirod to attend, irhen neooaiary, hia
nionk4abor as a aerrant. When he ia Tory
young he ia oaUed ^^ ^ft^pkruf.
S^^F^f i^fa-fyef hoy oor youth attend-
ing vftm. a monk and who wcrka with a
new hianaell to ai^er the holy order.
When he haa paaaedlhe preeeilbed eiamin-
atJoBB lor •i i i Mi— i ftP | he geta the iKHiiitfan
of a ^^S Og^-ffl^n
^Vf^'^l-Vt^t'Vti^ TMng-Uia^
foundad 4 Jia monaetery of W*fr<P'<i^*SF
aitiuBted oci the hill called «t|^^'V*i Mtrog^
ri^ eke^ aind redded there dming the laat
part of hiia life. Hia aohool waa oalled
kg§ and vulgariy S1l^'fT*tT' -P^i-
Vam^jpaH^lug^ or ^l^fT^TT* VgaHdm
hghftt^ which tenn haa aaaaned the form
* W<i J>r^49W-p($ (QnA. » 1).
^^^^pn .11: JOge^hifhpa one belonging
to fha aeei d JtgalhVlm'P^ founded by
TiQBigwhha-iNu
^^•^ *»-fc#f or S^^ 49^^ **?
ipi» www piety; good and anqpidona
action*
ftffirof; ft^H^«'«lS Moa-ftMT^iHiiMa; Fl
•«i*t>*a/; ^M^'f'iftiAryi^oi; >K«H^H
gti iskit^igntb; *:*^^'Vi^ id&^wati
tbgu^gmii W^ roi-aki; ^Tr^l few4*«»;
^^^«^ 4g$.b9Hm ^^ Ueaaed;
gloriona.
•r^l^l jlPWei-^/liJ e^ (&*r.; Org.
106,8).
WwOnr {Sc^. ; Ttf . f , ill) a good eo«n-
aellor; a piona Boddhiat zmmk.
dadfii^ piety and Ueaaadneaa.
^^'q^il 1fg6^§ mmmfk% a oon-
traotion of S^'^'^'i^4g0*watit9H-$K^,
a Bnddhiatgelong whohaa maaterad meta-
phyiioa and ibe important faranbhaa of
aaerad literatore. IConfc^ alao, who ha^a
got the titlea of WMIW9 JUb^tbgmtjfa,
l^wwe Sdo^rami^pa, 4c,, are by oonrtaay
addroaaod with the tiQe of S^ ^ 9g^k9H
WiilAv' ; othera who lead a pure life and
are poaaeeaed of leenung and good charac-
ter are also' generally addieaaed aa ^^'^v
Og^irh ••*•! ^^ * ^^^ Og^-^V Jfea-
gfi€n.
•^^|•^^' 15 4g$^^ ««llll n. pr.
•^^f^' n: fW«tf^ (flWlr.; Aaff,
18i8, »99).
ae
^Tlf^' Jftf^M ^SNw, fii^ a Bud-
monk who after flnuhiog hispioba-
tionaij period in a monaflteiy has been
ordained into the highertorder. Hehasto
ohaenre 263 towb, S^W«,-irX*|'^«A'^«^|^'
V5T»^«*At|^-^««^ among gibmg
thearearetwoola8Be8:iMra mMka JBJtikfu
and &nmffi JBAiifM. The following seven,
f^.f Bnddha and Bodhi$aUtu^ Pratyeka
JBwtdka^ ArhfiU^ sooh saints as on aooomit
of ihsv pious aots will not be born again or
win be bom onlj once, those who have
attained to the sfaige of Sratdpanna, m.,
goiie on the path of iVSrsdf^i, belong to the
higher dass or PafwMrfJkijBMfcfif. These
or some of these while eren thej zeside in
hnman habitation, being possessed of
divine knowledge and wisdom, continue
in the dass of PttramMha Bhik^u.
Qrdinazy gelong or BhOs^ sodi as wear
the yellow gamnentsy have shaven their
heads and betaken to the life o| Pfxwivya
cor zenmunstion of all worldly oonoems,
and observe the vow belonging to the
order, are oalled Sanwrti BhQsHh,
^9^-sr^-4 ^v-|iM m-jfi$^pa ^vf)ri| one
tmworihy the position of a gelong.
^9*^'^ -Ot^HlM-mtf f9(^ an ordained
nnn ; she has 864 vows or restrictions to
observe; ^'itl^'*l'fH'^'« iff^^M-nw eun-
phpt^wa (if^iSlf^qsi one who finds fanlt
with or slanders a Buddhist nnn.
«;^V^'V ige-iM^ aoo. to c%. is a
provincial name for the {Oedtua deodwra)
Beodarixee.
^%vm JfgaȤkb-'ma fnw^l^l a pupil
monk ; one who is preparing himsdf for
being admitted into the higher order.
874
^^^\
^^•Ql 4g$i.la^ mate properly VFif
di/at'la on; upon; in; at (in A., Jo.).
^^'q 4ger^wiss^'9 gyojwa to psnh
Of fry (food); 'HlW^a to fry pastiy.
Motf to exert one's self in acts of pbtj;
a pious man.
^^^'q dgetpa^^m-fi ifyehpa or
x^'Q qi&l-^ or ST ^ iga^wa delighted,
pleased or cheered.
S^'crl('| jPffeihi^a Sdinye^ also written
as SS^'<rl(-t Ogfthpa S^tth i»me of
the Tantrik deity V^ Bb^9qjra\ ^^
gyi i^oa^kyug 4fiet'P^ ^do-fje ikalipifi'
pa he law (mixaouloudy) the face of the
clsity Dgei'pa Bd^tJ^f the Chief of the
Nal-jor {A. 98).
Si^ rfi^o-wa a species of antelope
living on high mountains, Protfopra fieti-
wudata (Hodgson) ; coUoq. ^'jr<M'' Mongol;
gura. ^vm 4go*mi'^nia^hmBli» of theabote
bkhrunwa gcodtiie horn of the pvMl taken
as medicine cores diarrhoea.
-^ ^<<N^*V'« 4gog4u pkyin-pa 1. ^
IfiV to become aged. 2. aco. Zmt. |r(
\^^ tkog^tu pkyin*pa.
Syn. ^« rtus-jM (4Woii.).
"^hPI'SI igog^pa abstraction: ^^
^'H^l^ei dgog^ki ^iami-^ifug eetf»
sat perfectly abstracted, beizig absorbed in
meditation on the emptiness of all worldlj
things,
^4 igo^tgv^ ^ ^ opinion.
l^HpS'lf dga^^mo or ^^^'r* dgott^
fP^n, id^ the evening; the junotiofl of
«^5<jc«'q|
976
^%H|
f he d«7 and the night ; I'^Vr^*'^ Ph^
dio §m*mB^ ifdkat the eremag which is
the end of the day (SMi.) ; ^%*« ^lK4->a
erening tea ; S^'^^ igai'9k0g e?Qning
and monung.
S^viF ^^f-ffiror Imtb in general ; also
leaTa (from a Boperior oflSoial) ; aoing iame»
body in a ooort to do him haim.
|f'^^'^ than kkrO'^M fmi'pa without
inooning diipleaaarei or diq^eaong.
^^M'^'S igo^ht^ jndgOMnt; deoi-
non on anj oaae or lawnroii
^^Vq ri^HM I; 1. vb. to thinks
reflect^ meditate, oonaider: 2. abet the
aet of thinking, xefleotion, cogitation,
5^-^« Mtllff^t^|s9^*^^^ wiah,
oonaiderafcion ; ^i^q^'^^f^m^ fJUm^pa
nii la igoHi-iM to take one aa his equal
oraa a match for him; ^PW^^^M'^
to think of or at other timea; ^f^^FW
w^^M^ to think cl another penop ; ^
^^^'9f^^ to xeAeot on some other object
or boaineai; ^^^'^^^ 49oi9-pa kkrtU
wa reap, f^'ff''*^ kh^Jskfo u^wa to
become angr j ; to take offence ; ^^'iic^
m hda^^M iffoiti-pa kknl-wa never to
be disobedient and to be angry (Ta-^L
16) : ^^'i^'^M^ iffotH^tfOfi ma^toff^
'Ml if his opinion does not change.
^^^q 11: ^efSi^ vb. to pmpoee,
intmd ; naoally wifli termin. of the inf.
^«qeq^-^%w« intended to fight.
^^'§f^^ ^^f j»AjfOft-r» to be
partial' to act with partiality.
nighL
mentary.
^^ I ^Mi-«Aa to aak lor leate or
pemuflsion to do any thing,
i^m'm 49<^Mab lerioas ooniridemtion ;
aa Ttty iaiportant.
^^'Pl:#fof|w,pr.tenaa,ifWi ^m
to langh ; langhter.
^^V^n:a jeat; joke (Ah*.)- ef.
4g<4*9i^ h^ langhing, beiog in
happineia; ^'»MFS'lm^ fa#^ ig^i*
kffin idug langhing a loud langhter.
of a Taiy lavge.nnmber*
par rUoi^cH {Tig. 98).
a> a a ii ^ - j pa tf aaji^jwyia de aa rt ; > dwolate
wildemeiB wfaaie tfaaie ia no watv.
^^•P igtm^pa (pr. "^gm^"^ or ^
4gim^^m% mm^^mii Lwflderaeaaiaoli-
taiy place, waTed4eafflg4ree. HeneaS^a
aJMra; a monaateiy, a hermitage, ao caDel
on aocoont of ita cocii^nal a it riatifl ff in
eadier timea in lonely placea aboonding
in Baihi treea. A gowhpa ahoold be
ntnated at least a thooaand yainda distant
from a village or town (JT. du. *, SOJk).
Later on theae hermitages became
conTavted into monastsrias. Monaatodea
in later timea aammed the aiae of laige
castleaand collections of dwelling honaea.
Syn. V«*)*^^T*a>oi-ftyf^ii-a0;Vir)*
grMi-tna9} •f^*^-W it*kn9^paki
^"f^I
376
^Vfli
»jfiti^gna§i Xr|l^^ ehohk^ phur^bu;
S'fr^rq igm^pthpa "m^jmt one lading
in the ipfldamMBy or in a hermitage or
glimpa ; ^^'4'« 49^>^P^fna a fomale of
tbia above.
^*^ 48fm-g»hi landed endowments
of 4 monaafcery; an estate belonging to a
mon aefaty for the sapport of its monki.
S^ 49ot (pacob- lor ^ 4grot) f^'^ •
3FT^ '^^ IM-r^ ftfAfI kpM 9ntHr$ 4gol
irbon some axe odleoted, others disperse.
'St'**" ig^h^i xatgmi immUj;
vgenUj needed.
^*« 4go9-chM Mommry objeots; in-
dispensables. ^
^^X^ 1. igohifhi neoeosazj
expenses; what is wished for as very
neoessaiy (0$.). 2. S^r^X^ wishes and
wants : 'S^^^W^V" iffoi^bdof
^Ifn^iroii 4pal a treasoie out of whioh
all wishes and wants are met.
Sffl *^ I = *»l-#w (goi^) wftei€, ^,
nn^tfir implies neoessify and what is duo
ardeaiied; to be neoessaiy ; to be obliged
or eomgpelled ; to want ; to stand in need of ;
also whne we nse' ought' ^of is generally
nsed added to tbe terbal root, $.g.^ m^^^
most eat : ^'«l'^Y'^ 4€hla 4go^ I want ; I
stand in need d : ^Vf'QA^'*' ci^Bhtg^tu
4ifO§ for what purpose did he want themP
sfj^m-mr^ i^ieU^ma^igoi he was not
obliged to ereot. In oommandingi the
weird is nsed to paraphrase the imperative
of a verb: H'W^Ufa io^jwar gio§ oomel
f .a.y yon musi oome. In entreating, the
xespeotfol term is ohosen : ^^'^^« bbgoiU
Jgo§ should praetise good works: '^'^^
^v*^ Ha^h gyu ^got^pa mBf I have no
list for the turquoise, I do not want it
^^^'S| II: neoessaiy; due; nMlful;
useful ; *^ V ^*M'|pr«fS mef^k^ ^gn-
pabi khral b§Ati a tax neoessuy to be
paid ; unrelenting^ exaeted: %'«r^^|srqS-
W^'^ the portion due to you: M^'o-W-J^
for what purpose? \^ir^/s:wR being oE
little use; ^^'4'A^ igotpa^mei notneoes-
sary: ^^•<r^ igo^-pa-yin it isrequisiie;
•>'M^'^ mi^goi-pa useless ; nnneoeeeaiy;
ft Sl«si*T|«, m^gn-pabipkra^mm pemi.
dous witduoraft ; S^*4K'iqp-g jgttptiH
iihkiga useful doetrines; ^^9s ^ot
Jyerf useful: ^VS^iS^^^ dan^igofj^
d-bdugwhai is there in it of useful oon*
tents.
rgvab'Phgog§'^ 4gy0-wa to bend the hssd
backwards.
S3*'' igy^-ufa to bend; to be ourving
or orooked; 4w<5q iigHt 4gg0^
stooping; oringing ; writhing : vr^ jqffi'
V^'^ nHMdo4 rggii pkgog§^ ^^mm
don't wait, turn and go away : ^'^^g^'
^f^ 4g»^'dgg^-wdlti bra/i-^mHfam do not
stretohor heare up the breast by bending
or stooping baekwards. ^^*^*S*91^'^'^
4gwr 4gur^ggi pkgag tUhal satulatite ^
bending the head low.
^1* tifw^-w wf^fH a bent man.
SS'^**' 4gy er^wa OT ^^ngbi4ggr'
wa tor J*4^*«t glu bti^pa to sing, ehantss
expression of the Bon«po.
S^q 4gycl'wa or |«i'4 tgff$Uwm ^ fall
down, tumble dovm.
S3^fl 4gg09'pa {ge-pa) (elegit term)
S*T^*^ 4gaifca w^ 1. torejioe; to be
^v
277
glad; ako oliMrfiiliMM: S^^" tt«fl*
49pe%^^^ baart ckemd: l*4A*«*«'<^«*
hi%mm jkmr Ptm the nimBiid lama Boniled
with ijlMWffMiwii 2. to be pleaied to ; to
ohooM : I-4'^'9'«i*i^<^*4i^-^^ the Lend
in -waUdiif k pleased, m., likes to walk.
^^^9 mh^jfe^4$ s un ow Xu l, sad, dis-
eomfited, dejeoted ; angij, mdignant.
SV*'***^'! J>1fyn'pa 9d<htJ^ the Tantrik
god sailed He Yajxa; his other names
aw:— ^fiCfTBTM^V'^'l Jipal^idm kkfygg
ktimik^^YiJta;^%t9ni4Bdo^;^k
r^m-Jkyi tmH^ %nnnw {Sekr.; Td. f,
198^ 975) n. of a Tm/ra work.
iAa/ Hhi'Wff^ «^ ekof^ may soon he
pennitted to haye an interriew ; may meet
or aee your oheechd oonntenanoe soon.
^VW^ igyn-^ khnhP^ to bend ;
to doaUa down (Sc*.)> ▼• ^^'^ rf^^-iw.
foe; ^^ ioki^ffm mortal enemy; f^'
^'^ 9dtd^'Wahi^49t^ the hating enemy,
opp. i>ni'<A'S|^ l^amhpaii'^fi^ theloying
friend; S"^ da-igra or V|^'M| <fa.^a»»
4gra present enemy ; B'^ tfku^gra former
Qi^oDKf ; %'^9 pkfi'^t^ ^ fatnxe foe ; more
propedy the onter enemy, m., an ordinaiy
enemy, not the inner foe ; also a foreign
enemy.
Byn. IF'I^ 1 *0 > » » rf ; ^'^^ »h^
•
i^'^ J»»rr.fje/; •irj'l^q i^Aof^y* W»/
w; Wl rf5?r»*«*»f ^*^l *«wii.sfa; ^|^
VP^* igrthkhH an enemy's house or
oamp.
f«f a domei a tuxret bnilt on the top of
aoastle.
'STM JftroAm ^pifftiw bed or nngene-
rons enemy; a name ol the king of the
EanraTa, eon of Dhrtariftra.
V*rsra Jfgtthioom^ ^rht ^A%
Vr^\ ^^^^'^ igr^i-ieam Mar^wa ma
who has snbdned his enemy; one who has
subdued his inner enemy (that brings
on snflerings) and by practising religion
becomes an Jrhat of ihe Mahiyina
Bdhool. The Jr^at of the Kahiyina
School is he who has attained to the first
stage of JBocttMo^^iMi perfections. An^Ae^
of the Tantrik School is one who has
attained to the fourth order in the fiye
orders of the TanMk School, ije.^ V^
^•r) Uiq ^^qfAojv rtm-ggi rim-pa iM-pa.
^^^m killing of an Arkat or BuddObist
eainti
^f-aei 4gra^ha§ the equipments of war;
weapons; arms.
^y^ew igra^iifomt f^iliinifl one who
has subdued hie enemy ; subduing the
enemy.
itnm killer or subduer of one's enemy.
lac. T. 110) destruction of the enemy.
i^fp^eiei'q^-l^*)^ fgra iamt-par gywr-^g
irrfU (let the enemy be destroyed or in-
juriously dealt with).
^^•«l
^'fl ijfra^i0 {(fa-o) enemy: "^*H^5I'
^wr^S'j^', ^'«'r^'^>S'Vfr^ to whatever
ttxemy one does good with an unruffled
mind, even to him all the enemies also
will show xeverenee.
^% igro'lha the war-god.
WW^'^ 4gr(^0ui ipaH'i^oi hymns
to the war-god; religious servioe for the
Wiv-god.
Vf igra-^a jiksi an axe the blade of
wliioh is semi-oiroolar ; a sector-like disk ;
a weapon of war.
Syn. f * f^a*r0 ; Wf igra^td ; t^ th(hwa
frightfol.
^f^ dgra-^a-wa mK^lfim one who
holds the axe (sndi as Paras'ur&ma).
^'ST** igra-dag-pa fimhw giving
pains ; taking vengeance on an enemy.
'VlV^ ignHldel {gMi. 61.).
^gr^^«l«i 4gra idul4Pa. ^iftwf to sub-
dne an enemy.
^^•^■^'^ 4gr€Moo gduH^a injWT, ffW-
m^ one who has destioyed his enemy;
lit. foe-paining.
V9S*^ 4grarby$i^fa, S3r%'lf^-^ 4gra jdM-
iM, *i^'Q lat/^^noa to aot in a hostile manner.
Yf '^ igr^iion always on guard ; careful.
io) s i finPyi rival ; opponent ; adversary.
•SST'^'E*' igra-yi khyim Hl%ijr, ftswn
{Sohr. ; K&ldc. T. 1S7) the enemy's house.
^5r*^'^S5'*' 4gra^la9 tgyal^a fmmfk^
i(ir^i( triumphant over an enemy.
V[^^ igoa-fagi a substitute in cattla
supplied for killing another's horse, yak or
sheep, etc. : S5riT''"'^''»"5^^'*^''^«^'*«*^*f\^
278 0^1
if you cannot give a substitute do not call
me by my name.
MTV*^'^ 4gra ihi'Wa to saaxoh for cue's
enemy.
rfjtff-jwas^ 95 pw-Jw njjc camphor (Smm.
107).
S^ S*^ igrwi-pa {(fa^ l%i^ spread.
S9IV^ rfir««-**» (*«»-*») -^f* *»i^
or ^1 igngi^Oa eneniy; adveonnry; ii?al;
foe (jVSlfon.).
"SajTli igramfa {fanhpa) fut ^ ^«
bgrm^pa *'^^5»rq m^^o^ igram^pa ^n-
^iA^ flowers to be strewn ; Vfm i^nnv
that which is to be ananged or set oui
^g|»^•^•q•^*|•q igrar mn^pa td»m-pa to
look upon one as an enemy.
^gjK'^ dgrafi'pa resp. of Sf^ fj.^
to die; fib dgroH-gin idug now he is d^ing*
^|f^*1 igrolHoa^iut of <^9^q ^prv^HRi
^rI^I^, if^:, to set free; also free-will;
q^^q-^ iMi^dgrol a knot or tie looaaDsd.
CWppi'fl igag^iM pf. tenae of ^^'J
igagi-^u gyur^pahi {oha i^hug^-pa) rag Jbifs
settled or decided upon obebmctaBg or
hindering, opposing^ etc.; ^w^f^'^^T*''*
tam^wgs igag9i^ nfHvi obstruotediheroai
^V^ (^O^J^ to laugh; a laagk;
qi^^'U'qqj^'q igai-nu^ iga^^pa id. cf. S^.
laughter*
if q^faq^q j^^om^ to eat; to goUIe;
to throw into the mouth.
q^^ I: igegi ^ gm f^ dBman.
ff§i'^mg d^A-g^ mg^ma yin^pa gfiihyof the
ftgeg§ are of two dMBea, those mortal and
those spiiit-like; theee cause hinderaaoe,
ohetraoiioii. ^^'lyi'Q ig^ghiffi rggal^
J» ^X"^ vi^nO^ifaJMi Gaaetf^a, the zemorer
of ohetadea, the leader of the (?a9a--clas6
of demons.
H'T'n' II' ^^f^f^f ftl hinderanoe;
ohstade; "i^T^'J'j^rB J^geg^^hyi rgyaUpo
ftl^m is the ohief of the evil q^ts who
are of 80,000 difEarent kinds. Some cause
heaty rains, hail stormsy etc., to injure the
crops; aome bring on famine and so on.
agoddeas.
^ IP^oi-pati bdre§ igrib-pshla ^^'If-^^ir
qT«r«TT«^'*'^w«r*r^Y!V ft*-fo igegi
bag-pa min^4ia ehu^-wati tjrm-pa Uam^
hdrng^ruA (^stt.).
that which causes obstmotion; to cause
ooalruciion.
^i^'*rq igegi eet-wi ; %^'^^ ihgmml*
iM to remoTe obstmotiony oalamitji disease,
epidemio, fta : H'*t*''aT<'^^^ lA'H^'^^
^ tan^kmihugi^mgo^^^oahiohei-duigegi-
9$l performed some religious ceremonies
that no mishap may ooour on the way,
etc. (9tm. 65).
vf^y mn^ «in portion ; a kinsman or
olaimant. 1. irl'^m i<#fPi the portion
or lot on account oi one's former acts ;
also ahare, lot 2. the doctrine of etrict
retribution*
tif ^rirlvq kgo^tkaUa ibgcf-pa (H^ V
279
q^[^-«lf
§kal^u A-fa 9nf<4^) ^lin[-^^ to
enjoy one's own share.
Q^*q I: ^^(MMiirdothea; clothing;
Mi^v^nm:^ igo^wa dail (soAn^a food and
dothea («/a.).
Q^'P n: 1. to put on dothea, pf.
imp. *^ igai f'^Wtf*^ l^am-rkig^u
iga§ always wear shoes. 2. subet apparel,
etc. : 4^v^9 igo-wa ian^pa ynfiicv.
q^*21 ni: fut. of ^^ tgoiifa.
^'t itfo^a dividend; the number or
quantity to be divided.
"f fft^K ftfO-fW^T^ ba^gam alao the
parapet on the roof of a house ; a square
turret or castdlated room on the top of a
castle: IP^' w ns*^' f^'rf fl^'^J^^wl^
'^ it is applied to a building four-cornered
in shape with an edge of crockets on the
top.*'
^^ igo-ifass^^f^ igo^bfob «r ^^
4f'^4p'SS'q tgo-ift^ bgef^pa to distri-
bute, allot, apportion. Often also ^^f^*
H^'fl Jtgo^pth ittt- *(><»» pi* *^ ft W
•■Tf, ^tfum to divide ;1^*«^'^ norb^ffo-ipa
to divide property; to divide in cohering
a IpM graHi number; to distribute ^^1
into shares; fripnTsi among people.
^'crQ igd-pthpo the dhjider; ^'fiS
igod^04 divisor.
if^'^m igoi-gai ^m 1. protection.
2. n. of a number {8. £$€.).
^*>^ igoi-ra apportionment ; abare :
no^sofi gtan §dai ffurfnf-fe 9i<m§-irda4
yB^goH'Witi igoi^ra hyef divide every-
q^^irgi
380
qqpr'^f
thing (tlittt is left oTar) equally among
the peRDaaent xemdentB of theianuly, fto.
(9Mi. 61).
*Wpi'3 igow^hya ifw way ; road.
1^|WI*^ igami-pa mfp^j vrfir, also
c^<v tg^MthpOf to walk, to step, to stride,
to pace : a|ir«rir*fl^« a stepped over the
threshold* ^^^V*^ to paoei to walk slowly.
HMf% (^0r, sapine of ^'^ igo-toa.
■if^'Q ftper-iMior ^^^ kgar*wa (0%.);
^K%^ Awi-A» Ifor to linger or loiter in
the way ; delay .
'^S'^ &*»«**«, pf • «*« 6*yw, ftit. iJ§
igpi^ imp. 9^ ^^4- Is elegant form of
9f^*Q m^: 1. to do; to act; to perform.
2. to make; to mannfaotuie : S^'H'o^'
ifppi the images regarding which there
had been said, 'make them,' {.«., the
bespoken, osdesed images (Ja.). «iVQS\a
to do a work; ^^'^^'^'^ according
to order, it will be done; V^'Tfll^q
to act the disoiple; to be a disciple.
ft-(rsfl[\q'«)m I have hurt the man; I haye
done him hann ; f '^'■^'i^'^^ malw, bring
]taboixt,ihataehildbe(boni): frQsrX^*
1^'^ rggat-po ma-nar gpi§ fig see that you
do not let the prince escape ; ^^'^'^ the
so-called (Ja.).
*§^''^ iggernca, past, of '^S'^ «» l^gyer-
tea, |^-|spr«w*s|«)5i^V^ilS'T\Wf^*'''^^^'*'
ejacolating ; chanting : ^w^'|^l*«'^^'.««^'
al|^-i{«, *i-iT«i'^^«rVr8^' accordingly in
the ohanting of the Mantra^ there was some
mistake {A. 66).
tJSIK' baraHtmf number; figure.
^SP'Ti'' igraH'T^ogi n. of a T«ry great
number (Fo^/. fT).
^SF*^^ igrat^iphyei n. of a giest Dum-
ber; ^gi^'^m igraH hphyot n. of a great
number occurring in the passage V^f^
qj|^-^|vir^ir«i iffraH-gphyo§ igraH^ye^
la iigrei'Pii {Yu'-hI, 67).
^3F'4^* igra^tphreiL ^wwiwr, vnrrvT
rosaiy-beads.
^ff:^ igraU'Wa 9rf%v to number, ooimt,
calculate : ^it'V<aF'^» fc}Artt«-«s 6jfrs«-swi
bya should count the.beads of his roeszy.
qip'q'i«(' ItgraH'^wa ydi ^(mm^^fk eren
counting.
^SF'i igfoH'bya what may be
numbered; numberaUe — ^years, time.
*^gp^'*w ign^yaJ %^K low; n. of a
great number {8. Lex.).
fs^K^' igraH-yol ^itK that cannot be
measured: naF'*»'M^*V^*''^^V» J^w^
yol gXn dad nd^al (fin {Ta^l ST).
tafjf^'Q igrathpa i^nf n capable cf
being counted.
nspsM'trm'^S^'^ iffraHi-pa la idai-pa 91-
mivrfininil' that is past counting.
to open wide ; M-^-«i mg-igrad^ to
stare ; to goggle ; r«^-«» kha^igra4^
to gape ; ip^rqaiSq rfa^-pa igrai^ to
part the legs wide; to staraddle. 2. to
Bcratoh (Sch.), spelt more correoay ^9^'"
tibrai-pa {Ji).
eepsrated;
anxious.
«i§|q4 igril-wa to fall down; to drop
down: 'r^n-ii^'^ fell into tbe aby»
{SUu. 7A).
q^q|
38i
«^'«I
0^*4 ^gnd^wa or ^m igruMi^^^^w
V^l^Q dMf*M imff-patontnin; todapu-
AMiff-M tcuf^pa to strain the impurities
cut of ivftter.
^ tgrn to dear of liiialai; to ihell; ^^'
^'^9^ igrut-iMti tibra§ kiuked rice.
WS[^ tgre^wa reap, ^"i tga^-pa or «!«»
(pfvi, «i old; grown in age.
Syn. ^^^^ na-^o tgaf-pa old; •iftfl
ifrehpo; ^B tgoi-po or W* rgau-po
2T|e^' tpf«« oooamonally for 1. 1^^
<i^'l^' igreH-phreH wnmmt a roeaiy
to oount the names of saints, Buddhas, &o,
pa [8ek.).
Q§| ((jffo (do) tJfin a song.
jib to axgne, disonss: f^ %!y<r*r'i'^9'l'*»'
4f >|c-§^'^'y^-| kk&t'fi grka-pa wkha§^hig
BUHTe-la kgro^hg by^i-^ byuirfU one of
his learned sohoian hating oome to oonf er
ifith Ukaoe (JM. ^^).
P§J 9 tgro^wa (^o^wa) (pf. ^f« igra§\
,«p. vn^'Vn ikak-groi with |^'^ pfe^-iw
1. to argue, disooss, oonfer with, consider:
furf tkofl mntoally disoossbg; ^^'g'^*
^'¥> fi^tar-hya 9he% igroi-fun deliherat-
ing what they should do. 2. to resolve,
de^nde.
F'Q ^m^ya^t-kyi khafi-pa ^n^Nv-vnn^ the
fctage; a music booth.
tea to eonnt (JS.).
Ql^ igf^{4<^ nifr 1. progress; gait
(&fAr. ; JTd/AT. r t6) ; going. 2. it also
signifies the number 2 (^sTt.). i^i;'S*1*'<v
kgra4'4kfth'%va ^w difflonlt proiress;
difflonlt to pass ; 4|SAT*«K' W> ignnHkak-
waki gmti mmK a wildemess; a place at
desert which is difiBcnlt to fa n av ers e ; 4K'
'^''^'^ kgtoi-ikah'Wiki lam ygiw^ a
di£Scult passage ; an inacoesaible path.
2^^'^ wfir, ^fuir, nw 1. to walk; to
get oyer; wander: ^V^'^rii^ tgro44a'Pktfn
is useful in getting along. "W^^^q lam^
bg^'Pa to travel over ; to get through :
V^'^^'MI^'^ cku-tgroi-par ikak-mt a
river difficult to cross. 2. declination ; ^nw ;
"^•^'i'^S ni-nm i/Khigroi the sun's going
to the south; the sun's south declination; ,
i^'^S hyai-ftgroi the sun's north declina-
tion; <^'^«r^ igri4^9 g*i§ both
declinations ; Q\^'^'^S'Q Imi'-mB^lfi
igro4'P(* to lie with a woman (C«.).
4f^'§ igiy^i-bya {iai-ja) wwf a road in
general ; met. a woman (jViHoii.).
fffS^^ igroi-t^ ft^»t walking; a
mover {Lex.).
4K'^w hgtoiJam 1. a road; passaga
2. met. the female organ {VAon.).
^^ ign4 (#w)a6^F»p'y« ikak-groi con-
ference, consultation {Situ. 76); ^^'^V
B* igco^-IUin bya§ made conspiracy; hold-
ing unlawful conference: '*''^'^'f^"
^>r4fi|Xire^Qii yai Mi-im khaH-gHit
kyii igroi-ihin bya§^f {Rdsa. H) again
yesterday both of ihem held evil confer-
ence.
M^ mgar the work or craft of a smith :
^^'•T gffr'fpgar goldsmith.
S7
W|^'q(
282
»^l
•^'I'f'W M9(fr4shri §gra-d8i thun;
n. of a oelebmted minister of Tibet.
•T^T^ mgar-^o4 {gar-choi) mA } K^\
the praotioe or oraft of a smith.
*|^'q ^gar-wa iHwTKj wmin, irHlf.
WF^, ^ilWCT blacksmith ; one of low caste.
Syn. OTV*«i lcag9'i»>^; f^*wp^'^
teagt-mgor tea; •*<s«»fi^ nitBhrn^eha-
Wkhan; M'«'*W tdeg-oha^mkhan (4Wew».).
n. of the oelebrated minister Gar of Tibet,
who was sent to China to negotiate jEor
the marriage of the daughter of emperor
Thad Tai*tsung with his master Inug
.Srafl'itMn igam^po,
*W|Q|'^ fpgal^a jaw ; jaw-bone ; «r»«^
ya^f^gai the upper jaw-bone ; •wfi'9 mgaU
wa ot «'»i>f! ma-fi^gal the lower jaw-bone.
In oolloq. both jaws together are called ^4'
^^ya-kma-h. w^'*^ Qi^a/-<?^^ a broken
jaw-bone; *»T''5'\ mgal-bu^ a dislocated
jaw-bone.
•T^'y fB^gaMum ^T^snvnr a large piece
of wood split or out, or half burnt.
••^•«i m^gaUpa ot ^^^ ^gal-pj a billet
of wood.
••T''* fMal^m ^nrm, fire-brand ; torch
consisting of long chips of wood.
si^A'qJIk'q fgigal-me hikor-wa Hf i in ^ iw
to whirl xound a fire-brand.
•^•*8[''^'<«ijra/-wJid*Ao#--fca drole
of light produced bj whirling round a fire-
brand.
* *l^ Qfj^gi {8chr.; Kaide. T. S).
[satisfiedJiS.
«f«r 1. to rejoice; to be glad, joyful,
content ; ^^'^ i^g^na^ delighted : ^J^
^*rg& fl^gthwaii tan ftm^byuH did not
receive a gratifying or eatisfactorf answer.
2. to exhilarate; to n^adden; to mska
content. Sfl^A5'^ dgai'4gu^Wf Vf^'^'
^^'^ 4galh4gu raA-wOy »q*«i'B*P ^gtMca
hya^wa ^iim^r are frq. intenslYe forms
to express joy or exultation in the older
classics.
Syn. ^^''^ igal^^wa (Iptoi.).
^'^^ m^g^r I.=»i5'^^ i^a^war. 2.
«w throat : neck ; that idiich oomee out of
the *<9^ fi^gur is called a ^^'^ i^^^r^-ma^ a
song : I'dff A'oi^ •I'J^ r^Uun mi^la^ fj^gwr
the venerable Mila's songs. 3. voice;
913^'f ^'q tj^^r-fnan-pa sweet voice ; harxno-
nious voice. 4. song, air, melody; hence
a religious song Used as honorific form
for II, especially in Milarapa, each 7f
the doctrinal ditfcieb in that work beiiig
preceded by the words »q^'^^'^ltvl, he
uttered this song.
tien^gyi hum-gdan the pedestal on which
the cupola of a choifya rests.
^^'V^fF^^ fl^gur^du gntfii'pa anythinf
sxmg or put into verse.
ornament worn round the neck {tUon,).
st^^*^*! tl^gur-Hmm the hundred ifaoa-
sand sacred songs; name of one of Jfifi^
ra9pa*9 two great works, which sie
both interwoven with numerous religioiu
songs.
^^'^ nigur-^ko or ^Q ne-wa 24; of the
weight of 24 ratiee ; a weight equsl to
7} {Sfsar-ma f^'«i).
jq^-qwq I
283
*Hl
m^^mv^ 4i^t#r-(M/-tMi 1. to deliver
a Bong with emphasiB. 2. to dear the
thioftt ; to hawk ; to hem (Jo.)
*9^'9 W^fr^Via a god of htmtixig with
the Mongol FBiamanft {8ch.).
«3^f «i^*q^ ff^gur4ha ifieheUM the
four broihers (qrlvan gods) from whom
the four great tribes of Tibet are eaid to
have origiiiated.
neok; throat; reep. f or M||if q tj^grin^pa;
••S^V^^'^ n^ful'du i^dc'gt'pa to tie,
futeii on the neck, e.g.^ miigio objects;
^'^aqcv^lfS'^ raiUgi i^guUpa gco^'pa
to cat one's own throat ; to commit sni-
oide, soioidal; wp'^r'pi'^sq fj^guUpa na§
V^kgui-pa to fsU on a person's neok; to
embrace; mjoi cr^n^l^'q or H*q to seiae by
the throat.
^^WVO-rien; ^'^mgo^bMn', reep. ^'
li'^fprq ri^fnt^ (fmm^pa; y^^5»*l>S duK*
hdraii^grin; i^'A'^^'^ bum^pa^i ijtgul'
eon (Jlfilon,).
*iyrg ig^guUgtu^ reip. S gla^ *^m:sSW
|iM-fi^-g Tshmfli^ga^i tgya tpUhobi
nguUgtuy n. of a work of the second Dalai
Lama T^ha^-^iy^^^i tgyo'^io.
•9^fl •V'-ryy^w qt^niT^ t^wr neck-
lace ; a neck ornament.
Syn. *'5S'*A'5S ii^grin-^p.i^i TOyon^ •V
II rgkgur-na fpa ; ^^'^ ike^i^rgyan ; '^'^
^Wqm, 4NqpqrK 1. he with a bine necL
2. a peacock.
■ijflrSc^**|^'q ^gul^hid ikar-pa a white
neck-cloth.
*^'t^ nj^guMwH a small amulet woin
ou the neck.
•q*' ^^ ffiguMar or S<i^ ^^ ipafn^r 1.
a silk scarf tied ronnd the neck as a badge
of honour. 2. the shoulder of a moun-
tain ; ^^"9^*^ gytm^^gul na on the left
slope (Ja.).
••5^'^^ WS^Hfdub TW* the neck-
bangle or necklace worn by the Indians.
•«|«i'^ ig^gul-nad disease of the throat.
•ijoiqi- j^ fikgul-pabi'igyan ^ •q^J^ ijigui-
rgyan or ••lh'**'J^ mgrin-pa^i rgyan
•'5'*'^^ iMul-riA '^f^^ a long neck.
Wfl^ fjpgehu same as ^^ n^go^u^ v. ^
ipgo.
*Ih[[ I: nigo fiRi, ^, Uf, 'I^W
the head: •<«lf«a[i|q^-^^-S|*i nigo^hjog^pai
Iu9-f99 by the movement of the head the
body is known; »<^fli i^'vi^q- jg Qipo-fa
me-ibar^wa /^o-iu ^li^-fi|KH?Jhm as if
glowing with fire on his head, ^'^m fj^go^
ru9 qrqrqr the head-bone; frontal bone;
n^-^^-g-fg fj^ga boH^bu Ita^bu WKitn a head
like that of an ass: •^|^'V59'>I'^I!^''^
iBffO'igytir ^log^^log isdai-^ug he sat (at
times) bending his head (^daa.).
*l^ II : 1. summit, height, top : ^••*f
p-qn'^^^i the hill tops were covered with
snow. 2. first place; principal port;
•*^9V Wgo-^^d-P^ to lead ; to command ;
to be at the head of ; S3'M\q dtcu'is^uhad'-pa
to inspect, look after, superintend, control :
3*Vl'%»*f8V*ft'«Q bu-mo ihig-gif
fpgthbyed-paii rm'tna^-po a number of
(labouring) people were superintended
by a girl (the farmer's daughter) (Jd.).
3. beginning: V'^'^^ grot^fngo the begin*
ning of a consultation. «^ ^^'^ mgo-
bdwg-pa to begin: «JVJ^**t^'^^ boU
^dug-pabi ntgo-hditig that was the
beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet;
de-m§ t$hug§ with thiB my oonstant good
forkme oommenoed; 4'*Mf^ to^go h at
the begmning of the year; v^^fifPeMiai
from the hegiiming. 4. in grammar a
anperaoribed r, /, t, #,•; Vi#H«i| m-fi^'
Jbi; q k with r (rapeiMribed ; ^'^Mrw
««l'«'«ift*«if( d§^fyuim§ bH-phul m^mgoti
koto these are the words beginnuig with
^•"■^ *, «! * (•'a.).
1^ HE: vrf)nr: n. of a oonstellatioii
(the fith) enaimiiting of etars reeemUiaiglhe
head of an antelope.
•^IS «i/t>-»fe/tha brain.
«Af*^ ^Mf^hfityil ooUoq. orown of the
head; vertex.
*^i^ fi^^o-ffftor impoetnrei deceit : ^S*
im^tdoi I deteet these diabolical tricks
(JS.).
•Mf 9|k'q ipgo^fkar'^ffa to dieat, swindle,
confuse ; A'«Af ilf^ nd-ipifo «iMhriS0r do not
dieat people.
«*f| mffo^kya a gray head; •*f|'«S
iipfO'ffcy€hean a gray-headed person.
tgyathpa or IF«> tgV(»9^ »» old man;
gray hairs (jyXoul).
•ilf'f^' fipa-fffcye^ or v^'^l^ fi^icffMi
a protector; patron.
9flf'|q ii^styois JTsi rmo^ a helmet.
9^ H ftgo-khra (j/H^) scald-head.
284
*«ft^M
ehm) pbstinate, pertinaoioiiSy stnbbom, s^
in buying and bartering; seUBali; baigam-
ing; haggling.
■*fS^ VJ'^-Wfww V^www, <lwm 1.
head ornament. 2. n. of a place in Tibet
•*l'|'^' mgO'Vi yofhV^ wwwft »
heayy head.
*^9*i ilfigo^M hair of the head.
'f 9^ 41^X09 bewildesedy oonfused;
tioablesome: \^l"f ^^•*f IN *»-w-*|i
bj^wa idi-ft^go Sog work at these tmeB »
yery troaUesome ({(Ao. M).
s^ufsrsi^ «i^ii&if9»-0nMN the tbrM
things of sbnultaneoQS oouurrence-; flMy
aie :— (1) ^*'VVr«»|Vii|VP IcAmm *«».
J1.1 tgifui'i^ ikfs9^p3 the thoog^t <kf dsaili
ariging in the mind; (2) X-R%|V««^s
tske^tdi }ibi-#iM|-iMr xenoancing of
worldly afUrs; (3) <«*ls*«i cka-ii^e^im to
practise religion. The contrary of the
thiee are the f oUowing :— (1) ^"^ |^<i
mi'teki'^fkm'pa the 'thooght that one
will not die; (2) B-^^er^sewq Mls-*f«^
tthmm-'pa to remain attached to woridl^r
a£Fairs ; (3) M'^tV^ 9dig^1^ if^*^ <>»-
mission of sin (Lo. iS).
•*f ^' f»J»-ftf^ti< ftiir>?NftTO »ti*-
neok.
«if ^V^C*^ 90^ft^9l tte-iac io seek
protection nnder one who is siqperior to
himself I to seek refoge nnder such.
s^-y^S^q ii0o.rftf|f-eAc#^ one who
can giTB decided advice.
*^'t^ mgo-r^tm that on which the hcsd
reste, M., the throat or •^f «*H i^^^-»*w
that holds thehead ; iV^r the neck {M»m.l
•ATf^ mg<h9it^ a giddy-headed man ; as
{i1ia4: • AM who mnnot think lor himeetf .
»^-ni
885
•""l^'^T^^^W^-if
•qoal, a nuiteh^ t mat.
•^'S VfMA«# tw^ top or orown of
thehiad; on tlui saminit.
«^'»r' H^go^kon^ OM who b7 hia
own ability oaa tUr^ot ofhorg
■*f ^•••^ ^gO'ktM&m-pa oonfonnded.
Mmi A|w#:fw to faTOUTi praerre, make
safe: •i^-«H4*''*fS'*W«s-«#f-i^XfVH^^
all the propertwa of lour Upiiakaa ha oansed
io be kept leoare {A. ft).
*^4 ^tPMia w*wm haadaohe.
xQraiioat«
'^l^ tV<»-«iiV the head together with
the meat of e dam goat, dbeep or yak, fte.
•*f a {i^imi Ak: the head.
^mm the ohief of the Umbs of the bodj
he who has a roond head reaemUing an
tunlHrella beoomea a lord of men.
•^9|-Ka 91^0-iM (py^rAtff-tM a bald-
head.
does not ehaoge hie reddenoe or head-
quarters.
*^*^^ ifMt^mhg^g head-oorar.
«^f warif a i^^go-tmoh-pa^ g(hwa^^ t^
qa «r Jw-^lf a eu^ua4 lab-pa tsam^pit 90-
wa to eaaDj pereeive the meaning from a
di^t morement of the head.
•*f *| ^go-iiog round protuberant head :
'''i^'^'V^'%«*f*T»T^«rii on the heads of
whatteerer things that may be rotiud.
•*f ^"l mgo-^diin fiitKtfw the head of
an offiee, or work-leader.
■*f HPT*« mo^Msifff'pa n^9im to begin
(a work or aabjeot, et« ).
NoTapibar-Deoember of Indian ealndar.
The eleventh month of the Tibetan
calendar.
•*f I" Vpo-alam (ffo^thm) or •^f^'^ 9^0-
reff i^vr, lal^a, irftm%w ahaven head,
alao round bald-head; a Bnddhiat monk:
•^1*^^^* n^go-nbm^gna^ a plaoe where the
ahaTen beads reside ; a monastery ; ai^iaia
«itP»-aAMf».pa a ahaTen head ; a monk. "*
a*f|»rw^ fi^aAfHi tam-nag^^^^m^
l^a-(PQ0a XTf the aonnding planet ; a oomet
(4r«aii.).
•*K'^ ^goi^ch^ WWar with a arnaU
or no head; the running^hend oharaoter of
Tibet.
or •*f|k ifigo^fkor to cheat, "deceive; "t^'
i'ihiJ^rH to rob one ]^ deception or
cheating.
^^ *y«flh»« to bend the heed ; to bow down
the head: ' t'8^ a^^qisflf^^g^q ^^^
bdrm-pahi f^go-rug hgei>^ he made
obeisance presenting tea and treade.
toeo;=»^*^W*» ivo **i/ItP« shaking the
head as a signal or from illness.
^M i^o-reg or "^T |^ i^o^eg^ Bud-
dhisfc monk.
^m^lS'^mo-thagphnti.pa orai^fsw
IV^ Qi0^a-f ^onif dy<H^ to make all equal;
not to make any invidious distinction bet-
ween parties ; to deal evenly : ^*w^'*<^'fn'
8S«w8*'^n thtt(m-ca4 mgo ihag-p/^e^-ptcr^
gyti shef thus commanded, all behave
fairly among yourselves {A. 116).
h$hm nor^ (Schr. ; 7t A.).
9f^^V^
286
«i3ppr9|
JF|^*^ ffgan^po aoocffding to' some
gnaammMm the word ^ iBgon i« an
aUMTiatioii of the wotrdi ^'^^ w^bdt^
(<i Mri being elimisiAtad), rignifying mw
protootOTi petroiit prinnpely inMAer, lord,
tttteleqr god; lo the word is epplioable
to Buddbfti laiiitBy aiid alio ordinarily to
any poroteoton end benelactora in general.
Whan ^f^ ooootB aa a proper name it
denotes either Bnddha or Avalokites Tsra
or Mshidenu Among the vAhl ^gan-po
IM also daesed Oanesa, the Dikp&la or
goardians o( the world and of Buddhism,
besidea mai^ other spirits who ivre repre*
ioted aa poajessing four, sizi and some-
times eight arms. This (dass of gods is slso
mmisrons in both the Taatrik and Bon
pntheon. •*K«VW^'8T*'^^ i^gon-po
tAfft-ftsM pkgag fti^ftrtV^tf the Lord with
lour faces and eighteen arms. Sambhara
(sl^'ftf^) of the Bon-po has three faces
and six anns. In Bnddhist India there
w«e worshipped three Nitba urn, or •*'
§hf§ «^M-i^ ihe spirit invoked to ins-
pire one bjr entering one's body; (2) W*
9#firt> Ififff^ fMon^fO the blaok-spirit ; (8)
qirrsi^'a Bt^^n^^ ij^gw-po the Brdkma
ndtka, U^ BrihmaWB spirit (JT. dun. 60).
•9t^Vc^^Yi Mgon-i^ gri-gug n. jr-
(Bokr).
mn phgat iM^ {aokr.).
••*h'«WK*5 Mg^M^ ^g-9hM (&Ar.;
87 A.).
rai^^fm^fitNrc the patron I^rd A^bt
lokttee'yara (Vflon.).
(80kt.).
(Sekr.; 81 C).
•Bei^niK. Hfgotir^ BeA {Sckr.; SB CI
• ii^'Q'^'Sii^iil Jfg(m-po Wam-ffzug^ d
pr. {8ehr,).
• sMfai'Q'frairq Jjfgon po m-pham-pa w^d-
unr {8chr. ; Td. «, 111) [invinciblo Lard]6?
^t^rirnf lit. immeasurable light; an. d
the 4th Dhyini-Bnddha.
• •AfvQ'iV^'ll^ Vgon^ BhaUgpig {Srhr.y
• yiK^'Q-M-ql^ JfgCfP^ Bhot-kAi (Schr).
• 9if/f^li^iktf9:^ JUgan-po hg9'ldan (ScAr
(Org. m. 110, SO).
sMfa('««^« fpgon^fnaHf many patrons or
defenders of religions ; many small pyra-
midal sacred erections (C«.)-
•*h'^fS fiigon^mei 'Pro unprotected,
helpless; ^^^'\^ Mg^m^-m^ M9'¥>y^
^«nw-f)im n. of a oertain house-holder
who accommodated Bnddha in the Jets-
vana gioye oi B'r&Tasti. He was the obiet
house-holder devotee of BuddLa.
graH-khper n. of a dty in the parediee of
the Bon-po.
'iiS^^V ipgyog9'bgro horse, wind.
Syn. 1^- r*^; ? fte (4Wo«.),
«^^'r!|^m fpagogt-igroii bru*^^ met.
for V^'V^^ tta-yi tf^'^ff, horse^ung
(S^n. 186).
fwir, wf^, T* ^l ^^ ^^' '•P^^ ^'^'
quick; speedily: •>j«ipi»-^!|-WWK*^
ar*%f'ii'«i^'a^'ffP»w«T^ ' by quickly
going the horse and the elephant betoiue
prostrate; by slowly wslking the donkey
travels round a kingdom. In modem
works and oolloq. »^B es adj. and*^
CK a9 the adv. are the eommoner f onss.
»i§^-i«i
287
»flflT^-|'«l^'V*T«'''l^'l
f M-tefi asMloBtida (^nwn 109).
•5^* Wnf^9hl»r qnibkly, speedilj,
aoon.
•^h^*w qyjfofv-fam a stimight, dbort
» ahort-ont; ^•'J'pi mhM^^I a race; i^
xunning-matdh (•/$.)•
(fbjfM^i tong; muiiio (4fifon.)*
h^ with K bltie neok; the petoock* When
the ocean was ohunied l^ the gods and
the Amrafli there came out -the ran and
moon and then LaknnI the goddeea^ of
weelih and f ortnne, and afterwards neotar
was the result. Lsstlj came forth a
pot of poison yihiiik woold kaye destroyed
the world. The God MahAdera out d
eompasBion for all Imng beings of the
world, himself drank ibe potaoa« in eonse-
queooe of which his neok tuned Une.
rmehipa (4f4eii.).
•^^^WS W^'» gpig^tu with one Toiee ;
nnanimoQslj.
•^^ Mgrm-icu icmrv a name of
R&Tana, King of Oejlon and the son of
Pidasta.
V«ip 9gjtaU^ Mamtf^a, sing Btaia
*^9^'^ Wrh iku/l'tM a short neck,
ifazoaty or Toiee.
*4Kf^ tV^MMif «frm the cuckoo or
ladkaiiM/.
«%^ mtrm^ {4mifa) ^ ^nr^,
«^, fintf^y H^ the neck ; 'il^'V^ Qiyrin
nX-iMi a IcMig iieek.
8yn. |-^ gre^-uai ^"^ Vjw-; wj^iq «i^/.
|4nt; ^U-ii|vr«i rtlmo giM^pa\ y^^*-^
diA^hdtahi nfgrin; vr^A't^Vi bmn^paH
mguUan the last three axe used in polite
language (,V*m.). 1'^ gre^^a is a ooim^
form of the Sanskrt word v^ gfMi
*iiK'^^ ngrin^po'can peaked mountain.
•^«r^^ il^grm^ itegi raised head
(as if out of panic or alarm).
kkm^^Oru^ the stork (Mitan.).
mg^t tgyan or 1| ^i- J« 9ky^g% rgg^n neok-
Isce (#1^011.).
•*|S***1 mgrin^ii %gra voice.
•^'*'fT« mgrin-paH pkgog$, mj the
month [the coDaz^bone]^
^*'t mgrim-psm tUM mmn the
root or base of the neok.
breath.
•^V^ V^rw-^jw Ktnrtw rsd-throat;
n, of a bird.
•*5h'»** ifigrm-^giAei ^rftw a hand-
some neck; •ilhrn^' MgrU^iwH n. at the
friend and general of Bima in his eadla.
•^T*^' fMrif^inat one with a loud,
dear Toice.
••ijT««,i,rwi.jM^^ ^B^^ ; «f A).
•*^««-^« H^o^^mmH iimm^ 1.
n.of a goddess. 2.^9f^' gi^^^t ti^i^^rr
n« of concretion found in the brsins of
elephants or stomach of cow* {Smtm. 94) ;
a bright yellow pigment
tioghitfoin. of a Tibetan romance con*
taining 138 block-print learesi composed
^\
388
Rnm
by Lama i^ib-^soX fiilan-pati rm/^t-Vt^ham
of Tahor-phtt in Tibet.
1^ I: ffgron (don) is also Bometimes
wrongly tpelt as -tC^ bdxon ^ififfw, f^mmn
feast, treat, banqneti entertainment, resp.
tbul'¥fa to entertain; vif^'ii'^V^'ci Qt^roit-
't' Hoif-pa, resp. Mf^ !^' V(*«iV <* mffran-du
9pyan*bdrm^pa n^!^^m% to invite to an
entertainment ; «Vr^'^^^*^ to regale, txeat
(jr. du. \ 87).
l!^ 11: in Buddbism signifies object
of inrooation ; and any person invoked is
oalled ^^'«i 9^r<m-|»x The latter are of
four classes :—(l) S'f^' «*|'|v ft*- tillij rf*on.
^^hog ecii Mn^t fjigron the holy ones
form the object of invocation in the
world. The holy ones are :•— Buddha^
Dharmai BaAgha, one's lama (Guru) and
one's tutelaiy deity : ^2) •*h«*^^'>^lM(^
fl^gan-po yon^an^gyi ffigron^ the Natha who
are a olass of f earfol deities, the celestial
Diibnli the Dharmapdla and the guardian
gods of Buddhism; (8) ^^«Yrl^i^*4^
rig^-dcug tUA-'tjeti ffigron the six dasses of
animate beings such as human beings, gods,
demons, the animal kingdom, the Preta
or ghosts, and the hell-beings ; (4) ^^^'
q^'oi^a^I'Mf^ gdat^igm hn^haghkyi
igkgran \ here the invoked are 360 demons
called M^^ Qdon and 80,000, evil^spirits
called 't^T* 99^99* These do mischief to
all living beings on account of their own
misdeeds of a former existence. It is
necessary to invoke such and to appease
them by offerings. According to the Bon-
po there are chiefly two kinds of '^ipgron,
i«, objects of invocation: — (1) a person
or deity invoked for worship; (2) a person
invoked oat of compassion {D.B.).
•^ir^' HMfran^kkai ^Olftnw a hcose
for the accommodation and temponiy
board of guests, strapgers, Ac
h^l Vl'l hf^ tkga-ka the mag-pie
••ff^ mgron-gfier or ^Tf^'^*'
mgrm-bu ibod'pa to invite or call a gusst;
••W^'9'^K^ fV'Wi-Jtt gfier^ufa lit the
receiver of guests; an officer whose doty
it is to introduce others to the king or
to the great lamaa of Tibet. He is abo
oalled •^^«I4 •f'S yor-jrw/ shu^mkhtm, he
who communicates the wishes or mandates
of a superior person to an applicant.
•flfl'^'^W ^ mgron-du bgro-tca to go to sn
entertainment ; ^^•(V^ a f eapt ^ ^'^^ a tea
party ; •k.'MJ^ a treat with beer or wine.
«l[^5 mgron^po ^i^rfir, ^nimwi oue
newly come ; a guest.
Syn, ii^v^V^q (^r-du AoH-m; |a^'
M'wa (4filfoi».).
s4^-Zi'9vq fg^gron-po bo^-pa to call or
invite a person.
•ilf^-Q'SH'R mgron-bu thaUtca name of a
medicinal drug which is alleged to stop
bleeding; it is useful in fracture and sores.
^*^P| hg'tg 1. obstruction ; stoppage;
^\^^ IfHt-bgag want of appetite ; ^i(^1^
gcifi-bgag also ^^ bgag strangury. 2. a
place or spot that has to be paaeed by all
that proceed to a certain point : Jwot*^^
5*^Trs3'»^^*«'t^ nam-pahi bgog-tu tgug-na
rktMna hckin^hub a thief may be arrested
if you be on the look-out for him in the
passage of a bridge ; ^ JJvw"<wS<i^ the
place on Pal-ibar mountain where there
is a narrow passage ; Ip^TV 9t<h4gog the
door of the house because through it
^^\
28d
W,<|-ci I
all that enter or leare hare to pass;
pr^^ kA^tgag the moath, tbfough n^oh
eyerything mml pan that ii eaten; flg.
^'■^i'^W'^^ thMT'lan^yi gtiai-^gag the
main point for aalvation. ^TT^WS'^^'^
^g-gcig-iu dpil^'wa to unite; to be oonoen-
t?wted in one point (/«L).
^^¥^ ^9^^ anything like a
fencing that is pnt round a field or garden
or a honee to stop ingreM from outside.
%T!'*' kgog-fo^ or m(^ ^g^ flr^ 1.
pf . form of ^^^4 ht^tt-pa to etop, to
cease, tobeat astaod-etiU; moitljin the
perfeet form: W^^F^ the appetite ia
gone; the paMJottahaTing been e up preaied.
2. doov»JDeeper| t. ^^^^ ifo^hf^t*
^^prt^ igag-j^ nm4 'if^Wl free,
unobetnieted ; thetl^; alao Toidity or that
▼Uoh is in a simple or unoompounded
liate.
^^ igaH, V. IF r^.
MF*(«) kgaH (po) the burden of an
ofioey Vuinnesef oommmion.
Cl4|C4rl^ bgati^ken alio ^^'^^ Atre4-
chen impoitaat; Tery talnaUe; ^*^^«*
lii-||Mi*i^i^-^-K^**^ gdtm ^gat^l^n
tnam§ iM ftib dMtfe-ner m$^ ^^^^^
^^9fm gjm% igallh^hen pum§ important
or ohief plaeea of pilgrimage, Ab. ; |^'^il>^'
M Twy laered symbols; fp;^nffm:l^
valuable things; ^'^i^^'^^ important
meaning or objeot.
Syn. t'^'^ fUa eke-wa^ V^^ drag-pa;
^IM'^W tga((§^k9m equal ; «iirU'«i|i|
phaU^her igthm in thorough agrtoment;
in harmony: ||^«|fF^Vi«'*^'V'
^'^ff|M*«i^ ao-0MI-0iiMi tng-tubgoi-pati
hJmjittH gat ^gaUi^hm (it was about)
equal to the area which the three southern
places together occupy {Ta-$eL 19),
R^^q ^gaUt'pa difficulti troublesome
{8ch:}.
^^'^IP*^ hgau-hkhur-wa to stand seou*
rity for; to guarantee; to take respon-
sibiUty on one's self; mh'^^*^ ^^m-
k^kgur^-wa to impose responsibility.
a^'S)« ^gan-^kri^ {gan^ti) making
QTcr charge ; making responsible.
^^1 k9('*h£gya9^^\ gan'rgpo H^^^^
ment| coTsnant^
'^^^ kgtm-^n responsible.
^'^'9 kgan-^g-pa to undertake any*
thing; to take charge of: wi^^-nW^s^i'
Vc'^siga'^ifif)^ when sell^interest is con-
osmed eren the donkey understands his
duty.
Q,4|X|*^ tgampa to cram into the
mouth, especially of dry ediUes; I'^T^oQ
pkge kgrnm-pa^po an eater of flour (SiUt.
8U).
to contradie^:; to disagree; to mistake;
^poU^a not to make mistake; to aToid
errors ; ^T*'^ kgint^nmi without mi^tske.
•^'T'l hgal'zla9L^y^A'%^m bgdl-fcahi
gtH>g9 or ft«W<i5'!|^^ mi-ffiikun^^i gt^g%
an enemy : "^ ^^* •«|^*^^f ^iw vajfan'
^^ having joined with such of the enemy
as were not in agreement with one another
(JOf-tf. 116).
Q,4|9(*C| hgof-pa to split, to crack, to
burst apart.
'q^* kg^4-P^f ▼• Vi'^ gu4-p^.
^sprci ^gH^ to summon; bring
back; '^T^" kg^^^P^^i^ one who is
called to ; a waiter {SUu. 8Ji).
as
^yl'^l
290
^^fl
+ ^'^"'^ ^^i^w^ to die (of xiatural
de^th, of difloase) : ^5'U«r< i'*^'*'"«
te'*^'^w^n at that tiine most of those of
the atteDdaats of the L(htM*wa wHo were
smitten ivith ferer died {A. 65),
(^K^QI*q ^gul^wa to movOi quake,
shake ;^'^ s0-gyosii*^^Qi ith^gui earth-
quake ; '^n-'cn hguUxi p0 or <^ai*SS bgui-
iy»^ shaker; fat. ^^'^^ hfful-i^hin^^y^i'
%\ bgut-^gyin.
^^'^ ^gur-nlio^ same as «Q^')( ft^gur-sho
sho-gptg^ one ttgw^^ho is equal to eight
taA-ka.
^^"fiS ^^iyvsJS'V Myi0^M or 'li^'
V^ fgideak^grogi husband (#yoii.)-
l?a to oonfound; to subdue W|%w ; •*[ ^^«^'
Q'Q qi^ igem^pa^ one who confounds or
bewildecs.
R^^Cd^'IS'^ igemt-par byei-pa ftoA
repeatedly bites ; aoo. to C7«. aaotJier form
for ^9«rq ^gum-paj to kill, to destroy
(fi^*.) ; iS'«r^^wr« ]^4^ bgemi-pa to sur-
prise; to over-thiow an argument by
reason; sAf^sm ii^go-gem stupid (^A.).
^^(Rprq *<^ jr«w mini, fti%^, wfirftw
to hxadsr, obstruct, keep back or in; fut.
^'•r<^-^^^'^ 4gag pa^ia m$4'4g^ M
fna^n 4gag ffUk'yoi %%V'S yin^min l4a^
bu preventing what is and what is not,
etc., in Buddhist metaphysics.
Q^^if q igeM-pa, pi ^P^' ikaH, fut.
S'^' 4go^ imp. f^^' **^*' to fill up ; also
to satiate.
(^^|em*q igek9^pa, pf. ^<i iilMii fat.
1)^ (pti* imp. i*Q AAoi, to coyer qp;
to put on; to oonceal.
*T« ftika/, fut. ^T> #pa;, imp. fN Mo/: L
toload;tolayonaburden; BT^'^Um/
bget-fM to impose tax or rent; to oonnois-
sion; to ohargewith; to rnake^ >ppoiiitk
oonstitute; to put; to plase on or oyst:
^••rqii|i|q- ^^-ma hM^oa a beam placed
over it; to set or put on, e.g.^ a pot; to
hang up; ^li'^^'^v go^ igeluM a
stand to hang clothes on; fig. ^'i^^'iU'^S'
l^'^^'^lf^ icki-war nuhpt^ ikoff-^g^ 4gH
one must s4 on it the roof of being
able to diet m., one must crown tbe winds
edifice of life \fj being free from fear c{
death («/3.); to impose a fine; to girs
punishment.
^^S^ »p»fc*r»/ old ; ^a^Tf^ ig^
brel fux'-idan the old, iged.
^^•^^ h^f-ggog^fm^r^ kkO-ggn
laden yaks.
^^'^spi bg^l-lug^ the method of im-
posing fine or punishment.
^^'^ t^f-jw, pf. ^T> Jifaift fut W»
tfjMVy imp. F^ kho§^ to split, deaTB, divide;
■^'^' ftitas-fiW (Ze«'.) cleft cr chopped
wood; ys^^^'<i dum^bur ige^fM te
divide into pieces; to cut up or open.
^^hgo^ same as *^ fi^^ origin, soores;
i^[W 1. foremost; in front; ^F^^ imig^
bgo commander of an army ; •^P^'^tfiiMflri
igo or V^'^W f AcA-^^ commandsr of s
fort, of a district: *il-^^fw:vjir^«
ehoi4cyi bgo MHi-rgg^^-f^ thug the origm of
Dharma (Buddhism) is traced to Boddha;
^•^•RUfni^ii q*)^ the source of a msr is
ii!aced to the snows 2. beginning; ibs
first: ^^ igor in the beginning ; ^'^"^
$0r-i»abi bgor the beginning of the haiL
Syn. *|'*< ihog-^w; V** *<hps; T^
•^if-qi
901
Aifrwi
•^<H 4pi»-iMMs%«i Ihoff-ma bagiimiog;
fint>
^^1" d^lM4m brood-dotii; also the
laperior kind of Uanket.
^'^ hgo-pa the hflftdman of a Tillage.
'^'^hgnh^fMxwAxa^ direotor, head-
master, priiiapai.
^^f"^ ftl^j^AA W^^i-Mi aooTor; also
a eaDopy or dome OTer a ten^e or tomK
df^K-f f Jfgo-wdhi l^lHa the flte
superior demi-goda, which are the follow-
ing: (1) If wi^'9ffio.aa^MiiM-<U» (2)
fTf «t^tt«, (3) Vf *n»-»«i (*) Mf*^
fliaf (^ WfyifMltf* These are the inaepa-
Table oompanions of hnmaai^y and rsjoioe
when we do good aotioni and beoome soRj
iriiea we ma. There are sereral t re atis es
(m the rites to propitiate them.
^^^ bfihpk&riBi^T^'^ 9 e a*e#^jM usbCqI:
V'«^-^4f 4^ tnm early yearsi m.» from
boyhood, he has been nssfal.
^^'^ kgo-^ioa #q, pt, ^ f»i, or ^
Vet, ef. ^'«i k%g>m 1. to stain; to
lose ooIouT} to dirty, sully one's self. 3,
iN^ to infsot with a disease; ^Y^'^
hgtHMti mA ^'A'^'^ ^f^-tmti* rim •
oontagious or epidemio dissase, a plague ;
^^ or ^^*^ ^*r^«!'^^'^ ^^- «n
infeotioas disease; also a contagions disease,
^s« igthma beginning, ongin, source.
^A Ajfo-m headman.
Cl^l^^ll hgogJm prob. deriTsd from the
Chinese^ signifying the goddess of the ele*
msnta. Aoo. to the Chinese the funda-
mental elements are tree, Are, earth, iron,
and water. Bach of these is prseided orer
byagoddi
itWj irnw, mrtic, wfinwi t. ^^^^tt^
bar-du iooi-paf ^Vl'« ^9H^
wqfirf^ to keep; to plaoe; to anrange;
a deposit ; pledge.
<^^^'«l m: pf. "^ Vcog. fut
away f cceibly ; to snatch, tear away,
pull out; r*^' ffae^ss h^f-1^
to pull up the root; ^^B Af^^JM^
one who tekes or draws out 2. to take
odBaeoTer,ftUd,apctfroaitbeflre9in W.
alff «r^ Mgog^fihri the hill on whieh
the monastery of Qahdan is situated : ^%
VlH'*N'*' mmttsgi rntmhtiog tfog^ to
stop the arising of imaginstjons or faades,
in the mind.
^^IS $9O0^h^ «iv diseiplineb and
from ^^ iy«lf1Mii there arise 1, ^'^9ld*
wa wf^ peace ; 2. V^F^ ggm ussi j m i iW
iPrS^*« /t t i fi w i ia (sAoyi^ wfM^n per^
footed state; 8. U «r*^'« il#f^|Nr »ftyii4^
lasiWiww firm ccnviotion.
Q.^fi«ipi I :*popi«^T!^ft*ffjhpe(4^
Q.^^ n : tntw, «T^ passing OTsr;
Iranat ; crossing; getting orer.
^^flUI'fl *«ef!HM-i^^¥r«i kgm^ to
present; to aTsrt unfortunate erreuts, aa
danger, fatal consequences; to suppress
the qrmptoms of a distese I7 med^oine;
to drive back or away; to expel, s.^., mirits.
«^«fB:-q|
392
^^fr^\
ghoitt; to repd people that are ixjing to
lead : ^V^m'IN'^^'f td^ tnam^
Jde-ffV h§of;0t$ it lumBg been arerted bj
the Are kinda of demona (H.R.).
^' V*l( ^f^Ai^ nfe, or «V*lk'« jMkeHcwC
lai^ a kmd d atone of Iher ooloor,
believed to be aaoredto the God DamHshen
irbo zidea on a goat — the peooliaaritgr of
thia ahme being that it breaUi in oabe-like
pieces {9tmn. JiOU).
§m4^ f^Tf to bewitoh, enohaiit; alao
to pdba ow, get the better of: ^^rv^v*
^*m%m iitt-li w^ tg^ft^mr tm who
eaa oferpower tbia, i^., irho oaa enbhant
him; ^^¥1 t^oif-iMf l^vp having
ccoaaedi paasedoTer.
^'^'V ifot'Wtipo or ^%'V ^gai-po an
enehaater; ^*^li kgott-wa mo an en-
ohantreaii a aoioeKefla.
^%'V Ifoi-io fifW a claas of demonB
whioh bring dinnaBO on men and oattle.
<^^'^ iffod-P^ pf • «*|S **oA fat. S^
A^tf, imp- f^ khoi, of, F^'i khoi-pa m^,
^1. todeaign;toprojeot;toplan(S9A.)-
2. to found; to eataUiah; to lay out (a
town) ; to build (a house) ; to manufaoture ;
to form; to frame. 8. to put; to fix; to
tranafar into a oertain state or ooi^dition ;
q^-q-ii'^ifS places in m state of happiness ;
f^qlt'iiir ii'^l^ puts into the wajof salya-
tion; ««• ja i-^«i-^^«i S04|-fvyaff-*yt
S0-^ hgoi-pa establishes in the xeelm of
Buddhahood 4. to set or place in oider:
frfw^fs^;^ f/ral-pkyam kgoi^ bdfa, as
(he rafters of a roof are pboed side by side
(8.g) ^^'^^ irf*^ igoi^ to add,
place at the end {VaiJuir.y, *fva^s«a'«i
ikoi-par v^tbttpa beautiful as to arrange-
ment: nioely ordered; «^T^fV' tejyis
4goi-pa to arrange oraAments (tastehdly);
to deooiatei adom ; to oonafamot or aljut
grammatical forma, sentenosa {Zm).
5. to set down in writing; 'l^tr^^ yi.
goJa hgoi'P^ to record t ^^sf^^'^^'^
mX ka-'Wa-la ^goi-pa to write name on i
oolumn; to oon|Kiae, draw vq^ wiiie s
narratiye^ etc. Frequently to mentioB;
to insert in a writing ; to puUiah ; to mab
known. 6. to rule; to govern (fiM.): 9v
«^'anr\qt*|^*q'«^ 6fof.eo« kkot^paV rn^
pa pinhbiB king over all subjugated aai-
maib (JS.). The partidple pf. ^'^ Vf9f
IM is alsb sbst : (1) ground-plan ; oofliDS of
a building; delineatioii ; sketch; 1^'^
sAMftW map; design; (2) form, flhspa,
figure (Sck.) ; sample; oopy ; even of oneM
own body, s.^r., where a pevasA multiplifli
himself by magio virtue |^'« ^pnSw;
(3) building; edifice; struoture: <^«riA
(fa^/Ni fubei the structur e is beautifal;
(4) frame; form; *K'«i«<i ikoO^pa Isf tlif
structuxe of the body : rt-i*fs*«rnpr»f*-vti^^
^i» ikei-pa n am - i pkkai i r^<-(«Ai« m/
form of an etherial nature.
fl^'^tgomnw I. totiead: W^H^^
grilhma daH^ iikughtdtm m-^s^ 9og9 M
M>it¥H*$og§ igam^im isf^w-oAs treading on
the shadows of lamas, teachers, Ac, tls)
on their ohairs, seats or olothea, or objects
of food and drink, is sinful. 2. aoo. to
Sck. ss ^^^ ti^em-pa^ ^*rq ^umpn to pea
over;^^'^#jWii-|Ki«^« A^roHM to go;
going (by passing) ; f^ ^^i-^i^^^ee |M
na§ 4gom ikei-poi^^^^ij^^^^ to paa
over a tbiffg ; lei^ over it.
S^'<l bphar-kgom tdkur^igam hpei-pa to ciotf
^^M
293
T^^\
or puss oT«r horn <»• ride to anotlwr
with the feel.
Q.^ »for 1. ia thebegiiming; ^Ifr
^«t the t6p or heed oi e low or order :
V^ «t the Bimroe of e riTor. 2. eapine
of ^'« Af»Hre.
vr: to tuny, linger, loiter : ••■r^^'^toei
dm kgorwm to linger on the mj.
8yn, T'"' (ful-tNL
^gor^gfU m$ ipM without delay.
^^'9 «f3f^ vitV) pt '^ ^/ 1. to
pert» to eepento; Tb, a. ^el'H^ ^^
M^' 0Mf A hemitege; ^^'H ^<fe/-jip
hflnnit, rednee. ?. to deviate; eonr; go
^Hftrm Ifof-M 1. the plaoe where two
loeda leparate no At to create donbt in the
mind regarding the right path. 3. error;
mutaike.
^^fpR ffgo§ n. of a monastery, Ttf.,
also n. of a tribe and of a minieter
of Tibet: f^H^*»lw-^*^^'^W^^^
if^-^lfii-^« tpo-fre^' fuitf bffohvc^ it will
oatoh oontagion. 2 f^firir a liniment; a
medicine to be rubbed on; f€f anointed,
besmeared.
«%iiK^'l*^ Bgoi Q$hot^Hu 4pta n.
pr {8ckr. * Td. t, 60).
^"T** *W^y-l«» <rf- IT*" 9kyag^pa, to
be told, qpnt, expended ((?<.)»
(^C*q |«iy«4-iM, pf. ^S*^*! kgyadv,
ftwpeir, finranr, ^flt to be delayed,
deferred, poatponed; farthest: %^'^S^'«I
ph^ir tgpad'4ia U one defers it ; < skQA*
^9^'^ not many years shall have passed ;
^«sj^^i a long time after.
^'i^^*^^g^i§'m4 without delay
{Tig. k. »e).
^§^*Q hgyiit-pa firm, ffNrr an
appearanoe of greatness or of pride.
^3^*1 hgiid'^ca 1. to assume air or
appeeranoe of greatness; to sit lifting up
the body in the manner of a lion. 2. to
look haughtily; to bok down iqion; tO/
slight a pefson ; A'r^Saa m^h ifyid-^m
also of things, to despise, eontemn, uegleot
them. tP^wfi^l^e seems to be an vutendited
form, meaning to soom loftily ; to look
down on as from a summit
^S^*'^ bggiM^g attitude; poiture;
gesture; also manner in rsfersnee to.
^^ 9Mug§ form, or ^|m Hgib§^ appear-
^|^«'^p^ ^yit^^kar a staff consecrated
to a fearful deity, or haying on its top a
head with wide yawning mouth or in some
fearful
Ct|JSl*Q bgyinhpa v/Mk the oiroum-
fersnoe.
^S*^ i^yti-tra, pt. ^ igy^h to moTe
quickly to and fro^ s.gr., as lightning, the
quiTsring air in a mirage, the motion and
versatility of the mind, ftc.
^^'P igyuTHca w*», ^irT«%« pf.
|^¥ gyur-io or |^" gyur-pa, imp. %^M
gyvT'Cig^ cf . |^'^ igynr^tca 1. to become ; to
grow, increase, chmge : ^tl^'^'^l^^ dg^-
ihArdnk bgyur^ua^ to become a monk; J^ ISK'
^•flf
294
9|qf
^^^tgyal-par igj^-ipa to become a king ;
|irii^*^«^'q ^rum-mar hgywr-wa to get with
diiid; ^if^S^^^idun^du bgywr to reftoh the
niunber of Beven: gvwa5Aj^<w'f^«i^'
ftMaft-iM yo4 there axe those which grow a
hundred timee better than you ; ^«<'^'^'||f'
B^ gtmn t^ywr |to-6iif* thrive times as much}
\^'^*iii Vl da tni§-tgyur Uanhihig ona
twice as large as that; ^%^'^ a changing
Toice. 2* sbst. change, alteration, revolu-
tion, Tioifsitode: ^ii'«i^9'^'m <h$ iahi^i
bgifur-wat through the change of the
fonrth season; ^^f^'*'^*' bgy^nr-iv^
ifhag^pa to pay money in hand as an
earnest that the bargain is not to be re-
tracted. N|^' V*^ ^ ijvtii^dtt tmi-^ tiftl^
unchangeable, inyariable: *9'fQ^'^'^'<^
pa^ gfHjif yotfff-sif hgyur-tca tiie total
decay of strength, health and esteem (in
old age); ^F^^l^wfrf^-Pr^wra idag-gi
mm nuhgyuf ma-iamt^pa my mind has
not been altered nor weakened; ^'
q-%^-iiii-«rA|^ ^ dai'pa bdi-hf9 ma-^pur^
rig do not depart from this belief. ^'V
^*9 igyur^du goi^ ohangeablei Taziable :
l*ll'^*a pho-mo bgy^r'IP^ n»le changing
into female and mm iw^sd; ^sni*^*^
to change the mind ; ^'<i^'H^'9 to become ;
begin to exist; to gain possession : ^*<i'l^
frw*^|'^*<A ^*Ai*Q'^\^^ these aets of haying
become indifferent to life; v'^fq^'i^y
eaU mi tmca-war gyur^o he became speech-
less. 3. ^|vq bgifur^ipa annezed to an infl*
nitiTa may denote either the perfect or the
futare tense, the context deoiding^ in eyery
instance how it is to be understood:
CHS^I^*•*»^'^"^ 9wMgtggat^tii ftj^
parigguir who shall haTe the GoyemmentP
who* shall rule P ^frtK'^f v^'i|ii-» db
fggaUpor iggt^^ioar c^i-so they knew that
rould become king. "TM^^-^i^q
'du, bgywr^a to be' sorpriBed
; V'fl'^l^*^ gnat^u kgyuv'^
to come to a place; to airiyeat : ^^S'**^*"
yi Q'^'^'^ idoi-pa^ Moygntb^tu, bggwr^
to be endowed with the perfect gift of
wishing, vis., of having every wish fulfil-
led; ^«'«i^*^«^«» to become moving; to
begin to move. 4. to be trandated; ^'%'
«9^'9 to be translated into Tibetan; ^'^
VMh'bgyw the translated word; ^'9^'
iggur-bguH was translated.
a|i('qt'V«i bgffur-wabi'Choi changeaUe
(and therefore peridiable) things (Os.).
•ai^-^-^ bgrur-war bggur nfm^
{Sifkr. ; KdUtc. T, 89) it will become.
^'d^ bgywr^hyei a changer ; one who
% about changes.
nncjiangeable ;
infallible.
'^'^^ hgywr-t9hig the translated
words; according to some authors wonk
that have been translated into another
language: l^'^^^^'H^Ksr^^f*!
tgy^ ro^gi bgyur4ihig flfWot-pMf-Mi l^og
keep the original terms of the IMn
intact with their translation (Fa*
d$t 88).
^ bye^^M^ light; a whip^
^3*^ byy^'^^t pf * and imp. ^ gyei^ I.
to be dispersed; to be divided, e.g., a nrer
that is divided into several branches; ipo
4fVr« inam-pa (fKig-tu (a ray of light)
divided into two parts; to separate; to
part: 9fr%^^%m'\mUfiM^gbgyn^duiirhen
body and soul part from eadi other. 2.
to issue, proceed, spread} faranioh frooi:
^ ^^^«i*Sw« they I^«^ proceeded tea
those (their aneestorsl.
q|i|||
305
^•«|
^^^ ^99^9^^^ purflf the flense; the
real meaning; easenoe **I«wi«^J'^|T
*^'^^^n-<ni Bon ihamiMfa4J^ hgy^g.
mtm^iag-la tkug^pa§ the eseenoe of all the
Bon meete ia the )lA&-A»g.
^^S -0yy^ !• &• of a difltriot in north
Teang: ¥*'%*HV»T*«>Ti^*lh (?<tfl4.
^ i2i» «p««»*iii Bu lag Qaii bin^i {LoH. ^
6). 2. alrne in money or eetaUe things ;
^i^^ H9^4 gt(^*^ to dirtribnte alma.
This expreaeion is defined by Tibetan
writer as *^*ir^sprf '5* ^-^w^^Jswr^ |^q
f beatow aUrer and the like in an anmnn
hiy, diatribitatmg to each man.
^'^ h9^i-9tob§ ^Tfrnrwrn athletio
faat ; esaroise of anna*
^S^ i99^P^f P*- ^f i99^9 int.
^ J*ya ^nr9; fwi^, <^h[w 1. to diTide
(tn,)j to aoatter, disperae ; V^Kit^'Q Ao^
ur ^a^:pff to diffoae raya of %ht : H'4'
^^ V9^9^hP^i99^ aendfl forth an emana-
tion ; V'f^^'V pkO'iia igpei^pa to aend a
meaaenger; to diamiaa; '<f^ an aaaembly.
2. to inatitate, aet goings Mq'lf'i(^*ii to
atart a oombat ; ^vr<i|S'<i to fight abattle;
^qr ^*4'a one who girea battle ; lfryi#-
paii Uh$ m the dispate. 8, to gi^a ap
entertainmant, banquet ; to hold a feaat
^^ i99^(h^w»W^^*^ jpAra» mm-^pa n.
of a goddAaa— one that brings on divi-
aion, diaaenaion, or diannion.
Q.^^*^ hgy^^a or K^^'^ (po4-iro lak
to drop or let fall; to throw down; to
quit, abandon^ throw away {Boh).
^QI*q bfuel-^ to fall; to tnmUe
down. ^t^^'^'^^M-rftya/i^^e/fellonhia
baok, face upwarda; ^'^'''t^ ut-la^^gp^l
tambled on ihe gxonnd ; |K'«^«*)«*4^'q
rM-ao^Ayt hgyel^vM to b^ thrown by the
wind, Ac. ; ^^'M^Hfrir 'iiVr^ abiaken
down by illneaa ao ae to be nnaUe to walk :
^•c1H«i-^i^^ he leU by atambling on a
atone; ^t'l'^ »^i wi f a i- s i i t%ryy then
I, fainting away, fell to the gfoand.
^^*^ hgyn-l^^ another foam iaf ^«
i99^i'1»f to aeparate aannder or between
twopartiea.
4eal ; ^ht'um'^m propeitiea nnder aeal
<K«» iggogipa to ascend; V'V*'!''*^
gyen^ hgyog^-pthpo one who dimba up
^SS'^ l^oflHi WHr4 ^fiTV, ^ifW,
w\^, ni»«Ri«K to rapent; to grieve for. 1.
lament, relent, not only for bad, but alao
for good aotiona, when the latter* are
attended with diaadTantage. 2. abet.
regret: «i'SSQ'<9^'^ b99<4^ (f*y0#iM
regret ariaea at last ; ^'«^l^'<r%V4 ta bg9c4-
pa itkgeii^a I felt regret; ^'ii$S'«A'%Mi-
*S'^'SV^'l^'^ 4a igfci-pati mm m$4-par
khjfo^la ^gm^no I gave it to yon readily
without regret.
af^-q-Hi'^ai hggoi-pa MMi-0mn the
three kinda of regret are iUuatrated aa
foUowa:— (I) Sf%^V^^V^'^'W^ not
being able to defeat an enemy out «f one'a
country, or Vi>fMi'8«ia|tT|^'^*«^ iP^S to
be aorry for an oooaaional defeat after one
haa behared himself as a hero ; (2) 9^
a|^-fl'ar|^|rva>^ to be aony, when out
on a journey, at not being properly equip,
ped with proviaiona, etc; «fS<CF«V| j^
^ii<i;*^-4|S to be aoiry on inviting an im-
portant person when there is no proper
^f^'vl«l
296
oS^ci]
arrangement for his entertainment or re-
ception ; (3) ? iJ i|^«i«»«*l«a««'^^ to be
torry for not haying fed one's horse when
on a journey; also y^HW i^'^^'^"^«i5S
to be sorry when the horse dies, one has
to carry the saddle on one's own back;
(4) f «fim^'y •••gwripr^^i-^'Ss to be sorry
in old age for not having done religious
works as a youth ; (5) *^T^V'5-^'8"^'^'''
^' ''when that DeyU the lord of death
has come, he repents."
■9JS***\*' bgyod^ii dtu^fna regret after
a gift has been made; ^^'^S bgyoi»fm4
^mVTW without regiBt or repentance.
"■^'JT^ bgyod'tmihwa to cause repent-
ance; to make one suiler; feel, or pay for a
thing: ^^'^^ ^fUfH-igyad repentance
proceeds from consciousness of guilt (/a).
^^yS'^^'SV^ igifod^tshaHf hyed-pa to apo-
logise: ^*^%S^'^IFI^'^ to accept an
apology.
^)S' V'^ bgyo4 ^n-pa having repented.
^^'Q-^^ bgifod-ifagf confession and
repentance.
Q,gppi'9P|*l bgrag^-gm, or ?ni'^»^
grag§-bgrag§ ^ffkm^ ▼^y bright.
^5PPI'P I: bgrag§^(j/ag^a},^i. ^m
grag% 1« to sound forth ; to utter a cry or
•oondi of nkBUi animalsi thunder, fta ; to
shout : ^^H«w^'^ippiqi^A|yn if it should
be shouted into his ear. 2. to be famous ;
to be called ; ^^'9^ aAe^-gragf so it is
called ; so he was called; by this name he
goes ; under that name he is known.
^9I^^'fl II: bgf-aghpa to bind, v.
^ W** graghpa^
QJSj^^Q |^pf»4-iMi {ifang-wa) 1. to
number ; to count, v. ^fl^'^ igraH-wa. 2.
to satisfy with food; to satiate; ^9^<ri«
bgraii-rje^ after having eaten one's fill ;
4)qq^i^iMlii^^^*9 not yet having enough
of deer killing.
0,^^m bgra^t {ffang) ^^i fully fed;
eaten to the full extent ; filled up.
C^^^TQ hgra4i9-pa^^S^^^^ grod-pa
bge^i or ^|prq-^^¥ gmi-pa hgeHf beUyful,
•tomaohful j if ii"^^« iUhtm bg^i eaten to
one'B fill; also Bwq Hom^pa eaten to
satiety ; with "^^K.tshwhpa satiated ; H^
ehog-pa contented (Jlfi^on.).
C^5|^'^ bgrai-pa or ^S|S'«i igrci'Pa
. {4^jpa) to spread ; to enter.
^^ »?rtf» (flbn), V. ^5^'** bgran^po
^rrvd, ^, % ^t ^9 wt challenged;
invoked.
Wl'^*^ bgroH-gyi (khtnei^'i^^^
bgran-pa meg without a rival ; matchlett ;
unequalled (applied to things).
Syn. ^aR'8'^'|'*S'*i bg^^an-gyi do-tltt md-
pa ; ^SK'I'As'Q bgran-nta med-pa {M«(m.).
^V^%W9 bgrm ihOhpa^^Wik^'^ bgrsi^
nui-pa or ^in*^*^ bgrm iao^^ to snfhr
rivalry ; to stand rivalry.
^5W'^'HT*» bgran^du tjug-pu 1. to place
in opposition ; to enter ' into osmpetition.
2. ui a general sense, to defend one's sslf ;
to make resistance (^dm,).
^W^^ *^/vn-«te=^^T| bgran-zh.
Q,5I^'fl bgran-pa (denifki) nfiimd,
nfimil, t^ (1) to vie with, contend with ;
to strive (for victory) ; J^'ffS'il*»'*i'«P'V'
^^'9 phyug-khffad tnam-4ho9 mvi-dni
bgrat^U to cope even with Yais'ravava as
to riches : ^'^'^Sn Mod^p(fr bgran let iu
vie with one another in uttering pnuse;
4^*cwX4| let us now draw a parallel
between (these two)
^m 907
Hn*^ tgnm^ikig woids of oonten*
tion, bibkering.
petttoor. 2. equal mfttoh; ^Wr4^^'9^'<9
wa mmrmlled; nmtohlow.
^' db-sfa ; ^!K'^ ^frron-di^ nTal ; match.
^9^*^Mi t^nvM-Mmf 1. contention;
emnlatioin. 3. jealovuy. 3. qnanelBome
temper; wpni oi oonteofersy; ^^t^'^vw
^Y^a to stop ; pat an end to oontentionf
Q^^QXI ^^raf?! (^iMi) bank; ehore ; tide ;
neighboiizliood, as H'^^'HT* the foot
of the wall; •''^'^ST ^^^yi kgrom river-
side or hank; A'^'^gpi n^-yi igram
fixeHside; ^^'*^**M|•' igon-pa^i bgram
neighhonrhood of a monastexy ; !f«^'<i5'^5p
aroA-pa^ bgram vioinitjr of a village ; «w)*
^^hm-ggi bgram roadside: 4^'*r«'Siir^'
V^BF^' Vri^'^l* if the river fills the valley,
a stone on its iMtnk does not remain dry
(a proverb).^ Often used as a poetp. with
or without <ia or /a annexed : ^^'>A'^^^
at the brink of the preeipioe ; v^^ ^!pr^ at
the lake ; close to the lake ; ^9"*^ ia also
used as adv. meaning near; dose by.
Ryr^ii bgran^jfuisi^ipf^ bgram^.
^^^S^bg^Mm4og4i^k^ Haabathing-
plaoe ; a ahore.
^V^W bgram-lfihag a slap on the face;
abozonihe
a|f^-«l|
0^9f^^hgram^ X%^ wm eheeK (of.
bg^ami^a la rt^n^pa to lay one's hand on
the ciheek; as vb. to prodaim, publish.
^^Q bgramifo mm\m one living or
residing in the nd^bourhood ; one pes-
sessing crashing teeth ;a demon*
^9^^^ bgram-gibi foundation; basis;
^V^^^'^^vq bgram-ffhi bdHi^wa to lay a
foundation.
^SF^^i bgram-yxg edict, proclamacioni
publication ; V'^ti'4|i(«i*^|*^'^-^3|si q A>-
Tggmgna9^9huUgy%yuge bg^^am^pa to pub-
lish accounts of biography or history, Ac.
^W^'^^bgram-rui cheek-bone ; jaw-bone.
^^F^^ bgram-gfog the hinder part of
the jaw-bone (ficA.).
^SF* bgram-w ace. to Ja. cheek-tooth ;
moltt^-tooth ; grinder.
Q.9JWr*l bgramhpa to spread over;
*'?^'*^'^3pw*i 5 me4og 9ogt bgramt-pa-^po
one who spreads or scatters flowers, etc. :
R^^« ««r^^»iwq this will be spread over the
man; «'^^7«i*q to spread on the ground;
S^-Jspr^-^jpm-q phg0g§»phpog$'mi bgran^
pa to scatter to the dUbrent quarters ; 9Si*
^^'^If^^ lu9^la na4 bgram-pa to infect
the body with disease.
^V^^ bgram^i9ha4 overrmastering
fever.
R5pf Rj^ bgra^-bgrui •« Jf gga-ggu ;
fin &(vpentine^ crooked, bent.
^5|V« bgrag^pa {4e^) m^^^^m^t^
phan^tfkun m^hnn^pa 1. disagreement ;
difleranoe between two parties. 2. f^,
f^in^ to hate; to bear ill-will; to have
spite againstr
Os o^
^g|^'^5^ bgrig-bgrig (fig^tg) 1.
arranged properly; '^*^^^§T*' Mig
bgrig^bg^g-pa to arrange words properly.
3. gdatine; jdly of meat {Jo,).
oSh'*! bgrig-pa (ef . 1t«« %grigifa) to
suit,agxee, correspond; to be right; IpK'
4^4 S^o&ff bgrig-pa suitable occadoiJL;
J^-^«r«i^^q r^en-b/brel bgrig-pa good or
89
^5*1
"298
i|q-q(
aospioiooft ooinddenoe; ^«'^'^)t^ dui'
t^hoi bgrig^pa the tim# miits; 9<f'^9|^d
gral bgrtg-jM, ib make eveiytlimg ready ;
p'^^^q kha bgrig-pa taiaidmity in deposi-
tion; all of one ezpresaion or speech; if'
•••w'^J^fl iUh^etm bffrig^pa to agree in
opinion; P««-^§|^a M^^ffichu bgrig-pa
oompFomise in a law-snit or case (ei'nl or
in oriminal).
^^•«i bgrib-pa 1. irrl^to grow dim; to
get dark (Ob) (of. |qq igrib^a). 2. nvm
loss; diminution; also to grow less; to
deorease, to be diminiched, to decay ; ft '^Jq*
ft'q^o tm-tgrib tm-lu^-pa neither to grow
less nor to flow over; ^4^'q bpheUwa is
opposed to «q|q'q bgrib'pa\ q||a|'q'W<^q'4
i^aUpa mar-bgrib^a the kaJpa (period)
diminishos.
t^^*l bgriin, V. «9»*a figrim-pn in «IT
^S** kig-bgrim ^'m'K%9r%WQ^'tm hg^bgrtm
gy^ irgy^t-^h passing from hand to
hand.
^5»i"^|ai bgfifn^bgrul communioation ;
also travellers, either merchants or pil-
grims: l(tTN^'!i«'>|'«i5-«^3*i'^5«l'«S Edo-rje
gdan-du sog-pohi bgrim-bgrul cha4 the
oommnnioation of the Tartars with Dorje-
dan (Ghtya) was interrupted (A^ 19).
0,5*'^ bgrim^pa 1. sometimes for
^I'Q ibrinhpa. 3. pf. ^m bgrim to
matoh abouty perambulate ; to rove or stroll
about; walk round; J^'PWi'^fl^iq tgyuU
kkoifii bgrinhpa to Toye oyer ibB oountries;
%'iS'^)«i Q ri'hbrc4 bgrim pa to wander on
a mountainrange;«Ai^'^^'«i««i^'*(}«'^^!('^
ehu-^ktd lu/i-'ta yai bgrim na^ bgra-wa to go
about crossing rivers and valleys, ^o.
^fsrXi^ ^^m-m^ doing or accomplish-
ing any work: «i«i'^'w5^«is.i|^i»iiiflrir-
iwati^gi^ ni^ia^go gahan^yai bgrim^m^
kit viAar bde some in conseq[uence of ki
(m. karmd) entered the womb, othoB
having accomplished good deedsi woe
happy enough to escape (here 9mxm)
{tHram. r, *4).
^^H^ bgrimt {4m) or ^^l/mn bgrim^
pa ^n^^ "tmrn inferiorify; inequa-
lity or also less in quantity or quality;
^T«r«^9»«<' rig^pa bgrimhpa failing ia
intellect ; growing foolish.
Q^gj^'P bgril^a idO^a), pf. %n grU
(of. |ii'q igril'Wa) 1. to be twisted or
wrapped round, for ^fi«5 bkhril (SWL), to
be collected, concdntrated ; to flock or
crowd together; ?A^5**'^'' Awn bgrO-na^
all in a heap; all together. 2. to be
turned, rounded, made circular or cylin-
drioal, e,g.^ a stick (tTa.). 3. to fall, drop
down.
^^^ bgrii (?0, V. -^^^i bdrii, ^ti«i'
«T8'V' V'ft'^iS'*^' bgrii-ma tkag4u vHf^
gtam mi-ifod^^ immediatly after aoqusin*
tance not expressing one's heart's wordB^
(t.0., revealing one's secret) (Jig)-
Q,^'P bgru-wa^ (dunca) pf. f« grui 1.
to bestow pains upon a thing ; (q'tr^l'^'^
to take pains in studying. 2 n. of a tribe
in Tibet : S9^'^f ^••'^HFflV^'^^ dbrab-bgru
Idom-'fBum IgnhdaA bshf (Jig)*
0,5^'^ bynOhpa {dub^a) pf. p gnh
(jSUu. 69) to be accomplished without sajr
perceptible agent; to be made ready; to
be finished; ^l^f^'^^'^bgrub-fttr bgym^
ro will be finished : <H|7<i^'l^')^ bgrub^^
gyuT^eig let it be finished or performed |
i^iq-cF'^l^ or R^q-^^' will be finished, peis
formed; ^5P<i*|^ bgrub-f^ m-sntf it oalh
not be accomplished or done ; 9r^tfk
'=(\v^]
299
c^f«l*«fl
^y^^^par before aooompliabed or per-
formed: »«*^l|^*<r^i«fR|qcii;-i^jvX let those
deedfl not yet effected be accompliflbed.
f^'S*'?**'*' lhun%-gyii grub-pa Bpontaneously
grown or producedi i.e., in a supematnral
way: '^^'^ ^grulhpar fog wns nay
it be aooompliabed .
^"T*^ i: bgrub-ibyor or ^5^«rv|kq
hgruh-pa daH ibyoT'Wa anything aooom-
plished and perfected (as a reward).
^>r^ II : is an expression ooonzring in
ahnanaclcB^ relative to the proTing tnie of
certain astrological prognostics of good
lack ; similar to, but not identical with,
^^"^^ tUn-hbrel
Q,^*|'q hgnm-pa (dunhpa), pf. 5»<
grum (of. 5*i'*» grum^)y to pinch or nip
(^ (the point of a thing) ; to cut off ; to
prime, lop, dip the wings («/a.).
(^^Qpq ignO-pa (#iil>j^=w8»fl|^B
hm-gyi mgron-po a traydler, passenger;
also a pilgrim: as'irv*«TB'^fT<r»iK«l'
$«ry^ %^*sse.'r«irq'9^' Boi-la da-lo tog-
po hgrul-pa maH-po ikb^'byuA^ ^gye4
maH'ja yag-po byud this year many
Mongol pUgrims haye come to Tibet ; there
were liberal alms-doles, and tea for many.
(^^Q|*q igrut-toa 1, to walk; to pass;
to tamli^fff'^'^'^ l^gr^t^or byej-pa to
canse to go; to send off, despatch, a
messenger; ^'^Q ^grul^wa po a wallcer,
post, traTsUar, pedestrian; sbet ^
igrul passage; the possibility of passing:
pa§ the passage from Nyanang being
stopped (by snow). 2. fig. to walk; to
liTS,a0t, or behaTe. 3. to paaa as good;
to be oorrent (of coins).
^V^tS bQruU%hu4 passage, oommuni-
^tion.
'^V^^^^ 6(rru9'bgog^^9i'(%M JrtaoH
bgrt^ assiduity, industry.
Q^^^'Q ^gru§-pa {ifui^pa) 1, pf. ^^q
bgru-wa. 2. sbst. seal, enthusiasm, dili-
gence, endeayour; more frequently ^V
^ irtwn-bgrui (Jd.)
^'^ hgre-tea {(fe-toa) (^'f 'a ttgt fta-
hu) ^irm to roll one's self ; Tni«i||q sa^la
bgre-uta to roll on the ground ; ^'|^ bgre^
Idog or "^1 <T8S ** tgre-hg byed-pa to roll
on the ground from pain or despair, &c ;
also of horses, &c.
'^ISTtIt*! bgre Idog-ldog-pa to roll en
the ground from pain, etc. ; to wallow :
9«i^'SR-^i^-i^ V^jq q ffa^sogt pkar^shur
bgrO'log rgytOhpa the horses, etc., roll
hither and thither, J^i«E«rft-^«w*^
^f*! 9S S-^*^^-*! idug^Wal nd-'izo4-pa§
bgre Idog-ldog hye4^kyin bdug unable
to bear pain they were rolling (on the
ground) {Khri4, 39).
0,^t:r^ igreH^tca ((M-tro) (cf. !«
sgreH-fca) 5tiH, ^?(flrw to stand: X'^'^
r^'^^'^^ standing at the mouth of the
pit; S^W'r%K^'^^\ iia^i^ ttar
bgre^'iffar bffU^r they started up as if
afrighted. *>'^'^»' m-bgrei g»um three
lengths of a man (JS.).
^'5 bgr^-bu (de^-bu), also ^B bgreH^
pOj sign of the vowel ' "«.''
0,^*1'^ bifrenypcr^ pf. Pfjj^ ikram^ fat.
SSF^ iigram^ imp. ff^ kkromt 1. to
spread (as of grainy f oar drying), or ^%>nr4
bgrem^^ {detuhpa) (f'f 4 eki$ lUhbu)
^mfk^M to sprinkle (water). 2. to put' or
lay down in order, e.g.^ beams, fte. ; to
spread out; to display; to scatter; to
draw (a curtain).
m n. pr. (&Ar.; Td. «, tOO).
i^fvqf
^^^'fl bgrehx^ h^^Un ht$h6l^
Vf^ ^pff^rr to beg, sapplioate. 2. to pat
in, anange ; ^ ''^^'^^^ ishig-dm hgrtUpa
the ananging or paraphraaing the Hieaa-
iiigs of woidB. b* to esplauiy conmieiit
upcA.
'^^ bgrei'pa e^oBLoeat ; late offioar.
•^t^' ffgro-fm flirar n. pr. (Schr.;
Ta. if 89i)f &• of a ooontry (piob.
Tamil) ; of a lezioograplier [prob. iTftv].
^WT bgrih§go^ ^f'fe'fl bgrihwtHwa
es^^enditiire, ooet ; anything expended.
^9'^' i: Sgr<hidM n. of a conntiy in
the BOath of India, t .« , Diavixu.
^«-^- n: iftw {8ehr.; 2». », iW).
Olf P bgro^Of pf. *^* «><, imp. «^"
•oil, btd; negatiTe form of imp. f ^V
fna-bgro 1. to.go, in all its ognifioations,
f .e., to go awaj, proceed to, walk, Ac. 2.
abflt. aliTingoreatiiie;that which movee;
R^-iq ^^yi the six oLasfloB of lining
tilings. 8. to live; be Hying; moye;
exist ; to be.
<|>?|T« bgr(MM po^^^'9\ bgrihbpei one
who goes; goer; walker; traveller ; passen-
ger; pres. «1'^^'^ igro-iahm bdug^
^V^*^^^ hgro-gin hdug proceeding;
going ; fat. ^' W ^ bgnhwar bgyw^y
i^H-q'^n'l^ bgrthwa rigs-drug the six
kinds of moving beings :— (1) f Iha ^^ the
gods ; (2) f«'^ iha-ma yin ^^ the d«.
mons ; (8) ^ tm ^^m hamanity ; (4) ^^%
dui-hgro fiwhl beasts, etc. ; (5) ^'^^ yi-
diags 5n the ghosts; (6) SV^'^ rfmyaAt^.
n^M hell-beings.
R!f 'iA'«^4i'Q bgrihfcabi Qi$^on-jH> ^firirni an
epithet of Avalokite9vara ; WA<fi|^«|i^
800 ^tC^'^l
SyofM'as gnigi a name of Bnddha, of
Yishnu (4^lo«i.).
previoasly visited.
^'««'^ hgr^ltH iike^^t'^'^ hgro^
ehe or ^%M'^ bgro-Sen eke^ adv. very pro-
bably; in all probability ; also wt alooe
is osed: ^•«^^«r^^'*S'*|"jH"As-«i-i^i(r*f
VK^l g9(hW0 rig^fa idi bod-na tnmm m^
pa$ mdhnat hgnhla^ che the science of
healing, there being no medkiae in Tibet;,
may in all pKobtUlity disappear {A, 3S).
0.^^'V bgrogi-iki to assodate with;
to keep company; to be in the company of;
to accompany: •x»f«rws^-^!|^wq^
ffma'pa iga-daiH bgrog^^Mt^ iam tiy to
associate with the holy ones.
^WT^'^tB tgrogii^hpo or Mf^o^tS
bgrogt-par byed associate ; one who acoom-
panics, gocA together.
Syn. l*«^ tjH^hags\ *«f^ ^
l/>yor\ '^•W^W^ ydirdag bgrogs (4P*wi)-
^V'^^ bgr^hlugi (eastern) manner.
^V^'S bgrai^bu '* AmV^ eho-loV M-i«M
cowries; dice (40on.).
»^f« J^fro-»ia HWiiT {Sehr.; Kdhc. T.
119).
• Qft'pmm bgro (sa/t-m0 (Schr.; 98 A.y
^V'iS bgrd^^d'^V^'^ ghOrpo an
phant (JOfeJi.).
O^^mx bgrol'¥;a,^.^^Wol,i^
^^ dg^ol^ toonravel; to make looee ; to Mt
free; to onfasten; ^^•^•fi^^r^*^^ ^
du ^ud-pa bgrol-wa to cot the knot ; ^V^
«!'« bgrol^a po or ^«^'8S bgrol-byed one
who unravels, loosens; ^^•''S^'^^^ *^
gyin bdug is being set free ; '^♦r^ ^^
igrol-icar bgywr will be set free.
^Tq n: to 6Mape, be libemted, be
releieed from. The pf • bare is f^ grol
G^erallj -QgfiA in the dietinoiiTe Bud-
dhist aense of eeoape from the neoeBtitj of
lirmg, re*fairth, eto.
kyi i(fr<hiuff9 gait ; mAimer of ivmDdxig of
men, hones, eto. : *^'|'^>^'l|^'^ Hi-ipUai §kar
la :— W'Rf ^ ^tr ^^n- f^- V^^ ra/l-* ffro§
rlu^igroi gn%% re-yoft those that are self-
moTing, raoh as sun, moon and planets,
eto^ and those that are moved ; s.^'Q'^'St'
^t^^^^'irS^'^V those whose manner of
walking is like the goose or tlte parrot are
respected by all; l^'H^'^B'«i^^9«'if^
IN, «w|^- »Krt'iiST«'§S'««'5^^ gM-chen
mH^ khff^ffichog ^gro^ldan tm^ Mi-^pyo^
%ia1lrpoii idag-po bye4'par ido4 those that
walk in the manner of elephant, lion or
bull become rich and wish to be master of
many people; BT^srtii;-^fw«ir^|TV*i
whosoeiver walks in the manner of dog,
pig and donkey gains imhappiness (Jff .)•
9(^ tga-wa, ji. W r^«l •wr 1. to
be old, aged ; also sbst. old age. 2. to go
down ; to set (of the smi, etc.) (Ja,).
Sf'W^'H^'S tga-watl krai^cjfi bat, flitter*
mouse (c/a.).
•4r< rg^lo {Sekr.; Td «, Ui).
^'^ rga^ vi^Uf^ old age and death;
4|*^W4^'<9 tga-fii gmr-nm to suffer under
the milnnities of old age.
9f rgad also m|K'^'« kg^V^-fna
hedge-hog, the second term designating
two species: Erinaeeu^ aurUus and
BrinacetiS amur&nm^ the latter found in
Edkonur district.
aged.
SOI
^^\
9f\^ rgaii^^^^^ tgatpa also*
^^'Q kgrt%^ an old man; a man gray
with age.
Syn. ii^-* *i M^49ho pel; ^^'^ m.
Mo4 yol\ « •«^B^^f^ hhmA khur4ian ; S**
3*9^ iitci-po ia/Mf; ^fH^'<i ikJ^ogf-pa;
^'i^'SV^ mgo^fkp0§ ikar^wa ; «i%q*-ifipr
fW iM-paii tfnat^tkabi; fT|T«» 9hMia
imm^pa^ ; ^c»»i»f fl igi^h igtthon^ ; ^fl
tgan-pa (jVXoii.).
^'If tga4-mb an old woman.
tgai^) old man and old woman.
9^^^ rgan-pa ^, ^ff^ an elder;
senior. In Tibetan astrology a person
agedbetween 60 and 72 is called W«i,
4|3^*Hf^«»-j» «^ l!i;«Vi| 1. an old
inhJi ; elder. 2. the headman of a village.
^ti5U| rgan^poH thig^ ^^ go^a vul-
tore ; also met for rainbow {M^Han^.
^•qS«^4 rgan^po^i ikigJe V^-JHW
met. an old man's son.
SK'Qt'iRi tgot^HH^ hi the woik of an
elderly man.
^T* r^iMwo velflsii, iJNf, va an
old woman ; one inflrm and worn oat.
^*Vf< tgan'^hugi ^TM those thai
are grown old; elderly people.
ij^'^OT fpan-roif Hm the TsneraUs,
aged.
SH'^^m tgtu^m imra of the older
dass.
^'^'V^^ rg^n-la Sam^ WK^^ iolislsn
to the adrice of the old.
^'V^ rgan'9aii wrvfi} has become old*
fl
303
*l
9pn tg^i nw,^nww;«^^«* •^^^^J
fHii «*»-f jwrf the lord in driver: ^W^
ffo/ tf!h4-fMi difBonlt to ford or to oroM.
^•P f paA-^ or ^'^ tg^^ P*- aad fat.
'^ &rMi»p. Ipi fi»/> to ford (ariYer)}to
traTd through; to pasB orer; to sannotint
apaas: f**'irfi(»M-|f«r9 tgya-wMc^
gru-gMi-kfi tgnUt attar having coroflaad
the Bea in a ahip ; •'^lii^V^r jv (f^t
iMifti ftyoll 4o« the north side (faoe) of the
monDtain-paai thai has been orotsed.
jointe of the bade ; hip-joint ; aoeocding
to Beh. ^Upk tgat4Mn^W^^^ m^
igi the spine.
(fo-fiiff tyatcijr the ohameleon.
4PR f jwas^l'^ rpuMMi old, ripe.
ipn«| f fOff-Jki old age.
«it4 aged^ old; exhausted ; inflnn ; sbst.
an old man.
^pro-q^-q rgaH>^f ito^wa an dixir
(which has the property ol giving the
appearanoe of yonth in old age) ; "fK^f
if icui-kngyi 9kar {M*g. 90).
Hsrfis rvn-ky^ ^w^oftrw that makes
one look old and hac^;axd.
^iV tg^ ipei^na unfWt a woman
whose company makes a youth look old.
V*S rga§'fne4 9^ *!""* Mirer
grows old, anameofthe celestial beings.
ft f^sM-tf^ many; ^f igthtM
one able to orercome many.
ilV rya-*»l a mixture of many ingr^
diento healrng sores, joining veins and
removing pains in the intestines, as in
9i^^ r^M^iMi 'pw, fW^i ftj^f w^-
1. disadvantage ; trouble. 2. to dec-
line, to sink, grow frail: ^•«r-^*^-iJ'^y
'^l'^ C'1''^8^'l^*4^*^'9S'''i ffFOS-jNi dai no-
Ufa (M mi/a^an dad ^g-itttal gyn lut
9MI9 f fMtf^ (his) body and mind become
deteriorated from misery, sorrow, disetie
and age ; 7'|^ dar^tg^ rise and dedine.
8S*« tgu4-po9 V. 5S'B gui^.
pkoH§Jkff% fnu9hfa a destitnte person ; des-
titute.
grapes ; f*l ^T^ tgm-4kar the white spe-
cies of grape: fT'^3*rJf^^^^-^<ifc
rguf^tbrum ghhnad 9eU9kiA Uhai-pa ibifni
the grape removes diseases of the lungs
and cores fever.
fh^^ rgufHff^m irine or drink made
from grapes.
|V^ rfnfM-r^ wild grapes ; acocffdifig
to J3. raisins in W.
flV^'^ rgurnH} or pB i^r^TO fi
hunchback ; one bent by age, v. ^^ 4g^*
^'^ rgur-re ^Y"9^''^ff^'^ tgwr-tg^
bffa^fMf idad-pa At dowi^cast, bendisg
the head downwards.
4) rgO} somet ime s for f(§g^.
V'^ tg<hwa:lB'^'^ ^gthwa a q^es of
antelope FA)capra picticaudata r. Ji.
TljC^'lf r^0^s-mosS^» ^0O«^ in
older writings the evening.
bird of prey; "^'^ inld goat; >it'?S wild
boar;^f««r'Pi«*^'ft'^irfWysk 2.*fV|'i
fv'l
803
§1
fm-rffoi jtcf-te like a wild 2nan ; a savage ;
a robber; a ruffian; *JiS'9S'«» mi-rffO^
byei-po to rob (tuually named together
with murdering and lying).
J^'ipi •! rgoi ikam-ma a barren mare.
^S^ T9o4*P<^ !• to iangb* 2.=:*(^'^
fytHr^wa to grow weak, languid, or in-
dolont,
^ ^'^'*^ r9o4 hag-ctmy deeotibed as ^^^
5K i^yU.^^mr'^m:^^^ yon^tan me^-eii $mi
4ufan iBi^o-ua 1. a Tain person pi:6tend-
ing to be great and powerful, but devoid
of wisdom. 2.3Bs*'wrnir«K'fr^n semi rnam*
par mi^nhuwa the disturbed state of the
mind {K. d, ^ S5S). 3. weak; languid
(Jd.).
'isSSr^^^rf-iy^rf^^W'W*! laughing; laugh*
ter.
^S*" rffoi-^na iuft, wifIT a mare.
j^*«i'|st tgo^-rna ffcyei 1. a name of the
physioian of the gods. 2. bom of the
mare. One of the wi^es of the Gbd of the
Sun who, unable to bear the glare of his
rays, ran away in the g^ise of a mare to
the northern oontinent, TJttara Kuru.
The son followed there, and oaused her to
give birth to the oelestial twins oalled
As'vinI kum&ra.
9^'»<^'^^ r^oflMaft* ^'fo^l WTfW a herd
of mares.
^***"* rgoi^at a numerioal figure.
J?t rgoif ▼. 8?T^ tffd^wa.
9K%'^ tgoUphyi tgol a posture of witoh-
oraft against enl spirits: l^)')f>rS'sp^ir
Piffn tifolphyi^gol gyuffian ifami (A. 8S)
prepared the seat for a defiant attitude to
suppress evil spirits.
^^'fl rgol^M^^tS^ tioi^pc Wf% pf.
and fat. ^ too/, to dispute, oombat,
fight, make controTersy^ Hi^^l^i) to
hold discussion, Tsrbal di^mtation; ^KF^'
S^'^m^ii'lf^'^ to fight by means of troops
and powers ; i^'^*t'X^ rpof-iM^', sMi-dsn
a challenge ; a speech provoking a quaxvel ;
^'^ a quarrel or contest b^gun by the
counter party {8ek.) ; wl^ac'll an adver-
sary, opponent ; B' ^ sAc^rgol vk%f^ the
plaintiff in a law suit, but generally signi-
fies an aggressor, assailant; h'^phyi-rgol
^ITfi^ defendant; %«^lii|-*-^va phytr^
tgol-woti gnoi-pa is an external danger
against which every one tries to proteot
himself and chiefly by charms and witch-
craft ; W^ i^a-tgol and \^ pAyurgoi are
also said to signify such students as hold
religious controversies with one another.
g^ ina-rgol is the party putting the
questions; %J^ phyi-rgol is the party
answering the questions.
^'*^ rgol-tMg tibaatening words.
Syn. |-«^ tpycUhigi ^^^ tf«^
iBhig (4r«ofi ).
§ I : rgy^ W«r seal, stamp, tokei^
man, sign; )*^^w« rpyii-|4rif-fw to
seal; to stamp: %^^^Tgy^ 0^4^! to
break or open a seal; ^'1«^'1^BT^ ri-
tgya M'tgya i^hug^p^ to seal up luDs and
valleys, i.tf., to protect the living beings
inhabiting them from being harmed by
huntsmen or fishermen; an anntud reli-
gions perfdnnanoe. of the Dalai Lsma»
consisting in a variety of qiells and
incantations for the safety of animals
Syn. H'V <4e»#4si ; rr^Ph^0-^^;
V^^^ danhpkrug (MnaH.).
A II: aniinal of the dear classy in
appearance lik^ the IfUgai^ possiUy the
saiga-antelope«
91
304
S'T^I
* A ni: mm, W a ntt, a trap; f%
lUnrm • ^''^^ ^^ *'S h^-rttf^ a
nwk Qortxap to oatoh Uxdi or wild ammab.
«IV: 1. «t«it; file: jt-^s'^lw
rgiAi tiM'^Uehi4iam bow mnoh waa its
eitant P f^Frff*S'» m^ 4P^*^ «••***
imiiiMfOTaUa in wtoni 2. HTKH a
nyyii^ for India boi sometiixiea for Ohixia,
wbioh are both Tast oountriet; also foll-
hms oomplote itatei or perfeotioa. f^q*
pa tiiero are fleren kinds of mark used
in dmding a Tolume ; they are the f ol-
lowing^^-Cl) H^*^^^'H^'5 tBhig-Hru
nd4k»rug§ tiVg-ifi tgy^ the sign or mark
for diflting n'«^^^g one verse from another,
so that the verses may not be confused ;
(2) H'F'*■'^9T'"*''•1^'J'S <«*V-f*«^ *«^
tkkrug§-p0 foi^ rpya the marks or stops
used at the end of a sentence or the line of
a verse ; (8) H^^^I^^'-^^'S <*««^-*»
mi4kkru9H>^ **^ »»* ^ "^*^ '^
chapters: (4) Jt»sr*-^liTia-«'*S fo-fo-
ka m-Vckruft^pa banhpoti f W« t^« "^^
■o that the lines may not be carried from
one chapter to another; (8) «irB»-^||spi-
^•n«flRg|s.ij|*f bamnio tm-VArugt-pa bam^
pdki graUfhl^yi ttV^ marks to shew the
number of parts in each votame; («) •w^'
tUiMfi tgy^ the marks to shew the end
of book, part or chapter; (7) »^«w*
ykhrugi pa gM^p^ flw** fPlf^^hkhfer^ffpi
tn^ the serial number used in marking
ihe volumes of a ooUeoticn.
* S'l" tn^H^^^'^ igifihtam) a cross ; the
S^Ossign; ^HV" rdfHJ^ tn^l/ram
A doss made of two Vqfru, one placed
upon another ovosiwise.
%^ ttV^Hf^i Indian or Ohinese Isa-
guago.
}*4pi rp^yo-iikes a staircase, ef. f***^
fl^ T9y(i^ffV^99 ^nWT, ng lac; a
kind of resin; j|*^l'<FV tgp^t^yegi
kyi t^uim-igyur wmi a sort of lao of the
colour of MaHJi^hd.
j-jspi-^c rgy^^-9kyeg p» ^w^iw, wtu,
imiK a kind of tree the twigs of which sie
used to oleen the teeth.
|*q|ira fgffa i^m-pa to contract ; to
dinunish in extent.
S'^n^ rgy^t^iP^ large orb ; disk : \|^'
JVI^'-^ ^iJaH tgy(^4kar far the bright
orbs of the sun and the moon appear
(JS.)-
%^S^ rgya itfV^P^ ^ widen,
enlarge, extend, augment.
|7«nrq fgpa kham9i^ the Khamps
tribes residing on the confines of China
and Tibet.
f H tgyohkhyi a Chinese lap-dog.
llSr^ tgy^iM^fon or f '^""B^ tgya iam
khpon^ V. % tgya.
A*4p^ 9gya-gar said tp stand for
J^gya-^MT, because ikm becomes '^ ger
when joined to the word f rgy» Wita;
Tibetan n. for Lidia, the extenaive counfry
wheie the people dress in white. l%e
difiarent names for India are— <l)
Bphaghyttl ''^^'^ ^» ^^»5 (2)
i^l^i^ti ]Bphag§'ikkn$il§ birth (place) of the
Holy onai; (8) ^'Vwrv^ fsotf^MMf
50-^1 S^anjRf Puyy g-Ma-e ii for IC agadha ;
(4) ^*)a*Q /8»ii tOi^po ^^mm.
f«l
805
r>fi
HAf€ to I17 a net or tmp,
S*|'^ fflMHriyiMw, mot for H"*
groff-mm ibm oat (Jfioii.).
S'JT fMiMp^ ff^ a goto; a priiuipal
door or onbaaao.
long monflj-bag BMido of not and iaoaiilj
joined to tiia maku
Si^ fyy»4Mf OUnoM taUa,
^*S^ rir|r«-«Aa/ partiality J uiTkUoiu
distinobon*
%*^ tn^ ^*i-<Mi or ri'M pMa/ elMM
great, lai^ eopioai^ diiloeed; f^'^I'M
itoa^M rpv tfftMM a great matter or
teacfiOT
f )^-Xff|-a Jfgpa^h$r rtiifM Tflbetmi
edition of the LalitaTiftara.
§♦•••". mMh9k$ km ifqw^S"*!^ ffya-
Imm main road.
9*VrV t Wf <* i < t jw yM ffifa iJUi ia
e%« larger eopiooip wide; ^la'S'lfV
M-ala tg fM di mfo an eadeoilTe eotrntsy
or large ]ilaoe;%W)'HV Mai CT f xri b aj w
a geneKooi toadlieart ; *i'yHWei< ifyfa
dlM-fio a Tolimiinoaf religioiie work ; reli-
giooa obflerranoea on a large eoale.
wkm oopioos or abondant deeoription.
long table; abendbu
91^ r«f«-ftopf 1. ^ made, dgn,
rignatore, etemp. 2. (^m §K4t§) n. of a
S>i ry#»4JMa Uad of eeal or elamp.
9''^ r«fa-V«Mi HL widetioir; a
platform or open pavjUon en the top of a
9*^ t91f^^4^im the Indian mpee.
y^ 9§9^^tm B. «f a diMet in
iVpor Kopg^ (7i^. *. ifl).
9*^ tl»i»fr> or 9P^ r 9f mti i$ a
fnaneL
S"^ Afiw-Mf nvrTKr Obiaa, U, ih«
gm* Mid MtlMdm oooAqr iriMn faofk
dNMiabbck.
rtNMw Oo OUaMW pMfl*.
f n fflNHM r» la agnll* hiif i^i
9*1^ rnMPn mni tke OUreee
inoanae etjck or / eeo et M t
9t^ tt p^ r hu f t wwn a fun eotaiiic.
9*4 r#jMMMi«ii^w fkm%p§^ mmn^mi^
tMi»«i»|ifl##atobeveoAdandaf enrrioe;
to eaort one'i oaU : «m-9^«^«r^«g*a^*
^ •ft^nH^tt tt fti a jw ii fMNMna 9^
jMf (X /M) be waa of g^teat anr?iee te
tiie religion of Bnddba.
9'< l yy e lie tbe beard ; eoPoq, ^gj^mJ^
Jl9# China and Tibet ^fMh; alao
Ultttkr or OUneee Tibet
9^^ t9P^h*^ fiAa mf: rain-
bow,
y*> fy»«-eai a eteel-jmd. In Jkmdo
the term 9*ii tn^Pi^ eignidea eeoondeiy
qrphilis.
yA^'^l^f^j^MM n mto § a flower need
asmedioine: y*T*fTirT^T^'fV*^H^n
the flower Offmmm eaufif ia neefnl in
diioaeed blood and in peine in the
■bouldMi*
yV ttp^-m a net; aloo a Chineee
Sl'll
306
J-^^l
9'li tn^i^'lf of the oolonr of the
liver ; pnxple. Aoo. to Ja. violet oolonr.
fV^ tgy^T^^ ^ ''^°* ^ liaarJ
5> tn^rtri {^'t «i-r^«) a Ohinese
tmthfuifbrap'tkirontio-4%phan Chinese var*
yiinK oares aQreSy wounds, skin-irraption,
itohf etc.
n. ol the learned Tihetan Zo-^«<f-tta who
twioe visited Vikramas'ila in Magadha with
a Tiew to take Atls'a to Tihet.
frtftcMMi sal^amoDiaa
|*tfii r^yo-^sAof yermilion.
I'fi* f[gyijhwt9ho «»nf, inrT,^^ 1. the
ooean; the sea. 2. dropsy. 8. it also signi-
fieeihe nnmher fonr: sfii«|-^*isj*^
me4 no amoont of elegant sayings or writ-
inga is adequate for the learned; no
qnantii^ of water is soffioient for the oeean.
Kwift is a Qommon personal name in Tihet.
Syn. f^ ckii^^i^\ h'S^ohi»rdag\ t**
ICH ckubiph^»t^\ VH^^^'^^ rin^chen
bbu^V^\ !•«'**• 9kHM9bphet\ f«»t-
^^ sftMWiW gn^V, "r^**»l i>A«-ro7 mi^
i^n\ «wp'W rjw^-rffcffJ-Kw; *ts'^^-
eke; ij|5«;W« wn-d*i4ftt 6*i«hi; ^J*^*^
f^siro Idiw-iiia; w«K« ««-fl«W «w ; W
«H-^ipi rfw^-wn jiMTi ; ^w-^^*-*^ mO^bgroki
gfer\V^'^^ dal-hbab fBdBo4f tl*" «*«-
«:»/} «l«^'f^'''*'<''^ c*i*Jfm rgval'fpi9kan
eon I |«A'W*< sto-iraji nm-fna.
jM^'VI^ tgya^^ifiUko 4gai ww^v^n the
moon; J*i*i'| rjfya-t!rf«*oii sto *lpftR|
refieetkxa of the moon in the ooean; %'^'
V9Mr9«fb\'%'^gSrgya''fgii9hopa*bam 9»^'9P
4pya4 iRnfVOT a eeaman or anything
belonging to the sea.
a f •t'l^d ^tgya^Uho ^fot-pa Samu-
dra QupU ; Kir^nr n. of anoient monai-
tery fonnd buried under sand by Xing
Dhannapfthiy near site of whiohwaa found-
ed the monastery of Yikramaa lla.
•I* j'sdR'sAc.' rgya^n^Bhohi QidiM=l
fn-sMUsi r^ya-Qi^iAo^' wMi or f>^'S)« AM-
ikyil the vast expanse of the sea.
^•A'^'^i^' tgya-iftihohi dud-pkn^^
^n Uha-la billows ; wayes of the sea ; alio
borax {Swan. 166).
j*si)ft*!^*q l^gyMfMoti nf^-^^ n. of a
medicine.
j«A-«-ii igpM^tgiUkati iwMra, y. J*«W*
^'H tgya-mho^i dbu-wa «13|^W, a land of
inedioine [(I) sea-foam, (2) outtie-flBh
bone]5.
S'*i^ r^yo-isM in W, is stated to be a kind
of (^or-ma offering to demona and demi-gods
as a substitute for animal saorifloa {M).
9*^ r9ya-0s»( aoo. 8oh. a large net; a
large rake used in reaping.
I's^ tgg^hf^m^i'^'^ tOfet^'^pa laasssi;
xemi«ness : V^ WJ'^'^* tnamJmm t99^
M7fi eltfi during the time I am found negli-
gent (of religious duties) {Tig. k. »t).
^ 4*^'^^ r^yff-yf-Aftar engravings on a
seal; ^^^"^ tgy^fi Vntr^^l^^*
danhpkrug gi rMwo the raised %ures or
ineoriptions on a seal ; 9^*9 pkyag^tgga in
mystio rites the q^mbolioal gestnrM
ol the hand or the fingers, to express o«r-
tain ohanns and language.
9'fP tgy^'K^t ^^ oountry of India or
Chma.
yr*ii
307
r
f ^ rfr««ri wvn ptinMd flgUTM, etc;
• poitkm of meat ( Jd.). It alio de&oUt a
mMrarashalf dum or ona fourth of Ihu.
S'"W tn^Ub talk, goiiip.
1*<^ tgy^km high road, main way.
S'4^ rgifM^ tha jimipar trae; a
speoiea of fir from Chma and the Hima-
lajas; a speoiee ol jujube; S*^*^'Y^*4|*
gi ptf-ifa t£nv-6a chui-^ihuii p4ifM 9kig
Syn. V9^%X ^a-lW m^mno; ^m«'
( rgfthfug-gi gM-po taai-i^o) a ipeoias
of juniper.
f -4^ rgga-fitbi or V«'4^ jparfiiif UgU
trousen irom by tiba Ohinaea.
S"^ rw^^f Ohineea paper.
J-'H rp*»-ft>i«f *i rgg^Mc§ Termi-
lion.
9'^ tgg^'^^ I- g<^Pi olAft, flanna
ohann in rooks, glaoierg, fto. 2. a dog
with yeUow q^ about the note. 8*
1*^^ a Bueeiea.
J'^ rw«-tv «f J'^h"* tgg^^'^og4$ 1.
a flaw imported from India or Ohina. 2»
a Tartar of Turkittan.
)'V^ tgya^^n^ 9^ wide opening or
paasage; a etraet ; a belanoe.
S V( rgyth^ran fva (^ iftm) a kind
of pulse ; gram.
Aqj*q r9W^ another form for yi «>
tgy^p^ used eep. in C, to throw^ east,
fling • *^^1^'^ V^^ tgiWhP^io shoot
arrows ; S^'^^'iT' igon-pa $hig tgg4»g^
ps to found a monastery. Ha% in
general, all the signifioations of ^^Qwa.
y|V«l I : ttnmhp^ 'iiwr provisions,
viotuala, food; O-aljim tlti<MMfc'
r^o^l profiaions for Irring; «i>r j^ b«^
rn^l provisioQS for a journey ; ^Y|^
A^iM*rfya^ proTisioas for the winter;
ST^fc' tggttgh^QA merohaadise to buy
or barter Yiotuals with.
l>a anoganoe, prida. Adj. arrogant and
ioabriated. lliers aafe eight kinda of ff^*^
rgiMVhpa :— (1) ^asa-^ri^pre rigttmO^
wurggagi^jaidMol high birth; (2) <fn*i*
S1^ gsN^i iyiir rggtvH^ v^ ^f VP^'^
anoe; (8) •(«'*«'S«fV«i M^aAof rggaghp^
pride of youth; (^ ^'*S*«nrypra m^ «m^
pa§ r;#a(ri-jM pride of freedom from sick*
MS»; (6) K^'S*" Jfl* «i aor-wwli m/mg^P^
prida of wealtti; (6) V^*i «W|W«» *«i
V^i-r^ tn^Wi^ pnde of power; (7) *
pride of teohnioalkoowledga;* (8) ««^*^*Vr
W*|^'Q MMrf-da M^-fM| rgg^wpm pride
of versatile peroeption.
fat, stout (fiivA.); alaomi^tyi powerful,
proud*
AC* r^ya^ae]^' r^jra/l 1. wall. 2.
^ distanoe.
S^*VT< rgg^grt^i litw the distanoe
of about two milaa; the reaoh of hearing.
^.••afeq^lf^ rggmt^moMl iiali^gii^
moving forward by long leapa.
f^'V^'^ tn^ MallHMi near; S^*f^*
mig^tggM distanoe of sight, m., tha
distanoe fkom whiah a man may be well
distinguiflhed.
ja-^^l^q r^ya«*da tu%^pa Ungaring
behind (Soh).
ja-^.^^ tggM^na9 f^g-pa x^
ear shot; hit from adifltanoa.
r**"!
808
fif
jNi liiqr liid Um dofwa ifa tit Jwd out
]^'«r^ l^aM f*ifi-jM or ]^'^*4 r^ywi
pMpM a iMi ot Hindu phOotoflien idio
WW9 w wntiil hj JhtBnddhiiti andoilled
alMMii ^irfrSF'^* lii tiie otft <mt by
thi« iraddt £«^ tlit datpited of tiM p«opl0»
tbii Utiig<i MOfc of Awftitu t Tn^i^.,
y^""! iff ti twm diftenao; gnot wj oil;
^*9r^ jy yt H wwii fi at a dWanoe; irom
alv. l^w^ f^ li l-a nyaH^pia-MV ^iiVi-
jM aiMM £mbo«i odtbratod ; hmiA from
ate. Yhj ooaunoD in oldar at mH as
iMm duvfraii^itod.
1^*' ^f i H^ ti ovdiniK7 pranuaoiation
of yr^|tfrffl-r<M,tlia dbkf town in tho
distriot of Nyaag in SoaiiMm Taang.
y^*^ ffyaH falai not to trouL
^*^'V ffyat-rM^i^ far, ramoto ; ja*
te'V'^pr^ra rffad r iW jio a ai fca^w taken
or laooglit fiom a gveat diitanoo.
]a-U*a r|f|f«i-rM-tMi flnv^ wiM,
^lffii( dalagriagf pvocvaitnuiting.
ja-alMra r^yatf krMHNi longihoned
to a gioAt diofattoa.
JKI r»»irtl|odT.lw} |Mr^*'^ r^ywii
W^ ^ moring far away, $.g.t in oidar
to incKOMO ona't diitanoo from an onpleA-
iant nei^lxmr at table (Ji.).
fM^ r^yaHH^ arriTing as in haste:
gfi tViMr-^im'^kig tkogfnoi khoH^gi tt$mr
tgf(d4$ flyad oairying a cKystal staff he
eniTed near him (A. 188*).
f^^' r^fsd-fM, also wrongly written
|k ax-^'Vuri-^-ll-V^r |a*a f*if.Ma< rMwe
M^tn^ r0h§M f fiud aati fUt so^ M
mi'^og ty f a ilf fgis 1. eastla. 2, the bosid
oniAioh the body of a enlprit is sfaretelied
for flogging ; theboardor oaaraa on which
oloth or pasteboard is ]^aoed for makiiig
a piotiire*
4^ I: r^ym, ooDoq. tyfva-aAa ^pmi;
<i|ffwK| ft^ijTWj 4w onamenty deoor-
ation; f^l'''^^ rnm-gpii ftr#jm-/«
deoked wiOi ornaments; ^'fl 4w^tgy^
the oraament of the head; a diadem;
^*Mt'l'S^ SMN|4yi r^yaa ableasing; an
omamant of th^ heart : ^rK'^*^«'Vr|'S^
ornament of the body eqnals mental talents;
the ndssries of the body are not equal to
anadely of liie mind (^. 18).
Syn. an eM|; ^-fs fc| i> W ; "^t*
4^ n : 1^ ita^f 1. a stake or pledge
at piay. 2. lot ; 9^'S^<r rggan^mi^b-p^
to east loti— without religions eeremonies.
(fiMr.; ra f| i^ one vaned in rhetoria
fT^'^ f#y«a ktrei-piilfit^ to lay
a wager*
f»'«*^ rff»«a-90A^ irln *Mring-
|^*^*M^ rfywMlif Mar it prom a
blessing for the heart ; a moral ad fantega
S^^ tgifm^drug ilfancn the siskinds
of omamenis need by the Aryan people of
jS'^^^q rggam^^gi^pa to adorn
one's self.
y'H'^'S^ tgyan ae»a U<mH Ufaa
ornament made in the ahape of a weaaers
head*
adorned^ bejeweUed*
§cit 309
H ttim^P^ V''^ tliiowing dice;
also S^^^W^m fyym (dWv-vMM OM
wbo joiiit in a wager; gamUer.
S^^l^*^ tgfm^pa bg^i^ to lay a wager.
yi'^^a fffaa cfpr-eie or ^^ <i M<V:|m
^IW^ a dioe-rogae ; a gamester; one who
thxowedjoe.
9^m nryea-jiAfwii em e w oommonly or
sli^ilj ornamented.
STf* r«r4W.J»a#, V. S^ r»eii.
fW^ r#y^>a Mbhgam W"i« a lemi-
oiromlar neoUaoe.
M ffyefr IV, ^^ 1. liio baok ol the
body ; tiie beck part of anything; ^'%'
i^ rn^Mtfi rkyog% behind ; |Fl«^ft**
'^'9K^ rn^hJfi/k pkifof^'ifmr b^4^ to
pot to ffght ; S^px rn^iM a boiden
cttiied on the beek ; S^Q^Q rgif^ ftfr.
po hannoh-backi 9^P< tfy^M^ «
ouahion w ped Itnr the back 2 a load;
wj^ a load or peek ol wool ; Vf *W
ihiee mnle>loada.
frj rgMlhiu J^^ rg^ab-mj and fr^
rgytMa are in oommou ute both as adverba
and ae poetp., in the latter ionngoyaming
the genit. eaae, signifying afterwards or
after, behind, at the baok» eto. : y^t^
rgfab4a tftnV «"^ behind ; f<*|*5fii^^'
thiy ^y down baUnd Urn; S%cA'«f|^Y
^fT^fti after building the roof of the
monaatery.
y^Q'^ tn^iib^ ^^ moanta on the
back.
|q*^i( r^yoA-fiMi ^[^ww a baok-Bupport ;
BOinetliiDg to lean againat ; a aafe retreat ;
^ropi support.
9^'f I**! tgy^ ttenrpa to lean one's back
againsa; to lean or rest on* to rely npon,
oonfldein.
i^|^^•8^•«' r»«l-r^ea h^i-pa to make
a support ; to baok.
S^V^'^ m^ f#of»lNi to turn one's
bask; to turn roood.
f^^ m^0"M oonflrmation.
^n*Q r^yaft^, pf* and fut «yi
ftrfyaft, inq^. ^ r^ffoft, to throw, to fling;
to hit, tobeat, to strike ; ^'f^^ tdo-tff^
JM to throw or pelt stones at ; ^'f^^ fftl-
vgg^h^ to put wood (on flrsi Ac.) ; Vfre
to-rgpMb^pM to kiai; I^^P'ta-Qfee
pkfug%^mg% mb'tur gydb^ to let the
oattle ran into the thiokeis. '^'^ej^'ci
i^^gif^ tgg^p^f ^^ ^'^ ft<a(-jM to
slap; ^*sr|q'q tihrna^rgpiA-jm to poor or
mix milk; \^i tAkthvggA to salt (a
comj or meat)*
y^Sr*'^ rgifdb phgog^pa to turn one*s
baok to a person or thing; to leare it
behind ; to be indifferent.
f^¥i^ t99^ bj/ei^ to protect; to
baek.
faaSii tgyah^bwQl, fcf^ rggab-ti^H
cushion for the back.
S^ V*1 rgg(ilh4mag^U''^m veHmag
re*inf oTcement ; reseive.
S^^** rpyafr-r^aif intend to make; hint.
S^'t* tggab^rM one standing behind
working people in order to watoh and
auperintond them.
9^'ia^ rggab'99hui the spine, the
backbone.
I^aw rt^jfofi-yei, JF* groHi %W (or
%eT) a number.
S^^' r^a&-rM ^Hfw the long^back;
met. a fish or a snake.
JP'^'•^*•' tgydb-log hyei-pa to tiirn
one'a back ; to rebd; revolt
9^'^^ rgg^Mogi the back; back part;
the rersrse of a thing.
AMo tggum-i9htatsf^ tgyonUkka
f>mm^ Vvnw * l^ind of rookHMlt
(brought from Bind) used in medicine.
«•!
310
jflrWf
*^ I: rggaliv^'m §kmHi$a) fkmi,ym
the eighth ooiuteUttlioii in theHinda
and Buddlidrt asbrononqr.
Syn. 9'«A'f*fir«i ikhmaki tka-tdam-ma ;
^^ II: L ^nr. 2. the fiyepoMltiM
for thioft
A<M m : (tuied <miy in. oompoonds)
lOTal, TidxmooB; abo gT«at» chief
a GhakraYsrti B&}& (4f Am.).
inyindble ; the nnoonqnerablo.
|fll*|*«iii('ff rm^fV^ fg^sAan-mo ^W^f^
a Deoember night ; |^'8|«» T9!f^gyi 9h^
«a qHnPl the month of Deoember; f^
S^yq rggol-fgi fio-wi ^ fP^n the
fun-moon day of Deoember-January.
fff^' rgyal^klM^fr^^gF tgyal-
p0^fh4hiraA the king*8 leiidenoe; palace.
Syn. fe-rtr* tgg^ai^tikhab\ ^S'^m*
yrr^'^V rgg^f-fdM chen^po the mair.
goYenmient, imperial gOTenmient {Fig.
k.l8).
^0^ kkrim court law; the king's law : f^
^mrJi^'S^^y^*^' the law 18 a golden yoke*
n. a, SSO) learned.
S*'^ tgg^t^tggui^ voyal family or line-
age.
yrt r^yoArifa wm« dram of viotoiy*
kbyami Mi hmMfoh ^jmr^i§grHf the
dram of Tiotocy diffaeing far and wida
proolaima. yoor fame all o^er the wodd
{Tig. *.).
yrlif'^ql^ l^gydUksn ide-itkisz j«l %Q^
Rggal-cken Mi ^g^iKlUt ^litKwi-
«l^; flwy are: (1) »r^[»^-f^^- Tul-ikkar
n^ VTOf , (2) «V}8re| JBphagi fkgetfo
ft^W^» (8) W^«' 6w«» e»-fcM< fWsunr,
(4) vr«rf«i .5iiaif^tt0f ir«v ^^iriw
p. (&rAr • ; T4. 9^ S) iietau9Qs ; sahdner.
•yiiOtar^'H l^gyal-wdiog rim^hin
{Sckr. ; tr JL).
y^^^ tgg^idab imic n. of a tree
[a lotnfl}9.
%ir {8ohr. ; 111 f , «I«).
A^'Sf I . igyai^fo ^mr, ^iq^, wfn,
VI Jung, ohieftain, ruler ; j«i'ZK'a^*c
tgy^hp^ tffo-iMi to inangoxate a king;
to miae (him) to the throne : f^Q
^•^^pr^-^^ %WfT«»'5T5''^'^ the king
ifl honoured in hig own ooontry, the learned
is oTerywhere xeapeoted; ^V'^'^yrQ tibe
ruling deity of Do-thang : ^*yrQ-fr^^^ I
do not wish to be king : ]«rQ-%^V«-i( if I
do not attain royal
